f
{
r
I
! I
I
.-"
-
It... _.-l-
f
I
.I
- ~
;
, ,
1 ~
l... ~
t-
)
l .
;
~ I
! I
l l.
i.. -
A VISUAL DICT-IONARY OF
ARCH·ITECTURE
r
I.
AlZ~H)
FRANCIS D.K. CHING
fER~ANr7~l
(
5.
This book isprinted on acid·free paper. 8
CopYright @1995 'ry John Wiley &Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Published simultaneou5~ in Canada.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in arry
form or by arTy means, electronic, mechanical, photocop-yinq, recording, scanning or otherwise,
except as ~rmitteJ under Sectionsl(J7 or 108 of the 1976 United States CoPJlight Act, without
either the prior written pemission ofthe Publisher, or authorization through payment ofthe
appropr~ per-copyfee to the CopyrightClearance Cenw, 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvere, MA
01923, (978) 750-8400, fax (978) 750-4744. RequesUi to the Publisha for pennisslon should
be add~ to the f'enni55loos Department, John M.~ &Sons, Inc.. 605 Third Avenue, New
York, NY1015U012, (212) 850-6011, fax (212) 850-6008, E-Mail: PERMREQ@W1lEY.COM.
This publication is designed to proMe accurate and authoritative information in regard to the
subject matter covered. It is sold with the underetanding that the publisher is not enqaged In
rende:ing professiot131 servius. Ifprofessional adviCt or other expert assist...anu is required, the
services of acompetent professional person should be oought.
U~ralj' of Congre% Cataloging-irH'uuncatlon Data:
ISBN 0-471-28451-3
Printed in ~e United S~ ofAmerica.
20191817 16 15 1413 12
L·:
L
L
6.
(ONTENTS
PREFACE 7
ARCHITECTURE 9FORCE 96 PLASTIC 192
ARCH 12 FORTIFICATION 98 PLATE 194
BEAM 15 FOUNDATION 100 PLUMBING 196
BRICI< 18 FRAME 104 REINFORCED CONCRETE 202
BUILDING 21 GEOMETRY 108 ROOF 208
CABLE STRUcnJRE 28 GLASS 112 ROOM 216
CEILING 30 HARDWARE 114 SHEll 219
CERAMIC 32 HEAT 117 . SITEWORK 221
CHURCH 35 HISTORY 128 SOIL 224
COLOR 38 HOUSE 136 SOLAR ENERGY 226
COLUMN 40 JOINERY 140 SOUND 228
CONCRETE 42 LIGHT 142 STAIR 233
CONSTRUCTION 48 LOAD 151 STONE 236
DESIGN 52 MASONRY 155 - 'STRUCTURE 238
~
DOME 60 MATERIAL 161 SURVEY 246
DOOR 62 MEASURE 166 TEMPLE 248
DRAWING 66 MEMBRANE 168 THEATER 256
ELECTRICITY 74 METAL 16? TRUSS 259
ELEVATOR 80 MOISTURE CONTROL 176 VAULT 262.
FASTENING 82 ORDER 179 VISION 264
FIREPLACE 87 ORNAMENT 182 WAll 266
FIRE SAFETY 88 PAINT 187 WINDOW 271
flOOR 92 PLASTER 188 WOOD 276
INDEX 285
7.
"')I
i
i
r~
I,
~
I
I
~
J
One picture is
worthathousand
words
PREFACE
Just as a single image can be worth a
thousand words, a single word can
conjure up in the mind's eye a
thousand images. Regardless oft.he
power ofasolitary word or image,
however, each communicates meaning
more effectively when brought
together into a sfngle preserrtatlon,
The symbiotic relationship between
graphic and verbal communication is
the basis for this visual dictionary of
architecture.
Instead of an alphabeticallistil19 of
entries as found in most dictionaries,
the information is clustered around
basic aspects of architecture as
outlined in the table ofcontents.
Within each section, words are placed
in a visual context which further
explains, clarifies, and completes
their meaning.
'.. ' -', . "'" f--'
ill
','
tjC~/~_._
. r~'r
m
, /~'
=1.= 0_.____
~
'
,
;...>+-,- "
"'. : . :...-
- .. -;r- . . -4- .
The reader may use this dctionary in a
number ofw3'js.lf one trows the exact
term and wants to find CiJt rts
meaning, then one can 1001: it up in the
index. Looki~ up one term will always
present related terms arTa:1ged
around one or more illust<ations.
If one does not Know the precise teim,
then one can lOOK up the ~eneral
subject either in the table of contents
or the Index, One can then refer to the
appropriate section, brOn-5e the
illustrations. and scan fer the terms,
While browsing, if one encounters an
entry or aword used in adefinrtion
that is unfamiliar. one C3', look rt up in
the index.
Included are fundamental terms
relating to architectural deSign,
history, and technology. Since
architectcre is avisual art, most of
the entries naturallylend.themselves
to graphic representation. Some are
more abstract but are included to
help clarify related terms or to
complete the treatment ofasubject.
Others are inserted simply because
they are of historical Interest,
This is abook for the curious to
browse as well as adesktop reference
for the student ofarchltectuJe. The'
compilation of words and definitions
is not intended to be exhaustive.
RAther, the selection is designed to
be comprehensive enough to reflect
the rich, complex. and
multidimensional nature of
architecture,
7
8.
Archftut.ure Is an1rt for aU to !earn because an are concerned with It. -John Ruskin· Archltect1Jre depends on
Order. Arran~ Eur:;thmy, Symmetry, Propriety, and Economy. All of these must Pc built with d~ reference to
dUl'3billty, convtn1enu, and beauty. ~urabll;ty will lie assured when foundations are carrleJdown to the solId ground
and ~Is wl~ and liberally selected; convenience, when the amngement of the apartments Is faultless and
presents no hindrance touse, and when eachclass ofbuildingIs assigned toItssultal1le anaapproprlateexposure; and
pe~uty. when the appeal'3nce of the work Is pleasing and In good taste. and when Its members are In due proportion
accordtng tocorrect principlesofsymmetry.-Vltruvlus • Architecture Isthemasterly. correctand magniflcentplay
ofmaS6eSproughttDgetherln light. -leCorpusler· Anyoneenteringon the studyofarchitecture must understand
that even though aplan may have abstract peauty on paper. the four facades may seem weU,palanced and the total
I'Olume wen-p~. the pulldlng Itseffmay turn out to Pe poorarchitecture. Internalspace, thAt Sp3ce which
cannot ~ completefy rtpresent:ed In any fonn, which can De grasped and felt only through direct expmence.ls the
p"*,gonlstof.archttecture.Tograsp space, to know howtoseeIt. Isthe ~eytothe understandingoflnJikllng. -Bruno
levi- Arch~re,palntlng,and sculpturearecallecl the flnearts. Theyappeal totheeyeas musicdoes to thet3r.
Butarchitut-ure Is notjudged Pyvlsual appealalone. BUildings affect all of the human senses- sound, smell, touch,
taste. and vision. -Forrest Wilson· It became apparent to us that architecture Is generally assumed to be ah~hly
specialized system with aset ofprescribed technicalgoals rather than asensual soci31 art responsive to real human
desiresandfeel1ngs. This nmltatlon Is mostfrlghtenlngly manifested In the renanceontwo-dimenslonaldi34rams that
laymorestress on the'luanttflablefeatures ofbuJldlng organ1z3tion than on the polychromatlc and thr~-dlmensI011al
IualJtlesofthewholearchltecturalexperience. -Kent Btoomer&Ch3r!es Moore • Theonly I'4'Jj'OU C3n 1nJ1ld. the only
ny you can get the ~u!ldtng Into being. Is through the me3sura~le. You must follow tr.e laws of nature and use
Iuantltlesof~rk;l::. methods ofconstruction,and engineering.But In theend. when the lnJildlng Pecomesp3rt of living.
It evokes unmea5'Jral11e qualities, and the spirit of Its existence takes (J·m. -l.ools Kahn • Built environments have
varioltS purposes: to shdter people and their activities ana possessions from the elements. from human and anImal
enemies, and from supernatural powers; to esta~nsh place: to create a hum.in!z.ed, safe area In a profane and
potentsallydangerous!York.:; tostress socialidentityand Indicate status;.indsoon.Thustheoriginsofarchi~re
are ~ understood Ifone ta~es awider view ana considers sociocultural factors, In the broadest sense. to Pc more
Im~"t than chrnate, ~hnology, materials. and economy. In any sltuatlon,lt Is the Interplay ofall th~ factors
th4t Pcstexpblnsthefonnof ~ulldlngs. No single explanation wfllsufflu. ~use InJlldlngs - even appart11tly humPle
dwcUl"4S-areI'IOrCthan materlalo~ects orstructures.TheyarelnstlMlons, baslccultlJ;.iIphcnomen..Pecplethlnk
environments Veforc they ~lk:I them. Thought orders space. time, actlvIty: status, roles, and ~ehavlor. But gr.-Jng
physlcalexpreS$lon tokleasIsvaluable. Encodinglaeas makesthem usefulmnemonics; Ideas helpPenaviorDyremInding
peopleofhow to ~ howto !leh3ve.ana what Isexpec1'...edofthem. ItIsImportanttostressUutalllnJlJtenvlronments
-~,~, and landscapes - are one W<rJ oforJerlng the world by making ordering systems vlsMe. The
esstntIal step. therefore, Is the ordering or organizing ofthe environment.-Amos Rapaport • Ruskin said: 'Great
natlonswrlte their allto~raphles In thrumanuscrlpts,the rookofthelrt!eeds, the bookoftheirwords andthe ~ook
of ~Ir art. Not one of these ~ooks can I1e understood unless we rt3d the two others, but of the three the only
trust~or.e Is the last.'On the whole I think this Is true.lfl had to saywhich W3S telling the truth arout society.
aspll('JChbya ministerof'housing orthe actual~ulldlngs put upIn his time.Ishoukl"elievethe InJlldfngs. -Kenneth Cla~
• We requ/reofarry rulldlng. that It act well. anddo the thingsIt was Intended todo In the Pest way;that Its~k well,
and S3y the things It was Intenaed to S3y In the Pest words; that It look well. and please us by Its presence. whatever
It has to do or ~. -John Ruskin • Archltuture also exists without necessary assistance from an architect; and
architects sometlmescreate buildings which are not architecture. -Noryal White· Archfttcture Is proJuud ;y
ordinary people. for ordinary people; therefore It should pe easily comprehensib~ to all. -Steen Eiler R3slT'ussen
8
l, ;
t,
I
l j
I
J
l
.-
l-
l.
L
L
L
L
9.
r
I
I
I
r
r'
I
I
r
r
ARCHITEC
The ART
architecture Theproduct or result of archit tural work: ~u~ldlngs. collectively.
and SCIENCE
architecture
of DESIGNING
architecture The profession ofdesigning Duildlngs and other ha~1 ~le environments.
and CONSTRUCTING
architecture
BUILDINGS
9
10.
ARCHITECTURE
art
The consclenu useof skill craft. and
creative lm.1glnatk>n In the production of
what Is beautiful appeallng. or of more than
ordil'l3l)' slgnlflcanu.
environmental design
The ordering of the physical environment by
me3ns of archlt.xture. e~lnurlng.
construction. landscape architecture.
urban design. andcity planning.
10
aesthetics
The branch of philosophy that deals with
the nature ofart. beauty. anatJste. with a
view to estabhshlng the meaning and
valiatty ofclitlcalJudgments conceming
wori::s ofart. Also. esthetics.
beauty
The aggregate of qualities In a person or
thing that gives Intense pleasure to the
senses or deep satlsfactlon to ~ mind or
spirit. whether arising from harmony of
fonn or color. excellence ofcraft.
trutirfulness. originality. or other. often
unspeGlfIal7!e property.
taste
CriticalJudgment. discernment. or
appreciatlon of what Is fitting. harmonious.
or beautiful prevailing in aculture or
personal to an Il1<.Ilvldual
url1an design
The 3spectof architecture and city
planning that de3ls with the design of
urban structures and spaces.
city planning
The actMtyor profession ofdetermining the future
physical arrangementand condition of 3 community.
involving an appraisalof the current conditions. 3
forecast offuture requirements. aplan for the
fulflllment of these reqUirements, and proposals for
legal. financial. and constructional programs to
Implement the plan. Also called town planning.
urean planning.
inUrior design
The art.l7tJslness. or profession of
p13nnlng the design and supervising tr.e
~utlon ofarchttecturallntulors.
includlng theircolor schemes.
fumishi~s. fittings. finishes. and
sometimes architectural features.
delight
Ahigh degree of pleasure or
enjoyment.
space pIa nnjng
The 3Spect of archItecture and Interior
desIgn that deals with the planning. layout.
design. and furnishing of spaces within a
proposed Of' exIstIng building.
i J
u
L
L
L
,
L.
J
I
L
11.
r
L
-a
i
firmness
The state orquality of Delng solidly
canstructed.
technology
Applied science: the branch of knowledge
that deals with the creation and use of
technIcal methods and materials. and their
Interrelation with life. society. and the
envIronment.
technics
The science of an art or of the arts In
general.
tectonics
The science or art of shapIng. omamentlng.
or assembling materials In construction.
architectonics
The unifying structure or concept of an
artlstlc work.
engineering
The art and science ofapplying scientific
principles to practical ends in the design
and construction of structures. equIpment.
and systems.
l1ehavioral science
ARCHITECTURE
science
A branch of knowledge dealing with a body
of facts or truths olrtalnea!1y direct
observation. experimental Investigation.
and methodical study. systemat1cally
arranged and showIng the operatIon of
generallal'ls.
Any ofthe Sciences. as salology and
anthropology. that sed: to discover generaI
truths from theoDservation of hum..n
behavior In society.
~cio(ogy
The science ofhUlT13n social Institutions
and relationships: sped. the study of the
o~ln. development. structure. funeticnlng.
and collective behavior oforganized groups
ofhuman befngs.
anthropology
The scIence of human beings: speclf. the
study of the origins. physlc3l and cultural
development. and environmental and $OCtal
relations of hUlt13nklnd.
__L-________________~ ~~--
0.-,; _ _
-....-
......
~~-,--....--
.----------:7'..::--------------c:=.:~~;~~~~~
landsc;ape architecture
The art. business. or profession of
deSigning. arranging. or modifying the ~ .
features ofa lanJscape for aesthetic -~rf/
or practical reasons. _,J)i1fr"';';..~
- L.,".. ;"·
r:-'- ~~/:~~:-:: t .'-''''-'-''-''-''''""~
~__I~~~'cfitl,.'
-: .-~'N~..:r~J:~~~.j< '..:),
-'-"-?~---
11
12.
I
j
I·
I.
I:
.:;
1;
j
L
I
,-
I
!
tARCHf
AcUrYed structure forspanning
an opening. des~ned to support a
vertlcal103d primar~y :7y axial
compression.
N50ntyM-ch ~
An arch constructea of Individual stone or
prick VOlJ ssolrs.
~voU$$Oir __________---..
Anyof ~he wedge-sh2ped units In a
ITI3sonl)' arch orvault. havl~ sidecuts
converging ,,' one of the arch centers.
~ keystone -
The wedge-shaped. often embellished
voussolrat the crown of an arch. serving to
lock the other voussolrs In place.
H--~_
• extrados
The exterior curve. surface. or ;;.:'..:11d31')' of
the visible face of an arch. Alsv :3i!ed barr
~--_ archivolt
Adecorat1ve molding or ba nd ,;;", "he fau cf
an arch follOWing the curve of t.!-~ ;ntraclos_
r
l
.. ~_e.h'e~htof~na_hfrom",-,.-.-.r-->n---:intrados-.
Ill(; .. ", Thelnnercurveorsurfaceof":1J~h
t5pn'ftM!f!--------- formln~~Leco _J 11 •
.~- the sprlMIMtI line to the ..., VII ncave uUClersouc_
The first v'oussoir resting on theImpost ..., ...,
M='=a=na=rch==_==================~===±~______ . _____ .~h,_s_t~
__
I~_of_~h_e_In_Ua_d_OS_'~~~~==========================
~croWn -"--------------------,
-The-highestJ'"Ir1orpoint ofa
cormxccnst:ructlon. as anarcn.
vault.or~_
t-~-~~------------~-
ofan arch curving down
from thecrown to the Impost.
~----~-E:1
Tr.e uppermost partof an
4IPutrnent. often In the form of a
!7Iock.capfbl. or molding. from
which OIn arch springs.
I
5pring
The point at which an arch. VJu~. or dome
rises from Its support. Also CJi!ed
1springl~.
.----------.------..:..' spandrel
or~~l------------------~
ArrJ several concentric ringsof
forming an arch. esp. when e3ch Dro1·~.~'~~[~, ',-U-l.J"'-
pCjond the o:'.e pelcw.
The triangular-shaped. sometin-.es
ornamented area 17etween the ~.ndos of
two adjoining arches. or ~ ~~ left
or right extrados of an arch .rJ t.:...t
rect3ngular fra mewon: surroundirI.,1 It.
Also~Sp2ndril. i
r.g
Acrosspleu connectlng the I".l>s in 3
centering. Also called folster. f
'>.~. -.···rlJUVUrt;h I
- .~ An archway having sides orJam~s not at
.. - :~ right angles with the face of Its abutments_
~enur!ng
AtemForal)' fl7lmework for supportln~ a
masonI)' arch or vault during construction
until the work can suppo~ Itself.
camber piece
Aroard used as centulng for aflat arch. ~ ( IIffilllI{
slightly crowned ~allow for settling of j /
the arch. Also calle4C.1l)1per 51ip. _ _
12
I ,
l;
t J
I
I
!
LJ
I
u
L
L
l
L
L
L
L
L
13.
l
r
I
l
r
f"
I
f
f
r
r
,
I
Junic~lar .1rc_hI
An .rchshapeJ to develop only axial
compression und~r agiven loading. This
sh3p<: may ~ found by Inverting the
funicular sh.:;pe for ac.:;ble carrying a similar
Ioadlng pattern. As with any funlcu13r
structure. afunicular arch Is subject to
Pendlng ~ the loading pattern changes.
An tr.oerW~ry is t~ funlcul.r 5hape for
;In arch C3tTjlng avtrtlC3lload uniformly
JI5triMdi1hng the lenqth ofthearch axis.
TIlep2r3rol1l$ the funicular sh3~ for an arch
C2rT)fng ao;r:rticz{ loaduniformlydi5trW.d
C'ltritS horlzw...afprojection
i
.-.--;-.-.~----.-4-
tigid arch--·i
An ;m::hed structure of timber. steel. or
relrrforc;ul concrete. constructed as arigid
body capable of carrying bending stresses.
fu:ed arch
Afhed frart'~ structure having an arched
form.
two-hing~ arch -------~
Atwo-hlngeJ frame structure havir.gan
archeJ form.
thru-hinged arch
Athru·hlng~ frame structure h3vlng an
arched form.
~ Su fr3rt1~ 5trvcture
ARCH
,...--------------+-'archaction I
The manner In whlcn an arch transforms the
vertlcaIforces of asupported load Into
Inclined components aria transmits them to
abutments on either side of the archway.
r--~-------+- ~rchaxis
the median line of an arched structure.
.---------J-..~ line ofthrust; .
, The setof·resultantsbf thrust and weight
each part of an arch Imposes 0'1 the next
lowerone. For bending to be eliminated
throughout an arch. the line ofthrust must -
coincide with the arch axis.
Ithru5t. !
The outward force or pressure rertea I7y
one part of astructure against another.
--...:liI~~·::it-"Jrlft" I
.i The thrust of an arched structure on Its
~~-#-r-------------t-I.L-.~.~ abutments. proportional to the total load
anaspan, and Inversely proportional tcthe
rise.
~Mment ~
The part of astructure receiving and
supporting the thrust of an arch. vault. or
strut.
tie rOd
An Iron or steel rod serving as astructural
tie. esp. one keeping the lower ends of an
arch or frame from spreading.
13
14.
ARCH
<::<:.....~~
..... .'..':.:.~
":-:;~
fUt.nch; ~t
Anarch having ahorizontal
Intrados with voussolrs r.:Idiating
from ~ center~w. often puilt
with aslight camPer to allow for
settnng. Also C31~1c ai-aI:',I
round arch'
An arch having acontinuously
cuc;'ed Intrados. esp. a
semicircular one.
polll'ted arch'
An arch ~vlng a pointedcrown.
14
~ French arch .
Aflat arch having voussolrs inclined to the
same angle on each side of the center.
• RolTL1n arch
An arch having a semicircular i~tr.:ldos.
~~~Iarc~··.i
An arch strock from one or more
centers ~Igw the springing line.
• skewPact _'--,-_____-.l
Astone orcourseof masonry having a
sloping f.Jceagainst which the: end ofa
segmental arch rests.
• ettuli~r3rarc&' Z r ='
Apointed arch havIng two centers and r.:Idll
equal to the span.
G~thl~'~Rh; I r..
ApoInted arch, esp. one havIng two centers
and equal r.:Idn.
~ triangular arch'
AprimiUve form ofarch consisting of t ....o
stones laid diagonally to support each
other over an opening.
corbel arch
Afalse arc~ cc:~s~ructed by corbeling
courses from each slde of an opening until
they meet at 3 midpoint where acapstone
Is laid to comp!eU the won:. The stepped
reveals may be smoothed, but no arch
action Is effe.c:.ed.
~. i rampant.1rch .
fL··J·~ An arch having onc Impost higher than the
1 other.
........;-..------~ stilted arch
~
An arch restir~ on imposts treated as
: . downward ccn,i~uations of the arctr0lt.
. .-t-.. !PeUarch
. 'A round arch rest'lng 011 two large corbels
with cUrYed taus.
fi)
'"
'to>
. .-L.~..,.'_______
hor$eSMe arch
'i.~
". ..J/ .....
·~·t··7-·,
.... /."'.... /
"---~_+ '---' _l
la~arcltt
Apointed ~rch having two unters and
radII greater than the span.
An.rch having an Intracios that Mdens
aPove the spri~lng Pefore 1I3rrowing to;jJ
rounded crown. Also cal1e£fMoorIsh arch.!
,'trefol1arch
An .1rch having 3cusped Intrados with three
round or pointed foils.
; basket-handle .1rch
Athree-centered 3rch having a crown with a
radlus mUGh gre3ter than that of the outer
pairofcurYes. Alsocallefn~ de panic!
, drop al'C"
A pointed arcll haying two centers arid
r.:IdJl tess than the spar!.
: 'lU'pasedarch
An arcn havIng ari~ of tess than half the
span.
.-3.. o¥earch
Apointed arch, e3Cn hJunch of which Is a
double curve with t~ c.cncave side
uppermost
{j
I
I
l.J
I
I
tJ
I
lJ
L
i
L
I
L
l~
!
I
L
15.
r-
I
i
!
I
r
i
i
r
f
L
r
.- -
i
l
BEAM
Arigidstructural member
designedW C3rry and transfer
~1I1I~~It~i!~IIIIIIIIII;;!!!lliliiiiiill!!lIIII~~ii~Ii~~tiriainISViel~e,oadsacrossspaceto
~ ____ supporting elements.
M--"-'_h __ 1span '
The extent of space l7etween two supports of astructure.
L,.----L.L.....---.-l- - Also. the strocture so supported.
; rcearspa~'-:..,,:-"------------~
The dIstance b-etween the inner faces of the supports of a
span.
-r.=i~=!r~~lerdistance l7etween the supports of a
! span.
f=+ t f ±[f -+ -t +
-===------------------~Iii
[
Ptnd~mcment -<,--'_ _ _ _ _ _ _--":yz:...~:.;:zc....---'X:.?'-_,.
An exta1tl1 monierrt~ndlng to C3'J5e fi3rt
of astructJJre to rotJte or ~end. ea031 to
the al¢'r31c sum of the moments amt
the neutnl axIs of the section U~&!
~14
COnsk:lerJtIon.
1 ~~ moment t------------------~---,
• An fnt:er.ul mOmerrt'ec{U31 and opposr-..e to a
~~ roment_ generated by a fcru
couple to Nlntaln equilibrium of t<~.e
._~'.~ ------- --------- -------~---. a;mpresslon
''--------- ---- -----------~ Un5lon
sectbn Deing considered.
~ft.!--------'
1 ~-~ulard1stance a spanr.i~
If'.em~ ~tes from ;1 true W1.J~
under ?4nsverse loadlng.lncre3sing
with Ioad;lM span. and aecre3Slrlq ·...-f';h
3fl1ncre:ase In the morr.ent ofInertl3 of
the sectloo or tM modulus of ei3~..ctty
of the ruteri3L
~-~
~sngfit' convex curvature Intentlot1311y
~nt Intoal>tam. gIrder. or truss to
compellS.1te for an anticipated
~-
~--~--
..~~'-
- - -__-=:::~~..::....J;,~---------- _;neut-i-alaxis ,
An ImagInary line passing through the
I cel!troid of the cross section of abeam or
, otMr rneml7er su~ject to !lendIng. alonq
y which no ~ending stresses occur.
C bending-5tre55 ,
~ ... Acoml7inatlon of compressive and tension
~ stresses developed at. cross section ofa
r structural mem~ to resist atransv~
~ force. having a maximum yalue at the
~ surface furthest from the neutral axIs.
, ~~h~~ ____________----1
-Anextern.alshearforu at across section
of abeam or other member subj~ to
Pendl~. fl1U31 to tM a~ebralc sum of
tnnsverse forces on Ofle side of the
section.
I
.---:vertical shearing stress;
: The shearing stress developed along a
~
. : cross section of a~eam to resist
___---- _: transverse shear. havIng ama"xtmum value
___ ---:------ - : at the neutral axIs and decreasIng
::::::::::::::::::::::::~-=---=---=--=------------ --- ~ nonlinearly toward the outer faces.
------r------J----~-------- :
The snearlng stressdevetOped t.J prevent 1-~ :
slippage alang Iong!tudlnal planes of a~m' :
ur.oer transverse loading. ~ual at any point '-"-. ~. -- - -:- - -------- ---- - ----:- ---~
to the vertlcal~h~~r:l~_~ *e:;;;at that point ~
AIso calIec90ngftudinaf s~rfn4 s~s;
15
16.
BEAM
Whk ~3 ~spanreduces th~ bending
~ ry3 tJacre{z.JouPling th~ depth
reduces t;!!ebending 5tres5eS by3 factor of4.
16
fp =MC{!)_______ mamentoflnertia
The sumOfthe products of each element of
2n 2rea 2nd the square of Its dlstance from
acoplanaraxis ofrotation. Moment of
Inertia Is ageometric property that
Indicates how the cross-sectional area of a
structural mem~er Is dlstrl~ted and does
not reflect the Intrinsic physical properties
ofa material.
where
f. = extmn~ firerstressIn ~ndjng
M = bending n10mttTt
C = distJnc~ from neutnl/axis to th~
outermost surfJC~ in b~ndin9
If
Yc=®~-------- section modulu,
'A~~r6pMy ofacross secuon.
deflned as the moment of Inertia of the
section divided l1y the dlstanee from the
neutral axis to the most remote surface.
then
fp =MIS
Thetfflcfetlcycf3 Pe3m15 lnCT'e3seJby
CQnflgurlng the CT'OS5 section toprovfde the
requireJmomentcfInmb orsection modulus
with the 5maOe$tpos5M~ 3rea. usua!1yby
mating the section kep with mostofthe
m3teri;(at the ~mitles where th~
maximum bending ~ occur.
_1-
J
- 5hearceo'Ur
T~~p~-~nal~Ia_~9f.a
s~l~~gIfWfiICfi'i'?· -,- ,
transverselOad';r'-ustpa'55InorJe~ to
prevent torsion or twlstlng.of the mem~er
a~out.a Iongltudlnal axis.
33.25inz = Area ofsection
25OIn4 = I aPoutx-xaxis
52.61n' "" S
,tresstrajectories
lines depictIng the direction put not the
magnitude of the principal stresses In a
~eam.
I
I
I:
11.20 in2 = Area of5Xtion
3861n4 = iaboutx-xaxis
54.7in3 = 5
principal stresses
The tensile and compresslv~ stresses '
resulting from the Interaction of ~na1nf!
and shearstresses at across section ofa
beam.
At the txtreme surfaces ofabam. only
!>ending 5tr~ses &:xl5tand theprlnclp;1l
stres:.e-s3rt equivalent to the tensiJe and
a;mpr-c5slvc str~5e5 resulting from l>alJ1nq.
At th~ nelltra/axlsofthe section. only shar
stresses exist and these can ~ rcscI~eJ InW
ta7sJ1~ ;milcompre55l¥e ~ses xtJn~ at45"
mgfe.s to the neutnl1Xl5,
For217 lrrU:rrnedim element sut;ecttobotb
be:nJlng x.J she3r5tre55eS. theprlnctp.al
stressesh3re3n InclinztJcn ktemI/neJbythe
rd3t1r~ magnitudes ofth~ 5tre55e5.
~- tension
I =
"
I
1 i
L
L
L
J
L
r
I
L
17.
r
l
f
t
r
i
r
r
fF
i
-.-t." f LtlU 1 +J.1J.Lt
. I . : ;
: t :
BEAM
5imple beam
A~m restlC3 0.1i sim~~~u.ff£ljs at Dot.~
ends, which are free tc rota~ and have no
moment reslst4nce. As with any st.otlwfly
aetennlnate structure, the v-alues of an
reactions, shears. and moments for a
simple beam are Independent of Its Crc5S'
sectional shape and ma~31.
,heard.g..m 111.11111111' ). '~
.•. !:; I, II.·~'
ii'l:1
Agraphic representation of the variation In ~:.. IIIr ( III I! ,'I!
magnitude of the external shears present In ... !!.... I
astructure for agiven set of transverse -' - cantilever beam
loads anel support con.:fitlons. Concentratedloadsproducee~ma(she~ UniformlydistribtJudloadsproduce(ine3ri) :.": X'pro~rij veat:ns,upPPfted.a~ only.one
momentdi.1gram ______~~~~~.~!~CQn-'~m.'g.wJ'-~ ~~~:
:.,,'''''. r , ;;';~~' " " ' , ' ' ,
A¥3EIC:~torrott~~nJn: . : : :
:-~:~~!-W,f~~jj,!!e.: . :; I :
Concentr.ltedloadsproducebendingmom~ts
which varyhne;;rfybetweenloads.
cantilever
UniformlydistribrMdloadsproduce
panbciJc311yvar:lr.~ moments.
louis and support conditions. The overall
tkf1ected shape ofa structure subject to
Pendlng can often lie Inferred from the
shape of its moment diagram.
';~~~~~~~~'~=:~~~~~~~~~~~=t
~i
6' positive shear - . .
. .P,,~~
...t
... ,.res~l?nt. of.shearforceSth3tacts
r vertIca~ upW1rd'~n the left partofthe
J structure !:>errig consldered.
'rnegativeshear ----------------~
~
~ A~."r:esutta
.. nt. of.5
.. hearforcesthatact5
. "ertIC3l!:t~~rapn the left part of the
I structUrl: ~elrig'c·onsldered. ~---:",""r-T--,.-,-.,."-l...1fJ-l-L-L...LL.....w.-l...L.L....w..::...
positive moment ·.c.,....~.~.~._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- " -_ _- '
A !:>ending m<Jrrtent ~ proaUcesa concave
ClHYaturl: at a section of a structure.
overhanging peam
A slmple Deam extending beyond one its
supports. The overhang reduces the
posltlve moment at mldspan while
developing an~3t!ve moment at the Inse
of the cantlieverover the support.
Assuming3 lJI1/formlydTstrWvW(03d, tJ;e
projection for wltfch themorrr~ OY~ the
5I.:pportIseqwfindopposlU ta themorr.t:rt
3tmidspan is approxlmMy% ofthe Sf!41
1 J. 1 $J, J, J. J, J. J. J. 1 J.i .L4t-
I As5l.ifT1ir., 3 uniformlydistriWW l:::;;J.
; . theprojections for .,.,nlch themommts
5u'pended-span
AsImple ~m supporW by the
cantlievers of two adjolnln~ spans with
pInneJ constructlonJolnts at polnts of·
zero moment. Also calW hu~-span.
: ' : OYerthe5Upport53~eq~/md
: 'oppos,'u to themomer.t3tmidsp71
h3unch - - - - - - - - - -
Thepartofalleamthat!Sthlcl:e~OCi' ~ ~'
~~Th~~f~~t;~~aM~~ " ~J J ~,.< J 1 ~ ~~'
inc~e;jS@iiY shaping Itslertgth In respon..~
to the moment and shear values whk;h
typically vary along Its Iongttudlnalaxls. ~ ~
[Y 1J_
effective length
The dist3~ce Det.....een Inflection points In
the sp3~;f aflxed'end or continuous beJ~.
quiIl3ie.-: in nature to the actualleng~h ~
3 simp!] s~pported 'eam.
;;re approximately'/, IJfthe sp:m.
fuea-:.eM~r.t- "
~'~~~;.~~~~
tr..nsfer !:>ending 's~s,lncre-ase the
rlgldlty of the ~m. and ~uu Its
maxlmum defIect1on.
ccrttinuou5 pe4m _
~ be3m extettding~~t~~ih",,~J~,..
~~§Jn ordu to aevelOp greater
rlgfdttyaiid smaller moments than a ser~s
of simple lleams having similar spans and
loading. Both fIXed-end and contJnuous
!:>eams are Inktamlnate structures for
which the values of all reactions. shears.
and mo~nts are dependent not only or.
span and Ioaalng but also on cross-
sectlonal Sh3F~ 3'1d material.
17
18.
,lJJ.Sl.(W
Am3SOf1f)'unitofclay, formed into
•rectar.gwr prism while plastic
and lurdenea Py drying in the sun or
firi~inaUn.
'ccmmott~~
Brict made for general Pulkllng purposes
and :let s~1a11y treated for color and
te~~re. Also C311ea building brick; _.. ' -- ....... - .. - -
mingl1rict'
!3rlcl: maJeofspec~1 clays for facing a wall.
often treate4 to produce the ~sJ~~.~glg~
and 5Jrfau text.ure. Also calrea faciIn-Ick. :.--. --:
~~~~ ! scft-mud process
. The process of forming prick l:>y molding
relatively wet clay havlng~re C$!:Vwt- Jt
~.....
j5.1ndstruck brick
Bricl: formed In the soft·mud process wlt.,~ 3
mold lined with sand to prevent stlckln9.
producing3 matte-textured surf~
1prick_type!
Ades~ll3t1on Indicating the pennlssll7le
~rtatlon In size. color. chIppage. a"d
dJst.ortk)n albwed In afacing I7rick unit.
rex
F.ang I1ricl:: suitable for use where a
!ninlmum ~rlatlon In size. narrow color
fA ng~. and high degree of l.T1ech3nlc31
pafectlon are rea.ulred.
1~~!llllllllllilll~1r waterstruckhick
Bricl: formed In the soft-mud process with 3
mold lulnicated with water to prevent stlci:!~.
producing 3 smooth. dense surface.
"trrt-mud pro~ !
The process of fonnlng prick and structur.il tile
~ extruding stiff Put plastic clay having a
moisturecontent ofl2t to 151 through 3 !~
anacuttlng the extrusion to length with w'res
FB5
F,cln~ kick sultaple for use where a wider
color ~,nd greater variation In size 3re
~rmitted than for type FBX.
FDA
F.a~ I1ricl:: sulta7te for use where
p,rtlcubr effects are desired resultlng
from lIOIIurJformlty In size. color. and
texture ofthe Individual units.
, lorici~'
Adr!s~tUtIon indicating the dura!7i11ty of a
m:t unit wfIen exposea to weathering. The
u.s.Is drtW In~ three weathering
~ - serer!. moderate. and negllgll7le -
.3cc,~·dIng to,nnual winter rainfall and the
6n~1 number offreezing-cycle days. Brick
is pJd for use In each I'C9lon according to
~ strength. maximum water
, a~.andm3XlmumSJturatlon
coefl'.clent.
t MW~
. AImCk grade suitable for exposure to--
,moder'3te weatherl~ as when used ~e
grade on surfaces unlikely to l7e penneated
liiltn Wlltel Iii subfreezing temperatures.
j5W ~
,II !nick grade suita~1e for exposure to
severe weatheri~,;as when In contact with ---~-----=:::
the ground or uSMon surfar.es Ukely to ve- ~
permeated with water In subfreezl~
temperatures. .
l:>efore firing.
1drrpress process i
The process of fanning prick ~ motdlng
relatively dry clay having amoisture co~
•.e:q; of
51 W under high pressure. resulting in sbrp-
edged. smooth-surfaced pricks.
1b1n)
f.. fumau oroven for Pumll1g. I:1aklng. or dryi~
~I~. esp. one for firing pottery.17a:ir-3
, m=ks. ordryl~ tlml:>er.
j~~hin~'f
, - - - - - -__--.: Plfing luiCk un~lterTl4tely with too much or
too httle air to vary their face COlOr.
!cull "
. 1
A!nicI: or tlmb~ rejected as being ~ Infer':£r
quality.
~.
The ~ofW3ter a~ Py. claL
I"'.lSOlllj' unit when Immersed In either cold
or boIIIn4 I'I7terfor ast3ted length of time.
~'5 apercent3ge of the weight of
~l.,edryl/l1lt.
t1~
~-~~
NW ...... -..... -.... -... ,.. ...... .... ........ Jfi!e·l7ridcr·-···:
Abrick grade sulta~1e for ~posure to AGT{£mUle of fire clay ana used for IInln~
~iI coefficient
The rnlooft~ weight of water absorbed
~5bhiy Dille hi!mtlrsta In cotr
IIt7terto the weight a~sorPed when
~ In rolh~ water. Indicating the
~ resistanceof the brick to the
#etlan offreezl~ and thawing.
~.
3 weight of water absorbed ~._'
iTl3S011f'y unit when partially Immersed for
croe minute. expressed I~ grams orounces
p minute. AlsocalleJ mlt/al rau of
iI~
18
jl!e9~n~~~ ~~as when useaas a amaGtts and flreplaces.
113Gb,,.orin Itfterlormasonry.-
-.; . ,-;;>:'!f',-!J
. ,~ ;_ .t.t~ ~:'l ~. - - i
:' .:!{ :: ~.~.. .~ ~
"'- -.;.;" .- ... -- ......~~
I ~. . ":~~;" ~ ,,;:;. ~. ~q
.
.., ;( .." ,-i· ~-:-;;~~·.:.~I':~
~,
"V.' ~~ h.·.'j~) S
dflo~res;e:;~~:~~
Awhite. powdery deposit that fonns on an
exposed masonry or concrete'surface.
caused Vy the leaching and crystallization
of 50luple salts from within the material.
t.~_c~
AWct¢ryclay useaIn the making of
~rucl&t;S. aria otHer objects exposed
to high tempentlJres.
~!y_,
Amaterial having the avlllty to ~taln Its
physical shape ana cliemlCal WnE§' w~
suPjected to high temperatures.
l.
u
u
I
l.i
I
U
19.
r
r
r
r
f
r
i
r
r
rnoml,,' dim",.Ion ~
I
Abrlc~dline~S'o()f1 Lvgerthan the l
actual dJ~s:cn toaccount for the
. thicl:ness rf 3 :nortarJoint.
-·r---· ·'h
jumbo urick .
Any of "'3 r100J5 C'1erslzed 17ricks h3vlng
nomlnJl di~~S:Ons establJshed Dy the
m3nubct~~e-.
seal' I -'i
Abrd or tl.e i-.3Ying normal face "
dlmensloos ~Jt 2 nominal thickness of
2In.(51I11m~
ht-J
A!mel:: cut t... rsversely so as to leave
onetr1dw~
~:..,
TaChipar rJC> stones or 1nicks to a
certain s~ c-r sl1ape.
.3 courses =8 in. (20.3 mm)
5 COU."'5ts = 16In. (406 mm) ~=:::ib=:::o:;f=:.d,-,-~~£..
4 coursts = 8 In. (20.3 mm)
•See mJSOnry for types ofmortJrpr.:s
BRICK
moduL-lr brick
A 17rld: h.wing nominal dimensions of
4 x21,.'3 x3 in. (102 x68 x203 111m).
NormJn brick
APricl: h.wing nominal dimensions at
4 x21,'3 x12 in. (102 x68 x305 mm)...
SCRurick
Briel:: h3';119 nominal dimensions of
6 x2113 x12 In. (102 x68 x305 mm).
engineered brick
AInicl: h.wlng nominal dimensions of
4x3~/s.5In. (I02x81x203mm).
Norwegian I1rick
A17M h3Vi~ nominal dimensions of
4 x 3'/s x12 in. (102 x81 x305 mm).
Roman brick
Brick ha'ling nominal dimensions of
4x2x 12 in. (102x5! x305 mm).
ecanomy Prick
Amodu~r vrick having nominal dimensIons
of 4x 4 x5 in. (102 x102 x203 mm).
stret:.cMr
Al?rlcl: or other m3sonry untt laid
hortzoot..fIy In awall with the lo~er
eage~ or parallel to tne$lJri:ou.
'·'·' ..''~r.,
A 17rld: or other m3sonry u,nlt /;lid
horlzontaily 1(1 awall with the shorter
end ~ or parallel to the surface.
-.,..,~~J
A I7rld: lakl horizontally on the longer
edge with the shorterend exposed.
AI$O.~J
fc.~~}
A I7rld: laid vertically with the longer
face edge ~pqsed.
. itorl
r~k lakl vertically with the I1read
faceex~.
,... '.' 7shineri
'A brIck i3J h<:Jrizontally on the longer
wge with the broad face exposed A!S]
called pull str~her.!
'! 1
19
20.
BRI(K
fbrickwcrij
erfck~Ion, esp. tMart of bondin9
Prld:s effealvely,
'~ndt
Anyofmblsamngements of masonry
units ~.iI regular, recognluble, usually
OYerbp~ pattern to Increase the
strength and enhance the appear3 nce of
the conskuctlon.
j ",n~~/-..........-.--··-··....
Alni:iwort or masonry bond composed of
OY~ stretchers. Also called
's~ron(U
pa.otllond 1
Alni:iwort bond having acourse of headers
~ ~flveor slxCQu~ P-f
stretchers.AlsocalW .f'rieffi.1nl1~, f
clesa' ..........-.......... .
ANSOnry unit specially formed orcut
to fDsh " COU~ orcomplete the bond
at ~ co,cner ofawall. Also, closure.
~~~l
Alni:illlOrk laond having altemate courses
of hakrs ~lidstretchers In whleh the
~n untered on stretcMrs and the
joints ~ stretchers nne up vertically
lnaiCOlll'StS.
~ ~=~h::~.I.~.t~:-:~~- 00.- -
forroa"1~ng" course or for spacIng
reglbr!nicks. Also;Cuun closure.
fJem~~~1
A~ bon(i having alternatIng
headtrsand StretcMrsIn e3Ch cou~,
~ ~ ~ng centered arore and Pelow
.iI~.
~da~ ----------....... --- .. ~'='==_::::!±:=::!
A~uarter Imci: fodlnlShlng a
cor..eorfor spacing regiliarlmcks,t
Also. ki". cfO$Ure.
!F~~
'A fonn~~nd In which the
c.ourst:Sn offset to form adtamona
pattera.
20
.... soldlerccur5e,
Acontinuous ecurse of soldiers In
brickwork.
.~tack~ond
'). br1ckwori: or masonry bond havin9
=::>==:;;::- successive courses of stretchers with all
headJoints al1gned vertlea Ily. Also.
~acked I1ond.!
~~~~~~~~~::=:K :Englishcros5 Pond-
ODD DCJDDD .ArnodJfJed EnglJsh bond In which the heaa
DD~D~~~ Jolnts!n the stretching courses are offSP,t
~~C=::J( .by half the length ofastretcher. Also called
ODDDDDDDDC ,-Dutdt~1
Dc::=Jt=Jt=JDT
ODDDDDDDDC
c=Jc:::Ic::Jc:=Jf
ODDDDDDDDC
Dc=Jr==Jr==:JO(
ODDDDDDDDC
c=Jr::=:JDDc==J[
Flemish CtO~5 Pond
A mod1f1ed flemish bona having courses of
altel'Tl3te headers aM stretchers
"ftem3tI~ with stretching cou~.
-..- flare header
Abrick h3vlng adamr end exposed as
a heac.ier In pattemed brlcl:won:.
~)~~~~~~~Ill: larden-wall Ponel
F ~prlclilYOrHond for lightly loaded
~~~~~i~~~g: rounaary walls, having aseq~ence of a
po header and thru stretchers In each course,
~~~~~i~~~~= with each heac.ier ilelng centered over a
t= header In alternate courses.
I i
I j
J
J
I i
6
L
L
L
L
J
f
L
21.
A~ Is Asheltb' from r3in, SUn, and wind.
This mpIksa~and Waifs wsupportIt. If
the ~ emtmym;Jose th~ 5pau WIthin,
~ xt ~ for access. 3I1dWlndCW$
for ¥t- Ro:7fs and waDs, door5 and WIndows
a~ ~ ~ fe3tures (J(buffdl"95.
Roof5 T/U'j b.: f!.it:. sloping. orcurved. Aroof
with~ slopeIs C3iWaLan-to. When two
~ roofs ~ upa!p3r.l1ldw;Jn5 andle.in
a~ns:r;ne ~ theymeetIn ahor/zorrt.31
rlJge.lt ~ ~,XIII form aG3t>1eatt.3ch~.
Iftwo rQ/Js m;;;i~aprojectingang~ their
rwfs ~1n3n It1cIiMJlint calledafip.
Ifthe rr;;aIl:; me&t;,areentulngangl~, the
ItIcfJr,dile ofIrrtersectSon Is calfeda Valley.
Orcul.r JlQIJsC3rrfca1Idordcmlc31roofs..
IfthaeIs m«e dwItX7e 5tcry, the fL1t; roof
qfthe ~ stcryb.:comes the Floor(J( the
stQry~.lfthe fYX!fextenJs b.:yond the
wall tJrztsuppa-tsIt, the projection15 called
the &;es. Ifthe W31al5oproj~cts to suppon
the ~ (J(the roof. the projection is
calJtJ;/ComJce. Theprincipalmember(J(a
ccmice. JIIhJchproject5llf:~ a5heJfandcrO'Nr15
the IQI, is c;tIIeJ;/Corona.
Wans 3rC ger.er;HiyI1I3de Wfd~r}U5tat the
bottom5<);15 togetabetter b.:.arlngon the
ground T1r5projectItXrIs the Ba5e. Asimilar
~ atthe tq7IscalJed;/ CiIp or.IfIt
project6 nJCh.aCcrrke, ;15 h35 been said. A
low".,IsakJA r~ Ashortpiece rJf
"an.iIboIrt.25 bng.25/tIs thIct15 calida
rcs:..3IIrIlflt~5<JfT1ethI"9.a
,~theprt~ It6 capanJb~15
thaT theOle. AtalpestIs canedaPIer, IfIt Is
5qlI3~;ndaCdumn IfIt Is round. Wp5 (J(
pierSxtIcdumnsxt c.alledwpftals. and the
p-t~ theC3p andthe ba~, the 5h3ft.
The M ~ marIber(J(3 C3pitaJIs c.al/ed
the~.
Abam tit3t 5p311'5 the spxe Pmrun two
pIerS orccJumns orb.:twetn;lpierorc.dumn
MJJa tIr.1ils aJIJedJill ArchJtrav~, or EpiStyk.
Abc¥~ fC. ~ thearchitraveand the
CCJmIa. tha'eIsgeneralfya11tti~ strip ofwall
(.;J/f~ the ~ ArchItr;ve, frieze, and
&ornJce~the~A~
cfcolumns Is C4i1eJa CcIontude. The 5p3US
~pierS orcoVnns ~ sometimes
5p3m.e4Py.Jvcks,A ~s (J( which Is c.alled
3f1~
The spx:e~ ~paralfd wansl5
~ ~bya sa-trJfc.?r1Unuou5
3rdI c.;fIeJ;/ Y.at~ In5tt.3drJfbyafloor or
reef.
The Wa( the PIer, and the Cdumn, WIth or
irlt:hovt the pede5t.aI. COr7'StItute th~ chief
~memb.:rs.· the Frle:ztandCornice,
fIrltIr therooftit.7trestsupon them,
~ thechidptofthe load they
urry, The ~ the keres, and ~
Spandrds fcmI partcfthe 1caJrel3tJy~ to
WtIs ~ tMrJ. Mar~ SUpporting
members~i3tJVe to wh.1tIs a/Joy~ them.
f3e5kks ~ valu.1b1e35;1 sh~IUr, abuilding
ff!3y be In It6df;/ noble mddelightful obJ~t.
:Jndarchitects ~ bvilder5 who, bygMnq a
Pvd&ng p:JproportJcnsand flroe details. and
bytm~ ""~tJfulIfl3tma15,11I3i~ It
rafU3&1e onl'tSl7Wnacccl(Int..ln«pendentJyof
ft5~.
-William Robert Ware
(he American Vignol;
The vertical extension of al7ulldlng orother
construction aDove the foundation.
BUILDING
Arelatively permanent enclosed
structure constructed over a plot
of land for habitable use.
~
uperstrLICture
! ,.------,c::z;~~~
l
•munJation
~ubstructure ,
The underlying structurefor~g the
foundation ofaDuildlng or other.,
construction. . .
system
Agroup of Interacting. Interrelated, or
Interdependent things or parts forming a
complex or unlfted whole, esp. to serve a
common purpose.
)1
22.
BUILDING
(
I
!
I
.
i
~
high-rise
Descrll1lng aIrolldlng havinga
comparatively large numl1er of stories
and equipped with elevators. r->..
-' __..i ____----,~
fFTI::.--___L--f-
..._--1':t;~------____f
story f 1 ~ yF? i /
Acomp~ koriz.o~ arvision of a I ! /~ ".
I1uildi~.~"4 acontlnuous or nearly :
continuous floor ana comprising the . :
spa~ l>et;.leen two 1acent levels. ··i
:l
1111 1111111 !Ill I!
( .....7'
- - - - - ' -
II
[HI-! IHH
n~ n :iTt ,m ni iii nf nr nr nr rtf' m nr nr Mn
; )J lh. I I I + f+ rt- II' f f J I I' I 1/ TI i 1
low-rise:
DescrlUiog ,;a I1ullding having one. two. or
three stones and usually 110 elevator.
One of the upper floors of awarehouse or
fa~. typlcal~ unpartltloned ana
sometJmes converted oradapted to other
uses. asl!vlng a.uarters, artists' studios. or
exhi!:>felon gal!eries.
loft ~ikiing
A?tJ:!dlng haVing several floors with large
areas of unobstructed space. originally
rerrtea out for ~ht Industrial purposes and
r.aw fre'.uently converted to residential
OCCt;p3r.cy.
o 1
-
-
-
-
f---c.
f---c.
f---c.
f---c.
I---
-
I j
I
j
1 j
I
i
L1
J
I
LJ
I
[]
I
J
J
, I
U
I
I
I
;
I
1
_..J
23.
L
t. _
f
L
L
,
L
r
I
k
·crawl space,...,.,."
An area In abuildIn!! hJvl"9 aclearance
less than human height. M accessible
I1y crawhng. esp. such a space below the
flrst floor that Is enclosed by
foundation walls.
cellar __J
Aroom or set of rooms. for the storage
of food. fuel. or the like. wholly or partly
underground and usually be'neath a
bulk/ing.
cyclone cellar
Acellarorother underground place for
shelter during violent storms. as
cyclones. torna.ms. or hurricanes. Alsa
called stann cell.1r.
l1ulkhe3d -.__......__•.•........-..._-'/
/
.rttic
Aroom or space directly under the roofofa
Pullding. tsp. ahouse.
luffeltory _._.. _
..._
.....-._ .........'..
Ausal7le living space within a sloping roof. ",
usually hav~ng dormer windows for lighting.
:" floor
BUILDING
Acontlnuous supportl"9 surface
[ f Ahorizontal or InclIned door overa
~ .~l__________~____st_a_/~
__
aY_g_M_n_g_~_c_~_s_to__
a_ce_"a_r_.____=-__________________~
. extending horizontally throughout a
: bulkllng. havl"9 a numberofrooms and
; const~utl"9 one level In the strocture.
-$--
l
;-.- mezzanine
! Alow or partial story Wtween two main
: stories ofabUllalng. ~p. one that projects
i as ablcony and forms acomposltion with
, the story beneath It.
-B---
r-fi~tfloor
! The gl"O'Jnd floor ofabu!k:flng. In 8rltaln and
: elsewhere. the first floor IStilefloor
I Immediately above the ground floor.
--;-.. ground floor
: The floor ofabu/ldlng at or nearestto
ground level
;'" pasement
: Astoryof abuilding that Is wholly or part~·
A below ground level.
..;.+:--l-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~_I___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.... _ _ _ -v-
areaway
Asunken area affording access.
air. and light to a!1asement door
or window.
I
subbasement
Arry story or floor below the maIn basement
of abuifding
24.
BUILDING
~~~~~~~~~~~~~-..-.......- ....--.------.----
J="
I
The frontofa ~ulk:llng orany ofIts skies
facl~ apu~hc wtrj or space. esp. one
dlsUngulshui by Its architectural
"',:reatment.
""
","""""
~ ==
I
I·
:
I
""""""",.,
""'"
~"~~~==::S
r- pavilion
~ Acerrtr31 orfIar.l:i:-..g ?ro}xt~ su~alvlslon
: ofaf:3C3de. us~i!J ~tea by more
elabor3t.e decon<;:cn or gre3W hel9ht a~.d
distinction of ~~r,e.
~~~=~~~~~~~~~~H stcr"f
tf I !Amajor ho"';.zontal archlt.ectur31
fenestration
The design.
proportioning. and
alsposltlon of
windows anaother
exterioropenings
of a ~ulldlng.
. dlvlslon.•5of 3 fac3de or the w.ii
~~.Q,d~~~!",g.-'b'l=F~A9~n~1 ofa n.ve..
~~==~~~~~~
pay
Ar'rJ of. 1~mper of prlr.clpal
alvlso(l5 of • wall roof. orother
part of;; ~Ji1d1~ rnarl:~ offby
vertical or tr;;nsve~ supports.
bll~r"f
Aft'Ia]or horizontal dMslon ofaw;; il
havl~ no m.erlor windows.
I7lind
DescrIbi:'~;; recess In awall havi~
the appe4r3nee ofawlndow (~l1rJ
wlMcw) or Joer (Plln4 door).
Inserted to c.omp~ aserles of
wlnOows or r.o provide symme-try of
Je~n.
nnnn
24
,Ii
fronUspiece
Aprinc!p31 fac3de. or a part orfeature of a
facade. often t~ as aseparate
elerTl!rTt of tl-.e des~n 3nd highlighted by
OrT1a~ntation.
nlsefront
A~ falstfyl~ the size
or lmp:lrtance of a ~Ildlng.
~alccny
An eb7ted platfonn
projectl~ from the wall ofa
~~ and enclosea by a
ram~ Of p3rapet.
!
1
1j
d
u
U
I
l~
i
l..w
I
L
L
25.
r-
I
l
,-
#lfJ
Ar.a~ p~tfunn. appro;;;;heJby steps
$Oft1etl~ having a nxrf. at the
ofahou~.
~n usualti roof;J~~d
pt1yenclosed. 25 by araUir:g. often
~1"4 across the front and sldes of
a ~. A!so.;erandab. i
t~,;1.esp.afully fuml:shd 0 e
used 4IS a livI~rOOm.
t~A
An open. unrociea porch or ~tform
~ng fl"Ol1 a hou~ or ~r
BUILDING
l
~~~
~ ~ ~ ~
. f== I- r=
r-
~ ~ I::::
:p6~1?:1
An ~r appendage to ai1ulldlng.
forml"4 Ii covered approach or
vestlpule to adoorway.
r-~I1i£g,J
Aporch having a roofsupported by
. columns. often leading ta the entrance of a
~ulldlng.
~ IcnrWer/
rseriesOf re~u13."'Yspaced columns
supportIng an er:tJNture and usually one
sIde of a roof structure.
lf05te~tq
-A prfvateorside entrance. as 011(: for
.'.< peaestrians next ta a porte-cochere.
::~:;:.; r--- ---. ------ -.- ,-_._._ ... _
..........2"fO~hert: •
-/.~ : ' " A porch roof proJdtlng over a driveway
.~>;: at the entranceta a lnJlldlng and
!-" I shelterjA!tfho~ gettlng In or out of
ve.bIcles·;A1Socalleatarrt.ue porch.
fJ L") f· ..~. . . .
1 I
I :
i ;
(#:;::::::r::::.:::::::~)
~ng. --.-------.--~
portal, .
Adoorway. ga):e. or entrance. esp. an
ImposIng one emphasIzed by size and
stately archltp;tural treatment.
25
26.
BUILDING
•••1. : •
rotunda
ArC1Jnd.domed pullding. or alarge and
b~h clrcularspau In such apuJldlng. esp.
or..! surmounted l'Ya dome.
~
AP-.lltalng orstructure hIgh In
proportlon to Its lateraldImensions. .
~ standing alone orformir.g part of
a lorgtr I7ulldlng.
Ploc1:
II ~rge buildIng divided Into anumberof
~me a~rtments. offices. or shops.
~~ - ....................... .
AcOOnnakd orarcaded space within the
body of a~ng !lut open to the air on one
~?ften at'an upper story overlooking an
~ccurt.
rUM no17i1e _...-................00 • • _ · · · _ · · • • • • • J
The prir.clpafstory ofa large ~ulldlng. as a
pal3ce or villa. wtth formal reception and
din~ rooms. u5~1ly one fltqht a!love the
~floor.
corU!e •.---- ...... -- ..-- --... - -----. --.
A br~ or principal courtyard of an Italian
palma.
26
sL;b
I_l
,!'
piloti _:._..i
---- Anyof aserIes of
columns supportIng a
pulldl~ arove an open
ground level
ell
AwIng at right angles to the length of a
pUllding. Also. ef.
wing
Apart of a buildIng projectl~ from a"4
sul10rdlnate to or main part.
A~..anqu"r ~Ji!dlng h3V!r-qlittle width
~
..., respect to its length 3na hetqht.
patuza
Alarge. Imposing puplic ~JM'~ ~ priV3':.e
residence. esp. In It31y'
[.,
.: ,
:. . court
., An area open to the sky and mostly or
_~entlrely surrounclea by walls or I7ulldlngs.
atrium
Askiit. central court In a
buil.::li~~. esp. afarge Interiorone
bavl~ aglass roof and
surrc~ -Jed by sevml Stories of
galb'es.
atrium
"
L.fi
An open. skylit court around
which ahouse or bultdlng Is ~ullt.
D
courtyard
Acourt adjacent to or wlthfn a building. esp.
one enclosed on all four sIdes.
patio
Acourtyard, esp. ofa house. enclosed by
low I1Ulldlngs. arcades. or walls.
I ~
I
I ~
L
y
L
i
L
I
27.
l _
r
t
e._
.-
f
L
i-_
L
r
i
L
]
L
r
f
iL
[
I
L
r-
I
cbim
To assertOf' demand re~nitlon or
possesstcn.
merge
To comlnr.e. !knd. orunite ~radU311y by
stages so 3S to I1luridentity or
distinctions.
pL1Z3
Apul7llc 5qUJre or open space In a
city or town.
'luadrangfe .•- ........-....-..............
Asquar~ or'tU3aranguiar spaceor court
surrounded ;,y3 bui!dll19 Or I1ulldlngs. as on
a college CJmpus. Also called quad.
941llem
Aspaclo!JS promenade. CCIIrt. orIndoor
maR. usuar1y navl"9 aV3ulted roof and lined
with comrr.erci;;ll establishments.
pro~fUde
An aro;I use.dfora stroH or.wall:.esp.~n
3 .•'
pul7Hc p!xe.lS for p!easu~ or dlsp!ay. .
Jllee ~
French tern for a broad
walk planteJ ",itn trees.. /" ~ I i
.' p ~"
front
To face In a specific direction or look out
upon.
Jri?or _ ....- ............_-- ......-..... _.... -..
Ashelta c.f shruPs ana17r.lllches orof
bWcewor1: Irrtmwlned with cl1mlnl19 v1n_~~ .
d flowers. . ~" ~ .
uellis
Afume supportlng open iattlcewon:. used
as a screen Of' 3 supportfor ~rowlng vines
or plants
I.3ttice
AStructure of crossulstrlps arranged to
form a rt:.3JiJ r p3ttem of open spaces.
pergola .
Astructure of parallel colonnades
supporting an open roof of Peams and
CrOSSl119 raftus or treillswon:. over wHich
cllml1lng plants are trained to grow.
orientation
The position of aDuilding on 3 site In
relation to true north. to pOints on the
compass. to aspeclfiG placeor feature. or
to localconditions of sunlight. wln:~and
BUILDING
folly
Awhimsical or extravagant structure built
to serve as aconversation piece. lend
Interest to aview, or com memoratea
person orevent.
pavilion
Asmall, often ont3mental bUilding In a
garden.
gazebo
Afreestanding roofed structure, usually
open on the sides, affordll19 shade and rest
In agarden or pari:.
r ~Ivedere
I[J[ If aS0Rf-H....... Al7ulldln!J, orarchitectural feature ofa
11ullJlng. des19ned and situated to look aut
upon 3 pleasln!J scene.
topi3ry
Clipped or trimmed Into ornamental arlO
fantastic shapes. or the won: or art of such
clipping.
27
28.
r
j
~
r-
!
t
r
i
r
r
i
r
r
I '
f
i
'-I
r
r
i
I
(
i:
~
f
I
[
f
t
I
..;
I,
I
I
I
CABLE STRUCTURE
sU5penslo~structure
Astructure ofcal7ies suspended and
prestressed !letween compression
meml7ers to directly support applied loads.
suspension 17ridge
AImdge having ad,e.c.I: suspended from
cables raised on towers and securely
anchored to abutments at the ends.
~ ~
single-curvature structure
Asuspension structure utlllzl~ aparallel
... ' . ' . ' series ofca17les to support surface-forming
.. _ l7eams orpl3tes. Asi~le-cul'V3ture
structure Is susuptlule to flutter Induced
. by the aerodynamic effects of wind. This
~ ~ lia17i1itycan l7e reduced by Increasing the
~ ~ dead load on the structure oranchoring the
primary ca17les to the ground with
~.
...
.. ~., transve~guyca17les.
.. ;-=~~~
.~ r it~ ·
~;~~!~a~~~~~~~~;;I---------~'" ~..~
component of thrust In asuspension or ~ ------~- n~
cal:>le-stayed structure and..n. v ,-_.......,;:;~
transferring the force to aground
foundation.
Avertical orinclined compression
rneml7er In asuspenslon or cable-
stayed structure. supportlng the sum
of ~ vert.ical forcecomponents In the
primary aMgfl'JcaPles. Incnning the
mast enal:ks It to pIcl: up some of the
hortzootal cal:>le thrust and reduces
the foru In ~ guyca!rles.
double-cable structure - .--.- - -..
Asuspension s~re having upper
and lower sets of cables of different
curvattlres, pm.ensloned by tles or
compresslon struts to make the
system more rlgk:l2nd reslst3nt to
flutter.
I
I
primary cable
One of the pretenslooed
cables directly supportlng
the load on 3 suspension
structure.
i--------------.-.-...- secondary cable
L .. bound2rycable
011e of the pretensloned
cables used for stal:rillzln
a5uspenslof'l5tructlire
against flutter, uS1J311y
having acumture
oppo$fte to tha t of the
primary cables.
Acablefor ~nchorlng aset of secondJr)'
cables In asuspenslon S""
....JCture.
C3ule-stayed structure
Astructure h3Vln~ vertical or Inclined
masts from which cables extend to suppcrt
horizontally spannIng members arranged irI
aparallel or radial pattern.'
---------
douule-curvature
structure
Asuspension structure
composed of a field of
crossed C41l>leS ofdifferent
and often reverse
curvatureS. Each set of
caufes h3s adifferent
natu:"31 ~rIod ofvlur3tlon,
thus formlog aself-
dam~nln~ system that Is
more resistant to flutter.
29
29.
., (ElLING
The overheadinterior surface or
Iini"4 of.1 room. often concealing the
underside ofthe floor or roof above.
~ CQVe Ut1~ ; -
~ Ace!ling hMng;l cove. Also. caved 71"-'1
ullifli· /,/ ;
C()Ve _ •........•.•...•.••.•.•................. ~/'.
A CO~ surfue fonnln!! part of•
celh"i at Its ~ so as to eI1mlnat.e the
usuallnt:enor angle ~etween the wall and
the celnng.
30
o
plafona ,
!?eam ceiling
The unac:rslde ofaftoor showIng ~
supporting I1eams arid finished to form a
ceiling.
jcoffer 1
One ofa number of recessed. USu.iily square
oroctagonal panels in ;I ceiling. ~. or
vault. Also called c.alsscn.i.1curur.
'; bcunar/
. Aceiling. soffit. orvault adorred Mt-h a
pattern of recessed p:onel5.
Aflat or v3ulW ceiling ofdecorative
character.
iU
I
i
!
!
I
1u
}
i
I
l
30.
(ABLE STRUCTURE
Astructural systemutilizing the caHe
as the principal means ofsupport..
cap~
AflexIple structural meml1er. as wire rope
or ~'chaln, having high tensile strength /
IxItoffering no reslstanee to compresslon
Or~g.
i
!
funicularslupe ...j ~
The shape assumed Vi afruly cleformlng
C3Pe In directresponse to the magnitude ,••".".".".,
and location ofexternal forces. Acaple
alw-ays adapts Its sh3pe so that It 15 In pure
tension undertheaction ofan applled load.
funicular polygon· .,._....................../
The wpe assumed Viafreely cleformlng 0-----------,-,0
~ In direct I'tSf'On5e to a set of ~, ........, ,-'
concentrated loads. ' .......... ",' ,~t
l '" -,' '"
-+-.' , '------,,' /'
~":~:::;ed;;~·i~~:ki;~·I~~······-···1<'",.... . /<~;J
C3uelndlrectresponsetoa uniformly ~~"" ,".,' / 11-
J"tStrIbuteaload. . ",,- ,---" ,./ Ii
~r;.;;~~.~-;;;i.;~.~~~.-----.-._--;~:--.-;:iLl
uniform cal7lesuspendeafreely from two r.m~'"
polnt6 not In the same vertlcall1ne. For a
load that Isuniformlydistrluutea In a
~I prqectlon. thecUrr'e approaches .
~ ofap3r.1rola - .•-.-•.-..... --.- •.•.•..--- .,-.•.-.---. - •..•-.••---..........- ....... -.... "._" ..•..._.....,;
8uttresses. -.-......•...-...--...
~5tnJts. -- ..-.•--•.••-.--.-.-..•'"
orsnbrelements~re rtflufret/ ~ contJfn~nJ ".;
~thehOitz0nt3IC1)mponentsqfthe~/lIe "'"
thrusts. """
~~mbl...uum~r-.""""'-
28
Alens·shaped structure having the
outward thrusts of an arch ualanced by the
Inward pulls ofacaple. resulting In no net
lateral forces at the supports.
.' sag
Theyert~31 distance from the supports to
the lowest point of 3 cable structure.
As the 5Jg of3 CJb{e incre35t:S. the Inte.maJ
forces dtvtloped in the uble dXre3se.
funicuL1r structure
,.. structure shapea to carry or
support agiven Ioadlng Vieitheraxial
tension or compression. For arry
!liven loading condit;1on. there Is only
~ general funicular shape. If the
L:ndlng pattern ella nges. bendl~ Is
iruJuud In the structure.
I
!
Ii
!
j i
u
LJ
I
I
I
L
f-
i
!
~
~--
31.
r
I
j
r
i
r
r
j
r
r
r
r
I
1
f
i
,-
i
1
i
c'
dropceili~
A ~ry cel~formed to provlde space
fer plpln.g orduC1Jl!ori. or to ~tter the
proportions of ~ room. Also. dropp~
uili"i- --------_.
, CEILING
suspended ceiling
Aceill~ suspended from an overhead floor
or roof structure to provide space for
pipes. ductwork. lighting fixtures. or other
service eqUipment.
. '. :' ;":';.~:........' ~•.;.... :.; ~:.:~. :,;,.., .":.' .:.~: ~ ~:,'.:~':;~~ ~'.:.7,:':=;::;,',,1 ~~! ~:'.:<;.)~::!'::':, ..'.•··.l·-~ ~.;: ',:) ..:
..:':...·.2.:..·_~,~l
~========:::;:========::::::::.::::::::;::z:~:ti:::::o::::::q:±:::::::::::::~:;:j:;;:i:::~~~~::iz.:~i:::c:b~2:z:c~~~=:±:~-T"- plenum /
accu5wltik
Tl~ made In v.rlous sius anJ textiJres from
asoft. 5OOnd-~!?sorVlng matertll. 35 corl
mlnenf f1w. or ~bss f1l>~.
metal pan --------------------.-----------
An~stlcaltl~cons~ofasteelor
aluminum p3n having aperfonted fau and
cont3lning a5epante l3yer of sound-
al1sortl119 material
---- cross tee
Asecand3ry memberof the grid supportln~
asuspended ceiling system. usu.ally a
sheet-lretal tee carried by t~ main
runn.ers.
-----.- m3in rtJnnu
AprlllClp31 rnemDerof ~ grid supportlng a
suspended ceinng system. usually a sheet-
metal char.nel or tee suspended by hall9er
wires from the O'>'erhead structure.
. -.- spline
Athin metal str:p Inserted InCO the edges
of two acoo5~31 t;ile= to ma~ a lrottJolnt
between them.
11I1i!!i;IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIWrr- ------.--.- kerf /
"
lumina us ceiling
A sus~nded ceiling of t~,~slucent PJr.els
for diffUSing the light frc-r, !umlnaires
mount.ed above it.
Agroo.-e cut In c.o the edges of an acoustlcal
tlle to rteelve aspline orT-shaped m~~r
~rt1~qrid.
(j~r mebl uiling
Asuspended ce:1I~ system of narrow
metal strips.usually Incorpornl~ rnodul3r
I19htl/l4 .nd alr-nanJnll9 components.
;II
~'5...;
JJ
:)
~ .;)
~~
A'S;.. ~ .;I.
#
~ 4. ~~
..;
A
~
,<~~
louvered ceiling
AsusperJed ceiling of multlceUular louvers
for shle!d11l9 the nght sources mounted
above ft.
1 The space petween a suspenaed celilng ana
_! the floor structure apave. esp. one that
serves as a recelvlll9 cham!1erfor
conaltloned air to pe dlstrl!1uted to
Inhaplted spaces odor return air to pe
conveyed pack to acentral pl3nt for
processln~.
acoustical ceiling
Aceilln!! ofacoustical tile or other sound-
absorbing material.
texposed grid 1
Ametal grid of Inverted tees suppartin~
the acoustical tiles ofasuspenaed ceiling.
, recmtigrui' -.1
Ametal grid for supporting a suspenaed
celhng ofacoustical tiles haVing rapl:>eted
J?~~. -----
~ .
pconccal&:J grid ~
Ametal grid suppOrting the acolJstl~1 tiles
of ~ suspended ceiling. hldcfen within kerfs
cut Into the edges of the tiles.
Integrated ceiling
Asuspended cell1~ system Incorporating
~~§~~ 1igh_~n.9•..~11<;f alr-l13ndling_
£QmponentsJnto.a.unlf1ed whole...
linear diffunr ~
Along. narrow dlffuserdeslgned to
disperse air through slots l>etween the
panels of an Integrated ceiling system. Also
called slot diffuser.
31
32.
(EMMIC
Any ofVArious hard.lnittle.noncorrosive.
and ~UGtlve II'I4ttrbls formed by the
k?nlc rondng ofametal and 3 nonmetaf. as
In"!d:.~. and rl4tul'3lstone.
cu..micware
Arty ofnrlous products made by firing clay
or similar NttrI3ls In akiln. as !nick.tile.
andpc«cy.
flri"i
The process of hardening or glazing ceramic
W;i re by hating In • kiln to aspeclfled
temperWJreo
earthenware
low·flred. opaque. nonvitreous ceramic
ware.
stoneware
Hlgh.flred. opaque. vitrified cel'3mlc ware.
vitrify
To make aclay body vitreous Pyflrlng ata
specifled temperature.
D
b
lurd·hrnea _........... ...... ............ vftreo~
Ared ~. high temperature to near Reseml1llng glass. as In tl'3nsparency.
Yltrtflr..atlon and having relatively low hardness. l1rlttleness. luster. or having low
apsorptlon and high compressive strength. or no porosity. b
6·
5Oft·l7umed _................_..........-: semlvftreous
Fired ~ • low ttmperature and having Having arnodel'3te wattr al1sorptlon of
relatively h~h 3Vsorptlon and low shghtly under 61.
compressNe strength.
nonvitreous
Having awater al1sorptlon greater than 71..
32
porcelain
Ahard. vitreous. translucent cel'3mlc
material consisting essentially ofKaolln.
fek:lspar. and quartz.fired at avery high
temperature.
china
Atranslucent ceramic material, I1lsque·
fired at ahigh temperature and glaze·flred
atalowertemperature.
kaolin
Afine white clay used In the manufacture of
porcelain and white portland cement. Also
called china clay.
enamel
Avitreous. usually opaque. decoratlve or
protective coating appl1ea Py fusk)n to the
surface of metal. glass, or pottery.
porcelain enamel
An opaque. grassy coating ponded to ~~
....I
by fusing at ahigh temperature. Also wiled
vitreous enamel.
ceramic bond
------ - -------....
,/ " A thermochemical rond I1etwun I!13w...ls
/ '" resulting from exposure to tempetAt~
/ , .' "',, '-. '" . approaching the fusion point of the mtx-'"...I,;re.
" .: }~,,~.~,'"..':
~
.,~~A~.~:~... -...~...- body
'. <- ;:":,~:' , ) The structural portion of aceramic ar--..<t:
, .....•.,,_... / ~!~~aymaterlalormlxturefrom ~,,~ it
"'''''I!I!II--••~~
/ ·l1l~ue..fired
Fired to harden aclay Poay.
bi,,ue
Earthenware or porcelain that h;;s p~
flred once put not glazed. Also called
W&allt.
glaze-fired
Afused or partially fused material that ts
ground to Introduce asolulile or unsta~.e
Ingredients Intcglazes or enamels.
I
l~
I '
t .i
,
I
t
l i
I
U
I
I
J
o
I
L'
I
33.
t
t
L
trimmer
Any of variousspecially shaped ceramic
tiles foe "'5hi" '""",,'""'"1 9
.~.#."
.... ; ..., ~ ............... I ......·····
....~ .......-
--," -N-O /"
..n~~~a~ "-"~"~I'=~~~~~
Aco.'ed tk setat the meeting of afloor Any of tM ceramic or nonceramlc articles
and wall to prevent 3CCumuf4tlon of dlrt designed to Pe affixed to or Insmed In
and to facll1t3te cleaning. tllewar+;. as tower I7ars. saap holders. and
the like.
t;'Nk~"~":~
thlck-~et process
Atllese'ttlng proussln which ceramic tile
Is apphed OVer' aportland cement mortar
Pea ¥..to 1Vzln. (19 to:3a mm) thlel:. which
allowsfor murate slopes aruf planes In the
finished war+;.
portland ument mortar
Afield mix of portland cement. sand. water.
and sometimes hydrated lime. used for
leveling or setting ceramic tlle In the thlc~·
set process.
U ~ndcorl
Athin coat of mortarfor rondlng ceramic
tile to aI7ading.
t- ,..-
I-- -
I-- ,..-
.-_.
1
1-----;
_'~
_........
c--;
I-- -'
: I I I I I :
I I J J I
I--~
I--t--
f--~
I
..
f--~
r--~
r-t-
f-- t-t-
~ r-t-
I I I i I j
.LI.J.J !
thln-l7ed prou~
Atllesettlng process In which ceramic tile
Is bonded to acontinuous. stable I7acklng
with athin coatofdlj'-set mortar. latex·
portlandcement mortar. tp<JY:i mortar. or
an arg3nlc adhesive. '132 to '/aln. (008 to
32 mm) thlel:.
tile grout
Acementltlous orresinous mix for filling
CERAMIC
/ uramic tile
Anyofvarlcus fired clay tiles used for
surfacing walls. floors. ana cauntertops.
/ glazed wall tHe
Ceramic tHe h3ving 3 rfonvltreous Pody and
aI1rlght. matte. orceystailine glaze. used
for surfacin~ Interior walls and IIght·duty
floors.
/ ceramic mosaic tile
Small ceramic tile haVing a porcelain or
naturalclay Dody. glazed far surfacIng walls
or unglaztd for use on roth floors and walls.
and usually face- or Pack'mounted on
sheets to fac~rtatc: handling and speed
Installation.
qU3rrytile
Unglazed ceramic floor tile having a I13tural
c14y body. Alsa called promenade tile.
pavertile
Unglazed ceramic floor Ule slmlf4r In
composition to ceramic mosaic tlkl M
thicker and Llr~c:r In surface area.
JOints In ceramic tllework. ---------r
33
34.
(ERAMIC
,t.Mlctur.a1 clay tile
AI-clIowtl~ offtreJ clay having parallel
cells or ceres. used In lnJitdlng walls ana
~s.
,(.B
l..o3J-~ring structural clay tile sult3l1le
for m.asonry walls not exposed to frost
xtbn. or In exposecJ masonry where
protected by afacing of31n_ (76.2 mm) or
mo~ of stone. prick. terra cotta. or other
mJsonry.
" LeX
l.o3d-~rlng structural cf3y tile sultal1le
for IT13sonry waMs exposed to weathering or
frost
~ terr.1~o;
An.ra. fired cby. reddlsh-prown In color
whell unglaztJ. used for architectural
~s and ornaments. tl~ units. and
potttry.
~ ~rJlterr~ cotta·,
n.rJ-~rned. glneJ orunglazed terra
ccu.. hand-molded or machine-extruded to
or~ as.a cer2m1cveneer-for wans orfor
~ntatlon.
"'";:':-;-:-._:~:p";,:,,,T:~:-:·~
r- • ~';:t~!::,:-!-;:"Ii:C~ - -"","
"J
.~
~
IIP.-J..
,adck'"'J
Sun-dried urick made of clay and straw.
~Iy ustd In countrieS with little
,.Infan. .
structuraIfacing tile
Structural clay tile having aglazed surface.
used for facing walls ana partitions. esp.ln
areas subject to heavy wear. moisture
problems. and strict sanitation
requlrements.
frS
Structural facing tile suitable for e:xposecl
exteriorand InterIor masonry walls ana
partitions where moderate absorption.
slight va~~f~~dlroenslaJJs~ mlnor_
3efects In surface flnlsh..3nd medlum color·
,!ng~~re~~~a~ie,
FTX
Smooth structural facing tile suitable for
exposed exterior and Interior masonry W3l1s
and partitions where low aJ??9.rp1Io.n ana
stain resistance are required. and where a
high degree of mechanical perfection.
minimum variation In fau dimensions. and
narrow color range are desired.
rammea~rth
Astiffmixture of cf3y. sand or other
aggr~ate. and water compressed ana dried
within forms as II wall construction. Also
calleJ plse. plsay. plse de terre.
~- . . --,.~
- ;
l j
I
u
I
I
u
i
~
L
I
1
1
35.
r
!
L,
I
L
I
I
L..
L
L
L
I
I
L
I
I
I
L
l
!
L
I
Ch~nity
The~. rounded onthe teachings
ofJesa:sChrist,lncluding theCatholic.
Pro~t. 3nJ ~tern Orthodox
chu~ •
P3SiJka ---:......- ....................
An e~Chri5tlan church.
ch.arackrtzea by along. rectangular
ptan. J ~h coIonnad~ nave lit I1y a
cferestofy andcoverea I1yatimbered
gable n:lOf. tMJ or four lower side aisles.
asemlci"cul3r~ at theend. a
113~3tIJ often otherfeatures. as
an atrtlln,,, ~. and small
semlca'cutar3pse5 terminating the
aIsles.
~..~.'it..- ...-.........--......--.-----..--...--..---.--
Tliefmurtofan early Christian church.
flankedorSumllJnde& by.ffrtiCOes:f
b'~.fifJ·--..-·-.-·---....--........-----......
The ~d w3~ofan 3trlum or cloister.
!i~~-:;i-.-.-- ...........-.-.-.--.--.....--.-.-----
/..~asit~tor ~ rttU31 cleansing wIth waterIn
the atrltJm of3n early Christian basilica.
-I· __ l
• .j !
j :
• • 4 _ _ •
baptl5ttry
A partofachurch or 3 separate
~ In which I7aptlsm Is
administered. Also. ~aptistfy.
i13,rJ:5m
A ~ntofinltbtlon Inta
Christianity. symroncof splrituaI
~ner.Jtlon.llUrUd by aceremonial
immersion or"Ppl1c4t1on of water.
, ~~;j---...--.---.-...............
The partied .1efore the nave of an early
Chrlstl3n orfyz3rrt1ne church.
appropriated ta ~nftents.
eson.arthex .,' t~.. ' t. "
An InMr narthex when two are present.
exonarthex /' C~'.~~{
Acoverea walk orouter narthex
situated before an Inner narthex.
font H
A Pasin. usu.allyof5WIe. holding the I
water IISed In VaptlSm. .
Iccn
A representation of3sacred Christian
Person.l¥. as Christ or asaint or
angel. ~lcally palntea on awood
$(J rf.ace31Id Itself vener3ted asDe1
ng
sacred. esp. In the tradition of the
Eastern Church.
iconostas(, --
ASCrutl or partr.lon on which Icons are
placed. separating the bema from
1
the nave
of an E.astern church. Also, Iconostas.
I-CHURCH·
Al?uiUling for public
Christian worship.
r*'~f
I' Ase-ll1lclrcutarorpolygonal projection ofa
~ulkllng. uSU311y vaultedand used esp. at
the sanctuaryoreast end ofachurch. Alsa.
apSis.
...~ .,t.- ... /
..... •.trivUMY
.'-' • -The bls~p's throne. occuPYing arecess or
apseIn an e3r1yChristian church.
·.....·-..1I7emJ'
Atransverse open space separating.the
naveand U!e3pseofan e.rlyChrlsti3n
church. develcpi"4ln1;() the transept of
latercruciform churches.
t;jnct@ .~
Asac:ti-¥r~1yplace, as that part of a
church In which the princlp31 altarls placed.
_., ~lU'~j
Theta~leln aChristlan church upon which
the Eucharist, the sacrament celeUr.itlr,!!
Chrl5t's Last Supper. Is ce!eUr.itea. Also
cal~it'tal7~P5
~~ij
The princlp31 orcentral part of a
church. extending from the
narthex to the choIrorchancel
and uSU3llyflanl:ed by aIsles.
tisfe=-4
I'.nYC::of~tk longitudinal divisions
ofachurch. separa~ from the
nave by 3rowofcolumns or
piers.
baldachin / .
An omamet!1:41 caner.; of steneor marbl,e
permanently placed (Ntr the altarIn a
church. Also. baldachino. ~akla'luln. Also
called ciporium. _ .......:
i
1#~ l-............................~.
EltherOf two raised mnds
from i'rhlchtheGospels or
Epistles wer~ read or ch3nted 1n
3n earlyChrlstl3l1 church.
Also. am1?on.
euara - ..:
.~ .....- ~nu
••,/ The sanctuary sp3ce surroondlng the altJr
,/ of an ~stem churcn.
dbconIcon
Asacristy In an e;JrfyChrlstlan or E..aste:m
church. usuafrj on the solIth side of the
!Jenu.
5Uristy
Aroom In achurch where the sacrea
vessels anavestments are kept. Also C3 lied
vestry.
prothesis . '
Achapel In an E..astem Church where the
Eucharistic e~ts are prepared. u5l.:a!1y
on the north side of the bema.
Alarge apslaal extension of the Interior
volume of achurch. Also. exhedra.
35
36.
Aanoped r~s fora
~ IIn3¥orICon.
arcak ---.-----.---~.-- ..... __.....i
A serles ofarches supporte« Oil plus or
cofumns.
arcU.1U
Curved orarched hke aPow: a t"~rm used In
descr1P~ the arched orv3u1i;,;cJ st·l1.lcture
of 41 Romanesque church or Cothlc
C3tnear3l:lis distlngulsht<;,om the
tr"aPe3ted archltectur~of "" Egyptian
hypost~ hall or Greek Doric /:emple. Also.
arcuauo.
36
--- ....."'itra~~
Th~ maJortklnSVer5e p3rtcfacruciform
church, crossln~ the main axis at a~ ht
:lingle lletweenthe n3Ve and choir.
r~pond ___._...••••._
•.••.•__••.__•.••..........1
A pieror pilaster projtctl"9 from awan as a
support foran arch or lintel. esp. at the
tenTIlnatlon ofan arcade or coIonna~.
~pjiu1c:'i-··--··-----·-·-·---·--------J
A Pel! tower, usually one near put not
attached to th~ rody ofa
onTondOlffil
APuI17ous, cbrr.elike roof te1~ating
sharp point. used esp.ln 1(~r;:,.::II~ OrtbAM'J{
church arch~ure to CIJoI.~n?Upola ~y
tower.
:..~~tterY1
. II roofea promenade. esp.
one ~tendlng Inslae or
outside ;;Iong the exterior
wallofaPulldlng.
IIoft·t
, Ag2'11e1)' or upper
level In achurch or
han.
15plr~--·-····
Atall. acutely
tapering pY1'3mldal
structure
SUnTlountlng a
steeple or tower.
lneepltj
II tan omamentaIstructure. usually
enalng In a spire and surmounting the
tower of a church orother pupllc
uulldlng.
t 5~ve churchl
An Ina~noo5 ~ndlnavl3n church of
the 12th ana 13th Unturies, havl"i a
tlmllerfrarne, pf4lnk walls. a~Iered.
stupty pitched roof, ana few windows.
Interlacing arcade
An arcade, esp. aI1Iindone. composed of
arches resting on 31tema~ supports ana
overlapping In series where they CI"05S. Also
called InUrsecth!g arcade.
I7lindarcade
Aseries of arc~s superimposed on 3 waH
for decoration. AI50 ailed arc3UIl'e.
I
!
I.
lJ
p
~
f
I
6
L
I
r
I
f
!
37.
[
f
L
f
'0 - i
i
1
f
I.
t
t
I
f
t
r
t
I
I
i
chancel
lHURCH
~cathedralf
The principal church of ad~, contalnlny
the l1ishop's throne called thl catf1eJra> :
~-. chapel
Aseparately dedicated part of achurch for
private prayer, meditation, or small
",religious services.
The space al10utthe altarof achurch
for theclergyand choir, often elevated
aDovethe nave and separated from It _____ ·__ ··_4 chevet
t~~~lycarvedftqureofahurrun or
anlrrul esp. OM wtth lin open mouth that
serves 3S A spout 3M projects from a
gutter to throw rainwater clear of a
~uilJif!. ~--"----T
~win.dow~ - ..-------..-.---.-- ..-.....
Acfrcub;-Wfr,Jow. usu311y of stained glass "
and dae.cor.ltecl ~ trn;ery symmetricaI
•taoot t}.e center.
~~~.
lGt.s5'c..~or~ired by h:avlng
p~.ents !r.lWontolts surface or by
Iuvlr.g V;1rious ~1I1c oxldes fused Into It 'I !:.-
whik: lt1 J Il'1Often statL
~ ;--..-....-----:·-·-..-..----1'j
An;l~stmylnachurch,~ the
nHe arches anJ ~ and
correspondlng to the 5f3U between the ,
V3U ttir.,pr.a the roofof an aisle. I
by aralhng orscrt:en. • '~'~""
chantry
Achapel enclowed for the saying of
Masses and prayers for the souls of
the founders or of persons named by
them. • ------------~..
lapyrinth ------
Am3zel~ pattern
the pavtmentofa IIIC;""C;Y,"-=~.
church.
~7r~;;';;;;;;;;';;;;~;~~.;,;-,~-;----~~~;:~p""h ,~;,;
lnJrl.;! pbce. esp. one beneath the main floor chapel for penitents at the
of. cntJrCh. west end of sorne medieval
E.n9l1sh churches. Also.
o g3l1lee porch.
rood - ..----.......-.-..---- --" --..-·------------·-,"--------7 .
Acrucrfb: symbolizing the cross on whlcn i
Christ .,...3S cruclflea. esp. alarge one set . +
Oirove ~ entrance to the choir or chancel
of ;) rreJ~vJI church.
rood~un ~ .... -... - ..- .... -.. ---
ASCru::1. ~n etlborllteiy adorned and
pr~rlJ' S-Urn1ounted by Ii rood. separating
the cha ~alor choir from the nave of a #[;f~~~~Jff;fL_..J±::tlt=:::d±=:tl
meaie-;31 church.
The rounded east end ofaGothic cathedral.
Including the apse and ambulatory.
.-~ am~ulatory
An aisle enCircling the end of the choir or
chancel of achurch. Also called
deambul3tory.
-..-....... choir
The part ofachurch occupied by the slnqers
of achoir. usually part of the chancel
retrochoir
Aseparate alvlslon behlna the cholror high
altar of alarge church.
:--. lady chapel
; Achapel dedicated to the Virgin Mary.
: usually located behind the high altarof 3
. cathedral atthe extremity of the apse.
high atbr
The main altar of a church.
....-- p~Pyury
The part ofachurch reserved for the
offlci3tl~ clergy.
c~
An enclose& place. esp. the laM
surrouMI~ or beside a~ral
.-------- 51ype
Acovered passage. esp. onektween
the transept and ctIJpter house X a
cathedral. Also. slip.
ch4p'Ur hou5e
The place where the ch.1pterof OJ
cathedral or !Monastery meets, usually
a !?ufldl~g attached to orahall forming
part of the cathedra! orrnon2stery.
ch4pter
An assembly of the !I1On(s In a
!I1Ol13ste1y. or the rnemDers of a
"-,,_ religious house ororder.
'.~"--paradise
garth _
Acourtyard or quadrangle
enclosed by acloister. Also
called cloister garth.
alure
A walk or passage. as along a
cloister or behind the parapets
of acastle. Also. allure.
An atrium orcloister Dc:skJe achurch.
~ ...• cloi,ter
Acovered walk having ;;n arcade or
colonnade on one side opening onto a
courtyard.
37
38.
COLOR ..
,
A phenomenonof light and visu.al
perctptlon that m.ay ~e described in
turns of an indivldU.arS perctption of
hue, satur;ation, and ~htness for
objects, and hut, s.aturation, and
In-ightness for light sources.
~;:-~;,"
.~f':
'r.~;:~t,'
spectrum
The distribution of energy emitted by 3
r3dlant source, arT3~ed In order of
wavelengths, esp. the pand ofcolors
produced when sunlight Is refracted and
dispersed Py aprism, comprising red,
orange, yellow, green,plue,lndlga, and
violet.
,"---. r~color
pale
Deslgnatir..g acolor
having h~h ~htnts5
and low sa';;Jratlon.
I
d.ark .J
Dt5Ignatl~..g • color
h.ivfng low i<qhtlless arJ
law satura~n, and
rtfIectlng~!:i asmafl
fr3ctlon of i.-.ciknt
tIght.
.. :. The perceived color ofan oPJect, k ...mnlrled
I1y the wavelengths of the light ~~ted
from Its surface after selective a~tIon
ofotMr wavelengths ofthe lne~ light.
~eJ~rption -:.
Thea~ofcerbln wavelengths of
t..'e 5ght tIc1dent on acoIore<I surbce. the
retr..alnlng portion pelng ~ or
transmitted..
~uVtractlve color
Acclor produced by mixing cyan.yeflow. 2nd
rnagent.a pigments. each ofwhich a~rbs
cer'bln wavelengths. APafaneed mlxture of
these coIora~ or su~e primaries
theomlcallyyields I1IacI: ~ !t2~
2n wav~~~<?f~Sl~ !Jg.1!:t.<-
~itNecolor
Acolor produced Pycombining lights of ~,_
green, and Irlue wavelengths. These light or
addltlve primaries contain all the
wavelengths necessary to produce a
~ss or~!te light:
38
~rllli.ant
Designating acolor
having high lightness
and strong saturation.
.:IeepJ
Des~natlng acolor
having low lightness and
strong saturation.
r~
I I
,LJ
Munsell System
Asystem for specifying colors arr.l nged Inf
three orderly scales of uniform vlsual steps
according to hue, chroma, and value,
developed In 189817:7 Alpert H. MunselL Hue
extends In a rotary dlrectlon about a
central axis through a spectrum of flve
major and five secondary hues. Value
extends vertically direction from black at
the ~ottom through a series of gr?ys to
white at the top. Chroma extends r3dla fly
from the central axis at which saturatIon Is
zero, out to the strongest saturation
attalnaple for edcn color's hue andV3lue.
hue
One of the three dimensions of color. the
propertyof light Pywhlch the color of an
apJect Is classlfled as pelng rea,yellow,
":.: green, or blue, or an Intermedl3te /;>etween
any contlguous paIrof these colors.
j s.aturation
One of the three dimensions of color. tne
I purity or vividness of a hue. Also called
Inunsity.
~ chroma
The degree Py which a color differs from a
gray of the same l~htne'5S orlnightness,
corresponding to saturation ofthe
perceived color.
ligh~!S
The dimension of color Py which an ol:>,Jut
appears to rt&ct more or less of the
~ Inck:!tnt light. V3rylng from Vlack to white
f' . "j for surface colors and from plack to
~. '. 1 colorless for transparent volume colors.
~-------------- .~:".~'.::-- value
l ,:,~~...~~::~ The degree l1y which acolor appears to
gray SQle ~.t·t{'?1 reflect more or less of the Incident ~ht,
.... sc.1e of achrornatk; C'j.'y.;·'i,' :" ':j corresponding to lightness ofthe perulved
colors h.ivfng several. ra-. color.
usua~ ten, equal: brightness
graa..'"tlons ranging ~.., The dimenSion of acolor which Is correiated
from ..mite to pl.1ck. with luminance ana by which visual stimuli
yellow
are ordered continuously from 'Iery dim to
very plight. Pure white has the maxlmum
Prlghtness. and pure I1!acl: the mlnlmum
Lnightness.
optIcal mixing
The merging ofJuxt3posed dots or strokes
of pure colors when sun from adlst.ince to
produce ahue cften more luminous than
that avallaple from apremixed plg~nt.
II
11
I
I
f •
J
I
U
! !
u
j
U
L
L
J
L
39.
f
L
I
L
L
l
Lr
~-Ir
II
l
,
L
COLOR
color wheel
w.rm
D~s~natlng acalorInclinedtoward or
dominated by red.orange. oryello::,?'
, .. r:Jlow /
yellow-green . ___~. yeHow-O~3f1ge
Acircular scale of the colors of the
spectrum. showing complementary colors
opposite each other, Also called color
circle.
,.~ ---/------------------ ~~~m~;~~co!ors.as red. yellow. and
cool •. _._j f _
Des~nJtlng 3 GOOrlnclined toward or
dominated by green.l7lue. or violet.
advancing color •_______ . __ •. __
A warm color that appears to move
toward an obserter. giving an illusion
of space.
rece.dingcplor .--_. __ .__ .___ ••_.
Acool color that appears to move
3WTj from an o~er. gMng an
ftluslan of space.
coler scheme
An 3rra~ement or pattem of
colors conceived of as forming an
Integrated whole.
cowr triJngle
tint .-.- - ---. -- -.--.". ---.. -••- .- ---~
Arelatively I~ht value ofa colqr,
produced by adding white to It.
A triangular dl~ram developed by Faber
6~ to describe the relationship between
a pure h~. white. and PUck, which combine
to y1etd second31)tints, tones, shades, and
9rays. All colors IUY be su:1jectlvely
ccnulved as a mixture of the PSJ'Chologlcal
prirrurles - red. yellow. green. and plue-
plus the achronutic pair of white and blacK.
shade
Arela tlvely dark va lue of acolor.
produud by adding black to it.
plue. r~arded as generating all other
colors.
--- - --••.~-.------- secondary color
----- Acolor. as Ol"ange. green, or violet. produced
by mixing two primary colors.
>f.i.-~--,_ .- •• _'1 tertiary color
Acolor. as prown. produced by mlx!ng two
secondary colors. or asecondary color with
one of Its constituent primaries.
/~----- comptementarycolor
/ One of apair ofopposing colors on acolor
wheel, perceived as completl"9 or enhanclng
each other.
r .analogous color
; One of two or three closely related colors
~_...._._.__.,_._.___.-'-___.__________________1on acolor whee!.
,-------.... triad
Acombination of three colors forming an
equilateral trol19le on acolor wheeL
r 'plit compleme~ry
: J. combination ofonecoloranathe pair of
i colors adJolnlng Its complementary color on
... __ •______•_________________________...J acolor wheel.
------~ doul7lecompiementary
Acoml7lnatloo oftwo analogous colors and
theircompementary cokJrs on acolor
wheel.
r moncchroma~
: Having only one coler or exhll7ltlng varying
: Intensities and values of asingle hue.
___ ~ • __ .... __...... ____ .. _____ ...... ____ • __________ .J
r polychromrt.lc
i Having or exhlpltlng avariety ofcolors.
---~ tone
An IntermedIate value of acolor
between atint ana ashade.
• gray
An achromatic color between
white and black.
achromatic
Having no saturation ana
therefore no hue. as white. placl:.
or gray.
39
40.
COLUMN
Arigid. reL1tNely slenderstructural
memperdesigned primarilyto
supportaxial compressiveloads
applied at the memper ends.
avshlng5tress:f~=P/A -1
_____________L__
pillar
An upright. relatively slender sh3ft
or structure. uS1J311y of prick or
stone, used as a l7ulldlng support Or
standing alone as amonument.
post -----------------.-----------
Astiff vertical support, esp. a
wooden column In tlml7erframlng.
I
r- -. J,ifurc.rt.lon
,/ The critical point at which acolumn.
, carrying Its critical ~cl:lJng load. may
either !?uckleor remaIn undeflected. The
column Is therefore In astate of neutral
equffi!?rlum.
7uckling
The sudden lateral ortorslon3llnstJbillty
of aslender structl.Jral metnPer induced;y
the action ofacompressive load. Bucknng
can occur well pefore the yield stress of U1e
material Is reached_
l7uckling load
The axial load at which acolumn ~ins to
deflect laterally ana becomes un5t4ble.
Underabuct/ing 103d. acdumnC31lIICt
gentriiU theInt:enu{ forces ~ to
resto~ Its orlgln3llJr.arcontIJtIon. My
addltJonaJloading f+'O!Jid C3U5e the c.?lvmn to
kflect furtheruntJcdapseoca;rs In kntifll
MostcolumnsInp7ctJa 3~ ~ to both
com~ andbe:nJir'1due to rnt;tIon in
materlaIpropcrtJe5.lnitbICl'OIXtJr.,zs In
"brlC3~ orsenseeccentricityif 10M
;ppllatJorL ThIs benJln§qfterr ca~ tile
3Ctu41bucl:IlngItnJ to~ slightlybwa- tIt.ln
tirecriticalbudJlng 104d.
r-:-·----·------·--·--- critic.al 7uckllng load
. The maxImum 3xlalloul th"t cart
@IA theorttlC3lly~app~toa column without
causIng It to puckIe. The critical b-.rlllng
Io3d for acolumn Is Jrwerse/y proportk?nal
to the 5qU3re of Its effective length. ana
dIrectly proportIOruIl tothe modulus of
elasticityofthe ~I anJ to the
moment of Inertia ofthecro:ss sectlon.
Also C3ltea Euler ~ &cW.
~----------+----i--- ~Iende~~ ratSo
40
i 5fIort",lumn
Athlcl: column su~ to failure P-y
j crush~ rather than l!y ~uckllng.
: F;illureoccurs when the direct stress
• from an axial load exceeds the
compressive strength ofthe material
ml!;it,.!e In the cross sectk?n. An
ecc-entnc load. however. can produce
knJl~ and result In an uneven stress
distrlWtlon In the section.
!-.._
......_._._--_._._.._._._..._--_._....
intermedlau ",Iumn
Acolumn having amode of failure
between that of ashort column and a
lOng column. often partly Inelastic by
crushIng and partly ei3stlc by
buckling.
The mloofthe effective length ofacolumn
to Its te.st radius of gyration. .• --•. ---... -
The higherthe sJenJemessmto. thelowerIs
thecrltJcilf5tres5 that1+111causeINckllng. A
prlTTl3fj'objectiveIn-thedesignofi cdurnn15 to
reduaIts slendernessmtobyminimizingIts
effectJvelength orTTl3ximlzing theradiusof
gyration ofIts cross 5tCtIon.
long column
f. slender column sul7ject to failure Vy
buckHng rather than P-y crushing.
L 1f7--------.-.-.~ radiu5cfgyrmon
, I ~ The radlal dlst<lnce from any axls to apoint
• {f;; at which the mass ofa ~ cculd ~
r =-.; 1/A concentrated without altering the moment
of Inertia of the bodyabcM that axis. Fora
structural section, theradius ofgyratlon Is
equal to the SoqU3re I'OO't ofthe~t of
the moment oflnertb and the are4_
The highertheradius of~ of3
stnJcturalsection, the~resJst.;nt the
--~ ~on 15 to buckling. ;, Jeta-mlnlng tk
(rO$s-sectlon41sil;pe of3 column, the
objective15 toprovide the ~ry radius gf
gyr;tIon aboutthedfffermt iIXes. For ;n
--...----. J5}mmetrlC31crosssectIOn, buclJln§ w:11 Cend
to occurabout the ~31/5 orIn the
dlrutlon gf the1~5t dimension.
I'
I
i~
b
!
I
...J
41.
ri
I
I
~ -I
1
1·_·1
}
L
f
I
·1
I
i
-l
"
/
9---+
~,
I If)
I c:i
I III
1-'
1 I
~
fixed
[~
eccentricity
=
=
~ .mount t>y which an axis
deviatesfrom a~er pml!el
axis-
p·delta effect __...•_.....___ ...__.._
......._
An aJdltlol13l moment ~ In a ~
stroctural mem~as Its ~ltudll13l axis !
dev13tes from *~ nneofactlon of a
compresslv~ fOf"'"~. equal to the product of i
the load and tr.~ rr.emPer dtfl.ectlon at any .
point.
~.~___ m~·thirc:l MJle ______.____......
The proposition th3t acompressiv~ load '. "~
COLUMN
. .
[~-
~
: . .
• I
: :
I !
'--t-
~nstonl.l ~I:
~
moment = load(P) xeccentricity(e) coml1i~c:l5tresses
Asetoftensile ana compressive stresses
resulting from the superpos1t!on ofaxlal
and benalng stresses at across section of
astructural metT1uer, acting In the same
direction and equal it arry point to their
3lgel7ralc sum.
shc1Jta ~ locaW wlthln th~ middle third of
a horizontal sec':1o!1 ofacofumn orwall to
prevent tensile stres~ from developing In
t,1e section.
··"'·ir=--------T- ~;:'''tr.ll''''of'"Yho",,,,,,I,octlo,
.! i' / of acalumn or wall within which the
-----~---..i'~ .~...-(:' resufta~ ofall compressive loads must
~ ; : ,/ P3SS If only compressive stresses are to be
r--@-.---- effectlye ~gth
: The dlstance re-t~n Irtflectlon points In.
, column su17ject to l?uci:Ill14- The effective
kmgth ofacolumn detennir.es Its crttlc31
~d!Jng load. 'rV'~~ this port!oo of acolumn
~.cides. the~~coIumnfJl1s.
-oJ -l
C c
....: Ci
II 1
..J
I
fixed fixtJ l
I
: t / present In the section. Acompressive load
I / applied beyond this area will cause tensile
~
. / stresses to develop In the section. Also
d /
. : called kern area.
lamaet' 4 i . 1/
...- ....- kern point
Apointon eithersideof the untroldal axis
---..t !..- of ahorizontal column or wall section
1 • i defining the limits of the kern area.
J
k=O.5 .....~ k= 0.7 -....;
pinned
k=I.0 l=2.0
p~)( 4-
i
1
effective length DcU:lr
Acufflclent ~ modifying t~ actual
~ ofacolumn acccrdlr.g to Its end
ccMtlons In order to determine Its
effxtive Iengt!1. Fixing rot., enasof a1of1~
column reduces Its effe<:tN~ length t>y h.;:f
J.,d increases rts load-carT)ing capacity by
3 8ctor of 4.
P&14
I'
/1
/1
11
II
11
II
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
./
laurall7racing __.__..___I'·
The uraclng of acolumn or other
compression rr.emPer to reduce Its
effective Iength.13teral uraclng Is most
effective when the braCing pattern occurs
In more than c~e plane.
unl1racea length
The distance uetween the points at which 3
structural memper Is!n-aud against
uudling In adirection normal to Its length
41
42.
CONCRETE
Art 2rtffici2lstcnelike buildingmaterial
nude l7y mixlrl~ cementana various
mineral ~tts with sufficient
water tc cause the cement to set ana
pinel the entire ITI3SS.
·
rutural cement
Anaturally occurring clayey nmesUlne
which. when calclnea and ftnely pulverized.
produces ahydraulic cement.
pczzoL-in
A sll1ceous material. as fly ash. that reacts
chemically with slaked lime In the presence
of moisture to form a slow-hardening
cement. named after a natural cement frcm
Pozzuoll. an ancient Roman tawn near
Vesuvius. Also. pozzoIona. pcnuol3na.
siliceous
Containing sillc. or oil silicate..
fly ash
Flne particles of ash recovered from the
waste gases of.3 sollcHuel furnace.
t.a-----................. .... ~~..a .•.• ___ ........... ......... e.........-« ..... , t._._.. ~ eo. e.1 ... Le- •• ..a... • • J._ .... , It A.AiL ..... II 0 A. IlLm II G it.9 Q It 0 ..
M
AcalcJne.d II'1lxture ofclay ana i
I~ filely pulverized and used as i
an Ing~ In concrete and mortar. 1
The term Is rnquently used Incorrectly !
forco~ .
!
i
tnc.lcium sirute ---.-.--...-----1
ACO~constltutlng3rout half j
the voilr.eofpa1tindc:eme1Tt and ;
~for;he h.rdenlng or early
pin ill ~th ofthe cemelTt.
I
J"glcwnuOic& •.............-.·······t
A~ WlStltutlng aDoift one- l
quarter of~ volume of ~ nd :
cement anartSpOMSl7Ie for the aging .
or long.tM g3ln in s~th of the
U'II1erIt.
tricJlcium ,lumffUt.e.-.--....-...l
A~ constituting arout one-
tenth of t¥volume of;x>rtland
~ ana responslUle for the Initial
settl~ r:J die cement.
portland cement ------~
Ahydraulic cement /I13de f;ly ~urnlng a
mixture ofclay and limestone In a
rotary kiln and pulverizing the resulting
clinker Intoaveryfine powdef. named
for Its resem~lance to alimestone
quarried on the Isle of Portland.
England.
hydraulic cement
Cement capa~1e ofsettlng and
hardening f;ly areac'tlon with water.
't~~~,
" :,.," . ..;:.~..
?:~~::' ~..
.,~-" -.~ R.3wm2terla/s ccn5l~ ofcoml1inationsof
~._.-;~.::./ ~ne. clay. 5hz/e. oyster-sheDs. sHlca
~ ... S3IIJ. ¥JJlronore.
~ ," I?3wmzUrl;/s""IfWI'JtopowJ"""
:/ blended. .
1
r 8urnlng In ~ rot~ki1nchAnges r;lWmixture
jlnto cemerrt dlnket-.
clinker
Qlcine
To hea~a SGPstance to ahigh
temperatare M without melting or
fusl/14 r.o«iveoffvolatile matteror to
cause~ ~ reduction.
4l
Afused mass of Incomlnlstll7le /I13tttr
resultIng from heating In akiln orthe
InImlng ofcoal.
Gypsum Is added to cflnk~ to
---?
,
C/lnkerlsgroundlnto ."" .;i'
port/3ndcement. •.--". ,.f.:'
L<_...
TyPe I: narm.1
Aportland cemelTt used for general
construction. h3v1n~ none ofthe
distinguishing qualJt.les of the other types. _ ...
TyPe II: moQerrt.e
Aportland cement having areduced
contelTtof trlc3lcium aluminate. makln~ It
more resistant to su~ and causing It
to ~ less ~ ofhydl4itlon: usea In
geMer.il1 constructlon where reslstanr...e to
rnode~ sulfite action Is ~ulred or
where heat l?ulk:lup can ~ damaging. as In
theconstroctlon of brge piers ana ht4"7i
retaining walls.
T~1I1: hlghe.atiystrength ~.....".
Avery-flnelyground portland cement n..vIng
an Incl"e35eJ content of trlc3lclum sl~.
causing Itto cure mterand gain strength
earlier than nonnal portland cement: uS&i
when the early reI!1O'r'3/ offonnworl: Is
tksIrtd, orIn coId-~therconstruction to
redL'Ce the time rea.uired for protection
from low t.empmtiJres.
TyPe IV: low ht3t
Aportland cement having. reduced
content of triGalclum sltlc::ate.nd an
Increasedcontentof d1calclum Silicate.
catl$lll! it togenmte less ht-.at of
hydmlon than normal portbndcement:
used In;he construction of massive
~ structures. as gl?iltydams.
where alarge lnIildup In heat can ~
damaging.
TyPe V: 5ulfate ~5ting
Aportland cement having areduced
content of trlcalclum alumInate. lessening
the need for gypsum. asulfate normally
addea to cement to retard its setting t!lr~
used where reslst4nce to severesulfate
action Is ~ulred.
air-entraining pcrtl.1nd cement
AType l Type It orType III portlandceme.rrt
to which asman qU3ntltyofan air-
entr.llnlng agent has ~een Intergrouna
during manufacture: deslgnat.ed Py the
suffix A. as Type IA. Type IIA.orType lilA.
white portland cement
Aportbnd cement produced from raw
.mat.eria15 low In Iron oxJae and mangan~
oxide. the su~stances that give concrete
Its gl4iy color: uS&i In precast concrete
work and In the 1T1J1:1~g of temzzo. stur..co.
and tile grout.
5uIbUactlon
An expanslve rt3CtIon occurri/14 when the
cement IItJtrIx ofconcrete or ~r CO!T1eS
In contact wtth sutf~ dissolved In grouna
water or In soli.
~ ... & .......
entrained air
Microscopic. Spherlc31 air lnI!1V!es. tYF11y
0.0Q.4 to 0.04 In. (0.1 to 1.0 mrrT) In ~metcr.
Intentionally ~ In aconcrete or .. '
mortar mix ~ an.~I~T!ral.nln:g ag.e~t~ :~.-:'
I i
, !
j i
f
r
I~
t
f
43.
r
I
I
r
.c_JL&~;(JlfJllf1I~d.'t}§O • •
mixingW4ter
The W3~r used In aconcrete or
rnortJr mix. exclusive of any
abs~ Dy the aggregate and
free of such h3rmfulsubstances
as O1"~pnic materol cl3y. and
salts. W3Wfrt for drinking Is
genenHy 3CCepta~1e.
cemertt p~5~
AmlxtlJre ofcement and water
forCC3~ setting. and ~1nd1ng
t:he~pm!cles
~1er!n a concrete or mortar
fix.
I~ htweiglrt COncrete
ConcrC"'"~ m.ade wt?I ~regJte
of low $p'X!& gr.Mty and
~hlng less th3n nonTIJl
conc~ which !us aunit weight
of about t:o pcf (2.400 Ko/ m3).
~'* A_. , • « •.• .• .1 , . . . . . . . , ,
agg~ate
Any of various hard. Inert. minerai
materials, as sand and gravel. added to
acement paste to make concrete or
mortar. Since agg~ate represents
from 601 to50% of the concrete
volume. its properties are Important to
the strength. weight. and fire·
reslstaneeofthe hardened conerete.
Agg~te shoukI ~ hard.
dimensionally stable. and fru ofclay,
srlt. ana organic matter which can
prevent thecementlng matrix from
binding the particles together. --
structur41lllghtweiglttconcrete
Concrete II13de with strong lightweight
aggrt43te. as expanded shaleor slate,
having aunit weight from 85 to 115 pcf
(1.362 to 1,840 k~1 m3) and compressive
strength comparable to that of normal
concrete.
insu13tin9 concrete
lightweight concrete h3vlng aunit
weight of less than 60 pef (960 kg! m3)
and low thermal conductivity, made
with lightweight aggregate. as perlite,
or with afoaming agent or gas·formlng
chemical that Infuses the mix with a
homogeneous cellular structure.
fine aggregate
Aggregate consisting ofsand haVing a
particle size smallerthan 1f41n. (6.4
mm): sptclf. the portion ofaggregate
that 1'1111 pass through a3/& In. (9.5 mm)
sieve, almost entirely through aNo.4
(4.8 mm) sieve, and be predominantly
retained on aNo. 200 (74~ sieve.
coarse aggregate
Aggregate consisting ofcrushed
stone. gravel. or I1last-fumace slag
having a particle size larger than 1f4In.
(6.4 mm): speclf. the portion of
aggregate th3t Is retained on aNo. 4
(4.8 mm) sieve. The maximum size of
coarseaggrl:9ate In reinforced
concrete Is limited by the size ofthe
section ana the spacing of the
reinforcing ~ars.
graded aggregate .
Aggrl:93te having apartlcle-slze
distribution ch3raGterized by uniform
grading. Graded aggregate requires the
least amount ofcement paste to fill
the voids and surround the particles.
particle-sizedistribution
The range of particle sizes In a granular
material. expressed eitheras the
cumulative percentage by weight of
particles smalleror larger than a
speGlfled sieveopening. oras the
percentage by weight ofthe partlcles
that range between speclfled sieve
openings.
uniform grading
,.. particle-size distribution In which
aggregate particles vary uniformly
from fine to coarse wtthout a
preponkrance ofanyone size or group
of sizes.
expankd shale
Astron~ lightweight aggregate
oUtalned by the exfoliation of clayor
shale. Also called expanded clay.
expanded 51a~
Astrong lightweight aggregate
oUtalned by the exfoliation of slate.
exfolLrtion
The sphttlng or swel/lng ofcertain
minerals into ascaly aggregate wnen
heated.
perlite
Avolcanic glass expanded by heat to
form lightweight, spherical particles.
used as nonstructural lightweight
aggregate and as loose-flll thermal
Insulation. Also, pearlite.
vermiculite
Mica expanded by heat Into very light,
wormlike threads, used as
nonstructural lightweight aggregate
and as loose·ftll thermal Insulation.
(ONCRETE
o air-entraining agent
An admixture that dlsperses entrained
air In aconcrete or mortar mix to
Increase workability, Improve
resistance of the cured proa'_ct to the
cracking Induced byfree-tha 1'1 c)ldes or
the scaling caused by deicing
chemicals. and In larger amcu~~5, tc
produce lightweight Insulatln9
concrete.
o~ acceleratcr
An admixture that h3stens the sectlng
ana strength development of •
concrete. mortar, or plaste:' r.-rx.
o retarder
An admixture that slows the setting of
aconcrete, mortar. or plasttr ~i;( In
order to allow more time for pl3c:ng and
working the mix. -
o surface-active agent
An admixture for reducing the surface
tension of the mixing water m~
concrete mix. thereby facilitating the
wetting and penetratlng actlc" of the
wate. or aiding-In the emulsifying and
dispersion of otheradditives in the mix.
Also called surfactant.
o water-reducing ~ent
An admixture for reducing the amount
ofmixing water required for the desired
workabmty of aconcrete or m~.3 r mix.
lowering the water-cement rat~ In
this manner generally results In
Increased strength. Also called
superplastlclur.
o coloring agent
Apigment or dye added to aconere te
mix to alter or control its color.
43
44.
tCONCRETi!
mix~lgn
The n10St economlcalselecUonand
proportIOningofcement. water. and
~te to p~concrete or mortar
NviI1g the required properties of
worbl7lllty. strength.durability. and
W'~htness.
Aham'5law
r[cement
: water
water-ce~entr3tio _.._..•._...~
The ratio of mlxl"!! water to cement In aunit
volume of concrete or mort3r mix. air
preferal7ly expressed ITy weight as adecimal
fraction l7ut often stated In gallons of
water per 94-117. sack ofcement. The water-
cement railieantrots the strength.
7% -15%·· .- cement cefTtent
The quantity ofcement per unit volume cf
concrete or mortar mix. preferably
expressed In pounds per cubic yard put
often st3ted In saus of cement per cubic
yard of mix.
16% - 21%"-' water content
The quantity ofwater per unit volume of
concrete or mortar mix. preferably
1% -.3% expressed In pounds per cubic yard but
often stated In gallons per cubic ya rd of
mix.
A ~w postulatl~ that, with given concrete
/n4teri3ts. curing. and testlng conditions.
W compressive strength ofconcreteIs
UTrerseIy propot1lo1ul to the ratio of water
to ument: developeJ (,y DA Al7rams In 1919
from experiments at lewis Institute In
Chlca~. dural7illty, and watertightness of hardened fine aggregate .' . :'..' 25% -.30%
concrete.
i
o ---~----~--~--~I
4 5 6 7 IJ
gallonsofW3terper53ck ofcement
.. - ."
.: ....... .
::... "."..... : ::
sack
Ameasure of portland
cement: 94 117. In the ---"...........A
87.5 1!7. In Canada. 112 117. ~~~.!.t4-
8ritaln. and 50 kg In
countres using the metric
system.....Iso cal~J 139.
.31%-5/%
consis~rn;y
The relative a!7ltlty of freshly mixed
concrete or mortar toflow. usually
measureJ bythe~p~~forconcre:U
and ITy the~.te:st.fpr i..rqu.~r m~E.
Consisttncy deperulslargely on the
proportion of~nt pasteto.gg~ate In
amix.
~Iump~~ ------------------------------------1
Amc-..hod for determining the consistency slump
workability
and wortabilityoffreshly mixed concrete ~ Ameasure ofthe conslstency and
me.$lJ~ tke slumpof. test speclmell. wori::a~lIlty of freshly mixed concrete.
tlXpres~ 35the vertical setthng.ln Inches.
of aspecimen after It has I7een placed In a
slur!1p cone. tamped In aprescrl!7ed manner,
and the cone Is lifted. --------
slumpcone - ...........--..-.- -- .....- ----.•..-----
An open·~nJncated cone of
Sr.~metal.t2J=:(
mm}hlgh. with
.lr.i5"tiameter In 203 mm) and
• topdiameter 41n. mm}. used
to maYaspeclrnenorfreshly mlxeJ
concrttefor the slump test.
~ mpreS510ntest
Atest for ~lnlng the compressIve
5~ ofaco~ "atch. using a
hyd,..ut1c press to mc:asurethe maximum
load 3 testcylindercan support In axial
compression ~ore fracturl~.
u5tcyUnder •... -""-""-" _............ -
Acynnderofconcrete
6 In_ (152 mm) In diameter and
12 In. (~mm) high. cast from a
representative I7atch and cured In
alaPof'atoryor In the field under
controlled cond.1tlons.
···-'i~
The relatlve e35e with which freshly mixed
concrete or mortarcan !7e handle4. placed
In fOr1T1W9rk. comp~ and finished.
Worb~ility depends partly on the water·
cement ratio and partly on the grading of
the aggregate In a mix.
/plastJc mix
Aconcrete or mortar mix that flows
sluggishly without segregating and Is
readlly mokle.d.
v dry mix
Aconcrete or mortar mix containing little
wateror too moch ~g~ In relation to
the othercomponents and having little or
no slump. Also C411ed stHfmix.
wet mix
Aconcrete or mort3r mix having arelatlvely
high watercontent and runny consisten0'.
yJeld1~ aproduct that Is low In strength.
duralnlity. and watertightness.
..:::.:.~";- '.':.::( .:.
-'=~-:---+----!.-'~"'-t-t--'-- cere test
Acompression test of acylinder cut from a
hardened concrete structure. usually ~
means of acore drlii.
J ;
1
,
Ij
I
Jj
I
11
I I
lJ
6
j
45.
~I
~I
CONCRETE
form Uner --.-.-....-.........-.............---"'- .-- . ,- spreader formwork
Mata-blfor Iln~ the Inside face of a
form. sped;;1!y selecttd to Impa rt a
slTlOOth orp«ernedfinish to the
concretesur-fJu.
re~$eagent
Arty of Y.IrIous lI1.3.terlJls. as ollar
sillcoot. fa- preventl~ the bonding of
concretetc asurf3ce. Also called
partlni awnpound.
bulkhead ------....-.-....-...-.--......- .
Apartltbl closJng the end of aform or
pr~en~ the passage of newly place
concretert aconstructlooJoint.
'K.eyw"3'f ------.-----.._. -.---,
Ao11gltucin.11 ~roove or channel ....
fonnea IaacoocretefOOUng or ather ';
metT1rer~ has~. proMlng a
s~r-resistlng key for newly placed
conc~
yoke
A cl4m~ device for keeping column
fDm1s or the tops of wall forms from
spre3di~ Ilf1kr the fluid pressure of
newly pbce&concrete. ~ .:
Sonawbe ...:
TraJernart for a~nd of cyllndrlc3l column form
ITt3M ofccm~. resln'lmpregna~d paper.
cfuir
Adevice fur supporting and holding steel
reinfOfUllleTTt In proper posrtion before and
duri~ the: pladng of concrete.
high ciuir > - - - - - -
A ~n cgrorsupportlng top ~rs In a
conc~beamorsb!7.
bolsur --------------
A ~ chairforsupportlng and spacing
rottom!r.rs in aconcrete beam or slab.
clim~"ifurm
A form that can ~ r31-sed vertically for
succee.d~ liftsofconcrete during the
constructlon ofamultistory bulk/lng.
lift ~.-- -. -....-...-.-...-. -.-- -'" -.
The M~htof aqU3ntlty ofconcrete
placed In aform .t one tlme.
slipform •.................. -'- ...
Aform th4t can be moved slowly and
contlnuously as concrete Is being placed
during the construction of aconcrete
pavement Of" DuJtdlng.
ru~tian strip
Astrip of wood or other material attached
to the Inside face of aform to produce a
groove In the surface of aconcrete member.
. Abrau. usually of wooJ. for spacing
and k~plng wall or footing forms
apart. Also called spacer.
.-'.- wale
A horizontal timber or steel beam for
relnfon:;ing various vertical members.
as In formwori: or she--<>t piling. or for
retaining earth at the edge of an
emlr.lr.l::nent. Also called In-east
timper. ran9er. waler.
/"
"';trongmk
Avertlc31 support for aligning and
relnfon:;lng wales. Also called
I stlffitack.
The kmpor.ilry structure ~ulreJ to
support newly pl4ced concrete. Including
th~ forms and an necessary supportl~
members. 7raclng. and hardware.
form
Boarding or sheeting of wood, meta I.
pi3st1c. or ftberglass for ccntalning and
giving adesired shape to newly placed
concrete until it sets and gains sufficient
strength to be self·supportlng.
form tie
A metal t!e for I:eep:ng wall forms from
spreading underthefluicl pressure of newly
pi3ced concrete.
:'--": -.-.- ..... ~ snaptie
i: i Aform tie having notches or crimps which
II allow its end5 to ~ snapped off below the
:l=====;r=={~i.~ concrete surface after stripping ofthe
: ii forms.
: i ' -
L __. 'I ....!..-.--- COI'.ePott
II I' Aform tie ha,1ng cones at each end Insicle
ii the forms which allow it to also serve as a
I:, II spreader.
to
r:::~~~~~~-I~'~;;;;;~~~~" ..'-" -'-.' .-' !. i Ji~:~'~'~~"lli ''--T-'--.~ ~S:lltrul1C3tea cone of wood, steel. or
form to Indicate the top of accncrete lift. .' • ". ..•. : . plastlG attached to aform tie to sp2ce and
-.uo,./A• • _______ • _____•• __ ._ • _____ ._.' . . • Ii spread w.1I forms. leaving a neatly finished
"~ ~~=H~~~~3Wl!I· depressloo In tM concrete surface to ~
Anyof. varetyofslotted d...ovlces for ;~. filled or!rlt exposed.
tightening formwori: ana transferring the : ;! I
f01Ulnaform~tothew3les_ :....-. ~ "--r""" ~'::~conslStir9 of waler rods which
'~'
.... '. "'_" ~, are ir.serted through the form and threaded
~ i ontotheendsofan inner rod. After
. .:."?.: II Ji stripping. the water rods are remcved while
~ . __ the Inner rod remains In the concrete.
flying form
A lar¥ form that can be moved by 3 Cr3ne.
used In constructing the concre~ floors
and roofs of multiStcry Duildings.
45
46.
C:ONCRETE
~st-jn-pbce concrete
Ccncrete &eposItcd,fonr.ed. cured. and
flnlshed In Itsflnal position as part of a
structure. Also called ~st-fn-sltu
concr'eU.
." ...... ~. .....-
!
piaument :
The process of deposltl~ and consolidatIng •
fi-eshly mixed concreteInaform or In the •
final position where It Is to harden.
i
./ time of haul
The period from first contact Petwun
mixing waterand cement to completlon of
dischargeof the freshly mixed concrete
from a.truck mixer.
agitator iruclc
Atruck eqUipped with arotating drum to
prevent 5egrt9t1on or loss of plasticityof
the ready·mlxed concrete !icIng delivered to
aconstruction site.
tn.Jclcmiur
Atruck eqUipped with arotating drum and
aseparate water tank for mlxl"!! concrete
en route to aconstruction site.
. ~
concrete mixer
direct pl3cement
Thea'rsch3rglng-offreshly mixed concrete
dIrectly Into afann from aconcrete mixer.
~uggy. or crane l1ucl:et.
free fait
Thedescent offreshly mixed concrete Into
afor:n ~t the aidofadrop chute.
drop chuu: .......-..--..-........ -....-.-
A chute for co~lnlng and dlrectlri~ a
falling stream offreshly mixed concrete SO
3S not to cause segr~tIon.
chute
An IncSned trough or tube for conveying
free·fIowing materials to alower level !1y
~ravity.
consolwt1on
The processofeIImlna~ voids otherthan
entralne.d air within newfyplaced concrete
andensurinfcloseconbct of theconcrete
with fonn surfaces and eml1edded
relnf~.
Amachine havl"!! arevolving drum.
often motor-drIven. for mixIng cement.
aggregate. and water to produce
concrete.
,-~... buggy
.... Acart. often motor-driven. for
• transportlng heavy materials. 415
freshly mixed concrete. for snort
distances at aconstruction site.
:.::'~ .::"'S;;'ll.l~·t·~~:;~'.:;~
~:...~ • A · 0
t ~ • ~ -4'.1 I ~'-:'::
•..;.. ', ~
•. 'V'"Q • 0 ill I!. •~"t...
•••0.4
0 1'1 f':~ .....~••
-,., • ::'''''.:: ••0, ••
~~ - "4 ilL 1:1 b.~.-"
:....o..~ 0t1 ,:r 1" ••
: : . '0 • "'l. :~--!;: ,::.~.
..~... • -, 4 -i.~
'padi~ ~..---.------.------..---..--- ',,.-'!r'" ..... 4 : 0 ....
"--:J '-II ..
qf·: .........
Consorldatlon ofnewly placed concrete!1y ;4.·:/1".. ~.
d I ..... , .• 0. 0" :/1;.°.1>':110._
the repeated Insertionsand with rawa sof '.... 4' .. 4.: .<l :.
;::'i~3detIke tool. ~'.,~. :: ~_~._~'... .....!.~ .~.:'.~
Consolidation of newly placed concrete!1y vibration ----.-.j
the repe3ted Insertion's and Withdrawals of Consolidation of newly placed concrete by
a rod. the moderately hIgh·frequency oscillations
of avlprator.
46
vi~rator
An electric or pneumatic oscillating tool for
agitating and consolidating newly placed
concrete.
ready-mixed concrete
Concrete mixed at alr.ltch plant for delivery
by an ~Itatortruck to aconstruction site.
shrink-mixed concrete
Concrete partially mfxea at a lr.lteh plant
and then mixed more completely In a truck
mixer en rouu to aconstruction sl~.
transit-mixed concrete
Concrete dry !latched at .Pateh plant and
mIxed In atrud mIxer en route to a
constructlon site.
pneunutic placement
The ddlvery ofconcrete. slurry. or plaster
by apIpeline or hose to the point of
placernerrton 3 COMstnJct1on site. etther In
aplastic state for depositing In place orfor
spraying. or Inadry state wtth wak< aaaed
at the nozzle from which It 15 sprayed.
GuniU:
AI~ntwelght concrete construction
consIsting of amixture ofcement. sand or
crushed slag. and water. pumped thro~h 3
noseand sprayed at high velocIty OV~
reinforcement until the desired thIdness Is
reached. Also called shotcrete.
stl9regation
The separation ofcoarseaggregate from
the mortaror of water from the other
I"!!red1ents offreshly mixed conere-te.
resuftlrlg from excessive horlzont31
movement or free fall of the mix. orfrcm
evervlmtlon after placement.
5tr.ttlfication
The separation ofan excessively wet or
evervl!lrated concrete mix Into horizontal
layers with Incre3slngly lighter material
migrating toward the top. 9
Illuding
The emergenceof excess mixing water on
the surface of newly placed concrete.
caused Dy settlement ofsolids within the
mass. Also calleJ waUr' g.1ln.
laitance
Amilky depOSit containing cement ;lrd
aggregate flnes on the surface of new
concrete. caused?j the !lleedlng of exuss
mIxing water. oVenYon:lng of the mix. or
Improper flnishln1.
J
I
I
,"'*
I ;
,.$
I ,.
~
I
II
!
t1
.~
L
I
~
L
L
I
47.
''-I.
lI
finl,hlng .~--- dar+J
Theprocess of leveling. smoothing.
compacting. and tre3tlng anewly placed
concrete surface to produce the desired
texture and appe3r3nce.
.:' Along wooden or metalstraightedqe
for smoothing .a fresh concrete surface
.lmmedlatelyafter screealng.
screed ----------------------------- --
Awooaen or metalstr3lghtedge drawn a
over <I newly placed concrete sl3bto bring it
to proper level.
5GreeJ .----.. ------------ ----------------
Afirmly esta!7lished grade strip or edge
form serving as aguide for making 3 true
eve/surface on anewly placed concrete
slab.
flc.at ~----- -"" -------- ---- ---- ----- --- ----- --v:.-"/"""'-• .%"",,-,
Afu~ tool for spreadlng and smoothing a
fresh concrete. stucco. orplaster surface.
l7ullflo.at
Afloat havll1{1 alarge. flat blade attached
to along handle. L_. _____ ----
trowel -----.---.. --------.--------------,
Arry of v.arlous fut-bWed hand tools for .
appJ:t!ng. Spreadl"9. won:lng. or smoothing ....
plaStlc material. as concrete. mortar. and '
pl3ster.
powertrowd
A port.aPle machine having steel trowels
float finish .--- ---- ---- ---
Aflne'~ured flnlsh obtained by
smoothir.q 3 fresh CO!1crete. p13s:er.
or stucco surfau with awood fl..,"'3".
moun~ on radlalarm5 that rot.1te about a ,
vert1c41 shaft to smooth. compact. and • ~
;;:~;c:::~;,~f~---<~ _
roondlngthe~sofafreshconcreteslaD trowdfinlsh· ---------
3Slt ~Ins to set. Adense. smooth finish obtained 7j
wor(l~ • fresh concrete or plaster
p7f'ement,.aw surface /lith 3 steel trowel.
Awhe.el-mounted, rotary power saw
eqUipped with.a slllc.on-carbiJe or diamond
!n.1Je for cutting acontrolJOint In a
hardened concrete SIaD. .-- -- -- -- -- -- .. ---
&et ~- ..------------ ---------------------,
The assumption of ~ ~ld or hard state by i
concrete, mortar. pasw. or glue due to a !
phys1c41 orchemical ch~nge. I
£JDDDDCJO-
cure ---------- ---- ----. --- ---- ---0.. ---.--..--............---- ....--.... "-' ....»
To maintain ntwly plaua concrete or
rnortJr at the required temperature and
humidity fur the first seven days following
placement. castlng. or finishing to ensure
satisfactory hyaratlon of the cementltious
materials ana proper hardening.
hut of hydr.atlon
The heat ~enerateJ by the process of
hydr3tlon. as during the setting and curing
of a concrete ml)(.
hydration
The process In whk;h asubstance combines
chemlGally with water. as that occurring
when cement Is mixtd rllth water.
dry-shake finish
Acolored finish produced by sprinkling a
dry mixture ofcement. sand. and a
pyment on afresh concrete surface
follcwir.g screedlng and after any free
water has evaporated, and then won:lng
the mixture Into the surface with afloat.
j
1
l:[.lITPf
,Pf.W.':':T::I.:':.
. il·ill:I!::::!;!!il:::'i;:}:.
. : :11·illlll:I·!!,:,·iil'i'i'
II'" "I', ,., . '
I,ll:" ill.i;j""'I.j'I.'"
I
til "':;' :11. 1 1..
"I r'i:·~l:iill!:".'1;..,:'.:
. 1:lid:il!d!i1il/. :.,
II:i:j! jl,'klii)
c ,1I':'I':I.:l:dl'"I...",
proom finish --.-------..!
Astriated flnlsh obtained by stroking a
Dr~"'m or strff ttrJsh overafreshly troweled
co~cr~..e surface.
......
~ .>.~~>~., .
~wirl finish
Atextured fini$-' given to afresh plaster
or ccr~rete surface by troweling with a
clrcui3~. overlappi~ matlon.
- -
l~~'-':{';:t;i.'~&±;-~'~1
CONCRETE
architectural concrete
Ex~ concrete won: requiring special
care In the selection of materials. forming.
placing. and flnlshlng to acquire the desired
appearance.
peten brut
Concrete left In Its natural state after
formwork Is removed. esp. when the
concrete surface refleGts the texture.
joints. ana fasteners ofa !?oard form.
exposed agg~ finish
Adeccr3tlve finish produced ry
sand!:T!astlng. etching with an acid. or
scrul7t:>lng aCOllGrete surface after the
Inrtl:al set In order to remove the outer
layer of cement paste ana expose the
aggregate.
bu~hhammered finish
Acoarse·textured finish o17talned by
fr3cturlng aconcrete or stone surface
wtth a power·drlven hammer having a
rectangular head with a colTIJgated.
serrated. or toothed face.
honeycom17
Vvlas on aformed concrete surface,
caused ry segregaUon during placement
Of' Dy Insufflclerrt consolidation.
~pa!ling
The chlppl"9 or scaling of ahardened
CC11crete or masonry surface caused ry
freeze·thaw cycles or the applk;atlon of
de'.cI"9 salts. Also called 5(;3l/ng.
crazing
Numerous hairlinecracks occurring In the
surface of a newly hardened COllcrete -
slab as aresult of rapid drying shrinkage.
drying shrinkage
Areduction In volume of concrete.
mortar, or plaster caused by aloss of
moisture.
~etting shrink3ge
Areduction In volume of concrete prior to
Its final set. caused by hydration of the
cement paste.
47
48.
CONSTRUCTION
The art. science.or l1usiness
ofbu~ai~, -
ownu
A person ororg:anlutlon twlr.g
the ~al right or title to a piece of fL-
~,Il5~thearchlt.xt's f'/ .. -
c!lent and pa~ to the owner-
arch~t agrmnent.
I
I
r~p~--~---------l
1
1 Apersooor0f9nlz2t1onM I
Inves~ In and develops the I
t pot.enttalltles ofreal esta~ esp. :
I by Wtlatlng anaImplementl~ I
I ~~ projectsforoWMership, :
I ma~ent, or res.J1e. I
L- _________________ ..! '--t
Iendil19 institution
T~ institution, usually a
ccmll"erclal !1.ni:, providing the
~-tefm fI~I~.for a
constroctlon project.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r _________L _________ ,
I speculnwe ~ui1kr I
~ A~ ororganlz3tlon that :
I kv~ and constructs Dui!di~gs :
I for suPsequent S31e or lease. I
L ____________________ J
48
~---------.----- .. -- ----- -- ---- -- --- ----- -~---.- --. --. -- --.------ Iicen5ea
r-------l:------t I L~allycerUflecl bya governmental
architect e~ineer ~ or other constItuted authority to
Aperson who engages In the Aperson traIned. skilled, or engage In a!rosIness or professIon.
profession ofarchitecture, usually l-L...J professlo!1311y enga~ed In any of Also, registered.
trained and experienced in the rr-- various ~ranches of engineering. as ! Ii
desIgn and construction of structural mechanIcal. or
vulldlngs. e!e.ctrlcal engineerIng.
T
I ,--------------------1
I I consultant I
: I Aperson or organlutlon hIred to :
r----------1 glveprofesslonalorexpertadvlce l
I I rtgJrdlng aspeclflc aspect of a :
I I p~Ject, as acoustics or IIghtlng. I
I ______________________..J
..J,.
contractor ! libcontractor
Aperson ororganlz2tlon that Aperson ororganlutlon that
contracts wfth ageneral
contractor to provide aportion of
the won: on aconstructIon
project.
contracts to provlde the materials ~
and perform the wort for a
construction project at aspeclfled
time and rate.
generalcontraGtor
Insurance
The Insurl~ of property. life, or one's
person against loss or harm arising In
speclfed contlngencles In consIderation of
apayment proportionate to the rlsI::
Involved.
contracts directly with an owner H3v1ng amonetary commitment set
Aperson ororganization that I" ,.. -- .. :.-. ,--~..--.-. bonded
to manage and supervIse a aside to ensure that ail o~llgatlons
construction project. Including the 1 set forth In acontract are fulfllled.
won: performed I7y
sul>contractors.
construction manager
Aperson ororganlutlon that
contracts with anowner to advise
on and coordinate all pha~ ofa
ltuik:ll~ prqect, from evaluatIng
the constructlon cost and
feasl~lity ofdesign decisions to
managing the ~ng. award, and
construction phases of the
project.
design-l1uiIJ
Of orpertaInIng to an amngement
under which aperson or
organlutlon contracts dIrectly
with an ownerto design and
constnJGt a~lldIng or project.
turn-leey
Of or pertaining to an amngement
under which aperson or
organlz3tlon designs and
constructs alnJlldlng for sale or
lease when ready for occupancy.
Architect
Subcontractor
Subcontractor
Subcontractor
I
)'
~~U~ /
--~--
, ;
I :
j
l 10
.J
I)
!
II
I
n
1
I
U
~
I
t
b
49.
L~I
L./
~I
fe.1swility study
AdetalfeJ InvestIgAtionand analysis
conalJCf'.ed todetermlnt thefil13nclal.
technical orotheradvIs3Dlilty of a
proposed constructk)n project.
top out
To Install the highest structural member In
. aconstruction or complete the uppermost
course In amasonry wall.
falsework
The temporary framewon: for
supporting astructure under
construction that Is natyet capable
of supporting ttseff.
scaffold
Atemporary structure or platform for
supporting workers and materials at a
height aDove the floor or ground during the
construction or repair of abuilding. Also
called staging.
I~I
CONSTRUCTION
The process of puilding,
from site preparation through
erection, assembly,
and finishing operations.
..........i>......................~ ......................~..........
i1iddin9
1'he compt:Utlve process of offering tv
perform the wan: described In ;;1 contract
fOf' aspecH'ied sum.
award
A formal auevtance of a Did or a
negotlated prof1QS.ll
ccntnct
A~ally enforceable agtUment. usually In
written form. between ~ or more partIes
to do or not to do something specified.
notice to procee;l
Awritten communication Issued by an
owner authorizing 3contractor to proceed
with the won: and establishing the date of
commencement of the work.
puilding permit
Awritten author!zatlan to p.-oceeJ wtth
construction of 2 ~Ik:llng projectIn
accordance with 2pproved dr.lwlngs and
speclflcawns.lssued by the local.
government agency havlngJurisdiGtlon after
p!;:ns have been flied and reviewed.
buildi"9 offICial
Aperson des4lnatea by agovernmental
authorlty to admInlsterand enforce the
provisions ofa building code.
erect
To construct boy the raising, positioning.
fittlng together, and fastening of materials
or parts.
----- ----_._------,
certificate ofoccupanq
Adocument Issued by aj;,uJld1~ official
certffylng that all or 2designated portion
ofa building compiles wtth the provisions of
the bUilding code. and permttung occupancy
for Its designated ~.
p05U1ccupancy tnluation
The process ofd~noslng the technical.
functional and l1eh2v1onl2spects ofa
completed building In or~er to accumulate
Informatlon for future programming and
design activities.
Q ~ Design ~ . ~ ~
fast-track ......................................................... ;....................j ..............-.+.....-..-..-..--..-~ ..---...... Occupancy.....·)
Of or pertaining to project scheduling In : : : :
which the des4ln anaconstructk)n phases I I I Ar-----------,
ob ~ttdlng proJectoverl3ptocompress ' : Constructlonphase 4- Ull....-_______--'
the total time required for completion. I :
I Constr~tionphase 3 OC--========_________..J
CPM
Critical Path Method; amethod for
punning. scheduling. ana managing a
project, comblnlng all relevant Information
Into aflow chart, Including the optimum
sequence and duration ofactivities, the
relative significance of each event, and the
coordination required for timely completion
cf the prOject
I I
I I
Construction phase 2 6c=-----------t
I
I
Construction phase 1 0II....________--l
49
50.
(ONSTRUcnON
The manner inwhIch IUterials are
ordered. assemlkd. 3M united into
J whole. 3S fr.am~ construction.
,ysttm, Pui1di~
Aconstnsctlon prcuss U5ln9 a high d~ree
of pref.l!nic4tlon In t1Ie nunufacture of
standardlztd units or components to speed
a-s~m171y and /:rectlon of alnJlldlng. Also
called Industrialized Puitding.
panel
A pref.ll7riciW sectlon ~ afloor. wall.
cein"40 or roof. h4nkJ as asingle unit In
the assem~ and erectlon ofa pullding.
prefal1ricm
r0 fabricate or manufacture 17eforehand.
esp.ln standardized units or components
for qUid assem171y and erection.
fabricate
r0 construct l7y assembling diverse and
usually standardized parts.
,.,n.:iwich p~ ----------'
A stnsctural p3nel CQ1S!stlng of acore of
rebUvei)' ~ mterial ent;osed Petween
two sheru ~ ah~h-st~ material.
~rally re5lIltlng In a high stlffness'to-
weight ratio.
we,5ed-5kin pand --------II~__
Astructural p3nel cooslstlng of plyw~
facings gl~ to lum!ler stringers. used as
~.oor. roof. or WAil memw$.IbJect to
Dendlng. The plywood bclngs and stringers
act as a~rb ofI·beams with the plywood
resisting ~~ all ofthe M1dlng stresses.
Cross l7r3c~ rruy ~pUc.edto support the
edges of the skin and to Idp distribute
ccnc.entrne.d loads.
.......
···-1
'.
",
"
modul;r~n
f'lwr.mng al'lJ design at!~1Zing prefalnic3teJ
Il"()(lyles or rroaubrcoordlnatlon for ea~
of ~ flexJbleam"¥f11ent. orvarie
~U:Se.
module _.-..•..- ........- ..-... "".'.-
Arty In a ~ of standard1zea, frequently
i1Tterchange.il~ components used In
ass.e:n~ untts of.tff~ size.
~Y. orfunalon.
modular coordiutfyn -.......- .--.-
Cornbtl~ the dimensions of astructure
and PIe unit sizes ~ Its cocnponents,
~ with ~ alJ ofaplanning grid l7ased
on a+Jnch or1OO-lI'II1cu~1 module.
lift·,Llb co~ion
A technlq~ of constr~lng multiStory
!7ulldings In ...mich aA horizontal stabs are
C3St ,t ground b-efand. wnen cured. are
raised Into position Vy hydraullcJacks.
50
tilt-up construction
Amethod ofcastlng relnforua concrete
-wall panels on site In ahorizontal position.
then tilting them up Into their final position.
...<..~~'.'-'"
".
--"-:.
.---
..-=:-..r:;..............
",
-',
contract documents
The Ieq;I documents comprising a
construction contr;lct.lncludlng the owner'
contractor agreement. conditions of the
contr3ct. and the construction drawings
and s~iflcatlons for the proJect. Including
all addenda. modifications, and any ather
Items stipulated as being specifically
Included.
construction documents
The ccnstructlon drawings and
speciflcatlons setting forth in detail the
I't<uirements for the constroctlonof a
project.
'peciflCaticn,
The partof the contract documents
consisting of a ~11ed description of the
technical nature of the materl4ls.
standards, anaquality ofexecution of the
. work to ~e pbced ul'lJer contract.
uniform ~y~um
Afo/'lT13t developed Py the Constructlon
Specifications Institute for coordinating
spectficatlons. flllng of technical data and
product literature. and const<uction cost
accounting. organized Into 16 divisions
l7ased on an Interrelationship of materiJl,
trade. or function. Also called
Masterionnat.
Oivision 1 Gene,./ Req,uirement5
Otl'f51on2 ~
OIrlslon 3 ~
OIrlsJon4 ~ry
OirlsJotl5 Met...1s
Oirlslon G Wooa'& P135tJcs
Olvlslon 7 ThmTLl/ &Moisture ProUctJ:;n
OIrislOf'l~ Doors &Windows
Otl'f51on9 Finishes
Oirls/on 10 Speci3/tJes
D/rI5lon 11 EqUipment
Oil'f5ion 12 Furnishings
D/risJon 13 5ped31ConstroctJon
{)(YisJon 14 Ccrweyfn, 5ysU~
{)(rlsJon 15 1kcJunJaf
Otrlslon 16 Bectnc41
perlormanu 'pecification
Aspeclflcatlon that Stipulates how a
particular component or system must
perform without gMng the means to be
employed to achieve the results.
c:f~rjptlve 'pecification
Aspectftcatlon that Stipulates the ex3ct
CU3nt/tles and Cuahttes of rroterlals to be
fumlshed anahow they are to De asseml">led
In aconstruction.
reference ~pecification
Aspecification that refers to astandard
spectfic.atlon to Indicate the properties
desired In <I ~terlal or component and the
methods oftesting required to
substantl3te the performance of products.
proprietary 'pecification
Aspecification that stlpul3tes the use of
specific products. systems. or processes
without prOVision for substitution.
Ii
!
I
I:
j
I
lj
I
I ;
i
1j
i
1i
I
b
.
U
~
I
L
,
L
•
t
I.
L
,
f
!
l~
I
51.
r
l./
:. !
f
l-I
,
- r
t.I
r...1
!
r
~ui1dmgcode
Acode regubtln~ the design.
constructlon.alteratlon••nd repair of
l>u~. ~ and enforced by a local
go;emnent~ncyto protect the pu17llc
mety.hea~ .nd welfare.
AbuilJ~ UJJegenerally~5t3b1ishes
mfrrirrtUlf stmbrds for materials and
methcJs ofCMStroction. specifications for
s~anJfirtszfety. and other
~!mftentsWstdon the trpe0 f
const:ructJonadtheoccupancy0 fa
budJ~oftm rsIng st3nJards ~blisheJ
bytheklerbISocletyfqr T~ and
M~ (AS1M). ~ American Ni1tIonal
St3nJzJs ~ (ANSI). and various
tecJrnJca/societiesand trade3550cbtlons.
nwdefcc&e
A17u~ cod!: developeJ I1y an
organlutlon of states. professlonaI
socletSes. andtr.laeassociations for
adoytlCC'll1y local communities.
BOCA N.rtiottal Building Code
Al7uIdlng coJedeveloped .nd published
by the 6u11dl~Offlclals andCode
Administrators Intematlon31.lnc.
(BOCAl and ~ prlm3rily In the
n~US.
Unifonn Buiidi"9 Code
AIru~ coJedeveloped and published
by the lIrte~al Conference of
6~ OffIcbIs (ICSO~ and use.d
prlmrt,- In t&ecentr.rl and western us.
Standard 5ut1ding Code
A!ruMng caJe developeJ and published
bytheSouthem Building Code
Corrfereru (s6cc). and used primarily In
the ~heastern u.s.
ener~code
Alrull.:Ang coJethat sets minimum
sbndards forenergy conservation and
the ercgy-efficlent design of Dulldlngs.
~n' 'With D~auilitie-s Act
AIl ~ of Con¥ess that Decame 13w In
1992., estaDlisllln~ design stand3rds and
reqt.'ltel1ent.sforalll7ulidlngs except
sl~mlly residences to ensure their
~Ilty by the physlC311y J1s.ab!ed.
zoning ordinance
An orcllgnce regulaUn~ the dMslon of
13nd llTto zones. 2S to restrict the height.
l?ul.~. J:Id use ofDulkllngs. and
the prorisIcnof.ny2nciliary faeilities. as
pari;~a prlncip2llnstrument In the
Im~ ofamaster plan. Also
called zonln§ co,U.
r~ecoven.nt
ACO'r'eItInt IriUI acl3use that restricts
the ~ ofWi party to It. as an
agreement.lIOflg property owners
s~ the use to which aproperty
can l7e put: raGbl and religious
restrictions are legally unenforceable.
noncmrfONR~
Of or pertaln~ to amaterial. type of
constrllCt100.or occupancy or use not
comp~ with the requirements set
forth il'l a l7uKdlnq code.
V41rUllCe
An offlctll pemt to do somethlnq
nornt;lllyfo~n by rt:9ulatlons. esp.by
Dulld1~ In a'InY or for apurpose normally
forbidden by abuilding code or zoning
ordinance.
nonccmbustiUle construction
Construction haVing astructure of
steel concrete or masonrj'. and walls.
floors and aroofof noncom17ustl17!e
materials.
.. ; •.
) ....'.:
;. '....:
comuustible construction
Any construction th3t does not fuffill
the requirements for noncombustible
constrJctlan.
protected noncombustIble
construction
)
Noncombustible construction having a
structure ana major components with fire·
resistance ratings at ieastequal to those
speclfled by the appropriate authorities.
unprotected noncomuustiule
construction
Nancombusti17le construction havln~ no
f1re·reslstance requirements except far
f1re walls and enclosures offtre exits and
ordinary construction
ACO!1structlon type having noncombustible
roenor walls and an Interior structure
wholly or partly of light wood framln~.
protected ordinary construction -'" .--~
Ordln2rj' construction h;wlng astructure
and major components with ftre-reslstance
ratings at !east e<tual to those specified by
tM appropriate authorities.
unpl'Otected ordinaryconstruction
Ordlnarj' construction h;wlng no fire-
resistance requirementsfor the Interior
structure except for fire walls and
er.closures offlre exits ana vertIcal shafts.
~ V)'-timlrer construction
ACO!1structlon type havl~ noncombustible
e-..:terior walls and an Interior structure of
tlmPers.nd decking of specified minimum
sizes. Also called mill construction.
I
light wood frame construction
Aconstruction type having aframework
of wood rnert1!1ers not meeting the
requirementsfor he3vy-timi:>er
constructlon.
CONSTRUCT. ON
construction type
Aclasstflcatlon of alrul!dln~'s construction
accordln~ to the ftre resistance of Its major
components: structural frame. exterior
Pearlng and nonrearlng walls. Interior
Pearlng walls. floors and cellin~s. roofs. and
enclosures of ftre exits and vertical shafts.
While each ofthe model codes differs In the
detailed requirements for each
construction type. they all limit the area
and height of a17ullJ1n~ according to
construction. type and Intended occupancy.
Also called construction cl3ss.
~,-~
protected light wood frame
construction ........00- . _ . . . . . - . - -.~
light wood frame construction having a
structure and m3Jorcomponents with flre-
resistance raUn~ at leastequal to those
speclfted I1y the appropriate au.thorlt~S.
unprotected 1i9htwood frame
construction
LIght wood frame construction having no
flre'reslstance requirements except for fire
walls and enclosures of fire exits and
vertical shafts.
51
52.
DESIGN
The cre3tWn andorganization of
formal elements in a won: ofart.
.I fOriit-i
The ~pe and structure ofsomething as
dlstlngulsWfrom Its Silbstaru or
materl3l .
:, ~~~
Oforpertalnlrlg to shapes and forms having
1~l3r contcurs wflic;h appear to
resem!?let:f-~of~ plants oranimals.
!~.~
Oforpertaining to shapes and forms not
~ng natural oractual oujects.
AIso.~~naI;··:;
,shape'
The outline or surface conflgurauon of •
partlcularform or figure. While form wsU311y
refers to the principle that gives uni~y to 3
whole. and often Inclllks asense of :rt355
orvolume, shape suggests an outnne w.h
some emphasis onttle ellclased are3 ~
mass.
<1~~:'~" .:'..
~'~::::-'.> ". -:-".::: .
·;:;:<::~~~~~.:.s
!textiirt " .' .
. The visual and esp. tactile 'uality of a
surface, apart from its.color or form.
@
.#Iine
The edge or wntdllr of a shape.
/'
, L_'--¥-_-->-
'7 visualttXture
The;;pparent texture of;; surface resulting
from the comuinatloo and interrelation of
colors and tonal values.
i tactile texture.
The phY$lc3l dlmenslonal structure of 3
surface, apart from Its color or form..
cc-.--:;;>
~!
~ ...........-.............. -....-..........
.....~
-+ [!]
~[]]
Oforperblnlng to shapes and forms which
resem!?le oremplcythe simple rectilinear or
cu~r dements ofgeometry.
'?a~··-·'"·''''·'·'''·'''''''
Ofor perblnlng to shapes and forms having
an Intellectual and affective content
~ solely on their Intrinsic lines.
cofors.and relatlonshlp to one another.
~~f!1f::d
Aunified compostlon oftwo-dimensional
shapes or Rtru-dlrnenslonal volumes. esp.
one 1:hat ftls or sffithe Impression of
w~ht. dcnsfty. and Pul.
52
i~j~
syntPot----',
t addi1::i~e 7....··....·_.. ·· ........ .
Characterized or produced byaddtUOn.
accumulation. or uniting, often resuftinq in
a new Identity.
5ulrtractive ~ ..- .................
Characterized or produced by remmi cf.
part or portion without destroying ;; ~se
of the whole.
~----------------------.
--+X •
•
Something th3t st;a nds for or represents
sornethlr.g e~ Dy 3ssoclatlon.
resemPbnce. or~n. derivl~ Its
I
meaning chiefly from the structure In which
ltappe3rs.
I'~~~~flgu:-t h3v!r.g .. ~nvenUof13!
I . meaning and used In puce ofaword or
~_____---:"--~______---.JI _ph~se to exprtss 3 complex notion.
.J
artJcubtion
I Ametf1CJOflhanr.erofjointing that mJtes
the united parts cIQr, distinct. and pr~ise
In relation to e3Ch other, ...
~."~~'I
'~.:' "'---.' ..-. --, '-'.'CIJ-'>,
;,
f~~~~~~:~ /
'''~~:%~~~:l', ..,...
"
53.
,.
~i
I
I
~I
-
An InaiV1dual. minute,or subordinate
p3rt of ~ whole.
.11
•
" ".II
i ... I( III l1li • • II •
----------------------~
j tature
The c~ractaistlc structure given to
;a surfJCe or 5u~tance ~ the stze,
s!up~, ~rranqement, and prcportlons
a' the parts.
. f4l>Mc .
pattern '
An ~rtlstlc or decorative design, esp.
cne h<lYing ;I cruracterlstlc
arran~ement and considered as aunit,
of whkh an Ide3 can be given by a
fragrr.ent.
'L_____ _ ___________ _
!
~DESIGN
form:
Themanner of arm-.3in~ and coorana tlng
the parts of acomposition so 3S as kJ
produce acoherent im~e.
II ; orga~~tiorJ
, 1l1isystem3tlc arranqing of
I Interdependent or coordinated parts Into a
coherent unity or functioning who~
structure <
Th~a-;:g3;;iffikJn of e~ments or p3-;S In a
complex system as dominated ~ tee
general eharaeter of the whole,
01
:parti: :j
The lias1c scheme Or ccncept for an
architectural design, represented b] a
dlagram.
diagr.wm :
Adrawl~, nat neceS5.'lrlly
representational, that outlines. eXf-'ins, or
clartftes the arrangement and relatlci1s of
the parts of awhole.
, COrn'
,~rBrl.fr~t Ie
eJlrrang n~ VI parts Or e me'lts fr.:.o
proper proportion or relation SO as t.J form
aunified whole.
53
54.
~ ~~ft prfncfvle:
Afundarrentaland CDtnprehenslve concept
of visual ~ptIon for structuring an
aesthetic CDmposltlon.
unity'
The state or quanty of Peing combined into
one.astheorJerl~ofelements In an
arUstle lI'OIi: tIut coostItutes a
harmonious whole or promotes a singleness
of effect..
DOD
DDD
DDD
'j 1I~_,".ity;",~
The stateOrquantyof being Identical.
hOlT'lOgtl1tlOUS. or regular.
';. homogeneeu '
Unlfonn In strtJcRlrethroughout or
composedofparts that are all of the
same ~ture orkIM.
~~~::l
Uniformlyorevenlyformed or arranged.
~ motOtony
The state or~U411ity of lacKing variety.
~-
The stJte or 'l.U41nty of having varied or
alV~ forms. types.or eharaeterlsties.
,~.
Stress or prominence given to an
elcma1t ofaCO«1posltlon by means of
contrast. anomaly. orcoonterpolnt.
l~~:~i
opposttIon orJuxtapos{tlon of
dlssinlbr ~ In awon: ofart to
intensifyeach eb1ent's properties and
proGuceamoredynamic
expres5iveness.
brder turmony
ACDnditlon of ~ic3l harmonious. or
comprehensible ma~ement In which each
element of agroup Is properly disposed with
reference to otherelements and toIts
purpose.
The orderly. pleasing. or CO!1gruent
arrangement of the elements or p3~S ill an
arUstle wnoIe.
1'epCS6 :
~rmony In the arrangement of parts IX'
colors that Is restful to the t:ye.
I[
Ii
I
'caherent
lc.:3ic311y or 3esthet~311y ordered or
lnU.grated to afford comprehension cr
recognition.
~====~==~~====~==~~I========~
1---~.--..:proximity
: . ' I Ne3rT1es~ln place. order. or relatIOn
I : I
~~~~~====~I I
campJexity
The state or quality of reing awhole
composed ofcomp'bted,lntricate,
or Interconnected prts.
,., caJlage
canUnuity ;
The state or quality of belnq contlnuoi.!S. as
a nne. ~e. or dlrectlon.
ai~~
Amngement In or adjustment acccrdi,,~ to
astialqht nne.
~ An artistic ccmpositlon of often
dlverse ele:na1ts In ~n ti1:tly or
unexpectedJuxtapositbn.
r-------..;-=-::..;;.=
...=
..;.;.;.
..""'
..~
.....!. kmrchy l
I ! . Asyst.e'mofeiements r.lnKea. elasslf.e.d.
I I and organfud one 3DOYt: another. acwrdin~
to importance or s~nlfcanu.
rl~lR ··m II
~~~~ I~==::=;:,;:::::::==_-=---=·-=--~-/~~~;~":'=d
~======~ r corresponJlng posltlons from an
......
[>f
I! -/.--' ntervenlngspaceor<*ject.
.
_ ....... - . . . 11[, '<t>'
" '. ' ..
II. ju$~
I
The stateor poSm,n of Delng placed close
~>/ I,
~r()('s~byskk.so.stopermtt
·...0 comparlsonorcontnst.
L.__ -------. t ~iDric~
Atenuous Valance malntalneJ In an artistic
m retween opposl~ forces orele~t5.
often causing anxiety or excttement.
A~Ion from the normal or
1
0 ODD
inoNIy' §DDODD
expected form, order. or arrangement. -..~ 0 DOD
54
'nt DDITTIDD
~I!14Jor idea, essential pa rt. or DDDDDDO
satlent feature ofa narrative or D_ i OUOD
concept.
,.alient
Prominent or conspicuous.
~QnUrpolnt .:........-.................:
A parallel M contrasting element
or theme in anarT3tlve orconcept.
, wo,
A5~3te Of utw disorder or CDnfUSlon. •
, cantndlctlon
The state orcoodltlon of beln~ opposed.
Inconsistent. or lc.:Jically Inwngruous.
L.
L
u
I
tJ
I
U
I
U
U
i
!
P
~
I
P
J
~
I
~
r~
I
I·
L
I
r
!
55.
-.I
-I
11 ~~ri4m
A5tJ~cfrestor!:ra!ance
Pa.....
~ contr.lstlng
~~,,:;scr opposing forces.
i., equipoise ;
An e<lUJI distribution of
weig;:. rdJUonshlp. or
fcxus.
~cc~~-$
ACO.Jn~lanclng weIght
o li
-I orfw~
'-I
"'-I
I
L..,
i
'--I
i
:-/
tI
"-,
j
'~ilf
The au ~k:>r-3 which
rr.ovi~~~or~c
ref~tothe
It ts direcu.d.:;"
¥~~
AprOcessor change ta~lng place by
kgm:s orthroogh <I series of gradual
successive stJges.
o
)PESIGN-'
tt==:tC:~::Jt==n:~w.ulllilW liabnce'1
.the-pleaSing or harmonious arrangement or
proportion of parts or elements In adesIgn
or composItIon_
41..c:S;::::::::~! ,r r3(1bl5ymmetryj~..-----.-.-.---------
U Symmetry resultIng from the
arrangemen ~ of similar.
radiatIng parts a~ut acenter ....,......---"--1.~......--
I point or central axis.
,~~ ..y.i50h~metryi;
AstraIght hne to WhIch I' An 1'"391I13ry hne al>Out which a
elements In <I compositlon ~ure. body. or composltlon Is
are referred for symmetrical.
measurement or symmetry.
·_-----_·_--t ~~!/j
Theact or prOcess of repeating formal
elements or motifs In adesIgn_
concmnatioll
Aseries of linked or Interconnected things
or events.
55
56.
. PE$I~N :
;fro~,
The COlny.,._e. proper,or h3rmonlous
rel3tlon ofDI" partto another or to the
whole ",1Ut respea to In'gnltuae. quantity.
oraegree.
%=9
,proportlca. :
The equality retwun two ratios In '
which the first of the four terms
divldea Py ~ second equals the third
divideJ Py tilefOIlrth.
, golden~llj
AprO~~n the two dimensions
of apl3ne figure or the two divisions of a
nne, In which the ratio ofthe smaller to the
I.lrger Is the same as the ratio of the larger
to the wholc:J ratio of approximately 0.618
to 1.000. Also c.lbf gpklerJ ~~{~
~ .,;.. .;. '
A B
B
~Ie '.L.......................................
II certain prof'OftIonatesize, extent. or
degree, uSlQlyl~ed In relation to some
St3ndardorpointof reference.
1tutIu"~ale
The sizeor proportion of aI7ullding
ec:r.c:ntor space, or an article of
flnlture. rel.ltlve to the structural or
fllllCtlonal dimensions ofthe human
~.----~,
...................
. eurythml ;
Harmony ofproportlOiformOvement.
.r
",
-- -- --- - -.---------.--=-':Io..---~--------- ....-._'t_-;"--_>"<::-•• -
'"
56
1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13. 21...
VI, V2, 2;" 3/
5, 5/
8, 8113 ...
Fibonacci se~ .
The unending sequence of numbers where
the first two terms are 1and 1. and each
succeeding term Is the sum of the.two
l.mm~lately preceding. Also called
~cd ~uance. I
harmonCC~' ~.
Aseries In which the terms are In harmonic
progression.
1, '1.3.~. ~, ~
harmonic'progres5 !on
Asequence of numbers the reciprocals of
",hich form an arithmetic progression.
-I"-'''''-H~''--O
mechanical scale
The size or proportion of something relative
to an accepted standardof measurement.
visUJI scale
The size or proportton a ~ulfdlng element
appears to have relative to other elements
orcomponents of ~nown orassumed sIze,
,
j I
..I
I 1
!
I j
I
LJ
I
1J
.' -
I
r-
57.
r
l
f'
!
j
It
f
r
i
~5tructul4ll ~sion
ArTy Ofthe-dimenslO;,softhetiuman body
and It5 p-art5.
I
I
I
I
I
ffunctioM&imell5ion "-...----,-.·-.----.-.-i~
Arryofthe dlrnenslonsdetermlnea by bodily l
posltlon ana movement, 35 reach, stride, or !I:'-
clearanu.. f :
!,~fiti
The correspondence petween the size and
postureof 3human body aM alnJi!dlng
e!emcnt ~ artlcle of fuml~re.
jVa~
Of or ~Inl~ tospaces. Ptllk:Il~s. and
facntt:es fully accessIpIe and usap!e by ali
~1e.1nclud1~ the physically
h:mdlc3ppd
,i, J
11 ....)
~".",.
territoriality
~."
'The i1bltfty~frudom. or
permission to approach.
enter. or use.
fl·········...............
The pattern of ~havlor associated with
defining and defer1ding aterritory or
domain
"""
pe~11315pace ~
fDESJGN
~gonomiG5
Art applledsclei1ce concerned with the
cllaruterlstlcs of people that netd to Pc:
consIdered In the design ofdevices 3 nJ
systems In order that people an.:! things will
Interact effectlvely and safely. Also called
~uman engCnurin4.·
"'-"""1" a~r~~I11~
. The measur'embTt and study of t~ size and
proportions of the human rody.
Ra~ropoll10,rp~~ .f
To asc'rlbil humin furm orchmcterlstlcs
to nonhuman things or I1elngs.
~~ia.<
tThesenSoYy~f>erienceof Podlly position,
presence, or mo."etrent k.-Ived chieflyfrom
stlmu/.atlon of nerve endl~s In muscles,
tendons, aMJolnts.Also, k1na~$laii
,.~esi5..'
~)13ptJc i .
Relatrng to or lr3sed on the sense of touch.
t olfutory'
ReI.aClng to or &3sed on the sense of smelL
f!~}
f>'~~~
i' :;i~~i?'~
i: f
" j
'~
P~r.!J~;! -
The Sfuay-bfthe symtJol1c and
communicatlve role of the spatlal
separation Individuals malntJJn In varlous
soc13Iand Interpersonal sltuat.,ns, ana
how the n3ture anakgru of this spattal
arrangement re!Jtes toenvlronrnental ana
cultural factors.
I
r
]r;-' .
>
-,
The Vlr!a!7le and su~lectlve dl5t.ance at
which ooe person feels comfortable tal1:lng
to 3~~her. Also called~! distance. :
r,--,-
57
58.
1 DESIGN
. ~igll"
f0conulve, coof.rio.'e, or devise th~ form and
structure ofabulldlng orother
constru~
, Jesfgn f~";
Apurposefllactlvtty aimed at devising a
plan for chafl!lng an exlstlng situation Into
afuture preferrea state, esp. th~ cycncal.
IteraUv~ process comprising the following
contrive-
foform In an artistic or Ingenious manner.
,~.:
Tofonn'ln themlna ~ newcomplnatlons or
applications of existing Ideas or principles.
phases................................ lr-in
-n;-J3-'-tlO-'n--'=""="",---., ~~itp;e~~~-:---I
PfO~S . fJ~tifying ; problem ;nJIts.socia/'
II systemailcseresof actions or economic. andphysical~xt.
operatlons le;ading or directed to a
partlcu~rc:ti
iph.i$e;· ~ .
•Apartlcubrsta¥ In aprocess ofchange or
deve~
}~~"lforso.'Ilng aprol7lem, as a /
statement~ forth the context,
conditions, requirements, and .) ~in~ €
o~Ject!ves forac:Its~n project. The pattern of change, growth, or
~
/ _' ;;:;:::~:::~::M~OO'
~ r des~n project wtthln aspeclfJea
•..,,_.._ ,/ tlme.Also.tharttte.
~!
~icwttd30 impIem~ solution
In use ~ tk5p«ifieJgozlsand
CI'iterU.
~P~~I
To en~~ fulflnmentof ~ means
of adefinite pbn or procedur~.
~
g
o
n
! feeduack
, EVaIu3tlveInformation a~out an action or
process promptIng areturn to;1
precealng phase for alteration or
correction.
~l&iitJon
.analysis
5~parattng ofa whole Into its constl:uent
parts or elements. esp. as a method of
studying the natur~ of the whole ana
determining Its essentl3l features ana their
relations.
~~yn,1;h~ls J
" Comulnirig of separate, often dlve~ parts
.:~5~f~'~
develop;:
To wolt but, expand. or realIZe the
capaPilittes or posslpl!itles of so 3S to pring
gradually to afuller or mor~ advancea or
effective state.
,tnodifyl
fochange the form, character. or
quant1esof In oraer to glve a new
orientation to or to serve anew end.
J refine;
, f 0 Improv~ or elaborate In order ~
make more fln~ orprecise.
.~ inflection '
. A~nd.angle,orslmll;1rchang/::n the
shape ofa configuration. ~ meons of
which achangeofrelatlor.sI1lp to some
context or condItion Is Indlc:ate.:i
traMformatlcn·'
Slmulztlng. testing, ~ndmod;{y(ng
~bIe :lternnlves~CCCIf'Jlrig ~
specIffeJgoals ~ndcriteria.
I CO"""~; ·----·-·-·--·---·------t~#----..·-..-·~:---'------..----;~!
~ process Oftha~9Jng In form or
structure through aseries of dlscw~
permutatlons and manlpubtlons In
~ponse to aspecificcontextor set of
condltlons withoutaloss of identity or
concept.
~[gJ @@
To expre5S.canvey. or Interchange Ideas, fo chooSe from anuml?er of alternatives ~ fo asceruln or a55eSS the slgnlflcance.
Infonnatloll. or~ lli:e by writing. speaking. fitness orpref~rence. worth. orqu.lltyof, usuarly bycareful
or t$!~acommon system of signs or ~ judgment~ appraisal and study.
symrols.esp, Ina way that Is cleariyand :, ..;,,,,~~,.i
readily understood. T'lie mental a~!Iity to perceivedistinctIons,
.. comprehend relationships, ordistinguIsh
, f"OPO''' alternatlves.
The off~ ofapianfor consideration,
function:
acceptance, oraction.
58
• The natural or properactIon for which
somethln~ Is Mslgnea, used, or exIsts.
~purpo~
• The reason for which something ~xlsts
or Is done. maM, or used.
~
J~meniFY;
Arty featui'~ that provides or IlJ.Cr~ases
I comfort. convenience. or pleasure.
, ''-? i economy ._
',..f . ~refut. t~rifty. and efficient use and
m3nagement of resources.
~~n'
Astandard, 1'111:, or prinCiple on wh!ch a
Judgment ordecision may ~e ~ased.
J dmlm-i
, An .ss~~.given. or otherwIse
c:fetennlndd bct or proposition from
which conclusions may I?edrawn or
decisions mac:fe.
elnt~:
fiicri3td li:enes5 or model of somethlog
anticIpated for testing and evaluatbn.
~ model :
. A';rifnfiture represent3tlon, USIJ.3 ny
built to scali:. to show the appearance
or construction ofsomething.
jmoclc~up: . '
AfuH-s!ziJ modelof 3 Uulkllng or
structure. bullt accurately to scale for
study, testing. or teaching.
.U5t
;rasu!1jtct asystem or process to such
conditions or operations as will lead to
acritical evaluatlon of a!71IIt!e5 01'
p~rform3nce .ind subsequent
acceptance or rejection.
/,
I, ,
I
LJ
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
59.
._,
I
r
1
~ I
j
:;'l,
fI
rI
rI
f'
t
I
!
~..!
The f#culty or power of
compre~ Inferring. or thinking
In ,norderiy.l'ltlonJl way.
o }.0 ) o-----~)
fa~
The pTay of the mind through which 'il$cns
are summoned. esp. mentallnventC1s that
are whimsical. playful. ana
characteristically removed from re4nty.
---
iDESIGN
I crutivity
, The aPillty'tO transcend traditional
Ideas. patterns. or relationships and to
Initiate meaningful new lkas. forms. or
Interpretations.
,,/
-e-nv-I-slc-n:-'-------~ irrt.l4~"
To rorintmental plctvre of a. >>A rr.en61 representation of
,origiral~i
The creative ability to Imagine or
express In an Independent and
Individual manner.
future possibility. • - '-, / sorr.ethlng previously perceived In the
3b~nce of the 0~lnalstlmulu5.
i . irrt3~in3ticn :
The faculty of fontilng mental Images
The powerof recombining former '. : or concepts of wh3t Is not present to
experiences In the creation of nell' '. - ,: the senses or perceived In reality.
IITt3ge5 directed at aspeclf1c g031 . IJ
--.-•••- ~~Inthesolutlonofa' ..., ""'_'_______~~•.•••-~Q/,~:
_
..~_.._
~..._._....,..-.........4-...--.-................-...-...... Kthoughtor notion resulting from
.' mentalaW3reness. understanding. or
.:t yro~;:;8
.~ ~~
'" 'Toreg3fd'an Ide3 orconupt 3S
h~~ somefmn ofo~tlve
~Irty outside ofthe mind.
~~~}
10 ~nlmate orper-rneate with a
~rtk:ular fom. sul;>stance.
qUJl1ty. or distinction.
~a.dd~;
, To a'ir~theefforts or attention
of.
he~: "."
" To rttrut anahold fast Py
Influeta or powu.
The act or powerof antlcipatl~
that which will or may come to be.
I ~~~
Th'e faculty-ofsetllng things In their
tnJe relations orofevaluating
their relative significance.
vieW~t
Apart'lcular manner or mode
of Iocl:lng at or regardin~
something.
, asp~)
Away In which athll19 may ~
viewed or re<jarded.
~pnctU ;---~Efl------- ~r)',
.A.c-tu3r~nu or application of A~tr3ct thought or 5pecula~cr.
principles. asd1stll19ulshed from theory. resultIng In asystem of a5sumF~~5
! or principles used in analyzing.
; 1'e<11 ,~ explaining, or predicting phenorr~.a.
~vfn9 ot>~e. ve;rtfuple. and Independent arid prc~ orfollowed 3S the b-a%
ros~. 3S op~ to ~1"i1 arttflclal or of2Ctlon.
Hlusory. I
I
!
-~I
• Anu.ofthings r'e!JardeJ as forming a
grotJp ry ~ of common attrll:rutes or
char.lCterls1lc.s.
, ap~~
: ~hl~.wtthout rdereru to
concrete re3l1ty or ap;irtlcuur
Instance.
Rri~neJP~
Aftirld3'mental anacomprehensr.e ;,.,..
tnJth. orassumption gc"Yernlng x-;~.
procedure. or amngement.
arc~-·····--·-·-····..·-····-·-····· ..~..
. e
;,V;n cW~~or pattem on which all ~
thl~s oftM ~me kinJ are copied or ~ased.
~.~i
.' AreproJ'uctlooof3nofiginai. ~
~ prototype : ~
An ~rly and typical example that exhl~tts
the esse~J fe3tures of aclass or group t model
anJ on which bter st3qes are ~ased or '
eJ. An rumple serving 3S 3 patte~~
Jlld.; for Imitation or emulation In tr.e
creation of something,
, ~~pt
A'ri1entallmage or formulation of what
somethIng Is orought to be. esp. an
Idea generalized from partlcula r
characteristIcs or Instances.
des~n conceyt
Aconcept for tl1eform. structure. and
fe3tures ofaI1Ulldlng orotr.er
construction. represented graphically
Py diagrams. plans. orother drawings.
~~
An un.::lerlylng org3nlzatlonal pattern
orstructurefor ades41n.
--'~(_-l-.. proia,
The original scheme for adeslgn
presented In the form ofa sketch
outlining Its spectflc char.1cter. to pe
developed In detail In later studies.
~ph!J.r;
M object;acUvtty. orIdea used In place
ci another to s~gest alikeness
~rWeen them.
as appl1ed to tile stating and solution
of proPierns that Involves free use of
T
=~cr
,eatlve processes. esp.
~phor and anJ10gy In Informal
a-nltogy ( . Interchange within asmall group of
Asimilarity In some particulars diverse Individuals.
~ween things otherwise dissimilar.
~tf...1I0glcal Inference !rased on the ~ - '-
~mptlon that If two things are /lY'~ ..:' ._
[lIOWT'Itoi1ealiktlnsomeres::uts. .,-../ / / .. '
~LP::=~f3CUItYofknoWlng
w1thoot evident ratlonal thought and
Inference.
tBDJ]wf5~~,
~tIon orreftectlon on a subject
or idea. resultln~ In aconclusion
Inferred from Incomplete or
Inconclusive evidence.
. am~uity
The state 0'7quality of pelng
susceptlble to uncerta!nty of meaning
or multiple Interpretation.
~renJiFity
An 3pt!tudeforma[1119 deslrable and
unexpu-tecl discoveries I1y accident.
~klent,
AfortUitous circumstance. qU3!ity. or
characteristic
59
60.
DOME
AvaufW structure havinga
circular plan and usually the form
ofaportion of. spnere, so
constnJcW 2S to exert an equal
thrust in all directWns.
~ucerdcme
Adome ~ the form ofasegment of a
~,lI'ftlIItS,cent.er I'd PeIcw the
springing 11M Asaucerdome Is partlcularIy
salsItlve tc budhng uI'Jer3n ~.emaIloaa.
radl.aldome
A dome l1uilt with stu! or tlmPer trusses
amn¥d In 3 raalalll".Jnner 3na connected
Coy polygon..Irings at various heights.
60
._~.....-.......- meridiana! line
."" ACUllleJ hM aescrli:1lng avertical
,/ section cut thro~h the axis of a
rotatlort31 surface.
roo................... hoop nne
I AcirculAr line aescrl17lng ahOrizontal
, section cut perpendIcular to the axis
of arotational surface.
.-semicircular dome
Adome havlng theform ofa
hemlsp~re.
./... rr;ll$ItIon from merldiofl3l to hoop
.-' forces 0CCIJr5 atanangleoffrom 45"to
6Q' from the verticalaxis for mostload
conditJons.
/
hoop forc.e .~..-.----- ......- ..-.---.---~~'
Aforce acting along a hoop line of a
dome structure, perpendlcular to
meridlon3Iforces. Hoop forces, whIch
rtstraln the out-of-plane movement
of the meridional strips In the shell of
adome, 3rtcompressive In the upper
zone ana~sife In the lower zone.
meridianal force ~........---........
Aforce acting along ameridional line
of adome structure, always
compressive underfull vertical
loadIng.
! conb!n the outward components of
; the rr.eridIonai forces. In 3 concrete
.: dome, thIs ring Is thickened and
.IT"
i ;.e~~io~~~ngthe l7aseofil acme tc
! rtlnforuJ tc ~ndle the ~ndlng
----lJ':.:>..----<">----'7"lIr+- stresses C3usea by the differing
elastic deformations of the ring and
5chwedler dome
Asteel dome having memPers which follow
the lines of 1atit<Jdeand longitude, and a
third set ofdla~nals completing the
triangulation,
shell
~ttiudome
. Astul dome structure havIng meml1ers
which follow thecircles of latltuae. and two
sets of diagonals replaCIng the lines of
longitude and formIng a series of Isosceles
triangles.
11 11 11
great circle
The cIrcle ofgreatest
d13meter that can ~e
drawn on a sphere.
geodesic dome
Astul dome havIng members which follow
thrte principal sets of9rtat cIrcles
Intersecting at ~ subdlvldlr.g the acme
surface Into;l series of ~uil3teral spherical
trlanqles.
t, !
61.
'I
~l
l
'l
l
1
:.------------------------ -- -..----------
r·-tb.~cl
: A'superstructure crownIng aroof or dome
: havIng open or windowed walls to let In ltght
andalr.
,cupou
AI1ght structure on adome or roof. serving
35 al:>elfry.1antern. or belvedere.
It.lml1our·
'The vertiCal part of acupola.
..··~---llrrterdome .
,/ The space betJeen the Inner and outer
~ shells of adome.
'
}-1~3rne 1
" Adormer window In a roof or spire.
~)
L,
'.- .----. Whispering gallei'y
J. space or gallerJ ueneath " dome or
i;1 vault In wh1ch low sounds produced
I at any ofcertain points are clearly
band.age .:..
audible at certain other dIstant
olnts.
Astrap. rIng. orchaln placed around a
structure to secure and hold Its parts
together. as around the springIng of a
aome,
DOME
..-------.-..-..-...~ oculu't
.{ AdlrC~iaropenlng. esp. one at the crown of
adame.
semiaome,
H3ff adome formed by avertical section.
as (Nllr asem1clrcular apse.
cul-de-four ~
Asemldome or:quarter-sphere vault. as
O'IU anapse or nlche.
pendentive ~
AspherlC.l1 triangle formIng the transition
from the cIrcular plan of a dome to the
poly~onal pLon ofIts supportIng structure.
----···--------'Iunette i
An area In the plane of awall framed by
an arch or vault. containing awindow.
painting. or sculpture.
pe~tttive dome ~
. Aspher1ca1 dome formed by removfng four
~gments SO that It merges with Its
perJentlves and sIts on " square pLon.
~'L
/' , ~Ulrn;rt~)
, An arch or cOrl:>el1ng pullt acroSs the upper
Inside comer of asquare tower to support
the side ofasuperimposed octagonal
structure,
61
62.
DOOR
Ahinged, sliding. orfolding Darner
ofwooa, ~l orglass for opening
.nd closing an tntranu to a
building. room, or c.1binet.
sw~ing door
A000r ~ tunis on hinges or pivots aPout
avertical ~ wncn pushed or pulled.
_ i_ _ _ . _ _ _ .
pivoteQ door
AXcr ~rT1e4 on and 5Wln~ln~ about on a
un~roroff~ plvot, asdlstln~ulshed
from one hung on hinges.
foWtngdoor
Adoor IritJI hI~ ~ns that can be
~ fbt ~"Inst one another when
~
51iJin9 door
Adoor ~ opentes or moves Vy st1dlng
on. tnGt. usu4I1Iy p3n~1 to. wall.
rolling door
A ~ge doorconslstlng of horizontal,
~~ metal sbts gUided Vy atnd
on eitherslcfe.~lng Vycolllng about4In
~ Ihm ~ the head ofthe door
~
DOD
DDD
DDD
DOD
62
. .~ .: ~' .
:' ;::~'. f' ...;.~ ,""':,'.: .:_: :.:. :":'::':." ••• ' • . •
. '.'
.., l1alanced door
Ap~oW door that Is partially
courT"...erir.Ilancea foreasier opening and
c1051rtg.
allU)m.rt:ic door
Adoor that opens automaticallyat the
approach of aperson or automobile.
door opener
Amech3nism that automatically opens a
door ....hen actuated Vy aradio
tr3nsmltter, electric eye, or other device.
J-~..................._
...,-~i:;g:~~~i~;~::sthat permit It to
. swing In one direction only.
I
......... double-acting door
Adoor hung on hinges that permit It to
swing In either direction from aclosed
position.
double doors
I, Apair of doors hung In the same doorframe.
"
"
~
:'-""-Ieaf
!i . Ahinged or sliding section of adOOr or
shutter.
r-----ir----=.......j- .,'''- active leaf
,/
,.
,-' The leafofapair of"oulne doors to which
the latching or locking mechanism Is
attached. Also called openIng leaf.
...... ........ ....... Inactive leaf
The leafof apair of double doors to which
the strike prate Is fastened to receive the
latch or bolt ofthe active 1e3f, usuallyflxed
In aclosed position by bolts at the top and
bottom of the door. Also called standing
leaf.
/ .... astragal
./ Amolding attached to one or boUl meeting
stiles of apairof double doors to prevent
drafts or the passage of light, nolse, or
smoke.
mullion
-f-l··-,H+···_....I- l:rifolddoor
Aslendervertical memPer dlvidlng the
opening for ap.lrofdouble doors.
sometimes removal7le to permit the
passage oflarge oVjects••.-:;
r
I
i
I
I
Afolding door that divides Into two parts.
the Inner leafofeach part Pelng hung from
an overhead tr3ck and the outer '~af
ir ~ ucordlon door
, jill j pl.oted ~tthejam".
1--_.......I.J,...LJu.u.=ii.w' Amultileafed door that Is hung from an
overhead track andopens by folding back In
the mannerof an accordion.
rt-'-"Tl
I : I
I : I
I ('f"'-"'"
I : I
- pocket door
Adoorthat slides Intoand outofa
recess In adoorway wall
I ' I
I 1 I
I : I
1 : I
~ I
__.J i
/
,/
,-
/
/
,
/
/
/
,/
,-
....
.....
~'
.' ....
"
.'
,/ ' ................,
.
.
--.~- revolving door
An entr3nce aoorfor excluding dr.oft.s from
the Interiorof ai7ulldlng. COfI$lstlng offour
leaves set In the form ofacross and
rotatlng aboutacentral vertbl pivot
within acylindrically shapedvestl~k:,
Some revolvingdoors automatlc3llyfold
I:r.Ick In the direction of~ress when
pressure Is applied. providing a'eg41
passageway on roth sides of.Ihe door pivot.
......-~ wIng
One of the leaves of adouble or revolving
door.
r ...........~ sweep
overhead door
Alarge door constructed of one or sever31
!eaves. opening Vy swinging or roiling up to a
horizontal position above the aooropenlng.
i The flexible weatherstripping along the
eages of a revolving door.
air curtain
Astream ofcompressta air dlrec~
downward across" doorway 50 as ~ form a
shield t;{l exclude drafts.
I
I
I
!
1!
I
i
II
(
,
Y
63.
:1,
1 I
r
j
r
r
I
r
1
I
r
711
r
.J
I
,.I
i
I
• •1
roughopening ---------..,
An opening In awall Into which a
doorframe or window frame 15 fitted.
pmb
Either of the vertlcaIsides of an
archway. doorway, or window opening.
~---+-+-- cased opening
.K.doorles.s opening finished with
trlmworl:.
'~------------~.~-----W~------------------
casing ________.___L __<.
The finished, often decorative
mmewori: around adoor or window
openIng, esp. the portion parallel to the
surroundIng surface and at ~ht
angles to theJaml>s.
subca,i/19
Arough casing for adoorway or wlndol'!
opening.
buc~ ----.---..-....-.
Asubframe of wood or metal set In a
partltlon to support the finish frame of
a door or window. Also called door
1ud, rough puck.
doorcle4r311U ------.-.--.~.
Thecle3ral1Ce required to prevent __I~
DOOR
r:·~·:~~~~~y .-,-c-~-7:'.c~--:-7::::7:~ doorframe
" . '..- ",i Theframe ofa aoo11Y3Y, consisting of
i
I.
I
i
I
I·
t·
">;':1 twoJambs and ahead or lintel
':J- head
:0.1 The uppermost mem~erofadoorframe
.::.::1 or window frame.
.'.~-' doorjamb
..: Eitherof the two sidepieces of a
<j doorframe.
"l-
'::1 stop
I
:.~j The proj~lng part of adoorframe
'. ':1 agaInst which adoor closes. AlSo callej
:':: doorstop.
r-"--"",,--,-..u..."~-4
pianted 5tcP
AstopfOf'lT'led by attaching amolding
to adoorframe or window frame.
rauueteJ stop
A stop formed Integrally by ara bbetln
adoorframe or window frame.
blankpmb
Adoorjamb having no stops. nor
prepared to receive hardware.
'-~- sill
The horizontal member beneath a door
or wIndow opening.
--.--.-.....-...- th~hold
Inndlng Detween 2 doorand its II
~~~?i;::=,~;-;.. ~:
!--'-------------
the fau of the loci: stile, usually an ...
Inchnatlan of 'fa In. (32 mm) for each 2
In. (51rnm) of door thickness, allowing
the door to swing free of the door
The sill ofa o.oorH'3y, covering thejoint
between twa flooring m3Url31s or
provldlr.g weather protection at an
exterior door.
.~ ..--.- saddle
.,/ Araised piece offtoorlng between the
.... Jaml1s of adool1Yay. to which adoor fits
closely SO as to prevent its binding
when oper.ed.
frame.
~e:=~~·I·~I~~~,~~~;~-,·~···....-···..·..·..··..--· Maml
sectlan of woodwori: directly above a
do<xway.
ua"~m ----------.---.-----------
Acrosspiece separating adoorway
from awindow orfanllght above it.
uan~cmwindow -----.----.-.-~/
A window aDove the transom of a
doorway. Also calW transom,
tr~n50m Il~ht.
reYe411 ------------------- .. ---
The part ofaJamb ofa window or door
opening that Is vIsIpk: pet-ween the
outer wall surface and the Window or
aoor frame.
5wncheon
The reveal of a window or door open:ng
from the frame to the Innerface of the
wall. Also. esconson. scunch~n
.-- ------.---- fanlight
I~
;1 '
-=U'===
Veneti3n door
Adoorway having aform similar to that of a
Palladian window.
Asem!clrcular or semleillptical window
over adoorway or another window.
. -- ~kleli9ht
Awindow at the side of adoor or
another Window. Also calle.::! wfnglight
splay
Asurface that makes an oVique angle
with another, as where awindow or
dooropening widens from the frame
toward the face of the waI.
•' .__ .. __ . __ ... ,' ,.'
~ ,~ -. ~_t~~
~~;
::' . --------_... _--- '."---.
63
64.
DOOR
paneledDoor .. ---.- ..• p3nel
AdoorhJvlng aframework of sUIes. rails.
ana ~ lI1untlns. filled with panels
of a;hInlla' 1113teriJt
Adistinc;t ~~ or dlvlskln of a
wall c.elll~. or door. recessed
below or raised 3bove the general
level orenclosea by aframe.
r3a ~ --- stile
64
Arryof various horizontal memDers
framing panels. as in a system of .'
panenng. apaneb:l door. window ,.-' IU
::~~c~~~~~~~:_~__________//
The uppermost r3il connectJng the j
stlk:sc:iap3~ door or winaow I.
sa$It. ico..=~~=Zx=-==d
IocIcrail ---------------------------- 1-------
The ,...ofadoo-that meets the
shutt1n4 stile n the level of the
~
i1ottom rail -------------- -----.-----
The lowest rail connecting the --D
stiles ofapa~ door or wiRdow
sa$lt.
french door
Adoor having rectangular gl3ss
panes extenang throughout its
length. and often hung In pairs.
AlsoCJlled ca~mentdoOl".
gra~"ocr
Adoor of heat-strengthened or
~pered glass. 'tlth or without
ralis exsUits. used primarlly a5 an
erTtrance door_
i
o
louvered door
Adoor having alouvered opening
for the passage or circulation of
air. Also C4l1ed Pllnd £1001"_
D
Dutchaoor
Adoordivided horizontally 50 that
the upper or lower part can De
opened or closed separately.
Ar,y of various:: ?right memDers
fr;;ming panels.;;5 In asystem of
paneling. apane!ed door. window
sash. or aches~ vf drawers.
hi"¥stile
The stile of acloer Dy which it Is
hung. Alsccalltd hangIng stile.
locI: stile
The stile of adoor that closes
against thefrar.-.e ofthe opening.
Also callea shlltting stile.
muting stile ~_J
Or~ ofthe a!nJtt.l~'-3 stiles In;; pair
of douDie doors.
vision light
Asmallli.aht In the upper
portlon cf;; door glazed with
clear g1355 for vlew~,~g.
louver --------~ ccmf,i~n door
An ope-nlng fltW 'r'lith sl.'lnting. An exterior door having aframe
fixed or rncvaD!e slats to admit air into which arfferent types of
Dut exclude r3ln ana snow or to panels can Doe in~rtea. 35 ascreen
pro0Je prlvacy. Also. louvre. for SlJmmer or st.onn sash for
winter.
f,.tun door
Adoor const~.ed of vertical
l7oard5 hekl to~her Dy
horizo:1cal lr.itter.s and
diagonal Dracing.
Jip door
Adoor hinged ~ be flush with the
wall on either skk and treat.eJ sa
35 to Doe Indisu;-niL>te when cbsed.
Also. gl1:7 door.
storm door
AI1 outer or supplemeir'..3'j
door. usua!1y glazed. for
protecting an erTtr;;lnce :XNr
from dr;;lfts. driving /din, or
severe we3tr.er.
screen door
A.1 exterior door havingr-ooJ
or ..Iuminum sU!es ana r.lils
that hold a wire or pI3S';l::
:nesh to ..dmit air I7Ut ~!ude
in~s.
I .
1 .:
i
u
I
Li
L
l.
L
L
,
L
i
L
65.
1
i
I
l _.
iI .
:!
i.-'
t
'i
DOOR
aajll5table doorframe
Adoorfr4me h3vl~ asplit had andJ:Jmbs
for InstJl13tlo11In various WJU thld::nesses.
prehung docr
Adoor hu~ In adoorfume More
Ittstall3tlon In awall sometllr.es preflnishecJ
and prefltted wtth all neces5Jr)' hardware
aM casl~ ~m.
acoustical door
Adoor hJving • sound-&e3dening
cor-e. ~sketed ~ .lang ~
t....t' an.::! sides. and an autolTutic
drop ~I along the bo«om. Also
ca11ed SOOnd-iIl5ULrti~ doer.
.' ----- krIockdownfume
sclkJ-ccre door
Awood flush door having a
solid core of staved
lum!1er. partlck: Doard. or a
minerai composition.
k3~mein door
AdoorhJving astructural
wood core cl3d with
galvanized sheet metal.
~
~
Amet3! doorirame
composed ofthree ormore
.._.- we!de.dfnme cutQff:,-top
flush door
Adoor havl~ smooth-surfaced faces.
1
IIIIIt--core
Awooden construction. as In adoor.
forming alIacklng for face veneers.
cr05s(,anding
The plywood or hard!loard veneer
Immediately ~eath the face veneers of a
flush door. Also. crossl1and.
docrskin
Asurface veneer ofplywood. hardboard.
p13stlc 13mll13te.ormedium densityoverlay.
bonded to the crossbandlng or core of a
flush door.
hollow-ccre door
Awood flush door having aframework of
stiles and ralls encasing an expanded
honeycom!l core of corrugated fI!1erl1oard
or agrid of Interlocking horlzontal a
vertical wood strips.
hollow m~1 door
Adoor luving face sheets of light-gauge
steei PorJed to a steel channel frame,
reinforced wtth channels.• kraft
hontj'COm!1 structure. or3 rigid p~stIc
foam core.
r-----
L- ____ _
throat
rhe opening between
the Dackbends of a
metal doorframe.
backbend/....
The fa~ atthe oUter
edge of ametal
doorframe that returns
to the wall surface.
hollowmetalfr;,ame
Adoorframe having a head andJamDs
formed from asl~le piece of metal.
flu5hfraIM
Ama.1 c:Ioormnneks~ ned to be
Installed durl~ the construCtion ofa
masonry or stud wan.
drywall frame
~
~~sforassem!llylnthe
Amet31 doorframe th3tls
completely set up and
welded at t~ factory.
Astop having aclosed end that
terminates above th~ floor line
a45°or90°angle. Alsacalled
hospital stop. sanitary
stop.
Aknockdown frame having adcullle-return
backbend for Installation after adrywall
partition Is finished.
anchor
Ar.y of var'.:,..s :netal devices for
~r.a'l~ orc P3rt of astruckJre to
arccher.
pase anchor
Ametal clip or device for
securing t~ !;rase of a
doorframe to the f.oor.
"""
i
!lpat ~ ..;
Aprotect!ve lining,
usually of stainless
scul. at the !13~ of a
doorfrarT1(:.
groute.:f frame
A metal doorframe completely fll~ with'
plastel' or mortar for structural rigidity
and Increased fire resistance.
double egre!ltS frame
Ametal cIoorframe prepared to receive a
pall' of single-acting doors that swing In
opposite directionS.
65
66.
DRAWING
The art, process,or technique of
representi/19 an ol1ject, scene, or
ide3 b:t me3ns of lines on a surface.
technique
A method or procedure for
accompl1shl~ adeslrea aim or tas~. as
that c:mpbyed Py an artist showing a
high ~ru of skill or command of
fundament3ls.
centour drawing
The technique of drawing lines to represent
the contours of asubject, without shading
or 1T1Oddi~ of form.
centour
The outnne ofatwo-dimensional shape or
PoundIng edges ofII three-dlmenslonal
form.
modeling
The technique of rendtrlng the illUSion
of volume. depth. or solidity on atwo-
dlmensloni/ S<Jrface Uy shading.
66
freehana drawing
The art. process. or technique of drawing
~ hand WIthout the aidofdraftlng
Instruments or mechanical devices. esp.
for the representatlon of perceptions or
the visualization of ideas.
grisaille
MonoehrolT'.3tic painting In shades of
gray to produce 3 three·dlmenslonal
effect.
F'EKCEIYlNG
lMAGlNIHG
-t..
I
I
I
DRAWING _.:..('
~----"--lZ..' ,{'
line ~ .. .
Athin, continuous 1TI3r: made on ~ -
surfau with apencil, Pe:'!. or ~rush;'?s
distinguished from shadi~ or eolor:
outline .
Aline describing the outer boundary ofa.
fjure or object. '.
profile
An outline ofaform or structure seen or
represerrted from the side.
c~,-cont.our ar3wi~
The technique ofdraw1114 hoes to
represent a~ of cuts across the
surface ofII fonn rather than,tts edges.
~. f /
gesture drawing
The technique of drawing asingle or multlple
lines freely and quldly as asubject Is
scanneJ and percepUoos ofvolume. rn.oss.
movement. and significant details are
projecW onto the drawing surface. In
contrast to contour drawing, gesture
drawing generally p~s from the whole
to the p3rts.
"g~
A1r'CI'em...~ ofthe b na.arm. had. f.Ice. or
?t~=:F==i~="':::;:- body th3t expresses an Idea. opinion. or
.,'c:motlon.
movement
The effect or Illusion of motlon conveyed by
the relationship of structural elements In a
(l~:::::::~:;::-;:;=;:=:~~~-deslgn or compositIon.
reg ulating line -
A o~ drawn to measure or-express
a~.gnrrent. SC3le. or proportlon.
trace
Aline I~htly drawn to record ali~nment
or Irasurerr.ent.
siuaifl9
The r:ndering of Ilght.nd dark V4lluesln ~
drll~ to Cre3te the Uluslon of three-
dimensionality. represent light arJ s-ha.1ow.
orgive the effect of color..
h.ttching
Sh3dlng composed of flne "ncs drawn In
close proxlmlty.
~,h.ttchin9
ShadlI14 composed of two or more series of
Intersecting parallel noes.
I
Il ~
~~~ng L
Shadlng by means of anetworl: of random.
multldlrectlonallines. ..
high-key
Havir":l chiefly l1~ht tones with little
ccntr.;st.
stippling ,
Sh3dlng by means ofdots, small spots. or
short stroKes.
key
The dominant tonal value of adrawIng or
palntlng.
low-key
Having eniefty dart tones with
nttle contrast.
67.
r
t
I '
r
I
I
•
r
r
L
I
I
,ketch
Asimply OfhJsUyexecuted drawing or
palrrtll1g rep~ the essential
ftatures of an ~ Of scene without the
detJils. often I1Ude as aprellmlna ry study.
sway
Adrawing executed as an educational
e~rcise, productd as aprelimina ry to a
final wor1:. Of made to record ol7servatlons.
ScmetImes referreJ to 35 3 referential
dr.1wing.
conception
Ad~wing of so~lng Chat dees not yet
exist.
drm
Aprelimlna!), s1:~ of adeslgnOf pian.
esp. one subject to revision.
es-quis5e
A $l:etch showl~ the general feJtures of a
design or plan.
epure
AflJrt-SQIe, ~ drawing done 0f1 3 wall.
fbao.orother~sumce. from which are
~ the patterns forvarlous Dulidlng
elar.ent5.
cartoon
AflJ~-sca~dra~ of it motif(X'des~n. to
~ :.toInsfmed In preparation f.x afresco.
lI1OS.Oic. ort3~try.
renderi~
A.:Inwing. r:sp. apers~ive. of a ~Iiding
Of'" intuol" spau.artlstlcalfy deHneatln~
1T'.oI ~rl3Is. shades 3nJ shadows: USU3 Ify
done for tM pu~ of presentatlon and
~U3Sort
tfom~roeil
mass
Aunlf'.ed area of Ilght. shade. or color
that deflnes shape orform In general
outhne rather than In detail.
passage
An area. section. or detail of awork. esp.
with respect to Its qualities of
executcf1.
Adrawl~ Cf' painting In which objects are
rendered In extremely fine detail to
emph3slze the Hiusior c' tactile 3-j sp3tlal
qU3rtt ies
DRAWING
design drawing
Any ofthe drawings made to aid In the
vlsuaflzatlon. exploration. and evaluation of
aconcept In the design process.
presentation drawing
Any ofasetofdesign drawings made to
artlculate and communicateadesign
concept or proposal. as for exhibition.
review. or puDllcatlon.
+.
.', )?)~
. $I:} ,6 ~~ 'I/?
,( r; ..~ ~~~. • :P
~', ~~~~~~~ / V'
'. J . . 1-..-- /Ah_
"', M~I ,//~
?fE..~
vignette
Adrawing that Is shaded off gradually Into
the surrounding paper so as to leave no
definite line at the border.
analyti~ue
An elevato!l drawing of afacade. surrounded by
adewratlve arrangement of drawings of
Important details 3 nel somei:lmes apl3nor
section of the fac3ae.
67
68.
DRAWING
drafting
Drawing done withthe aid of such
Instruments as T-squares.triangles.
compasses. ana scales. esp. for the
sys~tIc representation and
dlmenslonal specification ofarchItectural
and e~lneerlng structures. Also called
muhanlcaf drawing.
o17jectline
Asolid line representing acontour of an
oi>ject.
tUshed line --------~=---+---+-!
AIn-oken nne conslstl~ ofshort. closely
spaced strokes. used esp. to represent
object nnes that are hidden or removed
from view.
dotUd line ---------H+-trH==--~1___l
AIn-oken line conslstln!) ofaseries of
closefy spaced Oots. sometimes used In
place of adashed line.
unUrline
AIm*en nne consIstlng ofrelatIVely long
segments separated by sIngle dashes or
dots. used to represent the axis ofa
symmetrlcaIelementor composition.
68
'. crowfoot
AV-shaped mark.the apex ofwhich Is a
reference point.
leader
Ashort line leading the r;ye from anote or
dlmenslon to areference point. nne. or area.
17reakline
AI1roi:en line consisting of relatIVely long
segmentsJoined by shortzlgZ3g strokes.
. used to cut offaportion ofadrawing.
o
grid
Arectangular system of lines and
coordInates serving as a reference for
locating ana re1uiJtlng the elements of a
plan.
co",truction drawings
The portlon of the contract documents
snowl~ in ucurate graphic or pictorial
fonn the ~lgn.lccatlon. dlmenslon5. and
relatlonshlps ofthe elements ofaprojxt.
Also C311edCOfTt.nct drawings. wori:fng
I dr.iwi"4s.
~I
An emrosslng stamp used l1y a licensed
architect. engineer. orotherdesign
professlol13t on Wltract drawings ana
spectftcatlons to show evidence of
~Istratlan In the: state wMre the work Is
to ~ perfonTltJ.
/~~
( ~-'. .
exten~ion line
Ahne e:xtendI~ from an edge or fe3ture of
an o~. to which adlmenslon hne Is
drawn.
dime~lon line j
Aline terminated by arrows. snort sl3shes.
or dots. lnalcatlng the extent or magnltude
ofapart or the: whole. and along which
measurements are scaled and Indicated.
'l
I
.....
!
L.
69.
r
I
.,
1 I
~'"'
!"I
~I
l
1
!
1
~r1ptive teCmetry
Thetheory of ","*Ing project1ons of three-
dlmtl'l.Slonal o~ on ap~ne surface In
order to deduce their geometric properties
and relatlonshys.
<~I~
11===fF
".
···••.~1in9
~dpl.1a ----~
ApI.;nofaroom as seen from aw,re hit
having its celhllf Sijrf3ces arld elements
proj«ted dowr.ard upon It so that what
would appear to1he right whc1 seen from
~ appears 011 the plan to the left. Also
calbi ~ cef1l~ plln.
mmi~pUn
ApUn showing the pattern, elements, and
CO!UIeCt1ons of die: structur.llframe for a
fu.;lr or roofof~ butldJrtg, usl~;; system of
symrols and draftIng nnewon.
XI
1~1====l1
·...I~===ll
.....
c.ontcurline --------~P"TJ_+--:"'"'T! !
~:::::~;~~:p:::c r(/,//('
c.ontc~'~------------~~~~~~~~II~~~f
The d!fferenu I.e!MtIon represented by
t3Ch COI1tour l1neon 3 top::graphlc plan or
map.
gradi~ p~n
A~ nshowing ~ proposeJ ftnlsh
contours arld emtlons cf the ground
surface of aconWuctlon sI~
narth arrow
Agraphic symbd ~ on plans and maps to
Indlcate the dlrectloo of north.
~a!e
Aproportloo determining the relationship
of 3 represtntatlCn to that ~lch It
represents.
graphic ecale - - - - - - - - - - f
A graduated hnearPar Indlcatlnq the
proportion ~ a representation and
that which It represents
' . .
.~._ _
'. __ ~'~. __'l.. _
DRAWING
projection
The process or technique of representlng 3
thru-d1menslonal o~ by projectlng an
its points by str3lgh-e nnes. eitherparallel
or converging. to apicture plane.
orthcgraphic projection
Amethod of projection In whlch a-ehree-
dimCf1slonal '*.!ect Is represented by
projecting lines perpel1dlcul.3r to aplcture
pl.3ne. Also called orthogonal proJection.
plan
An orthographic projection of the top or
sectlon of an o~ect or 5truct<Jre on 3
horlzoa"t31 plane. usually drawn to scale.
Also calle.d plan view.
floor ptan
Aplan of 3 rOOm. suite. or entlre floor of a
puildin~ as sun from above after a
horlz0n"t31 sectlon ls cut and the upper
portion remOr'ea. typlc.:ifly shewing the for:n
and arrangement of interlor spaces and
their enclosing walls. windows. and doors.
poche
The walls. columns. and other sof41s of a
l:tulldl~ that 3re cut !n 3floor pl3n or
sectlon drawlng. tnd1caw.J USl!3fly In plack
orby hatching.
rocfpL1n
Aplan showing the top view of apulkllng.
esp. the form of Its roof.
~iU pL1n
Aplan showing the form.iocatlon..and
orientation of 3 l:tultding or group of
17ulldlngs on 3 site. uSU311y Includlng the
dImensions. contours. IandSC3plng and
other s19ntf1cant features of the plot. AI50
called plot plan.
area plan
Aplan showing the principal elements ofa
design proj~t In the wider context of Its
surrounding en"lron~er.t.
69
70.
DRAWING
&tCtio1t
An orthographic proJectlonof an object or
structure ;lSft woold appear if cut through
by an Intu~ plane to show Its
In~1 configuration, usually drawn to
5Q~
eros, S<':ction
An ort~raphlc projection of asectIon
rruk ~ cuttl~ transversely, esp. at right
angles to the ~ axis of an object. Also
cai1ea mns.,.erse section.
e:b7tWn
An ort.hogr#phlc projection Of an object or
struct<Jre 00 avertical picture plane
p3ratld to one of its sides, usually drawn to
SC3~
70
.shades ana shaaows
The casting and rendering ofshades ;Ind
shadows, esp. In orthographic views, to
conv~ li9ht, surface, form, and depth.
shade _ ...... _......_.......................
The parts ofasolid that receive no li9ht
~u~ they are tangent to or wmeJ
away from a theoretical light SOIIrGe.
shadow
AdarHlgure cast upon asurface Dy an
opaque body Intercepting the rlIYs from
atheoretical light source.
Iongftudin415Ution
An ortkoqraphlc projectIon of;l sectlon
made Dy cuttl"1 through the ::Ingest ax!s of
an ol1ject.
section line)
Acerrterllne termInating In aperpenalCular
~rnent with an arrow, used to indIcate
where ;I sectlon Is cut In aplan or elevaticn
view and the direction In which the sectlon
Is to be viewea.
opliCiue $eCtion
An orth~raphlc projection ofa section
made Dy cutting with a plane that Is neither
paraIlei nor perpend1
cular to the long axls of
an object.
~oo
~~relief
An apparent projection from aflat
bacl:ground due to contrast, crt3tlng t~.e
Illusion of three dimensions.
r-·lceal color
. The naturlll colorof a part~ular09ject .s it
. would a~r In white tlght.
I
It
I
It
"
L.
III
lu
Ii i
, ~
U
!
Lj
I:
71.
r1
il
r
r
r
r
J
r
1
f-
p.1r.1line drawi~
Arry ofv.ri:lesslnglc-vk:wdrawings
,hm~ by pml1ellnes
rtmaln~ pml1el to e3Cb other
rather tn.311 converging ~ In linear
perspective.
ph.1ntcm
A part of" dr3wlng that Is made
tn!1S~renttv permlt
reprtSelTt~ ofdetJlis otherwise
hidden fromrlew.
c~~
A dr;l~ or,"ode! havi~ an
ouw StCtlon relnO'leQ to
dispby tM ~ior.
exploded new
A drawlng ~ shows eM Individual
parts of awoctureor coostructlon
separ.rt:dy M Ind~ their proper
re1.atlonships to each other and to
the whole. Also calW ~naed
view.
phantcm line
A brol:en anc wnslstlr.~ of rela tively
10"9 ~rno'Its separa~ by two
short dJs~or dots. used to
represent aproperty IIne,;in
alternative posltlcn of apart of an
object. or the relativ~ po9t!on of J n
•~ntPJrt.
dimetric projection
An axonometrlc projectlon ofathree-
dimensional object incnnea to the picture
plane In such a way that twoofIts principal
axes a~ t'qual1y foreshortened and the
third appears longer orshorter than the
other two.
trimetric projection
An axonometric projection ofa
three-d1mension31 object Inclined to
the picture plane In such away that
all th clpal axes 're
fo ata d'- en
cavalier drawing
A parallne drawing of an oblique prOJection.
having the receding lines perpendicular to
the picture plane drawn to the same scale
as the lines parallel to the picture plane.
isametric
Apar.lMne draw',~ cf an Isometric
prdp:;tlon. h1vi~4 .!llInes pml!el to the
princIpal axes .;l,":lt'ln to true leryth at the
sa;r,e scale.
c3Pinet drawing
Aparanne dra.... :~:f an oblique proJection.
h3Ylng 311 lines pra'iel to the picture plaM
drawn to exact scale, and the recedlng I1nes
perperdicular tc j,e picture pl3re reduced
to h3:f sc3le.
DRAWING
.1xonometrlc projecticn
The orthographic projection ofathree-
dimensional object Inclined to the picture
pllne In such a WilY that its three principal
axes are foreshortened.
3xonometric
Aparaline drawing of an axonome~ric
projection. haVing all lines parallel to the
thru principal axes drawn to scale Dut
diagonal and curved lines distorted.
is-ometrk: projection
An axcnametrlc projection of athru-
dimensional object having its princlp31
faces equally IncUned to the picture pI.ne
so thatIts three principal axes are equally
foreshortened_
opli'tue projection
Amethod of projectlon In which athree-
dimensional oOJect. having one princlPJI face
parallel to the picture pf3M.ls.cepre5e1'lW
D:i projecting parallel nnes at some angle
other th3n 90°to the picture plane.
oPliqLle
Aparaline drawing of an oDlique projectlc;1.
having all nnes and faces parallel to the
picture pllne drawn to exact scale. and all
reced1n~ nnes perpend1cullrto the picture
plane sMWT13t any convenient angle othl!1"
th3n 90~ sometlrT'es at areduced scale to
offset the appearance of distortion.
71
72.
DRAWING
perspective
Ivry afV2.nouS ~hnlquesfor representlng
th.ree-dlmenslonal objects ana spatlal
rtutlonshlpson atwo-dlmenslonalsurfact
as they might appear to the eye.
liij
~I perspective
A~hnlque for rendering depth ordlstance
!Iy muting ~ hue, tone. ana dlstlnctness
ofobjects perceived as receding from the
plcture·plane. Also called atmospheric
perspective.
linear perspective
Amathem3tlcalsystem for representlng
three-dlmenslonal oDjects and spatlal
relationshipson atwo-almenslonalsurface
loy means ofperspective projectlon_
~pectJve proFtion
Amhoc:Iofprojection In which a three·
dlrnenslonalobject Is rtp~nte.d !rt
projectinganIts points to ap!cture plane
!Iy straight linesconverging at an
~rlly flxed point representJng the eye
of the vlewer_
The illusion of sp3U or ~pth deplcW on a
means. as aerial perspective. contlnuity of
continuityof outline
Af.Xhnlque for representIng depth or
d1stance by emp/13stzlng the contlnulty of
the contour of a shape perceived as "clng In
front ana conceaNng a part of another
Pehlnd It.
pictorial space ~
two-dimensional sumce by various graphic X
rn.o",,,,,,al~tIc~, _
i, - -- - ----->--
. _' 1--.... - ... -_..., ~patUl edge
___ An edge of an object or surface separated
from Its bacl::ground by dn InU:r;a1 of space.
denne3tea by a thlder fine or by asharI ~
contrast In value or texture. ;::r '
vertlc~llocn:lon
A~hnlque for representlng depth or
distance !rtplacing dlst.ntobjects h~her
In the picture plane than otjects ~ed
;;as being closer.
~ize perspective
... ~hnlque for representlng depth or
dist;;ance !rtreducing the size ofobjects
pcruIvedas receding from the picture
plane.
""':.:'<"f.:- t:;:
:;;;
hi
Uxture p~pectlve
A~hnlque for representlng depth or
distance by graaU311y IncreaslM4 the
density ofthe texture of a sumce
perceived as receding from the plctore
pl4ne.
r- picture pl4ne
j An Imaginary transparent plane. coexlstent
I wft:h the drawing surface. on whk;h the
I lma~ ofathree-dimensional o!7je.ct Is
~;:~~I~·th~·I~-~~·~-·-·~~~~~~~~~
the centl'2laxis ofvision and the plcture I
! projected. In Nnear persp-ectlve. arty line or
pl4ne colnck:ltnt with the picture planec;an
Ve drawn to exact scale.
pbne In hnearperspectlve. ~~II~~llli,~Jlllii~~§~~=J'''''--vanishing point
!5'btionpoint ..-- •.•.••••••••••.-.... ,/ Ap?lnttowardwhlchnualngpmllellines
Aflxt.d point III spare representlng a / appe3rtoconver~ In llnedr perspective.
slC'lg~eye dthe viewerIn hnear :' 1oc3teaat the point where aslghtllr.e
perspectlve. / parallel to the set of lines Intersects the
ccne ofvi~lon
The field ofvision I'2dlatlng outward from
the eyeof theviewer In nnear perspectlve.
deflnedby slghtllnes forming alS°to:30°
angle wft~ the central axis ofvlslon. The
cone ofvision serves as aguJae In
tkt.ermlnlng what ~n ~ drawn In hne;lr
perspective wfthout the appearance of
distortion.
72
• picture plane.
-4
central.1xf~ ofvf~ion
Theslghtllne InalcatlM4 the direction In
which the viewer Is looking In linear
.perspectlve. perpendicular to the picture
p!a~e.
horizon line
Ahn.e representlng th., intersection of the
picture planeanda horizontal plane through
the eye of the viewer In n~r perspective.
ground line
Ahorizontal line representlng the
Irrtersectlon of the ground pbne;;ana the
picture plane In linear perspect~e. Also
called "'&aline.
.- ground pl~n6
Ahorizontal plane of reference from which
vertlc31 measurements can ~ taken In
linear perspectlve. usually the ~ar.e .
supporting the object depicted or on which
the viewer stands.
I
~
i
P
I
~
73.
· "I
r
"'If
f
I
l.o.l
...
I
1
1
;'1
I
t.~!
ccnvtrgence
The apparentmovemertt of parallel lines
towara "cammon v.nlshlng polrtt 3S they
reude. usea In linear ~lYe to convey
an HkJsloo of space anadepth.
diagonal vanishing point
AV3nfshlrtg polnt for aset of horizontal
hnes receding at a45°~1e to the picture
plane In hne"r pe~ Also called
diagonal point. distance pOint. ---.--
..' Par;lUellines rising upw3rdas they
/ ~WiH3ppe3rt<JCOtTVerge'
/ sornewhert ~ the horizon line.
.... ,. V3n~hlng trace
P"rallellinesperpenJicul.1rt<J the
picturepune tt{lIappe3r t<J ~nverge at
the centerofvision. ~-------1
horizon line
Pmllellinesp;u-allel t<J thepicturt
pl.1neret31n theirorientatlon and Will
netappeart<J con~ge.
I
DRAWING
peNpectJve
A arawlng of the perspective projectlon of
an aDject or scene. characterlzed chlefty l1y
convergence ana foreshortenIn!!.
.- --~-.-.- j-"- - .......• foreshortening
wapparentcontractlon ordlstortlan ofa
represented line or shape that 15 not
parallel to the picture plane. conveying an
iIIuslon ofexte~slon or projection In space.
one-point per5pective
Ahnear perspectiveof arectangular ODJect
orvolume having aprinCipal face parallel
with the picture plane. so that vertlc3lllnes
parallel to the p1cture plane remain vertlc3l,
horizontal lines parallel to the picture p13ne
remain horizontal. and horizontal lines
perpendicular to the picture plane appe3r
AIlne along which all sets of receding
p-JI'3/1ell1nes Iyfng In the same or parallel
planes will appear to converge In linear
perspective.
.,.c..--,-~~-~--I--+--1---=~-'~+-~~-:>"'---':"~J . to canverge at the center ofvision.
fd.d IMs sloping dol+f1W1rdas
theyrmJe wfflappex tc~nverge
~ere Pelow th~ horizon fine.
an.3 morpho,ls
Adlston:eJ 11r139t: that
appe3r5 In n3tural fOl1l1 only
wh~n '(IeweJ at a~~I 3"!!Ie
or reflected from acUr.'W
mirror.
graphiC
mea,uring point
AV3nlshlng point for aset of parallel lines
used In transferring scaled measurements
the picture plane to lines recedlM!J In
linear Ive. '----'
me3,urlng line ...---..--.~
Any nne colncldent with or parallel to
the picture pl3ne. as the ground line... '
which can Pc used to take ...
measurements In "nea.~,~rs~~.
horizon line
Of or relating to pictorial
representation, esp. that which
depfcts In aclear and effective
1T13nnu.
View 3t" shallow
angle from thispoint
Parallellines which art hCriz0nt31M not
pe~dicul3r t<J thep~ plane WiUappear
to ~rrYf:rge somewh~ en t.~~ horizon /in~.
isocephalic
Having the heads ofall fi9ures at
approximately the same level Also.
~phalor
lOt-~
two-point per5peaive
A"near perspective of arectangular aDject
or volume havll14 twoprincipal faces oblique
;.0 the picture pl3M. 50 th3t vertical nn~
parallel to the picture pl3ne remain 'r'rnc31
and two horIzo1TtaI sets ofparallel lines
ol7ilque to the p1cture plane appear to
C011'r'erge at two vanishing points. 0I1~ to
the left and the other to the right.
diJg<'naf •.- ..-...-...--.--..-.----....
Astraight line connectlng two .
IlOrI3dpcen't angl.es of arectangle. used ....
111 S1JpdMdlng a whole Into .
propor..lonate parts or multiplying"
'. ··~~Ic unit of measurement or space..
three-point ptr5pectlve
Alinear perspective of arectangular object
or volume having all prinCipal faces o~nqu~
to the picture p13M. so th3t the thr~
principal sets ofparallel nnes appear to
converge at three different I'3nlshir,~
points.
73
74.
ELECTRICITY
The sciena dealingwith the physical
pheno~ arising from the
existence and interaction of electric
charges.
electric wrge
The lntrinsW; property of lNtter giving rise
to an electr1; phenomena, occurring in two
forms arl1itnn1y given posttlve and negative
alge~ralc ~ns and rr.easured in coulom~s.
Opposite ~rges attract while li~e charges
repel each oU1er.
coulomp
The 51 unitofelectric cfmge, t:qual to the
quantltyofelectricity transferred across a
woauctorloy :a current ofone ampere In one
second. Abk.: C
Ii
'. ~agt!ioftwo or more cells connected
together to produce electric current.
electromotive force I cell
Adevice for converting chemical into
The energy per unIt chargeavalla~1e for erectric energy, usually consisting of a
conversion from achemical, mechanical, or receptacle with electrodes in an
other form of energy lllto electrical energy, I ' electrolyte. Also called electric cell,
or vice versa, In aconversion device as a I galvanic cell,voltaic cell.
~attery, generator, or motor. A~h.: emf •.... "'.'.
potential difference ! electrolyte
The voltage difference Petween two points I Anonmetallic conducting medium In which
E~~::~~:::~r~:~::w Y :":~::5:,~:::t:~~::::t"~~"'
potential / j ::::~:vesanunmetallic medium.
(}:=~ ~) ~;;;~?f':~~:~' ( r_m--u~u .--..... ~,,:~~"~""r~rof'Pri~~,err~
i-----.o---t-----<).o-,~-~-..... llll.11 +-".'." ...., ~~~:Iveterminal ofaprimal)' celf or
I
f.ow: curnnt
j
w= VxA
----r-
power ....l
The proaua of potential difference and
CUi1"el1t Itt J direct-currentcircuit. In an
atternatln§ current circuit. power 15 t:qUJI
to t1le ~ of the effe:ctlve voltage, the
effectlve Cll!'Tent. ana the cosine of the
p~se 2f141eretwetn current 2na voltage.
wrtt
The 51 unitofpo-""er, eqUJI to oneJoule per
~ortothe power ~ by a
currentof0IIe ;Impere flowing across a
potential ctfference ofone volt. APlir.: W
~e
An amountof power, esp. the power
required to oper.rte an electrical device or
applial1Ce, expressed in watts.
kilowatt
A tIf1itofpower, equal to 1.000 watts. A~!7r.:
leW
lei!ow;rtt--Jour
A unit ofene-rgy, equal to the energy
transferredor expenkd by one kilowatt in
one hoUr:;I common unit ofelectric power
GOnSIJmptlon. A~.: kWh
74
voltage L
..• circuit .__./
./
f'otentl31 difference or electromotive force The complete path of an electric
expresStd In volts: analogous to pressure In current, including the SOurce of electriC
water flow. energy.
volt
The 5/ unit of potential difference and
eIecWmotlve force, defined as the
dlfferenu ofeb=tric potentlall1etween two
points of2 conductorcarrying acon~i1t
curren't ofone :ampere, when the power
dlsslp2ted Pe'tween the points Is t:qua! to
one W3tt. A~r.: V
current •...•. ~
The rate of flow ofelectric charge In a
circuit per unit time, measured in amperes.
More therrmngfeJectrlcttyw.l5 fuDy
~,It ~S3SsumeJ th3t3 JlrtCt
aJrmrt fJoweJ fi-onI; positivepoint ~3
neg3tlveone. ThIsconvention Isstiffusedtren
though electrons flowin the oppositedfrectlcn,
from n~tiY~ r;,positive.
am~e
series •............................_
..' ..
An .rrangementofcomponents 1n;;:1
electric circuit In which the same
currentflows through each component
In tum without pranchlng.
parallel •.•......•..•.-. - .....-..........•.
An arrangement ofcomponents In an
electric circuit In which all positive
terminals are connected to one
conductor and a/l negative terminals
areconnected to oil second conductor,
the same voltage Dtlng applied to each
component.
resist.1nce ~ .... ..j
Theopposition of aconductor to the
flow ofcurrent. causing some of the
electric ener~ to ~ transformed Into
he4t 2nd usUi11y measure4ln ohms.
A~Pr.:R
ohm
The Sf unit ofelectrical resistance.
t:qual to the resistance ofaconductor
In which apatentl31 difference ofone
volt produces acurrent ofone ampere.
Syml7ol:0
storage ~ttery.
resistivity
The resistance per unit length of a
sul>stan~ with aunit cr05s·sectlon.a1 area.
Also called spec;i& reslst.an~.
ccnductMty
AIT1e3sure of the auliltyofasul>stance to
conduct electric current, equal to the
neclprocal of the resistivity of the
sul>stance. Also called specific
conductance.
The ~asic 51 unit ofelectric current,
t:quivalent to aflow ofone couloml1 per
second or to the steady current producea
!Iyone volt applied across aresistance of
one ohm. A~!n'.: A
Ohm's law •....- ........-...-................- I =VIR
The law that for any circuit the electric
amperage
The strength ofan electric current
measured or expressed In amperes:
analogous to the rate of water flow.
current Is directly proportional to the
voltage and Inverselyproportional to
the resistance.
Joule's law
The principle that the rate of
production of heat by adirect Current
is dlnectly proportional to the
resistance of the circuit and to the
square of the current.
~ j
I
U
I
P
I
75.
r
i
¥Mra-tcr
A mJChlM thatconverts mechanical
e~rgy Into electrblenertr:J.
alttrtutor
Ageneratorfor producing alternating
current.
ELECTRICITY
~di_wm~
~ An electric currentflowing In onedIrection
~ . only and having amagnitude that does not
~ . time vary or varies only slightly. Abbr.: DC
r--------------------l
electric motor ---------:'i~ - :
.. alternating current
An electric current that reverses directio~
at regularly recurring Intervals, having 3
magnitude that varies In asinusoidal
manner. Al:rbr.: AC
A macnine that converts electric power I I
Into muhanlcal energy. I :
I ,
arl113ture ----_.______._. __.____ .l.. ..___ ----- _. - I
The main cum:nt-canyfng winding of a 1_ " I vott-ampere
;=:::~7nhd~~d. L~___~~,~·~~-----------J r------------------- i
.,~' I I
Aunit ofelectric measurement, equal t<J
the product ofonevolt and one ampere,
equivalent to one watt for dlrect·current
systems and a unit ofapparent power fer
alternating·current systems. Abbr.: VA
l1r~h •.-...____~._..__.._-...........
A~ orcarronconductor serving
ta maintain electric contact !?etween
fixed and mOvIng elelnents In amotor or
generat.?r.
ill
~rviu
The supplyi~ of uUlitles, as water, gas, and
~~Ity. ~ulred ordemanded by the
pu~c..
line drop
The decre3S<lln voltage between two
polnts 011 a power!Ine, usually cause.:!
by res!st3T1ce or leabge alone the line.
5e"";~ entranuconductor _........._
.. _...._
The portlon of 3 servuconducr.or
~ng~3~~~or~~u
Ia~ral to the serke equipment of a
buikflng.
'tIf<iItt-hour meter -.....--.
Ameter for rne;lS~ and
recording the 'iuartmj' of
eleGtric powerconsumed with
respect to Clrne. rr-=-=::::----=---
---------------~-
r- -I r-
! tr.InsfonMfvault l I
I Aflre-:rated I'0OI1 housing a I I
I I I
I ~nsfor1f1erandauxlharyequlpment I I
: for aI3rge building. usually located on '-rl'J..
~raJe orPelow~round and ventilated V1
: dlrectly to the outside air. : i
L ___________________ -1 I
standby genaatcr
Agenerator for providing emergency
power during 3 power outage. Also
c:J11ed emergency generator.
uninterruptil1le power supply
An emergency system designed to
provide power automatically and
Instantaneously upon failure of the
nomul power supply.
I
I
I
I
I
,
""1..-1__1
- 1--'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
core ----.------.----.-.-..--...- ..-t-.... l
Amass of Iron or otherferrous I I
materIal In an electromagnet. Induction l
co!1. ortransformer, 5erVlng to k- transformer
concentrate and Intensify the l An e!ectrlG device consIsting of two or more
magnetlc ftekl resulting from acurrent _J J ..L _ L
I I whlLllngs wounCA on "fiCO same core, wldch
In asurrounding coil. I employs the prinCiple of mutual Inductton to
coil _________....._...__..._
..._ ·······r convert vari3tlons ofalternating current in
A conductor wound In aspiral form to : I aprimary circuit Into vari3tlons cfvoltage
Introduce Inductance Into acircuit. L---------_________J and current In asecondary circuit.
high-voltage r- 5u!lstation
Operated on, powered by, or / An auxiliary power station where
transmitting high voltage. electrical current Is converted. as
/
from DC to AC, or where voltage Is
s"'...epped up or down.
(/~1
step-uptransformer
Atransformer having fewer turns in the
primary winding than In the secondary.
senlng to transform low voltage to high
voltage.
step-down transformer
Atransformer havln~ agreater numl7er of
turns In the primary wlnJ1ng than In the
secondary. serving to transform high
voltaqe to low voltage.
line volt.1ge
The voltage supplied b:t apower Mne,
measured at the point of use.
5erviceCOnductor
Arry of several conductors extending from 3
main power line or transformer to the
--.J service equIpment ofa building.
}--....... 5el"lice drop
__ :=:-=-=::,;:-_------:!.l The overhead portion of servIce conductors
, __ -::. -::.-=..-::.:oo===:-=:-=-=-{""--=--- extending from the nearest utility pole to a
- ==--- , bulkllng.
....... ~rviu l.rteral
The un.de~~nd portJon of service
condUC"tars extendlltjJ from amain power
line or ~rtsformer to. bulkllng.
--------------------l
I5wft(;hg~r room
Aroom corTtalnlng tM service
equipment for alarge bulkllng.
~l"Ilce equipment
The equipment r.ecessary for
controlling. metering. and protecting
the electric power supply to abulid1ng.
located near the entrance of the
service conr:!uctors and usually
consisting of amain dlsconnect switch
and secondary switches, fuses. and
circuit breakers.
switch!?-oard
One or agroup of panels on which are
mounted switches. ovucurrent
devices, metering Instruments. and
buses for controlling anr:! protecting a ~===::C
numl7er of electric circuits. Also called
swiUhgear.
unit substation
f~der
A'nyofthe conductors extending
from the service equipment to
various dlStributlon points In a
l7ulkllng.
Afreestanding enclosure housing a
disconnect SWitch, astq1-down
transformer, and SWitchgear for a
num!lu of electric circuits.
I I
L ______________________ ~
75
76.
ElECTRICllY
:-~ live
i Electricallyconnected to a
pluse
Thefr3ctlonaIpart ofaper10d or cycle
through which tlme hasadv;i nced.
measured from aspecified reference
point and often expressed 3S an angle.
.--------------------------------,+- souru ofvo/t.age. or
electrlc~11y chJrged SO;/S to
hJve.3 potential different from
thJt of ~rth. Also. hot.
dead
Not electrically conr,ected to
;J source of voltage.
ground --- ..•...._...•.....-_...,..• _. ~- neutral
Aconducting connectlon ~tween an . i. Not electrically char~ed.
etectrlc circuit or device and the earth t-------'-"'"'----'"t---.---t--"t-"'--~..:.--'---'-"-t'_-+_-_+_--+~
orotherpointofwopotentlaL 9 120V 208V 208V fauft
• A1oc31 failure In the Insulatlon
one Ie 1C.:)V 120V or continuity ofa conductor.
120Y 2::'; 120V 120V or In the functlonlng of an
electrical system.
single-phase ____._...._.L_....._.......... J three-phase _..1 short circuit
Ofor pertainIng to a circuit energized
by an alternating current with one
phaseor with phases differing ~ 180°.
two-phase
Ofor pertaining to acircuit energized
Ofor pertainIng to acoml?lnatlon
ofthree circuits energized !1y
alternatlng currentS or voltages
differing In phase I1y one third of a
cycleorl20~
An abnDrm3I. usually
accidental condition of ~w
resistance Detween two
points In an electric circuit.
resuit1ng In aflow of excess
current. Alsa called short.
bytwo alternatlng currents or
voltages differing In phase ~ OM
quarter of a cycle or 9O~
t! /
/
_r-- -- -- -----1---1
~!witch -----....---.-----. .... I
Themalndlsconr.ectforU!e I -'" .-•.J -1:' I
: : / r
entlre ~al system ofa I ; ;! I
ruildlng.exceptfor.3ny : i· : .: I
emergency power systems. I L.._ .__ 1/ I
I r- -'- -! I
I i : !
r'" f.;~
:' ;. device ccntainlng 3 strip
C'" I'Iire of fusible metal
;-.7; melts under the heat
r Auced P:texuss
c='t~ ~
lr-
.cTUptlng the cIrcuit. . I
rnwlem~1
"".')'ofvarious metal
p;;:rt ~eIow :3000F ~"
(:'7C). used as soldu ~
;;-j in various safety "
~4'~.Alsccaned ...._
plug~
shock
The muscular spasms causta
P:t an electric current passing
through the body.
Afuse hooslng " fuSl'c!e fink In aporcelain
cupfltt.ed wfth a threadeJ metal base.
cartrWge fu5e
Afuse havlng aont-Ume or renewable
fuslv/e I1nl: enclo$ed man lnsuratlng fiber
tuDe.
I l ; ;
I i : I
I ;. i I
i!...')'s havIng 41 rrodtlng ,
f~si~e alloy. :___ knife·!1lak fuse
I :.. --l - I ./ A C3~ fuse having ;l nletal ~!ade at
I I i each end for makIng ccntact with the
-- --...;.- -- .....;.------~
~a=rdon which are mounted the F= -.=--=-. =.-::: :-"-='====-'="""""'l
swftches. fuses. and circuit ,: i
Pre3~ersforcontrolflng4lnd Ii ~~
protectlng anum~erofslmllJr: 'I
~ncltcircuits. Installed 'n a l! ~ ;1
: - - : r - .
caPlnetand ACCeSslP!e from the I; . 11 .• ...
front only. Aisocalled Ii ~ ,-.:r----~ CIl"'Cuitm.ker-~
pandl7~rd. -=========4=~ll ~~ A$fofitch that 4Iutomatlcally Inttml~ an
I! --:,- ~.rlc cIrcuIt to prevent excess current
"us .....--.._. '-'" .......... _...... "--'Ir" :1 fr..-, damaging apparaws In the cIrcuit or
Aheao.'Y conductor. usuaIly In the Ii ~_._"_ ~ causing ~ fire. Acircuit In'eaker I13Y Pc
form ofasoIkIcopper b3r. used I~ :' rec'~ and reused witl10ut ~t
for collecting. carrying. and n "..-..----+- of i"Y components. Also called ~Ur.
dIstc1ht1ng brgeeltctric /l :1
'""'"'t~Also "lied...s~". '.... Ii.!.... :=:--;t~':I:--------------
grounded conductor -............ - -- t -- :j
Any ccnductcrofan electrical Jl ,---....------:0'1--------------
fusl~le fink withIn.
time-deL1y~
Afuse that klays opening to allow;i short·
term ovedc3d to pass. 35 when starting a
motor.
ground fault
Arnoment<iry. usually accldental. grounding
ofaconauctlng wire. .
ground·fault intempter
Acircuit ~ker M 5C1SeS currents
caused by groond fa ults ana
Instantaneously shuts off ~r Pefure
damage or InJury c.n occur.Al7!:>r.: §til
system IlTUntlanally connected I: :1
to a ground ccnnectlon. :1 .~.:..____:,~~-_------..__-----_-----
grounding electrode
Accnductor. as ametal ground
rod. ground plate. orcold·water
pl~. flrmly embedded In the earth
to est3l7lish aground connectlon.
76
L~:==:~~~=~~~~~:~-:j-----r-------------1
ground wire ~.--; !
Aconductor ccnneck.J electrlc : er3
eqUipment or aclrcu:t ioaground L____J
connec~.Alsocarlid ~f'oundlng
conductor.
I;
u
u
u
l
I
L...
77.
~.
. , I
-/
~--I
~-I
I
Li
1
!
L
l
'-I
lightnj~rod .-----.--.----..---.-......-...-----.--------"
Arry of several conductl~ rods InstJl!eQ at .
the top of ;i struct;re;inJ grounded to
dlvert Ightl1l~ aWirJ from the structure. ....
Also called ;ilr Unnin3L .
lightning 3mster
Adevice fO!" p~ng electnc equipment
from damage I1y lightning or other hlgh-
voltage currents. using span: gaps to carry
the current to the ¥Ound wtthout f73sslng
throogh the device..
5pari: gap
Aspace Petween two termllt3ls or
t1.ectrodes. dCrosS whlch;i discharge of
electrlctty may pass at a prescrlbeJ
voltage.
Dr3nch circuit
The portlof1 ofan electrical
system extend1ng from the
ftn.ol overcurrent device
protectl~ acircuit to the
outlets savea I1y the circuit.
[9]1
distriMlon panel I
t I
I I
L-. ______ ...I
law-voltage
Apand for als;rlbutJ~ power to other
panels or to rrctor-s and other heavy
pc-wer-consumlnqlcads.
Of or pertaIning to acircuit In which
alternating current ~elcw 50 volts Is
supplied I1y astep-dewn transformer from
the normal nne voltage. used In resIdential
systems to CO!'Itro1 doom:lls. Intercoms.
heating and cooling systems. and rerr.o'..e
lighting fixtures. Low·vcttage clrcui:S do
not reqUire aprotect,ve raceway.
ELECTRICITY
load
The powerdelivered I1y agenel'3tor or
tr'3nsformer. or the power consumed by an
appll3nce ordevice.
ccnnecUd load
The total load on an etearicaIsystem or
circuit If all connected apparatus and
eqUipment are energized simultaneously.
maximum demand
The greatest load deliverea to an electrical
system or circuit overaspectfled Interval
of time. .
c:femanafKtor
The I'3tlo of the maximum demand to the
connected loadof an electrical system.
used In estlmatlng the reqUired capacityof
the system to account for the prolr.Jlrility
that only aportion of the connected load
may be applled at any time.
c:fiversityfactor
The I'3tlo of the sum of the maximum
demands on the various parts of an
electrical system to the maximum demand
on the whole.
Io.ac:fflctor
The I'3tlo of the average load on an
electrical system over aspeclflc perloclof
tlrne to the pe3k load occurring In that
period.
g!ner.al purpo:se circuit
Amnch circuit that supplies current to a
number of outlets for IlghUng and
appll3nces.
appliance circuit
Amnch circuit that supplies current to
one or IT'IOT'e outlets specifically intended
for appl13nces.
Indlvk:hul cirr,uit
Amnch circuit that supplies currerrt Oflly
to a slng~ piece ofelxtrlcal equipment.
Tl
78.
ELECTRICITY
~l7!e
Asingle Insulated conauctorora Paund or
sheathed coml7lnaUon ofconductors
Insulated from one another.
..rmored caple
Electric calk consisting of two or more
Insulated conductors protected by a
flexible. helically wound metal wrapping.
Also called 6X caiJle.
mineral-insulated caple
Electric caule consisting ofatul7ular
copper she3th con'blnlng one or more
cond~rs em~ In ahighly
compressed.lnsulatlng refractory mineral
nonmebllk; 5~ caple
Electric caPle conslstlng oftwo or more
Insulatedconduct«s enclosed In a
nonmebilic. moisture-resistant.flame-
retardant she3th. Alsocalled Romex
c;.a£,{e,
coawlcaple
Acaulefortransmlttlng h~h-frequency
telephone. digital. or television signals.
conslstlng ofan Insulated conducting tul7e
enclosing an Insulated conducting core.
shielded caple
An electric ca!Jle enclosed within a metaIIIc
sheath In orderto reduce the effects of
extern.1 electric or magnetic ftelds.
conduit
A~Pe. pipe. or ductfor enclosln~ and
protecting ~Iectrlc wires or cal7le.
C'-'-T-_ _-=-l!{()
ri9id metal conduit ~-........-.--.......-.,..
He3'fj'-wafled. tul7Ular steel conduitJoined
by 5C;ew!ng directly Into <l threaded huu
with loci:nuts ana l7ushln3s.
=~.:Ia~~:::d~l~j~i~d~··1"'-_____--_--Jt
compression or setscrew coop/lngs. Al7k:
EMf
~!~~!I~;:~m~~'I'~~~-I~:"'-"~
used for connections ta motvrs or other
vlln7tlng equipment. Also called Grunfleld
conduit.
racewJy
~;:~~~SwlSlydeS~:edLtol hold and .•.•.•/
r'V~."~W-"" res a'lQ calles. ......
&urface raceway _...._....._.../
Ara~ t:lesIgnedfor exposed
installation In dry. nonhazardous. /
noncorrosN~ locations.
multi-outlet assemply _.......- ....,-'/
Asurface-mounted r.tteeway designed to
house the electrical wires for acircuit and a
series of receptacles.
78
underfloor raceway
Araceway suitable for Installation under a
floor. often used In offlu I1ulldings to allow
for the flexlule placement of power. signal.
and telephone ou~!ets. .
wire
Apnable metallic strand or atwisted or
woven assembly of such strands. often
Insulated with adlelectrlc material and
used as aconductor ofelectricity..~
conduct.?r
Asubstance. !:>ody. or device that Cv"nduct5
heat. sound. or electricIty.
.' insulator
. Amaterial that Is apoor conductor cf
electricity. used for separating or
supporting conductors to prevent tr.e
undesired flow of current.
~reakdown voltage
The minimum applied voltage at which a
given Insulator I1reaKS down and permits
current to pass.
dielectric strength
The maximum voltage trut can be applled to
agiven materi31 without ca using It to !;>red!;
down. usually expressed in volts or I::iiovor-..s
per unit of thlcl:ness.
dielectric
Anonconducting substance.
junction box
An enclosure for housing and protect1ng
electric wires or cables that arejoined
together In connecting or branchin~ ~Iectr'c
circuits.
......_- Knockout
.,' Apanel In acasing or box that can readily
be removed. as by punching. hammerir~. ex
cutting. to provide an opening Into the
Interior.
grommet
Arul7ber or plastic washer Inserted in ;I hole
In ametal part to prevent grounding cf"
wire passing through the hole.
. Vushing
f An Insulating and protective Ilning for one
Q)"COoJOC"'" pm'"! th"",!h' ho<.
An enclosed runway for housing conductors
orcal7les.
Pu~duct
Arigid metal housing for agroup of ~ses
Insulated from each other and the
eflclosure. Also called Pu5way.
cable tray
An open metal framewon: for supportln~
Insulated electrical conductors.
1
l~
lJ
u
11
I
u
L
I.
l ...
79.
r
I
J
r
f
r=
Jir switch
II switch111 whlch tM Interruption
of acircuit occurs In air.
knife switch ....-- ----- ------------.
II form of air swftch In which a ""
hl~~ copper PI3~ Is placed "
betwxh two co~tact cnps.
float switch
A switch controlled by aconductor
fuatl~ In aliquid
mercury switch
An es~lally 't1Iiet Sl'fttch that
opens ,maclcses anelectric
circuit by shifting asealed !:,Iass
t.u~ of mercury soas to u"coyer
or CClVtr the conUcts.
key,wftch
II switch opel"3W O!lly by
~;~i~~i~::~;-····-··-··-··~ 0 ~
electric Ilght without appreciably i U I
affe.ctin.; spatl31 dlstributlon. Also I I
called dimmer switch.
rheostat
Aresistor for ~ulatlnq acurrent
by me:ans of vartal>e resistances.
kncl7-.1nd-tu~ wiring
An obsolete wiring system conslstll11 of
5ln.g~.ln$u!ated conductors 5eCur~ to and
suppor'..ed on porcd;lln knobs ana tubes.
Iccm
A flexible. nonmetallic. fire-resistant tubing
for conductors In I:nob·and·tube wiring.
leu!
Aflexlble.ln~ted conductor for
ekctr.c4l1ycon~ an app3ratus to
another or to:.l circuit.
p~n
Ashort. /'bIble cOMuctor used In
CO'tnecun~:.I statlor.ery termln31 with a
termlr41 havl~ 3 n~d range of
motlon.
urmil13l
A condxtlve dement or device for
estabr,sning an electric connection to
an aFp3r:ltuS.
':--' bceplate
. Aprotective plate 5urrOJrtdin~ 3n electric
, outlet or light swi"~h.
ElECTRI(ITY
swiU:h
A device for making. Drcaklng. or dlrectlng
an electric current.
taggle switch
A switch In which alever or knob. moving
through a snnallarc. causes the contacts to
open or close an electric circuit.
--.i:;:'-~-'- three-way switch
~i:~! ! ASingle-pole. doulne-throw swttch used In
: ~ 'I conjunction with another to control lights
""&-+------------H: ! I from two locations.
d
r----..........-+·...J I
-"___..____._.l.... four-wayswiU:h
./ : A swItch used In conjunction with two
/ three-way SWitches to controlllqhts from
~
. ,:i, ----:-:1>-,:_____-+!,)+--Fe--l three locations.
~_~J_______~!~:>~ :
:; :!: !
outlet
A paInton awiring system at which
current ls taken to supply an electric
device orapparatus.
----- ...- outletl1ox
AJunctlon box designed U, facIlitate
connectlng an electric device or
receptacle to a wiring system.
---. convenience outlet
An outlet usually mourrted on awall ana
housIng one or more receptacles for
0
1
(] _~ porta!nelampsorappllances.
A snna~l. flexl!ne. insilited ca~ie fitted
with a plu:l to conroxt a port.#~ !amp
orap(:3nce to areap-tacle.
wire nIt
Aplas>J.c connec"
.....
'Vcontainln~ 3
threaud metal ftWr.q for 5C~""ing
onto the Intertwl~ ~ds of t ..Oor
more CCflductors.
connector
Any cfmlous de/a's forjoini~~ tllO or
more conductors ',,;:hout 3 pe~3~ent
splice
"''--' __'--.--_.---. receptacle
Afemale fitting connected to a power
supply and eqUipped to receive aplug.
Also called socket.
grounding outlet
An outlet havlng an acldltlonal contact
for aground conne.ctlon.
'.~--..- .. plug
Amale fitting for making an electrical
connection to acircuit by Insertion In a
receptacle.
grounding plug
@
A plug haVIng aDlade for aground
connection. J,
, . -~ polarized
I!Jl Designed so that aplug and receptacle
can fit together In only one way.
79
80.
ELEVATOR
Am~ pLotfonn orcage for
c..rryir.g passengers or freight from
~ levei of a uui14ing to anothu.
pulkhe3d
Aroxllke structure on aroof providing
access to a stalrwen oran elevatorshaft_
rift penthou~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~__ control panel
6ritIsh tern1 for elevator.
p;l'~r elct'rlor
An emtor exclusively fer tne use of
pas5el'l¥f'S.
fre~ht elct'ator
An elevJtorfor carT)'ing r.e3Y)'cargo.
011 whleh t.~ operator ;arJ the perso~s
neu5S4ry for unloading aM loading
the freight are permftttJ to ride.
duml>w;after
AsnuU eb7tor for COI1veying food,
dishes, or other m~ Is Detween
tM floors of ;a UullJlng.
pan~
Arowofeb7tcrs In ahk3h-~
Uul1dln~ controlled by;a common
operating S'jSt.em and responding to 3
slng~ ~~ Putton.
Astructure housing elevator machinery on
the roof of.. hulk/lng.
top car cle..1rance
The vertical alstance from the top ofan
el.evator c..r to the nearest overhead
obstructlon when the car platform Is
with the top landing.
hof,tw;ay ----------- ---------------- --- -----------~-+----li-~__HI~
Avertical enclose<lspace for the travel of
cne or moreelevators. Also called elevatcr
shaft.
....----- -- I4Inding ....------- -------- ----- ------,
~ .----------.--_.--------.-------
The v~1 aiStance tnr~ by ;an
~tar Qr from the bwest to the
h~kest larJings oft'" holstway. AI~
Q/bltnvd-
e!ectl'1ceIevrtcr
~.n ebr3tor systemconslstlng of a
Qr ~ Is InOUnWon gulde ralls,
supporteJ by hoisting ~l1les. and
Mven byeb;tric hoisting m-.::hlnery.
Also called t.r3ctJon elevrtcr.
80
1
The portion of~ floor adjacent to ~n i
eIemor holstway, usea for the receJvlng !
;and discharge of passengers orfreight.
~r~rsafety .-----__________________
Amechanical Mvlce for slowing aown and
stopping an elevator ~r In the event of
ousslve ~ orfree t.n.actuated by a
governorand clamping the guide 1'3115 by a
wedging action.
hoi$tW~ door ---------------------- ------------------
Adoor ~ween ~ holstway;and an elevator
landing. no1"11141fly closedexcept when an
elMtorcar Is stoppea;atthe landing.
elevator pit ---- ---- ----.-._-----------------.-----.----------
The portlon of~ holstway extending from
the levelof the lowest landing to the floor
of the holstway_
L~ l>ottom carck.1r~nce
The vertical distance from the floor of an
elMtor pit to the lowest part ofan
elevatar car pl~tform when the car rests on
fully compressed buffers.
Apanel contain1"4 SWitches, huttons, and
other equipment for regulating electrical
devices.
hoisting machinery
The machinery for raising and lowering an
elevator car, consisting of a motor-
generator set, traction machine, speed
governor, hrake. drive shaft. driving sheave.
• ana gears, If used.
.1 driving ,heave
Awheel ordis!: with agroovecJ rim. used as a
pulley for hoisting.
.... idle 5heave
Apulleyfor tightening and guiding the
hoistIng cahles ofan elevator system. Also
called deflector she3ve_
- machine beam
One ohhe heavy steel Deams supporting
the hoisting machinery for an elevator.
.~ hof5ting cable
One of the wire caPles or ropes used for
raising and 10werlng an elevator car.
guider..il
One of the vertlcal steel tracks centroiling
thetravel ofan elevatorcar or
counterwel!Jht.
- traveling caple
One of the electric cables connecting an
elevator carto .. flxecf electrical outlet In
the holstway.
counterweight
Aweight halancl"9 ,mother weight. as the
rectangular cast-Iron ulocks mounted In a
steel frame to courtt.eri1alance the load
placea on the holstlng machine by an
elevatorWI r.
• limit5witch
Aswitch that automaticallycuts off
current to an electric motor when an object
moved I1yIt. as an elevatorcar. has passed
agiven point.
buffer
Apiston or spring device for a!lsorulng the
Impact of adescending elevator car or
counterweight at the extreme lower limit of
travel.
lu
I~
IL.
I'
I~
IlA
L ..
81.
r
!
L
;~ --
J
machine room
Aroomhousl"9 the hoisting
machlne1j'. control equlpmcmt.
and $haves for ..ising ana
Ioweri"'3 an ~car.
inclined lift
Achair or plJtform mounkd on asteel
gulde rail and driven by an electric motor.
used for raising or lowering., person or
goods along astairway. Alsocal!ed stair
lift.
c
hydraulic elevator
An elevatorsystem conslstlrtg ofacar
supported by ., piston that Is moved by or
moves against afluid under pressure_
[.
ELEVATOR
elevatercar
The foacl-carrylng unit of an e!e-{3~'Y.
consisting of acar frame. platform. M~ht
cnetal enclosure. and door or g3 te. •
---- carframe
The structural steel frame of an e!evAtcr
car to which are attached the pIJtfor.n,
gulde shoes. elevatorcar safety, hoisting
cables. and contrcl eqUipment.
-
--.----.~-~·~~·,:·::~-r-
-
-,~~~:':suallyover the entranu to an
-- ! elevator on each floor ofa multistory
, building. that slgl13ls the apprcJcn of:.'1e
elevator,
i
__ i._-.--- annunciator
Asignaling apparatus in an elev:l t:r W' cr
at alanding that displays a VlsU31 nd1catlo11
of floor landings.
--. c.311 17uttcn
~ Apush l7utton for requesting a,i el~.1;.c-r.
~. door inter'Uk
Asaf~ Ibicefor preventing the
operatlon of an ele/ator car unle:s$ the
hclstway doorls Icd::ed In the clostJ
posltlon_
door cont.1ct
Asaf~ device for prevenUng t~.e
oper;ltlon ofan elevate., car unless its a.x1'
or gate Is fully cl~, Also cal!ed gJ~
contact.
,- newel
.
1'4
f'~ [Thehor!zontalsectionofraJlingJtt~e
J1 k'-- ,upp~orlowerendofanescaiJte.,..
~.---4--
L .• .J
."com17plate
/ The tootneJ portion of the threshold plate
: at roth enas ofan e5CJlator ormGVIng war::.
" des19ned to mesh with the grooved surface
of the movl~ steps ortreadway,
~~t.tor
A power-driven stairway conslst!ng of
steps attached to acontinuously
Circulating belt. u$tJ for JTOIII~
passengers up and dcr'ln between flars.
Also calfed moving staircase. mOYi"'3
stairway.
moving sidewalk
Apower-driven. continuously moving
surf3Ctl. slmllJr to aconve:yor belt. usd ;:;r
carrying pedestrians horizontally or akJq
low Inclines.
people mover
Any of various forms cf mass tr3nsi~. 3S
movlng sk:lewal~s Or automaud drtv~5
vehicles. used for shuttling people 3rc"~
airports or In congesW urban 3reas
82.
H~dingtogether or unitl~two or
mere parts or members. as by
d.tm~ with a mechaniC31 fastener.
ry ronding with an adhesive. or Dy
welding or 5OIderi~.
r.Jn
;, 5tr.Ii!ht. slender piece of metal having
~ enapointed ana the other enlarged and
f~ for hammerl~ Into wood orother
b<Jildl~ I13terlals 35 afastener. '
cllt nait
A ~d Ur1~ atapering rectangular shank
witIt aWunt point mac:le I1y cuttlng from a
rcl1eJ sheet of Iron or steel
wire un
A~rt maeI1y cuttl~ and shaping a piece
of round orelnptlcal wire.
ccmmonnan
ArtlQIgvtn~ a slender shank. a flat hea.d.
anJ a~monJ point.
~uiI
Artad having afult heaJ ana ashank more
~th4n acommon nail of the same
~
~~lUa
Arta'luvIng asmall ccnJcaIheadan.:! a
s!gnt~ ~ than acommon nail of
Q-.e Si1I1e le:n§th. used In finish won: In whlGh
thehead mzy remain vlslb1e.
fictshing nan
Al13.bvill4 asleMershank and a s:nall,
~pea head that1$ driven slightly
~the surf3ce and CCf~ with putty or
thelk
Pnd
A ~flnlshlng rui!.
doub(c-~ded naiI
A113.used In ~I1dIng te-mpcr3 ry
~res. as scaffolding and formworc.
~ a~ on Its shari to prevent it
fran ~~ driven In anthe way a-nd to1e<Ive
the he3d free for pumng. Also called form
n.1I1. suffold nan.
cc~lUii
A~ naM ~ng afliMd or
~ shank anaadbrnond point for
halWleli~ Into concrete or masonry.1<Jso
QlbInuSON')' IUiI.
flooring nan
AoUorfllstenlng floor roards. havl~ a
s.naI con~1 ~a. amechanically defOl111ed
shant. and a !Iluntdbmond point.
~hankrun
A0'hav1~ aseries ofconcentric gl'OOl'es
on ~ s~nk for Increased holding power.
roofing nan
A~ having a1rari1ed. thre3ded. orcement-
coated shank and a ~ro3d. f'lJt head for
osterling shlng~ or the like.
drW$Crt;W
AM4I fast.ener h3vi~ ahdlGally threaJeJ
shac thatcan be driven with a hammer and
relI"OIea with 3 screw driver. ~Iso called
saewnai1.
82
4J 6J 8d 10J 12d 16d 20J - ....• penny
IV2' 2' 2V2' 3' 4'
The deslqnateJ length of a nail, from
twopenny to slxtypenny. Symbol: d
3{Jmm 51mm 64mm 76mm 83mm 102mm
D==========:=:::::::l
n::::::::==========::bf>
O-llIl~I'~I!~I~'----------------~~
il p
" r II
C'"1'1I
O"II!!!
c
RUllI!!!
~'I!'!i#TC!jil~
~
~
,,- ... '
J . .
.,
lUIll
·· .·
... i
.. ~ .".
. ,
I •
~~:-"-----'-'--_____
...~J;;>
~ll;;o'.:'""""':.:
••~
•..••~.,;;;;,,;;;.~~~
~...-..... '~'.. ~..;;3
shank
The straight. narrow part of anail or bolt.
between the head 3nd the pOint.
eightpenny nail
Ana1l21f2 Inches (64 mm) long.
six1:unpenny nail
Anail 31f21nches (89 mm) long.
spike
A heavy nail for fastening together heavy
tlm!7er5.4to Min. (102 to 356 mm) long a~.d
proportionally thicker than a COmmon nail
driftl10lt
Aspike having a round shanl:. driven into
predrilled holes to fasten heavy timbas
together. Also called driftpin.
st.1ple
AU·shaped piece of metal or heavy wire
with pointed ends. driven Into a surface to
secure sheet material or to hold ahasp. pin.
or bolt.
currug.rted fastener
Afastener ccnslstlng of apiece of
corrugated sheet stu! with one wavy eaqe
sharpeneJ. for unltlng two pieces of wood.
3S In a miterJolnt. Also carted wiggle nail
round point
An acute, conical point on a nail or Spi(e
diamond point
An acute. pyramidal point on a nail or 5pil:e.
chi~lpoint
Apolnt on a nail or spike formed I1y two rut
lnclin--"A slaes meeting at a sharp angk:.
'I 11111'~I~'~~'r«! _............... face-nail
To fas-:.en I7y nailing perpendicular to thP.
face of the wo~.
roo0 0 _ . . . . . . ' , - toen.1i1 .
To secure bY nalll~ o:1~uely to the
surfaces ~eingJolned. Alternate nails mil)'
be driven at opposite angles to prcl't'lde
IncreaseJ holdIng power.
1
....................................... end-nait
To fasten I7y ruJll~ into the end of aboard.
~~
~~ parallel to the grain of the wood. End-na lling
~____________._____________.~::~"'.S,.""tcWlthdra..1.
To $.Xure I7y nallJ~ In such away that
nailheads are not vlsl!71e on the face of the
worl::. • .
:~ii=i~.~---~:;I.'k'..U."d sl.l.,h" "tow'h,"ri,,,
~~--====== with a naUset.
~ ~ - ............... ~!i:urea nail or screw In position I7y
namng strip hammerln~ down the protrudlng point.
Astrip of wood or other partlyyielding
material attached to a hard surface. as of
steel or concrete. so that oUJects may be
fastened to the surface.
l.
!
l ;;;
,.)I
I
U
,
L
I
l.
I
b
I
P
L
I
L
I
L
I
f
I
83.
~ I
i I
1'
I
rI
r
thread ----- --- ------ ----------- ---,-
The helleal or spiral ridge of a
screw. nut. or ~t_
pitch ,--------- --- ---- --------- -- ----1
The dlstance I:>etween two _
corresponcl~ points on adjacent ~~---~a
threads of ascrew. nut. or bolt_ i
countersink .-----------------------~~ - -...:
To enlarge the upper part of a ~~
drilled hole so that the head of ~~
screw orbolt will lie flush with or ~~',~"
below the surface. :::-."-
'"
.-,,.,...,-,"-,-"
pitothole ~--------------------
Aguldlng hole for anail or screw. or
for drllll~ abrger-slze hole.
tap
To cut screw threads Into an
opening.
strip
To te3ror darruge the threads on
3 bottorscrewbyapplylng too
much foru.
"---
~~
~~
futl~ad -.-------------
A screw head having aflat upper surface
and aconical bearing surf3ce_
e
OV31 head .----------
Ascrew head ha"llng 3 Sh3l1ow. spneric31
shape with aconlcall1earing surf3ce.
panhead .-. -----. --- -- -. ------.--.
A screw or rivet head having acylindrical
shape with Oil rounded shoulder.
nllisterhead ----.-
Acylindrical screw head having aslightly
domed upper surface and aflat bearing
surface.
p~lehead . -------------
A screw head having aflat uppe~
surbce and an underside shaped Ii".e
the bdl of a bugle.
','---------
~
~
~
KIIII e
JFASTENING,
screw
Ametal fastener having atapered. helically
threaded shank and aslotted had.
designed to I:>e driven Into wood or the like
by turning. as with a screwdriver.
wood screw
Ascrew having a slotted head and a
threaded point that permits It to form its
own mating threads when driven into wood
with ascrewdriver.
self-tapping screw
Acoarse-threaded screw designed to tap
Its corresponding female thread as it Is
driven. Also called tapping screw.
lag screw
Aheavy. coarse-threaded screw havlng a
square or hexagonal head driven by a
wrench. used In are3S Inaccessible to the
placement of anut or where an
exceptlcnally long bolt would be needed to
penetrate ajoint fully. Also c311ed coach
screw. lag "oIt.
machine screw
Ametal fastener used with anut or driven
Into atapped hole. having a straight.
threaded shank and aslotted or Phillips
head for tumlng with ;I screwdriver.
cap screw
Ametal fastener for machine p3~. having
astraight. threaded shank held ry threads
tapped In the hole Into which It is screwed.
sheet-metal screw
Acoarse-threaded screw for fastening
sheet metal and other thin material.
setscrew
Ascrew. often without ahead. threaded
through ahole In one part tlght~ upon or
Intoanother part to prevent relative
movement.
thum:1screw
Ascrew having 3flattened. knur.ed head
designed to be tumed by the thumb and
foreflnger.
screweye
Ascrew having aring-shaped head.
o
slotted he3d
Ascrew head having 3single slot. driven by
afiat-tipped screwdriver.
Phillips head
Ascrew head having two partial slots
crossIng at ~ht angles. driven by~a Phillips
screwdriver.
Allen head
Ascrew head having an axial hexagonal
recess. driven by an Allen wrench,
security head
Ascrew head designed to resist remOTaI
with aflat-tipped or Phillips screwdriver.
83
r
I
tull¥'
A,~ of varouslHhaped II1etaI mckets for
Soi..r~I"'§ ~ endofabeam,Jolst. purlin.
or tl'uS5 Jt 2 §IrderorwaII. The supported
~ tnnsfers Its re3CUon to the
~~r t:hrough ~ring.l>ut load transfer
t.:; ,:!-,e s~ member Is through shear
b ';:'e ~ rtilils securing the hanger.
~j .--------------_._-----------
AC)tmJr'd pm fttUng snugly Irrto holes
b tlooO ~ piecesto prevent their
s1.prUlg or to a.them. Also called
dcwdpirt.
~pbte
A$-~-rret.'li pbte punched to produce ,.
• cCsdy ~ §lid of protrodlng teeth.
t::d ~s 3 sp&ce pbte In the IT13nufacture
C"p.;frtwood~
~piU grlJ
AfIr. or ~ CtlrYed grid of spikes for
~~ havytwt~. held III piau Py a
:;;''"''!l~ Pdt. ~ re-5lJ~joInt Is
~
...rrt :0 Iocsenlng due to vlbratlon.
Ir.pct. uid ~ lateral Ioods.
FASTENING
.---- .-.----.----- ---------- --- :- --. framin9 anchor
/' i Any of various sheet-metal connectors for
/ joining light wood framing members. using
/ special nails which are loaded laterally
rather than In withdrawal.
:_ ..-' .....---- --.-----.. hurricane anchor
Aframing anchor for tying arafter or truss
to awall plate and securing It against
lateral and uplifting wind and seismic
forces. Also called hurricane tle.
.---------------- jolstanchor
Ametal tie strap for securing thejoists of
afloor or roof dlaphragmto aconcrete or
masonry wall In order to transmit lateral
wind or seismic forces.
--- floor anchor
A metal tie strap for restraining afloor of a
fight wood frame structure against
uplifting wind or seismic forces_
~illanchor
Aframing anchor for securing asill plate to
aconcrete slab or fouMatlon wall.
haWown
A metal devtce for restraining awood frame
structure against upllftlng wind or seismic
forces, consisting of asttffened steel angle
I10ftea to awall stud and secured Py a
threaded rod to aconcretefounJatlon.
tim7er connector
Ametal ring. plate, or grid for transferring
shear l1etween the faces of two timrer
meml:oess, used with asingle 110ft that
serves to restrain and clamp the assemDly
to¥ther. llml:oerconnectors are more
efficient than I10Its or lag screws useJ
alone since they enlarge the area of wood
overwhich aloaJ Is dlstrlputed.
'1 5~rp~te ", ~plit'rln9
Atlm~r connectorconsisting ofa round Atlml:oer connectorconsisting of ametal
plate of malleaule iron inserted Into a ring Inserted Into corresponding grooves
corresponding groove, flush with the face cut Into the faces of theJoining members
of atlm!1er, and he'd In place Py 3 single and held In place Py aslngte Dolt. The
I1olt. Shear plates are used In bac~-to- tongue-anel-groove spht In the ring pennIts
~ck pairs to develop shear resistance In It to deform slightly under loading and
demounta171e wood·to-wood connections, malnt3ln !learing at all surfaces. white the
or sl"91y in a wood-to-metal connection. ~eled cross section eases Insutlon and
ensures atlght-flttlngJoint after the ring
Is fully seated In the grooves.
86.
FASTENING
$O'kr
To unite twopleus of ~I !1y
applylng any of various nonferrous
solders, USU311y a~In-~ .Iloy, at a
tempmture "'low MO'f (427't).
solder
Any ofvarious fus/VIe albys applied In
amolten state to thejollTt l:>etween
two metal parts to unite them
without he3ting the pa~ to the
melting poIn~ TheJI10Iten sokler flows
Into aJoint !1ycaplttary mtactton.
fillet we14
Awek:f with atriangularcross
sectionjoining t~ surf3ces that
meet In an Interior right angle. - -----
o
braze
To unite two pieces of metal ~
applying anyof various nonferrous
solders. usually acopper-zInc alloy. at
atemperature a!love 800'f (427't).
filler metal
weld
To unite or fuse two pieces of metal by
heating aM allowing t.~e met3ls to few
together. sometimes y,;th pressure .n.:.! the
addition of an Interme-diate orfllb- rr.et31.
l
The metal that Is added during a
welding. Imzing. or soldering
process, haVing amelting point
either approximatelythe same as or
~:17Jhatofth'motaI, Ucl~ "c~+fiJ~{!r~~:;
1ase metal ,~J
The principal met31 to lie welded,
Dl'3Zed. soldered. orcut, as
distinguished from ftller metal.
.--------- toe
"'bead
Acontinuous deposit of fused
metal. Also called wela ~d.
welding rod
Awire or rod of filler Iretal used
.,/ Thejunctton Detween the
In gas-welding and mzing
processes. and In these arc-
wekllng processes In i'l'hleh the
electrode does not rJmish the JI
ftller metal
,/ I7ase metal and the face of a
// wekl.
--, root
gas wetaing
Any of;l group of welding pr~sses
utilIZing the heat produced by the
comDustlon of aoxygen and afuel gas. as
acetyel1e.
.arc welding
Any ofa9roup of welJ1ng processes
utinzlng the heat of an arc between an
electrode 3nd ~he b3se metal.
---'--- arc
Asustained luminous discharge of
electricity across agap Iii;; c!rcuit or
between two electrodes_ Also called
electric arc.
---.---. shielJed metal arc weldi~
Amethod of ~rc welding usi~ a
consumable metal electrode that
.' relases an Inert g4S to form. shield
around the arc. This shield protects
the wela area from oxygen anJ nitrogen
In the iilr that woula cause ra pia
oxidatlon of the flquld metal
-. inert-gas shielded .arc welding
Amethod of arc wekilng In I'Ih~n the
wekl.rea Is shielded !Iy~ corrtlnuOlls
flow of an inert gas from an external
source. the filler metal being SlJpprled
l7y aconsumalne metal electrode or by
.. sep-ara te weIJingrod.
The pointat which the Pad:
lap weld or rottom of.. weld !nUts
Aweld made along the seams of the Ir.ise metal.
two overlapplng pleu:s of metal
--~~-.:...-----~~~-""-~""--'.>.....>.>-"'>-/- throat
-'-" The dlstance from the root of
-', .-/" 3 weIGl to the f3ce of the Pase
flux 1--.--flLlX-cc~ arc welding
Asulistance, as rosin. 3pplled to. Amethod of arc welding using a tutruiar
remove oxldesfrom •rJ prevent stu! electrode contaInlng acore of
further cx!datlon of 1T'.et.a1 vaporlzJn~ flux that forms ag4~s
surfaces to I7ejoined ~ wek:Ilng, shlelJ around the wela area
!lrazlng. or soldering. _
submergea arc welding
~,....... "i M'1e"t3l
Wttweld
A weld between two p~s of
/I'1eb1 ~u.ea~.
PJrtial-pen~atlon weld
APutt weld h~ adepth less
than ~ thickness ofthe smalIu
of ~ two meriet's being.JoIned.
full-penetrationweld
A~tt I~d having adepth
equal to the thickness ofth~
smaller of the two memDers
Delng joined.
f -----.--:---..--- ----,
I5lngHevei weL:f
A~roove weld 1ft which the
ed¥ofoneal7utt~ IneIT1rer
Is ~ from one side.
rmt
Ametal pin having a ht4d at one
end, used for uniting two or more
plates!ly passlng the sham:
thro~h aholeIn exh piece and
hamrrering down the plain eM to
form a~d head.
drift
I .~-.
double-bevel weld
Agroove weWln which the
eclge ofone abutting memller
Is !?eveled from both sides.
ArourJ, tapering piece of metal for
enlarging or angnlng holes to receive
rivets or Dolts. Also called drlftp!n.
86
aligning punch
Adrift for Drlnging holes In line to
receive arivet or bolt.
,
l..
puddle weld --·-·-----·------I-'-)
Aweld made Py truml~ ahole In h~~5~~~~__.,.:__J
a piece ofsheet metal arJ filling
with asmall poolof molten
rretal.
l5ingle-vu weld
Agroove weld In which the edge
ofeach abutting meml1er Is
!?eveled from the same side.
douule--;u weld
Agroove wela In whk;h P-.e edge
ofeach ab-vttlng memwIs
!leveled from Doth sk:ks.
.-... pneumatic riveter
dolly
Apneumztlc hammer used
with ariret setto form the
second head ofarivet.
rivet~
Atool for shaping the
second head ofarivet.
Atool for receiving and holding the
head ofarivet while the other end is
I7elng headed.
A method of arc wekilng In which the
welclarea Is shielded by a !7!an~et of
fusi~. granular metal that n-.elts to
form.1 ~ of protectloesla~ Tl~
filler:netal may I7e suppl1ed !1y a
consum3ble dectrode or by aseparate
l'Ieldl~ rod.
rtSi,t.1 nee welding
Any of,jJ group of welding processes
uttrlziT'9 the heat generated by resist4nce
to tbe pass~e of .. e!ectnc current_
-groove weld
Aweld made In apreformed Indentation
retween two alMtlng pleces of met..tl.
explosive rivet
Arivet for ..joint 3CCtsslble from or.e
side only. having an explosive·filleJ
shank th;lt is detonated ~ striking the
head with ahammer to expand tr.e
sh3n~ on the far side of the hole.
L1
I
Y
I
lj1
87.
'I'
i
I
r
f
i
i
!
l
b
Ponnet
Acorer for ~nopen flrepl3ce, or J
cowL hood, or wind cap to Increase
~~~ii;~;~~s;;;········~-
velitliJtor. .
5park arrester _.. -- ----- -----
Adevice, ccnslstlng of wire netting
or ~ lixe, used to step or deflect
sparts or emDers thrown from an
op~ flreplace or chlmney_
prefa~ricrted flue .----------- --------
A me~1 vetTt forfuel-flrtd
equipment, assemUlea from factory-
ITt3de parts.
smoke aome .----------------------
The smol::e chamber coverinq of Ii
prefabricated metal fireplace unt!o
hood ---- ------------------------.
chimney
Avertl<:al. Incom~stlb!e structure
containing aflue through which the
smoke and gase5 of afire or
fumace are carried offto the
out51de and by means of which a
draft Is created. esp. the part of
such astructure that rises above
aroof_
smoke5ta<:k
Apipe for the e5Cape of the smoke
or gases ofcombustion.
draft;
AcurretTt ofair In any enclosed
space. as In aroom, chimney. or
stove. caused by the dlfference In
temperature or pressure.
downdraft
Adownward current ofair In a
chimneyor flue, often carrying
smoke with It.
A metal cover or canopy for a
stoTe. fireplace, chimney, or
ventiLJtcr.
K"''''r'''-.-..;"",,"- fire screen
1Tt4nt.e1
A~stnJCtlon fr.Imin4 the
opening of3flrepbce and usually
coverlnq part of the chimney
b-re~st In a<kcor3tlve ITt3nner.
Also called m.1nUIplece.
m;mteltree
Astor.e orwooden lintel(Ner a
fireplace opening, or a
m3sonry arch used in place of
such alintel.
screen placed In front ofa
fireplace to prevent sparks Or
_ embers from enterll'g the room.
chimney mast
Apartofachimney orflrepl3ce
that projects out from awall,
usually Inside a~Ikl!ng.
chimney arch
An arch overafireplace opening,
supporting the breast.
-===============+==++==============::::;Jchimneypar
I
I
I
I
I ,
/r- -- --------"'.
/1
~ ~
"
i~lenook
A comer or rwoI: nar 3 lJ rge, open
flr~pIJce_ 1J5U311y provlded ....lth
se3ting ",Iso called chimney corner
Asteel lintel for carrying the
masonry aDove tM firepl3Cc
opening. Also c311ea camper P3r,
tumlng par. ----.....----..,
./ chimney cheek "-....
. The sides of aflrepl;;ce opening
supportlng the mantel.
pack hearth
The part of the hearth tis ---""'-""
contained within the flreplace
Itself. Also called Inner hearth.
front hearth
The part of the hearth that
projects Into the room. Also called
outuhearth.
flue
FIREPLACE
A framed opening made in a
chimney to hold an open fire.
~chimneycap
/ Araised covufor achimney, usually
/ In the form of 3 slabor cornice.
/'/....,'('X--chi.rnney pot .
./ / "_" AcyHndricalpipeofearthenwareor
/ ../tmetal, fitted on top of achimney to
I , / / j Increase draft and disperse smoke.
./ /(
,< I
..r; I
'---~~OA"~'II I I
~ ! ;
, i
....-----r--.flue lining
fPiiiiiiiii~hl Asmooth-surfaced unit of heat-
reslstalit fire clJy or nghtwelght
concrete, having 3 ~uare,
rectangulJr, or oval sectlon, used for
lining the flue of 3 chimney.
pargeting
An Incombustible passage or Asmooth ~ning of mortar or pia5 ter
for achimney flue. Alsc, parget.
d,CtfOC,mOkA''''·
dr-rt
Adevrce for regul3tlng the current of
3irln a stov~ orflrepllce_
damper
Amovable plate for regulating the
draft in afirep13ce, stove, Or furnace.
sm(ike champer
An enl3rged area Petween the throat
of afireplace 3nd the flue of a
chimney.
smoke shelf
Aledge at the bottom of 3 smoke
chamPer, so made as to deflect or
break the downdrafts from the
chimne:i-
throzt
The narrow optnll19 ~ a
flreplace anJ Its flue orsmoke
chamPer, often closed wtr.h ad3mper.
firepox
The chamrercontalnlng the fire of a
flreplace.
trimmer arch
An arch, usually of bricl: anQln the-
form of haft of 3 segmental arch,
!1etween achimney and 3 header in a
floor structure to support ahearth.
ashpit
Areceptacle In the bottom of a
fireplace or flreDax for the collection
and remOV31 ofashes_
ashpit aoor
Acast-I/"()(l door providing access to
an ashpit for removing ashes. or to;l
chimney fer removing SCOG.
87
88.
FIRE SAFElY
The measurestaken to prevent
fire or minimiu the loss of life or
property resutting from a fire.
including limiting fire loads and
hazards. confining the spread of
fire with fire-resIstant
constructlon. the use of fire
deuction and extinguishing
systems. the establishment of
adequate firefighting services.
ana the training of building
occupants in fire safety and
evacuation procedures.
fire-rated
Notmg or pe~lnlng toa material.
assemL>!y. 01'construction having aflre-
reslstanu rating required by Its use.Also.
fire-nslstlve.
flre-reslsunce rating
The time In hours amaterial orassem~1y can
be ~ Ul withstand exposure Ul fire
without collapsing. developing any openings
whlch ~nnlt the passage offIame or hot
~ases. 01' exceed1ng a specified temperature
on the slde aw;ayfrom the fire. determined
by Slbjectl~ J full-size specimen to
~res according to J standard
tlme-temperature curve. -_._-_.._. _.__.....-"--
.-
fire hazard
Any condition that Increases the
likelihood of afire. o~structs access
to ftreflghtlng equipment. or del3ys
the egress of occupants In the event
of fire.
fire load
The amount of com~ustlble material In
a~ulldlng. measured In pounds per
square foot of floor area.
combustil1le
Of or pertaining to amaterial capable
of igniting and bumlng.
1200 j
Q.................................................................._....._.....}
time
~nition point
The lowest temperature at which a
substanu will undergo spontaneous
comtoustJan and continue to!:oum without
additloM31 appl1c3tIonofixterrull heat.
flash point
The lowest temperature at which a
combustll:ne Ilqukl will give off suffic~~
vapor to ignite momentarily when ex~
to flame.
tunnelu5t
1000 ~!--i---+::;;~....;.--...;--.:........----;---7--..;
Atest measuring the time It takes for"
controlled fIa me to spread across the bee
ofa test specimen. the amount offuel the
material contributes to the fire. and t.f:e
denslty'of the smoke developed by the fire.
Also called 5Ulnertunnel test.
flame-spread rating
~ 800 1
~ .
d !
~ 600 (:J!+---;--i----;.---i---'----i---........;---i
~ i
Arating of how qUickly afire can spre:ad
along the surface ofan Interiorflnlsh
material Reel oak flOOring has aflame-
spre3d ratlng of 100 white acement-
asbestos roard has a rating ofO.
~~;~-T--7-~--~--~--7--+---; fud-GcntriPutlan rating
Aratlng of the altlOtllTt of com!:oustl~
sUUstances an Interior finish mater!3i c.sn
contrl!nIte to afire.
200~;--~--~~--~--r--7--~~
smoke-developed rati~
o
o 2
f:?·~+~:·
". ,.
.:~ .•.~ -.~..: .•:....,..:...'.'
[LJ
.
: .-
' .. '.- .
metallath andplaster
r-------:
-~.. I,-,':'·I
U~;hou" 6 8 ~'~i:l
Arating of the amount of sm'*e an InW.or
finish IT'.aterial can produce when It 1nJrns.
Materials having a srnol:e-clevelo~ rat:ng
aDOI"e450 are not permitted to De ~
Inside lnJilalngs.
~
. fumeret3rd.ant
A compound used to raise the Ignitlon p0,nt
r ' . of aflammable material. thus makln~ It
: . . more resistant to ftre.
r "
[]I"
..'..
' f "':~,-
~ ..
D
.. : I
::.
.... -.-
[ZI
'..:
...~....'..:.:. J
.]c.
:~ ......>:~ .::....:.....
" .'
~" . ~.': .... - ..:
: .... "'"".i:' ••: .
: -
fireproofing
Any of various materials. as concrete.
gypsum. 01' minerai flber. used In making a
structlJral memveror system resistant to
dam~e or destruction by fire.
88
'pray-on fireproofing
Amixture of minerai fll>ers and'an Inorganic
~Inder. applied by air pressure with aspray
gun to provide athermal varrler Ul the he3t
ofa ftre.
intumescent paint
Acoating that. when exposed to the heat of
afire. swells to form athICK Insulating layer
of Inertgas ~utoDles that retards flame
spread ana comvustlon.
IJ
l~ukJ-filled column
Ahollow structural-steel column filled
with water to Increase Its fire resistance.
IfexposeJ Ul flame. the water al?sorVs
heat. rises by convection to remove the
heat. and Is replaced with cooler water
from astcrage tank or acity watu main.
r
i
I
t.
I
L.
,
I
u
I
I
U
I
~
J
~
I
L
I
I
~
I
~
I
I
r
L
I
~ -
-~
89.
I
'.'
l..
[.
L
l
l
- I
I
firezofl('! fireseparation
Arryfloor. wall. or roof-ceiling construction
having the required flre'reslstance ratlng
to confine the spread offire.
fire area
An _rea of aDuildlng ~nc!osed by fire·
rated constructloi1 capal1le of confining
the spread of fire.
Azone of~cttywlthln which cutaln
construction ~ ~re prohl~lted
~useofflrelm3rds present In the
zone.
fire~reak
occupancyseparation _._.._.._--".--_._-..;.. I ':::========~
Avertical or horizontal construction Ll
An open sp.uestabllsned to prevent
the spread of fire from aDulidlng. a
9roup of 7uiIdJ~. ex anarea of a city
to another.
drntstop
Aflre-ratea parlltlon dlvklll19 an
enclc5ed attle spaceof comDustl~le
construction, orthe concealed space
l?etween a~d Ceiling and awood·
fr3 mefloor arove.
having the required flre-reslstance rating
to prevent the spread of ftre from one
occupancy to anotherln amixed·
occupancy Dulldlng.
distance separatlon
1M separation required Petween an
exterior wall of apulidlng and aproperty
nne. the center hne of an adjacent street
or public space, or the exterior wall of an
adjacent I1Ulldlng. all measured at right
angles to the exteriorwall. -1
fire assembly ~ ..-..-- ..................... protected opening _.....• '··-0'" ..__ ..
The assemDly of3 fire door. fire window. An opening In awall. floor. or roof-
or fire damper.lndudil19 all required ceiling construction that Is fitted
Mardware. anchorage. frames. and 51115. with aflre assemlily having the
~1f-c1o,11W fire a'~m'-lu ___•. _•.•, reqUired flre'reslstance rating for
''";lI ."J "Its location and use.
Aftrt asseaWly ~t 15 normallykept In "',
aclos&:! posltIoII and 15 equlppeJ with ....--,-----.. ".'~
an '?~ device to Insure closll19 ~
;arJ latchl~ a&r having Peen opened irl·
for use. ~
,1L[t()m.rtk-cIo'i~ fi~ a~~mbly _...
Afire assemlnythat may remaIn In an
~ posltlon and wiU close
~ utomatlcally IfsuPjected to an
~se In temperature oractuated by
4Smo(e~.
~
-.-.~..-
~
~
" ~
" II
,,----.--~,
UL laPel _..-..- ......_..........- ................,
AlaDeI affixed to 1I11Ulkling maUrlal. -.
component,ordevlce with the
authorization of Underwriters'
LaPora-torles. Inc.. Ind'.catlng that the
FIRE SAFETY
firewaU
Awall luvfng the reqUired fire·
resistance ratlng to prevent the
spread of fire from one partof a
D<Jltaing to "nother, extending from the
found3ticx1 u> aparapet above the roof
and having anopenings restricted to a
certain percentage of the wall length
and protected Py aself·closlng or
autcrr.atlc·closlng fire assemDIy. Exh
portlon of abUlkling separated Dy one
or mere flre walls rruy ~ C<>Ilsklered .iI
~p3rate pulidlng when calculating the
floor area and height allowed by a
I1UIla'lr~ code'l
fire door
Adoor ~l>ly.lnclud1ng all requ~
hardw3re.lInchorage, frames and sills.
havfl19 the reqUired flre-reslstance
ratln~ for Its 1oc1tlon and use.
fire wiI'Idcw
product (a) has 1I ratlng vased on
performance tests of such product.s; (l1)
Is from aproductlon lotfotmd I1y
exJmlttrtlon to ~ maaefrom materials
and Py ~ses essentially taerrtlcal to
those of representative products which
have ~ subjected toappropriate flre.
electrlcal hazard.oroth~ tests for
safety; lind (c) 15 suPj«t to the
reexamination $ervlce of UL
~~.
~. ~:1':~to ,!"""tom"''''1y
:)~.jf/.>' ~!"~~:;:';~dd':::"·"
Awindow ~~Iy.Inc"ldlng all
required hardware. anchorag~ frarntS
and sl!ls. havi"4 the reqUired fire·
reslst;ru mtng for Its location an.:!
u~.
labeled
Ofor pertaining to avulkllng materfal or
as~mply having aflre·reslstance ratlng
certtfW by Underwriters'Laroratorles.
Inc. or other recognized testing
13~aratory.
~ _ " firetUmpu W
=========.,' Adamp!rt),atc!osesanalrduct
autorrut!cJIIy In the event of ftre to
restrict the passage offire and smo(e.
required whae aduct penetrates afire
wan. ftre·rJt.ec/ shaft. orother fire
$ep3rJ~n.
/ fu,ilk finK
II hr,k rr3~ of afusible metal. When
exposed ~ the heat of afire. the nn~
mel:s ,"" cau~s afire door. ftr!!
d3rnpe~. cr the Ii~e to close.
89
90.
FIRE SAFElY
flre-2L1rm system
Anelectrical system Installed In a
l?uildln4 to automatically sound an
alarm when actumaI7yafire-
tkttctlon system.
fire-~n symm
Asystem of thermostats orother
approved sensorsfor detectlnq the
preStllce of flre and automatlcally
5~nall~ an abrm.
5mokedeUctor
An ek:ctronlc fire alarm that Is
actlv3ted l7ythe presence of smoke.
5tandpi~ .
A w;lter pipe extending vertlcally
thl'OU:9h a~lkfIng to supplyflre hoses
at every floor.
wets~ndpipe ----...-----.--.-------- -- ....---
"'1
I
r
I
I
I
A stantJplpecontaining water under
pressurt:a~ fmed with fire hoses for
emergency useI7yI1ulldlng occupants_
dry5tlndpfpe --------------.----
AstandpipeCOITt2lnlng nowater a~
used v.tthe flre tJepart~ to connect
flre hoses toaflre hydr.llrt orpumper
truct:.
90
" I
~
---.----- .-.--1
I
I
I
" I
''1
I
I
r
I
I
r
, I
'i
I
I
,
,
,
I
I
I
,
,.... __.J
siamese
/-'fire pump i
Apump th3t provides theI
rea.ulred W3Ur pressure In
a standpipe orsprinkler I
system when the pre55u~e
In W system drops ~Iow.
3 preselectM I'3lue.
Aplpe fitting Insblled c~ to the
ground on theexteriorofabuilding.
providing two or more connections
through which the flre department
can pump waterto astandpipe or
sprinkler system.
waUrmafrl j
fire extinguisher
AportaDie apparatus for putting out a
small fin I1y ejecting pressurized water or
special chemicals. classifled according to
the type of fire It fs able to extinguish.
sprinkler ,ystem
Apparatus for autornatlcally extlngulshing
fires In abuilding. conslstlng ofasystem of
pipes In or l1e1ow the ulllngs. connected to
asuitable water supply. and supptJed with
valves or sprinkler heaas maae to open
automatically at acertain temperature.
sprinklered
Of or pertaining to. building or building
area that has or Is protected by aproperly
maintained sprinkler system.
stlrinkler head
A'nozzle In 3 Sprinkler system for dispersing
3 stream or spray of water. usu311y
controllea I1y 3 fusible linl: that rr.elts at a
predetermined temperature.
automatic fire-extingui'hing 5ystem
Asystem of devices and equipment which
3utomatlcally detects afire and disch3rges
an approved flre-extlngulshlng agent onto
or In the area ofafire.
wet·plpesystem
Asprinkler system containing water at
sufficient pressure to provide an
Immediate. contlnuous disch3rge throuqh
sprinkler heads that opet1 automatically In
the event of fire.
dry-pipe system
Asprinkler system ccnt3lnl"!'l pressurized
air th3t Is rele3scJ whtn aSprinkler head
opens In theevent offire, allowfng water to
flow throu~h the piping a~ out the opened
nozzle. Dry-pipe systern5 are used wh~
tM piping Is sulject to freezing.
preactlon system
Adry-pipe sprinkler system through which
water flow Is controlled I1yaI'3lve operated
I1yfIre-detection devices mor~ serl$ltlve
than those In th~ sprlnlltr heads. Preactlon
systems are usea when an accidental
discharge would damage Vdluable M'13UriaIs.
delu~ ')"tem
Asprinkler system having sprinkler heads
open ata!! times. through which ~flow
Is controlled by avalve operated D:i 3 heat-.
smoke-. orflame-senslng devlce.
cbs, Afire
Aflre Involving ordinary wmbustll>lt
materials. as wood. pa~ :md cloth. on
which the quenching or cooling effect of
water Is ofprimary Importance.
ca,,6fire
Afire Involving flammape liquids. 35
gasoline. 011 and grease. whlch.must ~e
extinguished by txeludill9 air and Inh1!:>Iting
the release ofcombusUI7Ie vapors.
cla55 Cflre
Aflre Involving live electrk:31 equipment,
which requires anOflconductlng
extinguishing medium.
cb" Dfire
Aflre Involving certain combustible rr.etals.
as magneSium or sodium. which rt<tulres a
nonreactive, heat·al:>sortnng extinguishing
medium.
L
L
f
I
I
L
91.
·
i
t
L
r
exitacce55
That portlOn ofa means of egress that
k:ads to an exit. Bulkllng codes spectfy
tne maximum distance of travel to an
exit and the minimum distance between
exits when two or more are required. ~_"
well
Ashaft for dlir, ngh t, stairs. or an
elevator. extendlng vertically
the floors of a ~uilding.
exit light
,1.1 nlumlnatea slg:1ldenttfylng a
required exit.
emerger.cy lighting
Ahghti"9 s~ designed to
SlJpply the alumlnatlon required for
SJfe egres5 from a building In the
event of.. pcwer failure.
occupant load
The wu! numberof persons that may
occupy aI1vikllng or portion thereof at
anyone tltne. Mtermlned by dividing
the floor area ass4)ned to aparticular
use I7y the square feet per occupant
permitted In that use. Bulkllng codes
use occupant load to establish the
required number arid width of exits for
:1 pAJ!ng.
exit ~rrUlor ..-'
Aj13ssageway serving as arequired &..
enclosed by walts offire-resistive
constroctlon. 8ulldlng codes hmlt the
length of dead-end corridors.
exit door
Adoor providing access to ameans of
egress, swing1"9 In the direction of~
travel and usually e<:tulppea wtth apanic
Par.
exit passageway
Ameans ofegress cor.neetlng al'e<ulreJ
exit Of' exit court with apubl1c way, having
no openIngs other than required exits ;ilrJ
enclosed by fire-resistive constnlctlon "s
~ulred for the walls, fuors. and ceiling of
the !nJlkilng served..........
her1ulntaIexit
Apassage through or around awall
ccnstructed as re<:tulred fer an
occupancy separation, protected by an
~utomatic-closing fire door, and leadin~
tv an area of refuge In the same puildin~
01C1l approxilT13tely the same level In
aapcerT't pUltdIng. -':
FIRE SAFETY
me3ns of~ress
Acontlnuous path of travel from any point
In" pulkllng to the outside at ground level.
exit
An enclosed and protected path ofescape
for the occupants of apulkllng In the event
of fire, leading from an exit access to an
exit discharge.
.- smokeproofenclosure
The enc1osl"9 of anexit staIrway I1y walis of
flre-~Istlve construction, accessl~ by ii
vestl!7tJ1e or by an open exterior balcony. ana
venul3ted I7y natural or mechanical means
to nmlt the penetration of smoke and he3t.
Bulkli~ codes usually reqUire one or more
of the exit stalr;v;;ys for ahigh-rise buildIng
~ protected I1y a smo~proof enclosure.
-. exit stairway
AstJlrway leading toan exit passageway,
an extt court, or pupllc way, enclosed by
fire-reslstive construction with self-closing
flre doors th3t swing In the dlrectlon of exit
travel
1
exterior exit balcony
Alanding or porch projectlng from the wall
, of a!7tJi1d1ng and serving as are<:tulred
means of egress.
fjre~pe
An exit stairway dewn an ootslde wall of a
building.'constructed to the same
sta:ubrds as an interior exit stairway.
..' exterior exft
An extt door opening directly to an exIt
court or pu!;llc way.
91
92.
FLOOR
The level. (,asesurface ofa room or
hall upon which one stands or walks.
F~.~~~~~,-,-:'~'_~~~~"':=~~'...:.=~'.~:'~=-::,·,~~.:/..:7
I r;f:::,:·~~.:::-:~:.::.:::=~·t:':':':=·T~:::·:C_-_7'"l
~ i ! : ;
i ~ . :
: j
flni5h floor
The wearing SUmc.e of.. floor. USU.HIy bid
(Net .. sulrlloor. Also. fWshtd &01".
~U~~~"';':;~-fu;~~~~u;~---------[~===j!llillll;!~
~3rds. plywood. orother structural
she3thln~ bid over and ftxe.d to the floor
joists. Asulrl:lorIs often used as awo~ln~
platform ~ ~n and may also
act as II struc'tUraldlaph~m to transfer
bUralloaas to ~rwalls. Also called
~Jnc:I fWor./'OUfh flM-.
floor framil9
The act. proc:ess. or manna-ofconstructing
the structural frame eX.. floor.
jo~t ----------.---------------.-________ _
Atrj of.. ser¢S eX 5m3" parallel ~ams for -
supportlni floors. cetnngs. orflat roofs.
header •.- I
Afram~ member~andsupportlng !
the eMs ofjoists. studs. or rafters. so as ,:
totr2nsfert:kew~httc paralleljolsts.•/
studs. or 17fters. / /
trimmer ~----------
A~m.joIst. or raftersupporting one end
ofa heakr lit the edge of an opening In a
floor or roof mme.
-,'
~ilpiece --.----
Arela-tlle!y short i1eam.jolst. or rafter
supported by awall at one end and by 3
hea~r lit the other. Also called stringer.
-.----------.::>- rimJolst
'-...-'-----......""'- ../ AJolst set on wpofthe sill and forming the
.' perimeter ofawood-framed fuor, Also
c;illled he3aer.
"-'-Imdglng
An arrangement of IH-aces orPIoctlng
l7etweenjoists Or rafters to prevent their
rotation or lateral dlsplacement. esp. when
theirdepth-to-wktth ratio exceeds 6.
Bridging may not ~ requll'tJ when ~ ends
of the meml1ers are flxed against rotation
and their eJges are held In line by
suWlooring orshe:athlng.
solid I1rtaglng
Bridging consisting of short roarasfixed
vertically I1etwun floor or roofJoists.
cro"l7rldging
Bridging composed of dlagonallmlces set In
pairs Pe'tween floor or roofJoists.
I l
I., i
I
1
l, .:
y
y
LA
I
93.
I .
i1e31T1 fig
Mattrblas m3S011ry orconcrete. for flIllng
the sp~ t;.awtenJolsts or Peams In or on
top ofam3S011ry wall. stiffening the
memrers. and provldl~ Increased fire
reslst4ra:. AIso.l:>e3m filling. ~ ________ _
beam pccket---.------------- ______
An opening In the vertical face of a -'-
structunl !T1aT1rer to receive abeam.
..._--
An angul3rcut at the end of aJolst or beam
whe~ It enters amasonry wall. allowing the
mem!1er to fan without damaging the wall h'
It /roms through somewhere along Its
Ie~th.
form duking
~I dectlng servl~ as permanent
fonnworl: for.a reinforced concrete sla b
und ~ stlb C3n support Itself.
.1cou~tk duking
Metal ~Ing ccntainlng glass fiber
~n the perf0!'3tea wel1s of ribbed
kcl::lng Of" In the perforated cells of cellular
tkci:lng. used as asound-al1sorblng ceIling.
--------
FlOOR
deck
The structural surface to whleh flooring or
roofing Is applied.
_.----. decking
Self-supporting units of wood. metal. or
concrete capable of spanning beams.JOists.
rafters. or purllns and serving as abase for
flooring or roofing.
~-------~..".,..,..,==--"7--c:-'."-
..--.-_,--..,..---- - -- .-.- metal decking
Sheet steel strengthened for use as floor
or roofaecklng bycoW-roiling aseries of
rips orflutes Into It. and usually galvanized
forcorroslon ~Istance. The spanning
capaPillty ofmetal decking depends on the
thlclness of the steel sheet and the depth
of the corrugations.
-'.
I
composiU decking .,./
Metal deckl~ servlng.as permanent
fOrM1worX and tensile reinforcement for a
concrete slap 11on<kd to It by adeformed or
dovetail rib pattern.
-'" shear stud
I, steel pin welded to t.he topftange of a
steel ream or girder.and em~ In a
concrete slab so liS to cause the beam and
the concrete to act as a structural unit.
-------------------,
,/
cellular decking .....--/.•
Metal decking 1113nufactured by welding a
corrugated steel sheet toaflat steel
$hut. forming aseries ofraceways fo!,
electrical wires andc.bles. • .
floor panels supported on adjustable
pedestals or stringers to allow free access
to the space beneath. Also called raised
floOf"lng sysUm.
93
94.
FLOOR
fin~h floori~
M4ter13/ u~for the ~ring surface of a
flOOr. as ~ rdwood. temz:zo. orfloor We.
woodfloori~
Anl$h ~ in the fonn of wood strips.
ptlnks. or ~s.
strip floorin9 .-....-_..---.-.-- -..-._.....
flooring composed of~. narrow wood
s~'ips. usu~lti side· and end·matched.
~~~;~cl-~r~·~~;·-·····"·"'·~.
'" ,
thanstripftoorl~usu~lyslde-and ~
~J·m3tched.
!B'lI
i
. pal"luet
Afloor composed ofshort strips or 17!ocks
of wood forming 3 pa~m. sometimes with
, . Inlays of other woods orother materials.
par'luetly
Mosaic won: of wood used for floors and
~
WJ
wainscoting.
IIIIJ
P-Iock floorirog
FWing composed of square units
r'.4ssem~ at the mill and usually
mst.311ed w!th n-gstlc (]Ier awood
$;; bf'.::or orcor.crete sbP.
unit bfc.ck
Aflooring ~Iod made ;!yJoining short
len~ths ofstrip flooring edgewise.
usually ~ued on two adjoining sides
and grooved on the other two to ensure
proper aIlgnmertt In setting.
hollow-uackea
afer pertaining to a wood or stone
piece h3vlng apack face hollowed
out so that Itcanfit more tlghtly
against an irregular surface.
sleeper .----.------------
---
Anyofa numberofwooaen strips laid
upon aconcrete slap to provlde ameans
of attaching asulrl'loor orflooring.
solid plockflooring ------.. -..-----------
long-wearing flooring composed of sond
wood I7locks setIn adhesive with their
grain oriented vertlcally.
laminated plock
Aflooring U10ck made ;!y ronding three or
more wood venxrs with amolsture-
resistant adhesive. usually tongued on two
opposing sides and groovea on the other
two to ensure properaltgnment In setting.
slatl7lock
Aflooring plod m~e ;!y assembltn!l
narrow slats orflngers of hardwood Into
larger units.
='''''"p",,,rompos<dol Ij~~iii :!~::~';;;-;;'~~h;p;~;;;u--_ _ _ ~;:';·'~I::=="PPI'.dl=tly
:narbleor otr.erstone chips. set In a :t~~':'~4f!l~ umentltlousor resinous matrix overasound wood. mrul. or concrete
cen-.tntltlous or resinous matrix and ;~~..
'~~ thatproduus aterrazzo surface. sulrl'loor.
~~ndwhendty. ~~~~11.~. bondingagent ~-------------__ . - monollthicternz:zo-
;:~ .~... ~;c -....~~~~~~~~~,;;.;~
o ~:..~ ~~........... 1" Achemical sul1stance appnea to a Aterrazzo toppln!llnstalled dlrect~ over a
st.awrd terrazzo -_....-. -- -----...!i.~ ~••~~ substrate to create aPond rough-flnlshed concreteslaD. Achemical
Aground and ~ temzzo flnlsh ~. ~~~
....... '. ~een Itand asucceeding layer. Pondlng agent Is used Ifthe concrete
consisting lItlinlyof~vely slT13l1 i:~~' ~...t.l.' as between aterrazzo topping . . - • 4 surface Is too smooth fora mechanical
stone chlps. !..'~:il' D .!/f).. and asubfloor. rondo
Veneti..1n temzzo ..-- ..------ underbed ----- ------.... • bondedterrazzo
Agl"OlJnd and fdshe4terrazzo finish The mortar Ir.ise on which a •••.-.,••••••/:•.:,-;.;,/.:-;r·"I:.:-:·.••~ !.~'.;... ; ': Aterrazzo topping Installed over amortar
cooslstln~ ~~ofbrge stone chips. terrazzo topping Is applied. " • " <.' ... '.' undert;.eQ that Is bonded to arough-flnlshed
wfth 5lT13f1er chips flfflng tilt spaces resInous matrix . .' concrete stab.
Pe-tween. Alatex. polyester. or epoxy Pinder ';: ='" .'~ .~ :.. :Ii,:..:.;6 ".: .4-' .
rustic terrazzo comPined with stone chips to
Aur.iformly textured terrazzo finish from aterrazzo topping
proJucea by l't'3shln!l the matrix prior especially resistant to chemicals
to ~Ing so as toexpose the chips. and apr3slon.
I'<-hich are not ground.
Palladi..1n.1
II rrosalc terrazzo finish consisting of
cut ~ frac~rtd marVle slal:1s set ;!y
h3 d in the desircJ pattern. with
smiluchips Mlng the spaus
~t ....een.
94
~~~5.~~I~~;i- eand-cu5hion urrazzo
~ Aterrazzo system for cantrolling crackln~
when structural movement Is expected.
consisting of aterr.lZZO topping Installed
over a reinforced mortar unaeroed that Is
. separated from the subfloor ;!y an lsolatk>n
~~~~~~~~~~~ '. memDrane and athin layer of sand.
l ~
i
L
I
L
J
(
95.
r
I
;
1,
t I
!
~ I
I
rI
I
r1
r
ill
I.
linoltum
Aresl1lent floor covering formed ry
roaUn4 1?urbpor canvas wtth heated
lInseeJ oil powdered con:. ana rosln.
and addln4 pigmalts to achieve the
desired colorsand patterns. linoleum
shook! Pe used only on asuUfloor
suspended al:oove grade.
vinyl sheet
Aresilient floor covering composed
prlnclp.iy ofpoIytlnyt chloride In
comblnatlon wtth mineral fillers.
p~ment.s. and afiber. fett. or foam
!:rackIng.
vinylt&
Aresilient floor tHe ccmposed
prfnclp3~ ofpoIyvlnyt ch10ride In
combltUtlon wtth mIneral fillers and
p4Jments.
corku'le
Aresilient floor tile composed of
granulated cor: and synthetic resIn
blnclers. finished wttha protective coat
of wax or afilm ofclear polyvinyl
chloride. can: Uk: should Pe used only
on asuWloor 5lJspended above grade.
ru1?1?erti1e
Aresilient floor tile composed of
natural or synthetic rubber with
mineral fillers.
FLOOR
resilientflooring
Any ofvarious floor coverlnqs capable of
springIng bac~ to the original fonn after
Pelng Pent or compressed. available In
either tHe orsheetform and set In mastic
CNer asuttable underlayment.
floor covering
Material. esp. anonfabric material as v!nyl
or ceramlc tile. used to cover afleer.
Any ofvarious pasty substances used as a
sealant. adhesive. or protective coating.
underl3yment
Amaterial. as plywood or hardboard. laid
CNer asuUfloor to provide asmooth. even
base for resilient flooring. carpet. or other
nonstructural flooring.
carpet
Aheavy WCNen. ~nlttec.f. needle-tufted. or
l!~~r!~!!t!~~!!~~!!~!!~~~!!!!!!!~!J~~~~!!!!~~!!!!!!!!!!!!~!!!!! felted fabric forccverlng afloor.
pi~w~ht
~ avera9/: weight of pile yam In a
~rpet. st3ted In oonus per
5qU3t"e yard.
p~~ity
The welght ofpile yam per unit
volumeof carpet. stated In ounces
percubic yard.
§it~i~~~(6~liliiiii~
gauge --..--..__.._______._____._____..~ ~
The 5p3C1n~ of~s across the
width of. tufted orknitted
~rpet. expressed In fr3ctlons of
an Inch..
~;~~~~~s~~·~~~~~·~~~-----rll~'!~mW---·· f~upright tufts ofyarn forming the
Interweaving the backing ana pile ~ surface of acarpet or fabric.
yarnsonaloont . -.---.--------. 10 '1
_----... - op pi e
tufUa carpet •..-. -- .------- ---- -~ Acarpet texture created by weaving.
Carpet made by mechanically -... tufting. orknlttlng the pileyarn Into
stitching pile yam thrwgh a ". loops.
primary faPrIc backing and bonded . '; .
with latex to asecondary backing. cut pile
Acarpet texture created rycutting
knit~C3rpet ·········--..-------IrmiWl··
... '. each loop of pileyam. producing arange
~rpet made by looping the . of textures from Infomt31 shags to
backing. stitching. and pile yarns short. dense velvets.
with three sets of needles. -=.-.A<->OL'__~'--":L-....:=--.IO
fuslon-uondedcarpet ·--..--.----.gDB~
-
Carpet made ryheat-fuslng face
yarns to avinyl pac~lng supporteJ .
by other materials. . ---. uacklng
Thefounaatlon material securing the
f1uW carpet --····-.. ---·-·--·~H1Jlmqn~mnlT[Illijnlnnn= plley'amsofa carpet and providing It
Carpet m3de by propelling short .ru!llI.l!lll!!.lUL_.BHill~ with stiffness. strength, anJ
stranJs of pile fiber dimensional stability.
electrostatically against an ~~.
3dheslve-coatedbacklng. --__ --- carpetpad
Apad ofcellular rubberorfelted animal
neealepunched carpet .--.-- ..--~
-~ . hair.CNer which carpet Is Installed to
Carpet I113ck by punching carpet ~ Increase resilience, Improve dltr3blltty.
flPers back and forth through a ;;::-------= ana reduce Impact sound transmission.
WCNen polypropylene sheet with ~ Also called carpet cushion.
Darbed needles to form afelted
flPermat.
iiiit-·-carpet tile
Aflooring tile made of carpeting
material.
95
96.
FORCE
An influence ona body producing or
tending to produce achange In shape
ormovem~.
vector
~, ~
, ..-..
~. . ......... - ",m"""f,,",,,
"'. ~ '-. ' Concul1"e1'Ttforcesn~lngth~sameh~of
A'luantlty possessing both magnitude and
dlrectlon. ~ ~ anarrow whose ._
length Is proportlon4l to the magnitude ~ •.- ....,
and whose orientation In space represents
the direction..
line ofactio1I .-......- .....................
Aline ofIndeflnlte length of which aforce
vector Is a~lnent. Aforce acting on a
rigid body rruy ~ I"e9rdeJ as actlng
anywhere aloatt Its line of~Ion without
altering ther;mmal effectofthefo~;.•.••···• .--. ---.
component6ofJ force •.._.-....•.......... 0E==:b=======i>.
Two orII'IOre COII(;Urrtnt forces Into which a
sln91eforc:e NiI1c resolved and having a
net effecton arigkJ bodyt:lulvalent to that
of the Initialforce. For convenfenu In
structuralanafysls. these are usually the
rect3ngular orCarUslan components of
the Initial fOfU.
~.
moment ---...-.-.-.---
The tendencyofafurc.e to produce rotation
ofabody a~.a poIrrtornne. equalin
magnitude to the productof the force and
the momentann .and acting In a clockwIse
orcounterclockwisealrectlol!.
mornentcenter -.-..-......----....•--.
The poInt .twhlch the axis ofamoment
~ the riane of th:: forces causing
the moment.
moment'Mft ~.-----.-.-.-.- ...-----.....--.
'The perpendiculardistance from the hne of
action ofaforce to the point orn~ .arout
wnlch aInOme<It OCClJrs. Aiso calleJ force
arm.
couple -.--..--........-.......-- .......... -;
Aforce SYSt.21 of'twO equal. paralief forces :
~1n9 In ~ directions 2nJ tending to :
produce rota1lon Put not translation. The
momentof acouple Is equal I" IT12gnltudeto
the productofone of the forces and the
perpenarculardisbnu ~etween the two
forctS. ---.
---~
-
{11111l ~J --~-- '-:
__ m " " parallelforc~s ~..j
Nonconcurrentforces having parallel lines
ofaction.
noncancurrentforce,
Forces "3".1ng lines of action that do not
Intersect at acommon point. the vector
,~. actbn. ~ vectorsum of which Is the
" '~ algcPralc sum of the IT13gnltudes of the
" . forus. ~ctlng ak:lr.q the same Nne of actlon.
........
")I wpl.1nar forus
Forces ..hat o~ In aSingle plane.
..... wncurrent forces
Forces h.av1ng nnes of action Intersect~ at
acommoo polnt. tM vector sum of wnlch
can bt found Dy applyIng the para"lleIogram
law.
- p;malle!.ogram Ltw
The profOSltlon that the vector sum of two
concumnt forces Cdn~e de5C1'ibed by the
dlagor131 ofaparallelogram having adjacent
slJes which represent th~ two force
vectors ~I~ addea.
'--. vector ,um
Aslngle vector equ~lent to and produCing
the sa~ meeton abody as the
application oftwo or more given vectors.
Also caf1ed resultant.
...• tri.1"9Ie method
A9raphk: technique forflndtng the vect«
sum of t1'I'O concurrentforces ~ dls~ng
one force YeCtor p;araJleI to Itself until Its
taU coincides l't'It:k the he3a of the other
and completJ~ the tnangle with 2 vect.?r
that represents the result3nt force.
•. polygon method
Agraphic technique for flndlng the vector
sum ofacoplarl4r system of several
concurrent fOfUS Py dnwlng to scale each
force vector In 5ucusslon. with the tall of
each at the head of the one preced1ng It.
and comp!etJng ~ polygon with avector
that ~nt5 the result3nt force.
extendIng from ~ ~tl of the flrst to the
head of ,;h~ last yector.
r ' unter of gravity
The point ~ which the entire welght ofa
Pody may ~ c.:J~ wnuntratea so
M.1f SlJ~ ai; ~Is point. the body
would /'tIN1" In equilibrium In arry posltIon:
coInclknt l't'lth the unt.erof mass In a
uniform gnvftJtlondll field. Aforce whose
nneofaction p;a5SeS ~~h the centerof
gravity ofaboJy aff~ only Its
translational equl!lDrium; the l>ody remains
In rot.ltlonJl equJllDrlum.
....,~ -.,..... center of rtU"
•••- Th~ point at which the entln?mass Of 3
Pody mzy ~ conslJered concentratea such
that the II"IOmtnt aroutany line through the
point Is zero.
untrold
The cem:a-of. or.:. or two-dlmenslonal
flgure. aDout which the sum of the
sum of which Is asl~1e force that would 1--_ _ _ _ _ ... _ _ _ _ _ _--1
displacements of.1I polnts In the Agure Is
zero.
cause the same translation and rotation of
a rody as the set of original forces.
96
I
u
1
u
L
L
L
97.
F)
! r-···-
r
I·
r
~ I
.~I
I
tnn5Lrt.icn
~ tmiforin motion ofaPocly In astraight line,
wttnaut rotatlon orangular dlsplaument.
. fIj ~ Lh..
roUtion Q
The c!rcuLY rnotlon of aDody aL>out an axis.
lever •.-------.- ...-... -'-'" ----.----
Ari..;iJ element that pivots about a
fulcn;m to e:xert;l pressure Of sustain
a~ht at asecond polnt by aforce
appr~ at a third.
fulcrum •._.-_.-..
The point Of" support aDout wnIeha
b'ert<Jrns.
~lunic31 advantage
The mlo of output force to the Input
force applltd to a~hanlsm.
I
•
FORCE
1 Newto~'s first law atmoticn
The physlcallaw that abody remains at
rest or In motion with aconstant
ve!oclty unless an external force acts
on the I1odY.AI50calleJlawoflnertia.
~
inertia
.. • .• The tendency of arody at rost to
rort13ln at rost or of abody In motion to
statically equivalent rotaln Its velocity along astraight line
Haying the same translatlooal unless acted upon by an external force.
aM rotational effect on aL>ocly. "" I ~ujlil1rant
··tsl
.._
......-
.......-.... ! Theforcerequlreatobrl~asetof.
: f concurrent forces Into equl!lllrlun'1,
1 f equal In magnitude l7ut opposite In
1 . ! dlreGtlon to the resultant of the
; .' ,.! concurrent force system and actlng
i ~ along the same line ofaction.
,~
"'''''-,,-,
'p
...--.-........-.•........- equilil1rium
LM.lwtc =pxQ
- (7:t3) +(Ix 0) - (Ix 0) = 0
Astate of l7alanu or rest resulting
from the equal action of opposing
forces. For a rigid Poay to I7e In
equlhlnium, two conditions are
necessaij.
First. the vector sum of all forces
acting on It must equal zero. ensuring
. translational equflllnium:
LFx= O;LF)'= 0; LFz=O.
Second. the a/ge17ra1c sum ofall
moments of thefortes arout any polnt
or line must ~ual zero, ensuring
rotatlonal ~ullllnium:
LM=o.
llllllllll+ F
1 ~wton's,~orullawatmotion
The physle31law that the sum of the
forces actlng on a 7ody15equ31 to the
product of the mass ofthe 7ody and
the acce"'ratlon produced Py the force.
with motion In the dlrectlon of the
resultantof theforces.
mechanics
The !:>r.iInch of physics that d&lls
WIth ~ effects offorces on Dodles
or rrt4terbl systems, comprised of
st.1tlcs ;Ind dyn3mIcs.
StlUc5
The ~n,h of mechanics that deals
with ';~ rei3tlons offorces
prcJvdn.g equilibrium among bodies
or m...~1 systems.
~mics
The h~.ch of mech;uuc5 that deals
'Nlth :~~ motlcn and equlllDrlum of
bod:es or m3tertll systems under
the ~C':'<J<I of fcrus.
m
force (F) = /TI3SS (m) )( lcceJ~tlon (l)
m;lSs (m) =F/~ =weight('11)1plt4tJonllforce (I)
3 ~wton', third law of motion
The pnysicallaw that for everyforce
actlng on 3Poay, the I70dy exerts a
force having equal m3gnltude 3na the
opposite direction along the same hne
ofaction as the original force. AI50
C3neJ the law of..etlan and r!actlon.
applied force
An external foru actlng directly on a
Pody.
reactive force
An external force generated Py the
action of one lIody on another.
97
98.
FORTIFICATION
Adefensive military work
coostructedfor the purpose of
strengthening aposition.
circumvallate
Surrounded ry or as If ry a rampart.
.'~- ~ally port
.... Agateway In aforUf1catlon permrttln~ 4
14rge number of tmJps to move npla'1y from
the besieged position and attacl:: the
Deslegers.
C.1 5em.rt.e
Avault or ch3 mber In arampart. i13vlng
embrasures for artllkry.
....--. --------------.. curtain
j
bastion --··-·-·-..-·---·-......---...---.aa.,...tII~~=::;:!;:~
Aprojectlll4 partofarampartorother
fort!fbtlon. typically forming an Irregular
pentagon attached at the Ir.lse to the maIn
L
An enclosing wall connutlng two lr.istlons
or towers.
wort.
l'2Velin
AV-5ha~ outwork outside the maIn
dltch of afortress. covering the
wort5 ~ two bastions.
outwork
AII'Iinorkfenslve position
esb~sr.ed ~nd a main fort~
~
~bc~
Aslo~ ex-"..en.:i1ng downward In front
of afortlfbtkln In such a way that It
PM"9S ad-m~clng enemy soldler5 Into
the most "rectline offire. ,...
motte and pailey
ANorman ~stle of the 10th through 12th
Ul'IWrics. consIstIng of amotte pl3ced
withIn aDailey.
98
/---.---....... gorge
.."" The rear ~ss.1geW3y Into a bastloo or
/., slmllarotItwon.
./ --.• terreplein
/ The top platform or horizontal surf3ce of 3
rampart where guns are mounted.
-_..---- funic
The part ofa D3Stlon that extends from the
curtain to theface.
......--... shculder
The angle be-tween the face 3nd the fun: of I
eSClrp
T'~ Innerslopeor wallof the ditch
SlJl"I"olJnding a rampart. Also
C4i1ed scarp. -...............~:,.
~untet'5WIrp
n-~ exterior slopeor wall of the
d'r-..ch surrounding arampart. _..:::
i
/
,'...---..• motU
"
;' Asteep mound ofearth Slrrounde.d ryaditch
and sunnounted byat:lmboer stocbJe and
tower.
aIr.lstlon.
·-.f;au
EItherof*'e two outer s!des th3t form tM
sallent angle of a pastlol'l
......., parapet
-.-.-- - Adefenslle W4l11 or elevauan ofearU1 or
stone prot.ectlng sota1ers from enemy flre.
cardon
AproJecUng course of stones pelcw the
parapetofa rampart.
- ...- ....-- Perm
1 A~ ~n the exterior slope of;J
.....- .• ~:J:~~ln,*mentof ~rth ~as 3
J
:r:=~ moat of aforth'c;Jtlol'l
L--_____ fortlflcatlon around a~ and usaa/ly
surmounted by apal"3pet.
.. l1alley
Theouter wall ofacastle or the caurtyard
enclosed by It.
..._..-.-.. palfsade
-_.... Afence ofpales set firmly in th~ ground for
enclosure or defense.
pale
ApoInted stlck or stJl:~.
r
r
I
r
~
•
99.
·~
:.
I
.
'"
."
turret --------------------
AslTl3n towa-formingpart of a
~rger stroctu'e, frequently
~Innlng ~alstance above the
ground. Also CJf1eJ tourdk.
l7artrun
Asm.all o.'~ll9lng turret on a
wan or tower. often at acomer ar
IeJ ra gl te',qy.
Power
Alady's pM~ chamPer In 3
l!1ed1en1 CJstle.
~um ---..-----..--
AslTl3I1 re.or dooror glte to afart
arcast~.
necessarium .-----......---.
The privy of;l medieval castle/
or 1TI()1I;b~. Also called /
gardero::'e, ,
przttU _._._____ .__1..______."
A temponry l'OOden fartif'.c3tlon '
In med'tevalardrltecture. erected
at the top of a lfJlI during:. siege.
chemin-de-ronde
Acootlnoous 9"!lW3Y prov!dl~ a
Jne3n5 ofcomnmlCJtlon Denina
the: rampart ofa forUfled l'follL ---:
dungeon
Ad..rt, ~..en undergrour.a prison
or cell, as In. ineJIev-31 castle.
oubliette -----.------
A ~~ ;Ln¥OO having an
opallr":J CJr1"; !n theuiOng. through
..,htch pri5Cf'trS were drOFPed
keep
The Innermost and strongest
structure or towerof amedieval
cast~, used as aplace of residence,
esp. In times of siege. Also called
donjen. ~....---..-:
'.
chapel
Asubordinate or private place of
worship or prayer within alarger
complex.
FORTI FICATI ON
castle
Afortified group of Uulkflngs usually
domlnatlng the surrounding country and
held Pyaprince or nol:>le In feudal times.
citadel
Afortress In acommanding posltlon In or
neara city, used In the control ofthe
Inhabitants and In defense during attack ar
siege.
:::tVf"(-'-1::-::z:::::::::':::==~' --. ward
'~. machicolatWn
Apro~ng gallery or par.lpet at
the top ofaCJstle wall,
supported bycorVeled arches
and having openings In tht: floor I
throU9h which stones, molten
Ie3d, or rolhng oU could De cast
upon 3n enemy Deneath.
portculli~
IT
+
Astrong gr.ltlng ofIron ortlmPer
hung (Nt:( the gateway ofa
fortH'led place In such away ~3t
it could De lowered quickly to
prevent passage.
An open space within or
betweenthe walls ofa castle.
----.--- ...- barbican
An outwork on the approach to acastle
or towil. esp. a watchtower at the gate
or drawbridge. Also. l1arilacan.
-. enceinte
Afortified wall enclrchng a
CJstle ortown, or the place so
enclosed.
battlement
Aparapet haVing a regular alterr13t1on
of merlo/ls and crenels, originally for
defense Irot later used as adecorative
motif, Also called eml1attlement.
,---...-----. merlen
,/ Ont: of tht: solia parts between the
... crenels ofa ~attlt:merrt.
,------- cl'eMI
. of the opt:n spaces alternating
with the merfons of abattlement.
~mbr~~ure
An opening, 3S;;l loophole orcrenel,
throU9h whlGh missIles may De
dlscharged.
-. loophole
Asmall or lI3rrow openl~ In ;;I wall of
;;I fortification for the d1scharge of
mlsslles.
eyelet
Asmall aperture In the wall ofa
medieval castle used as awindow or
Ioophoie. Also, omet, aye/te.
dr~~ridge
Alnidge that can De raised, let down,
drawn ask:lc toprevent access or to
passage Dene3th it.
moat '
ADroad. deep dItch, usually filled with
water, surrounding the rampart of a
fortified town, fortress, or castle as
protection against assault.
99
100.
FOUNDATION
The lowest dMsionofa building or
other coostruct1on. partly or wholly
~efow the surbu of the ground.
designed to support and anchorthe
superstructure and transmit its
loads directlyU:l the earth.
shallow fourubtlon
Afound1t:k:m system placed directly Pelow
the lowest pa~ of.iI su~tructure and
tnnsfming building loads directly to the
supportJn~ solllly v~1 pressure.
DDDDD
~ ------------------------------;
The gr.od-.I3l Su~lJ1ng of.il structure as the i
soli ~ Its founa.atlon consolldates r __L - - - - - - - - - - - - -t
urJerlo.adin~
ccnsoIWtion
The graau:;;l reauctlon In the volume ofa soli
mass ~1tJ1If from the .application of a
~t.;I~ Io4d and 3n Increase In
~5ttess.
pf'im3ry c.ol15OlldrtIon
AreJuctlon In vvlurne of.iI soli mass under
the .action ~.a sust.;lned load. due chiefly
to.a squeal~ out of wawfrom the voids
I't'ftIIln the IlUSS.and.a tr.nsferofthe load
from the soli wafer ~ the soli salkis. Also
caib:l ~ry compression.
5eCCrWry~n
A reauctlon In volume of;.l soli mass under
the actlon of.a ~Ined load. due chiefly
to;.It!ustr.etTtd the Internal structureof
the soIlln355 after~t of the load has
Peen tr3nsfemJfrom the soli water to the
soIlsotld:s.
diffuenti.1I5ett!ement
The relitlve lI10Vement ofdifferent parts of
;I structure caused IIy uneven settlement
or failure ofIts fou.wt01.
~
!
!
_1
i
I l I'
I I
f---····-----·-··-···J"~'
::::::::.~~
'... ~~"". ...t_._nonuniform 9J{/pressure
~.. passive e..1rth pressure
The horizontJl component of
resistance developed by asoli mass
against the horizontal movement of a
vertlc.alstruct.Jre through the solL
utive e..1rtn pressure
The horlzontJl component of pressure
th.at asoli ~S5 exerts on 3 vertical
rrolnlng stroct.ure.
soU pressure
The actual pressure t:leveloped between
;.I footlng and the supporting soli mass.
equal t~ the quotient ofthe magnitude
of the forces t<.l nsmftted and the area
CjUsM byUtml forces
'.. 5he3rr~$W1cc provided
by friction Utwun footings
;ndsot1
;.IlIowa~1e be.-aring pressure
The maximum unit pressure afoundation Is
permitted to Im~ vertically or I3ter.;1ly
on asupportl~ soillT13ss. Allowal7le ~ring
pressures for va roOlJ5 solI claS5if1c3tlons
are conservative v;llues permitted ~
PuIId1~ codes In the absence of
~hnlcallnvestlg3tlon and testing of
the sot!. AISIJ C3IW .1llowal7le l1ealing
capacft)'. allc.....abk $C/l pressure.
-A=ccnt:3ct Jre3 off~
~1~(q}=P/A
r" frost.line
1 The maximum depth at which soli Is frozen
i~rost per.etntes the ground.
frost he,we
An upltft In scl C3used tr.Y the freezl~ of
Internal molsturt.
fro$t ~on
7r ~
softenlng of soU resulting from the
.
f '~thaWlng of frozen groundwater.
0.5'1 )
2rching
n..""nsf..of",," f<om' y"r,n"" P'" ~,~
of;.l soil mass to adjoining. less y!ekilng or 02'1 /
restrained parts of the mass. .
/
100
101.
r;
!
I
rI'
r I
I I
I
rI
rl
r
!
r"
~;:t.!':;~.;;;,;;,;ik;;;:~;~;t ~U"" I·
grak. des~ to support and anchor the "". L.- - - - - - -
superstro<:1:lrre. "" .••.=<::.~~~=-_____
ground sl#
Aconcrete sbl:> placed CNer' adense or
compacted 73se and supported directly l7y
th~ ground. iI:SlJally reinforced with welded
wire fJ~ en grid of relnforclng lrars to ~~~
control anya'3Cklng caused I1ydrying I~~ ~
s-hrlnbge orlhermal str~~.~~parate or ',; ~ --
Integral f~s artrequired for heavy or ~ ",@
concentrated leads. Over prol1lem soils. the ~~
slaI:> must t;.c, designed as a nut or raft ~
foonaatloo. N:so called slab on grade. ~.._.. -'S/'o.l'''~==__. ___....__ :.:
l:r41~COUrse
AbytrofCOiiJrStgranul3r m2terbls placed !
and compactedon undisturbed soil or
prepared flO ~ prevent th~ capil!3ry rise of
FOUNDATION
sp~d footing
Aconcrete footing extended I.teraIly to
dlstrf~ the foun,13tlon load CNer' a wtde
enough area that the allow3!71e ~arlng
capacity ofthe supportl~ soil Is not
exceeded.
•-- critJc.;J{ 5tCtJon assumed for she3r
- ~{p.inchlng she3r
--.. ~
moisture toa concrete ground stal:>. _._.__ ...... _._. _"______.._
..._________:
5 Ub-str3tucn
r ....- ..·· --.--- - ----------. ------ ... - ~ifo()tig:
,/ Th;~~~~~s~pread footing of a
. foundation wall
Something thoIt underlies or serves as 3
!:rase or four'4btlon. Also c.alled su!lstrate.
:'..:.t )F.
. U '.1 I I'nii
flcatlng founJ.1tion
Afoundation ~ In y!eldln~ soil. having for
tts footIng 3 r1ft placed dup enough that
the weLjht of ~ excavated soli Is equal to
or grea ~r th.M tM wdght of the
construction s-upported
raft
~~~.W~.~,·.,
ArefnforUa COncrete footing connected
!:>y atie beam to .mother fOOUn~ In order
to !7a!3ncean asymmetrlGallylmpJsed
load.as at the perimeterof a~Ildlng s~.
Also called strap foothtg.
Arr.at providing afooting onyielding soil
u5IJally for an entire ~ulkllng. placed so that
the we~htofthe displaced soli mews the
weight of the construction.
grillage
Aframewon: of crossIng ~eams for
spreadIng heavy loads over large areas.
Also called grid.
.,./r~- ~~;:;r"~'
.----...-- tonti~uotijf~;v'
--- ArelrTfoffiJiOncretefooting extended to
./ support arowofcolumns.
r - 9~~~1'
./ Arefrrf~'Col1Grete ream SlJP~1I9 3
.' superstructure at or neargrouna leYel.nJ
tnnsfem~ the Io3a ~Jsa~~ footl~s,
pic:rs. or piles. Also C3ltld~~~o;
-.. -~.' :r~'
'~-'-"Co~f~ng~~::
.' AreWoiujconc~ footing for a
perln-etercolumn or foundation wan
o;Undea to support 3n Intercr cclumn
k::3J.
To ;widrot'4tion ordifferential ~
COfTtJnuoIJs 1(4/ C3nt1lever~ n
p-oportJoneJ t<1 ge:n~ uniform >:J~
~SIn
m.1t
Ath~. sla!:>fi:e footing of relnfOf'Ce.d
concrete supporting 3 num~r of co/umflS or
3n entire !:>u11d1~.
np17ta mat
AITI3t foundation reinforced l7y. gfJ of .
ribs abc>.'e or below the sial:>.
ullularmat
Acomposl~ structure of relnforceJ
coocre~ slal:>s and lra51ment W3i1S SlT">'.,~
35 3 mat foundation.
101
102.
FOUNDATION
dupfouncUtlcn
Afou~sy.;tem t:hJt extendsdo.w11 _
th~h un~17Ie soli to transfer uullalng
k:laJs to annappropriate l7earing
stratum ~ kIow ~ superstructure.
pi1efourWtion
Asystem ofpks, pile C3pS, and tie ueams
fer transferrfftg uulidlng loads dewn to a
sult.a~ ~ st,.t;Jm, used esp. when
the soil rNSS directly ~Iow the
c.on~ Is not sultaule for the direct
Pe3~of~s.
~ring stntum
A~mof50norrockon which a
footll14 ~ or to wIllch aIrolldlng
load Is tn~ I7yapile or caisson.
pile
A~ sitna:rcolumn of wood, steel. or
reinforced QlftCrete, driven or
hammered~ical1y Into the earth to
form partofafoundation system.
batterpile
Apile driven at aspecified angle
to the vertlc3lln order to
provlJe resistance against
lateral forces.
drive band
Asteel ~and enGlrcling
the head of3 tlml7er pile
to prevent Itfrom
splitting when driven.
Also called plfe ring.
anvil
The component of apile hammer,
locatedjust relow the ra m, that
transfers the driving force to the pile
head.
cushion
Acap for protectlng apile head as
well as the pile hammer durl"1 a
driving operation. Also caned
cushion 17loGk. cushion head.
pile driver
Amachine for driving piles, usually
composed of ataIIfra meworl:
supporting machinery for Ilftlng 3 pile
In position !7efo", drM~, 3 drM~
hammer, and vertical ralls or Ie2ds
for guiding the hammer.
end-~e.a"-9 pile ----------fto:'!!I
Ap~ ~g prinCipally on the
timber pile
~"!1 reslsbnu of soli or rock
~neath ~s b:it for support. The
SUITlXl~ soil rruss ?rovides a
~ree ofbCa-alsta~lityforthe long
~ l1eml>er. Also called
point-!>~ pile.
~!low3LoIe pt'1e Io~d
The II3XlnII'I axb! and bteralloads
pennfU.eJon apile, as c:feterrnl~ by a
~all1lc plefonnub,a static load ~
test,:;r a,m.echnlcaIInvestigation of ,/
the fourW1lon soil .'
pile ~ity _._-_..-.,
The ~t:IoI of;1 pile from Its pian
wUooarmthe vertQl, ~sultll1g
In" reductkrl of Its aJlowable load.
piletolmrIce
froe p'rrnlUed devl3tlon of a pile frcm
the v~ fOf' which a reduction In
3~PIe klad Is net ~ulred.
e!'
V
pipe p~ ...-..:-.-----------
Ahavy steel pipe driven with the lowerend
ettheropen orclosed bya heavy steel plate
orpoint and filled with concrete.An open-
eMed pipe pile ~ul~s Inspection and
excavatlon !1efo", i7elng fliled with concrete.
~wn~ ----------------~
Apllt depOloing principally 011 the
frictlon31 resl:stanu of 5urroundln9
t3rth for SIip'f'<rt
,liftfrictiHI
The frY;t1ol JevelopeJ ~tween the
~ of~ pfe and the son Into which
the pile Is;;"en, .m!ted !?ythe
~Ion d soM to the pile sides and
the snarstrength of the surrounding
SOIIlI1ass.
~frictSon
An ~I badon apile resulting
from ~ of fln, which tends to
d~ thepie down~rd Into the soil.
i......_ i,obar
H
.,"
H-pile -...
A log driven usually as a friction pite, often
fttted with a steel shoe and adrive !nnd to
prevent Itfrom spllWng or shattering.
'--.• shoe
The hard, polrUd or rounded foot of a
pile orcaisson for piercing underlyIng
soli. Also called drive &hoe.
~~. preca,t cOncrete pile
Aprecast, often prestressed concrete
cclumn, havIng a round. s-tuare, or polygonal
section and sa~tlmt.5 an open core, drivpl
Into the earth by3 pIle driver until it meets
the requIred resistance.
ccmpo,1U pj~
Asteel H-sect!on driven as apile,
sometimes encased In concrete to apoint
l:>elow the water tal71e to prevent corrosion.
H'sectIons can be welded ~ether In the
drivln9 process to form afT'j length ofpile.
Apile constructed oftwo rruterlaIs, as a
tlmuer pile havl~ aconcrete upper SC1Ctlon
to prevent the portion of the pile auove the
water taule from deterloratl~.
:'IN ~:!.~=~~by.h"h th'
"-, ~ allowable ax!4llload on apile can be
:.:.-.;.~.'.'.'.II ~~;;:::~~:
load on asingle pIle, usually a fraction ofthe
~::.: i load requlr~to reach aylelJ poInt, apoint
;::... 1 of reslstanu, ora pointof refusal
.:;:;: .~: ..1
....point ofre,~nu .
.::::.: ?~.. . The pointat which apile loadcauses a
'..J. specified netSt"tttement after Delng applied
: f'·.... I continuously for aspeclfled period of time.
t ~ ""l..
~ I'~ point of rem,ai
I The point at which no additional settlement
, I takes place afterapile has Peen loaded
_______'~," continuously for aspecified period of time.
yield point
Alineconnectln~ points of equal pressure.
The point at wn!ch an Incre35e In pile load
prod~ adlsproportlonate Increase In
settlement.
102
IJ
f
J
f .
/-
1-
I.
I.
f I
L
I
~
I
L
103.
r
i
I
f
J
I
,1
~I
- pile cap-------.....-.-.--......'...
-~
.. o
In
o °
ex3mplts ofpile13Y0utS
c~5t·ln·place co~rete pile
Apl!e constructed !Iy placing concrete
Inta ashaft In the ground.
cas.ed pile -.....-...- .........--....--.+..
Aconcrete pile coostl"UCUd by driving
asteel pipe orcasl~ Into the ground
un-tll It meets the required resistance
;inathen ftlnng It with concrete.
c..~I"9 -.........-....._...- ........- .... --: ....
Acyl1ndrlc31 steel section. sometimes .
~ or taperea for Incre:asea
s~s. driven or dropped In place ta
$eI')'(: as aform for acast·ln·p!Jce
coocme pile.
m~n.drel ..-----_ .._--_.- //'
Aha-Iy stu! tul>e orcore th3t Is
Inserted Into athln-wal1ed casing to
~t It from coll3pslng In tM driving
process. and then withdrawn Priore
concrete Is pl3ced In the casing.
pier - ....-.-....--.-...-.....-..-...-.....
Acast·ln·place concl'eU foundation
formed!ly Poring with a larg~ 3uguor
~vatlng !Iy hand a shaft In the earth
to a suitable Paring stratum and filling
the shaft with concrete.
~I~~n
A pler. esp. when the roring Is 2ft. (610
mm) or larger In atameter to permit
Inspection of the rottom.
~II - ....--............--........--....-'....
The ;1ase of 3 caisson enl3rged Ul '
lnuease Its bearing area.
bdl17ucket
An attachment to an earth auger
having expanding I1lades for D:c3vatlng
aPell at the rottom of acaisson shaft.
Areinforced concrete slab Of mat
Jalnl~ the heads of acluster of plies to; 1<:
distribute the load from ;I cclumn or ;.-
grade Pe<im equally am01l4 tr.e piles.
t::3
0
oli}O
o 0
Unc.3~ pile
Aconcrete ~ CO!1struc'..t.d ~ driving 3
c;on.cme pl~ Ir.'.o the gro'.J-nd along wit.' •
~ casli1g unullt meets ~~ reqUired
~nce. and then r.;:r.tr'lir.g cancw~ L.,..-..o
p~ as the casJng Is wtU-.:hwn.
~(;~Cai5~n , ...........1 rocl:~i5~n
FOUNDATION·
tiep~m
Areinforced concrete pe3m dlstrlputlng
the harizont.1 forces from an eccentric311y
khided pile cap or spread footlngto other
pile caps orfootlngs.
.;•.• ped~1 pile
i
Acast·ln-place concrete pile having an
enl3rged foot to Increase Its Pe<irlng area
and strengthen the l1earlng stratum by
compression, formed !Iyforclng concrete
out at the Pottom of the casing Into the
surrounding soil
...!.-.• pulP
f : Abu~e C<lst u formed at the l10ttam of a
j i cast·ln·piau concrete pile to enl3rge Its
! 1 Pearl~ area ar.a strengthen the rearing
I stratum !Iy ccmpression.
Acaisson that Is drilled InUl astr3tum
of solld rod rather than belled.
As.x~tted cat=scn having 3 steel H'sectlon
c-=~ ",Ithln 3 c.:n:.-ete·fll'eJ pipe casing
103
104.
FRAME
A skeletalstrocture ofrelatively
slendermemf,~ designea to give
shape and support to a ~uilding or
otJ1er construction.
"raced frame
A·structuralfume whose resistance to
lateralforces Is pf't1Vlded bydiagonal or
other typeofk-ac1t4
-
rigidmme
Astructural frame of linear memrers ~ldly
conr.ectea at theirjoints. Appllea loads
produr.e axial ~ and shear forces In
all meml>ers ofthe frame since the ~Id
joints restrain the eMs of the meml7ers
from rotatl~ freely. In aaaltion. vertlcal
waSC4use arigid fr;1me to develop
~I thnIsts at Its lr.Ise. Arigid
fr.ame Is st3Uca/1yindeterminate and rigid
onlyIn Its plane. AlsoColIlea moment-
~"4 fr.1me.
hinged frame
A rigid fr3me connected to Its supports
with pinjoints.The pinJoints prevent high
!lCndin4stresses from developlnBby
a~ u",frame to rotate as a unit when
stnlned Loy SlIpport settlements. and to
flex ~htly when stressed bychanges In
temperature.
L1
three-hi~ fume
A structul'llfas5ell1!11y oftwo rlgta sections
connectea toeacfl otherand to Its
supports wltfl pi"joints. While more
sensltlve to~n than either thefixed
or hl"¥d frame. the thru-hlngea frame Is
Ie.ostrlfect&i by support settlements and
thtnl'tllstresses. The three pinJoints also
permit the frame to lJe analyzed as a
stat:lcally de1ermlnate structure.
104
pL1stic hinge
Avlrtu.ol hillg/l that develops when an fJ,ers
are fully yielded at across section Of a
stroct<Jral member. ~'1
....... fixed frame
Arigid frame connected to Its supports
with fixedjoints. Aflxed frame Is more
reslstant to deflection thanahinged frame
put also more sensitive to support
settlements and thermal expansion aM
contractlon.
sIdesway
The later.lf dlsplacement produced In ar'.3k:1
fralT16l7y lateral loads Or asymmetrbl
v~31Ioadlr~
A-frame
A!nJlldlng constructed with asteep
triangular frame resting directly on ..
foundation.
I..1
I-1
r •
f1
I.
J.
•
105.
~' r;r'
""'!
f'"
1
j
r
1
r
I'
I
knee
Thejur.ctlcn ofthe tap ana
either of tne uprights of abent.
10000000-0
0101010101001011
,un IO]DID]ODlDiDiol
V-terenJ~1 ~5
Aframed ~ stroctore h~l~ vertlc31
web mem!1ers ~idIy connecte.d to parallel
top and ~ chords. A'{:trendeel truss
~ not a true ,",SS slnu Its members are
subject to I'lOII2xtal ~ forces. Also
called V1~ ~lrder,
p<lrt.1I~
A method for a~lyzlng amutt...tstory frame
.15 aC3l1t11ew:r ~te.d ~ shear rackIng.
1M portal methcJ assumes tn3t apoint of
InfIectloIt occurs it the mkl~ of all
rnemDer$ In the frame. and that the mme
acts :.lS2 ~ of~ portals to
which the tobl t.ter.ll shar:.lt each level Is
distribuW 1ft propoI'tlon to the floor:.ilre3
~h wlumn ~s. ~!M4 ry pin.lolrrts
C2n ~ lnsute.d 3t e;;ch point of Inflectlon.
Nkl~ ~ ~:.l st4t:b11:i dekrmlnate
stnlCture.
~rrt&ver~
A Ir1ethod for J!t:.llyzlng alT1uttlstory frame
~ 2 C3ntllever $U~t to Pe:1dl~. The
C3rTtllever method :.l5Surnes th.-t:.il point of
Inflection OC~ it the 1l'1!d~ngth of an
II"alPers In ~ fralre. and wt tM axidl
fOf"Ce In ~h WuIM of ast.:ry ~
proportlonal;o ~ tIortz:ontal distance from
the centroid oI3a the columns 0f1 tn3t level.
Imaginary pinjoints c.1n ~ Inserted at each
point of ~ Iftlk~ the frame a
statlcally ~1n:.iIt.e WJ<-'"tUI"e.
moment ~trip1ltlcn methcd
A method for mlyzl~ an IrJetermlnate
str'uCt1Jre ~h :.iIo'1Iter:.ltN/: pr-ouss of
fixing ar19kijo!rTt In splU. ~termlnl~ the
fIxed·enJ I1'OII'1CTt.s at theJolnt. then
~sI~ thejoint to allow It to rotate. and
studyln4 the ~nsftrence of moments and
rot3tlons to £Merjoints
1
~
I
t ~
I
InkUrmil';1'U
Of or pertaInIr.q to astructure havl~
more than the minimum number of
members. corm~tlons. or supports
needed for staDil1ty. resulUng In more
unknown forces than there are static
equ.aUons for solution.
d~ru of iru:!eUrmlnacy
~ dlfferenu petween the number of
unknown forces In an Indeterminate
structure and w number of static
equ3tions 3'.'ah,le for solur:cn,
I
i
pent
Abraced or ~Id frame deslgnea to carry
vertlcal and lateral loads transverse to the
length of aframed structure:.
FRAME
portal
A rigid frame of two co{umns and a.ream
defining aSingle bay. Also called slngte-l1ay
frame.
~-. multi.toryf""",
Avertical series of superimposed r1~ld
, frames.
deUrmllJrte
Of orpertaining to astructure able
to ~ analyzed completely by means
of the principles of statics. ./
redund.Jncy •..,.......,..
Astrvctural member. connection. or
support not required for astatically
Wb!T1lnate structure.
degree of reduMancy
The number of members Deyond that
re.:lulred for the statrillty of a
st;:cally determinate structure.
transfer column
Adiscontinuous column In amultiStory
frame. supported at some Intermealate
level where Its load Is transferred to
aajacent columns. - ,
DOt]
DODD
DDDD
DDDD
tran,-fergiraer ~-.-..--:
A girder supportl~ atnlnsfer c;clumn.
degreeoffr~m •....
The numberof members l"e<ulred to
stabilize 3 collapse mech3nlsm.
105
106.
FRAME
froilmlng
Theut. proceS5. ormanneroffittlng and
joining together relatively slender members
to give shape and support to astructure.
froilmeworic
Askeletal structure of parts fitted and
joined to¥therIn order to support. define.
or enclose.
skeleton construction
Asystem ofconstruction utilizing a
framewort ofcolumns and !leams to
transmit !lullding loads down to the
foundation.
plank-oiInd-l:Ieam constructlon -.-..-- .--....,...............-
Flooror roofconstructlon utilizing a
framewort oftlml1cr ;Ieams to
support wood planks ordecking.
poie construction
A sys~mofconstructlon employIng a
vertical structure ofpressure-treateJ
wood poles whlch are firmly emPedded
In the ground 3sa pierfoundation.
106
lightframe constructlcn
Asystem of construction utlllzlng closely
spa~ and sheathed memPers of
dimension lumreror lIght-gauge metal to
fonn the structural elements ofa11ulldlng.
.~ balloon fr;;me
fIoorfr3minq
platform fr3me
roof fr3minq
,r_.... principal ueam
.... Any large !leam In astructur.ll frame that
./ supports secondal)' beams orJOists. Also
...
.../ called primal)' ~m.
r"'"'' secondary ue.am
/ Any beam that transmits Its load to a
principal ~eam.
terttary ueam
Any beam that transmits Its load to a
seconml)' ~eam.
..- girder
Alarge principal beam designed to
support concentrated Io;Ids at IsoI;rte.d
points along its length.
arc~te
Ofor pert3lnlng to a 5yStern of
constructlon employing arches or
arched fonns. AIso. arcu.tt&i
pole MUse
Ahou~ of pole construction.
pole
Along. cylindrical. often s~nder p~ of
wood or metal. ..
stilt
One of seve-ral p!~ or posts for
supporUng astnx:ture arove the
surface of land or water.
i
I
l
I
L
J
J
,
I
!
j
I
1
1
,1
J
107.
principal~fter _..-.--.-_.---.........._
........__.
str3ining plect_...._._-._ ..... __ ..._.. ___.._.
queen post -....--.-.----.-....-..-.~...,..
summer - ..........-- --------- .. -. -...------.--..",
AheJ;)' Umber serving as a """
principal beam or girder. Also '
C3 Hed summer-tru.
Ineast5ummer _ ..._
...._ ...__..i
Asum,'T1er supporting awan o,rer an
ope~:ng. Also called Ureast beam.
tr3Ye _.....- ..._--..- .....---".--.-.-._- .......i
Acrossbeam or al73y formed ~
crossbeams.
17ifder ---.----.--............-...-.-
AprllIclpai ream supportlng the ends
of t:io-o sets offloorjolsts_ Also Cd lied
t>indin~ P-e.1m.
Iol./'r'i:r .---........--..---.. -- ....
At:. ntern or turret on the roofofa ~~~~~~~~~
rnealCal building having slatted
a~..;Jres for the escape of smoke and _
admission ofair.
thJtch _...--.....--....--...........-.-._....-.....
Amr..eml foreaverlng aroof. as straw.
rv~. or palm leaves. fastened
to..3~her so as to shed water and
5O~~s to provide thertT131
Insut..t1on. Also. ~hrn9.
~
~.j
' - . . . _ - - - - - - ' -
wattle and aaul1
Aform of wall construction. consisting of
wattles covered and plastered with clay or
mud. Also. wattle and dau.
wattle
Aframework of rods or poles Interwo,ren
with thin ~ranches. twigs. and reeas. used
In the construction of walls and fences.
FRAME
praced fra me
A~ulldlng frame employl~ ahe3Yj1.ln-acea
framework of solid girts mortised Into soltd
posts the full h~1Tt of theframe. WIth
studs one story high filling the interstices.
Also called full frame.
-post
.- girt
A horizontal timber connecting the posts of
aIn-aceJ frame at an Intennealate level
abo,re the ground floor.
"-_.. _...• 5tiJd
"'--- raiseagirt
Agirt parallel to and level with the floor
joists. Also called flush girt.
--.-..-~ dropped girt
i Agirt set lielow the floorJoists It supports.
no~ '-
One ofanumber of short wooden pieces
Inserted between the principal members of
ahaff·tlmbered wall to 5tr~gthen the
frame and retain the brick Inflli. Also.
half-timl1er
H3v1ng a ~mber framework with the spaces
fliled wtth masonry 01" plaster. Also. half-
tlml1ered.
open-timl1ered
pan
Amajor vertical division ofawall, esp.
anoggedpanel of haff-tlm~er
construction. .- -..- ..'f"- - - - - - i
;;;~:,~~~;;f;;r;~;~;;,,~- --11111
~etween the members of atimber frame.
107
108.
GEOMETRY
A branch ofmathematicsthat deals
with the properties, measurement,
and relationships ofpoints,lines,
angles, and solids,deduud from
tneirdefining a>nditions Dy means of
urt.1in assumed properties of
spau.
point
Adimensionless geometric element
that h3s no propertY!lut Ioc3tlon. as
the rn~rsectIon oftwo hnes.
line
y-axis - ......._._..._...............-
The 3x1s along which o;d1nates or y.
V3lues are ~sured In aCartesian
coordln4U system. Also called axis
ofordfuUs.
z-coordinate
Acoordlnzte determl
!1y ~surlng parallel to
thez·axls.
z-axis _........-..---..
The axis 310ng whk:h z-V3lues are
measurea In athree-dimensiOnal
Ca~ian coordinate sys~m.
rutangu~r coordilU'te system
AC4rtesbn coordinate system In
which the axes orcoordinzte planes
are perpendlculdr.
A ~ elementgenerated !1ya
moving point 3nel ~vlng extension
wlthOllt breadth or thickness.
o 0
a~le
The space l1etween two lines
dlvergl~ from acom.mon point. or
within two planes diverging from a
common hne: the figure so fonnea.
108
/
_.' a17scissa
Acoordlna~ detennlnea !1y
measuring parallel to the x-axis.
Also called x-coordlnau. .
/1
1/
l;
Euclidean geometry
Geometly based upon the
postulates of Eucnd, esp. the
postulJte that only one Mne may
pe drawn throu~h agiven point
parallel to agiven line.
caordinate '/:
AIry ofasetofnumms that serve to !
s~1fy the location ofa point on a
.", radius vector
Astraight line segment that
JOins 3 V3rla~ point to ~he fixed
origin of apolarcoordinate
system.
i i i : I .I I
Itn-! il I
nnt, 5Umce. orIn space !1y referenct
to aftxed figure orsystemof hnes.
c.aJ1:.es~n caordinate
AIry ofthe coordlnates for locatIng a
point on aplane PyIts dlstana from
each of two Intersectln~ hnes, orIn
~ !1yIts distancefrom each of
three planes Intersecting at apoint.
l"'4....-.j..--: ....- ordinate
.........-"-'.-"'-c-..l.'-;--;.:..,..--f----H-+--+ Acoordinateaetennlnea !1y
x-axis --_.'
~rlng pal.i~1 to they-axis.
A!:so calle<l y-coordlnm.
T}.e axis aloog which abscls53s orx-values
are I!1e3$Ure.:I In 3 C3rtesian coor&nate
system. Also calLed axis of.1~ssas.
ver"..ical
f~~iartot:he
p!3neof~ horizon.
horizonbl
faraneltoorope,..tlr~ Ina plane
paraIleit.o the horizon.
--.- vertex
The point at which the sides of
an lIng!e 1nterseG't.
.--+----- right angle
l Anang1eofWf~!1ythe
. perpena1cularIntersection of
two straight lines.
"--. 3Cute JnSIe
An angle less than OO~
'.-.-.-" -----.-.-.-. o~u!Je Jngle
An angle grea~r than 9O~ Uut
less than 100°.
pobr angle
The angle fortned !1y the polar
axis and a radius vector In a
polarcoordinate system.
polar axis
The reference axis from which
the polJr angle Is measured In a
polar coordinate system. '
.__ .___f __
pobr coordinau system
Asystem for locating apoint on aplane
!1yIts radius vector and polarangie.
paralld
Extending In the same
direction. eq!Jldlstant at alf
pOints. and neverconverging
or diverging.
skew lines
Any lines In space that are
neither parallel nor
Intersecting.
angle
The amount ofrot3tIon neeaea
to lning one nne or plane Into
coincidence with another.
measured in radlans or In
degrees. minutes. and seconas.
radiln
Aunit ofangular measure equal
to the central3ngle subtendlng
an arc equal In length to the
radius: ~/21t orapprox. 57:3°.
degree
Aunit ofangular measure. equal
to'J~th of3 complete angle or
tum. orof the circUMferenCe ofa
circle.
minute
The 60th Dart of a aearee of
angular ~asure. -
~ccnd
The 60th part of a minute of
angular measure.
I
I
J
, i
1 _
109.
·'"t.
..
he~ht
Extent ex distance
upwardfrom • glven level
to;; fIxtd point.
past!: - ...- ..-...................,
The nneor surface forming the
part of a¥Ometric ~ure that
Is most ~rly oorlzo11tal or on
whlGh ~ Is supposed to stand.
from which ;an altitude ~n pe
C011Str1.C.e.d.
:...... vertex
, The point opposite to and farthest
, from the Pase of aplane figure.
."" altitude
./ The perpendicular distance
./ from the pase of ageometric
,. figure to the opposite vertex.
parallel side. or parallel surface.
reentrant
Reentering or pointing Inward.
as an Interiorangle ofa
polygon that Is greater than
150~ --'•.••
". ~
~~
triangle
Havl"!l t1000 sides of equal length.
acuU -.-..........-.............
Composed only of acute angles.
Apolygon having three
sides and three angles.
obtuse --...................- ..-
Havlng.n:;1;rtuse angle. I
~1eM -.---...-......- .1-....
Having ~ite unequalsk:les. I
Lsalient
An outward projecting angle or
I part.
.......j---- exteriorangle
I The angle form&! petween any
I side ofa polygon and an
! extendea adjacent side.
coincideJTt 1
Occu~ tM same place In
... interior a"9le
----"'~~ The angle form&! Inside a
GEOMETRY
plane geometry
The pranch ofgeometry th.tde3ls WIth
pl3ne~ures.
plane
Asurface generated l1y. straight line
moving at aconstant velocity with
resp~t to aflxed point. such that.
straight lineJoining any two of Its
points lies wholly In the surface.
figure
Acomplnation ofgeometric elements
disposed In a partlcularform o~ shape.
.~--------l,.- ....-.... polygon
q,uadribteral
Apolygon having four sides and
four angles.
Aclosed plane figure havlngthru or
more straight sides.
rectilinear
Forming. formed l1y. or characterized
l1y stralght lines.
"-.. 1:..... rectangular
'-., Having edges. surfaces. or
"'-....."'-..... faces that meet at right
"'-... angles.
"'-... r- aspect ratlc .
'-t:-.. In any rectangularconflguratlon.
~_______...:._.'-...,--= the ratio ofthe longer dimension
to the shorter.
rectangle . . .
Apmllelogral1ihavlngfour --...• dIagonal
spaceort:~,
CO"9/"tlCft _ •..- ..-_...-..
CoInc~ 3t all points when
polygon!:>etween arty two
adjacent sides.
right angles. esp. one with sides Ahne connecting two nonadjacent
r-:;:r....of unequaller!gths. angles orvertlces of.3 polygon or
v polyhedron.
$U~rI~
~jmibr - ..-----...- ........--
H.3ving ccrrespondlng sides
~.41 and cor.espondlng
cant - ..............-......---..:'.-
An ol7l1que hne or surface. as
one formed l1y cutting off the
corner ofasquareorcuPe.
angles e:q-.:.JL II--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _........o¥.
u-Ig~etry
The I7nrci of l713thematlcs that deals
with t~ ~les of kiangles and
trI9O~..rlc functions, and of their
.3ppfk7'..cf!$.
u-~funcUon
A fuoctb1 of3n 3rl9Ie, as sine or
coslM. ~ 35 the ratio of tr.e
ri9httriangIe
Atriangle having aright angle.
'::'" hypoUnuse
... The side ofaright tri3ngle that
;'. Is opposIte the right an~le.
........ square
Aregular polygon having four equal
sides and four right angles.
/ I···· n. ~~:~~~7h"J""roth p" ..aI
/ . ~~lteS~~~to~~~
...-.~ trapezoid
Q Aquadrilateral having only two sides
parallel.
_.' _-....,- Aquadrilateral having no two $Ides
s~ of a~ht triangle.
&iN!
G _.'-.'trapezium
~-+--:""~+----t' parallel
The ~rr.etrlc function deflned 3S
the 1'3~ of the side oppostui agiven
angle to ~ hypotenu~.
c05ine
The ~~ functlon deftn&! as
the ra~ of the side adjacent to agiven
angle to the hypotenuse.
tangent
The tro9""'O~trIG functlon deftned as
the rat:o of the side opposite agiven
angle to ~ side adjacent to the angle.
~carrt
The ~rlc functlon defln&! as
ratio of ~ hypotenuse to the side
adj3Ce:1> to 3 given angle.
C05eCarrt
The ~"""lOmetrlc function deflned as
the 1'3~ of the hypotenuse to the side
opposr-~ ~ ~Iven angl.e.
cot.J~
T~ tr'..,r.."<'CJT1etr!c functlon deflned as
the 1'3".: :;i the sIde opposite agiven
angle:.: :.'---: side adj3cent to the angie
Pythagorean theorem
The theorem that the sqU.3re ofthe
length of the hypotenuse ofaright
triangle equals the sum of the
squares of the lengths of the other
two sides. C' Ci 2 I b-:
regular ...........-..:........
Having all sides equal (equllJttral)
and an angles equal (equlangulJr)
"---... pentagon
Apolygon having flve sides and flve
angles.
- ...-...-.--.. hexagon
Apolygon having six sides and six·
angles.
. octagon
./
Apolygon having elght sides and eight
angles.
~ apothem
- Apc:rpend1cular from the center cf
aregular polygon to one of Its
sides.
109
110.
GEOMETRY
circle
.'----.-.-- arc
Aclosed pl3necurveeverypoint of
which 15eq~1Tt from aflxed
point within the curve. .../: Any,P3rt of the clrcumferenu of acircle.
:' r-'''--''-' raalus
.... / Astra~ht hne extendl~ from the center:f
1
111r: ill circle or sphere to the circumference or
Poundmg surface.
....-.. sector
Aptar.t figure rounded by tliO radii and t~.!
Includ.e.d arc of a Circle.
------ ..- --- di3meter
circumference __J
The roundary hne ofaclosed curvilinear
'flgure, esp. the perimeter-ofacircle.
pi
The sym~ol Jt aef'(Jtlng tM ratio retween
the circumference of 3 circle and Its
diameter, accnstolrrt equ~ to 3.14159+,
Astraight line extending through the
cen~ of acircle or sphere.na meetlng ~
circumference or Poundl~ surface at eacb
end.
'.~..-- - cenUr
The pcint within acircle or sphere equally
d1staITt from 311 ~nts of the clrcumferer.::t
or surf.ice. or the point within 3 regular
polygon tqU311y dlstant from the vertices..
cherd -------- ....------------.-,
The straight nne segment ~~
"
two points on • ~lven curve.
; ./ I "'>'"
,',/ . ..,......"
-..g-.---+----r.~-
i ,
~. ..~------ ---------~?'~~:slngthrough the tn'ofocl ofan
__----'--I__
-.-- eUl~
e{Jj~ I , -,-------- minor axis
Aclosed pbne curve generated by apoint
~ In such aW7"j th.t the sums of Its
dlst.nces from tl'lC flxed points, the fOCi. Is
a constant.
hyper~ol.
Apl.ne curve 9tnerated by3 point so
~ th~ the difference ofthe distances
(rom two flx&f points In the pl3ne remains
constant.
110
The axis ofan ellipse that Is perpendicular
to the :T".3jaraxis ata point eq~!dlstant
from the foci.
!
I
i
i
spiral.··--..-.... -.....------- I
Aplane curve ~t3tea by..
point moving around afixed
.,---- asymptote
point while const4ntly recea:."oJ
from or appl'03chl11g It.
Astralglr; One nmiting acurve such that
the perpenalCular d1s~nce from the curve
to the n~ approaches zero.s the curve Is
extenkd to Inflnlty_
-..... eccentric
Not having the same center Or center
line.
off-center
Not centered orat the center point.
_----------.., concentric
Having acommon center. as clrc~s or
spheres.
._-- centerline ,
An Imaginary line that plsects. plane
figure.
___________. q,~rant
An arc of 9O~ or any of the four
a,uarterslnto which aplane figure Is
dM:Jed by two perpendlcutar lines,
numrered counterclockwise from the
upper right.
(t ~UC:,,"o,,1yb"J,",""".wlth",t
angles.
~---________.._____..--.-------. concave
~ Curved Inward like the Interior of a
circular arc or hollow sphere.
----------- inflection
..------. evolute
fhe locus of the centers of curvature
of. orthe envelope of the nortTUts to.
anothercurve.
..-.-..---- Involute
Acurve traced by a point on;a string as
It Is l:ept taut and unwound from a
stationary cylinder.
.....--------.-..-----.--. helix
Athree'dimensional curve tr3Ced on a
cylinderor cone Py the rota'tlon of-a
point crossing Its right ~tlo"S at a
constanto!:>llque angle.
cycloId
Acurve generated by a pOint on the
circumference of acircle 3S It rolls
along a straight line.
111.
&pherokf
Asolid geomttrlc3l ~uresimilAr In
shape to;a sphere. 3S an ellipsoid.
ellipsoid
A solkl f1qure all plJne
sections of.mth are
ell1pses.
prolate sphuoid
Aspheroid generated by
rot3tlng an ellipse about Its
major axis.
prolate
Eklngated along the po~r
diameter.
cyiinkr -_...._
.._...............-.........
A solid I10unded by two parallel
plJnes and asurface generated
by astra~ht hne moving
parallel to <1 ftxe.::Istra~ht line
and Intersectlng ac!oseJ plane
curve In oneof the planes.
~ht circuL1r cyiinaer _....
Acylindergenerated by a
rectangle aboot one of Its
skies.
cone ......_......_...- .........
oblate spheroid
Aspheroid gener.rted by rotating
an e!l1pseabout Its mlnoraxls.
oblate
Flattened at the poles.
selid
Ageometric f1qure having the three
dimensions ofIength.l:Ireadth. and
thickness. Also called l7ody.
volume
The extent ofathree-dimensional
object or the amount of space that It
occupies. measured In cubic units.
surface
Arry figure having only two dimensions.
as aplane orcurved two-dimensional
l<Jcus of points deftning the boundary of
asolid.
generator
An element th:lt generates a
gtOlT'.etrlc fi9ure. esp.astraight I1ne
that generates asurface by movln9
In asPeGffl~ fasnlon. Also called
generatrlx.
Asalk! whose surfau Is
!lener<lt.ed by astraight line.
the gentra0". passing through
a ftxtd pclnt. the vertex. and
moving a~ the Intersectlon
wtth acloseJ plAne curve. the
directnx.
/ ...- directrix
. Afixed fine used In the descrlptlQn of
acurve Of'surfau.
right circuur cone --
A cooe ¥nerated by rotating a
right tria"9Iearout one of Its
legs.
uuncmJ ,'- fru,tum
Havl"9 the apex. vertex. or end . The portion of accn1calsolld
cut off by arane. esp. by one ':. left aftercuttlng offtM top
parallel to the base. _.. :. with. pl3ne parallel to the
ellip~
A conic sectlon formed by the
Intersectlcn of a~htclrcul3r
cone with ;I pbne that cuts
through both the a)(ls and the
surface of t~ cone.
:,base.
paraPob
Aconic section formed by the
Intersection ofaright circular
cone with aplJne parallel to a
generator of the cone.
center ..'
Th~ point within aregulJr polygon
equally dls~nt from thevertlces.
ed.g.e ..........._......_ ......._ ..._...._.-_...-_...
Anne at which asurface termlnaus or
at which two surfaces ofasolkl meet.
vuux ...---....-----_..-.. --
Apoint In ageometric solid common to
thr~ Of' more sides.
conic 5eCtion
Aplane curve formed by the
Intersection of ari9htCircular
con~ with apl3ne. •·..··..1
hyperbob .
Aconic section formed by the
Intersectk)O of arl:Jht Circular
cone with apl3ne that makes a
greater an9te with the base than
dc-es the generator of the cone.
GEOMETRY
selid geerMtry
The branen ofgX'!l'.etry that dais with
sofld figures and three-dimensional spau.
sphere
Asoild ger.erated by ~ revolution
of a:-emic:rc1e about Its diameter.
whose ~rface Is at all points ~.
equidistant from the center..
poly41ron
AsoIkI ge.cmetrlc fl9ure bounded by
p13nd3ces.
r~ular
H.'lvir.g all faus congruent regular
poly~ and all solid angles congr~
prramid
Apo~t.edrcn havln9 apolygonallr.lse
and t,";';;:"-3'JlJrfaces mutlng at a
common pelnt or ver-..ex.
',,-_.- -~ tet.nhearon
Aregubr polyhedron ~nded by four
pbnef3us.
cuP-e
Asor.d rot:~ded by SiX equal square
slks. t1-~ angk: ~ween lrry two
adJac..,--r.t fates being 3 ri9ht angle.
-- hex.hUron
Arequbr pclyhedron having sIx f3us.
pri~m
Apo~hearcn havlng ends that are
para~el. congruent polygor;s <lna sides
that are parallelograms.
Pl.iU1nic so~
One of t.1e flve re.gul3r polyhedrons:
te;raheaml. hex3hedron. octahedr:;n.
dodec3hearon. Of' Ic054heelron.
---.. --~ oct.a~rcn
Aregular polyheJron h2v!~ ~~ht
faces.
- ~ do<b;a~ron
Aregu br p<llyheJron having 12 faces.
',_.- ..~ ico~a~dron
Are~hr pclyhedron having 20 faus.
111
112.
GLASS
Alurd.lniWe. usually transparent
ortranSlucent suf1stance. produced
Pi' fusing sita together with a flux
and ~ sbl1t11urInto a mass th3t
cools to arigkJ condItion without
c!,),staIJizJtion.
crown glass
An old fonn ofwfndow glass formed Dy
plowl"1 and wftlr!l~ a hollow sphere of
g13ss Into~ fbt. Circular dis£: with a
centerIuI1p left Vy the wori:er's rod.
shutgbss
Aft3t, scda-Ibnc-~ glass faprlcaW
Dy drawing the InOIten gbssfrom a
fum~ «<aMIglass). or Dyfonnlng a
cylinder.tJIvIdIng It lengthwise. and
futtenl"! It (cyffnder,lass). The flre-
polished~ are not perfe.ctly
pmllc:l resultln41n some dlstcrtlon of
vision.
plate 5laS5
Aflat. soda-ltme-sl1lca glass formed Dy
roinng molten glass Into apla~ (rotled
glass) that IssuDse'luently ground and
pons,W ~coonng.
float glass .----.--.-.•.....
Afut. soda-h~sll1cJ glass that Is ........
ewemc:ly smooth and nearlydlstcrtlon· ....
free. NllIbctured by pouring mol~n ",
glass ooto asurface of molten tin
and a~ Itto cool slowly, Float glass
Is the successor to plate glas5 and
accounts for the 1113jorIty of flat-g lass
proJuctlon.
·.;u&~!l~~:
Aglass unltconststlngof two or
more s-heetsofglass sepal'3ted by
henretblly-seaied alrspaus.
hermetlc --.._-.-._.............
~ airtlght by fusing or Staling.
'"~t.~~:
Glass ~ achem~1 admixture tc
~VsorV aportion ofthe rad~nt heat ~nd
vIs~ Ight t1ut strike It. Iron oxide gives
the!lass ~ pale ~-~~_~t; ££~It
~~ IInf'3I'ts a~h.~Il;;
sdenkm Infuses a~ tlnt Also called
hUt-~Rf ,lass.
~~""'~--"---"""'--"h_""_""'"
Glassbiiig'a thin. translucent met.:;IIIc
~ toondeJto,he exterior or Interor
sllf'bce kI refleaJ portion of the IIght
",lid radiant heatth3t strike It.
:~~~Wt~:; ---.--...-.....-.
Glass ~i-tnftSinitS~117Ie light while -. I "'-'"
~re&a!ng the longer 1"--...........
~sofradlant heat. produced Dy ""'-,
~alow-emlsslvftycoatlng •...--J._._..__.._...__
either~ the glass Itseffor over a !
transparent plastic film suspended In the i summer
~~~~~~nSUla~ng glass. Also I'
em~
The ~ alIdlty ofasurface tc emit ,
radi3nt ~t.lI1easured 3galnst a placl: I
~at the same temperature. I
I
sh~di~~lent ~
The r.iI~ of solar heat tr.insmlssion
thro~h:l partJcubr glass to the solar h~3t ==
tranS«1lsslon thf"'OUgh dool7le-strength
c!earguss. __.-.:..!_ _
112
si~~strength gla55
5~ glass h3Y1ng athickness of
3/YlIn. (2.4 mm).
dcuble-st.ren¢l glas5
5f-at glass l!3yjng athickness of
'/~ In. (32 mm).
-t- !
i
-r1
I I
LL
1 T
1 1 .~
I
II
-
anne.a1ed g1a5~
Glass t~3tTs cwtea slowly to reHeve
Internalstres5es.
.ht3t~enqthenedglas$
Annealed glass that Is partl3lly ~mpered
Dy aproctss of reheating ana sudden
cooling. Heat·strengthened glass has
apout twice the strength of annealed glass
of the same thlc~ness.
~tempered gtas, I'
Annealed glass that Is reheated tojust
l>elow the softening point 3 nathen 1'3pldly
cootea tc Induce compressive streS~ In
the SUrf3~S and edges of the glass and
tensile stresses In the Interior. TempereJ
glass has three toflve times the reslstance
ofannealed glass to Impact and thennal
stresses Put cannot De a~red after-
faPrlcatlon. When fracturtd,1t In-e3ks Intc
relatively h3rmless particles.
-'·~~·-::~~=ll-j ~;~"::!~~ftrt9IaSSDoncWUnder
heat and pressure to Interlayers of
.:':~
i
I
i
T
1
ill
J 1
IL
1
I polyvinyl Dutyral resin that retains the
I .fr39~.nts Ifthe g135s is Drcten. Also called
I rsat~!!,~~;;
I ,i'~~g~~~
13mlnated glass havlng exceptional tensile
and Impact strength. consIsting of multIple
piles ofglass Ponded under he3t ~nd
pressure to InWlayers of polyvlnyf I:>utyral
resin.
r~u~lgb"
13mlnated or InsiJktlng glass used for
sound control
Wire9ra,~
Flat or pattemed gtass having a so,uare or
diamond wl~ mesh eml7edded within It to
prevent shattering In the event of ~bge
or excesslv~ heat. Wire glass Is wnsldered
a safety glazing IT!3terl4l
+A·····~=~~:~ularslJ/face pattern
: formed In the rontng process tc obscure
vision or tc diffuse fight, AIS<? called
fl§ured I~SS.
;?o~~j~
Glass ~lng one orroth sides acld-etched
orsand!llas~ to wscurevlslon.
~'~~~$j
An o~~ glass'f~c.onceanng the
structural elements In curtain wan
construction. produced by fusing aceramic
frit to the Interiorsurface of"temperedor
heat-strengthened glass.
~~j~~~~~I~ ~j.~!~l~~·
. Atf.lnstucent. hoilow bfoc~ of glass wIth
clear. textured. Of' patterned faces. made
Vy fUSing two h3lves together with a parUal
vacuum Inslk and used for glazing
openings.
;5~.5.;~k
~son,l.lmpaci-reslstant glass plock unit,
sometimes haVing an Insert or coated to
reduce solar heat transmission.
< I
I
J
I
,
i
, i
! I
~.
J
r~
,
I
1.
113.
.,
II
•
t.Jcegl.uing
The seWng ofaglass paM In arabbeted
frame, hakllng It In pbce with glnler's
points, and seaang ItIIIlth abeveled bead
of putty or glazing compound.
fAce putty .------------------- ------.--.----.----- -,
The putty or glazll1 compound formed on . I:
=~rio~:~01'_,1,,5F
:"'_____, 111
Athin layerof putty or glazing compound . I'li
lata In eM rabl>e-tofa window sash to give
II paM of glass an mn I7acklng. • I
glazier's point ---------.--.-..-.-'...
ASm3n. pointed pieceof sheet metal for -
hol.dlng aglass P"~ In awood sash until
the tau putty has hardened. Also called
gl..azJng Urad. s~.
putty
Acompound of whltlng and linseed oil. of
doughfl:e consistency when fresh. used In
secur!l1g windowpare5 or.patching
woodwork defects.
glazir~ compound
An adh~sNe compound used as putty.
formuiJted so as not to become brittle
with age.
~~~~a;lass~~~·~~;~~~d·f~;----· .. ....--.--.
gLnlng 3n opening. allowing for adequate
eJ¥ce:aranus. Also called gl.a:zrng size.
unit'.eJ inches
The sum of one ~ and one width of a
recta~ular glass pM or unit. measured In
tnches..
~e p~ck --..--.-....-- .. -...-----.-----'.•
One of the SlT13n l7locks of synthetc ",
rJb~ pl3ced l7etween the side ~es of a
glJss f13~ or unit and i.1 frame to unter ....~
It. malntJln a uniform width of Sailant.
arJnmft13ttral~t~usea~ sating block ..-: ..-..~-.,'
~Itdlry 'Ilt>ratlons ortherlT13l expansion One of the Sm311 Uiocl::s of lead or
or contraction. Also calIea centerrng synthetic rul711er placed unaer the
shim. spaur. lower eJge ofaglass pane or unit to
support It within aframe.
f.lce c!elr~n.ce _..---.-_.------ -.. -----~._,
TheotStanul>e-t~thef3Uofaglass r"'::- - .--.-- ii'
pa~orun!tandthenearcs-tfaceoflts "'- !I
fra me" stop. ~surea n~31 to th~ '.'. :
plane eft the glass. ~.. !ll
l:Jite ~.- ...-.---.----.---------..--..
The .mount of OYeNp between the edge
of, glass p:lMe or unit and a window
fra me. stop. cr Icd-strip gasket.
edgeck.1rance --------------..-------
... The dlst.anu bet~ the edge ofaglass
p-ane or unit and. wi11dowframe.
IT1e3surtd In the plane of the glass.
~X~t~if~~~~~~·~----··-·-··-
tempertd glass are suspended from
speclJl clamps. stJbll1zed by
pe~ndlcular stiffeners of tempered
glass. anclJoined by;l structlJral silicone
~larrt and sometimes l7y ~I patch
plates
doul:Jle gl3zing
The Installation oftwo parallel panes of
glass with asealed aIr space between to
reduce the transmission ofheat and sound.
GLASS
gl.~zing
The panes or sheets of glass or other
transparent material made to De set In
frames. as In windows. doars. or mirrors.
wet glazing
The setting ofglass In awindow frame with
glazing tape or aliqUid sealant.
-----------.--.---.----- ,-.--. glazing tape .
: Aprefonned ribDon of synthetlc rubber
hull:Je3d .....--..:
haVing adhesive properties and use.4 In
glazing to form awatertlght seall7etween
glass and frame.
--- ..-.- cap stalant
An adhesive liqUid ofsynthetic rubDer
Injected Into thejoint between aglass pane
or unit and awindow frame. curing to fonn a
watertight seal. Alsocalled cap l:>ead.
'-,,----_ glazing ~d
An adhesive liquid of synthetlc rubber
Injected between aglass pane or unit and a
glazing Dead. curing to form anaIrtlght seaI.
Awood molding or metal section secured
against the edge ofaglass pane or unit to
hold It In place. Also catted glazing stop.
dry glazing
The setting ofglass In ~ window frame with
;I compression gasket Instead of glazing
t3peor ahquld sealant.
C<lmpression ga~ket
Aprefonned strip ofsynthetic rubber or
plastic compressed bawe.en aglJss pane or
unit and aWindow frame to fonn a
watertJght Sail and cushion for the glass.
--_..--.... Iockstrip gasket
Aprefonned gaske-t ofsynthetlc ru;ber for
securing 3 glass pa~ or unit In awindow
frame or opening. held In compression by
forcing akeyed lockI11 strip Into agroove In
the gasket.
flush glazing
Aglazlr.g system In which the framIng
members art: set entlrely behind the glaS5
panes or units to form aflush exterIo!'
. surfau, the glJss ~ng to the framing
'.-"" Iwith astructural silicone sealant.
'.~ .-.- structural Se3l.ant
Ahigh-strength sl1k:oM Sailant capable of
;ldherln~ glass to asupporting frame.
... l:Jutt-joint glazif19
Aglazing system In which the glass panes
or units are supported at the head and sill
In aconventional manner. with their vertical
edges beingJoined with a structural silicone
sealant without mullions.
113
114.
HARDWARE
The metal tools,fastenings, and
fittings usea in construction.
~h hardware .
Bor"...s. screws. nails. and other metal
fI~s that are COI1ct3led In aflnlshed
c.onstructlon.
finish hardware
Ex~ hardware serving adecorative
as;;eilas autilitarian purpose. as the
lod:s. hinges. anaotheraccessories for
doers. windows. 01 ndC4lnnetwOrl:. Also
C31~ architectural hardware.
door h.1rdware
The fu1ish hardware requlrea for
ha~ing and operating adoor.
doorclo~r
Ahydraulic or pneumatic device for
controlling the closing ofadoorand
preventlng Itfrom slamming. Also called
doo.ch«;k. _._/
push plate - ---- .---.------------.--- --- - -
A protective pl3te of metal or plastic
···········,·········:fI.·,
. .~
mcu~...ea vertlcally on the lock stile ofa __...-'
door. . _.---.-.•.--.- ./..
door pull ~....-.-...
A~~!e for opening adoor.
pun par _......- ..-.............../
A Ir.lrflxed acl"O$s aglazed cIoor, used
for ~lng orclosl~ the doorand
prov1dl~ p~ for the glass.
kick pL:rte ---.--.-...-..- ........•.
A~lve metal pImfastened to
the XttaTn of3 door to resist I110ws
anJ scrnches.
hand
The position of the hinges of a door, In
terms of right OIna left, when seen from
the ~~rlor ofthe l1ulldlng or room to
which t.ie doorwIIY leads.
114
floor closer --:.
Adoorcloser Instat~ in arecess In the
floor.
--.--- automatic door Pottom
AhorlzontaIIr.li-at the rottom of3 door
that dropsautomatically when thedoor Is
closed In order to seal the threshold and
reduce noise transmission.
left-hand
Having the hinges on the left ofan
Inward opening door when seen from the
exteriorof the Irolldlng or room to which
the doorway leads.
Fl~) I
I L/ I
L_________ ._. ___ -.-..1
left-hand reverse
Having the hinges on the left ofan
outward opening door when seen from
the exteriorof the ~ulldlng or room to
which the doorway leads.
overhead conce.3ttdcfcser
AcIocrcloserconu;;!eJ In the he3d of
adoorfra me.
~ac~~ck
AtlevIu In ahydra!;!"" door closer for
sloWing the speed i'o~i which adoor may be
opened.
.'
knocl:er -.--.. ---......--....-/.
Ahlngej ring. Dar. cr I::nol1 on adoor for use
In knccl:ir-3.
DfI
doorptrt.e ....-'
Asm~Q identifying plate on the outside
door of ;J house or room, !?earing the
OCCuF3nt'S name, the house Orapartment
num~. or the IlI::e.
............_...- ...... judas
~- .........
.'~ .
~ ..-.---:::--.-....
--
'
Apt:t:Fho!e. as In an entr.i11C6 dooror the
I door cf 3 prison cell. Also calledJudas hole.
.... door cluin
Ashort chain with a remov:;!?Ie slide fitting
that C3n be attached between the InAA of
;; door and the doo~amb to preventthe
door from I1eIng opened more th.n afew
Inches wfthaut the chain l7elng removed.
"-·1-- mails!ot
Asmail ~Ing In an exterlordoor or war..
often i'fith ahinged closer, through which
mail Is denve,ed. Also called letter slo1:..
-.--.. doo~p
Adevice for hotdlng • door open, as a
wedge ex- small weight.
.". l1umper
A~~ rim, gU3rd. pad, or diS«: for
al1sor71r~ shock or preventing damage
from t>vmplng.
right-luna
Having ~ hinges on the right ofan
Inward C¥nlng door when seen from the
exterior of the Irol!dlng or room to which
the door"ay leads.
right-hand reverse
Having t-he hinges on the right ofan
outward Cf'?llng door when seen from
the exterior of the building or room to
which t!--e doorway leads.
I
J
Ii
L
L
L
115.
I
~l
mortise hi~ ~----------------------
APunhinge I10rtLsed Into the
aMtln~ sur-f.las ofadoor and
doojam!7_
~ah~;~~:oh~"6t;';;I~;d~~~-----I:---'.
th~ tdge of the door anathe other : ...
5urf~-moofTk.d on the doorfra me. .L---,='==-t~~
half-suriacdinge ..---------- --
Ahin..3~ hJvi~ one!af mortised Into
the doorfrarneana the other surface-
moul1won the face of the door.
flap billge ------------------,
Ah~ 1uvI~ mo le3ves surface- ".
mounteJ to tile adpcent faces of a
dooranado<rlrarne. Also called
l7acl:fup hl,,¥, fun-surface hinge.
templ1te hinge ~-- ________.___ ,.
Amortise hlr'¥ rnanufa<;turea to fit
the rea:5S and match the arrangement
of hck5 of hc&w metal doors and
fran-.es.
17afl-P~Jring hinge ~----- -. --- -.- ---
A hir-¥ eqUipped with!r.lll loearlngs
bet~n the klltJdles to reduce friction
and ensure e:35e of ~ratlon.
b:rt-pin hi"¥
II hl~e having a nonremovaule pin.
_.--- (£5
Iocs-e-pin hinge -------------------.--...
A h~e bvlng;l reroovable pin so thilt
a door can be unhuf11 P:isepar.ltlng the
t.¥o~;l"es_
Iocs-e-joint hinge ------- -- -- -------'.
Ahinge hJving 3 knudle formecl from
half of e3ch bf, wlth the upper haff
remon ~ from the pin. Also called
liftcff nl~e.
pintle --.---- ------- ---- ---- -- - --.
Apin CW' rolt on which something turns, --.-.
as tI-~ gudqeon of ahingt.
gudge.on
II socl:et for the pintle of ahinge.
tlpring hinge ~.---..-------- ..--------- -~-
Ahinge co~ a coiled spring In Its 10
VarTel for closing adoor automatically.
aou17te-acti"!'l hinge
A hinge pumlttlng 3 door to swing In
either direction. uSUJIly fitted with
sprlngs to mngthe doof to acIosea
poslt1cn after opening.
piano hinge
II long. narrow hinge that runs the full
length of the two surfaces to which Its
~aves ~repnd Also called
con ti rHiOtJ 5 hin¥
HARDWARE
hinge
Ajointed device. uSUJl1y conslstlng of two
leavesJolnea together lJy 3 pin. on which a
door. ga~. or shutter swings. turns, Or
moves.
leaf
Ahinged. sliding. or otherwise mevable
part of adoor. hinge, or tabletop.
-. gain
Anotch cut Into 3 surface to reuive a leaf
of a hln~. Also called sInkIng.
-.------- ---- knuckle
.~ . The cylindrical. proJecting jointof ahinge
through whIch the pin passes. .
-'" htthinge
Ahinge composed of two pf3tes secured
to the auuttlng surfaces ofadoor and
aoo1amu. Also called Putt.
.r----. strap hinge
o Ahinge having two long !eaves for
securing to the adpeent faces of 3 door
and doorjamu.
.'----. -- --'" cross-garnet
.' Ar-shaped strap hinge with the
crosspiece as the stationary 1!1emPa-and
the long stem loeing the mava!7!e rat. Also
called T-h1"9/!:.
.- .-------- dovetail hl~e
" Astrap hinge having ~es which are
, • narrowerat theirJunctlon than it ~ei;-
~ ather extremities.
~
.------ -- ------- .-- "--'" parliament hinge
invi,/lIle hinge
------.j
·Y·~
~
:!)
r·····
Ahinge consisting of3 num!7er
of flat plates rotating arout a
central pin, with shouklers
mortised Into the door edge
and doorframe so as to
concealed when cloSed. Also
called conualeJ hlf14e.
,......---,
0
®
0
®
D
®
0
®
0
' - - - -
An H·shaped hinge h4vfng aprotrua'1ng
knuckle so tllata door~n stand ..~
from the wall when My opened.
--- pau~lIe
I"r--
..1
Ahinge having .. single, plvatl~joi.rTt.
olive knuckle hinge
Apaumelle having an MI-shaped knuckle.
Also called olive hinge.
gravity hinge
A hinge that closes automatically by
means of gravity.
rI'lng hinge
Agravity hinge causing adoor to riSt
slightly when ope~d.
115
116.
HARDWARE
lock Imh cylindu
Acylindricaldevice for retaining
the polt of a locI:: unUI the tumDlers
have been pushed out of Its way.
An asseml:ily of parts lT13Klng up ..
complete locking system.lncfuair<;l
~nc;.s. plates and alocking
mect3nlsm.
A~ for securing adoor. drawer. or
lid il posftloll whenclosed. consisting of
abc4 fX com~atlon of ro!ts propelled
and wtthJrawn l1yakey- fX comDlnatlon-
opern:ed ~h3nisin.
MnrM:·-----------..---..----.--. ~.-~.I
Ade..'a for hoiding 3 door
c~, ccnsistlng essent13l~
of .. b:;~ that falls or $ilks
Intc A~roove or hole.
//",·.u..mM
An o~tructlng part In a Iod: that
A'kdf3~~ tothe f3a of I
a door. as opposedU> one
l7Uilt ilto Its edge.
~~wtUtiltwo ~Ies
specL;:!y c~ tc fit Intc alad
and :r"",'e its ~.
prevents apolt from relng
propelled or wIthdrawn unUilt 15
movea by the action of aKey.
(eyer'til.mbJer,..
Afut meta! tUmpler having a
pivoting motion actuated Dy the
turning ofa~ey.
roreJ at right angles to euh other.
one t&tough ~ face of adoor and
the adler In the dooredg~ ----______
_pit::--·--·---···---····--··/
One cf *~ projecUn~ bl.3~
cut to; ~.gage with ana actuate
elt.he·r::f roth the Pelt aM the
tumr:~ of a lock.
.~.- cam·
&mit~~'
jA ~.t,i~ within a
~ "(fOcdiUilt -------.---'.
-. Thef.~b:;h..peahandle .
~~ular notch cut Into the
ry which .. door 15
o~orc~eJ ~
~~ ~---:.~--:-:.,.-::::::~ ,.'t)
edgeofadoor. ..-___
A1IOtefrta loci: case
or escutcheon for
Inser-..;ng a~ey.
.~Jdtt"~
J l ~nj&&7withfn arnortJse c~ Into
adoer~ so ~ the led mech..nlsm
Is ~ on ~oth5~""_
i~~"
A~~eor
onu:r.e:rtal plate. as
arO'J rJ a ~eyhole.
___ doortoob. dr.lwer pulL
'_ or r'9ht swluh. Also.
-'sc~ecn'1
'. ;:
&p~-~-·----·l <~:~) Ii
Theliaror shaft •• :,
that C3nie5 the ; - ::
Koman" ; ::
actuates the latch
orl1oltofa Iocl:.
~'-t~.---..~__l
An onurrental plate
surrourJ1ng the sh..f;
of a doori:nol1 at the
face of adoor.
~;f~~,h
The'!iOrlZont.-I dlstar.u frem the
face of~ Oc~ through ,.';',ich the
Pelt passes to the ~dJM of
the ~nob stem. keyhc~. Of locI:
cylinder.
~.
....
Adlsk or cylinder having an
IrreguI.ar form that rotates or
stJdes U> Impart motion toa roller
moving against Its edge or to apln
free to move In a groove on ltsface.
'...-_._.._} 'i.GjW-;y~
"',
~~:.~.
The ~e plate or surface
throogh which the Pelt of alock
pas~. Alsocall&t~f!1~
~~~
A~I !r.;r or rod In the
mechanism ofa lock that 15
propelled or withdrawn. as Dy
turning aknob or ~ey.
~}t;~
II K:>&~ having a~uare heat.l that
Is rrcreainto posltlon !r,; the turning
of 3 knob or key rather than Dy spring
3Ct1.on. Also called~;
;'".:1omB~ ·>,-'_7'.'.":;::-,,,.:f
Th~ cplique end of a latchbolt
th;;t hits astrl~ plate.
AslOt In a lock for receiving and
guk:llng akey. .
war-If:;
:Aproj~lng ridge of metal In a
lad or :eyhole that prevents
the Insert10n of any key that
does not have a corresponding
notch.
revel'5i!11e lock
Aled having .. latchpolt th3t can
be rev~rse.d for Installation In
either a ~ht·h3nd or Ieft·hznd
door.
pevel
The side ofa lock facing In the
same direction as the !level at the
tTld of the I3tchrolt.
•.---- .---- ---..-.• regu~r b>evd
.' The l1evel ofa ronor lock on adoor
openl~ 1nU> ~ L>ultdlng or room
to which the &oorw;ry leads.
.., .. -- ..... reverse bevel
"~
The Devtl of., Dolt or loci: on adoor
openl"g outward from the pulidlng
or room to which the doorw3'j
leads.
pani;br
A horiz""tar~ar that spans the
Intero-of;ln emer~ricy exit door at
waist ~ht and M opens the I3teh
when pressure 15 applied. Also called
panic bolt. paniC h3rdW3re_
116
V~~~.'
."-~6riiDi1tatliandle for
operaUng the Pelt ofa
Ioc~.
~. ~.--"'.•,'~-=--==:-",.~---.--' --~--.
Ametal plate 0.. a doorjaml1
havfng ahole for receMng the end
of alock l101t when the door Is
closed, Also called stn~ piaU:.
lip ,~ ... "':'.--"'--"-----"- .-.-
The prC¥Ctlng edg~ or rim of a
strl~e.
pox striKe
Ametal Pox recessed into a
doorJarrb to receive the end of a
lod bo!: ...hen the door is closed.
-y....~lnga !leveled head
that Is moveaInto position Dya
spring except when retracted ry
a&oorI:noI7, or when pushed
agaInst the lip of the strike plate
as the &oor 15 closed,
';i"f.I.with the face or edge of
aaoor.
.'~iQift;.o~,;·--'·--"-··-'·-·-'···"-~·
, .(fl~sh'boit&ieilnto a mortise In a
aoor.sliding Into asocket In the head or
th~ silL
; cOQJ~i~!C_~,-:;
~dtVfCefor'ens'uring that th~ Inactive
leaf ofapair ofdoors 15permitted to
close before the active leaf.
~
1
1
.J
1-
,-
L
L
L
L
L
f
I
L
.......i
117.
,..
1
'r<A
1
j
.--
calorie ..-'
Aunit ofheat ~U31 to the
quantity of heat r~ulrea to raise
the um~tureofoM gram of
water l°e at a pressure of one
atmosp~. ~ulv3tent to 4.186
joIJtes. AQl,r.: c.al. Also caW gram
~.alorle. snt311 C3lcrle.
ki10cJlerie
A unitofheat~U3ltothe
qU3n".lty of heat required to raise
the temperature ofone kl~ ramof
W3ter 1"(; at a pressure of one
aUr.ospnere. equlv3tent to 1000
SfT14IIf calorles. Abw.: ~l Also
calW kilogram calo~,lArge
c.a!ork:.
hatC3pacity ----------.------~
The ql!3ntlty of ~.eat required to ;
r;alse the temperature of a .
suustance by one degree.
Fahrenh~itSC3le
Atemperature SC3le In
which :32°F represents the
freezing poInt and 212°Fthe
roiling pointofwater under
standard atmospheric
pressure.
When you knowdeqrees
Fahm:heit. fft$ subcnct 32
and t!-~ multiplyby ~9 to find
deg~Cdslus.
125lI
I
Celslu5~le
Atemperature scale divided
Into 100degrees, In whIch O°C
represents thefreezIng point
and 1000
ethe boiling point of
water understandard
atmospherlc pressure. Also
called ~ntlgrade scale.
Whenyou knowdegrees
Celsius, first multiplyby9f5
and then add32to find
tkgrus Fahrenheit.
Kelvin $C3~
An absolute scale of
temperature havlng azero point
of -273.16°e.
~!7s0lute ~are
Atemperature scale !1ased on
absolute zero with scale units
equalln m3gnltuae to centigrade
degrees.
.al?solute zero
The hypothetlC3llowest limit of
phystcal temperature
characterized by complete
absence of heat. equal to
-27.3.16°C or -459.67"F.
.al?solute temperature
Tempe~ture as measured on a
absolute scale.
HEAT
Aform of energy a550C~ with ~
random motlOfl of atoms 01'
morecules. capaine of i:Jei"'3
transmitted ~ convection,
conduction, Of' radiation and causi"'3
substances to rise in temperature,
ruse, expand: or evaporate.
kelvin
The b:ase Sl unit of temperature equal to
Vm.l6 of the tr:ple point of v.7ter.
5ym~oI: I(
triple point
The particular te:nperature a:'J pressure at
which the hqliid. g3seous. a~J sola pha~
of asubstance can exist In l4,;iijbrlum.
epecific heat
IC<J r------r-------------'
"'*~~_=;.~---__I1--~""r_--------___;------I1 ..- latent hut
~ 75 tl '----·-----L-----~·-..- The'tUJrrtlty of hat 3bsorred or rdeasea
Heat C3p3City per unit mass of
a su!:>stance: the num~r of Btu
~ulred to raise the
temperature of one pouiJa of 3
sul:rst3nce 1°F, orthe numberof
C310ries pergram perdegr-o.-e
untlgr'3M.
"- ._. _. 1 : by asU~5t3nce during achJi"L¥ in phase at
~ -.-....----.-.- : I const;"ttem~tureaMpressure.
}:--r---,r·-----..-·· ;:;~:~I~hata!lSOrredorreleasea
: by asubstJnu during achJr¥ In
I I temperature wttlo,c1Jt 3 char¥!n phase.
l I
tlm~
~
}j)J
f ;/.
117
118.
HEAT
convection ..~-----.--- -------------
Thetransferof heat Py the clrcuL-.tory
:r.otlon of the ~tea parts of ~ lk1ulcl or
~3S owl"9 to ~ varbtlon In density 3na
u,eactlon of gmlty.
thetm.1lcc~ .--- ------------. -----------1
The t:lIM I'3te ofheatflow th~h .;!Unit :
~ofa ~Iven mterlaf of unit thlci:ness '
~ the temperature difference across
the thIcl:ness IsOM unIt oftemperatureo
tnerm.a'ccMucbnce
TheUme rate ofhat flow through a unit
~ ofJ given rgtertal when the
~tlIre difference across a speclflecl
dllctness of the materl311s or.e unitof
t.empmtllre. "'~:.= ----------------.....·~~~E(
I
, f
tnermall7r~k __.___...L_....---(---..-..--'-.-.
Art e!ementoflow thermal .
conductMty pbce<l In..nassem~ tao
reduce the flow ofheat ~etween highly.
conductlve In3tulaIs. Also callecl
tMrmal pamer.
118
conducti;,n
The ti.lnsferof heat from the warmer to
the cooltr partlcles of a medium orof
two !ladles In direct contact, occurring
without perceptiDle displacement of the
prtlcles themselves. - --
radbtion _J
The process In which energy In the form of
l'I3ves or particles Is emitted by one body,
p~~ through an Intervening mecllum or
space,and a~sorrea by another roay.
..• thermal re~i5tance
The reclpl'OC3l ofthermal conauctanee,
expressed as the temperature difference
required to C3use heat to flow through a
unit area ofa material ofgiven thldness at
the i.l~ of one ~eat unit per unit time.
R-value
o
thermal tr.ansmittance
The time i.lte of ~ flow through .. unit
area of a l7ulldlng componentorassem~1y
when the difference lIetween the air
temperatures on the two sides of the
component oraSS<:m bly Is one unitof
temperature. Also called coefflcJent of
heat transfer.
;-··U-value
Ameasure of thermal reslstance of agiven
materl3/. used esp. to specify the
performanceof thennallnsulatlon. The
~I R-value for a ~ullcl1ng component or
assem~ Is the sum of the R-values for
eaGh layer In the componentor assem~ly.
•
I/R(t0t3I) =U
, Ameasure of the thermal transmittance of
a l7ulldlng component orassembly, equal ta
the reciprocal ofthe total R-value ofthe
component orassembly.
- - - = - -
--~--~-----
Infiltration ....~
Theflow of outside air Inta an Interior space
through cracks around windows and doors
orotheropenings In the envelope of a
building.
we3ther strip - .....
Astrip of metal. felt. vinyl. orfoam rubber.
placed l:>etween adooror window 535" and
Its frame to provlJe a seal against
wlna~lown rain anaair infiltration. Also,
weather strippIng.
1
[
1
I
lJ
J
I
~
j~
I
j
I
oM
I
-
1-
119.
.,
mineral woel
Arry ofYJrlous ~htwelght.1norg3nlG.
fi,rous :n.;3~1s used esp. for thermal
.aM sound Insolatlon. 3S glass wool and
roct 1¥OC4.
gllss wool
Spun ~lJss fibers resembling weal and
useJ f:x thenrul :n5<JL.tlon and air
ftlws.
fi~ergll55
AI'r.3 ta;l1 cons!stln.g of extremely fine
ftl3marts of gbss. WGVen Intofabrlc.
ITUssed for use 35 athermal ;11'1.1
.awJ5tlcallnsubt.or. orem~ to
reirTforce 1fJn?us lTtlterlals.
fi;ltrgL1s
TradcTtul: for.a ~na of fibergl3ss.
rock wool
MIMr.l1 wool ~ by blowing steam or
aIr th~h I1"oOI-ta1 slaq or rod:. --.J
f03med pllstic
fus:c, 3S po~r~hJM or
poiy5~T"eM. ~ rl.jht and cellular by
tl-..e lrrtroductlo!l of pockets of g3 s or
atr and used 2$ thmT13llnsulatlon. Also
~rw expanded pUstlc. pUstJc
fo<1m.
polyilrrlhal1e fo.am
Ar.gtJ expanJed ~mh<lM havlnq a
closed-ull stru;ture 3na used ..s
the~l:nsu~
mckW polystyrene
A;-g'J polys~ f04m hJVIng an
open-cdl stnJcture .ina used 3S
~llnsu~
~~tyrene
A~<J po~ foam h3Ving J
closc:J-u1l structure ana used as
the~.;;;1 ir.su!4u.,
Styrofo<1m
T~r: for 1I brarJ of foamed
pl4~~ rr.ao.e from polystyrene.
rc.am gL1ss
Ulubrglass Irt<Ide b:ifoa~
~
.....
~ gLJss 3rJ moIdlnq It Into
Po.J ras or blccis for ~ 3S thermal
insuLit.lon.
wood wool
~ lOOOd shavlf'.,Js. u5U311y of pine or
chem~11y ~tea wood fl~. used as an
Insu1a';j11.3 materIJl. 3S aUinder In plaster.
41M f:x FJdl~ Al:so called exulslcr.
....~ airway
The pasS3geway required fer the
clrculatlon of air petween ~tt
lnsul3tlon and roof sheat.~lng.
lIatt in~uLrtion -.... .
Flexi~I.e. fibrous thermallnsulatlon of
gbss or m!r.eralwool. made In YJrIous
thlc~r~ ana lengths and In 16·!n.
(406111111) or 24-1n. (610 mm) widths to
flt ~WI studs.Joists. ana rafters!n
flght wood frame constructlon.
scmetlrr.es faced with avapor marder
ofkr7ft p3per. metal fall. or pl3stlc
sheet. 8mInsulation Is also as a
compooent In souna-lnsul3tlng
constructlan. Also C31'ed I1tanket
In$uLrticn..
kraft paper _..........
Astrong. usualti ~rown
paper. processed from wood
pulp and sized with resin.
rigid ~:ua insul.rtion _.......-._......._-_..
Ap-refor.r-.ea. nonstnJCturallnsulatlng
board of roamed plastic or cellular
glass.Utular gl3sslnsulatlon Is fire·
resl$t4lTt. Impervious to mc!sture. ana
dlrnenslcr;ally sta~. M tt.s alower
the-r.r.al-reslstance value than foamed
plast~ ir6uatlons. whleh .are
fummatr~ and must 1e protecteJ by a
the~l ~rrIer when used on the
Inter'.x 5'Jrfaus ofat>ulldl~. ~Id
In5U~ fuvl~ closed-cell
stf'.JCi-IJl"!S, as extnJata roIystyr!:r.e
and cenl.itJr glass. are moisture'
resl5'"~rrt arJ may ~e used In contact
with the earth.
foamea-in-pL1u ~ul;tion
The~1 ir.sul3tlon in the formofa
f03rr~ p-I3stlc. as polyurethane. th3t
Is $j7¥ or Injected Irrtc acavtty
wh~ It adheres to the SUITOllnd1ng
surfaces.
Ioc~fitt insulrtlon -_...........__........ .
The~f lnsul3tlon In the form of
mlnml 'I'rOOI fJ1ers. granular vermlcuhte
or ~r!ite. or t:"eatea cellubslc fibers.
poured ~ fund or Plown through a
nozzle irrto ac.avtty or r:Ner a
suppcrtlr.g memPT"aM.
r~ye insul.ation .-...........
Ther.r..llnsul3tlon In the form of a
materi;;lof high rt&ctlvlty and low
emlss.v1ty. 41S paper-lr.lcked aluminum
fOil IX fo~·b3Cked gypsum Poord. used
In corj"J~~lon with 3 dead'air space to
reauu tr.e transfer of heat by
rad;3:cn
dead-.air 'pace ~.,..
.....:
An unvet1tiLJted air space In which
the air ~s not circulate.
H~AT
thermal insulation
A ITUterI3l providing high resistance to
heat flow. as mineraI wool. vermlcullte. Or
foamed plastic. fallrlc3ted In the form of
l1atts. lIlanKets. Poards. or loose flll
weatherize
To make ahouse or ~ulk:l1ng secure
against cold or stormy weather. as by
adding thermallnsul3tlon or storm
windows. or by sealingJOints.
.... fil7erl7oard
An Insulating l70ard made ofwood orcane
fJ~ers compressed and cemented Into
rIfIld sheets. used as an Inexpensive watt
finish oras celllng tiles.
fil7erboard sheathing
Insulating fiPerVoara treat:ea or
Impregnated with asphalt for w.t.er
resistance and used primarilyfor
she3thlngllght wood frame walls.
emissivity
The alltllty ofasurface to emit heat
by radiation. equal to the ratlo of the
radiant energy emitted to that •
emltt:ea by alIlack Podyat the S3me
temperature.
119
120.
HEAT
tWnul comfort'
HUlTI3n ccmfortas ~lned Py the
3PUlty of the rody to dlsslpate the
he3t and moisture It produces Py
metaroncaction.
effective temperature
Atemptr3ture representlng the comvined
meetof 3m~nt temperature, relative
hu,,,ldlty, and air movement on the
5ef1satlon of warmth or cold felt Py the
human !my. equivalent to the dry-vulp
temperature ofstill air at 50~ relative
humidity which Induces an identical
sensation. _ ----- --.------- -----------'"
wet-pulp temperature --~-..
The temperature rec.orded Py tM '-,-
wet-!:>ull7 thermometer In a ....."
"
psychrometer. ~
dew point ~--- ---- --------------- -'y-'- - -- - ---- --------70
--t:--r--+---t 120
.
---~'-'- humidityratio
The temperature at which air .
vecomes saturated with water ... .r--+-->,-~po..,o=-i~-,.4--+---+---+
The ratio of the /1'1355 ofwater
vapor to the mass ofdry air In a
mlxture ofairand water vapar.
Also called mixing l7tJo.
vapor. Also called tkw-polnt .
temperature. '
~~--~~~~~~~~--~~~--~
comfortzane ~--.---.-----------. -------_. ____________ --- ------.------------ -- ,,--
The range of dry-!:>ull7
temprature. re!aUve humldity. .r--.I'---.,,,..-4--+--+-~F---'1'"=---'~~~
mean radiant temperature.
and air movementjudged to be
comfortalXe by a/l'l3Jority of
Americ3ns and ~nadlans
tesu.d. This comfort zone
varies wtth cIllTI3te, the
~SO!1 of theyear, the ~ of
clothing worn, and the activity
leve! ofthe lMvidU3llJso
called ~ envdope.
psychrometli<: ciurt
Achart ~t!.'Ig ~he we'Hull:> and dry-PtiII7
readIngs from apsychrcrroe:ter to relative
humk:l1ty. ai1solute humla'"r;y. and dew point_
~n radilnt te1t1perrture
The sum ofthe temperatures of the
surrounding W311s. floor. and ceiling of a
room. ~hted aoo>rdlng to the solid angle
su/7tende.d by each at the point of
measurement. Mean radiant temperature Is
Important to thermal comfort since the
hU/l'l3i1 body receives radiant heat from or
loses heat by radiation to the surrounding
surfaces if their mean radlant temperature
Is s~n1flcantly higher or lower than the air
temperature.
120
50
.'
~
.l
ary-l7ull1umperature -""'~-~--- -------
The tempe:-ature recorded by the dry-
Duf17 thermometer In apsychrometer.
~ychrometer
An instrument for measuring
at~herlc humidity. cor.slStlrog of
two thermometers. the Pulp of one
I7elng dry and the-j,ulll of the other
belr.g ~pt moist and ventllaW so that
the cooling that results from
Ciaporatlon ITI3KeS Itregister a lower
temperature than the dry one, with the
difference Petween tM I'C3dlngs I7elng a
me3sure ofi'tll'1c5pher1c humldlty.
radiant ht.at -------------- ---,
He3t ener~ transmitted Py the radiation
, of ~tromagnetlc waves In contrast to
heat transmitted I7yconductton or
convection.
70 90
relatNe humidity ---------j
The ratlo of the alTlount of watervapor
actually present In the airto the maximlim
amount that the aIr could hold at the same
temperature. expressed as apercentaqe_
AUl7r.:m
.1b-50lutehumidity
Themass ofwater vapar present In a unIt
volume ofair.
'pecific humidity
The ratloofthe ITI3SS ofW3ter vapor In air
tothetcbl masscfthe mlxtureofalrand
watervapor.
hygrometer
Any ofvariouslnstrurnents for measuring
the humidity of the atmosphere.
:--enthalpy
: Ameasure of the total he;;t
co~lned In asu7st3~ eqtl4l/
to the 1nterTt31 en~~ of the
suDsi:.ance plus the product of Its
volume and pressure. The
enthaIpy ofair Is equal to the
sensible he3toftM ak and the
water vapor present In the air
plus the latent ke3tofthe W3ter
va par. expressea In Btu pe:r pound
('t:ilojoules perkilogram) of dry alr_
Alsocai!e.::l hutccnUnt.
adL1Ua~~
A~ to temper.ture occuni04 wtthout the
3ddltlon or removal of heat. as when excess
W3~V;lpor In the air condenses arid the
I3t.ent heat of vaporizatlon of the W3"ter
vapot" Is COI1Y~ to senslDie he3t In the
31r,
0~---~
; :
evaporative ~ling
Adrop in kmpenture occurrlng wtthaut
the addltlon or re:t1OV3l of heat. as when
W3ta eva por.itcs and the senslple heat of
the t1quld Is converted to latent heat In the
vapor, Alsa called adlapatic caoll"9.
)
r
I
J
I
!
121.
,.
thbsWle ----------------_,.
Aprotective slee.'eof shec:t
mebI passing throu~h the wall
of.a chlm~. for holding the
endof a stovepipe.
stovepipe ----------..-.---
Apipe. usually of sheet metal.
seMng as asteve chimney or
connecting a stove with a
chlmeyflue.
..-
--
III t-
r
- f-'''---'''
-i
D <1-
Franklin stove
Acast,iron stove resembling an open
flreplace but having enclosed sides. back.
top. and I1ottom and afront completely
-'''' ~?:;:;:~~~to bec/o;&! with doo<'$
I
I
I
r---
I
I
I
I
I
vent --- ---.-.------- ---- -- ------- .. ---.... --. -.- .--.--....-. -.. --
Apipe by which prodLJaS of
combustion are carried from a
fumact or otherappl13nce to the
outside.
compu!ltion .air
The air ~Ired for
coml>ustion of fuel In a
fumace_
hcriUlrtbl funuce
A fumxe designed for InstalIatlon
In alowattlc or cral'li space.
w311furruce
A furnace recessed In or mounted on "
wall and supplyf~ heated air dlrectty
to aspace wltnout the use of ducts
furnace ~--. ----~
An apparatus In which heat Is
produceJ. as for heating ahouse Or
prodUCI/19 steam.
electric furnace
AfurTIJU In which the heat required Is
prodtUd throu~h electricity.
ga5furnace
Afurnace using gas as afuel.
oil purnu
Afurnace or boiler that bums fuel 011.
conve~ion burner
Aburner des4Jrted for Installation In a
fumace that originally used another
fuel.
hertl"9lo.1d
/
I
I
I
I
I
/
I
The hourly rate of net heat loss In an
enclosed space. expressed In Btu per
hourand used as the basis for
seIectlng aheating unit or system.
heJtl"9 d~ree day
Adegree-day below the standard
temperature of 65°f (l~C). used In
estimating fuel or power
consumption by aheating system.
~ree day
Aunit that represents one degree of
departure In the mean dally outdoor
temperature from aglven standard
temperature.
HEAT
mechanical5ysum
Arty ofthe systems that provide essential
sertlces to 2 bulldln~. as watersupply.
sewage disposal. electric power. heating.
ventilation. air-conditionIng. vertIcal
tnnsportatlon. or flre fighting.
space heating
The heating of alimIted area. as aroom.
esp. by means of aheat source located
within the space.
central heating
Amechanical system that supplies heat to
an entIre building from asingle source
through anetwon: ofducts or pipes.
heating medium
Afluid su~tance. as warm air. hot water.
or steam. capable of convc:ylng heatfrom 3
source to the space being heated.
thermost3t
Adevice that automatically responds
to changes In temperature anel
activates switches controlling such
equipment as fumaces. refrlqerators.
and air conditioners.
thermocouple
Adevice for measuring tem~rature In
which <I palrof d1sslmilar metals. as
copperand Iron. areJolnea so that a
potentl31 difference generatea between
the poInts of contact Is ameasure of
the temperature difference betwetn
tMpolnts.
Pimebllic element
Amaterial made by roncl1ng two
metallic strips h3't'lng different
coefflclents of expansion. used In
temperature-Indicating and
temperayore-controiling devices. ~7
121
122.
HEAT
foruJ w.rm·. irhutlng
A¥ttmforhe3U~:. bulldlng Dy
rralIS of alrheattd In:. ful"l13U and
dlstriNtea by af.ln through
dlJCtlo;on: ~ fe4lsWS ordiffusers.
exta1ded plenum system
Aperimeter he3tlng system In
whick amain duct COrr-lr:ys warm
air to.3 numl1er of Pral1(;h ducts.
each ~rvi~ asingle floor
~Ist.er.
~vnnet ~.-- ...- ....---- ..
Ach4rnbet' j¢ the top ofa hot·
air furn:au from wM:;h the
laders e~ Nso calW
plenum.
le3der ~ .--..- .-.---.--.-.
Aduct for conveying wann air
from .3 furnace to astack or.
mrICk duct. Alsa c.3lled maIn.
trunK.
manifola
Ap~ or duaf1ttlng
having several out~s for
maki~ multiple
conr.tCtlons.
gathering
J]8&~-
,.....~ r~m grille
J.. ~r'l1e through which return
;;.~::; withdrawn from an air·
c..;~Jjtloned sp3ce.
__ .-... -.'-' cotJ-airretum
Ad~ct for C011veylng cool ;illr
~..a to afurnace for re~ng.
Atapered section ofaduct or
flue forming atransition
1:>etween two sections, one of
which fw a greaterarea than
the other.
..... ~oot
••-.- Aduct fittlng formir~ .3
tr.tnsttlon ~tween ~ sections
which vary In cross-:.ectlonal
shape.
duct
Apipe or c.ondult of shut mct.;J/ or
flkrgl3ss for conducting heated or
conditioned air. Also called aIr duct.
ductwork
AsysUm of ducts, connectors, ana
dampers for conveying air In aheating.
ventilating. or alr-condltlonlng system.
Also called ductln~.
stack
Avertical duct for conveyfng
warm aIr from aleader to ;;I
register on an upper floor.
chase
AC011t1nuous space 01' recess
~ullt Into a waII or througha floor
for pipes orducts.
grille
Agrating or perforated screen for
coverl~. C011Ce3 11ng. or p~ng a
wall. floor. or ceil1ng openIng.
~~RRj~ - ~i,ur
Adevice for contronlng the flow of
warm orconditJonea aIr from an outlet•
composed of a gr!U with a num~er of
par.tltel ~tades th4it rruy I1e adJuste<l sa
as to overlap ana close the opening.
--. flexil;k duct.
Apl~~. alrtl9ht ffttlng Installed
~etwten two ducts. or between afan
and aduct, to prt't'Cl1t the
transmIsslon of noIs.!: and vlmtlons
along the duct~rt.
perimaet huting ,....... perimeter loop e)'Sum perimaet r.dbl5)"!tem duCt lIr.er
Af1i;.erglassl7brte't for hnlng tM Inside
ofaduct to reduce noise and serve as
thermallnsu!atton. -.- --1
A~ sysUm that dlstrIP~ Aperimeter heatl~ system In which a Aperimeter heatlng system In
which a~derfrom acentrally
:OCat.ea fumacc carrlts wann air
directly t.o each floor ~Ist.er.
warm *to ~Isters plact.::J III Of' loop of ductwork, usually eml1edaed In
near tr.eflooralong ~ walls. aconcw~ ground s!a~, dlstrl~utes
warm air to each floor register.
diffu~ .._...__._...1
AdM::;e ~ slats at different
angles for ~npl.3rm or
con~ air from an outlet In
various dircctlons.
122
throw . Urmin.al velocity
The dlstance;il proJected.::-stream tnvels The a~ velocity of aprojected
from an outlet ~a point "".Ut Its v~toclty ;illrstream aUIle endof the throw.
~
Is reduced to aspeclfled dOt. ~ "-:1: .... drop
_ ___ :' The vertical distance ahorizontally
. -- - - __ . p~alrstreamfallsfromthe
~ _...... --.. _ ele¥atlon of its outlet, measured at the
'" ~ ........... .-'.' end of the throw.
"" -'....... .........-...... ,/ L.··· 5p~d
" ............ : The emntto which aprojected
"'" ........,"-., __ : airstream diffuses at the end of the
'" "'" ............. "•.j_'_-'" ........! throw.
"'"", ') ~
" :
'" .
"'-:
~ _.-,-
o
, [
.1
I
l
L
L
L
123.
~ I
r
,
~ )
iI
r
!
venturi tee
Aspecial fitting used In aone-pipe system
to Induce the flow ofwaterfrom ar~ m
HEAT
h~w;rter he3ting.
Asystem for heating auuilJi~ I7:t means of
water heated In a~Iler anJ circubted I7:t a
pump through plpes to radl3tors or
convectors. Also called hydroclc ~tin~.
uranch Into the supply main. ~
;'------ vuckettrap ~ ~~~
; Avalveforellmlnatlng air and ~-~.. ....
steam he3ting
Asystem for heating aUullJing ~ means of
steam generated In aroller ~nJ clrcul3W
through pipes to radiators.
raai3tor
Aheating devlctconsisting of a
sates or coU ofpipes through
which hot wateror steam passes.
1;,~-~./
.~ .
conaensed mOisture from aradiator ~
without allowing steam to escape.
Also called suamtrap. . '. .~ ~
vluder ~
Avalve for draining apipe. radiator. ~
or tank. Also called Pluaer valve.
one-pipe system
Ahat-water heating system In wnlch a
slng~ pipe suppl1es hot water from 3DoI~r
to each radiatoror convectcr in sea;uenu.
reverseretum -------------------...-...--.--. I t¥.to-pipesystem
Atwo-pipe hot-water system In -.......... A, hot-water heating system in W~ich OM
which the lengths of the supply and . tfk··,.~ >.rGl.. pipe supplies hot water from ~ boiler to the
""m pll"SI""ch",d1,t«o' c:::~'-';;~ ",dO"", ...",",,,,,,,,, '" "",,,'" pll"
?;~::::::;:--.~~~:~?~~>,J'---~~th'.,WW'h,rol~.
which the return pipe from each ~. ~_~"'.•_._ '~""-.1 ~
raalator orconvector takes the .. -_/~ ......<i." ............
shortest route I7acl to the uoiler_ _~~,,_. ~'1
~;~:;~eIn asteam-heating rfl: ~~~~~;~~ i
system that carrIes both air and ,. -- ' I '
water ofcondensation. :
t....'
CCf1v~ctor El ~...- fin tu~ 5afety va1ve ---------_.-
Aheatlng unit In which air heated
~ COfTt3Ct with araJlator or fin
tu~ clrculaus I1:iconvectlon.
P3~;oIrd huter
A Icrtg. narrow hydronlc or electrlc
convector des~ned for InstallJtlon
alOf1~ the lr.lse of awall.
unrt heater
; Atype of radiator having horizontal
: tuDes with closely spaced vertical
: flns to max!mlz.e heat transfer to
I
Aseff-cont3lnea electrlc or gas-fired space
hea ter. consls~ of aMating element. fan.
arJ adirectional OtJtlet.
space heaUr
Adevice for heatlng the space In which It Is
Ioc3ted. esp. aunit that has no external
heating ducts orconnect1on to achimney.
qU.irtz heater
An elutrlc spau heater having heating
ek:ments sealeJ III quartz-gbss tubes that
produce Infrared r:uliJ tlon In frOl1t of a
rd!b:;Cive badl"9.
Areliefvalve that opens when actuated
I7:t agJs or vapor pressure al10vea
predetermined level allowing the!J3s or
vapo!' to escape U!Ttl! Its pressure Is
reduced to a safe or acceptable level.
relief valve
Avalve that opens when actuated I1:i
stJtlc pressure aDove a predetermined
!evd in order to reduce the pressure to it.
p~ck ----------------------.-..--.---~
Asman faucet or v.lve for draining or
re1e3slnq compression In pipes. radiators,
and boi~rs.
raa~rTt htati"9
Asystem for Mating by radiation from a
surface. esp. one that Is heated by meanS
of electrlc reSistance or hot water.
~ilu L---------.----~
Aclosed vessd or arrangcmm of ~
anatuboes In which waterIs haU.d or
SU3m Is ~nerated to sUFl'1y r~t Cf'
power.
elect.-ic hat
He3t genmte.d by the reslstJnu of.
conauctor to tM flaw of elect.n:: cum:rTt.
P4nel huting
The raJ1ant he-atlng of aroom or Pu~ ~
me3ns of wan. floor. Pii.semra. orceill~
panels COITtalnlng electrlcJl conaUC"..us.
hot-wattr pipes. or hot-air d~s.
123
124.
HEAT
~Ir ~ naitionlng
Asystemorprocess for simultaneously
CCI1tro1llng the temperature, humidity.
purity. dlstriPutlon, and motlon of the air
111 an Interior space. esp. one capable of
coon~.
campressive refrigerrtion ~
A~lon pr0ces51n which cooling
Is ~ecW by the vaponuuon ana
expansion ofa"!uld refrigerant. .
air conditioner
Arry device or apparatus for controlling.
esp. lowering. the temperature and
huml&ty of aspace.
pack.age'hIirconditioner - ..................."
Afactory-3ssembl&:! air conditioner having ".
afan. fllters. compressor. condenser. ana
evaporator colis for cooling. For heating.
the unit may operate as aheat pump or
contdln auxiliary heating elements.
expansion valve
Av.alve that reduces the pressure and
rnporatlon temperature ofarefrlgmnt
as It flows to the evaporator'..~.7
rmigerant ....
Aliquid capal7le of v.aporlzlng at a
low temperature. as ammon13.
usealn tne{;hanlcal refrigeration.
comp~~r _.____..J conde~_·i
lead
The aem3nd pl3ced on a heating. ventl13ting.
or 3lr-wndltlonlng system In oraer to
maintain the desired conditions of thermal
comfort: In al7ui!dlr~.
cooling lead
The hourly rAte of heat gain In an enclosed
space. expressed In Btu per hour3nd used
as the pasls for selecting an air'
conditioning unit or system.
cooli~ dC9ree-day
Adegree·day aDore the st3naard .
tempmture of 75·F (24°C). usealn
estlmatlng energy ~ulrements far air'
condltlonln~ and refrigerAtlon.
cooling meaium
Afluid suDst3nce. as chilled water or cool
air. for removln~ heat. as from the Interior
spaces of abulld1ng.
henrele3Std to ten of refrigeration
.
........~ +The caollog off",,"""eO """0lie" ofIc,
. at 3Z0F (o·C) melts to waterat the same
- temperature In 24 hours. ~ufvalent ta
. . ... 12,000 Btulhr. (3.5 tW)o
energy efficiency rating
An Index of the efficiency of arefrlgmtlng
unit. expressln~ the Btu remcvea per watt
of electric31 energy input.
coolant
er.Ipor;rtor - .....
1Mcomponentofa refrlgeratlon
SjIStem In which the refrlgerarrt
aPsork heat from acooling medium
ana changes from aliquid to agas.
Apump orother machine for
reducing the volume and
Increasing the pressure ofagas.
Adevice for reducing avapor
or gas to Ilqula or solid form.
Afluid agent for reducing the temper.atllre
of a5y'StaT1 belowaspectfled value by
conductlng away the heat produced In the
operation of the system.
hat pump
A~ that uses acompressible
~ to transfer he.lt from one
reservoir to another. with the process
~ reversi~ so that Itcan be used for
~ ~ ana cooling apulldlng. - - - I )
a~rpWn refrigeration
A ~ processthat uses a
~ and an apsorberInstead of a
compressor to transfer he<it.
hatextrKte4byme3n5 of..
Indoors
winterhe3tin
hatexchangertQproJl.JCe;:~~~lllg;
chiDedw;ta- forcoolIng
keatexch.1nger ................................. _../
Akv1ce for transferring the heatof a
fluid fuwl~ on one side ofaI7anier to
afluid ftowlng on the other.
condenser •.•.
124
W35te heat ~CW from
stam3S It C()ndenses Wore
rrlumfng to evaporator
C?,,
indoors
,,
he.1t sink
Amedlu mor environment for the
aDSOrption or dlsslpatlon of unwanted I'
heat.
wtdoors
.,
D=«o~ i
summercoolin
;-- a~o~r
.I The component of an aDsorption'
. :' refrigeration system M ~ asaOne
: solution to araw W3ter VlIpor from the
evaporator. cooling the rtm3lnlng W3ter In
the process.
: ....... generatar
.: The component of an aDsorption·
! refrigeration system that uses aheat
source to remove excess water vapor
from asahne solution.
! :
i
~ ..
I
j.
l.
125.
f
;1
;
j
. I~:~
-:.:'''.
5upplyajr --------.--.--
The condltlonea ,ir delivered
by an air-conditlor.iM~ system
to tM served sp~
I
~~:~";PP~~~-,;;;,;--I
rnodente ~sSlJ~ ,s to
supply forced d~5 ir1 a
hatln!j oralr-corJ:tlcnlrJ4
system.
humklifier --- --------
Adevice for rnJIntJh11~ or
IncreJsln4 thI: arT101.ltlt of
W3tervaPor In tM 3tr of;1
room orPulldlng.
pump ------- ---_._-
A machine th3t n~.
tnrtSfers. or ccm~
fluids or!3SeS ~ ti-.e suctlon
Of' ~ssure prcJl.'Ud ~ a
piston. plunger. or ~ of
rotating vanes.
chilk:a water punt ------1-·1--~~
A room contJlnl~ cr.e or more
chillers 3nd pumrs fof alr-
conJltlonln~ a~"!dir";l.
chillu
Adevice empk;ylr.3 the
compressive ~~n
cycle to chili the W1ta" used In
coon~ aPuIfJIr19-
t'OI1er forproducing hoC
wmror$Cam
cooling tower
Astructure. usually on the roof of a
l1ulialng.ln which heat is extracted from
water th3t has peen used for cooling.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__+ ______..l
prthe3ter .------------:
Acoil for heaUng air that Is below
3Z·F (O·C) to atemperature
slightly above freezing. In advance
of other processing.
HEAT
central air conditioning
An air-conditioning system that treats air
at acentral location ana dl5tril1utes the
wndltloned alrto an entire ~ulld1~ Dy
means of fans and ductwork.
HVAC
Ai1brevlatlon for heating. ventll3tlng. and
air conditioning. •
_._____________ ~ return air
The air conveyed from an air-
conditioned space pack to the
central plant for processing 3nd
recIrculatlon.
t-------- damper
! A movable plate for re~ulatl~g the
: draft In an air vutlet. air duct. or
/ the throat of aflreplace.
!
,----- exhaust air
.--h..... The air exhausted from an Interior
f.--I space to the outslde.
r --. fresh :air
:' Outdoorairdrawn In for treatment
JLL In an alr-conditlcnlng system. Also
--l callea outside air.
___• air-handling unit
An alr-condi~nlng asseml7ly containing the fans.
fllters. and othercomponents nece5saryto treat
and dlstriWte conditioned air to an entire 17ulldlng
or to specrf'oC zones within the liulldtng.
--- filter
A porous su?stance or mass. as
cloth or a l.1yer of charcoal. through
which a gas orhqula is passed to
remove suspended impurities or to
recover sol"tds.
mechanical_equipment room
Any room contalnl~ permanently
Installed machinery and eqUipment for
the mechanical systems of abuilding.
125
126.
HEAT
,"-water system
An alr-condlt.lonl~system In which eIther
hotorchilled water Is ~ to fan·coll
units In the 5eNedspaces, where aIr Is
circulated locally.
two-pi~ sy5tem •..........'" .......
An an-W3ter system In whIch one
pIpe supplies the hot or chilled
water tof;in·coil units, and the
other pipe returns It to the boiler
or chilled water plant.
four-pipe system - ..................
An ;ill-water system In whIch
separ3te hot-water and chliled-
water pIping cIrcuIts provIde for
simultaneous heating and coolJng
as needed In various zones of a
~lld1ng.
all-air system
An aIr-conditionIng system In which central
fans Q1striUute conaltloned aIr to the
served spaces by means ofductwon:.
5ingle-duct system •. _.............
An ail-air system In which a
single duct conveys conditioned
air to the served spaces.
constant-air-volume
s~tem
An an-air system In which a
master thermostat
automatlc3lly regulates the
quantity ofconditioned air
suppI1edto each zone.
varial7le-air-volume 5)'stem
An an-airsystem In which a
thermostatically controlled
varlaPte-volume Pox regulates
the ~ntlty ofcondItioned aIr
supplied to tach zone.
dual·duct system _.._..............
An an-air system In which separate
cold-airand warm-aIr supply ducts
meet at a mixing box where the air
Is ~ baore d1strll1ut1on to
eachZOM
termlrul rebut !System _e.........
An aQ-alrsystem In which areheat
coil ~ubtes the temperature of
theair being furnished to each
IndMdU211ycontrolledzone.
air-water system .-..••...•.•....•..•............
An ar-(;OndItIon~ system In which hIgh-
velocityducts supp/ycondltloned airfrom a
centr.ll plant to ~h zone where It mIxes
with room aIrand Is further heated or
cooled In an induction or fan·coll unit.
126
~
--"----"1J"
......-.........j
U
't- _.-
r-'
I'"
I~ I·
.
t::::::> L. -l!:l
!--
T
..~ supply pipe
Apl~ fiX" conveying hot or chilled
water from the boiler or chilled·
water piJnt to;; fan·coll unit.
..._
.....- .. ~ return pipe
.' Apipe for conveying water from a
fan-coil unit to the boiler or chilled-
water pllnt.
termirl41 unit
Any of mlous devlces for delivering ;;
heating orcooling medium to;; spa~.
.-.--- ..---- fan-con unit
Atermln31 unit containing an "Ir filter.
heating or cooOng coils, and acent~!
fan for drawing In A mixture ofroom "Ir "nd
outskk.lr.
can
AconnecteJ series ofpipes or tuplng In
rows or layers, often having fins attached
to Q1sslpa~ heat.
muttizoM sysum
Ace"tn! air-handling unit capaple of
5eTVIng up to eight zones Simultaneously.
zone
Aspace or group of spaces In a ~Ildl~
whose temperature and alrquanty Is
regulaW ~ asingle control
-' .-- mixill9!?ex
Achamkr for proportioning and P~
cold and warm air underthermostatlc
control to reach the desired temper.stm:.
_-_.-- rehutccn
------- An ~ or hot·watucoU for ralslll{! ~
tempen~re ofthe air In the supply duct of
an alr-cond1tlonlng system.
r-"-"-' induction unit
./ A~rmlnal unit In which prImary "Ir draws In
/ room alrtnrough afilterand the mixture
passes (Ner coils that are either he3ted or
chilled ~ secondary water from aroller or
chilled water pl.;nt.
_. -..-" -. hlgh-velocity duct
Asmall duct capa~1e of conveying
primary air At aveloctty of 2.400 ft.
(730 m) per minute or h'9her.
primary air
The conaltloned air supplle4 at ah41h
pressure and high velocity l>y a
antral.lr handling unit. .
·1
f
127.
. :
I
• I
I
...i
_I
_J
I
;_1
""""~----------------
airch.1"¥
The replacement tithe volume of air
contJlned wtthln aroom with an equivalent
volume offresh air within agiven period of
time. The term air cha"~es-per-hcur Is
often used to specify ventll3tlon
stanaarcls.
venti~r
A Ioovered o~'lng or motor-driven fan
for rtpUcmg swgnant alrwtth fresh air.
HEAT
vent ventilate
An opening. as In awall. serving as an To provide aroom with fresh air to
replace air that has ~n used or
contaminated.
outletfor air. smoke. fumes. or the ll~e. ~_
attic ventilator
Awlnd- or motor-driven fan for
asslstlng the natural air flow
through an attic space.
natural ventilation
The process of ventilating 3 space by
the natural movement ofair rather
than by mechanical means.
o
chimney effect
The tendencyof air or gas In a
shaft Or other vertical space to
rise when heated. creating a
draft that draws In coolerair or
gas from I1elow.
~~J
<j:====l Y== ~
J
~ ~ cross ventilation
The circulation offresh air thro.U9h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - open wlnaows, doors. orot-her
openings on opposite sides ofaroom.
~.whole-hou..v.ntilator
,. Amotor-driven fan for pulling stale air
from the living areas of ahouse and
exhausting It through attlG vents_
-:~f;---;~~-~-~-~iJ r!:~;----·~~·
) I I.
L ____________________________ .l~ ..
plenum ventil1ticn
A system of mechanical ventilation In
whkh fresh air Is forced Into the space to
DC ventil3ted from achamPer (plenum
chamber) at a pressure Slightly higher
than 3 t.m05 pherlc pressure. so as to
ex~lstale air.
fan
Adevice that rotates an array of blades
orvanes about an axis In order to produce
acurrent ofair.
exhaust fan
A fun for ventilating an Interior space by ~~ """I'/f'r Iii __ :11
drawrng air from the Interiorand expelling > LJ
It outside.
~~:~~;~~~~es:~~~-~~-I~~-~~;~--·---- --------- ..--------./ ~
and discharges It radially. ~
o
mechanical ventilation
The process of supplying fresh air to a .
Irolkflng or removIng stale airfrom It by
mechanical means, as with fans.
127
128.
HISTORY
Asystem3tic. often chrOMlogical
narrativeofs~njficant events as
relating toa particular people.
country. or period. often including
an expIJnation of their causes.
civitiution
An advanceJ state of human society
man:ed by arelatively high lev~ of cuttural.
technlc3l and political development.
society
An endurin4 and cooper3t1n~ !ar~-scaIe
communityof pecple havln~ comlr.on
t.raJltb1s, Insmutlons, ..nd identity,
whose It'IeI1Pers h3ve developed collective
Interests and Pellefs throu~h In-<-..eractlon
wtth ~ another.
culture
The~~ofhuman
know~ beliefs. ..nd Dehavlors ~uilt up Dy
.. group ofhuman reJngs and tr.alSmltted
from OM ~tIon to the next.
style
Apartlcubrordistinctive form of artIstic
expression characteristic of aperson.
p~ple. or period.
expression
The manna-In which meaning, spirtt. or
character Is 5yIT1bottZed orcommunlcated in
the ~ ofan artistic wort
preh~
Of, ~"'lng to. or exlstlng IF! t.I',c time
priorto U1e recordln~ of hl!man ~ents.
kncw~ ofwhich Is gained mainly
through arclueologlcal d1scover'.es.
SUldy, and research.
Stcne~.
The e41~ known period of hufro n
Wture. ~ the Bronze A¥ ana
the Iron ~ and cluracteriz.eJ by the
lise of stone Implements and weapons.
HeolitJric
Of or re~"9 tc the !ast phase of tne
5to1e~~~ Pythe
cu/;lvatJon ofgraIn crops,
domestbtlon ofa01lmals, settle:Ment
of vlfiages.ln3nuf~re ofpottery and
textiles. aM useof poI1sheJ sto~
imp!emelrt.s: thought to h3v~ begun
C$OOO-&OOO B.c.
u~aux~e
A~ve In ~aux. France. containing
wan paln~ and engravings thought to
d3U from c13.000-6500 B.C.
128
Mescpotamia
An ancient r~1oo In western Asia
l:>etwU1I the Tlgrls ..nd Euphrates rivers,
comprising the lands of 5umer and Akkad
and occupled successively ~ the
Sumerl3ns. Ba~nlans..Assyrlans. and
~ns: nowpari-ofIraq. .-...
Fertile Crescent
An agricultural regIon arching from the
eastern shores ofthe Mediterranean Sea
In the west to Ir;;qIn the east: the
locatlol1 ofhumanklnd's earliest cu~ures.
Catal HiiyOk
ANeolJthlc settlementIn Anatolla. Jated
6500-5000 B.c.One ofthe walia's earliest
cities. It had mud·1nici: fortlflcatlons and
houses. frescoed shrines. afullydeveloped
~riclJtture. and extensive tradIng In
. o~sldlan. the chief materi31for tool-making.
Anrt.olia
Avast plateau Petwe..."11 the Black.
MedlUrranean. and ~an Seas.
synonymous with the peninsula ofAsia
Minor: today comprises mostofTun:t:y.
Bronze~e
Aperiod of humanhlstc!)rth3t !:>egan
c.;ooo-.3000 B.c.. followIng the Stene
Age ana preceding t:he Iron A¥.
characterized Py the use of ~
Implements.
Yang-'luo
ANeolithic culture In China cenUreJ
around the fertile piaInsofthe Yellow
River. cluracterlzed ~ pitdwelhngs and
flne pottery painted In geomttrlc
designs.
Sumerton architecture
The architecttire ~eloped ~ the
5umer.ans who dominated southern
Mesopotamia from u,e 4th to the end of
the 3rd millennium S.c., characterized ~
monu:r~ntal temples of sun-drlea ~rIck
faced with ~rnt or glazed Prlcl:. often
pultt upon U,e ruins of their
predecessors.
Sumer
An ancient region in southern
Mesopot.1mia. where anumf:.erof
Independent cities anacity-states were
esta~!lshed as ear.y as 5000 B.C. A
numPerof rts cltles. 3S Erldu. Uruk.ana
~. are major archeck;.giC3TSites:'
tell
An artlflclal mound a.ccumulatea from the
remains of one or rMre ancient
settlements: often Use4 In the Mldale
East 35 part of apiau name.
f9yptL1n Architecture
The architecture of the ancient clvliizatlon
that flourished along the Nile RIver In
northwest Africa from Vetore:3000 B.C. to
Its annexation by Rome In :30 B.C.•
characterized esp. by the axial plannIng of
massive masonry tom17s and temples. the
use of tra~eated construction with precise
stonework. and the decoration pf lrattered
walls with pIctographic carvings In relief. A
preoccupation with eternity and the
afterlifedominated the uUlldlng of these
funerary monuments ana Umples.,which
reprod~ the features ofdomestic
architecture but on a massive scale usIng
stone for permanence. :
Minoan architecture
The architecture ofthe Bronze Age
cIvilization that flourished on Crete from
a~Out 3000 to 1100 B.c.. named after the
legendary King Minos of Knossos and
characterized by the elarorate palaces at
Knossus and Phaetus.
3000BC ••••••••••• e ••••••••••••••
Harappa
Xia
A~endary dyl14sty tn China. 2205-
1766 B.c. AlsO. HslJ.
5h.1l:g
AChinese dynasty. c1000 B.C.-l030 B.c.•
man:ed ~ tne Introduct!on of writing. the
development of an mn clvlllutlon...nd a
master)' of In-onze ~ stlng. Also, Yin.
ABronze ~e cultUrtl tltrt flourished In the
Indus valleyc;2300-1500 B.C.
1~~IU'r..-'.101f
.~~ >
r.l;~~
Chinese archituture
The Indigenousarchitecture ofavast
country In eastern Asia whose clvlnz.tlon
has continualfyevolvcQ and survived longer
than anyothernatbt In the world. Despite
the man:ed diversity In the archftecture of
various regklns ~used by differences In
geographic andclimatic conditions, aunique
system of wood fralM construction
graaually tooIc sh2peOIer several millennia
of Innovation and synthesis and exerted a
profounti Influeruoverthe an;hftecture of
Korea. Japan. and Southeast Asia.
Preclassic
Oforpertaining to Mesoamerican culture
from 2200 B.C.to AD. 100.
. J.
I
-.-
129.
..--
I
I
i
i
~
Hittite archfteau-re
The architecturedthe HIWte Empire
which dominatedAsb Minor aM northem
5yN from aoout2O(X) to 1200 B.C..
characterized byfortlflc3tlons of cyclopean
stont masonry;and gateways with portal
sculptures.
Code ofHamrmaraln
ABalrjlonL1n ~codelnst!tuted by
Hammura!7lln the ml&-laU! century B.c,
lr.IseJ on prlncJyles a~ from
5u.merl3n culture:
Myceruean architecture
.The architecture d U1eAegean clvlllzatlon
that sprt3d Itsnfluencefrom Mycenae In
southern Greece to manyparts of the
Ikdlterranean region from al10ut 1600 to
noo 6.C. ch3racter!zed by shaft graves.
monumental beelWe Wnl1-s. and palaces
fortffied with cyclope3n walls.
A5syriJn ~rchftuture
The Mesopctamlan archlte<;ture developed
under the Assyrl3n king-emperors of the
9th to7th centuries B.c. Within city walls
strengthened by towers with crenelated
~ts. palaces tool: pre~nce (Ncr
religlouslnJi1d1ngs. Vaulting played a
greater role th3n In southem Mesopotami3
and polychrcme glazed brlckwork showed
the Influenu of Egyptian decoration.
.A
J~ .~
Greek architecture
The architecture of thecMIlz3tlon that
fuurlshed 00 the Greek peninsula. In Asia
Minor, on tr.enorth coastofAfrica. and in
the western Mediterranean until the
est3tnlshrfte:Tt of Roman domln!Q.ll..ln.A!2....
.!1§..character!ud byasystem of
constrtJctlc,tl1ased on rules ofform and
proportion. Temples of post-and-hntel
COl1Stn.Jctlcl1 were continually reflned In a
questfor ~ectlon and their ~slgn
lrrf1uenetd awide range ofsecular. civic
l7ul1dlngs.
Neo-6a!7yloniJn archftuture
The f,~esopotami4n architecture that
de-,dcpe.d after the de<;lIne of the Assyrian
Err.pire. deriving much from AssyrL1n
archiu.cture arJ enhanced by figured
des.l.3ns of hera!d'~ animals In glazed
br'.cl:.....ork.
Hanging Garddns of Ba!7ylon
Ase~.es of 1rrlg.4:eJornamental gardens
HISTORY
Persi.1n archiUcture
The architecture developed under ~
Achaemenld dynasty of kings who ruled
..nclent Persl3 from 550 6.C. untiltts
conquest by Alexander the GreatIn 3:31B.c..
characterized by asynthesis of -
architectural elements ofsurroundIng
C<?untrles. as Assyria. Egypt. and lonon
Greece.
pta~
~ on the terra~s of the Cttadel. the ./ PersL1n
pa~ complex in ancient Babylon: regarded / Atelamon portrayed In Pers13n dress_
as ~ of the Se-..~ Wonders ofthe World. !
Heltenic
Of IX ~Inlng ro ancient Greek history.
culture. and art. e-sp. Pefore the time of
Alex.:Jnder the G:-e:at.
Hellenistic
Of IX ptalnlr.g r.o Greek history. culture•
arid 3rt from the Ume ofAlexander the
G~,;'s death!.; 323 S.C. through the l6t
~;,JJry 6.c, dur.~ which Greek dynasties
were estal7llshd ill Egypt, Syrl,J"; and
Per-sbl. ~nd G~ culture was modified by
f~n elements.
Parthi.1n architecture
The archItectUre developed under Part.l1i3n
rule In Iran ana westem Mesopotamia. from
the:3rd century 6.C. to the 3r.l century A.D,
comulnlng classlcal with Indigenous
features.
Etru"anarchitecture
The..rchlt.eaure of the Etruscan pecp1e In
west-centraIItalyfrom the 8U! to :3rd
centuries B.c, before the rise of Ro~ Its
construction methods. esp. that of ~
~~ ~~r.e ;uch,lnfluerud later Roml!
architecture.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ~ •••••••••••••••• •• •••••• 48(
Zhou
AChinese dynasty. c1000 ~.c.-256 B.C.•
marked by the dMslon ofChln2'nto
separate feudal states and the emergence
ofConfuclanlsm and Taalsm. which gave
thrust to all su!.>seq:Jent Chinese culture.
Also. Chou.
ConfuciJnl~m
Aphilosophy th~ c:Iomin3ted China untll
the early 20th U'TtIJry: an ethical system
lr.Ised on the teachings of the Chinese
phl~er. Confucius. c55l-473 6.C.
emphasizing love for humanity, harmony In
thought and conduct. ckvotlon to family.
and reverence for parents. Including the
spirits of ooe's ancestors.
Olmec archituture )
The architecture of the MeS03merican
cMllutlon which flourished c1200-500 B.C.
In the troplcalloWnds of the Mexican GuIf
Coast. charactertz.ed by ~mple~PJ"'imlds
Indian architecture Maurya
The architecture of the Indian A rr.en1Per of 3n ancient Indi3n people who
stlllcontl~. from the Indus valleyculture united n~ India and es"taphshe.d an
of the Harap?a to the Mauryan e:ra, and empire c:320 B.C.: architecture from ~:5
later to ~r'cJs offarelgn domination and period shows the culturallrrfluence of
indigenous n:ie. chal'3Cterized esp. by Hindu Ach.aemenld P
ersla and ~rs~u~
3nd Buddhist monuments, sometlmes dressed 5tor.e.
sharing the S3mt site, and rhythmic. - - --
straUfleJ rr.ul-tlpllcatlcn of motifs and
profuse car.'ed ornamentation, often
com!7lnlng tJ-.e rellglous and the sensuous.
racl,m
Chinese philosophy and religion considered
next to Conf.xbnlsm In Importanu. Based
on the ~I~s ofthe Chinese
phllosopher,lao-tiu. c604-5316.c., It
emph3slzes ~ lifeofslmpl1ctty ana
noninterference with the course of natural
events In or~ to ~taln ahappy existence
In h3rmony wtth the Tao. As areligion. It
dates from AD. 143, ~Ing popular
during the dox"ne of the Han djnastyand
the Introd~.1an of Buddhism to China.
rao
The Way: the creative prinCiple th3t orders
the universe.
Gr-ut Wall of Chin.a
Afu,......lfled waH CC'1T1mencea unkr the Zhau
dY1".;Jsty to ~ Chl~ ~alnst nomads
froe1 the north 3~d seNe as ameans of
corr::nunfcatJon. y.rous sectlons were pullt
arJ connected 1:1Ttlf, during the Mlng
dy~sty. t36a-1i-44,1t extended for 1..500
mi~ (2.415 kin). from southern Kansu
prOr~r.ce to the ~ east ofPeking.
~;-At and rmcea repeatedly, It Is the
oroi)' nurnan-/n3Je construction vlslule from
W~space.
Ch..1vin
Gin
Adjnasty 1:'1 Chlt13. 221- 206 6.c.. marteJ by
the emergence ofa centr311:zed go.'ermr~
ana the constroctlon of much ofthe C~t
Wall of CfiT..u. Also. Ch'fn... -~ -. _.-
Mochica
~Cge c~:~mon~cente_~. _____
--,,~~/:~~. -----,
APe;"'Jvf3n Culk~! 13stlng from cl000 6.C.
to c200 B.C, !rased on the worship of the
J~~~ god and cbracterlzed by excellent
sUr,e sculptur!. ,13porate gold work, and
re.'1"!3rt3ble cera~:cs: named after the town
of ';~Jt name In untral Peru. where a
corr:pfex of m3ss'.e stone InJlldlngs With
su~..elT3nean ~3·'~rles surround formal
cC".-:J3rds.
.J... pre-Inca" culture that flourished on :.".e
northern coast of Peru from c200 B.c. to
A.D. 700. ncted for Its flne potteryard th~
colossal Temple of the Sun. aterrace.:l
pyramid nude entirely of adobe pricks. .'.Iso
called Moche
~_-
_~~7//._____
'''-_·'_~'''-'
129
130.
HISTORY
~~I~rch~re
Thean;hftecture ofanc!erttGruce and
~~ which theItaf14n RtI12Iss.nce and
~t styles,as the ~~and ~e
~ ~~ IT.ase4 tI1drdevelopment.
RDiun ~rchitecture
The~hlttcture of the ancient Roman
~ charactertua Dy massive ~ and
~..e COf1stroctlon employing such
~ as the semlclrcubrarch. the
~ and groin V3uItS, and the dome, a
~and granJeurofmassing often
~withelabor.lteMtalhng. the
~ of the Gred: orders as purely
~ motifs for the amrnentof
~ 3IId Interiors, and the useof marPle
~ I105alcs, and molkd stucco In
~
RDee
Aat:'1ft ~ central part ofItaly wI1lch.
~ to tradition, was founded l1y
Rc:In:Ius and Remus In 756 6.c~ ancient
~l of~ Roman Empire and s~ of
V~ nCIty, the sea t ofauthority of the
Roroon c.thollc Church.
Sassanlan architecture
The architecture prevalent In Persia under
the Sassanlan dynastytlut rvl.ed A.D. 2:26-
651. forming ahnk l1etween the older
Mesopotamian traditions arid the
Byzantine, and character!ztd ~ palaces
with ~lll~~~r.vau.ltsa~dA~rr.es set on
.?<lllnchesanE.~kuCCOl;(~'?c~i)'lYllI?
.art1cu~~ by pilasters and c.xnices..
Early Christian architecture
The final phase of Roman architecture,
following the adoption ofChristianity as
the state re~1on by Constantine In A.D. :31:3
and lasting until the coronation of
Charemagne In A.D. 000 as emperor of the
Holy Roman Empire. characterized Py
churchts planned forcongregational
worship. esp. the basilica: coincident with
and related to the rise of 6yz3ntlne
archIte:ctureo
6yzantSne,rchitecture
The architecture ofthe e3stern sphere of
the later Roman Empire. tfeveloplng from
late Roman and earlyChristian
anteceaents In the 5th century and
Influencing church Irolldlng In Greece. Italy.
and elsewhere for more than athousand
years: characterized by masonry
construction. round arches. shallowdomes
carried on ~ndentlves. andthe extensive
use of rich !rescoe~. colored glass mosaics,
and marPle revetments to (,(Ner whole
Interiors.
Medieval architecture
The architecture of the Euro~n Middle
~es, comprising the architecture of the
Byzantine, pre-Romanesque, Romanesque,
and Gothic periods.
Middle~e5
The time In European hiStory between
classical antiquity and the Renaissance,
often dated from AD. 476 when Romulus
Augustulu~.the last Roman emperoroiihe
Vestem Roman Emplre, was ~. to
aDout~
Dark~es
The early part ofthe Middle!<.¥s.
from a!1out A.D. £~!:<?~1.100.
AD100 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••
Pre-Ccl1Im~n
OfCK ~Ining 1:0 the Amerlc3s
befi:lre ~ vr:JP¥s of~mll.us.
~1Mric.a
Thearea extendI"!:J from central
t.4c::dc:o 2td;fIeY~n Peninsula to
~ and Nlc3ra~ In which pre-
~ cJvIlimbtsflourished.
~ ~rcs excelled In astronomy
aM~ Ile3SU~ of"me, ana
sIIare.a ~ple-pyram:ds and a
~ ofdeities Incfudlng sun.
lriad. ar.& rain gods.
~
Of or~Inlng to IkSQ;lmerican
cufture from AD. 100 to 900.
130
Gupta ,[O~·~:';' Pall.v3 S{.·.'~ D~vid~n .::~...:.
The dynastyofthe Mauryan empire In AHindu st."teestal7llshea In southern India Astyle of Indian architecture In the fal1.?n
northern India. AD. 320-540, ",-hose court auout AD.:550: contrluuted to the period, named ~ the langUJ¥ spoken In
~!l.s ~hc center.Q{~~~lj;.allna:3 n..artana expansion ofIndian cultllre Into Southeast southern India.
~~~~.the earliest suUstaiotial AsI3.
architectural remains are from this period.
Mayan architej;ture
The architectureofthe Mesoamerican
civilization oftheYucatan Penlnsub.
Guatemala.and part of Horldur35, from the
1stcentury AD. toIts peak In the 9th
century. characterized l1y magniflcent
ceremonial centers with temple·pj'T'3mlds.
ritual ball courts. spacious pfa~s, and
palaces with sculpturea facades.
.-----~......--..-"---- ..---
--.....,.,-......-.
r,)
Zapotu~rchltuture ~j .
The eclectic architecture oftillAmerindian
civilization which flourished e500 B.C.-
A.D. 1000 In the highland valleyofOaxaca In
southern Mexlw, assimilating Influences
from the OImecs ana fromreotlh~3n
during the Classic period.
Tiahuanaco
Apre-Incan culture existing from about
:300 B.C. to A.D. 900, chiefly In Peru ana
Bollvl3, characterlud Dy monolithic stone
c"lrvlng. polychrome pottery. and Dronze
artifacts
i
'I
J
.. t
1-.·
I
131.
.1
.1
.1
• 1
.t
.I
RolTUne~at architecture
Astyleof arcnltecture emer~ln~ In Italy
ana western Europein ~ 9th century
and bstl/19 urrtJl the advent of Gothic
architecture In ~ 12th century.
wnprlslng. varietyof rebted ~Ional
styks and ch.aractmzed by h~vy.
•rtlculated ~50nl1 construction ~Ith
narrow o~ni"9s. the use of the round arch
.nd 7arrel VOIUtt.. the development of the
vauItIM_ptand~••nd the
introduction ofcetTtr.ll.nd wes~m
towers for churches.
~l.amic architectl.lre
~ architecture of~ Muslim peoples
from the 7th centuryon. developl~ 10 the
wake of Mu~mmaa.n colUluests of diverse
tenitorles from S~1n In the west to Indl3
In the east and a7sorV1ng elements of art
and arch/"tectUre from each ~Ion:
ch3ractertzed by tr,., devclopme1tt of the
lI'1OS<ue a~ adistinct lnJlki1ng ~. masonry
domes4Ind tunnel VOIults. roond and
horseshoe arches. and rich surface
decorations Incorporating C3Jngraphy and
foral maUfs In agametrc fra mework
~use of the Ian on human and 3nlmal
represent3tlons. Also refemJ to as
Mu$llm JIIrchit.ecture_
£:.1rolinglan archiUcture
The e3My Romanesque architecture of the
Frankish dynastytnat reigned In France
AD. 751-987and In Germany until ASJ.911.
chmcterlztd I1ya~laf.the.focms.oL
classlc~l.intkyl1Q' modlfled ~
ecclesiastical requlremem.
Lomuard architecture
The e3rly Romanesque architecture of
~ ltaiyAyr.lnll the 7th and 8th
~tJLri§. characterized 7y the use of
fatty Christian and Roman forms and the
~velo.Jm1~_tof~ult and
vaultlnash~. ~~T,
:; j: :i
Anglo-Saxon archftecture
The early Romanesque archttecture of
England lefore the Norman Conquest In
1066. characterized by the translation of
timber prototypes Into stone.
HISTORY
Ottonian architecture
The early Romanesque archlteGture of the
(?erman ~~kY that ruleJ as em~rors of
the Holy Roman Empire from~2.=.IClOb
~~h ~t.kY.elop_rnent offpfit!S
~dy~.!rom~roHnglan_and ByzantlJ'!tL
~~,~pt.~.
Norman archftuturt
The Romanesque architecture
Introduced from Normandy Into
England !lefore the Norman Ccnquest
and flourishing until the rise ofGothic
architecture c12OO, characteriuJ gy
the 7ulIalng of great Benedictine
abl1eys. the two-tower facade
supplementing acentraItower over the
c~slng. and the use of geometric
ornamentation.
Norman ColUlJest .
The conquest of England I1y the
Normans under WllIl3m the CclUlueror.
101066.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1000
l~m Moorish archiUcture Moural1ic style
~ religious tilthof Mushms. based on The islamic architecture of North Africa Astyle of Spanish architecture produced
~ texhtngs of tile prop~ Mulummad. and esp_ ofthe reglonsof Spain under from the 9th to 15th centuries by Chrlstl3ns
tJ..e central themes of which are De!lef In Moorish domination. characterlze.d by under Moorish Influence. characterized by
the on~ God. AlI3h. the existence of the lulldlng of large mosques and the horseshoe arch and other Moorish
Par;;rdlse and Hell. and tr,., universal ela7orate fortress-palaces. features.
J~ment [),ytoCGlme. Also. the
cM11z.atlon !71dtt on islamic faith. Also Moor
C41b1 t.Wlumm.l<:bnl:>m. Amemrerofthe Muslim people of
Muhamnu4
Arab prop~ and founder of Islam. AD.
570-632. Also. MoIumrnecl.
Nar.;!l
A period In Jap;ine~hlstory. All. 710-794.
ch3ractuIzeJ by ~ adoptlon of Chinese
cultu~ and form of§OVt:mment: named
~ ~ first permanentcapital and chief
Buddhist cen~ In ancient Japan.
northwest Afrb who Invaded Spain In
the eth century and«eupled It until
1492.
Japane~ architecture
The architecture of the civilization that
emerged on the Japanese archlpel3go off
the eastcoast ofASI3. characterized I1ya
synthesis of seminal Ideas from China and
native conditions producing adistinctive
style ch3racterlzed I1yhghtness. delicacy.
and reflnement. .a±::::::!===~~~~~~;;::::!:~:=!::lt::l:.....
Mixtu archituture l~
The architecture of the Amerindl3n culture
cen~reJ In the 0aX3C3 Valley of Mexico
from about AD. 000 to the Spanish
conquest, charac~rlzed by great stone
masses, the use of Interior stone columns.
and the highly detailed fretwork of Interior
and exterior/rle:zes.
Toltec archituture
The architecture of the Amerindian people
who settled In central Mexico around A.D.
900 ana who are traditionally credited with
laying the foundation of Aztec culture:
characterlzed by colossal 73saIt telemones
ofToItec warriors. colonnades several ranks
deep. and stone panels carved wlth,human-
headedJaguars and sym70ls of
Quetutlc6atl. set In plain wall surfaces.
Quetzatlc6atl
Priest-ruler of the Tottec people. who was
deified as the feJtherea-serpent god called
by that name
I
He~n _
Ofor pertaining to the period In Japan.
A.D. 78S-1185. char3cter1z.ed by the
modlf1caUon arid naturallz.atlon of1de3s
and Institutions that were e3rl1er
Introduced from Chlr1'a During this t1me
Indigenous feudansm superseded
Chlnese-lasea soc13Iorder ~d
Japanese architecture developed In
Isolation from China.
131
132.
HISTORY
Gothic architecture Renaissance
Thestyle ofarchitecture ~lnatlng In France In the 12th
centulj';lnd exl:stlng In the western ~If of Europe throu~h
the rnWIe ofthe 16th~.chamterized l7y the 17uiki:~~
ofgreat cathedrals. a~lve lightening ana
The actlvlty. spirit, or time of the
numanlstlc revival ofclassical art,
nterature. ;lnd learning originating In Italy In
the 14th centuryanaextendln9 u, the 17th
century. mari:J"9 the transltlon from the
medleval tc the modern world.
helghtenln9 ofstnscture.;lnd the useof the pointed arch.
ri17l7ea vault. and a~ ofrichly decoratea fenestr;;tion. :
E.1rly French style
The flrst ofthe three phases of
Freneh Gothic archIt.ectureo
ch2~ 7y the pOinted
arch ana~rlc tracery.
E.1rfy EngUsh style
The first oftheth~ phases
of ~1Ish Gothic architecture
from the 1&12th through the
15thcenturies. characterized
j..7ythe lanatwindow and plate
/'
// r " .
R3yon/'3rrt style Flamboyant style
The rr,W~ pnase of French Gothic The flll3l phase of French Gothic architecture
archltect;,:(e from tM end of the 13tI1 from ~ bt814th through the middle ofthe
tnrough the bt814~ c.entlJrIes. 16th centuries. charntenua I1y flamellke
cha~.dJ by clrcubr windows traCt1j'.lnt.rkaCy of aetaillng. ana frequent
with r;;.i3tJ~ tk1es of tracery. compnc.tlon oflntaior space.
Deca~ s~ Perpendicul.1r 5tyle
.The secorJ of the thru plt;ses of The flrI4/ phase of Engllsh Gothic
Engnsh Gothic architecture from archftectijre prMm~ from the late
the l3te eth tnr'0U4h ~ iat814th 14th through the ~rly 16th centuries.
centuries. ~~ P-tIth charact.erizta I1y perpendlcubrtr;;·celj'.
tracery. ~PoI7te ornamental flne Intrbt8 sto~. anaelarorate
vaultln.g. a:".a reflnementof fan vaults. Also cafled RectIlinear
stontC~ techniques. sty/e.
Geometric 5tyie
The e3 rly ~e!op:nem: oft.~
Deco~.&:l style in the 1at81.'3th and
early14t:!1 centuries. charact.erized
I1y the use ofgtometric tr3cerJ'.
Curvilil'leJr style
minstu
Renaissance architecture
The various adaptations of ttaflan
Renaissance architecture that occurred
throughout Euro~ until the advent of
Mannerism ana the Baroque In th816th and
17th centuries, ch3racterfu.d 7y the u~ of
Itall3n Renaissance fonns and motifs In
more or less tradltlonall?urldln~s.
itJlian Renaissance architecture
The group of architectural styles t~t
originated In Italy In the 15th and 16th
~turies. cnmcterizea I1y an emph4isls on
symmetry. eX3Ct mathematlc.1
relatlonshlps l1etween parts, ana anoverall
effect of simplicity and repose.
E.1rly Renaissance
A style of tta113n Renalssa1lCe art and
architecture developed aurlng the 15th
century. cllaracterlzed ":ithe development
of Onear perspective.chiaroscuro, and In
l?u1l:iJng. by the free and Inventive esc:: of
ct..ssica/ details.
duomo
./ta/l3n ciesl~natlon for a
true cathedral
The lr..e:- de¥elopr.-.e:1t of the
Deco~..ed style In the ~a half
of the 14~ cem:ury. cha~rtz.ed
I1y use cf c;.w'V1Il1le3rmCt:!j'.
Originally. a monastery
church: bw. any large
or Importantchurch, as
acathedral or the
prlnclpal church of3
town. I I ~1W
II •
1100 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Muatpr .archit.ec1:vre SeUuk archittcture n
Astyle ofSpanl$h ~ltecture The Isla::"llearchitecture eX sev~1 .L.
produced from the Cd! to 16th run:lsh ~~ ~t ruled over "P
unturies Py Mudejars and ClIristlans centnl.I"J ~tern Asta from the t1th 8
~ within the Musllrr. tr3dltlon. to ~th cen';;Jrie-s. much lnfh:enua boy 6
cholracterized Pyafuslon of Persl3n adite.cture.~-I
Rocrunesque anaGothic witJllslamlc
eIe1nents.
Mudej~r
AMuslim permitted ta re~1n In Spain
3f"eer the Christtan reconq~. esp.
during the 8th to Gth centuries.
Chimu
Otu,rna narchit.ecture
The Islar.1iC ~rchttectlre of the Ottom3n
Empire frcm the )4t:!1 ce!1tuf)' on. much
Irrfluenua ';y &yz;orrUM architecture.
An Amerindian people Inha17t;;:-.g the
northem coast of Peru and h~ng • highly
developea urban culture that ~sted from
al10ut "'.D.loooto Its destr~lOn I1y the
Incas c1470.
P~tcl.1"ic
OfOf' pertaining ta tksoamerican
culture from AD. 900 ta the Spanish
conquest In 1519.
132
InC.1 architecture
The arcn~re of ~ Quxnuan
people who migrated lntc theCuzco
area aroutAJ).l100;lrd ruled Peru
urrtll the S,anl5h corl<'luest In the 16th
untury. chmct.enua esp. P-t strong
simple forms of smooth ashlaror
polygonal mJ sonrj which was cut.
flnlshed. ana Atted~.h great
precision withclJt the use ofIron
chisels.
"
:~ • • • • • • • • • • • • • 48 • •
Quattrocento architecture
The ttall3n Renaissance archltecture of the
15ti1 century.
~~" -
The archItecture ofthe Amerindian people
who settled near the shore of uke Texcoco
In central Mexico cl352 and who rose to
dominance c145O: charaet8rIuJchiefly Py
the PJT3mld supportln9 twin t8mples on a
common platform. approached 7y paratle/
stairways. The destruction of AzteG
archtte.cture I1y the Spanish conquistadors
have left few remains.
1
I
. ,I
I ~
.-
, '
I
.......
L
L
L
I
L
L
133.
~
k
f.
ii
I
j.
r
-"
High ~i5sance
Astyle oflt3llanRenaissance art ana
.architecture ~eloped In the late 15th and
e4rly 16tt!centuries. characterized by an
emphasis 011 draftsmanshIp. the IllusIon of
sculptur;11 volume In paintlng. anain
!7ulidlng. by the Imitative usc of whole
orders aM composltlonal amin~mentsln
the class~lstyle. wtth great attentIon to
the formuUtlon of com~ltlonal rules
~r tM precepts of Vltrovius and the
preceaents of existing ruins.
Tudor archiUcture
Atransitlonalsty!e ofEngnsh architecture
that cWIe10pedduring the reign ofthe royal
house ofTUdor in the second halfofthe 16tt!
centu!),. cha.racterlzed by the Tudorarch
ana the appl1catlon ofRenaissance details
to uulldlngs OtherwIse late Perpendicular In
style.
zwinger
Aprotectlve-fortressln or adjoining a
German city: byextenslon•.a term for
several German palaces or parts of
palaces. 3sln Dresden.
~2.p~ile.~~~.~~~
Astyfe oO-rchlteCt'ure'Oi'lgln3ting in Italy
In the early 17th century and variously
prevalent In Europe.ana the NewWorld
for acentury and ahalf.characterized by
free and sculptural useoftheclassical
ordersand ornament. dyn.am1c OppOSitIon
and Interpenetration ofspaces. and the
dramatic com!llned effects of
architecture. sculpture. painting. and the
decorative arts.
Ro~
Astyle ofdecorative art that evolved
from the Baroque. originating in France
about moanadistlngulshed byfanctful.
curved spatial forms and el3l>orate.
profuse designsofshe/1m and foliage
IntenJed for adellc3te overall effect.
HISTORY
cl.~ssicism
The principles or styles ch3racteristlc of
the culture. art. and literature ofancient
Greece arid Rome.
Classic Revival
Art ana archItecture In the style of the
ancient Greeks and Romans. as that of the
Italian RenaIssance and the neOclaSSical
movements In England and the Unltea
States In the late 13th and early 19th
centuries. Also. Classical RevIval.
Neocl155icism
The claSSicism prevailing In the archttecture
of Europe. America. and various Euro~n
colonies during the late latt! anaearly 19t:h
centuries. characterized by the Introduction
and wIdespread use ofGreek and Roman
orders arid decorative motifs. the
surordlnatlon of det311 to slmp~. strongly
geometric com~ltlans. aM the frequent
shallowness of renef In ornamental
treatment offacades.
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1700 ••••••••••••••••
Cil'kluecento ,rchftecUlre M.anner~m chinci~rie Colonial architecture
~ tt..l1;;in Ren3lssance architecture of Atr3nsitlonalstyle In European Astyle of ornamentprevalent chiefly In Thestye of archltecture. decoration. arJ
tM 16th century. archtucturt: In the late 16th ~ntury. 15ti1-GenturyEurope.characterized by iumlshln9sof the Brttlsh colonies In
Mogul ~rchit.ecture
The Indo-islamic .archltecttJre of
~ Mo.3ul dylusty. 1526-1557.
typlfled by lI'1OIlummtal palaces t
an.d mos.q~ with ~hly debI
kcoraUie work.
particularly In Italy. charactertz~ by Intricate patterns and extensIve use of Amerlc.a In the 17th ana lathcenturies.
the unconventional uscofclaSSIcal motffsldentlfted as Chinese. mainly adapkJ to local materials 3na
elements. In the fine arts. M.1nnerlsm demands from prevailing English 5ty1es.
W3S chieflycharacterized by .a
distortion of perspective. elongated Georgian architecture Fedtl'3l'tyie
forms. and Intense. often strklent c~lor. The prevailing style ofarchitecture. The Classic Rc;ival style of the dec.or3tN~
furniture. and cr.afts current in England arts ana architecture current In the U.s.
and the North ,'.l!1erlcan colonies. esp. from c1780 to c133O.
from 1714 to la11. derived from classlc31.
Rtn.alssance. ana Baroque forms: named
.afterthe four kings n.amedGeorge who
reigned successively during this period.
DirecWire &tyte
Astyle of French furnishings ana
decoration preceding the EmpIre style.
characterized by an increasIng use of
Greco-Roman forms along with an
IntroductIon. toward the end. of EgyptIan
motifs: n.amed after the Directory. the
.rody of ftve directors forming the
executive power of France from 1795-99.
~ency~t~
The neoclassic style of architecture.
furnlshln9s. aM decor.ltion durln~ ~
period In British history. lal1-20. during
which George. Fr1n~ of Wales ( I3ter
Geor~ rf) was regent: slmllJr to the
Dlrutolre arid Empire styles and
characterized ~ close Imtt..tlon of anclelTt
Greek forms as ~B as ~ less freqW1t arJ
looseradaptations of ancient Ronun.
Gothic. Chinese. and ancient Egyptl3n
forms.
Empire 'tyie
Tht neoclassic style of archltectu~.
furnIshIngs. aM decoration prevaJn1l9 1n
Fraru arid Imltakd in various other
countries during the first French Empire.
c1800-3O. characterized by the u~ of
delICate put elaDorate ornamentation
ImItated from Greek and Roman romples
and I1y the occasIonal use of mIntary ar.a
Egyptian moth's.
133
134.
HISTORY
Gothic Revival
A movementaimed 1treviving the spirit
and forms ofGothic architectl.Jre,
origlnatlng In the late lath century put
flourishing mainlyIn the 19th century In
France. ~ny. Engbndand to alesser
~nt In the U.S. Gothic remalnea the
accepted style for churches wdllnto the
2Ot11 century.
SUamboat Gothic
Aflorld al'Chltectur.illsty!e used for
homes l1u1lt In the middleofthe 19th
century In the OhioaM Mississippi
riverVll~, suggestlng the
gln~d-~ construction
ofriverroa'ts ofthe ~n period.
gingerhead
~vlly, gaUdily, and superfluously
ornamented, esp.ln architecture.
collegiau Gothic
Asecularversion ofGothic archrtecture,
as In the alaer colleges ofCam?ridge and
Oxford.
Victorian architecture
The revival ~nd eclectic architecture, decor.
and furnishings popularIn English-spe3l:lng
countries during the reign ofQueen Y1ctoeia
of England, la:37-1901. characterized ~
rapid ch3r1¥s of style as aconsequence of
3esthetk: controv~rsy and technolo<;llcal
Innovations. Dy the frequent presence of
ostentatious ornament, and ?y an overall
trend from classicism at the start to
romantlclsm and eclecticism at the middle
of the per.od and thenceto classlclsm
again.
wrpenter Gothic
Astyle of VICtorian Gothic architecture
In the 19tII century adapted ~ artlsan-
Dullders to the resources of
contemporary woodworking tools and
machinery.
BeJwc-Arts architecture
Astyle of architecture favored ?y the Ecole
des Beaux-Arts In late 19th-centuryFrance
and adoptM In the us. and elsewhere
c1s()O, characterized ?y symmetrical plans
and the ~fe.ctlc useofarchitectural
features comlnnea so as to give a massive,
efa!1orate, and often ostentatious effect.
The term Is often used In a pejorative sense
to deskjnate excessive formalism
dlsreg3rdlng considerations of structural
truth, aav.nce.aaesthetic theory, rational
planning. or economy.
eclect!cism
AtenJency In architecture and the
decoratlve arts to freely mix V;;JrJous
hlstorlc3lstyles with the aim ofcombining
the virtues of diverse sources. or of
Increaslng anusive content. particularly
dueing ~ second halfof the 19thcentury In
Euro~ ar.d the US.
ec!ectlc
Ofor pertaining to wo~s of archlttctu~
and the decorative arts that aerivt! from a
wtk ra ~e of hIstoric styles. the style In
each Instance PeJng chosen for Its aeemeJ
appropruteness to local tradltlon,
geography,orcutture.
1800 ...................................,At=~~61~~~
Mis,ion Styfe
Astyle ofarch~re associated with
that of early Spanish colonial missions In
Mexico and the southwestern U.s.• maInly
In the 15th century.
134
R.1tional~m
Acleslgn lI"C1'ement of ~ mld-l9ti1
century that emphasizea the decorative
use of lTt3terials and!extures ar.d the
development ofornament as an ~ral
part of3 structure r3therthan as
appl1ed adornment.
Arts and Craft5 Movement
.Amovement th4t origln.ote.:l in Eng~nd
cle60 as a ~ctIon against poor-qua!Jty
mass-produuJ goods, ccXtivl~ ofcrnt
and decoratbfl as asl~le tntlty In the
handcraftl~ of roth uttti~rl3n and
tIecoratlve cPjects.
R1chard~nJan Romane~ue
The revival of the Rom3nesque s~ In the
U.S. Py Henry Ho~ R1ch3rdson,"'~e6,
and his followers. chamterlzed Py htavy
arches. rustlc3ted masonry walls. ana
aramatlc asymmetrical effects.
Rundbogen~1I
Astyle ofarchitecture In the mid-19th
century. esp. In Germany. ch3racterizea
~ the use of the round-arch motlf;and
complnlng In varJous~rees elerr~
from the EarlyChristlan. 6yz3ntlM.
RolTt3n~ue, and Early Renaissance
styles: from the Germjln term for round-
arched style.
Shi~le style
5tickstyte
An eckctlc style ofAmerican
archltecw~ In the second half of the
19th c.cntuljI. char.aeterized esp. by the
use ofvertlcJl Po3rd siding with ?attens
or grids of ~rds over horizontal siding
to express the frame construction
Peneath.
An American style ofdomestic
architecture during the second haft of
the 19th century. characterlzed by the
extensive use of wood shingles as
exterior claddlng Oier aUmlier fr3rne
andfrequently asymmetrical and fluid
plan arrangements.
Art NcU't'eau
Astyle offine and applied art current In
the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
cha~ Pyfluid. unduf3tln~ motifs.
often derived from natural forms.
~1eliPerty
The ltallan version ofArt Nouveau. namea
afterthe flrm oflJPerty and Co. In
t.cndon.
Seu'5ion .
The Austrian version of Art Nouveau. so
named rec.ause Its adherents seceded
from the official Academy of Art In
Vlenna.
Moderni5mo
The Spanish. particularly CataIan. version
of Art Nouveau.
Ju¥nd,ul
Art Nouveau as practiced In German-
s~aklng countries: from the German
term fo' youth style.
J
~ I
'. J
I
.~
!
J
~ ..
I .
r
I '
) !
r
I
t
135.
I·
HISTORY
deStlil. .
II schOOof m that was founded In the
NetherlandsIn 1917, embracing painting,
sculpture, architecture, fumlttJre, and the
decorative arts, mar:ed esp. by the use of
plack and white wtth the primary colors,
rectangular forms. and asymmetry. From
'the style', the name of amagazine
published bypartlclpants In the movement.
cul:rism
5auhJus
Aschool of design established In Weimar,
Germ.3ny.ln 1919 by WalterGroplus, meved
to Dessau k11926. and closea In 1933 as a
result of Nazi hostility. The concepts and
Ideas deyelopeJ at the Bauhaus were
characterized cblef1y by the synthesis of
technology. craft. and design aesthetics,
with an emphasIs on functional design In
architecture and the applied arts.
a17stract expressionism _
Interl13tional5t~
modernism
Adeliberate philosoph1c4land pr3ctlc31
estrangement from thepast In the arts
and hterature occurring!n the ccurse of tne
20ti1 century aM taking ferm In any of
v3rious Innovative movements and styles.
Afunctional architecture devoid of reglonaI
characteristics. devetopea In the 1920'5 and
19:30'5 In Western Europe and the us. and
post-modernism
appiled throughout the world:
charactertzed by simple geometric forms.
large untextured, often white surfaces.
large areas of glass. and general useof
steel or relnforced concrete construction.
Inutalism
Amovement In architecture and the
decoratlve arts that developed In the
1970's In reaction to the prinCiples and
practlces of modernism. esp. the
Influence of the Intemat1onaI5ty!e.
encouraging the use ofeleme~5 from
historical vernacutar styles and often
playful illusion, decoration. and
complextty.
deccrated shu!
II style of painting and sculpture
developed In :he e3rly 20th cen~ry,
characbized by an emphasis on formal
structure. the reduction ofnatural
forms to thei"!JeC)metrical eqUivalents,
and the organlzatlon of the planes of a
represenUd OOject Independently of
represent.rtlonal rtttulrements.
AmovementIn.experlmentaI.
nonrepresentatlonal paintIng originating
In the U.s. In the1940's. embracing many
Individual styles mar:ea In common by
freedom of techn'que. apreference for
dramatically large canvases, and adesire
to give spontaneous expression to the
unconscloJs.
AmovementIn ;irchltecture in the 1950's.
emphasizing the aesthetic use of Irasic
building processes, esp. of cast-In-place
ccr.crete. with no apparent concern for
vlsu31 amenity. Adesign concept ch<iracterlzed ~
buildings of utilltariandesign but having
fronts Intended to &.evate their
Importance or to anr.ouncetheir functions.
1900 •••••• ~ ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••
Ch~5c~1
A 9rot1P of US. architects ~ve
clMO-lS10 ~ known for major
Ifll1O'f.itlo!1s ill h41h-rlseconstructlon
.nd for the Jevelopmcntof modem
commercial bvltalng des~n.
Constructivism
A movementwhich orlgln;iW In Moscow'
after1917. priln3rfly In sculpturt but with
vroad appbtbn to architecture. The
expression ofconstructlon W3 s to De the
Pasls for atllMkilng design. with emphasls
on functional machine parts.
OrgJnic architecture
Aphilosophy of architectural des~n that
emerged In the early 20th century.
asserting that abuilding shouId have.3
structure and plan that fuffiliits functional
requlrtrnents, harmonize ....ith Its natural
~ronrnent. and form an Inter1ectually
lucld,l~~ratea whole. The sh3pes or forms
In such 3WOO are often of irregular cor.tour
" and seem to resemble or s~~st forms
found In nature.
ArtOeco
Astyle of dew-atlve art deve!aped
originally In the 1920'5 with ;I revival In
the 196{)'s. mar:ed chiefly lry geometriC
motifs, st.reamh!'lea and curvlhne3r
forms, sharply deflrid outlines. often
roid colors. and the use of synthetlc
materials, 3S plastlcs: shor'.ened from
functicn.1li5m Exposition Internatlonale Des Arts
Adeslgn ~ that evolved from g Dkor.1t1fs et Industrlel:s Modernes, an
several prevfous movemerrts In Europe In ~ expos!tlon of modern and d¢;oratlve
the early 2Otltcentury, advocating the c-.u:u.!JL.u..c.J1J.AJ.L~ arts held In Paris, France, In 1925. Also
design of bvlldlngs, furnishings, or the like " . called 5tyl~ Modt:mt:.
as directfulfilment of functlcnal .
reqUirements, with the ronstructlon,
materials, and purpose c~rIy expressed,
and with aestl1etlc effect krived chiefly
from proportions and ftnlsh to the
exclusion orsubordination of purely
decorative effects.
vernJcular ;archMcture
Astyle of architecture exemplrfylng
the commonest building technIques
b3~ on the forms and materials of a
p3rtlcular hlstotical period, region. or
group of people.
.avant-garde
_, The 30vance group in anyfield. esp.ln
-....... the vi5Ual, bterary, or musical arts,
~~_.
~WhoseWor:sareCharacterlzeclchlefly
~~'-_.n~Dy unorthodox ana experimental
~~.
~
thodS'
.. ~
"- ,-~
high-tech
Astyle ofdesign incorporating IndUStrial.
commercial, and InstlUltlonal fixtures.
equipment. materials, or other elements
having the utllttari3n appe3rance
characteristic of Industrial &es~n.
decon5truction
Aphilosophical and critical movement tIut
started In the 1%O's, esp. In the s~dy of
literature, questioning traditional
assumptions about the ability of langu~e
to repreSt:nt re3llty and emphaslzlng that a
text has no stable reference because words
essentially refer only to other woras. A
re3aer must therefore approach atext Dy
eliminating any a~stract reasoning or
ethnocentric assumptions through an
active role of defining me3nlng. sometimes
by areliance on etymology and new word
construction.
135
136.
HOUSE
A~M~ in whichptople live.
,hetur
~~~rna.orwithin
.. whicll~~Is~from
stoms orother ~ condltlons.
hut
Asrull. slInple dwd~~ orshelter. esp.
one ~of n.;tural ::13ter13ls..
pit~
A~ funn of shelterconsisting ofa
pit ~ In the earth and roofed over.
AlsoC3JWpft~
!.kedweUing
A~ esp. of prehistoric times. Dulft on
pilesOf' oQler supports CNer the waterof a
b~
~
A~ dwe!n'"'4 ~~racterlstlc of ",.ny
early~rt:S. esp. ~ of the Ircquolsand
V3Ax1s cmet ~ ~n Indlan
peoples. WIsisti'"'4 ofaJIIIOOden. Dark-
cotere4frJmewori: ~ as much as 100 ft.
(30.5 m) In ~ngth.
~
yurt _..j
Acircular, tentJJkedwelling of
the Mongol nomadsofuntral
Asia, consisting ofacylindrical
wall ofpoles In alattice
arrangement with aconical
roofof poles. Doth covered l7y
felt oranimal sl:lns.
~.
~Ioo
An Eskin;) house. U$ually Pullt of D!ocks of
harJ sr.?W or U In p-,e sh3pe of adome. or
wne. ~r.ent. of s.:d, 1'I'OOd. or stone.
Alsa,~1v.
pueVlo
ACOIn~ dweIIl~ .nd defensive
stnlc;ture of the PuePlo Indians of the
southwestern U.5~ I:>untofufot,~ orstane.
~ runy-stoned. and ter1"3Ced. with
enby tllroogh the fiat roofs oftile
ch3Jnb.ers l7y ladder. PLdIIo structures were
Pullt on t:I-e ~ fbor.ln val~s. or In the
more easfydefenkA crrff w-alls of mesas.
~
Anaturalfiat-topped *ntlon with one or
ll'1Of'e cl!ffll:e sldes. common In arid and
sembrtd parts of th~ $OtJthi'l~stun U.S.
,ina Mexico. •
136
klVJ
Alarge underground or partly und~rground
chamuer In 3 PuePio Indian viRage. used l7y
the men for religiouS ceremonies or
councils.
tepee
Atent of the American Indians. made
uSl:!lllyfrom animal skins laid on aconical
frame of long poles and having an opening at
the top for ventilation ancla flap door. Also.
tupee.
...-'~ wigwam
... An American Ind13n dwelling. usuallyof
round or oval shape. formed of poles
overlaid with Dark. rush mats. oranimal
skins.
.r-~ hogan
./ ANavaho Indian dwelling constructed
. usuallyofearth and logs and covered with
mud and sod.
,oahouse
Ahouse !roUt of strips of sod. laid nke
Drlckwork. and used esp.11y settlers on the
Great Plains when tlmuer was scarce.
-_........._........ totem pole
Apole or post carved and paInted with
totaJlc fl!Jures. erected I1y Indians of t.N
northwestcoast of North America. esp. In
front of their houses.
totem
An animal. plant. or natural aDject serving
as an emDlem of a famIly or clan l7y virtue of
an ancestral relationship.
plJnkhou~
Alarge. usually rectallgular house
constructed oftlmDeI' planks. l7ulltan&
used l7y Indians aMd. less frequently. Py
Eskimos.
trulla
Acircular stone shelter.of the Ap-i'ha region
ofsouthtrn Italy. roofed with conical
constructions ofcori7e1ed dry masonry.
usually whitewashed and painted wIth
fl!Jures or symrols. Many trulll are aver
1.000 years ok:! and stili In use today.
usually located amo~ vineyards to serve
as storage structures or as temporary
living quarters durIng the harvest.
.~ !
'1.
I,
L
L
137.
I
~I
I·
t5hain
compluvium
Aroof openlll9ln anancient RomJn oouse.
through which raInwaterdlsch3rged Into a
cistern In the atrium beneath it. - ..----.....--
displuviate
Having roofs sklplng
downward toward the
compluvlum.
impluvium
Acistern set In the atrium of an
ancient Roman house to rueive
rainwater from the campluvlum.
An ~ 17ay or proje:cW
wl~ with a raised sill serving as a
desk for wrlUng or reading. usually ~
plueJ at a right angle to the
tokonomJln the reception room of a
sholn-zukurlstyiereskknce. ---.. "-.. T..·.. --
bkemono J,--·------·....--..--·....---
AYert1c41 h.1oglng scroll COI1t3lnlng
either tt:xt orapalntl"9.lnt~
to Pe ~ on awall ana rolled
when not In use.
~----.. --
I
, tokonolU-r----....j
r;,-,...ftA-.,-W2,-;-_-
..-...-..-__......_-_-
..-._-.-
__,-:-j---..z- Mure recess: ashallow. sl~htly raised
r'7 1 alcovefor the display ofakakemono or
'An exttnslon of the floor on one or mare flower arrangement. One slOe ofthe
sides of II Japanese-style house. usually recess rorders the outside W311 of the
facing. garden ana servlng as a room through which light enters. while
pass.;geway or sitting space. the !nter'.or side adjoins the t3n3. As
the splrttuJIcenterof atndttlon31
Japanese house. the tokonoma Is
located In Its mast formal roam.
HOUSE
....... perlsty~
-atrium
The main orU1tlallnnerhail ofan ancient
Raman house. open to the sky at the center
and usually haylng apool for the collection
of rainwater. Also called cavaedlum.
: .
Acolonrude sUlTOIJnalng abUIk:!1r1fl
oracourtyard.
5~i~:iu~lJri. i
Aceremonial style ofJapanese residential
archltectureIn tM Kamakura period.
deriving Jt.s n3me from ~ eh2mterlst/c
sooln or stu~ and marUd by a
hierarchical arr.lrlflement ofpub-!ic and
private rooms.i
~hikl ~
bptlonroom: the rn;aln room In a
traditional Ja~r~ hause. used for
receiving anaentertaining guest:;." Its
Importance Is ~t In the presence
ofatokonolTt1. t3n3. and shoin.
-4 bl12,t
In Ja'panese reslkrrtbl arch~re. a
recess wfth burtt-In shelving, uSlJally
adjoining 3 tokOllOfTU.
:tJwjl ,
ane'ofase.rlcs of ~ tnnslucent panels
usea InJJpa~a~re ~ the
exterorana the 1tTtaior.or~ two
Interior spues. can~ ofalight
wooden frarnewcrl COr'ereQ on one side w!th
rlu paptr: the ~ sectlon Is ~slonatly
fliled by a t}ln ~ pJnel
L . ~
...... ~~~a:a~~thefror.tofthe ....._...-•• Ath~bWm.at.COi~wIth smooth.
partltlon b-etween the tokonoma and flnely WOYtn ree.&s ar.d round wtth plain or
the boa. sometimes ofexquisite wood decorated banJsofsIl.cotton.or hemp.
ofparticular grain and shape. serving as 3 f'ooo~ and a~nd3rd
for designating room sb:e In 3tradItIcl13l
Japanese house.Ta-bml rneasu~ .
approxlrrt3~3x6 ft.,tO.9~t~ II). M
varied In actualdrmenst6ns accorJlng to
region and method fordaermlnlng column
spacing.
I
I
I
:""",,---1
,_.
I I
I
..·,l,ken
IA linear unit for ~ulJtlng column
spacing In tladltblal J;;ipanese
canstroctlon.lnltl3lly setat 6ft. or 113
m. but latu varying according to room
width as determIr.eJ by tataml unIts.
137
138.
HOUSE
detJcheJ dweRing
A ~.~h;Mn~ no wallin common with
3Mt.~.tr reuse.
~peeca
AstJ~of~eaevelopea malnlyon
C~ Ccd. MasS3chusetts. In the 15th
anJ w+yt9UI centuries. typlcally a
~l3ubr. one- orOM-artJ-a-half-
St.orj.l¥OCd-fnlU house wtth white
cb~rde.d or shl~1e w;llis. ag3l7ie roof
wit.~ ~ aves:iinJ usually no dormer. a
13r3~ ~I chimney. arul afront door
00~ ~ one of the long sides.
nmM
A~..ory ~ with alow'pruhed roof.
e5p. ~ lNift i1 the suDurbs.
~miktached dwelling
Aho-_~ joined 1y aparty wan to
anct..~ house or row of hOllSt5.
138
saltbox
Atype of wood-frarnea house found esp.ln New England.
generally twofull stories h~h In front andone story high In
Dad. the roof having al?OtJt the same pitch In both directions
so th.it the ridge Is we~ toward the front of the house.
Prairie SGhool
Agroupofearly 2Oth-centUtj' archttects.
I'IO"t4D1y Fmk Lloyd Wright. who tkslgned
houses and otherUulld1ngs with emph.islztd
horizontal hIleS responding to the flatness
ofthe Midwestern prairie.
~-
tr;1cthouS6
Ahouse forming part of areal-estate
development. usually h3v1ng aplan and
a~ranu common to some or all of the
houses In the dcm:lopment.
duplex house
.-. ..-_...-
Ahoose having separateapartments
for two families. esp. atwo-story
hoose havl~ acomplete apartment on
each floor ilnd two separau
entrances. Also called duplex.
tripltx
Allulldlng having thru apartments.
an apartment having thru floors. or
amultiplex of three theaters.
DutGh Coloni..11
Of or pertaining to the domestic
architecture of Duuh settlers In New Yon:
ana New Jersey In the 17d! centu ry. often
characurlzed 1y gamDrel roofs ha~1ng
curved eaves over porches on the ~ng
sIJes.
bungalow
Aderlvat/veof the Indl3n Dungalow.
popular esp.ln the flrst quarterof the
20th century. usually having one or one-
and-a-halfstorles.a widely ~rac(eteJ
gJDle roof, alarge porch. and often Pulft
of rustic ITI3terl31s.
bungalow court
Agroup of three or more detached, one-
story. single-family dwellings. arr.lngeJ
with common utmtles and acces5Ol'ies
under acommon ownershIp.
split-level
Ahouse having aroom or rooms
somewhat al:love or ~w adjacent
rooms. with thefloor levels usually
dIffering byapproximately halfastory.
bi-level
Atwo-star; house having the lower level
sunken relow gradeaM an ent/)' at
grade halfway ~ the twofloor
levels.
~i~]IIill" =~!:~'~~II~.
dogtrot _._.......;
ADreezeway linking two parts of a
house.
breezeway
A porch or roofed pass~eway open
on the Sides. for connecting two
Dulldlngs or parts of aDulldlng.
J
J
I !
~
i I
'rI
I
I
r
LI
I
139.
l'r
:--.. !
I
r-!
1"'"'
I
,.....
I
,.~
I 1
,....
I
J,.
I
I
i
r~
"""
,j
J'.
I'
I
condominium
An apartme."~ house. office ~lIdlng. or
other multiple-unit C4lIT1plex. the units of
which art: InJ1vIduallyowned. each owner
receiving arecordalne deed to the
Indlvlaual unit purchased. Including the
~ht to sell or ~ that unit. and
sharing In thejoint ownership of arty
common elemen~. as hallways. elevators,
mechanlc3land plum~ systems. or the
n~e.
cooperative
AIrolldlng owned and Ironaged by a
nonprofl~ corporatlonIn which shares are
sold. enUtllng the sh2reholders to occupy
units In ~he Irolldlng. Also called co-op.
cooperativelpartment.
r;!~~'r'!~fl)· .~
;. 111! I ! I! ., •.
.1(/, r! 'I'
Iii Iii .'
~ : ..'
~ruce .
A row of houses orreslknUJl :
street on or IlQr the top of a
slope.
urracehou~
One of arow of hou;;es sh;uatea
on a terraced sfte.
clu~ur hous(19
A group of Irolldlngs and esp. houses Dultt
close together to form relatively compact
units on aSizaDIe tra~ In order to preserve
open spaces larger than the Inelll/idualyard
for common recreation.
commons
A tr3ct of land owned orusedjointly by the
~kknts of OJ community. usually acentral
square or pari: In acity Of town,
townhouse
Oneofarow of houses In acityjolned
by comlt1Oll sldewalis.
In-ownsto~
Al7ulldlng. esp. arow kouse. fronted
with areddlsh-l7rown sandstone.
I
mew _...1
Astr~t havlr.q small apartments
ccflverted from stables. Also. mews.
HOUSE
multifamily
Designed or sutta!7le for use by several or
martyfamliles.
housing unit
Ahouse, apartment. suite of rooms. or a
single room. occupied or Intended for
~cupancy as separate flvlng quarters.
row house
One ofarow of houses having at least one
sidewall In common with ane~hl:>orfng
dwelling. and usually uniform or nearly
uniform plans. fenestration. and
archh;ectural treatment.
.-.' penthouse
An apartment or resIdence on the top
flooror roofof aIrolldlng. often set 17a,*
from theouterwalls anaopening 01Tto a
Uli3ce.
....-..__ ... duplex apartment
M i
~ i
apart'...ment house
Abuilding containing anumPer r:;f
4ipartment units. Also called
apa~ l7ulldfng,
An apartment with rooms on two
connected floors. Also callea duplex.
.'-' flat
An apartment or suite of rooms on one
fioorformlng aresidence.
walk-up
An apartment above the ground floor In 41
building that has no elevator,
.. garden apartment
An apartll1C1t on the ground floorofan
ap3rtme~ bulldlng havlng access to a
Dackyard or garden.
studio apartment
An apartment consisting of asingle.
multtfunctlonal room, akitchen or
kitchenette. and al7athroom. Also callea
effiGfency apartment.
139
140.
JOINERY
The art orcraft of f.?nnin~
joints. esp.ln woodwork.
eMJofnt
Artyjointforrnea by uniting two
membersend toend 50.s to
Increasetheir1engtk.1Jso
called ~1"4jo1nt.
edgejoint
Anyjointfonnea by uniting two
members~ to edge 50 as to
Increasetheirwidth.
~nglejolnt
AnyjoImfOl'1l'led by unltl~
two lntIn(,ers at acorner SO as
to WrIfedirection.
miterjoint
AJoint ~ two mem(,ers
meetlnf2t anangle. made by
cut'tlnfeach ofthe Imtlng
~ toan angle equalto
. half tMangle ofJunctlon.
woodwork
The work producea ~ the carpenter's and
Joiner's art. !Jenera11yapphed to objects or
parts of awooden structure, as stairways,
fumlture,or moIdlngs.
sc.1rijoint
Alengtheningjoint mak I1yovtrlapp'lng
the tapered. notcnea. orh3lved ends of
two members anahoIdlnfthem In place
with 1101ts.straps.keys. orfishplates,
to resist tension or compres5lon.
tongue and groove
Ajolnt mak I1yfutlng. ralseJ area or
tongue on the edgeof one mem!ler Into
acorresponding groov= In theedge of
another mem!1er to pro.::luce aflush
surface. AvPr.:T&G
d4do •.........._........•.......•....••
Arectangular grOOfe cut In amttr1!1er
to receive the en.:l ofanother.
~
&topped dado -'....'
Adado that Is not cut .cross the full
width ofa memrer.
sq,uare 'plice
Ahalved scarfjoint used esp. to
resisttension. having athickerand
athinnersection foreach niemrer.
the thickerone ~elng on the end.
,./'
spline
...".,/
Athin strip of material Inserted Into
the grooved edges oftwo memrers
to makea~ttJoint ~een them.
Also C311ed ~ther.
fishjoirtt
AlengtheningJoint In which the al1utUng
memkrs are held In alJgnment and
strengthenea Dy flshplates.
'" fi"hPI.rt.e
fingerjoint
Ametal pateDotted to each of two
abuttlng meml;>ers.
Alengthenlngjolnt formed Dy
Interlacing f1nger-llke proje.ctlons on
the ends ofthejolnea members.
~utterffywed~ 'j
~uttjoirtt
Anyofvariousjointsfonned by
3~uttlng the surt.aces oftwo
mempers squarelytogether
withoutoverlapping.
flushjofnt
Anyjointfinished even or levcl
with the surroundlng surfaces.
Afastener In the form ofadooJ~
dovetanfurjoining two mem~ at their
~. Also called lnrtUrfly.
ra~bet
Achannel. gl"OC'l'e. or notch cut
.Iong or nearone cageofa
memberso that something else
can ~ fitted Into ft. Also.
rel1au.
rout
To groove or hollow out with a
gouge or machine.
dadojoint rab~etjoint
AJoint made by Inserting the end oredge AJOint Pc:tween rabbeted parts.
ofone memrer Into acorresponding dado
In theother. Also callea hou~JoInt.
miter
An o~lJque sumcefonneJ so.s
to ~tt againstanotheroVI1que
surface to bejoined with It.
shoulder miter tongued miter q,ulrk ......... ~pedjolnt
Amiterjointhaving. raised
surbceto limit motion
~n theJoined parts.
Amiterjoint that
Incorporates atongue
and groove.
An acute angle or gl"OOr'e separating
one element from another.
Ajolnt retween two molJlngs made I7y
undercuttlng the end ofone of them to the
profile of the other. AI50 called scrf1;,ed
joint.
e45ernent ..................... --" _..... ........... stop ch~mfer ...... ......... joggle
Acurveajolntfonnlng a
smooth tr3nsttlon retwun
S1Jrfa~ that woulJ
otherwise In~t at an
angle.
ea~edge -···..·..·· ..·..·~l@;_
Asl1ghttj rounded edge. ftjj,:;;;Z
140
Achamfer that narrows
gradually to merge with asharp
arrls. AI50. stopp~ chamfer.
chamfer
A~eveled surface. usually
formed orcut at a45°angle to
the adjacent principal faces.
.' " --- Aprojection ononeof two
'. .... ...../ .JoIning members fitting Into a
. ..t. r correspondlng recess In the
other to prevent shpplng.
.' tUp
Anotch cut In a timPer to
receive atlm~er connectoror
part of another timber.
~
I
u
141.
I
.~ ~
r
Iulvedjo~
A~pjoIrrtfunned bycuttlngaway
half ofe3clI r.emPer 1t the piau of
Jdnl~ so tbt aflush surface
results. Also called half-lapJoint.
end-upjoint
An anglejoIa'tformed by halving
exh ~for 3 length equal to
tM width r:I tM other.
cross-bpjoint
An,I'r'edjointfonM:l by two
crossing memM-s.
I
mitered hllving
An end·lapjoint Incorporrtlng
amltel'on oneface.
pbln 12p
AfaP
.JoIntformed by
O't'erl3pplng two memPers
without anychange In form.
dovetail
. Afan-shaped tenon In-oader
JOINERY
bpjolnt ,
AnyofvariousJointsformed by
overlapping the endsor edges of
two members.
~~~~
dovetail halving
Ah.olvedjdITtmade ~ ftttlng a
do't'etJll ;;~ end of one memPer
Into 3 cornspond1ng mortise In the
second 1IeI1~.
biindmo~
A1I".artise ~ does not pa55
completefythrough 3 member. Also
eJP.eJ st.opped mortise. "
~
stu~ tenoo ~/
A$hart tacn for fitting
I,"'.o~ ~ndll'1Crtl~
~unche4 tenon
A ~r.cn M Is narrower1t
Its Up th2l1 rt tts root.
r
I
I '
I ~
I .
L - - - i":--------"
drawbort! >
A ~oJc in 3 ~ bored eccentric
wi~h t~ corn:spondlr.g holes In the
1r.crt:S<! 50 t!ut the two pieces
be:~q Join~ win be forud tightly
to3e:her ",~n the dr3...roore pin
is ~3~r"'.er'd into plJu
5eCret dovetail
Acornerdovet4lJoint showing
only the hne of all'1iter. Also called
mft.erdovetail.
Ch3st mortise
A~ru mortise !tav1ng oneInc0r.ea
na"...."w side so tl..xt atenon canbe
slid ilto It slkwiys. .
13p dovetJiI
Acomer dC'vetaUjoint vlsil1le on one
face only. Also QIIe.d half-91lnd
dOYetan.
openrr.o~
Amortise q:>enon three sides.
Also calW slfp mort/st. slot
morti~ _"
common dovetail
Acomerdo.-etallJoint visible
on both faces.
mortise
Anotch or hole. usually
rect3ngular. cut Into! piece to
reulve atenon of the same
..........
. dimensions. •.•....
dovetailjolnt
AJointfanned by oneormore
dO't'etal1s fitting tightly within
corresponding mortises.
:.:j .hoU~> '. r-L"u
Tke end surface from I .
mort[,ejoint
Arty of variousjoints between two
members h'13ae by housing a t::tnon
In amortise: Also called mortist-
~nd-tencnJolnt.
which aWoOn project .
pevel
Anne ex surface thrt meets
another at arty 3~1t other
than ar'0e3r:t .~~
... tusk
A~eveteJ $houklerfor
stre~t.'~~.a ~non.
root
Ike wJ.der.eJ portlon of 3 tenon In
;
through tenon tenon .
Atenon that extends A~ formed on the end ofa
cornpletely through or l>eyond memPer for insertion Into a
the piece Into which Its mortise of the same~dlmensIonS'
corresponding mortise Is cut.
key -_·__·_·······_· ..··················_-_···_···1 ;
Apiece of wood or meta! used as ~:
a wedge to tlghten ajoint or to
prevent motion between parts.
~0.. 'ho p"'"01the ,ho,ld<cs.
/fil''"~~~::;:M/
/' ..; ''''''''''P'rt. ~
.;tJ
keyedJoint
Ajolntfastened or secured by a
key.
brL:lt~Joint
Ajoi~t formed by !l>;;ting the end of
OM rr.ember. notched to form two
parai~ tenons, lr-.o two gains cut
Int<J t~e edge cf a $eCOnd member,
foxt.1i1 weJge
Asmall ",ed¥ in t.he split end of a
stu~ tenon for spre3dl~ aM
securlnq tt when driven Into ablind
mortise. ,A,ISO cal!ed fox wedge
artlcul~
To unite Ity means of aJoIntor
JOints. esp. SO as to make dIstinct
or reveal how the parts fit Into a
systematic whole.
141
142.
LIGHT
EJectro~netic radiation thatthe
u~lded hunun eye can perceive. having a
wavef~th in the range from a~out 370
tc 000 nm ana propagating at a speed of
130.281 mUsec (299.972 kmlsec).
n3nometer
Aunitof1e~th equal toone vlllionth of a
meter. used esp. to express the wavelengths
of light In or near the vlsltne spectrum.
Av~~"m
angstrom
Aunit of length equal to one ten'vllflonth of
a meter. used esp. to express the
wavelengths of raalatlon. Syml1ol: A
ultraviofet infnred microwaves radio waves
Ofor pertainIng to deWomagnetlc
radiation having wavelengths from
al>out 370 nm.lmmeJiately ~ond the
violet In the vlsl~le spectrum. to 10 nm,
on the rorderof the x-ray regIon.
----
""';»- --. "--. ~-----
--....
->--._------
.-........
'---...........................
Ofor pertaIning toelectrolT13gnetlc
ra~tIon having wavelengths from
aroutaoo nm. contiguous to the red
end ofthe vlsll7le spectrum. to 1mm, on
the Ilorderofthe microwave region.
..---------
--' .-------
lumil1Cm intensity ~ ...... .-.--.--.' luminous flux --./ ~.-. inve~ Siuare law
The luminousflyx emitted per unit
solid angle ~ atight source.
expressed In candelas.
C2ndlepower
luminous Intensityexpressed In
Wlncfebs.
candle
Aunitofluminous Intensity used
priorto1948. equal to the
lumlnousln~slty ofawax candle
of sbndard ~!&atlons_
C2ndeb
The Ir.IsIc;Slunlt of luminous
Intensity. equal to the luminous
Intensityof ;! source thatemits
monochrom;~Uc radiation of
frequency SM) X1012 hertz and that
h2s a radIafit lnttnsltyof '/683
watt per stenldLln. Also c.lled
st.ancbrd c.1ndle. AbVr':Cd
saiki angle
An angle formed l>y three or more
planes Intersectl~ at acommon
point.
ster3dlan . '" .......... -...........
Asolid angle at the center of a
sphere subtencllng an area on the
surfaceequal to the square of the
radius of the sphere. AbVr.: sr
142
The rate of flow of vislvle light per U'11t
time. expressed In lumens.
lumen
The 51 unit ofluminous flux. equal to
the light emitted In asolid angle of
one ster3dQn byauniform poInt
5OI.IIU havll19 an Intensityofone
candela. AI7br.: 1m
cosinel.1w
The law that the illumination
produced on asurface I1y apoint
One of~erallaws relatlng two quantltles
such that one quantity varies Inversely as the
so,uare of the other. as the law that the
IlIumlnatlon produced on asurface l>y apoint
source varies Inversely as the square of the
alstance of the surface from the source.
source Is proportional to the I
cosine ofthe angleofIncidence. ----1''-":
Also called Lambert's law. j /
)
.•• j~'
17rtght~5
The sensation !1y which an oeserver
15 able to distinguish between
differences In luminance.
iIIumi~t!on
The Intensity of light failing atarry
gJven piauon a ~hteJ surface. equal
to the luminous flux Incident per unit
area and expressed In lumens per unit
ofarea. Also calied llIumlnanu.
lux
The 51 unit of Iflumlnatlon. equal to one
lumen ~r square meter. AIM.: Ix
... foot-candre .
Aunit of f1lumlnatlon on a surface that
Is everywhere ~ foot from a "ntform
point source of o~ c.nkIa an.d equal
to one lumen Inclknt per 5qWlre foot.
A~In-.:FC
lumin311Ce
TheCuantlt3tlve measure of
~rlglrtneS5 ofaI1ght sourceor an
illuminatedsurface. equal to the
luminous Intensity per unit projected
area ofthe source or surface viewed,
from agJven dlrectlon.
lambert
Aunit of lumlnanu or bri9htness
equal to 0.:32 candela per square
centimeter. AWn-~ L
foot-I~mbert
Aunit of lumlnanu or Imghtness
equal to 0..32 cankLo per square
foot. Abbr.: fL
II
II
I I
U
I
o
L
L
L
L
143.
r
j
I
1
r
il1Ciknc~ reflection
The str!(l~of aray of Il<3ht The return of light.
or sound wave on asurface, sound. or raalant heat
~
~, after. .strlklnga
, , surface.
~ fq..
'i ~...
'i.~
~~
.. :
~.
refraction
The change of dIrection of;1 ray of
light as It passes obliquelyfrom one
medIum Into another In which Its
velocity Is different.
~~
-----....----
diffraction --}
The modulation of lightor sound
waves as they ?end around the edges
of an obstacle In their path.
opa,ue
Impenetrable to light.
angle of incidence
The angle that astraight
line. as aray of l41ht failing
on asurface. makes with a
normal to the surface at
the point of incidence.
[
r angle of reflection
f The angle that areflected
! ray makes wIth anormal to
i areflecting surface at the
I .~7
! ///
I ..•
!///
.}., .
angl~ of refraction ''K
The angle th3t ardracted ".1 ". •
ray makes with anormal to I' ,,'~
~
the Interface I:>etween two I"..
~~:~~~~~~.~ __............__U· """~
translucent
TransmittIng and diffusing light
50 that bodIes on the opposite
sIde are not clea~ vIsIble.
I ~,,~~
.I
transparent
Capable of transmItting light 50
that bodies situated Deyond or
l>ehlnd can be distinctly seen.
LIGHT
law of reflection
The principle that when 14htor sound
Is reflected from a smooth surface. the
angle of Incidence Is ~ual to the an.,Jle
of reflection. and the Incldent r3'J. the
reflected ray. and the I'IOrmal ta the
surface all 1113 In the same p13ne.
specular
DIrected from asmooth. polished
surface.
diffusion
Ascattered reflection of 14ht from
an Irregular surface oran erratic
dispersion throughatranslucent
mater1al.
reflectance
The ratio of the radiatlon ref1ect.eJ P:i a
surface to the totallnclderrt on the
surface.
aUscrptance
The I'3tlo of the radiation absorkd P:i a
surface tothl total Incident on the
surface. -
transmittance.
The I'3tlo of the radiation transmitted
through and emerging from arod)' to
the tot.IIncidenton It. equivalent to
one mInus the absorpt.iinct.
143
144.
LIGHT
~mp ..... pulp
Anyofmious devktsfor producing
light or ht.It. as Py eIearIcItyor gas.
Incandescent bmp ---.--....-...- .... ~.- ................:
Alamp In which .ll filament g.lves off 1
~ht when he3W to Inca~ence ~
:~~-~~~:~~~I~_-J . l-
U U
'
L,
The threadlike conductorof an
electric lamp that Is heated to
Incandescence Py the passage of
an ee(;1;ric current.
111Cl~
The emission ofvlsll1le light
Py a rodywhen heated to a
h".3h temperature.
exUnded-servlce lamp
A13mp dcslgnea for reduced ener~
COflsumption anO alife longerthan the
conventlonally set value for Its genml
class. AlsocalleJ Iong-Ufe lamp.
effic~
A m.e;lsure of the effectiveness with which a
lamp converts electric powerInto luminous
flux. ~ual to the ratlo of flux emitted to
power Inputand expressed In lumens per
W3tt.
nUdlife
~ average life In hours ofagiven type of
bmp.~on IaPoratorytestsofa
~tlve ~roup under-controlled
cona'ttlons.
thru-w.ay 13mp
AlllllC4~t lamp havlr'4 two fl13men ts
so ~t Itcan !le switched to three
sucusslve ~~ oflIIumlnatfort.
~"i'ten lamp
All IncandescentI3mp having atungsten
filament.
. !
I3mp!Ja5e
The pa~of;;lamp that
connects to a13mp holder.
lamphoider
Adevice for mechanically
supporting and making
electrical contact with a13mp.
Alsa called lamp sccket.
+
!
'-~
t
~"9mn-h4logen lamp - ..•---...-.......... ..
Atungsten lamp having aquartz l?ulb
containing a$/TUQ amountofa halogen
that vaporizes on ~tIng ana redeposits
any M~ ~ partlcles Ir.Jct
onto the filament. Alsocalled /1alogen
bmp.lurtzlimp.
fRump
At.ungsten-halogen lamp having an
Infrareddichroic coating for reflecting
lnfr.ired ener~ l>act to the filament.
ralslM4lamp efficiency. and reducing
~rTt he3tIn the emitted ttght 1mm.
infrared lamp
An In~t lamp havl"4 ahigher
percenta¥ofits radiant powerIn
the Infrared region Qun:a standard
Incal1<kscerTt lamp. often having a
rea gla 55 l?u117 to reauee the radiated
visible light.
144
TB l7ulb _..'
Aquartz l>ulb for tungsten-halogen
Lomps. similar In shape to the Al7ull7
but having an angu13r profile.
Theg!ass housing ofan Incandescent 13mp. fliled
with an Inert gas mixture, usuaIly of argon and
nitrogen, to retara evaporatlon ofthefllament.
Its shape 15 designated I7y aletter. followed Py a
numl7er t11.t Indicates the 13mp diameter.
n
I
lamp diameter
The maxlmum diameterofa
lamp pulp. measured In
eighths of an Inch.
In3ximum overall length
The dimension In Inches from the
liaseof alamp to the point on the
PuII7 farthest awzy. or tne l7ase-
to-lr.Jse dimension of;; 13mp
havln~ alnse at e.ch end.
lightcenter length
The dlstanee In Inches from
the centerofthe ft13ment of
alamp and areference plane
on the ~mp Ir.Jse.
Auulb _.--j
O
The stJnd3rd rounded shape for the
l7ul!:>s of gener.;l-service II'oWl~nt
lamps.
~.- Bburb
.
Aflarr.e·shaped bulb for 1ow·W;ltt~e.
decorn:Ve Incandescent lamps.
c
·
....··CI1urb
Acone-shaped pulp for Iow·W;lttage.
decorn:ve Incarldescent !amps.
_........_...... CA 17urj,
Acandie-shaped bufb for low-watt,age.
decoratlve Incandescent Iamps.
._--..-..._--......- ... _.... Ruulu
.--
A reflector Pulp of InoWTI glass for
Incandescent and ~n-I~1ty
dlscha~ lamps. having an In~a'
reflective CC4tlng and etther ac!e;;ar or
frosted 9lass front to prov~ tile
deslred ;.eam spread.
.........- PARIrJI},
Aparabol1c .Iumlntud reflector !1u!l?of
C3st g14ss for Il'QrJescent ana nJ.gh-
Intensity-discharge 13mps.l'I3vlng a
precisely fonned Interna' rtfl.xt.or and
a Iensea front to prcvi.de the desireJ
l?amspreaa.
. ERpull7
An eln~1 reflector blJlb for
Incandescent bmps. havl~ apreclsdy
formed internal re&c"...or thrt coIIect:s
IIgMt ana red1reas It into 3 dispersed
pattern rt some dlstara In front of
the light SOUIU.
...,....---...,....J-........... - .............. .. .~ AlSB burl7
",
MRl1utl1 ~.J
AmultlbceteJ reflector l7ull7 for
tungsten-halogen lamps. having
hlghly.pollshed reflectors arrangea
In discrete segments to provide the
desired pe3m spre3d.
An A!1ufl, havl~ ahemispherical,
reflective silver row! opposite the bmp
~se to aecre3se gLore..
.... GI1ull7
Aglcge-shaped l>ufl, for Incandescent
lamps. having a101'1 tmghtr.ess for
exposeJ use..
.-~ ............. P5 pufP
Q
tn:=13~~~crt.rge
- .. 511ulb
A straight-sided l7ulb for low-wattage.
decorative IncaMeSU1Tt lamps.
II
II.
II I
I
lJ
.~
I
I
I
I
t
145.
-,
~
11
•
LIGHT
17arta~ discharge lamp
AdevUfor ~Inlng the current Alamp In which light Is produced by the
thrw~h .. ~ or HID I3mp at dischargeofelectricity I1etween electrodes
the ~ COItSbnt VOllue. 3M In .. gas-flltea 913s5 enclosure.
~ ..Iso~~therequlred .Jl h-
st3rtl~ 'r'Ott3~anJ current. <=t,-,--
'.--_______________________-J..<l..i" - fluore5Unt lamp
. A tubul3r d1scharge lamp In which light Is
5ta rter produced by the fluorescence of phosphors
Akila used"c;h 3 ballast to prO'llde coating the Inside of the tube.
the st.artln.g vdU.le for apreheat
fluorescent 13n"f- phosphor fluorescence
Arry ofanumber of substances that The emission of radiation. esp. of visible
TI;IurP -------- ---...----.-. --....-- -- ..---.. - emit light when excited by radiation. I1ght. by asubstance during exposure Ul
external radiation.
AtubtiI3r IxlIP b-~ndescent.
fIuore:scent. aM lrigh-Intenslty-
dlsch3rge btnps.
clrcliMlamp ----.----..----- -.---.--..--.--
A~hn~ fluorescent lamp
triphosphor
Aphosphor having peaks In three
specific color regions, red. blue, and
green. used UllmprO'le the color
rendering ofafluorescent 13mp.
~:::~=~~:~---- ..-. ---'--W l '
~~====~[
efficiency fluorescent lamps having a
sl~~ doub~ orU-Shaped tube. and
ofWlanaaaftet"wdtttlngan ltil M (--::(~~~~~~e
InC3~t ~holkr. Ll .0 -== _
color Umpenture
~ ~pern.u~ atwhich a
~rocJy emIt6 ~ht ofa
spedf'eds~
Jlst.ritM1on. USO:I t.:J speclfy
tM color of a ¥tSOIJrce.
'"
~
~
a.
~
~
~
400 5(X) 600
neon Lamp
700
Acotd-catl-lok ~p emitting aglow when a
h41h volt3¥ Is appka across two
electrodts In a~-ftlled glass tube.
cold-uthade Lw1p
AdtschJrge !oJmp ItNlng c3thodes that
emit e1.ectroll5 widIout havIng to be he3t.ed
spectral distribution curve
Acur;~ plotting the raalant
energy In e3ch wavd.ei3th of a
particular light SOIJr"U. --~
L /.,
BTbuib .'
Abulged tubular bulb for
hIgh-Intenslty-discharge
lamps
color renderil19 Index
Ameasureofthe ability ofan electric
I3mp to rendercoloraccurately when
compared with areference Ilght source
ofslmll3r colortemperature. Atungsten
I3mpoperating at acolor temperature
of3200"F:, noon sunlight haVing .. color
temperature of~0F:, and average
daylight having acolortemperature of
7000°1:. ..11 have an Index of tOO and are
considered to render color perfectly.
~
..'
,#.'
...100 f!OOn sunlIght
E ~ulb •....J
An ellIpsoidal bulb for high,
IntenSity-discharge lamps.
preheat lamp .
Afluorescent lamp that reqUires a
separate starterUl preheat the cathodes
beforeopening the circuit to the starting
voltage.
rapid-5brt ~mp
Afluorescent lamp designed Ul operate
with aballast having alow-voltage winding
for continuous heating ofthe cathodes.
which allows the I3mpUl restarted more
rapidly than aprefte3t lamp.
Instant-start lamp
Afluorescent lamp designed to operate
with aball3st having ahigh-voltage
transformer to Initiate the arc dlrectty
without any preheating of the cathodes.
hi9h-output lamp
A rapid-start fluorescent I3mp designed Ul
operate on acurrent of aoo milliamperes.
resulting In acorresponding Increase In
luminous flux per unit length of I3mp.
very-hi9h-output I.1mp .
Arapid-start fluorescent I3mp designed to
operate on acurrent of 1500 milliamperes.
providing acorresponding Increase Ir:
luminous flux per unit length of lamp.
high-inU~y discharge lamp
Adlscharge lamp In which a s41nlflcJnt
amount of light Is produced by the
dischargeof electricity through a metaflc
vapor In .. 5e3b:f glass enclosure. Also, HID
~mp.
mercury lamp
Ahigh-Intensitydischarge I3mp producing
light by means of lin e1et."tric dlsch2rge In
mercul)' vapor. Also calle!:l mercury-vapor
~mp.
&OdIum lamp
A hl9h-lntenslty discharge I3mp producing
light by means of an electric dlsch3rge In
sodium vapor. Also caltea sodlum-vapor
lamp.
Iow-pres,ure 5Cdlum lamp
Asodium lamp producing ayellow, glareless
lightand used esp. to illuminate roadways.
Also.lPS bmp.
hlgh-pre5!lure 5Cdium 13mp
Asodium I3mp producing a broader-
spectrum. golden-white light than aIow-
pressure sodium lamp. Also. HP51amp.
metal hallk I.1mp
Ahigh-IntenSity discharge lamp similar In
construction to amercury lamp. but h~ng
an arc tu~ to which various metal hal1des
are added to produce more 1i9ht and
Improve color rendering.
145
146.
LIGHT
luminaire
Alightlng unit wnslstln9ofone or more
electric lamps with alofthe necesS3ry
parts and wIrln9 for positJonln~ and
protecting the lamps.connecting the
I3mps to apowersul¥i. and dlstrlUutlng
the light. Also callea ¥tlng fixture.
reflector --_.....--....--.............. .
Asurfucefor reflec~ ~ht. heat. or
sound. esp. the devuon a lumlnalrc
hrnn4 suchasurfacefor controlling the
dIstrIIM;Ion of light entted I1y a Iamp.
!eM
Ap~ of tr.Inspar~ II14Iterial. as gl3ss
orplastic. having twoopposite surfaces
eitheror !loth ofwhicll are curved, used In
lumlnalrtS to focus, disperse. orcollimate
",,-
"~/"
.// ':.
. I /. ...
... / .
~'!/ ;
'/7.' !
.
/. ,
I i
.'" p'ira~olic refiectcr
Areflector havi~ apmPoI1c sumce
t.C) coWlTI3te. spread. or focus the ~
from a~ht s...,"Uf'Ce. depenJing on ~
rotlon of the source.
theemltt&:llight. ----.....................,
+
I
1
i I
1
· ~·t-·..t'....- collimate
i.. .J, Te ::1ate r.;y5 cf liyht pmlleL
~
~~ ~ litK.
, ~1~~=:dnptlCal
, '" , sumcetafocus the rays from a
.. 0.' tL3htsource.
iii iii i j' /~. .- ridged ~affle ' I/ / .
t it t i' , / ;f .~ . ~~:~~~I~the ' i/'//
F~nellen' -----.-.-~ ~rlghtnessofallght, '
Alens having concentric, prismatic grooves sourceat an aperture. 1/'/'
to c;onctntr;rte lightfrom asrna" sou1'Ce. • ' '..
r Ir-~"---------,
~:~~lea":,ul~~~~;~········-·~·i.'·...
+ + ..... 1,""" V
with parallel prisms to redirect the : .... . '..
/4¥ from a light source. :.... . '. .
./ I - - - .' .' :'--...
/ i ji i i i i . ~~J'l'~~'~~
! / j I i I _
Arry of.3 V. riet)' of translocent m;lte.rlaIs
fodilterl~ gl;arefroma fight source ~
dlst:ibut1~ ~ fig ht om an ~rJeJ
louver
Aflnned or vaned devU for
controlling the nalatlon from a light
-. -.~ c:.trJlepowt:r d~tripution curve
A~r plot of a-c, luminous ItTtenstty
emIttdtJya bmp. lumlrulrt. or w/ndoIIr In
agJ.ten dIreG1lon from the centerci ~
light SOUIU. ~sured In a single plat't
for. symrr.e-tncal flght source. and i.1l
~r, ~rallel aM sometl~ a
45'ptaMe for il nasym~1 source.
source. .o.fi
eggcrate -...........................-...~
Alouvered consPuct/oll divided Into
ull-I:ke aredls and use.lfor redirecting
the1Ig/rtemltted!:ryall overhead source.
l13ffle ~
Alouvered ckvlceforshleldlng a light .
source from view atcertain angles. -.... - '
shielding angle
The angle !Ie1ow which alight source
can !Ie seen. ~"-"""'"
146
"l///1
."
/~,../
I I
isocturt
Agraphic plot of the pattern of
lIIu:rJnatlon produced on asurface bY ..
tamp or lumhulre.
...-++-+-+-++I-+....j....-"~. ....• 1~lux line
lumlrulre efficiency
The ratlo of luminous flux
emlttedbya lumlnalretothe
total flux emitted !:rythe
lamps In the luminaIre.
Anr~ through 3"points on asurface
where the level of I/lumlnatlon Is the
5a:r~. Calted lsofootcandle line if
liIurrinatlon Is expressed In
fw.-Cand!es.
L
147.
I
I
~!
j
-,
I
I
~i
.... 1
i
~j
~I
i
,.t
j
_I
.1
W.1l1washer
A down~ht rr.owted close to the plane of a
wan and equlp~ with a ref1ector.l7affle. or
lens to lIIumll14te PIe vertical surface.
track I~hti~
L~htlng provIde4 by adjustable
spotl~hts mounted along a narrow.
celling- or wall-lI1OUntea metal track
through which current Is conducted.
cove I~hting .----
Indirect ~htl~ ~ upward
from an InteMor c;ornIce at the edge
ofa ceill"1.
floodlight
Alamp designed to project or diffuse a
compmtlvely uniform level of illumination
over a large area. Also called fleod. flood
lamp..
downlight
AluminaIre consisting of alamp set In a
metal cylinder. recessed Into or mounted on
aceiling to direct abeam of light downward.
----''''- spotlight
.~.
Alamp designed to project astrong.
focused beam of light on an object or
area. Also called spat.
.~ spill
Superfluous or useless I~ht rays. as
from aspotl~htorotherfocused Itght
source. Also called spill light.
light strip .. Q Q
Arigid or fiexll1le tape with exposed Iow-
voltage light sources of1 to 10 watts.
troffer
Alumll13lre having atrough-shaped
reflector holding one or more fluorescent
lamps.
val4lnce nghtl~ ./'
Indirect ~htl~ directed upward or ...-/"
downward from alight source ~
concealed by 3 horizontal Iioard or
I7and.
cornice I~hti"'!
Indirect I~htl~ cArected downward
from an I~rlor c;ornlce at the edge of
aceiling.
pri~elamp
A floor I3mp hayj~ the light source on a
hinged. norr...ont.11y adjustable arm.
goo~neck L1mp
Adesk I3mp h3V1~ aflexible shaft
resembling the I'krl of II go~.
torchlere
Afloor I3mp having Its light source within
areflecting bowl that directs the light
upward. Also. tcrchere. tcrchler'.
droplight
Ahghtlng fixture suspended
from:l cemng or wall b:t a
flexible cord. by whIch It can
be raised or Iowerecl.
pendlnt
AIlghtlng fixture suspended
from acemng.
chandeliu
Adecorative llghtlng fixture suspended
from aceiling. usually having branched
supports for anumber of lamps.
LIGHT
point 5Curce
AI~ht source having ;I maximum dlmenslcn
less than one fifth the distance from the
source to the surface lIIumll13ted.
o o o
linear source
AI~ht source having one dlmens1cn
Significantly greater than Its other
dimensions, as afluorescent lamp.
area :;Guru
Alight source having significant dimensions
In two directions. as a large window or a
luminous ceiling.
sconce
Adecorative wall bradet for
candles or other lights.
147
148.
LIGHT
lighting
The science, theory,or method of
provldl~ lIIumlnatlon thro~h the use
of eIec'trlc lamps.
gener~lltghting
llghtl~ designed ta pf"C¥lde a
uniform level ofilumlr!3tion
throughout an area.
lecal lighting
Lighting des~neJ to provide a relatively
high level of Illumination OV~ asmall area,
with asurrounding area of lower Intensity
from spill light.
accent lighting
LIghting that calls
attention to aparticular
o~Ject orfeature In the
visual field. or that forms a
decorative pattern on a
surface.
i task lighting
.r-----. ~htlng deslgneJ to provtae strong
illumination for avtsually demanding
activity, as reading ordraftlng.
lo'---------.----- ...---- ---
direa lighting
lighting In which luminaires
dIstri~ute 9O'L to 1001 of the
emItted lightdownward on the
SlJrfaceorare<i to ~ illuminated.
&emtdirect lighting
lighting III which lu~lres
c:ltstribute SOl to 901 of the
mltted nght downward.
general dtffu~ lighting
lighting from lumln3ires that emit
an approximately equal ~trl~tIon
of light upward and downward.
direct-indirect lighting
General dlffuse ~htln4ln which
little light Is emitted In the
horizontal plane eX tU lumInaires.
,eml-Indirect lighting
lighting In which lumInaires
d1stri~ute 601to 001 of t.ie
emitted light upw;lrd.
indirect lighting
lighting In which luminaires
dlstri~ute 9O'L to 1001 ofthe
emItted light upward. esp. to avoId
glare or prevent shadows.
148
.. - -----"'-<~.
gL1re
The sensatlon produced by any ~rlghtness
within the vIsual field that Is sufficiently
greater than the luminance to which the
~s areadapted to cause anncyance,
dIscomfort, or1055 of vtslPIIlty.
a<:Uptation
The regulating by the pupil of the
qU3nutyofllg~ enterl"9 theeye,
resu!tl~ In achange In the sensitivity
of the eye's photoreceptors to light.
visual comfort prol1a!1i1ity
Arating of the likelihood that aIIghtlng
sys~ wHi not cause direct glare,
expressed as the percentage of people
who may ~e expected to experience
vlsU31 comfort when seated In the least
. fa,ora~1e visual position.
brightness ratio
~ ratio !1etween the luminance of an
object ana that of Its Uacl:ground. Also
oiled ~rrtr3st rrtlo.
..• highlight
To emphasize ~ illuminating
with astrong light.
....., vacklight
To Illuminate something from
~ehlnd In order to enhance depth
or to separate the suDject from
Its Uadground.
.. _...-. sidelight
Llg~ coming or produced from
thesk:le.
..........- ...•.........-.- .. -..- soft light
Diffuse Ilqht that produces little
contrast ana poorly defined
shadows on the su~Ject.
...• hard light
Direct light that produces high
contrast and distinct shadows
on the suDject.
17linding glare
Glare so Intense that. for an
apprecla~!e length of time after It has
~een remOv'ed, vlsll7illty Is lost.
di5al7~ity gbre
Glare that reduces vlsll7inty or
Impairs visual performanu. often
accompanleJ by discomfort.
discomfort gfa re
Glare that produces discomfort Put
does not necessarily Interfere wfth
vlSI~ility or visual performance.
. I -. .......---------r
':AST
1,1!1
;11
.....--. direct glare
Glare resulting from ahigh brightness
ratio or an Insufficiently shIelded light
sourceIn the visual fleld.
.....' reflected glare
Glare resultlng from the specular
reflection of alight source within the
visual fuM Also called Indirect glare.
veiling reflectance
Reflected glare on atasi: surface that
reduces the contrast necessalj' for
seeing details.
[
f--;
I
j
t-J
I
,.J
J
f
!.
149.
-j
/
- ,~'
"'.
-'
r'"
I I
r
~I
t .-
~am spread
The angle of ahght ream that Intersects
the c3ndtepowerdlStfiDutlon cum at
points wkere tke luminous Intensity
equ.ls astatea percent of a maxfmum
rd'erenu Intenslty.
sp;u;ing criteria
Aformula for determining how far apart
luminaires mayDe Installed for uniform
lighting of asurface or are3. Dasea on
mounting heIght.
,. spacing crlUrl3 (5{;) = spacing (s)/mourrtlng helg!rt(mh) ----;----------1
! '. i 4 l
i
/ ../ ----- 5C =0.5
....•....•.---- 5C = 1.0
am
Agroup of nearly parallel rays of light.
throw
The effectlve length of aDeam of light.
ces1ing cavity ----------------------
The cavityformed DytM celnng. aplane
of suspende.d lumlll3lres. and the wall
surf3u-s Pctween~.,e two p!3nes.
room cmy -------------------.
The cavity fol'!l'led !7yaplane of
Iumln3lres. the won:pl3ne. ana the wall
surfaces Mween these two pones.
floor C<1vTty -----.-..---------..-----
The C3Vfty fanned !7y the won piane.
the ftoor. and the 1¥3" surfaces
~n these twa planes.
'''-.<
/' '"
room c~v!ty ratio
Asingle numper derived from the
dimensions ofaroom cavity for useIn
Jetermlnlng the coefficient of utilization.
coefficient of utHiution
The I'3tlo of the luminous flux reaching a
specified won: ptar.e to the total lumen
outptrt of aluminaIre. taking Into account
the proportions ofaroom ana the
refIectances of Its surfaces. -----..-·1
1
__.:!IL.
li9ht~,h~r
Arry of se-t'ml factors used In
calcuta",r~ the tffe....'"tive illumination
provldeJ b)o a IIghtlll.3 system after a
given ~ of Ume arJ under given
condttk;l'.5. Formerly called
mal~nance factor.
recoveraLne light 10" factor -----------
A~ht bss factorth3t mayPe recovered
by retampillg or main~ance. as IJmp
lumen deprecl3tIon.lumlnalre dIrt
deprecl3tlon. and room surface alrt
deprecl3t-ion.
LIGHT
fX'int methad
AproceJure for c.alculJtl~ the ~Iumlnaticn
produced on • surface Dy a point souru
from any arl.jlt. Dased on the Inverse square
lIna cosine b·,.,s.
lumen method
Aproc&lure fur determining the numrer
and types of bmps. luminaires, or windows
reqUired to prcvIde auniform ~eI of
fRuminztlon on J work plJne. takIng into
account ~ .f.rect ana refI.ected lumlr'o?'.J:S
flux. Also cai1:ed zonal cavity method.
woN: plane
The ha:izo~I pbne at which won: Is dar.e
ana Of1l'r'hlch il1umlnatlon Is speGtfled aM
measured. lISU311y assumed to De:30 In.
(762 mm) abo,;~ tke floor.
Lamp lumen depreciation
A~ht loss fxtar representl~ the
decre3se in luminous outputof3IJmp
durlrog It,; opmtlrog 11ft. expressedas ..
peru'1t3¥ of inltUl13mp lumens.
lumiruire dirt depreciatlon
A~ht loss f-,c,q represen~ the
decre4se In klminous output ofa lumlna!re
resultlng frc:m the accumulJtla11 of dirt ~
Its surfaus. expressed as aperc.enta~ of
the mUIl1I~..cn from the luminalre whe:l
new or claln..
room 'u~ dirt deprecUtion
A~ht Io5s ~ represerrtlng the
decre3se In rtfl.xted li9ht resultIng from
the ucumu;J1'..lon ofdirt ~ aroom's
surfaus. exrressed as a~rrtage of ~
~ht refect.td from the surfaces when .
cle3n.
. . . , initiJllamplumens xCUxRLLFxNRLLF ~.....-......__ n ____ . . - - - - - - • • - . . - - . nonrecOVefa 171e light los, hctor
average mamtalned"luminance = Any of se'ler:ll permanent light Io5s factors
work area that take ir;~ 3ccount the effectsof
initiallamp lumens = lumens perlamp x lamps per luminaire
temp~UJ~. ,·oItage drops or surges.
!:rallast vari3-::Cns. and partltlon heights.
149
150.
LIGHT
d3y!~~
The sclenU, theay,Of method of providing
Ulu!TIinJUon ;h~b the use of ~ht ofby.
d.1y1~ht
r0 ~ an Interior space with daylight
from roth direct 3nd Indirut source5.
skyrlght
The !!ght from the sky, refItcted
and diffused by air molecules.
sunlight
The direct hght ofthe sun.
ground light
Sunlight or skylight reflected Dy
surfaces Pelow the plane ofthe horizon.
.• clear sky
Asky having less than 301 cloud COt'er
with the sol3r dis: un~truCted. Also,
the CIE standard for arefereru
cloudless sky condition, having the
greatest luminance near the sun and
least luminance 90°from the sun.
zenith - ......-.-...-.-.- ....-....-...........- ....~
..__!!r---L..
ctI urrtci~ht
Light o.-'~ Il13tJng from sources
t.cl~ ach other. as from
wlrJo;..s in opposite W3l1s.
cro~t.ght
lI~ht or'~IMlng from sources
not~ ~ other, 3S from
~1n~W3l1s.
d4yfight ~ctor method
A~r.:d forcalcufating the
~orn'~:U of 3 dayllgr.ting
systan. ~~ on the daylight
betar.
tUyr'9&tbct.or •.-..-........-.-.
AI!1a~of~ht
lI1umllUrGe, expressed as the
ratlo of~ht IIIIImlnatlon at
a point OIIl !iven plane to the
slmu~ II'Ie4sured
nlumlll4rGe on aborizontal
pbne frcm;ll uno!:>structed sky
ofassu~ Of known luminance
dlsttilr.rt.lcn.
150
The point on the celestial
sphere vertically above agiven
position or ol1server.
~(-~O_---1-
external rtfk:cte.d ctlmponent •.'
Acompc,.~t of the d3y1~ht factor, equal to
the rat:O of the dayl~ht i1Jumll13tlon at apolnt
on aglv~:'1 piane recelvea directly from exterior
reffect!r-3 s~rfaces to the sImultaneously
measur~ iDumlnance on ahorizontal plane
from an ~~·c;.structed sl:)- of assumed or ~nown
. _lurnln3r=~ Jstributlon
i
..• overcast sky
Asky havln~ lOOl cloud cover. Also, the
CIE standard for areference sky h3v1ng
aluminance d1strtlrotlon three times
~rlghter neartho zenith than at the
horizon.
elE
Commission Internatlonale de
rEcl3lrage, an Internatlol13lcommlsslon
developing definitions, standards. and
procedures for the art. sctence, and
technology of lighting.
IES
/IIumll13tlng Engl~rlng Society, a
professIonal society In North Americ.a
devoted to the development ana
dissemination ofstandards;lnd
procedures relatIng to the art. science.
and technology of li9hUng.
L._____.___.. artffic~15ky
inUrnal r~ component '
Ahemlspherlcallhme or slmll4lr
enclosurelIIumll3'Ud by concealed JIg"",
sourUs that slmul3te the luminance
dlstrlllUtlon of a clear or overcast sky.
used for studying and testJng
dayllghtlng techniques on archltecUJral
models placed near Its center.
hellodon
Adevice for orienting an architectural
model to alight source representing
the sun, c:a1l~rateJ with respect to
latitude, time ofby, and 5e3son of the
year and used for studying dayhghtJng
techniques and shadows cast Dy the
sun. •
/~
Acomponent ofthe dayhght Detar, equal to " ..
the ratio of the daylight Hlumlnatlon at apoint . /",
.. from Interior reflecting surfaces to the ./
on ;I given plane received directly or Indirectly 1?,
.....' ,,/
simultaneously measured illuminance on a . /.'
horizontal plane from an un~tructed sky of ,/
assumed or known luminance dlstrl~utlon. .
t.....,i
J
J
J
I
r
151.
.-
;
f
!
i
I
r
1
.,
/.
I
LOAD
Any of theforces to which a
structureis subjected.
static load
Aload appl1ed slowly tc astructure
until It reaches Its peak V4lue without
fluctuating rapidly In magnitude or
position. Underastatic load. a
structure responds slowly and Its
deformation reaches apeak when the
static force Is maxlm.um.
r---------------------------40 live load
occupancy load - ..- ....- ....
The llYe load on Oil structure resulting
from the weight of people. furniture.
stored IT13terbland other similar
Items In a buI1dl~. 6ul1dlng codes
specify minimum live loads for
various uses anaoccupancies.
snowloaJ ........................... _..'
The live load resulting from the
we41ht of snow accumulatl"'J on a
roof. Snow loads vary with
geographic loc3tlof1. site exposure.
wlna cond1t1ons. ana roof geometry.
water load - .....-..........--.....
The Uve load of water thAt may
accumulate on aroof l10ecause of Its
form, def1ectloo. or the clogging of
Its draln31e system.
~uiYa!ent load
Aload substituted by abuilding coJe for
an actu3lloaJ, derived on the ;.Isis of
st3t1st!cJi evidence for given types of
h;il.:l;rys. For mety.the equivalent load
Is ~~.uty.J T.ultlp1e of the load that
""';" 'J ~'-c.j~ce failure or unacceptable
C~:;'<,:;~..J~.
Iald wm~!lUtlon
The ~Jd (]:;d .3natwo or more live loads
iSsumed to occur simultaneously on a
structure when their combined effect can
Pe reasonably expected to be less than
the sum of their 5ep3l'3te actions.
1.00 (dad + live + snow(oaJ5)
(.75 (dead +five +snow +wfndorsdsmfc 103d5)
load reduction
Areduction In design loading allowed by
I7ulldlng codes for certain load
combinations.l7ased on the assumption
that root all live loads will act
simultaneously on a structure at their
full v31~e. Afur all possible load
combinations are considered, a structure
Is designed to carry the most severe but
reans~'G distribution. concentration. and
con-b ~3tlon of toads
Arry moving or mcvable load on 3
structure result!ng from occup;lncy.
collected snow arid water. or moving
equipment. AIlve !aa.d typlGally ;lcts
vertcally downward. but may ut
horizontally as well to reflect the
c:!ynamlc nature of a moving load.
.-,,.,_ _ ..L. dt.ad load
The statlc load acUng vertlGally
downward on Oil str'.JCture. comprising
the self·w~ht of the structure ana
the we~ht of ~u:laing elements.
fOCtures. ana equipment permanently
attached to It.
waur pressure
The upllftlng fo~ awater tabl.e
exerts on afour.d3t1on system.
e.rth pressure
The horizontal folU asoli mass
exerts on ave~.al retaining
structure.
5ettkment Ic3d ~ ...... _.
Aload Imposed C1'I astructure by
sul7sldence ofa portion of the
supportl~ seiland the resulting
cliffe:rentI3l sett!ement
ofIts foundator1.
o
<;rind load »
1-~.~d~~~5uJJ.nftto••'_"e.
<
.~rthc{uake loAd often with rapid ch3nges In IIt3gnltuk
.,-___L-______ ana IocJtlon. Under adyNmlc 1oad. a
......- mcvingload
structur-e develops Ine~1 forces In
relatlon to Its mass and ttslT13xlm:Jm
defOrTT13t1on does not necessarily
erection stress
The stress Induced on a~ui!ding
unit orcomponent by loads
appl1ed during the erection
process.
erection I1racing
The temporary bracing required
to secure the units or
components of abuilding until
perm3nently fastened In pbce.
Akinetic load of short duration due
to If1C.ilng vehicles. equipment. ana
machinery. 6uild1ng codes trtat this
load as astatic load. compens.atlng
for tts dyn.mlc I13ture by amplifylng
tl-.e stat1c load. Also called Impact I
Io~.
impact factor J
Afactor by which the effect of a
5t4tlG load Is multlplled to
approximate tM effect ofapplying
tJ-o.e same load dynamically.
corre5rood to the maximum m31nltuae
of the applied force.
constructlon load
Atemporary load on astructure
occurring during Its erectlon.;;Is
from wind or the Weight of
constn.:ctlon equipment and stored
ma';e"als
151
152.
LOAD
I3teI'2IJoaa
AIo3J ~ ~tallyon a structure,
as awlndorearthqua~e load.
e.1rthqw Io.td
ThefOlUS exerteaon a structure!1y an
ea~~
e.1rthqute
Aseries of10119ltudlnaIand transverse
vl/1rnlons Induced In the earth's crust !1y
the almlp'lI1OVement of plates along fautt
hnes. The sIIocis ofan earthquaKe
propagate~ the earth's surface In the
form of ~ and attenuate
Iogarft:hmbllyMth distance from Its
source.
seismic
Of, pertaining to, or caused by an
earthqua:eorvluratlon of the earth.
seismic force
Any of t~ forus C3u$td ~ U1c vrmtcry
grO'Jrla motlo1'1s of 3n e;; rtru.U.'l(e. Whi~
these :r.otlons are th~d'~slona/ln
i r..;t;Jt"!, their horizD1Tt41 c:orr:po~nts at"!
con$Ider!d to be t M most 1mportant in
epicenta' - ..-~ ..........., .......~ .........~.- ..
Apoint dIrt:ctIy.rovethe hypocenter, from
S"
..n.c~~ml des~n; the vert.bllaad-
carT)ir~ dements of a structure usua~
h3Y~ C...?!1skknb!e reserve for resisting
6<i:!it]cn;J1 vertlc3lloads. Duri~ an
eartnQ:J3te, the m.;ss of .. s-t-rJcture
develof,s ~n Inertl;J1 force ~s It tries to
reslstgrouna acceleration. From Ne~'s
secorJ 14w, this force ls e.q~1 to the
prodoct of mass and accelentlori. For
design purposes, astat:lc3rty e.qclv;ii!em
13ter;;1 force, base shear, Is computed by
formula.
which the shod:: waves of an earthquaI:e - ..
apparen~emanate.
hypocenter ~ .......- ..-.....,--.......
The pointoforigin ofan earthquake, Also
callea focus,
fault ...--.........................- .........
AUrt3k In the earth's crust accompanled!1y
aJlslocatbn in tile plane of the fracture.
plate •- ....- ...............................
Anyofthe huge lI'IOV3ule segments Into
which the e4rth's crust Is divided.
viln-aticft
The osclllatlng. reclprocatlng, or
other periodic motion ofan elastic
roJtor medium when forcecl from a
posltlonorstateofequlill.?rlum.
anteroff1t255 --. +
totalJeMPtdght - - ..{!..
0-- ~
grouna accefent.lon
The r.1teofcha~ In the velocIty of
ground rooremetlt wtth respect to tlme.
High acceferatlons are the most
damaging to astructure, which must try
to follow the rapid changes In ground
movementJuring an earth'lua~e.
152
periodic motion
Arty motlon that recurs In the sarr.e
form ..t equallntemls oftIme.
harmonic motion
Periodic motion consIsting ofone or
more vlmtory motions that are
symmetric aUout aregion ofeqUilibrium,
as the motion ofavll7ratlng string of a
muslc3llnstrument.
period
Thetime reqUIred for onecomplete
cycleofaW3ve orosctnatlon. -'1
0.3 < t <1.0 SoX.
I
IUtunI~riod ofyjPrn.lcn
The tl!re requIred for a ~ SI.i~p;t to 3
vlmt.cry forc.e to ~ throughOM
oscHl1tla1ln t:ke direction ~
con~n. Astl"Jeture's nT.ur31
peMod of t'ibrnton V:llies 6CC01"&ntj to its
helght;i P:.-vC the base and Its dirnenslon
paraliel to tM dlrectlon of the apptied
forces. Are14Uve~ 5Uffstruc1.<Jre tends
to oscfll:r...e r.lpklly dM h.1s. short pM:.d
of ~!:rr.itlon while a IT1OI"e fbJ~1e
-stl"Jei'...ure tends to oscillate sJcwly and
Msa ~ period. Alsc C3~
fu~ment..ll pa-iod of ~rrtJoo.
_.- amplitude
The I!14XllTlum dlsplJc.ement from the
mean poslt«Jn during one percJof an
oscln.tlon.
drift 1'<------4--.-- ~RImo"
The lateral deflection or 'T"1--""'-'-1 Asln~le S1'ring of 3" oscJllatlt3 body
movementofastructured~ ~ I I fromone~e~llmlttoanot.".er.
to wind, e<lrthquake, or 11 I
asymmetrical vertical loading. _................. t-- ! ~113te
I I To swing 00 and forth 1J1:e. pendulum
I ~ .It.enutlng ~
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
h*-l
I ',_...-- L .... lnertlalforcueslstlng
: I ground;ccelmtJon
I I
1 1
~nanc.e
An ab"or.nal~ large vlbratlon In a
system C3 used ~ are!atwe!y sma"
vlmtc.-y force ofthe same or nariy the
same per'w:ld as the natural perIodof
viUrat Ion of the system.
damping - ..........................................,..!-!
· -
. .
-·~-=~"-------+-i-~----------
The al1sorptlon or dIssIpation of !
energy to progressIvely diminIsh ~---t-.r----+-----i-----------
successIve oscillations or W3ves
of avluratlng structure.
r----=.:b>--------r'-----J-~---------
t .
u
I
r
,
I
r
p
.~
I
153.
1"-
!
-
I
r
r
~smic~fxtcr ----
t :----.weightfactor -.--------------.-----....
'
f.: The total dead load of abulldln". •
i: Including the weight of furnlshi~gs. ······'.•.-.1
f' stored materials. permanent -
i equipment. and hea..y snow loads.
i Base shear Is directly proportional to
i the mass ofauulldlng: the greater
i the mass. the greater the base she4lr.
,
LOAD
i-----------· b3~
./ The level at which earthquake motions are
. assumed to be Imp-arted to astructure.
A~fOi" ~ustlng Ir.Jse sear
according to the prolr.lDIe seismic actlvtty
ana Intens~ of a¥Ographlc location.
There a1'8 5 ~mlc zones In the U.S. with
zone 0 ~~ tto.e Ie3st 4Jctlve and Z9ne 4
~Ing an are;; close to 3 major fauft
system.
sei,mic coefficient --------..-~-.
' t {
/,CZI W= V
.-/' ,../Rw
)-----------I'---f..:::=::=...,..r.---L-----'- base 5~ar
''--.----- b1se sht3r' --.-.---...--..:----..,
O~---~
The shearing force developed at the Ir.lse of
a structure Dy the tendency ofIts upper
mass to remain at rest while the !rase Is
translated Dy ground motions during an
earthquake. Base shearIs the minimum
design valuefor the total lateral selsmlc
force on astructure. and Is assumed to act
nonconcurrently In the direction ofe;lch of
the main axes of the structure. It Is
computed Dy multiplying the total dead
load of the structure Dya numPerof
coeftIctents to reftect the cnal'3Cter ana
Irrtensltyof the ground motions. the mass
and stiffness of the structure and the way
these are dlstrJDutea, the type ofsoI1
underlying the foundation, and the presence
of dampln~ mechanisms In the structure.
AcoefflcIentfor adjusting Pase shear
according ta ~ relationship l>etween the
natu,..l perrd ofv!l;ratlon ofastructure
and that of ~ unc:krlyfng sail on which the
structure rests_ When these periods are
$lmll4Jr. 7~ srarIs Increased to reflect
the likelihood of dt:structlve resonances
occumng tn the structure. Also called
pase shear codficient.
,ftc ccefficient
A~.ent ~ng the nature and
~ of* foonaatlon soil usually Ir.lsed
on a~~ InvtStlgatlon. Ground
~ts m ~11y much greater In
anuvlalsoils t~rt In rody areas ordlluvlal
soils.
Iiquebcticn
1Msudden bs5 of srarlng re$lstJ nce In a
~ so1. causing the soil mass to
~have as 4J ~ul.d..
SUlry drift
The ho~ rrcrement of one level of a
structure retztlve to the level above or
Pelow.
drift Index
The maxlmum rJt10 of story drift to story
~ht allc~ by 3 ~ildlng code In order to
IMfnlmlu d3~ to Pulkilng components or
adJ3cent str.i..~res. Also called drift
hmIt.atl011
..-
/
...puilding ty~ factor
Acoefficient for adjusting 7ase shear
according to constructlon type and
rnaterl31. 3nd the energy-aDsorDlng
capacity of the structural and lateral
force-reslsUng systems used. Base shear
Is Inversely proportional to the energy-
al1sor1:nng capacity ofastructure; the
greater the structure's stiffness or
ductility. the lower the Pa5e shear.
horizontalforu factor
groundacceleration
Acoefficient used In calculating the lateral
seismic foru on structural elements.
nonstructural components. ortheir
connections. according to their wef9ht and
----- -----... di5tri17ution of pase 'hear
function. r
story shear --------------------------- .. -... ----f.----H.....------J
The total shear In arry horizontal plane of a :
structure subject to lateral loads,
dlstrl!nIteO accor.dlng to the varlcus lateral
force-resisting elements In proportion to
their rigidities. Story shear 15cumulative
and Increases from tts minimum value at
the top to Its maximum at the ~ase.
r puilding &eparation
/ The dlst~nce required to avokJ contact
. ~tween separated structures under
deflection from selsmlc action orwind
forces.
horizontal torsion
The torsion resultlng from alateral load
acting on astruc'ture having noncolncldent
centers of mass and resistance. To avoId
destructive torsional effects. structures
subject to lateral loads should De arranged
and Draced symmetrically with centers of
mass and resistance as coincident as
possl!7Ie..ln asymmetrical layouts. bracing
elements snauld ~ distributed with
stlffnes5es that correspond to the
dlstrlbutlon of the mass.
r-______
I --,
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
.t--~I!!!II..~
I
I
I
restoring moment
Aresisting moment provided Dy the dead
load of astructure acting aDout the same
point of rotation as the overturnIng
movement. BUilding codes usually require
that the restoring moment De at least 501.
greater than the overturning moment. Also
called righting moment. stablllzJng
moment.
The manner In wh!ch lr.Jse shear Is
dlstrluute<./ ov~ the h~ht of~ structure
according to the displacements that would
occur durln~ an earthquake. For ~ l>olldlng
of regular recta~ulJr shape I'Ittn equal
floor weights and he~hts and no
Irregularities In stiffness or mass. 7ase
shear Is dlstrl17uW to e;lch horizontai
diaphragm a7ove the !rase In proportlcn to
thefloor weight at each level and Its
distance from ~ l7ase. This results In 4J
tri3ngular load ccnflguratlon val)1ng from
zero at the !lase to amaximum value 3t the
top. For structures having aI13tural period
of vll7ratlon greatu than 0.7 sec.on.ds. a
portlOn of the tot4ll7ase shear Is assumed
to ~ concen~ 3t the top of the
structure to accourrt for the whiplash
effect of seismic forces. For structures
with Irregular shapes orframlng systems.
tne dlstrll>otlon of lateral forces should De
determined according to the relatP.'e
stlffnesses of adjaunt floor levels and the
dynamic characteristics of the structure_
- overturning moment
An external moment generated at the l7ase
of astructure Dy aIJteralload applied at a
distance a7ovc grJde. For equlllDrlum, the
overturning moment must Ue
wunter7alanced by an external restoring
moment and an Internal resisting moment
provIded Dyforces developed In column
meml7ers and shear walls.
153
154.
LOAD
wind load slidinguplift
Any of the forces exerted by the kinetic
energy ofa 1I1OV~ lI13SS ofair, resulting In
pressure on ~In parts ofastructure
.ndsuctlon on others.
The horlzontallTlO'.'ementofastructure In
respon~ to alateral load.
The r;;islng ofastructure or port:on of
structlJre In response to an OYertumlng
momet1t or wind suctlon.
6ernaulli ~u.1tWn . ) dynamic wind pressure -----+)! de5i.gn wind p~sure
An express10n ofthe conservatlon ofenergy The pressure exerteJ by amovl"9 II13SS of l Aminimum design value for the equlvoilent
In stre3mnneflow, stating thatthe sum of air, derlv~ from Bernoulli's equation and i statlc pressure on the exterior surfaces
the ratlo ofpressure to mass density, the equal to the product of the mass density 1ofastructure resul1;Jng from acrltlc3l
square of the vetodty divided !1y 2. and the of the air and the square of the vebclty at l wind velocity, tqU31 t<) the wind
produa ofthe gravtt.tional constant and agiven height divided by 2. lsta~natbn pressure modified ;.ya
vertlc2l height. rem.l1ins constant. Also !num~ ofcoefficients to UCOIJnt for the
called 6emounrs ~rent !effects ofexposure condition, !11Jlidlng
height factcr !h.elght. wlna gusts, and the geometry and
T T
! I
, I
I I
i --.} I
; 1.
®.
I
I
I
Acoefficient Incre3slng des~n wind iorlen~tbn of the structure t<) the
pressure to 3CCOUnt for the Increa~ In :.: Impi:'.ging air flow.
wind velocity with height apoye the ....'
ground. ~ .""
gustfactor ®..~"Ceqqqs I""
Acoefficient IncreJslng design wind ...........
pressure to acccunt for the dynamic ..' i ...._....
effects of wind gusts.
exposure ~ndition
One offour conditions mod~"4 des~n
wind pressure according to oktructlons In
the area surrounding a~ulkiln~ site..
exposure A:. umn areas with h~h-rlse
liulldlngs. or rough, hilly terrain;
p,-e,sure coefficient
I
~
~ I . - exposure 5: su~uritan sttes. wooded areas.
~t-'--+--+----i-7--:'-t--~:--_-
__....,_~ or romng krr3ln;
Acufflclent moJrfylng design wind
pressure to reflect hew the geometryand
~n ofthevar'cus p3rts ofa
struc't<Ire aItertJo.e tffects ofan
Impl~l~ .Irfiow.lr:w.rd Of posltIYe
coefficlents result In wind pressure while
outw.rd or negative ccdfIclents result; In
wind suction.
l f
t----+--I'---t~r"i.ih-;-+--+---II--i"~-~ exposure c; flat. open terrain wtth minimal
i r--···--1 oI1structlons;
.
t---+_-+-..
f......~_-+-_+---I,_··_-·-·- exposure D: flat, unobstructed terrain
• J. f.clng ~rge I10dles of water.
fa,u,t-mite wind 'peed - ........._.
The mrage ~ of. one-mi~·long
column of air that psses oyer a~iven
o 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 The mOrtopen3 s/U. thegreater the 'Nind point. IT'".e3sured in mi~s per hcw.
speed3f1atheresvfting aeslgn iWlapre$tJre.
r wind 5uction
leeward --- - ~ The lY~tlve pressure exerted ~ wind on
Pertaining to. ~1"9ln, or the sldesand ~rd vertIc.l1l S<Jmusof
racing the "Irectlon toward .. !11J~ aM roonnal to windward roof
___-----;¥IllCh the win" wing. surfaces h..v1ng as~ less tn.n 30".
---~, ?Ji
wlndw3rd normal force method
Pertaining to, l'Ie!ng ln, or
facing the ~rectlon from
which the wind ~Iows.
Adesign methodfor 2pplylng design wind
pressure to theprimary fr.1me and !:>racing
systems of.. ~ulld1ng.ln which wind
pressures are assumed to act
154
wind pressure
The pressure exerted by wind hOflzontal1y
on the windward vertlcalsurfaGeS ofa
pulldlng and normal to windward roof
surfaces having aslope greater than 30°.
slmlo'lt4~sly normaIt<) all exterior
surfaces. This methcJ may ~ used for any
structure. (,utIs rqulred for g3bled rigid
frames.
r3rt. ~buliJ/rIg$. ~.rJcrures i'rf'th unuSU3{
orcorr:fk:tsh3pes.1tIaH~htwaglrt. fdb{e
~ suujecttcfivtter rtq~ ttrma
tunneltd:Ing orC«rf!Mt"fTII)Jaing to
InvtStig'U howtMyrtSfon4 to tJ:t .
dlstr+.J~n of'Nind?"~$lJrt.
flutter
The rapid oscillations of aftexl~le cable or
rr.embrane structure caused by the
uroJynamlc effects of wind. Also called
urodytumlc oscilL1tton. '
impo~nce f.actor
Acoefficientfor Incre.slng the des~n
values for wind or seismic forces on a
~ildlng Peeause ofIts large occup.ncy,lts
po'~ntlally hazardous co~ts, or Its
es~tl31 nature In the wa(e of a hurrlc'rIe
or earthquake.
. wind rt.agnrtion pre,sure
The static equivalent to dynamic wind
pressure used as a reference In calculatlng
design wind pressure, sptcIfW In pounds
~ square foot and tqU41 to 0.D0256 tllMS
the sqU3re ofthe Uaslc wind ~fOf'~
~r;;Phlc Iocatlon. Wind velocity
approoches uroas the movI~ air IlUSS
parts to flow around an oPstruc'tlon. Slnce
the sum ofstatlc.na dynamic pressures
remains constant In streamline flow, anof
the ener~ In the flow at thiS polrtt of
5~natbn Is In tht form of static
pressure.
~sic wind speed
The wind velocity used In calculating wind
s~gn~tlon pressure:. usually the extreme
- - fli5~'mlle wind speed recorded for a
~r;;phlc Iocatlon li"ta starilird height of
33 ft. (10 m) 3rta based on .. 50-year /TIt:ln
occurrence IntetYal. Also called de$l~n
wir.d veWcfty.
nT! rrrrrrrrrrTT
.~..i-.-_
..-.- ~
projected a~ method
Adesign method for applying design wlr.d
pressure to the primary frarr.e and ~~Ing
sys~s of apulkilng.ln which the total
wind eff~t Is con5kfered to ~ a
ccmDlnaUon of. single Inward or positive
horlzo;1~1 presSUit actmg on the-fun
vertlc31 projected area ofth.e liulldln~ and
an outward or negative pressure acting 0f1
the full horizontal proJUted are. of the
l'>uildlng. This method m.ily ~ u~ for any
structure less than 200 ft. (61 m) h~h.
except for ga!:>led rigid frames.
t. '
I
,
l,J
I
1
1.,J
/ l
¥'
r
r
l '
r
f
r
t
r
I
r
r
155.
I I
I
.-- I
I
,I
r-I
~_I
r
I
,
- I
I
- I
he3djoint --.--..--.-- ..-.--.---.
The verticaljoInt !letween two
masonry units. perpend1cular
to the face of awall.
~hovedjolnt
Aheadjolnt fanned I1y
"pplylng mortar to the end of
" IT13SOnry unit and forcing It
In posItion ag3lnst the 13st
masonry unit laid.
collarjoint ------------ ---. -- ----- -----
Thevertk:.ljolnt retween two
wythes of masonry.
~Jolnt -----------.-----.
The horizontaljoint !letween
two masonry courses.
bed ---.---.-------.-----.--.----.----.
The undersk:le of" brick or
other masonry unit. or the
layerof mortar In which a
masonry unit I5laki
clipjoint
A ~Joint made thicKer than
usual I" order to level the
course above.
point
wythe _________j_.__.. J
Acontinuous vertical section ofII
masonry wall one unit In thickness,
Also. wft.he.
To f11 arul flnlsh the surface of;l masonry
Joint with mortar after the masonry has
been laid. tither toflnlsh thejoint or to ~'
repair adefectiveJoint.
tuck pointing .-.-.----.-----.-..-------.-.-.-. ','iL~ :..' ".,,:.-... :.: "'~:
The process of raking out defective mortar •.'., -. " .
from a IT3S011I)'joint. filling with fresh
mortar, ana too11119 thejolnt. _
wck and pat pointing .---------- -- ------ ~:':::..: '. ':- .. '. '..' :. ':.-
~~k:~~~I;;;:~;t~nng~:~rn;;:;~I~~~ of ,>,i~~.,· :.'.. .- '.' .: .-- :-'
ua~rtard pointing '1
An Imlt3tlon of tuck and pat pOinting. having ,,1
afillet made from the mortar of theJOint.
flat-joint pointing .-- --.'.
PoIntlng having flush joints of cornman
mortar.
field
The expanse of3 masonry walll1etween
openIngs ana comers. usually composed
primarily of stretchers. --~.
.
MASONRY
Building with units ofvarious
natural or manufactured products.
as stene, PricK, or concreU plock,
usually with the use of
mortar as a ponding agent.
- course
Acontinuous, usually horizontal range
of brIc1:s. tiles. or shingles. as In a wan
or roof.
range
Acontinuous course of masonry units
having the same height from end to
end.
closer
The last masonry unit laid In acourse.
,.---.~.---.------- ------ cor!1e1
A~k orstene projectll19 from
, - coruelio,g
~
within awall. usually to support a
w~ht.
An overlapping arrangement of
brids orstones In which t'ach
~-;::::::::::::~::::::::::::::::::::::::~=, course steps upward arul outward
from tht; vertical face of awall_
tco~djolnt ------------...--------.
Aweather-resistant mortarjoint
compressed and sha~ with any
tao! ather than atrowel.
trowe~Joint ~-------.-------
AmortarJoint finished I1y striking
offexcess mortar with atroweL
concavejaint
AClJrved. hollowed mortarjoint formed
by <I r'O'Jnaea par.
V-joint
An .ngul3r. hollowed mortarJoInt
formed by aV-5hapeajointer.
weatMredjolnt
Am0rt3rJoIIIt smoothed I1y pressl"9
the trowel Inat the upper eage ofthe
jolntJormlng a slopl~ surface that
sheds water re3dlly.
flushjoint
AmortarJoint strud: flush with the
masonry.
struckjoint
Amortarjoint pres~ In at the lower
edge and slop1119 In the reverse
direction from aweatheredJoint.
rakeajoint
AmortarJoint made I1y removing
mortar to agiven dep~h wIth asquare-
edged tool ~ore hardening.
155
156.
MASONRY
~lk:I m.1sonty --..•....-........_................"
AwallconstnJcWof brick or other '"
soI1d rrgsonry units bid contiguously
with aDpin10solidlyfilled with mortar
aM aa~ wythes I10nded by
ItI3sonry headers or Jnetal ties.
c.1vitywall-·-···-·--·---··-·---..·--·---.,
AmasonryW2U h2vtng a~clng ana '•...
!7ackl~~separateaexcept "'"
for metal ties anaenclosing an Inner ",
space servtng to prevent penetration ',
bywater. ".
hclng .- '-"---'" -.. -..-...-- ...-..-....-..-....
An ornamental or protective layer. as '.
the outer wythe ofamasonry wall.
backing --...--._..-......-.-.......- ..- ...
Something that forms the pack or ••••• ""-''''1."''''''-
pr-ovlJes SlIpport.strength. or
protectlon from the !7ack. as the Inner
wythe or ~es ofamasonry wall.
weep hole -.---.---.---------..-.-.----.-
A~ openln4 In a~vIty wall
reta~ ""u.orother constnJctIon
for ar.lnlll! offa<:cumuiaW moisture.
as from GOI'Idensatlon or leakage.
t.aced wan _ ............--........-...... --".
Awall ~ a rrusonry facing ponded
to 2 !7acklll! so as to ~rt acommon
action UMerIoa4
adheted~
Aveneer sapported l:>y and secured to a
!7acklng by Intansofabonalng material.
veneer -.---....-----.....--..........--.-
Anonstruaural ~ of~k. stone.
C-OIICI'tte.ortile ~hed toa~cklng
for the purposeofornamentation.
~orlnsubtlort
ve~edwall······ - ....---.-.-----.- .~,:....
Awan h2vIn4 anonstructlJral facing """
rtbche.d Put not rondtd to a .
supportl~ structure.
anchored veneer
Aven~r supported by and secured to a
!7acklng Py r.eans of mechanical
fasteners.
156
economywatl
Abrick wan 4 In. (102 rr.m) thick.
plastered and strengthened At
Intervals with 8-ln. (20:3-mm) pilasters
to support roof trusses.
....... composiU wall
.' wythe d1sslmllar to the other wythe or
~
/ Amasonrywallh3vlngatle<istone
. '.:' wythes with respect to type or grade
.': :'.: ..: of masonry unit or mortar.
...- adjustau~ tle
AmetaItie consisting of two
Interlocklng parts whIch et13171e It to
adapt to PeaJoints at different
elevations.
..... tie
Any of various con-oslve-resistarrt
metal devices for holding two partsof a
constr-uctlon together. as the wythes
of amasonry wall
uacl: p,-"tel'
r0 parge a part ofawaU that Is not
seen. as Pehlna the ouwwythe ofa
cavtty wanIn order to exclude air and
moisture from the Interlorofthe wall.
panel wall
Anon-Ioaa'~ring exterior n-usor.ry
wanwholly 5UpporteJat each story.
~
Adevice for lifting adressed stone or
precastconc~ panel consisting ofa
numt>erofpieces fltt:Ing together to flll
acIovet.a11ed rtUSs cut Into the stone
or panel.
mtjalnt
Awmpressluiejoint directly Pelowa
supportl~ shelf or relieving angle.
allowing for the expansion ana
contraction of apanel wall ana
preventing the weight ofhighercourses
from befng transmltUd to the masonry
pclow.
, '
·'1 •
t •
157.
I
_I
j
_I
mortar
Apt..stlG mlxtl;~ oflime or cement. or a
combll14tlon of both. with sand and
W3ter. used as, Pending agent in
~ry const...JCtlon.
I
Type Mmortar
MASONRY
grouted m3sonry
Awall constructed of "riel: orconcrete
I7rIcl: units with all Interiorjoints being
fliled with grout as the worl:
progresses.
umentmcrt..;r ~ ..----------
AIr.ortar made ~ mixing portland
c.e::1t1'1t. 5JM, arid water.
Ahlgh-strength mortar recommended
for use In reinforced masonry-pelow
grade or in contact with the earth. as
foundation ana retaining walls subject
I to frost action or to high lateral or
--I compressive Ioads_
I
cement-lime rrwrt.1r
Acement mor-
....r to which lime Is added
to Increase tts Fllstlctty and water-
retentivity_
m3S<lnry c~ent
Aproprietary Jr:Cx ofportland cement and
otherIng~. as hydrated hme.
plasticizers. alr-rotralnlng agents. and
~um. mtu~ only the addition of
5Jna and~...er to make cement rrwrtar.
epc'XY mort.ar
Arr.ortar ~n~ ofepoxy resin. a
cat31yst. and f.r!C aggregate.
nonstaining martar
Amortar havll3 3 low free-alkali content
to :n1nlmlz.e eff..--rescence or the staining
of3dJacent masol1ry by the migration of
$OIui7'.e II1Jtma~.
lime mortar
Amixture of Ii:r..e. sana. and water that Is
mely used ~~ ofIts slow rate of
hardening arid ~ compressive strength.
lime
AwhIte or9r7y':sh white. C3 ustlc.
odortess so!ld ~lned by heatlng forms
of C3lclum Q~. as shells or
nmes~e. ~ ~ ~h temperature. Also
C31ed QIcium~. QIx. caustic lime.
'Ulcklime.
hydrated lime
Asoft.CIj'St3k:r.e powderol7talned by
W~lonohr3teron lime and used In
MI1I9 rncrt¥. p-bster. ana cement. Also
c.olled calcium hydroxide. slaked lime.
grun
Of or ~Ining to conc:-ete or mortar that
Is freshly set ~t not completely hardened.
fttmix
A~rete or :r.crtar mix that Is easy to
l¥Cft or spread ~~ of a relatively high
~t or nrrc: :.ootent. Also called rich
mix.
!eJn mix
Acoocrete or :r«i-3r mix that Is difficult to
1'I(in; or s~ ~~ of ashortness of
ce:nent or D~
plasticizer
An admixture for m3kl~ aconcrete or
mortar mix ~b~ wIth little water.
I Typ85 mortar
, Amedium-hlgh-strength mortar
recommenaed for use In masonry where
bond and lateral strength are more
Important than compressive strength.
Type Hmortar
Amedium-strength mortar
recommended for general use In
exposed masonry arovegrade where
high compressive and lateral strength
are nat requlred_
Type 0 mortar
Alow-strength mortar suitable for use
In Interior non-load-bearing walls and
partitions.
Type Kmortar
Avery-low-strength mortar suitable
only for use In Interior non-load-bearing
walls where permitted by the "ulldlng
code.
grout ------------ ---- -- ------ -- -------'::-_..
Afluid cement mortar that will flow -'"
easily without segregation of the
IngredIents. use.:! to fill rt3rrow cavftles
In masonry and consolidate the
adjoining materials Into asolId mass.
lJond
Theadhesion "etween mortar or grout
and the masonry units or steel
reinforcement "elng cemented.
joint reinforcement .. ':
high-lift grouting
Atechnique for groutIng amasonry wall
constructed astory at atime In lifts
notexceeding 6 feet (1.8 m).
low-lift grouting
Atechnique for groutingamasonry wall
In lifts not exceedlng six tlmes the
width of the grout space or amaximum
of aInches (203 mm) as the wallis
I7ullt.
_. --- grout pour
The total height ofmasonry to be ftlied
with grout before the erection of
aadltlonal masonry. conSisting ofone
or more grout Itfts.
--- ------. grout lift
An Increment of grout height within a
total grout pour.
cleanout
Any of aseries of temporary openings
at the bottom ofa masonlj' wall large
enough to permit the removal of de"ris
orobstructions from acavtty or cell
prior to groutlng.
reinfor~ grouted ma50nry
Amasonry wall constructed wtth
horizontal and vertical ~I
"-. reinforcement fully embedded In grout
for Increased resistance to buckllng
and lateral wind ana seismic loads.
hollow unit ma50nry
Awall constructed of hollow masonry
units laid and set with mortar. with
adJaunt wythes I70ncled by masonry
headers or metal ties.
". reinforced hallow-unit masonry -
Hollow unit masonry having certain
cells continuously fUled with concrete
or grout. In which reinforcing steel Is
embedded for Increased resistance to
buckhng and lateral wlna and seismic
loads.
Any steel reinforcement placed In a
bedjoint to Increase the resistance
ofa~asonry wall to cracking. /~
/ / '
-_//
157
158.
MASONRY
rul:>~1e
R.,~~h fragments ofUroken storie or
tht masonry ~ilt of such stones.
ranacmru~
AN~ wan h:wlng discontInuous put
approximately level peds or courses.
ashlu
Asqtared ~1kiln9 stone finely dressed on
• Hfx.es ~pcent to those ofother stones
so as to permit very thin mortarjoInts.
158
gallet
To emPed small stone chips In the JnOrt.J:-
joints of rough masonry to wedge I3rger
stones In posltlon or add det.'ill to the
appearance. Also. garrtt.
coursed ru~1e
ANDbIe wall hJvlng approximately
le¥el Peds and ~rought at Intervals to
continuous levd courses.
random 3shLu
Ashlar IT13soory ~i1t In
discontinuous CO'Jrses.
~IU~ nipple .
Arucw wall pullt of S<iuared stones
of ~Iji.'~ sizes and coursed at rNt:ry
third 01" fourth stone.
co~ashl.1r
Ashlar lI"'.Jsonry 1xI1/tof stones having
the S4m(: h&-9ht within e3ch course.
~t ~h course varying In height.
cyclopean
Formed wt'...n I3rga.lrre~ulAr pcd:s of
stones fitted closely together I'rithout
the use of mortar.
proken nngework
Ashbr masCJnry laid In hortzont..ol courses
of t'arylng heights•.anyone of ~-hlch m3J'
be I1ro(en at tntuvals Into two cr more
COOr5es.
ru,tk:a~n
AshlAr masonry having the v1s1~~ faces of
the dressea s'".ones raised or otr~rwlse
contrasted with the horlzont.l. nd usua1ly
thevertlalJolnts. which may ~ r.i~.
chamfered. or beveled.
rust«;joiITt
A mortarJolnt paween stones ~sed
from the adjxent. faces petween $<ink-en
drafts or Devels.
ru,tk
H3v1ng rougn.lrregubr sumces.aoJ
sunken or~JoInts.
irrt:erlocki~loint
AJelnt In ashlar masonry made Py fitting
aprojection on OI1e stone Into a routed
groove on the next stone.
"-- cramp Iron
An Iron bar or rod with pent ends for haldlnq
together stone mason ry units.
; I
II
159.
F"
I
!
l
r
r
r-
I
r
r
r
I
i
f'"
l
corb~ gable
Agabie havl~corl:>iesteps.
i?o5S
Astone roughly formed and set In
:~-.~ COrPle5Up
. Any of aseries of steplike projections
that terminate amasonry !!able al10ve
the surface of the roof. Also called
crowsttp.
saddlejoint .
Avertlcaljotnt raised arovethe level of
the washes 011 astone sill or copln!! to
prevent the penetration of rainwater. 7
/
pl3ce for 13terC3rv1n9. --- .------- -.-.-.---. _____ ~'_'.',}-'"-'-""""'_____
t.1~ in
To f.lsten abe:lmor stone Dy one
erJ.
~m~ .--.-..-.---..---.....--...-------.....-______~,+,"~'-,,~*--_~
The part of astof1e or urick
projectlng from awall.
1111el - .----.--.. --. -- -.--. -.-...-- ................--.. --.--:
AR".oIdir19 or drlpstDne OIer adoor or
WlnJo,.,., esp. one that e:t:tends
horIz.olTtaIly 3cress the t.op of the
openli3 anavertlc311y downward for a
short distance at the sides.
j.1m~~ .....----..----.-..-..-.......-- ..-...-
A stone. or one at the stones. formln!!
the9mb of 3 door or window opening.
embr3~ure -'"
A spb)ed enlargement of adoor or
window opening toward the Inner face of
3 '<311.
MASONRY
capstone
Aftnlshl~ stone of3 structure. 3S a
copestone.
-----------------------..-.- knuler
Any of the stones havln!! aslopIng Up for
supportln!! or formln!! agable copl"4- Also
called skew.
---........- .... skewcorl1el
Astone OIerhanglng at the foot of. ~at>1e
cOf'l~. often servIng as astop for tzie
gutters or wall cornices.
,...----------...-.-... copestone
Astone farming acoping.
~ dripstone
A5tOM moi01ng used as adrip. as or. a
cornice over awIndow or doorway.
stringccu~
A horizontal course of brk;k or stor1e ftush
with or projecting l>eyond the face ofa
UuI~lng. oft:en mok:led to rna~" ditislon In
tM wall Alsa called l7elt COU~
corc:IDn
Astringcourse. esp. one ""vl!!g lIttle ex- no
prcJxtlon.
~171e
Acourse or Ir.lnd.esp. ofII13sonry. !i3Y1"4 a
distinctive form or posltlon.
wztertable
Aprojutlng stringcourse. mold1~ or led!!e
placed 50 as to divert I"2lnwaterfrocn 2
UuI~lng.
sc.arcement
Afooting or ledge formed Dy asetv.;clln •
theface ofa waII.
------.. ---- ....- plinth
Acontinuous. usually projecting CO.ir5e of
5tof1es forming the base orfouna.;tlon ofa
wall Also called plinth COurse.
159
160.
MASONRY
concrete nuSOM)' unitconcr~ plock
Aprecast msonI')' unit'Of portl3nd
ca-oent. flnc ~te. and water.
II'IOUed Into 't'3rIous shapes.
Ahcllcw or solid COI"~rete
partltton ~ock
Aconcrete ~5Oru)' unit used In
con~ non-wd-l1earing walls.
u~ ~ arlCmlnal thld:ness of 4
or61n. (102 or152 11m).
bull~~
Acon~ ll"t;lsonry unit having one or
Ir10re rounded ~ corners.
copi~~
A~ ~ ~sonry unit useaIn
con~"4 PIe top or finishing
course ola~ry 11311.
Ac.oncre1e NSOflry unit having an end
sbt or ~ ta rt.ee!ve theJ3mbofa
dtxr or wfndcw frJme.. Also calledJ.aml7
£,lock.
~11 ~Iocl:
rne2
.."
.~.c;.
•.,--,
.....••..• :
~ - " .
~ '.'. . .. '
~
~
Asofld coocrete ~sonry unit having a
~~~~~-~:~
~~.
cap 1110a
Aconcrete rn<l5Or.ty unit having asolid
tap for :ISe as aPQ~ surUce In the
flnlsh~ course ofafourWtIon wall.
Alsoca~~~k.
control-jornt ~k •..__._._...__._.•__ ..__..•..-
Arry ofvarious concrete masonry units <i'-..
<z.>
<::S
used In ~ avertbl control ~
joint.
~nd-~m!M.ocl: _......_ ...........
ACOI"ICrCte INsonty unit used In
con5troctl~a!:ocrld ~m.~nga t'--
depressed sectIo!Iln which reinforcing ' ..:::.,:';:::.
stul can be ~ for emUedment In :,::::...." ....
grout. . .
~nd~m
Amasonrycourse groutea and
relnforuJ to senoe as a~e3m. a
horizontal tie, or a~rlng course for
struc~1 mem!:>ers,
160
open-end 11lock
Aconcrete masonry unit having one
end open In which vertical ~I
reinforcement can be placed for
embedmeirt In grout.
IIntel17lock
Aconarete masonry unit used In
constructing a lintelorbona l:Ieam.
having aU·shaped section In whlGh
reinforcing ste.el can !:Ieplaced for
em~ment In grout.
~b~k
Aconcrete masonry unit having a
portion ofone fa~ shell removed to
receive he3ders In a!:Ionded masonry
wall
~und-al7so",ing ma,onry unit
Aconcrete masonry unit having asolid
top andaslotted fa~ shell. ana
sometimes aflbrous filler. for
Increased sounaal:lsorptlon.
,'umpvlock
Aconcrete masonry unit having an
Irregularface and surface texture
caused I:Iy the settlement ofawet fl1fx
during curing.
'plit-me VIock
Aconcrete masonfj' unit. split
lengthwise I7y amachine aftercuring to
produce a rough. fractured face
texture.
~
" ..'~-'" .-... ~:!:c~sonryunit having a
~"" specialceramic. glazed. orpohshed
face.
. ~.<.~. ~~~concretemasonryunlts
. ." having oneor morevertical grooves
. . which slmul3te rakedJoints.
~
'~Mw17lock
~ Arry ofvarious concrete mason!)' units
~ : :-- :: ~:::~~ with apattern of
ureenl7lock
~
. Aconcrete masonry unit useaesp.ln
~ tropicalarc;hltecture. having a
~
h. decorative pattern of transverse
~ openings for admitting airand
l--:: excItuling sunlight.
~
concreU 17rick
Asolidrectangular concrete masonry
unit. usually not larger than 4 x4 x12 In.
(102 x102x:305 mm).
,and-lime vrick
Ahard.llght·coIored brick made by
molding amixtureofdamp sand and
slaked nme under high pressure and
curing In asteam oven.
50lia masonry unit
Amasonry unit having anet cross·
sectional are3ln arry plane paranel to
the Dearing surface that Is 75%; or more
of the gross cross-sectionaf area
me3sured In the same plane.
hollow masonry unit
Amasonry unit havl"9 anetcross·
sectional area In arry plane paraUel to
the bearing surface less than 151 of
the gross cross·sectional area
measured In the same plane.
gross cross-5Utionaf are.1
The total cross'sectloll4l are; of;::
hollow masonry unit perpendicular to
the direction of loading. Including
cellular3na reentrant spaces. except
when these spaces are to !:Ie occupied
by portions of3djacent masonry.
net cross-sectional area
The gross cross-sectlon.d area ofa
hollow masonry unit minus the area of
ungrouted COres ofcellular spaces.
~uilalent thickness
The thickness that would be obtained if
the amountofconcrete contalned In 3
hollow masonry unit wert: recast
without arry cellular spaces. used esp.
to detennlne the flre reslstan~ ofa
wan constructed with such units.
ab~rption
The wtlghtofwatera~ bya
concretemasonry unit when Immersed
In water. expresse.:lln pounds of water
per cul1lc foot ofconcrete.
Grade N
Agrade of loaa·l:Ie3rlng concrete
masonry unit sultal1le for gener31 use.
as In exterior walls a!:lo.'e and l7e1ow
grade.
GradeS
Agrac:le of loaa·l:Ie3rlng concrete
masonry unit limited to use al1o.'e
grade. In exttrIor walls with weather·
protective coaungs. or In walls not
exposed to the weather.
Type I
Aconcrete masonry UI1!t manufactured
toaspecified hmltof moisturecootent
In order to minimize the drying
shrinuge thatun cause cracking.
Typ~1J
Aconcrete masonry unit not
manufactured to aspeclfled hmlt
molsturecontent.
normal-weight Mock
Aconcrete masonry unit made
with sand. gravel. orotherdense
aggregateand weighing fI'IOrtl than
125 pcf(2000 kglm3).
trghtwelght 17lock
Aconcrete masonry unit mac:le with
lightweight aggregate.as cinder or
expanded slag. and weighing less than
125 pcf (2000 ~glm~).
,urfau I10nalng
The bondingof aconcrete masonry wall
I7y stackl"9 the units without mortar
ana trowenng on astucco-II~~
compound of whIte portland cement
and glass fiber.
1
i
...-J
j
J
I
I I
L
·L
L
L
L
L
I
l
(
"--
161.
..!'...~
~nd
The a~ forcePy which atoms.lans.
ergroups ofa~s are bound together In a
molecule oraystall1ne structure. Also
called chemic.11 Pond.
ionic pOM ----.....--.............·······-i
Achemical rond characteristic ofsalts and
ceramic materbls. formed Py the complete
transfer ofone or more electronsfrom ooe
kind of Ian to another. Also called
electrovalent Pond.
p05itive ion
Aposltlvely charged Ian created by
electron loss. Also called crtIon.
negative ian ~_i
matter
That which oc<:upleS space. Can ~ perceIVed by
the senses. and constitutes the su!7s~nce of a
physical roay.
....... shell _.--.............. --....---....-.......
Any of up to seven SPherlcal@'
surfaces containing the Q
or'Plts of electrons of .... •
approximately equal energy .. /
al10ut the nucleus of an ".
atom. ~.... -""" :
electron --_.---.._..... --.i...-
Afundamental 0 0
MATERIAL
Matter havin~ unique quarcti~
I7y which it m3y ~e C3tegoriud.
rtom
The smallest unit of an element;hat
can exlst either alone orIn
com!?in3tlon. conslstlng ofa nucbls
of neutrons and pw.cns surrour.ded
by OM or more electrcnsbound to
the nucleus by electrical attraC"..lcxt.
ion
Anegatlvely charged Jon createa by
electl:ongain. Also called anion.
valence
partlc'.e of matter • •
havl~ anegative ..../0 •• 0 • 0
charge. /' ..r o. .~. atomic numper
An electrically charged atom orgroup
of;rt.oms formed Py the loss orgaIn of
one or more electrons.
A measure of the capacity ofan
atom orgroup to com~lne with
otheratoms orgroups, equal to the
num~er ofchemical bonds the atom
orgroup can form.
neutrOn _h_...__m
_ _ _• I The num~rofprotooslnthenocleus
Afunaamental partlcle ofan atom of agiven element. w!rich
having.r.ocharge. I equals the numPerof ~Iectrons
covaknt bond valence ekc'tron
i normally surrounding the nucleus.
proton .....----...---...: ~---'"-:,~--, Also caileJ proton numPer.
Apasttlvelycharged particle f6 element
A'chemlc3l rond formed by the
that Is afundamental ~
between two a~ . {f!f .~.
sh,rl''4
01
p''''oI_.s j 10 I
An electron located In the outer
shell ofan atom that can :Ie
transferred or shared In forming a
chemlcall10nd with another atom.
consUtuentof an atomic nucleI. (ARBON One of acl3ss ofsu~tdncesthzt
cannot Pe separated i:tto slmrer
su~t3nces Pychemlc31 means.
composed ofatoms h.tvlng an
identlcaf num!?erof protons II e3dI
nucle-JS.
Q(~!r H ®
~
.' ®
hydro¥" bond
·····BJ~
An ~r0st3UC bond retween an ...
electront9t!ve;rt.om and ;1 hydrogen atom'··..
amJy linked toanother electronegative .....
atom byaCOV3!ent bond.
molecule ----..--.......-----..----- ...-- ....:.
The smalbt partlGle ofasul>stance that
dlspbys aRor thech3r3Gter1st1c physlc3land
chemlc31 ~ of the su!?stance.
conslstlng ofone or more I1ke atoms In an
elanent. ortwoor more clifferent atoms In a
compound.
molecularweight
The average Weightof amolecule of an element
or compoundC<llcvbteJ as the sum ofthe
atomic we~ts ofthe molecuIe's constituent
41toms. Also.C31W formula w~ht.
mole
The molecubr weight ofasu!?stance expres~
In grams: gram 1I'IOIecufe. Also. mel.
inert g35 configuration
The sta~le configuration ofan
element in which the outer shells of
Its atoms orIonsarefilled with the
maximum num!?erofe!ec;tron pairs.
Nature maves;rt.oms ana Ions
toward thiS co~uratlon by
capturlng. surrenderlr.g. or sharing
e!ectrons with ne!ghUorlng atoms or
Ions In an effort to achieve a
relatively Inert state of low energy.
nol7legas
Any of the themlcally Inert
gaseous elements: hehum. neon.
argon. krypton. xenon. and radon.
Also called I~ g.Js.
periodic tap~
Atal;>ular arrangement of the
chemical elements In related
groups. formerly In theorderof
their atomic weights and now
according to their atomIc
numPers.•.•..._ ...
OO'frfl i group. eief11.(;t1ts
~cerbln
cluncterlstlc5 and
b<:h;veIn 3 s1mll3rm3nner
bea~ofthe way
eJ~ 3re3rnng~In
th~ ooters.l,elts.
~~~!7stance.as agas or IIq~Ud'~~rhaving neither Independent
that Is capal7le offlowing. yields sha~ norvolume. possessing
easily to pressure. and conforms perfect molecul3r mo!?1I1ty and the
to the sha~ ofIts container. tendency to expand Indeflnltely.
J?~/~
lc~ !-O)r~lk:I
CCndeJlse --...-..- ......... - ..- ....... "" '- ~.; partlcles.orptrslstence of
'-- ~ ..r-'..../~ firmness. coherence of
~
~"Y.'1 1./ M4~rhavlngrelatlve
!~:~:~;~ ......'.., eva'~rm/'/ /' ......~~.
orsolldstate. Tocbn~orconvertfroma r•...
: .. "1
~t of~ation liquid or solid Into avapor. I '. I
The heath~tedPya unit mass : I :
of gas at Its bolh~ point as It l . i
cooaenses to aIlquld. .' J ...,..,~......,.. ,/
heat ofvaporiutlon solidify ~........" .
The quantity of hat ~ulred to
convert aunit mass of liquid at Its To change or convert from a
bolJl~ point Into vapor at the same liquid or gas Into asolid.
temperature: equal to the heat of
condensatlofl. liquid
Matter dlstl~ulshed from the solki or
gaseous states by acharacteristic
readiness to flow. littleor no tendency
to disperse. and re13tlvely high
IncompreSSibility
heat of solidification
The hei1t liberated by aunit maSS of 11q~ld
at its freezing pollTt as It solidifies.
h~toffu5ron
The quantity of heat required to
convert aunit mass of a solid at Its
meltln~ point Into aIlquki at the same
temperature: equal to the heat of
solidrxatlon.
,
12
,
....... atomk:; weight
The ave~e weight of;in atom ofan
element lr.IseJ on V:z the welglrt of
the carWn·12 atom.
~- met.1nic bond
. AchemlCJl bond char:tcteristlc of
metals. produced by t."e sharfng cf
valenu electrons wh;Ch rnovefreeiy
throllilh the lattice of.a usually
j stab-le crystaHlnc: stn.'Cture.
g
':9. '9
r.'" ..
... + .. -+
e
Ltttiu
AreguIarpattern of !sc1ted poin:".s
In space showln~ the '.xatlon of
atomS. Ions. or molecu!.es In a
crjstal:lre solid.
cry,~1
Asolid having areguLJr'y repeatl~
Intern..I sCructure of a';.Oms. Ions. IX'
moiecub and enclOStd '7j
symmetr.cally arrange..! pi3ne
surface:;.
amorphous
Not cryS1:Jlline In stc.::Jre
161
162.
G
MATERIAL
property
Nt essentbl ord'lStlnctNc attr!l?ute or
qualtty ~ir.g spectfbllyln the
consmutJonof. orfounJ n.the
~ofathl"'4-
medlaniut pro~
Anyofthe ~l pro~s of a
IT13terial M exhWlt arespon~ to
applied forces.
tension
Theact ofstretchlr.g or stJ~ of being
pulWapart. ~lt~ In tM elongatlcn
of.n~stlc ~.
strength
The capauillty of aIT13terial to resist
the forces Im~ on It.esp. the
at>itl-ty to sust.ln ah~h stress
without yIeIdlng or rupturing.
~trength ofIt1&rials
The stuayof the relationship l?etween
applied external forus and the
In~maIeffects produced by the~
forus In a body.
te~~ -"---"-"'-'---"-'---
An app&.d force prod~ or ~dln.g
to procItUtenslon In anebstlc rody.
axbIforce
Atensile orcomp-esslveforu actlng
~ the ~udIn.I12XIs ofa
~r21 1!IemM-and at the centroid
of thecross ~. proJucl14 ax131
stress wtthcu~ bal.dlng. torsion. or .
shear.A!sac;3~nUlload. -....--- .-----.---...:
axbf~
-me,tensileor ~sMs stress that
~ to res!s; 311 mal force.
~ fa ~ I?rNI fa anJ uniformly
~ M;f'~ area ofthe cross
sectSon. !Jscc.albi direct 5tress.
ftOnft.11 ~.
ccmprt5*"
The act of shortenin.g or st4~ of Peing
pushed~. resu~ in a
reduction In size or vo/ur.e ofan elastic
~-
ccmp~fQru --...-.. -----....-- ...
An applied force proa~ or t.endln.g
to pt'OdtU com~ In an ebstlc
~-
ec.untric farce
AfOfU applle& pmf1eI to the
IonglW4inafax15ofa~r21
lnen-Wer M ~ to the centroid of the
cross sutlon. prcJucfll4 ~nd1ng and
311 uneven c:ilstrit>ut-lon ofstre5~s In
~ section. A!saC41led ecuntric
load.
162
"-. i .---- Exhllntlng the same physical properties
r::: «1'::0'1 l~troplc
~ ..' along all axes.
k:."" • .:.I
J, anl~otropjc
Having different physical propertles
~"" ~ along different axes. as woodand other
-'" .-=" fl17rous materials.
/'
~ "'"::d
stress
~ 1ntet1131 resistance or reactlon of
an eiastlc rody to extemal forces
applled to It. c'lU31 to the ratio offorce f
to area and expressed In units of force I
per unit ofcross-sectional area. Also I
.called unit stress. I
u~~~~ !
The ax13l5treSs that develops at the I
cross section ofan elastic body to :
resist the coll1near tensile forces I
::~:;:a~~~..____._.__..__._J-: __
The ~atlon of aunit length of T
mattrlal produced by atensile stress.
&tr.lin e
The deformation of.11cdy under tM
action of an applied fo~. Strain Is a
dimensionless quantity. equal to the
rati9ofthechan~ln s!uorsha~ to
the origll12l sizeor shape ofa stressed
element.
Young', modulu,
Acoefficient ofelasticityof amattr131.
expres$lr.g the ratio of longltudlnJI
stress to the correspondlng
Iongltudln.alstraln C3usea by the
stress.
',. Poi,scn',ratlo
The ratlo of lateral strain to the
corres?O"dll19 longitudinal strain In an
elastic body unaerIongltudlnalstre5s.
I
f
I
I
- comp~5ive ~tress :
The axfaIstress that develops at the l
cross ~n of an ebstlc body to I
resist the collinearcompressive forces I
tend1n~ to shorten It. 11
comp~~lvutrarn -----....-..-- ~
The sho~nl"9 ofaunit length of :r-
material produced by acompressIve
stress.
tensile test
Atest for determining the ut:havlor of
amaterial under-axial tension. In which
aspecimen Is grlppea at roth ends and
pulled apart until rupture occurs: the
most common test for structural
materials.
tensile strength
The resistance of amaterial to
longitudinal stress, ~surea II)' the
minimum amount of longitudinal s"tfess
reqUired to rupture the material .
,.elong.nfon
: A measureof the ductmty ofa
material. expresseJ as the percewge
Increase In length of atest specimen
after failure In a~nsfle test.
~uctlon ofarea
Ameasure of theductlltty ofa
ma~rial. expressed as the peruntage
decrease In cross-sectional area of a
test specimen after rupturing In a
tensile test.
compre5sion ust
Atest for determining the ~ of
amatulal under axial compressk:ln. In
which aspecimen Is crushed untU
fracture or dlslntegr.ltlon occurs. The
ccmpressk:ln test Is used fer tm~
materials slnu their lowtensSe
strc"9th Is dIfflcult to IT1e2sure
accur.rtely.
,train gauge
An Instrumentfor measurl"9 mInute
deformations In atest spec~
causea by tenslon. compression.
venJlng. or twisting. Also calf&j
exUnscmeW.
I1ulk modulu,
Acoefficient of elasticityof amaterial.
t:tpresslng the r.;tlu ~etween a
pressure and the corresponding
fractional Change In volume produced.
conipr~~j:7jJity
The reciprocal of Pun.: modulus. ~ual to
the ratio of tM fractfooal change In
volume to the pressure applied to a
substance.
l
u
i
U
6-
r
163.
f
~! '
r
r-
shearing force
AnInternalforce tangential to the
surfau on which It acts. developed ~ a
rolly In response toa shearforce. For
~
equihbrlumofa rectangularetement
subject 1:<> shear. shearing In avertical
~~:,,~~~:,~,~'v~!:rlt--- ..,.[L
.....-...-- ..--_......
..._......_
....... shearing s~s
The force per unit area developed alang a 1
~Ion of an elastic roayto resist ashear
f~. Also called shear stress•
....1 t.an~entlal stress.
t-....-~ shearing str2in .-..' shear modulus
I The lateral deformation developed In 3,body Acoefficient of elasticity ofarttrterl3I,
In response to shearing stresses, defined 'I expressing the ratio between she3ring
as the tangent of the skew angle of t.~ stress and the corresponcl1ng shearing
deformation. Sinu this sk~ angle is I strain produced by the stress. Also
always very small, shearing strain Is aptJre called rtWdulus ofri9laity. modulus
numuervery nearly equal to the sl:e.w aM.3te , oftcrslon.
In radians. Also called shear strain. ~
:-...-...-....- .............-..~ coml?lned stre"es
v Aset oftensile and compressive strts~s
I
res:Jitlng from the superposition of ~l
and bending stresses In the cross ~n
of astructural member. acting In the s.rr.e
+ direction and equal at any point to t·r.elr
3lqebraic sum.
MATERIAL
shear
The lateral defonnatlon prOduua ~ abody
by an external force thatcau5es ex-.epartof
the body 1:<> sltJe relative to an ulJxtnt
part In adirection E?rallel to their pbne of_
co(rt~.£t.
-..~ shearforce
An applied force producing or talding to
produce shear In aPolly.
Pending
The !?owlng ofan elastic Dody as an extern..1
force Is appl1ed transvtrSeiyto It.5 ~ngth.
~Ing Is the structunl mecfuni:sm that
er1"!?lesaload to l:re ch3nneled L, adlrectlor.
perpenalGular to Itsapplication.
I
"._.........._..._
..- tra~ver5efo~
-
-
t!tr~, concentration
An Ircrease In stress that develops at
dlsccntlnultles or flaws In amaterl31.
Stress concentrations In !1r1ttle rtt3terlals
dev&.op crads which propagate unUl failure.
In ductile materials. stress concentrations
dev&.op local deformations which serve to
rwlstrlbute and relieve the stresses.
~
Aforce applled perpendicular to t.~
length of astruct!Jral rnemPer.
producln~ benolng and shear. ,AJ.;,o
called transverse load.
•5u ~m forrendlng ~.
~~::~""
tor,ue
The moment of aforce system Dt3t causes
or tends to cause rotation or torsion.
tor,ion
The twisting of an elastic rodyaPou't Its
Ioo~Jtudlrt31 axis caused by two tqU31 and
opposftetorques, producing shear'~
stresses In the Polly.
163
164.
MATERIAL
~aindU~ram
ApPIrk: rtp~ ofthe
reb~ ~~ unit stress values .
and the ClrTtSpondll14-l1nlt strains for .
a~ltiIte~l
elJstic~ •.-.-.-.----------- .....----
The ra~ of unit stttsses for which a
materUIe:xnIDItS el3stlc deformation.
t..-.· pl.1stic r.1nge :.--.- strain-lurdenin~ range
: The range ofunit stresses for which a : The range of unit stresses for which a
ddonn.rt:ion
Awl'I¥kI the shape ordlmensions
eXa~ ~ structure resuftln~ from
stress.
_
:.~:: m_ater131 exhl!:>its plastic deformatl.on. 1 material exhl!:>lts Increased stength with
: some 1055 of ductility.
~~~====~~~~~==~~~~~~~~~
1'1 -----v!'-J V-
I i
eU~defo~n
AtempcratJ' change In the dimensions
IX ~pecia roayproduced ~ a
stress Ic:s6 than the elastic hmlt of
them~l
I I
I I
I I
:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
pl.1st!c defortn.1tlon
I
I
I
I
I
A~nent chan~ In the dimensions or
shape ofabody produced byII stress greater
than the elastic hmltofthe materl.al.
remalnl~ rlgJa under stresses of less than a
certaIn Intensity.The molecularrorldsIn a
material that exhlults plastic Ue/uv1or reform
a&r Pelng stressed !:>eyond the ~Ic hmlt.
The material thus retains ameasure of
reserve stre~th. Also caltea plastJe flow.
r-- ultJnuu strength
I7ritt1~s ---.........-----.---............ -....---r·
Theprop:rlY of 3 rn4U:r1aI that causes I
~ to rupWe suddenly under stress i
!'flth nmeevl.:kntkfonnatlon. Since I
~ The maximum tensile. compressive. or
shearing stress amaterial can 1e
expected to ~ear without rupturing or
fracturing. Alsa c311&1 uftint.1U stress.
PrittIe rtr'~1s lack the plastic I yield point ~------=-=---<:".-..-=
~of ductile rruterials. they can I
;l¥e no ~nee W<1rnl~ ofImpending :
~~~ I
~lllmit ~-..---........-----..- "-'.
The stress PeyoM which amaried
Increase In strain occurs In a~terla!
without aconcurrent Increase In stress.
Many materialsdo not have clearfy
deflnedyield points. For these
materials, atheoretlcalyIeki strength Is
calculated from the sUess-strain curve.
The stress ~ which the ratio =- ...
OI'stresstc strain fi:u material S+--..:.,:H-~+--=========-----------7r
~1on¥rrt:lT'..lns~nt. ~
~
fracUJre --- ..
The ~real:lng of 3 material resulting from
the rupturing of Its atomic I10nds when
stressed Peyond Its ultlmate strength.
U)
'.~-~ eb5tlc limit ......--...............-.......- auctility
A~so-e of aIl13te~rs
.-esis14~ ~ aef0r:n4t1on when
stresse.d ...ithln I;s elastic range.
,nowm,~" -............. -----
The maxfmum stress that can !:>e
appl1ed ~ amaterial without
causing permanent deformation.
.-.----------.----....(JD
STRAIN(In/m.)
The maxirJJm unit ~s pennlt~
fc.- a~11n the deslgn of 2
~ ~.1ISU311y afractlon
OI'~ ~r5e!astlc hmit.yleki .....- ebstklty L modulU5 ofe~5ticfty
S"~ c.- u/tlrrgte 5tl'ength. The The property ofa~terlal
~~ wesses for V3r1ous that enal?les Itto deform In
NteNls art: sp«if,eJ ~ Dulldlng response to an appll&l force
cedes. ~ SCodetIes. ana and to recover Its original size
t.ndct as:socI;rtlons. Pased on and shape upon retT'lOVlII of the
~s and II'Iethods of testl~ forc:e.
~~theAl!'erIcanSocIety jlll--.-
~T~ and M;terbls. Nso caltea
~ wnit ,~. woricln§ -
~ - --r-·t
)ield 5tre~ --.----- -----..--.......... "--'.• -- -- -- -- +--+---+--+--+
~ stres5 necessary ~ produce a
~ lInltl~ penNnent set In a
~terblll5Uafly O~ ofItsoriginal
~th M tested !n tension. Yield .
5trengti Is useJ to tkttrmlne. the limit
cf ttSefvi'.ess of amaterfal having a
~ defI;,~ y~1d p<)nt. Also called
proof str-ess.
__ jl._.[-
-+-f---4--- -( -+'-+--+--4
.--I·---l-'-1--cf------1
-------.--.--.--.... perm.1nentset
AC«fficJent ofelasticity oh material
expressing the ratio between aunit
stress and the correspondIng unit
straIn caused ~ the stress, as dertved
from Hooke's lawand ~tta I1y
the slopeofthestralght-bneportion of
the stress-straln dJa9ram. Also caltea
coefflcltnt ofelastlcity. ebstlc
modulus.
Juctl1e;nJtcugh
The Inelastic strain remaining In a
materIal aftercomplete release of the
stress producing the deformation.
164
The prcperty of3 material thot et1al11es It
to undergo plastic deformation after 1elng
stressed DeyOnd the elastic nmit and
before rupturl~. Ductility Is adeslralne
property of astructural material slna
plastic f,ehavlor Is OIn Indicator of reserve
strength and can ser;e 3S avisual W3mlng
ofImpending failure.
Hooke', L1w
The law statIng th3t the stress on • Dody
~Is directly proportional to t~ strain
produced. provldeJ the stress ekes not
exce&:f the elastic "mit ofthe mat.t:Nl
u>ughne55
The propertyofamaterl31 that enau!es It
to a~ energy Ddore rupturing.
rep~ try the area under the stress-
strain curve derived from atensIle test of
the material Ductile materials are tougher
than brittle materials.
l -
;
I
l .
i
1;-
I
If
L
J
L
J
l .
i.':
165.
.~
mo~ture expansion
An Inc~seill the IxIIk of a IT13terIaI
caused ~ the a!1sorptloo of water or
)¥;l~r V6por. Also C311eJ Uulklng.
aas-orptlon
The adhesion of 3 thin, condensed layer
of gas, hquld, ordissolved substance to
the surface r:iasolid, usually ~lthout
~rtj physical orchemical change In the
ITlJterial
wutherometer
Adevice for~Inl~ the weather
re5lstanceofa /113~rlJll1y sul7jectlng a
L~ s~rn.en to accemtea
~t~.
~leraW weathering
Aproc.ess for exposing amaterlJl to
uftmlolet r7yS, Vtdtel' sprays. alid
he;3tln~ elements In order to simulate
the 1ong-tm1effectsof sun. rain, and
temperature ch4nge5. Also C3l1ed
uulerateJ ~Ing.
etr.ain-rate effea
~ trlttle behavioran Increased rate
of load application can cause In a
nonrully d~ IT13terlal
tempent4reeffect
& ImttIe ~vIor low temperatures
can C3use In anormally ductile
ITt3terial
~ relaatlon ---.----- ----- -.-~,
;'-" coefficient ofexpansion
: The fractional change In length, area, or
volume of amaterial per unit change In
temperature at agiven constant
pressure. Also called expanslvtty.
~~------~--~--------------~-~Ir
[ _J I
MATERIAL
dimensional stainUty
The property ofamaterial that enables It
to IT13lntaln Its o~lnal shape and
dimensions when subjected to changes In
temperature Orhumidity.
kinetic theory ofheat
The theory that the temperature ofa
substance Increases with an Increase of the
average kinetiC energy ofIts particles when
heat Is absorbecI.
~- thermal expansion .
An Increase In ~gth. area, orvolume of a
I
: - 4~' material caused I1y arise In temperat.Ure.
~ thermal contraction
~ AdecreaseIn length. area, or~meOfa
~ =====-================ material caused I1y adrop In temperature.
. '
i___.____. thermal5tress
abrasion resistance
The property ofamattNl that enables It
to resist ~ng worn away I1yfrlctlon when
rul7l1ed wft.h anotherobject. Amslon
resl5tanee Is a mea5U~ oftoughness
rather than hardness and Is anecessary
qualJty of flooring materials and surface
ftnlshes.
.jIbrasion-~isbnu inkx
Ame3sure of the abrasion reslst3nce of
a1TlJterl31. commanly expressed as tM
depth of ~etratlon or material loss
after testir.g with awe'9h~ abrasive
wheel for aspeclfted number ofcycles.
The tensile orCOOlpresslve stress
aeveloped In amaterial constrained against
thermal expansion orcontraction.
thermal shock
The sudden stress arapid change In
temperature can produceIn amaterial
h.ardnes~
The property ofamaterial that enaUles
It to resist def0rtn3tlon ~ compression,
Indentation.or penetration.
Moh5'~le
Ascale for measuring the hardness ofa
mineraI. Its degrees, In Increasing hardness,
(lre: I, talc; 2.l:IYPsum; 3, calcite; 4, flUOrite;
5, apatite; 6, feldspar. 7, quartz; a.top3Z: 9,
sapphire; la, diamond.
5rinefl numl1er
Ameasure of the hardness ofa rruterl3l
determined ~ pressl"9 astandard stu!
Inllinta atest plea using astandard force
and dlvldlng the load by the area of
Indentation.The higher the numb-er. the
harder the material.
Rockwell number
The tlme-~nt decreaseIn -.'-. ~-+-7'1i--+--+--!-+--l--!---1
btigu~
The l'/e3i:ening orfallure ofaIT13ter13l
at astress l7efow the elastic limit
when sul7jected to arepeated series
ofstre~5.
Ameasure of the hardness of amaterial.
determined ~ Indenting atest piece with a
conoidal diamond Indenter, or with a
standard steellr.lll. undertwo sucusslve
loads and measuring the net Increase In
depth of the Impressions: the higherthe
numb-er, the harder the material.
stress In 3 COI'Istralned material
under .. const3nt load.
creep •.----.--------.--.-.-.....--.--.,.
The !r.ldual and permanent ". h-+!---...-!c:.....+
.tkformatlon ofaPody produced by a
continued appllcatlofl of stress or
prolonged exposure to heat. Cretp
deflection In aconcrete structure
continues !:NeT time and can b-e
s~ntflcant~ ¥e3ter than the Initial
elastic def'utlon.
i
--;
btigu~Jjmit
The IT13xlmum stress to which a
IT13terial can be subJectecl for an
Indeflnlte number ofcycles wtthaut
failing.
fatigue r.atio
the-ratio b-etween the fatigue limit
and the tensile strength of amaterial.
Also called endurance ratJo.
Vickers number
Ameasure ofthe hardness of amaterial.
aetermlned ~ Indenting atest piece with
the point of adiamond using aknown force
and dividing the load ~ the surface area of
Indentation: the higher the numl7er, the
harder the material.
165
166.
MEASURE
A unit orstand.1rd of measurement
used tc ~scertafn the dimensions,
,uantlty, or capacity ofsomething.
metric 5ymnt
AkcJm31 system of weights ana.
~res, adopted flrst In France I7ut
now wldesprtad and universally used In
~,
InUrn.rtlonaISystem ofUnits
An In~ally aa;epted system of
c.ofIertnt physbl units,using the
lneter. klqram. second.ampere. kelvin.
..Mc.nJeb as W InsIc units ofthe
fuAda~ quantltles of length.
IN~. tlIM. electric current.
~~. and luminous intensity.
~
Tht~of anythl~ measured
along Its ~reatest dimension.
. ~W1re mu,ure
Aun~orS'J'5temof units for
JI"eaS(J~~. derived from units
rimr~sure.
a~
A~lTtttatIve mt2sureofapiane
or ~ surf.Ju.
cuWc 1I1a$UI"e
AunItorS'J'Stemof unitsfor
~ ro/ume OI'c.paclty.
kriYed froIn unitsofhne.rmeasure.
vol&m'le
The sb:e orextent ofathree·
dlmensbt31 objector region ofspace,
IrUSUred III cuPic ulWts.
166
conversion b~le
A t:al7ul3r arrangement of the equivalent
values ofthe weight or measure units of
different systems.
51 unit
One of the uasle units of the
IntematlonalSystem of Units.
meter •......;
The I7asle unitoflength In the metric
system. equivalent to '39:37Inches,
originallydefined as one ten·millionth of
the dlst3neefrom the ~uator to the pole
me3sureaon the merldbn, bUras the
distance IIctween twonnes on aplatinum·
Irldlum I:r.irpreserved at theInt:.em3tlonaI
Bureau of WeI9htslina Measures ne3r
Parls. ananow a51/2.99,972.45a of the
distance I19httravels In avacuum In one
second. APIn-.: m
kilometer
A un~ of length linadlstance cq,ual to
1000 meters anJ equivalent to32Ml..8
sea'"
Asystem of ordered mari:sl3k:.f down
at known Intemls alid used as a
stanaard reference In measuring.
1
·-cemmeter
Ametric unltof length equal to 1/100 of
arneteror0.39:37 Inch. The use of the
centimeter Is not recommended for use
In construction. AuPr.: em
.• mnlirneter
Ametric unit of length equal to
1/1000 ofameter or 0.03937 of an Inch.
APln-.:mm
micron
The millionth part ofameter. Also
foot
Aunit of length originally derived from
the length of the human foot. divided
Into 12 Inches and equal to 304..8
millimeters. A!7~.: ft.
inch
Aunit of length, 'filth of afoot,
equivalent to 25.41T1I1nmeters.A!7ur.: In.
mil
Aunit of length equat to OOOfofan
Inch or 0.0254 mm, used In measuring
the dl3meterof wires and the
thlcl:ness ofvtfy thin shut mat.erl3ls.
yara
Aunit of length equal to 3feet or:36
Inches, and equivalent to 0.9144 meter.
AIIPr.:yd.
roa
Aunit of length equal to 51
hyaras or
16'/2 feet. and equivalent to 5.029
meters.
eJlled mIcromeUr'. S:imPol mu, ~ 1mile
Aunit of distance on ~na equal to
5200 feet or1760 yards. and equivalent
..................._....... to 1.609km. Also ~11ed ~t..t"Wte mile.
AI7W.:ml
:.._...... n~utic;!1 mae
1 Aunit of distance used In sea or air
!......O
..21 milo. Al!>d.. ···-i
r------------------------~~X navlgatlon. ~ual to 1.852 kilometers or
arout6,076 feet. Also eJlled aIr mite.
are
A metric unitofarea equal to !fIOO of a
hectare. 100 square meters, or 119.6
5'1ual'ej'3rds.APln-.:a ......._.........................
hect.<lre _................._.........................
A metric unit ofarea equal to 10,000
squart meters or 2.47acres, Auk: ha
liter
Ametric unitofeJpaclty equal to
VIOOD ofacuPlc meteror 61.02 cullie
Inches. AUIn-.: L --"1
.. ure
,---r-~~~~~:f_<~*~~ Aunit of land are3 equal to1J6-4-0ofa
square mile, 4640 !Xtuareyards. 43,560
square fU't. or 4047 square meters.
circulJr mil
Aunit used prlnclpallyfor measuring
the cross~' area of WIre, eqU31
to the area of acircle haVing adiameter
ofone mil
mmnitet' r....·..--~ fluid ounce
Ametric unit of eJp3clty equal to i Aunit of lIquld capacity equal to
1f.oooofa I1teror 0.0162 cullle Inch. : ta05 cuulc Inches or 29.573 mllhbters.
AIIPr.: ml i Aim.: ft 0%.
~: ...
.-'..• pint
~1
I
Aunit of liquid capacity equal to 16
fluid ounces, 28.875 cuPlc Inches, or
0.473 liter. Auvr.: pt.
}-.- quart
• I ! Aunit of liquid capaclty ~ual to two
: H 'j pints, 57.75 cubic litChes. or O.946Iit.er.
. }I / ' AbI:n-'lt
.L·/1-': - .
. : ~- gallon
. Aunit of liquid capJclty eqU31 to 4
.' quarts. 2.31 cubic IncMs. or 3..875 liters.
Al>br.: gal.
"·1.'
l 1
tJ
I
U
L·
6-
r..-
u
167.
r
I
~
'T"
1
J
T
,1
]
J
&e115fty -.---- .--........-......r
The mass of a substance per unit
volume.
I
spuific volume I
fre rulprocal of densfty. equal to .
vclume per untt mass. !
sp~ific gravity I
Th~ ~tlo of~ densttyof asubstanu i
to the density ofanother substJnu I
tdk~ a5 iI st3nd3rd, usually distilled
WJUr forBqulcls and solids, and air or I
loy,,",.,,,,rO",,,... L
pouna
Aunit of force equal to the we4!ht of a
~-poond rrt3SS underthe aculerat!cn
of gr.wlt)'. Ab~.: Ib
tI-eWtcn - ....-.--.-.----......- .. -..-.-... -.- ..-.-
w Sl untt of force equal to the force
rea.u1rea to accelerate amass ofOM
k~~m;it the rateofOl1e meter per
x:caM per ~nd_ Am.: H
k:J~r..m
Aunit of force and weight equal to the
",~~ht of, kl~ram INSS under the
xu!er3tlon of gravity. Abbr.: kg
~..mcsphcre
A unit of presSlJre equJI to the nonr.aI
pressure of ~ alr.;lt seJ level, equal to
1.0025 x105 Nfm2or about 14.7 pounds
~~ square !nch. Al?br.: atm.
st-ar..:Urd ztm05phtre --.-.-.--.
As~ndJrd unttof atmospr~ric
Fi!'Ssure. hJving avalue of 29.92 in.
(roo mm) of mercury.
r...mcsp+.erlc pres5Yre
The prts~ exerted by the earth's
':'ToO$p~.,t arry given point. usuar!y
~?resstd ttl terms ofthe height of a
roumn of ITlercury. Also called
~.1l"Ometric pressure. ~.- .. -- ----.
~.1l"Ometer
A~ Instrument fQr me.ilsuri~
Jtlr'-05phaic pres'5ure, used In we3ther
fC'1"X4stlr~ and dettrn1lnlng elevatloo.
kor~power
,A, 'Jntt of power equal to 550 foot·
,.:;,.;nds per secOM or 745.7 watts
,l~.:hp
mecn.a niCAI equIvalent of heat
I"e number of units of iYQr'( or ener~
t:l.;31 to one unit of heat. as 7782 fe·lb.
A~:";h equ31s one Btu. or4.1858 Joules
"- ch eqJJls one C;Jlorl~
metric ton
gram
A metrlG unit of mass equal to '1'000
of akIlogram or 0.035 ounce. Al-lbr.: 9
MEASURE
mass
Ameasure of a body's inert13,·as
determined by the quantity of materta!
It ccntalns and Its weight In afteki of
constant gravitational accelemlon.
AUPr.:M
Aunit of mass equal to 1.000kilograms
and eqUivalent to 2.204.62 avoirdupois
pounds. Also calted tenne. Al-lk m.t.
/". kilogram
:' The base 51 unit of mass, equal to the
mass of a platinum-Iridium cylInder
kept at the International Bureau of
Weights and Measures ne3r Paris;
equivalent to 2.205 avoirdupois pounds.
Abk:kg .
pound -------
AunitofWeight equal to 16 ounces and
equlv3lent to 0.453 kg. Abbr.; IP.
kip
Aunitofweight equal to 1000 pounds
or453.6 kg.
ton
Auntt of weight equal to 2,000 pounds
or0.907 metrlG ton. Also called short
ton.
Boyle's law
The principle that, at re13tlveiy low
~ssures and aflxt.d tempe~ture. the
pressure ofaccnflr.ed!deal gas varies
Inversely wtth Itsvelume.
ffi tld
...:
..,:~
O~
foot..pound
Aunit ofener!r{ equal to the won:dane
when the point ofappt1c3tlon of aforce
of one POUM mO'r'es through adlstance
of ont foot In the direction of tht force.
Al-lbr.: ft-!17
Inch-pauna
One-tweffth ofafoot·pound.
Abbr~ In-l17
...,"''''',
....'"
(.
1
: ; / ,
, ......- ,
'( :
I ............J
~............
power
The amount of wor'( dane orener!£{
transferred per unit of time, usually
expressed In watts cr horsepower.
work
The transfer of energy produced by the
motion of the point ofapplication of a
force. equal to the product of the
component of the force that acts In
the dlr~tlon of the motion of the point
of action and the distance thro~h
which the point of application moves.
weight
The graVitational force exerted by the
earth on aPody. equal to the mass of
the I-Iody tlmes the local acceleration of
gravity.
gravity
The central force ofattraction exerted
by the mass of the earth on a rody near
Its surface.
acUleration ofgravity
The acaleratlon ofafreeryfam~ body
In the earth's gravitational ftelJ, having
an approximate value at sealevel of 32
ft_ (9.8 m) per second per 5eCO!Id.
pressure
The force exerted over a surface,
me3sured as force perunit are3.
pascal
The Sl unit of pressure equal to one
newton persquar/: meter. Al?br~ Pol
energy
The won: aphyslc31 system Is capal7le
of doing In changl:1g from Its actual
state to aspeclfted reference st3te.
joule
The 51 unitof won: or energy equal to
the won: done when the point of
appllcatlof1 ofaforce ofone newton
moves through adistance of one meter
In the direction of the force:
approximately 0.7375 ft-Ib. Also called
newton-meter. Abbr.: J
watt-hour
Aunit of energy equal toener!r{ofone
watt operatl~ for one hour and
eqUivalent to 3.600Joules. Abbr.: Wh
167
168.
MEMBRANE
Athin. flexible surfacethat carries
IoUs primarilythrough the
development oftensile stresses.
tent 5tructure
Amemt.rane structure pres~ssea by
externallyapplleJforces so th3tIt Is held
com~ taut 1ltl00r all anticipated
load conditions. fo avoid extremely high
tenslleforus.lI mem~rane structure
sMuid W relatively sharp curvatures In
oppostte tArectb1s.
net 5tructure
Amemmnestructure havl~ a
surbceofcIo5eIyspaced caDies
InsWdofafa~ material.
pneum.atJc ~t:ncture
A mem~e structure that Is placed In
tension and sta/:IIIIzeJ by the pres~re
ofwnpressedair.
-=--===---==--:----
~ir-5upporUd structure
A pr.eUll13~ structure consisting of asingle
~ supported by an Internal air pressure
sUght.ly higher than no.-mal atmospheric
pressu~ and securely anchored and sealed
alo~ theperlrnet:ertc prevent Ieakln!3. AIr1od:s
art: l'eCulredatentrances to maintain the
tntern.JIairpressure.
Jlr-infUt.ed ,tructure
Apneunutlc structure supported by pressurized
air wtthln Inflated !1ullding elements. which are
shaped tocarry loads In atraditional manner.
whIle theenclosed volume of Dulldlng air remains
at normalatmospheric pressure. The tendency
for adouUle-meml1rane structure to bulge In the
middle Is restr.llnea byacompression rIng or I1y
Internal ties or tlaphragms.
168
reinforcing edge c.1P!e
Ac;o~ stlffenl~ thefru~s
of aprestresseJ memln'ane
stnJct<Jre.
cable loop
Areinforcing edqe C4b~ tied to
the m3st support of amembrane
structure.
~- distnlnItlon cap
The pr03dened end of am.st Ofer
.... which apres~ memm~
... st.ructure Is stret.che<i
clible-restrolinea pneumatic ,truct.<Jre
An air-supported structure that uses anet of
caUies placed In tension by the InfIa~~ foru to
restrain the memDranefrom developing Its
naturallnfbted proflk:.
.
L
u
u
u
169.
'.
ingot
ArNSS of metalcast Into aconvenlen!
sha~ for stange or tnnsportatlori
Wfore further processing.
Hank
Apiece of metal ready to De drawn.
pressed. or machined Into aflnlshea
object.
bloom
A1mof steel reaucea from an In!lot to
dlmenslons suItable for further roll1ng.
blooming mill
Amill for roll1ng Ingots Into blooms.
billet
Anarrow. ~enerally square. barof steel,
forgea or hot-rolled from an In!lot or bloom.
~---------------------. hot-roll
~
Torollmetalata heathi~henou~hto
I r
· I I' .] permitreGrystalllzatlon.
'. i i hot-rolled finish
• . • The dark. oxidized. re~tlvely ro~h flnish
: - _. .. . . oi1talnea I1y roiling metal while hot.
S(;ale
An oxide occurring In aseaIy form on
the surf.lce of metal when brought to a
hl~h temperature.
mill s.cale
Aloose coatlng of Iron oxk:ie that forms
on Ir"Oi'1 or steel during hot-roiling. Mill
seale I~s the bond between steel
and co!'C~ In reinforced concrete or
In structural stulwon: enC4sed In
conc~forflre pro~lon.
hat trutment
The controlled heatl~ and coolln~ of a
metal to dcie'.op certain desirable
phys1c31 or mechanlc31 propertles.
annul
/-.-...-.-.-- die casting
../ The process or product offorcing
./ molten metal Into ametallk: mold under
hydraul1c pressure to give It a
particular shape odorm.
~5tlng
~
~~_ :...;:". ~::{:~~'~
;.!.:.~ Theprocess or product of forming a
.'::~. ::..'~ rrt3terlal Intoapartlcubrsha~e I1y
<: /~~;.;:.:::::~.' ::}. pouring It Into amold In aflukl state
~~ and letting It harden.
.---.- mold
o
Ahollow form or rrt3trlx for giving a
._.. p3rtlcll~r shape to something In 3
-1 molten orplastic stak
~ 'forge
To form metall1y heating and hammering.
cold-roll
To roll metal at atem~rature below
that at which recrystal/lzatlon occurs.
50 as to Increase Its unsile strength
.orImprove Its surface flnlsh.
mlllfinl.sh
The striated finish that cold roiling or
extruSion Imparts to ametal surfau.
METAL
Any ofa class of elementary
substances, as gold, siIYer, or
copper, all of which are crystalline
when 50lkf and many ofwhich are
ch3racterized by opacity, d~ctility,
conductivity, and aunique luster
when freshly fractured.
--- hat-working
The working ofa metal at a
temperature hIgh enough to permit
recrys~lIlzatlo11.
recrystallize
To acqUire anew granular structure
with new crystals because of pbstlc
deformatlon, as when won:ea after
being heated. 'l.
I
[
I 1
r r
I , I f , ,
I f I "
r -r fo
! T
I
i
I 1 t
r r l T "I
I
i
1
I
+-+
I
--~-+.
1 1
f I
To rtmOfe Internal stress from metal or
glass I1y he3tlng to a tem~re below
that of recrjstalflzatlon and then gr3dually
coohng l1 al1quW or air. esp. to make the
materi31 more ductile.
---. extru~lon
-- cold-working
quench
To r<1pWly cool aheatai rnetall1y Immersion
In W7ter. esp. to Increase Its hardness.
temper
To stre~then Or tou~nen ametal by
rene;itlng at alower umperature and
slowty cooling the material.
str~, rel~ving
The tempering of anmal at atemperature
high enouqh to relk:ve residual stresses.
followed boy slow. untform coolln~.
g-e,ialUl,tress
Microscopic stress In ~ metal resulting
from nonuntform thermal changes. plastic
defornu Clan. or otner caus~ aside from
external forces or applications of heat.
c~~h4rde:n
To rruke the outside surface of an Iron·
bascQ alloy hard by carourizatlon and heat
treatrrent, leaving the interior tough and
duct,!,:
The process or product offorml"9 a
metal or plastic with adesired cross
section byforcing Itthrough ad'e with
iI pressure ram.
r---- cold-araw
.... To draw metal through asetofdies to
/ reduu Its cross-sectlonal area
.' without preheating. as In the
'il_~~~~rmiiiiiii~~-+ fal1r!catlon of wire or tubi"9'
iii drawnflnlsh
Asmooth. p~ht finish produced by
drawIng metal through ad1e.
','--...-.- ..----.. die
. Asteel block or plate h3vlng small
conical holes throu9h which metal or
plastic Is extruded or drawn for shaping
The working of metall1elow tne
temperature at which
~rystalllz3tlon occurs. as In
drawing. pressing. or stamping.
169
170.
METAL
·fer~~1
A metJIcontalnl~ Ironas aprincipal
~.
&-oft
A1NJe.t~ auctlle. magnetlc. sl~er
white ~ element from willch pig
Iron 2M steel are made. Syml1ot: Fe
ig IroA
~ruk!roll~tIs arawn from al;>{ast
furnace anacasiInto pigs I" preparation
for conversion Into castIron. wrought
Iron. or5teet
cast Iroa ~--- ----------------.----------------
An.ra. tnmle. nonmaIleaVIe Iron-l:rasea
alloy conto1lnlng 2.01 to 4.51 cart>on ana
0.51 to:51 slilcon. c~t In a sand mold ana
machined to make rnany pulldlng products.
steel -------------------------.--.--.----
Ar:y ofvarious lron-l:rased alloys having a
C<lrPon ~t Itss titan that ofC;lSt Iron
and II'IOI"C ~nthat of wrought Iron. and
ha~ qlUl!tles ofstrength. hardness. and
ela~ varyl~ iCCOrdlng to composition
and heat tre;;tment.
170
smelt
To melt or fuse ore In oraer, to
separate tM metal constituents.
pig
An ol:rlong ITt3SS of metal that has been
poured while stili molten Into amold of
sa!d.esp. such amass ofIron from a
blastfurnace.
mallta~1e cast Iron
CastIron that has peen annealea by
transforming the carron content Into
graphite or removing ~ completely.
rn.allu~l"
Capapleofl:relng shapedorformed by
hammering or by pressurefrom rollers.
cnl?on steel ...--------------------.-- --.----
Ordinal)'. unalloyed steel In which tlte
residual elements. as carron,
IT13nganese. phosphorus. sulfur. and
sll1con. are controlled. Arry Incre4lse In
carVon content Incre35es ~he strength
.aoJ hardness-ofthe stu! !:rutreduces
It..S ductility and weldaln11ty.
~rPon
Anonmetalbc element occurring In a
pure S'bte as dlamond;loJ graphite. or .
a5 aconstituent ofcoal anJ petroleum.
·5)tmro~C
alloysUd .------------------------------..
CarVen steel to which various
elements. as chromium. coI1alt.
copper. manganese. moIyt7denum.
nwl tu~ste';. orvanadium. have
~n added In asufflclent amount to
okaln partlcularphysical or
chemical properties.
alloy
AsU~5tance composed oftwo or more
~Is.orof;l metal and anonmetal.
Intimately mixed. asl1y fusIng or
electrodeposltlqn_
P;a~metat
~ princIpal metal of an alloy or apiece
underlying acoating of another metal.
~~tfurnace
Afarge vertlc;al ~ for smcftlng
Iron from ore. In which com!7ustlon Is
intensified by aCO!Ttlnuousl;>{ast of
air through the futl
mila~1
A1ow-C3rl1on steel containing from 0.151
to 0251 carVen. Also called ~ stu!.
medium 5teel
AC3rWn stet! co~inlng from 0.251 to
0..4-51carbon.
~rd,teel
Ahlgh-carron stt.eI containing from
0.451 to0.851 carron.
~~5teeI
Ahlgh-carkm steel contalnln~ O~~ to
~carWn.
hlglHtrength Iow-al/oyetul
Anyofagroup of ~rron steels
c.?ntalnlng less tn.n Ztalloys In a
chemicalcomposition speclflcatr,.
dM~ for Inc~ strength.
ductlllty. and resist.nee to corroslo11.
~rlng,teeI
Ahlgh-strength.low-l!1oy stu! th..t
fonns;ln oxide ~tlll9 when tx~ to
rain or moisture In the lItmosphere. which
adheres firmly to the !:rase metal ana
prottcts It from further corrosicn.
Structures using watnering steel should
~ a.rnlled to prevent the small arr.ounts
ofoxIde carried off ~ rainwater from
staining aajolr.lng maUr1als.
Amixtu:re ofIrm ere.
;r,.~.3nJCO~
cake
~~e safld residue of walleft after
destructlve distOatlon. useJ as afuel
PU~t-furruce 'l.1g
5l3g ~ .s iii reskiue boy the smelting
ci Iron ore In;i!71ast fuma~.
~
T'he vJt.rtfie.d matterleft ;a s ;a resldus
from the smeitlng of ametallic are.
Also C3!1ed clrlder.
I'
f 1
, I
LI
j
o
f
,u
I
b
171.
L
(
L
l
,-
I
t
I
L
c~ing
Th~ process orproductof ~ny one
rnetJl to another. usually to protect
the Inner metal fmn ccrroslort
pickle
An llGta or otherd1emiG31 solutbn In
which ametal otject Is dipped to
remCN~ oxide SC3~ orother~rlny
suVstarlUS.
Ponderlu
To coat s~ with 3nantlcorroslv~
phosplute solvtlcr1ln preparrtlon for
th~ appllcatlon cfpalnt. enairel, or
lacquer.
i
nople metal
Ametal, as gold, stiver. a!1d mercury,
that resists oxklatlon when heated In
air. and solution by Inorganic acids.
C1thoJe 8 GOLD & PLATINUM
(most noble) TITANIUM
SILVER
STAINLESS STEEL
8RONZE
COPPER
BRASS
NICKEL
TIN
LEAD
IRON & STEEL
CADMIUM
ALUMINUM
Oeastnoble) ZINC
;lf1CM CD MAGNESIUM
METAL
corrosion
The gradual deterioration of metal by
chemical aetlan. as when exposed to
weather. moisture. orothercorrodlng
agents.
galvanic corrosion
An accelerated corrosive action that takes
place when dissimilar metals are In contact
In the presence of an electrolyte.
.---.~ galvanic series
Alist ofmetaIs arranged In oraer from
least no!11e to most no!1le. ~ fart~r
aparttwo metalsareon thenst. the
more susceptl!1le the least ncl7le one Is to
corrosive deterloratlcn.
surffic~1 anode 4-..·_..··..··..·- ._..._
...-...._
.... cathodic protection
An anode that Is attached to ametal The protection offerrous metals
object su!7ject to electrolysis and Is against ~lectrolyslsl1y th~ attachment
decomposed Insteadof th~ object. of sacrificial anodes. Also called
electrolytlc protectlon.
chrome
To coator plate alTletal surface with a
compouna ofchromium. Also calW
cnromep~.
chromium
Alustrous, h41rd.l>rlttle metallic ~lement
used In allay steels for hardness and
corrosion resistance, and for electroplating
other metals.
:'-' ._- g.;alvaniu
.. To (;q.It m~l esp.lron or steel with zinc,
esp. to Immer~ In mo~n zinc to produce a
co;rt1ng ofzinc-Iron .I~.
hat--dip ~Jvanlzlng
The protectwe coatl"9 offerrous metal by
dipping In a!lath ofmolten zinc.
gllvanized iron
Iron co3ted with zJnc to prevent rust.
zinc
Aductlle. crystallIne. bluish-white metallic
element. us.ed for galvanizing Iron and steel
and In making otheralloys. Sym!1& Zn
tinplate
Thin Iron or steel sheet plated with Un for
protection 3gJlnst oxld3tlon.
tin
Alustrous, ow·meltlng. lliulsh·white
metallic element that Is malleal1le and
ductile at ordinary temperatures and used
in plating and In making alloys and soft
solders. Symbol: 5n
electroplate
To platewith an adherent metalite
coatlng by electrolysis. usuaIly to
Incre35e the hardness. Improve: the
durabHlty. orenhance the appearance
of the l1ase metal.
electroly~i~
The producing ofchemical changes by
the passage ofan electric current
through an electrolyte. with
su!1seq~nt migration of positively arid
negatlv~1y charg&i Ions to the negative
and positive electrodes.
171
172.
METAL
W~Up" .
Ahot-rolled st:ucturalstet! section
h3vmf 6ft H-sbptwith wkle p;1r.1lle1
flanges, ~ ~ the prefix W
followea by the slze ~ weIg~ ofthe
. Ir'Iemher. AIsoC311ed wfda fU~e....-----.-. --- -'--
M~up"
Ahot·roIIed wuctural steel shape
simnartoM natclassified as aW-
shape. ~~ by the prefix f.A
followed byt!le slze and we~htofthe
rr.em~r.
~~~~~;.~~~~..--...:.
slmibr to J W-slupe I7Ilt having
fla~ a~ _ ofec:tU31 thickness
3114 typIcaRy.sed as aload-~rlng
p~ designated Pythe preflx HI'
foI~ P.t~ slze and wclg~ofthe
member.
5-5upts ~.-- -.--.----------------.-.......
Ahot·rc&a 5'ttu:;turalsteel section •
~ aft I~ with slopedInner
fla~ surface.s. desl!!nmd by the
prefixSf~ by the size and
weig~ ofthe MnPer. Also calletJ
AmericMl5t.anchrd ~.
America" $brWrdchanMl
Ahot-rolled ~ral steel sectlon
ha'r'lns a~ularC-shape with
S¥aner~ sumces,
~ I,~ prefix cfollowed by
the sIu aM.;.g1ltofthe mem:Ier.
m~" clunMl
Ahot-rc&:I ~ral steel sectlon
. slmilartoJ C-sNpe !7utdes~nated by
the preflxI.ef~ bythe size and
we!g~of~~ber.
angle
Ahot-rolleJ WlJeturaIsteel section
having alt l-sb~ Oeslgl13kd by the
prefix l foIIcMej Py thd length ofe3ch
~ and tJ!etr ;hic[ness. Also calW
,~Ia Iroft.
eq~I~HgIe -.............. .
~~;;:::;~~....-...······z::S:,·,··,/
r=~~~~~~u..u.um~lr:J
paraId qsrtZi ~ 1n contactor
s~htfy sepmW.
~It.u
A stnIctmlstaI sectlon cut from a
W', 50. rxM-sItape ~ having aT·
shape. ItIs ~ by the prefix
wr, ST, exUf.deperJlng on the
~ froIt whldllt Iscut. followed
by the size 3fI4 ~t ofthe mem~r.
tee
A rolled metal UM having aT-sha ped
CI"OS5 sectloll AlsoC3lled T-bar.
zee •..------------.------- --... -----
Arolled metal UM h,vlng aZ·shaped
cross sectloa with Internal ~ht
'ngles. AlsoC3fk.d Z-par.
par •... ...............
A~ sand ~ of metal, esp. one
h3v1"~ Oil 5q1r.lr'e. rect3ngular. or other
Simple cross·sectlon31 sh3pe.
172
............... --. '1"-'-'--'" structural tu~ing
: . Ahollow structural steel shape of sq~re,
rectangular, or circular cross section.. It
Is designated Py the preftx TS followed Py
the sIk dimensions or diameter and ~
W3n thickness.
$tandard pipe
Astructural steel pipe of stand3rd
weight and W311 thickness. designated 3S
Plpe (nomlnallnsk:le diameter) Std.
extra-,trong pipe
Astructural steel pipe havl~ IncreaseJ
W3H thickness for greater stre"!lth,
deslgl13kd as PIpe (nomll13IInside
diameter) X-Strong.
double-extn-strong pipe
Astructural steel pipe havfng awall
thlcl:ness greater than that of extra-
, . strong pI~. designated as Plpe (nomlll4l
O
Inside diameter) xx-Strong.
-_.-.-. ~urralent round
The dlameterof acIrcle having II
. . clrcumfcrenu equal to the perimeter of a
nonclrcular tube.
/~~~~~~~'~~~ r:.fbt sheet or piece of metal esp.
1"'~~~~~~~~ oneofuntformthlckness.
~~~~~~~~~.-- checkered piau
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Asteel or cast-Iron plate havfng a
~. ~ 6(
... j( ~ ~~ ~ j( i:l waffleUke pattern.
&heetmetal
Meblln thin sheets or plates. use.d III the
manufacture of ductwori::, flashing. and
roofl~_
·····co~metal
Sheet metal drawn or rolled IrTto paral~1
ridges a!1dfurrows for addltlol13l
mechanical strength.
. -
' . ....-. -. ~~~::~andstretcheJlnto3
'~ stiff, open meSh or lattice, used esp. as
_~____ Iath_
WickpLrt.e
. . - CoId-roIIed sheet steel Defore plckll~ or
-
cle3nlng. use.d for coating with zinc. tln,
orterne mruL
;_..--_._-- PU96
"¥.~ Arrycfvarlousst.arll:brdsfor~~
/1' the thld:ness or d13meterofathin
oVject.as theth!d:ness of sheet metal or
the dlamet.erof awire or Wtw. Also,
flee-
....-. wi~ P&I96
A~U9c' cahmteJ for aetermlnlng the
dlameterof wire or thickness of sheet
metal conslstlng ofasteel plate with .a
seNsof standara-slmd notches .aroond
the~.
wi~ cloth
Afa!nic of woven metallic wire, used In
SCIUl1S. sieves, or the like.
hardware cloth
Agalvanized stull'llre cloth with a
mesh uetw~n 0.25 and 0.50 In. (6.4 to
t2.7mm).
- , ~ ~ . n . . _ • • • ' ~:~:mDerof openln~sper Inch In wire
~.
--
cloth.
wire rope
Aheavy rope made of or cont3lnlng wire
strands twisted around acentral core.
lJ
u
u
u
lJ·
173.
fUnge
Abro3d ridge orpalrof ridges projectl~ at
anghtllrI!Jldrom t!Ie~ ofa structural
sha~ In order to strengthen or stiffen It. - ....-.-. --...-............. --. --";
web
An I~ral part ofa~m that forms a
flat, rigid connection ~een two broader.
parallel parts. 3S the fl3n~es of a
structural shape. ~--
)-beam
Arolled or ~ruded metal beam
havlrI!J across section resemUlln~
the cap~..4lletter I.
-···-····f·~--··--·-·--·
J
METAL
,tructur..r,tee!
Stul that Is hot-railed orcckHormed
In avariety ofstandard shapes ant.!
fabrlGated for use asload-~rlng
memrers arelem""ts.
5t-eell1eam
Abeam conslstln~ ofaSingle or built-
up structural steel sect1on.
..-...., "pen-websteeIJoist .
AlightWeight, fal:nic3ted steelJalst
h3vlng an open weU. A!I.-Serfesjoist
has awel1ccnslstlng of3 single rent
lr.lr, runnIng Inazl!JZ3~ pattern
!letween the upperand lowerchords.
lH- and DLH-Serlesjalsts have heavier
wel1 ant.! chord meml1ers far Increased
s:.Ij" ~"ndSl"n~AIsc,,11ed ~..joist-
.....• jol5tglraer
. Atrussed girderfor supporting open-
~ZSAs:ZS:ZS:Z
cover pLate •..-...,.-...--.....-.....-.........._-.,
Aplate fastened to thcflJnges of a plate
girder to lllCre3~ Its section modulus In
areas su~ to hlgh-!lendlngstresses.
fUng<:i.a~1e •... -........-..... -..........-.. -...
weu steelJoists. .
Oneof the lIrl!Jles fonnlng the top or
rouom flarI¥ ofapI;rte girder.
r··--··-·--------· .--.-.. pIaU girder
wupLtte ----.-....-..-..-...-...-.....
Asteei pl.1te forml~ the web of a plate
~!rder.
~rp!.1te
Apt.te f.tst.ened to the we~ of a plate
~lnkr to Ir.cre<l5e Its resistance to
shQrl"!j strtsses.
&tifftnet'
I·
I
I
...
Oneoh palrofv~langles
fastenea to each slde of II we~ p~
to sttffen It against buckllrI!J.
..- ~ri~ 5tlffeMr
I
I
Astlffe:-.erlingle for the we!1 ofaplate
girder. pl-oMJ at apoirrt of support ar
underII c.:-runtrited Io3.d.
Intermediate ~jffener
Astiffe:-.et" .ngle for ~ weI? of'lI p~te
girder, ~ ~etween re.arlng stiffeners
for lncre4 ~ reslst3rIU to dI3~0I131
compreSS:ve stresses.
WVVVVVVVVJ
-··O'O--O··O·O-O-'O-·Oi
Asteel9lrder buIlt up from pL1tes or
shapes thllt are wek:/ed orriveted
~ether..
I70xglrder
Asteel beam i1utlt up from shapes and
havln~ ahollow. rectangular cross.
section.
...,. c.astellrted I7eam
Asteel beam fa!1rk;ated by dividing the
weU ofa wide-flange section with a
lengthwise zlgza~ cut, then weldln~
Path halves together at the peaks,
thus Increasing Its depth without
Increasing Its weIght.
173
174.
MOISTURE PROTECTION
jojnt~lnt
ArTYofvarious vl5ccussu17stances Injected
Into J buildingjoint. curing toform a flexll:lle
I113terUl ~t adheres to the surrounding
surmes ana seals theJoint 3g3lnst the
1'a5539" ofair and water.
joint movement ...--------.------------:-------
The change In Width ofaI:IuIIdlng
joint resultll14 from achange In
tempmturc:_
exUnsi1n1ity ~------------------.---------------- -------------------+-1-
~~~ofasealanttol1eextendedln ~<I':~,..,.
...,..,.......~:
~%~:~~~~UilJe.I"~re<ha"'. . , ~
or s111canecapa7leofelongations up to 251,
used for sealingjoints In curtain-wail
systems.
mtdium-r.l"¥ sealJnt
Ajoint Se3lant of I:Iutyl rul:l!?er or aCl)'lIc
capaUle ofelong3t1ons up to 101, u~ for
sealing nonworkllig or rneGhanlc3lly
osteneajoints.
caulk
A Iow-rangejoint sealant used for filling or
closing aSe3n1.crevice orcraaIn order to
make It ~ht and airtight. Also,
cauru~_
~
~...... .
~ ..----------------------------------------------- ------·_-----------1
An.a1TOW deposit of sealantapplied to a i
!:nJ1!dln~ joInt_
bond fXlI 0---- ----------- .--.--..-.-------- ----- ---j ----.-----
The surfx.eoh l:Iulldlng componentorjoint I
thzt se:ves2S asu!1stratefor a5e21aITt I
and to which the sealant Is llonka. !
I
~U~ !
Arry nuteltill that underl1es and serves as 3
i?ase orfoundatlon_
II
~ ~ker 0-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- ----------~
'i1I"fofvarious materials. as polyethylene ~,
~p".uS«!f", prev.ntl~th, adhesion ofa ~.'
~lant to the l:Iottom of ajoint.
78
,,!:':~':'-~ '~::::':'~::-:~:'::'.
- '- - <,
!'.' . .: ..
'", :..~.': ....... ~ ...:
constructtonjoint
AJolnt !?etween two successive
placetUnts of concrete. often
k~ oraoweled to prorlde lateral
sta!?1I1ty across theJoInt-
....--------------..-.--- waul'5u,p
A&xl!?le strip of rul7t1er orplastic
InStrtea across aconcrete ormasonry
Joint to prevent the passage of water_
exp.ansionjoint
AJoint !?etween two parts of.a l:Iultalng
orstructure permitting thermal or
moisture expansion to occur without
da~9" to elther part. Exp2nslon
Joints aIso serve aslscbtlonjoints and
controlJoints-
.--. ----.--..--..----. exp.ansionjoint cover
Apref2IuiC41tec.i cover for protecting an
expansionJoint while allowing relative
move~nt !1etween the two parts I1eIng
connected_
contro/joint
Acontlnuous groove or separation
formed. 53wed. or tooled In aconcrete
or masonry structure to form aplane
ofwe3kness and thus regulate the
location and amcuntofcraalng
resulting from drying shrlnbge or
thermal stresses.
contr.lcttonjoint
AjoInt l:Ietween two parts of a
structure, designed tocompensate
for the contr3ctlon of either part.
r' ---.--..---.--. --..--.------.- IsolationJoint
, AJornt separatrng two sectIons ofa
structure SO that differential
movement or ~tftrnent can occur
!?etw~n the parts_
~ -
.< t
[
l
1
I
d
I
d
U
I
J
J
J
J
I I
u
U
U
U
U
U
II
Ir
1. ..
f
I
I"
175.
r
I ."!,.
~c~~~~~-~';~I;~~'I~i""'1 F~==============:;::;;:;:;;:':;:;:;:;;:;;;:;;;;:;;;;
.r'O
carniu
iThe uppermostmemverofa
cornu. usuallyacyma recta.
cal'01.3 - -............--...---------~ ~~;;;::;;;::::;;~~~;=;;~......,
_: classical ental1l3ture, conslstl~
typically of acymatlum, corona.
and l1ed molding.
The proj~~ sI.aDJike memverof a
c135Slcal cornice. supported Vy the Ped
molJil1<j and crowned by the cymatlum.
Ped moldi~ - ..-._.._
...--..---._.-.-
The 1r(Jldlng (X ~roup of moldings
Imme.d13te1y ~th the coron3 of3
cornu.
calumni.1tict1
The use oramngement of
columns In astructure.
disty~ ....---_....-
H3vtng two columns on
one or~ch front.
tri5tyle
H3v!ftg three columns
on oneor e3ch frant.
tet.-astyte
H.;'rii1.j four columns on
one oreach fron"t.- ...
p~nta,tyle
H3v!i1.j flve coIuR1ns on
one Of each froat.
hexH~
~.nir~ six colurIns on
011e Ofe3ch front. - ......_
....- ..---.-.- ··.-_...-·--r
heptJ5tyle
H30r.g seven c.olumns
on O!'e oreach front.
oct.astyk
H.'';~ ~ht cciumns on
~ oreitherfront.
e~
Havir.g nine columns on
one oron e3Ch front.
Also. enne.astyf.ar.
kca5tyl~
H2v!r~ 10 coIums on
cr.e oran e3ch fror1t.
dode.c.astyte
I-UY!~ t2 coIums on
one oreither front.
Alsa.~r.
du~styte.
Int.ercolumnUticn
Tl'Ie Sp3U ~ two adj3cent
columns. U$lUI'.fthe clear space
~n the lower part~ of the
sh3fts. me3s!M"ed In diameters.
Alsa.3 system for spacing
columns In 3 coIonn3Je 11ase.don
thlsmeasure~. ~_. __... ___.,.. _
....... _
.._._._ .. _
......_.
...• frieze
The horizontal part of aclassical
entavlature vetween the cornice
and archItrave, often decorated
with sculpture In low relief.
Larchitrave
l The lowermost dIvision of 3
-----f&--~ c13ss1cal ental1l3ture. restlng
~ directly on the column c3pltals
i and supportIng thefrleze.
L capital
The distInctively treated upper
end ofacolumn. pillar, orpier,
crownll19 the shaft and taking
the weight of the entavl3ture or
architrave.
-- shaft
The central partofacolumn or
pier between the capita! and the
I1ase. .
,- pase
! The lowermost portion of awall.
; coIumn. pier. orother
: structure. uSU311y distinctively
~~==~'::::{:#~___~: tr~te4 and c~nsldered as an
.J architectural unit.
~~~~~~~~?-~=J:....cornfceorC3p
._ dado
The part of apedestal between
the base and the comice or cap.
Also called die.
!"' b3semoldIng
~ plinth
---e~
..i !The usually square slab I1eneath
J
#~=;:;;::;:::~**~ --t.Jthe base ofa column. pier. or
""'-'-'~~-~'-'-----'---'-'-" --t- pedestal.
. .......• ~IUmnlation
,/...../_. of 1'12diameters.
~::(.--.....):~...-
.......•:..:.
.::::•....•::::(...-..::/.~..•...-.
systyle
Having an Intercolumnlatlon
of two dIameters.
eu't~
Having an Intercolumnlatlon
of 2'/4 diameters.
diasty~
Having an Intercolumnlatlon
of three diameters.
·;·afi~~ ..
Having ~;; ihtircolumnlatlon
of four diameters. Also.
areostyle.
Arly of five styles of classiC31
architecture characterized l7y the
type anaarrangement ofcalumns
and entablatures employed, as the
Doric, Ionic, Corinthian,"Tuscan,
and Composite orders.
ental7lature
The horizontal section of acl3ss1cal
order that rests on the columns.
usually composed of acornice. frieze.
3nd architrave.
column
A0ilndrlcal support In russbl
architecture. conslstlng of acapital.
shaft. and usually aI1ase. either
monolithic or built up of drums the
full diameter of the sh3ft.
ptdestal
Aconstructlcn upon which acolumn.
statue. memortal sh3ft. orUle fie. Is
elmted. usu311y conslst1~ ofa .
comlce orcap. adado. and aboise.
i
~ '!F
I
I
I
""'- .i-
1 I I
accouplement
The placement of two columns or
pilasters very close together.
179
176.
ORDER
Dorlccrder
Theo'Jest~nd simplest ofthe five ci3sslcal
orders;&c,.oe1opeJ In Greece In the 7th
un~ S.c.;and bterImitated by the
~ch4I'3~ ~a ftutedcolumn
having no u.se. aplain cushion-shaped
~pltal5U~ oil squareaPacUs. and an
ent.Vlrntrtconsisting ofaplain architrave.
oil frlezeoftrlglyphs and naopes. and a
cornice. the corona of which h3smutules on
Its sofflt.ln the Roman DorIc order. the
columns a~ more slenderand usually have
Pases. the channe!1ng Is ~rnes altered
oromlttd and the caplt.f consists ofa
Pandllke ~Ing. an echlnus. and amolded
a~acus. .
~ J~
"-.:: .11
I>'A; ~. ,
10
0 0 0
0 0 q
0 0 ci
0 0 0
0 0 a
lOoOOOC
rvooooc
oooooe
000000
000000
000000
.~
!
:
:
I
EO OO
bOO o·
000
~.: .
..-'-.-
J
..-.soffit
The underside ofan archltecWral element.
as an arch. beam.cornice. or staircase.
.......-. gutta _
One ofaseries of small droplil:e
ornaments. attached to the undersides
of the mutules and regulae of aDoric
entaplature. Also called drop.
~ ........-.,.................-.,.-.-. mutule
~--------------------~
I
: Apro.Jectlng flat l7lock under theCOrona
ofaDoric cornice. corresponding to the
rnodllllon of other orders.
=~v!iE:~~ii:~;--i I
two vertic.llgrooves or glyphs on Its face. ~tr'?""~~~~~;;~:J~~~~~~~~}J
=::::~:_~:~h"'~"____l:~~~_:::::_
.1-_.
Anyofthepanels. either plain or
&ec.orar.ea. retween ~lyphs In the Doric
frlez.e.1Jsc called /ntertrig/yph.
taenia ~ .....--.---.....------.-.-.-.-.-...... ,
. .......... zophoru$
I
I
Afrieze pearing carveaflgures cf people
or animals. Also. zoophorus.
Araised !rand orMet separatln9 the ~ ..............'-
frleufrom the 3rcnltraveon a Doric .......-_.... - -.l:;;~::;u::;::::;;::
w:;:;:::;uu::;::::;:r
u------"!::::J:;::;:::;u::;u::;:::::;;Ju!
ent.Plature.Also. W1Ca.
i
regub _____.._
........__..._
..____.__..._.J
AfUIa ~th the ~nla In aDoric
entaPlature.corresponJing to atrlglyph
~~ and from which guttae a~
suspenk.d. Also carled futtae Vand.
..l1acU5 - ...-..---.-.-.....-.----...-.--..-...-..........-... I
Theflatsl.aUforml1l.3 tnetop of acolumn
Coilpital. plain In the DorIc style, ~ut mok:ied ;-......-..,.-..-.~~~~~~~~;:")
orotherwise enrlchea In other s t y l e s . .
ecl1fnu, .....--.--.-.--.--.....-- ...--..........j r·~::.--=-::·~····~~: ! I
~~~ofcOlrcularmold
r IngSuPJ'Oltrtllng 1,:, II
vnc; av~ a orlc or uscan ~p a.
~;~~~~,~;.i~~:~;fj : I I' 'I I
~:~~::=:">u_uJ II' i
"pItol......lto/acolu.... JLl_l. . L
trachelium _...•....- ......1
That partof the necking
retween the hypotrachellum
ar.a the capital of aclassical
column.
hypotrache/ium _-............i
Arry mem~er retween the
capital and the shaftof a
claSSical column.
enU,l$ ....-...-.--...-...-.•-...._-
Aslight convexity given to a
coIumnto COI'l'tCtan optbl
lIlustcn ofcoricavlty Ifthe sk:les
were straight.
drum
Arryofseveral cylindrical
stones laid one above 'the other
to form acolumn or pier.
1
flutlng ~"""'--"'-""'--"""""""-""T--'--'-'--"'" -
A~ motifconsisting of aseries: ~...--I.-.L---L-_...I..---L_~bJ-_ _ _---.
of long. rounded. paralief !f'OOVes. as on 1 ~
the shaftofaclassical column. ,-.-.---•.-...- .
flute
Arounded ch..nnel or groove. Also called
stria.
180
(
f
Tu~norder
Ac~slcal orderof Roman origin.
Pask411y oil slmpllflea Rom3n Doric
charxUrIze.d byan unflutea column and
aplain Pase. capital. and entaulatur~
having no decoration other than
mok:IJngs.
J
1
l
l
J
j
L
u
177.
I
r
1 •
Com~iU order
Ionicorder
egg and dart ~-..-.-......-..--............ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~1J6l~.C/
An ornamental motlf for enriching an ovalo [ I D
Acl3sslcal order that tb-ek:Jped In th~
Greek colonies ofAsl3 Mln« In the 6th
century B.C.. characteriuJ esp. by the
spiral volutes of Its capital The fluteJ
columns typically had moI.:led b3ses and
supported an entabl3ture consIsting ofan
architrave of three fascias. a.richly .
ornamented frieze. and acornice ~led
out on egg-and-dart and dentll rndJIngs.
Roman and Renaissance examples are often
more elaborate, ana uSU311y set the VQiutes
of the capitals 45°to tke architrave.
or echlnus. cansls~ng ofacbsely set, ~~-4-~'-~'-~""~i-~.~~"-~I.....I~W~~p~
alternating serits ofoval and pointed ~
forms. Also C311ed egg anatongue.
dentl1 ___...._.__._._._.._._....._...;.......J
Any of aseries ofclosely Sp3ced. sm3ll :
rectangul3r blocks forml"l! amolding or
projecting ~ne;;th the caron3S ofionic,
Corlnthl3n, and Composite cornices. r-t r--···-····- volute
fasci41 ---.----..•-...-.....- ...•-•...:.~~!-i---------,----J:/ Asplral,scroll-Ilkeomament.asonthe
One of the three horizont31 Dands making L..; . f / capitals ofthe Ionic. Corinthian, and
up the archltr3ve In the ionic order. . . / Composite orders.
AtticPa~
Atta5e to 3ctaSslc.11 colurr.n, conslstlr~
of an upper and alower toruS separated
~ ascati3 l>etween two fjilets.
~ .---_._.._-_........_"'"
Adeepconcave molding ret~n two ......,....
r@SJJ.~JT-JJt:iI ~~) ~...-.--.-.•..- ....~~:~Igulclellne through t~~teofa
~ I·:#'. volute In an Ionic capita!, from which the
;
I i spira! form 15 determined.
"tHl"*"I!---··--..---..······~ echinus
-..--
The clrcul3r moldlJ1g under the cushion of
an Ionic capltall:>etw6e11 the volutes.
usually carved with an ~·and-d:a~
pattern. Also called cyrnatium.
·······-········fillet
A n3rrow part of the surface of acc~umn
left between adjoining flutes.
/'-•.•....-...-...........- apophyge
fillets. Also C3l1ed trochnus. ..........•. <' ) Asmall. concave curvejoining the sh4ft
of aclassical column toIts base. Also
called apophysIs.
~MlS ._.-.........--•••••.• _-... --......- •••
Alarge convex. semicircular motdlng.
comrr.cnlyfound directly aDove the pilRth
of the ttase ofacbsslc3l coUJmn.
.
I
Y ~
)
l
~~~mm~~~~~~/
,
:s,n;.u;;;;;:;;I:;Z===~~;:;;;j';F=~~;:;::;jZl==.~1WJ:;;:LL:::jj.Jl.F&:r~:;;;:i.---- ..• modillien
..,. • An om3mental uracl:et, usu311y In U-.e form
"" J JLll
Yo'
f 1l1' " r n.T 1 of ascroll with acanthus, used In ~
Peneath the corort3 ofaCorlnthi3n,
Composite, or Roman Ionic cornice.
1 ...... helix
I .//.. Aspiral ornament. as arry ofthe vOOItes
-----:~~~~§"W~~~~J.~~ Issuing from aC3ullculus In aCorlrr!:h~n
.v~ -u ,// C3~1t31.
c
~/ifW!t.~. _.-.....- ..-... ~ullculu'
;kI~I~.~i;~~:i~~~ii~·~~:···· ..'..~.~tl;' --- =~~£~~;~~:I....
,.." .~ .'1 I A 1 11 Sprln9·Alsocalledcaulcoie.
acanthus _.................................../
Corlnthi2n order
One of the flve classical orders. popular esp.
since the ~glnnlng of the Renaissance but
Invented ~ the ancient Romans. In which
the CorInthl;n order Is modl&d ~
supulmposlng four diagonally set Ionic
volutes on a~ll of Corinthian 30nthus
leaves.
An OI'T13ment, as on the Corlnthi3n
capital, patterned aftu the I..rge.
toothea leaves ofaMediterranean
plant of the same name.
The most ornate of the flve cl3sslcal orders.
devek:Jped by the Gree~s In the 4th century
B.C. ~ut used more extensively In Roman
architecture, slmll3r In most respects to
the Ionic ~ut usuallyof slenderer
proportions and characterized esp. bya
detp bell·shaped capital decorated with
acanthus Ie3vesand an al1acus IIf"...h
concave sides.
181
178.
ORNAMENT
gl'2ffiti
~ or anwlngsspray'palnted or
011 • f'JP/Ic sumce. 35 aslaewa11:
CK lII'4§ ofaWilding.
~~
~ produced ~ cutting or
~ through 3 sum", layerofpaint
or ~ to I'M'4la ~rouna ofcontrasUng
ccIcr. ------------_.-.-.-••••.•._..
tt'IOSJic
A~ure CK ~tlve p.ttern made l1y
Inby1ng SI1aI. ~11y colored pltGes of tile.
~rrd. crgUssln mortar.
~sen -'--'-................_........
Ord cI~ SoTIiI ~ ofcolored In3rVle.
~ (X~ use.d In ~Ic wort.
~
Cciored #ass cr enamel. esp.ln theform of
Inlnt.rte squ.res. used In mesaIe won:..
rd"tef
~ ~ of. ~ure orform from the
Ibt ~rJ on which ~ Is formeO.
ClVo-rdievo ...........................·......-..·...·..I .. '··--:~
Sculp'tn ~ In which the highest points i
of ~ n::deied fOl"lTlS are PeIowor livel wtth
~ ~ SlJrf'3a. AlsocafIeJ sunk relief.
a~ ......_- ....................._ .....................- ..-,
Sculpta-al re:Ilef In which the modeled forms L.
project froIn the ~round byat least
h3lf;hefr~ Also caRed high relief.
~
~~~Petweenhlgh
r:WaM ~. Also calleJdemfrellef.
Ulfrdief.
~ ..-.................~........................,
ScIl~1 reI1d tit.7t projects very slightly .
from ~ oo~. Also C311ed basso·
rd£evo.1cw r&d.
~Iypft
An ~lI"C1t C3r1l:J oremrossed In low
~d.
182
munl
Alarge picture p;;ln~d on or .pplled
dlrectly to aWJfI orcemn~ surface.
fresco
The.rt or technique of palnUn~ on a
freshly spre3d, moist plaster sUrUce
wtth ~ments ~round up In water or a
hmew.ter mIxture. Also. apicture 01'
design so painted.
_... opus seetile
Any mosaic of r~ utarly cut mateml
opus Alexanarlnum
Aform ofopus seetHe having a
geornetn:; pattern formed with few
colors. as plac~ and white. ord3ri::
green ana red.
op~ vennlcut.um
Amosaic oftes~ arranged In W4Vfng
nnesreseml1/Jng ~ form or tracls of a
worm.
FIo~ne mo,aic
Amosaic madel:>-t Inlayln~ fine.
dellcately colored 5toneslnto a white
or ~acl: marVle s!Jrf3ce.
..:................... applkt~
Adecomlon orormment ma~ by
cuttIng outa design ana fastening It t.o
alar~er pleceof rn.T'..erl31.
Inlay
Todecorm I7y ~ pieces of wood.
ivory. or the 11:"Irrto" surface. USU4r1y
at the s.a~ level.
TI
:;r......._
....................~:!~;~mekl.orC3r1e.sUrfau
1 design In relief.
. !J ] -:l.i--.... engrave
Tocarve; cut. aretch designs on ahard
I J 5urfau. as of rnet.i!. stone. or the end
~ grain of 1YOOd.
Intaglio
Aflgure ordesign Ir.::lsed Into the
surfar.e of astone or metal plate so
thatan Impression yields afigure In
relief.
openwork
Omamental orstroctural Work having a
tattlcelJU nature or showing openln~s
through Its substance.
'tr.:/---..·· fjllgru
~S. Omament31 openwori:: of dellca~ or
~~ Intricate ~slgn. ~Iso. fflagree.
L
L
[1
J
1
J
I
l
l
f
L
f
i
L
179.
·"[
'1;' ~,'
pa~he
An artlstJccomposltlon consistlng of forms
or motifs Porrowed from different sources.
~counterfeit. or false. as an
archttectunl orrurnent that is added
superlluousJyorInaPPraprlately.
~r
Acormrrtlort31 figure uSU311y having flve or
mort: po1nts r.Jdbtlng from acenter. often
used as a" ornament 3nd symPol
SUrofD3vY
Ahex;a;r:am used as asyml70l ofJudaism.
Also C4Bed M.1¥n David. Mogen Davk:f. ---.....
hex3gnm
Aslx-pomted stJrIll:e ftgure. formed by
~ /:Uhof~ sides of a regular
hex3~ lntoequil3teJ"31 tri3ngles.
glol')'
A rl~ clrcle. orsurroundlng J"3dIance of
'llght,2s;J h31a. nimPtJ5, or aureole.
*
~Ic ----......-.............................r.==t---=:::::::,..__
Adisk Of" ring of raa'bnt Itght arouna or
aboYc the ~ tradtlonally symDollzlng
tM ~ ofadivine or sacred personage
In ~1:lilS p;llnttngs and sculptures. Also
cafbf c1m!nJS.
aureo~
Aclrce of tight or rad13nce SUf"I"O(Jndlng the
h~ or Dody In Pie representatlofl of a
5W'ed p5OfIJ¥.
v~~pbci5
An eIltpt!cJl EX'lnW figure used esp.ln
t3riy Christian art 35 an em17lem of Christ.
Also C411d nunJorU. --.-..--.....- ..... .
Chl~Rho
AChrlstbn ~r3m ,lnd syml701 formed
!1y supaimposl~ the first two letters of
the Gre.e!: word for Christ. Also C31!ed
chri$l'TC!. -.---.-...-.....- .....-.-.
~Ine
AralseJ orsuurectangular panel on a
wall ~ tre;rted or ornamented
wtth lnsaiptlons. ~lnUng. or sculpture. _.....
tablet
Aflat stab or ptaque h.1vlng asurface
QL-_____---' 0
sulta~ for or ~rlng an InSCription. 0 r----------j 0
;;:::""'b'~t,~nG
t>earing afigure orom3ment In rellef.~- ''; 0 /
cartolJCne , )
An anI 01" 00i0ng. sl~htly convex surface.
u!XIally surrotJlIdea with ornamental
scrol~. for rec.civ1ng a palnud or low·
relief dea>ntlon. AI.$.J. C3rtouch.• "-'
grotesq.ue
Adecorative style char3ctetized I1y the
fantastic ~hap~ng and comblnln!J of
Incongruous human and animal forms with
foliage or similar~ures. often distorting
the natuJ"31 Into caricature oral1surdlty.
:[,;::~.~~~....- ....ntic
Agrotesque sculf1ture ofanimal. human. or
foliated fOfms. as a gargoyle.
_...... mask
An often grotesque representatlon ofa
head orfau. used as an architectural
ornament. Alsocalfed mascaron. .
SE;~~~.--..... griffin
A mythological animal typically having the
head and wings ofan eagle and the ~ody and
tail of a lion. AlsO. griffon. gryphon.
r······.. griffe
/ An ornament projecting from the round
; base ofacolumn toward acorner ofa
square or polygonal plinth. Also,called spur.
pallflower
A medieval Engnsh ornament suggesting a
flowerofthruorfour petals enclosing and
partlallyconceanng a 17311.
cross
An object Of figure consisting essentlally cf
an upright aotd atransverse p~ at right
angles to each another: often ~ as a
symbol ofChristIanity.
.. latin cross
crossed near the top by ashorter
horizontal bar.
....-..- .....--.-.._-..-..- Celtlc cross
Across shaped flke a13Un cross and having
+
:n~n~,.:~~~e IntersecUon of the shaft
. .-.-....- GreekcroS5
Across conSisting of an upright crossed In
O
the mk:!dle by ahorizontal of the same
o 0 ._...____..._.__.._~:~:·alemcross
O
,...n, Across whose four arms each termlrt3t.e In
V a crossb3r. often with asmall Greek cross
Across formee having the outer f3ce of
each arm indented In 3Y.
cross formee
~
_.___......~ ::::1::::qU3dmt.
Across haVing arms of equal length. each
expanding outward from the center.
183
180.
ORNAMENT
motif
A~tMs ana l"Uurrlngshape. form.
orcobrIn adesign.
cMcter ------.---.------.------------.----
To INrt ordt:tor2te with asquared
pattern.
i-etlcuLtte --------..------------------ --~
;:~;;::;-:----.'~~~
con~ng orgrowln~ out ofone ' , .
al'lOther. 0I'"IgIn31ly used In the Middle
~:=~~a~-gOI~-nn--nnm..---~,
", ' " ! , ' : -
A~orde~nresemullngU1e ' . . . .:
regularOYerlapplng of ules orshlngles.- . . ,
herril19bone -----~----. ------------ _
..--..----
ApattMI consisting of rows ofshort.
paral1elllnes which In any two adjacent
rows slant In opposItedlrectlons, used
In masonry. parquetry. and weaving.
chevron ~----------.--------------.--..--.-!H(-r~~
Av-shapeapattern used In heraldry
ana as ~tIon.
da~ ~--.--------------.----------.j
An ornamental zf4zag. as In"a molding.
fret .----------------.---.-----------.----.---- - =il
A~ design contalneJ within a
InndorParder, ccnslstlng of repeated.
often geometric figures. Also calied Uy
patUrft.
murtdet- .--. ---------------------.--.-..
Arunntng Of113l'T1tf1t consisting of an
Intrlc4i'te varietyof fret or fretwork.
Venetian derrtl1 •.___.__ .___._______._______._.: _I--.IP""-....,.~..6Al__..__._...iI........_
AnyofasenesofsnuH rectangutar
PIocks aftMmlng with sloping surfaces
on an ~ or moratrtg. .
5Cr011
An ornamenthavl"9a spiral or
convofut.eaform resemuUng a partlyor
Ioosdy rolled parchment.
V1ttvvbn &Croll ---'-"'--' -----.-.. -...----
A~ ofscrolls forming a stylized .
=~pa~~~caneaVftruvfan I.'.....'~
~~:;::;,~;J~~~;ii~;~u-n-----i-u~;c:~
riuron orscroll.adapt.ed to receive an
Insc'i'tlon. Also. vandtrol. l7androle.
5trapwort _._..._
.. _._ ... ______ .. ____ .___ ... _lI'•••II" .....
Ornarnent4tlon composed offolded.
crossed. and Inurlacea uands.
sometlmescut with foliations.
184
folima
Ornamented with foils or representatlons
of foli3ge. Also. folL1te.
....-..- wruth
Adecorative Pana or garland offlowers.
foli~e. or otherornaIt'.ental materiaL
----.. --· ....·.ro~
An omament having a generally clrcular
com~lnatlonof parts reseml7llng aflower
or plant. Also. rose.
~
' .' ~~"
~~ dogtcoth
~;. ~. ~ Any ofa.series of closely spaced. pyramidal
. . ' ~ om.aments. fonned ~ sculptured leaves
rad11tlng from ara!seJ center. used esp. In
::::- e3r1y English Gothic architecture.
.., ~r2p~ue
Acomplex and ommdesign that employs
flowers. foltage. anasometimes anllNl ana
~ ~ures to produce an In~
pattern of Interlaud 1Int:S.
~~=:;~;;:;:::~;:::;~riL~ Wllf5-tcngue
Arno!dIn~ having pendJnt. ~uern:e
elements carveJ In rellef against aflat or
I curvea surface.
~~... ~IIOp
Anyofaseries ofcurved projections
forming an ornamental ~order.
:._"'_'_____'.,. purfle -
.... To deco~te ashrine or tal;!ernacle with
I miniaturearchltutural forms Soas to
produce a lacy effect.
I
I
i
l
l
L
L
L
L
L
181.
arrls - ...................--.--..-- ..-..-'.
AshJrp ~e or rtJqe fanned Py two .....
surfues meetln~ at ~n exkrior angle. .
Also called rend..
pullnose
spl3y - ....-.--..--.-..--. ---.- ..-- ..
Asurface that I!13~S an oblique angle
with another.
~:;~:.~~i:=i";;~·~····:::!
areas. Also called list.
pillet
Any of aseries ofclosely spaced
cyl1ndrlcal forms omamentlng a
~
hollow mold1~ orcornice. -.---..--.-----
ccve - .....-..-.--......--.---..--..-......- .....~
ACOfIC3Ve surface or molding. esp. at L..._
...._
._......
the tnnsltlon from W3H to uillng.
C3Vetto •. --- ........... -- ........... -..........
Aconcave molding havi~ anoutline
that approximates aquarte-:"circle.
conge
AconC3Ve moIdlng having the farm of a
quadrant curvlri'away from agiven
surface and terminating perpendicular
to afillet parallel to that surface. Also.
COf9u. ~"- ---.........-.....''''-' ........................- ...........- ..
09u
Amolding having aprofole of adouble
CUrie In the shape of an elongated 5.
Alsa called gull......." .....................
cym.1
Aprojecting moIdlng having the profile
of adouVte curve formed by the union of
aconvex line and , concave nne.
cyma recta ..........................
ACYm.1 h3vl~ the conC4ve part
projectln~ ~ the convex part. Also
called DoriG cynu.
cymJl rt:YeN.1I _ .. - ... - ................... _.
Acyma having the convex part
projecting ~ thewr.c.3ve part.
Also called ~ cynu.
mk .......-....._..._
..........................
Asmall pendant molding forming adrip
and casting adeep shadow. as on the
soffit of:. cornice. Also called bird's
l1eak.
prace mo'di~ ..............................
Aprojecting moIdlng having aprofile
formed by two Q¥eS symmetrically
disposed about an ,uris or fillet. Also
called keel.
profile molding
An outline of an objeGtformed 0f1 avertlGal
plane passed through the ol?jectat right
angles to one of Its prinCipal horizontal
dimensions. -"1
Any ofvarious feng. narrow.ornamental
surfaces with uniform cross sections and a
profile shaped to produce modulations of
light. shade. and shadow. Almost all
moldings deriveat !east In partfrom wood
prototypes. as th~ In claSSical
architecture. or stone prototypes. as th~
In Gothic architecture. Byextension. the
term nowrefers to aslender strip ofwood
or other material having such asurface and
used for ornamentation and finishing: Also.
meld. mOtJldlng.
~ Iulfround
Amolding having asemlGlrcular cross
section.
--.-- ..-- 'llJ.1rter round
Aconvex molding whose section Is a,U3rter
chrcle.
..-. ovow
Aconvex molding having aprofile
approxlmatlng a'tuarter section ofacircle
or ellipse.
-.......- PolUI
Aconvex. rour.ded molding. Also. 17outel.
Powtet
-'- g3droon
. .- . .- Acanvex molding elaboratelycarvedwfth
rudlng or lnaented with notches. Also.
~ §Odrocn.
~ - ...- ~ron',rod
Aconvex molding having pointed leaves or
scroU)¥art ~rg!ng at regular Intervals.
- - ..._. c.aulemokli~
Awnvex molding having the form of jl rope.
. ~L....'" ~~IIconvex molding usually having 3
continuous cynndrlGal surface.
: "<' . '. . . :/ Asmall conv~ moialng usually semicircular
. ..... .' In sectlon.
~
..-....- 2SU2g3J
'::-;"
."'~ . u3gUetU .
Asmall convex molding of semicircular
. section. smaller thanan astraga!. Also.
1;12~uet.
~-"·-~.a2naraf
Aconvex molding having theform ofdls1:s
. a~ating wtth spherical or elongated
beads.
~-.... ~rlmolding
~ Amolding having theformofa row of pe3r!s
or pe3ds. Also called lIead molding.
PaumosUr.
..-....- reeding
Aparallel set of small convex moldings for
ornamenting 3 plane orCUried surface.
185
182.
C;>RNAMENT
trim
The flnished woodwcrlorthe lit used to
~ rordtr, orprotta the edgesof
openln4s orsumces.
cornice -----.-.-:~ ......-....-.-..-....-
A~s, molded ~n that
crowns awanorotherconstructlon. or
divides ~ norlzontafly for compositional
purposes.
p~ meld •.........- ..-.-.................
A ~I molding ~ acel~ from
wtrlch ~rtS can be su~nc:bi Also
c*d picture rail.
pLrteI'3U _ ...•.-._...........•...--...- ...........
AraM or ~rrow shelfftxed 3long a 1'1'311
and ~~ to hold platts. esp. for
01"1UIMTt ordisplAy.
chlirrail--.--...........- .._.................,
AhoriwTt3l molding on.1n Interior 1'1'311 .••.
'fo'l"""'"~tMWS of,ha'"from '""
",
...........• crown molding
Any Om.-lmental moldl"4 terminating the
top of a structure or kcoratlve feature.
".
DO
pl~nt
To attach or fasten a molding to a surface.
kerfing
Making aseries of parallel saw cuts
partway through the thickness ofa pieceof
wood to enaVle the piece to bend toward
the kerfea side.
::::,
;;!f--'- ~ratlveI7and, as one along the top
ofan Interior waII, Immediately !1e1ow the
cornice, or asculpturea one In a
st.rln~course on an outside wall
i
:
i
DO
=",,'mand "~'"gth, "''' ' r
DO. .00
r-- r---
ffi
I--I---
~~ JnCtdi~ ,-................._........- ....
An ~~III'IOId1"4 3rove the pUnth
ofJ~t plfbr.CX'W31l
~rd _ ..-_.._......._-.._..._...
AroarJor mcIdI"4 conct;1hng thejol~
~ an Interlor1r.I".1ndthe ftoor.
Also ~~ mopVo.ard. 5kJrt.
~hoe
A ~a ~1~ as aqlQrtu round.
covering thejoint between abaseroard
~d the ftoor..AJso ca'b:f N se sho~ •...... .......-'.....•.....;
broken ptdiment •..."-"" ...................
ApecfllrC'!t ~v1ng its rat:1~ cornices
it!temJpW at the crown orapex. the
~F often Peing filled wtth an ~m. a
~M. or other ornament.
~rchit.l7ve •............,----....---..--........
A~ crdecoratlve band
framlri a rect4"4u13r dooror
window openlr14.
retw'I
The~ of.1 rnoI.::i1"4.
projeGt:lon. or other pa~ atan a~ Ie.
~ily ~ to ~ ,",in part.
·--·----1
DO
DO
00
DO
......_........_......-}
ancon
A~L"t or console used In claSSical
archlt«t.u ~ to supportacomIceor
theentaNtu~ (Net' adootway or
window.
:ltop
Afeatu~ tennln3~ a
molding cr charnfet'.
,~-....• plinth ~Iock
/ Apftnth for stopping the architrave of
: adoor or window arove the floor.
186
b ~erlUcle fr~me
Aframe 3round adoorway or niche.
havl~ two columns orpilasters on a
base supporting apediment.
plinth
Aflat, plain mtmper at the rottom of
an archltr:ave. dado. or Da~ard.
DO ~ I---
DO ~ i--
DO f-- ,--
DO "-- -
- -
SWJn·5 ~Ic petIlment
AInUen pedimenthaving an 0U'tl1118 fonnea
I1ya"..!rof S-Curves ta~ to the
horizontal corniceat tM eMs ofthe
pediment anarising to apair ofscrolls on
eithersIk ofthe center, where afinial
often rises between the scrolls.
coronet
A pedimental ornament wrought In relief
over aWindow or door.
I;
l
l
l
l·
L
L
i
j
!
I
j
183.
~:. ~.
PAINT
91o~
1M degreeof 5~ luster of adried paint
film. 171~ In ~51ng order of gloss
from hlgl! gloss, semigloss. eggshell. to flat.
pigment
A
1
.>.. Afinely grouna.lnsoluble substance
. ~~~t}i::-. suspended In aliquid vehicle toImpart
17inder ::.:<.~..:;.;.~ color ana opacity to apaint.
Amixture ofasolid pi~ment
suspended in aliquid vehicle,
applied as'a thin. usually opaque
coating to a 5Umct for
protection and decoration.
hi9h9~S
H3~ al1rlliant shun or luster.
tfi2mel
Arry p3intorvamfsn drying to avery
smooth. hard, usuaOy glossy finish.
~~~
H3Y1ng a I1Oder.1te. satlny luster.
prod~ aflnIsh InIdw3J' Detween high
~loss ;3nd ~skell /JS() called sztIn
finish.
eggshe«
HavIng tittlt or no gbss. producing a
flnlsh It1Idway ~ semlgloss and
flat.
fut
Without gloss or sheen.
The nonvolatile part ofapaint vehicle
that ponas particles ofpigment Intoa
coheslvefilm d~rlng the drying process.
&Olvent
The volatile part of apaint vehicle th3t
evaporates during the drying process.
thinner
Avol2tlle liquid usea to dilute paintor
varnlsh to the cleslreJ or proper .
COf1slstencyfor e35e In application.
minerai spirits
Avol3tlle alstlll3t1on of petroleum. usea
as asolvent and thinner for paints ana
varnishes. ,
turpentine
AcaIorIess. volatile all ol7t3lned by
dlstllling oleoresin from various conifers
colorfast ana useJ as athinner ana solventfor
Having cdor that will not fade or run '. i .. paints ana varnishes. Also called 011 of
with 'tIi'2Sh1/1§. age. 01' exposure to .."" ! /'. turpentine. spirits ofturpentlM.
il9h
: esp. 5Un~ht. -., :'~O·.~.:'.-.'.: '"
utinlcray ". ..... ".
AI"4IJ' of Ii9ht, as ultraViolet. th3t ' " ,......
p~ pI1~lcal effects. as
the~ch4~and
dlslrrk.gratlon of paint coatings.
photocl1emicll
Of or perbln~ to the chemical
utlon of radlant energy. esp: light.
c.over1¥
A~ ofthe are3 over which a
galo!1 ofp3int ffU'J be spread ;3ta
given thlcknGSS. u$U311y expressed
In 5<.1uJr6 feet per~Ilon.
hkfi~ power
The ability of ap;llotfilm to conceal
arry naris. p;mem.or color on the
s~ to wfllch It Is applied. Also
calted ~~ power.
a~lvtpamt
A paint or~ s~1311y
fOrTTltlbt.ed w!th rust·lnnIDltln9
pigments to pm-entor reduce the
corroslOfl of 1"e"..4l sm'aces. Also
cal1eJ ~t'1mi~ paint.
fjre'r~r~nt paint
A paint ~bny formulated with
slllcOfle. poly.-llTJi chloride. orother
sUP-stJnce to reduct: the flame·
spmd of;3 cocrbust$1e material.
~t·~i'brrt paint
A paInt ~I!oj fonnul3ted with
51~ reslrts to withstand high
tempv;it<Jres
palnt'~tem
Acomlrlna'tIon ofone or mort: coatll19s
~ for ccmpatllrlllty wfth each ather
ana the surface to which they art: ap~led,
as wellas suitabilityfor the expected
expcsu~ and desired decorative effect.
gL1zecoat
Athin CC3t oftransparent color applied to
enhance thecolcrofapainted surface.
m~at
Athin. sometimes pi9inentedcoat awlled
to afinish C03tto Improve its luster.
topcolt
The final coat ofpaint applied to asurface.
Also called finish C4.1t.
undercoat
Aprimeror~ate C03t applied to
hide tM ccforofthe substrate and Improve
aaheslon ofthe topcoat.
ground coat
Ap~ or basecoat of paint Intended to
show through atopcoat. Also callea
,roundcolor.
l1a,ecoat
Afirst coat ofpaint orother liqUid finish
appl1ed to asurface.
primer
Ar.IseGOat applied to asurface to Improve
the adhesion of subsequent coats of paint
or varnish. Also called prime coat.
&U1er
Abasecoat applied to asurface to reduce
the a~sorptlon of su~sequent coats of
paint orvarnish. or to prevent bleeding
~rough the finish coat.
+
vehic~
Aliquid In which pigmentIs diSpersed
before ~el~ apphed to asurface. to
control consistency. adhesIon. gloss.
and duralrliity.
c:fryl~ oil _______--l.) oil paint
Arryofvarlousolt-. organic liquids. Apaint In which the vehicle Is adry!~ oiL
as Ilnseecl 011. that ox/alzts ana
hardens to form atough elastic film
when exposed In athIn l3yer to aIr.
alkyd I't'ln _------4) alkyd paint
Anyofa group ofsynthetic resins ApaInt In which the vehicle Isan alk)ld resin..
derived from apolyvalent alcohol In
reactloo with an organiC acid. usee! ep01:J paint
chiefly In adhesJves anapaints. Apaint having an epoxy resin as a
i1lnderfor Increased resistance to
a~ras1on. corrosion. and chemlca!s.
latex --------.....) IaUxpalnt .
Awateremulsion of synthetic rul7ber Apaint having alate:-c Innder that
or pl3stlc globules ol7t3lned by coalesces as waterevaporates from
polymerization and used In paints the emulsion. Also called ruDDer-pase
ana adhesives. paint. waur-l7ase paint.
dye ------------4) ~toIin
Asolu~1e coloring material that Asolution ofttje or suspension of plgmerrt
Imparts color by a!1sorptlon. In avehicle. app!1eJ to penetratearJ color.
W3ter stain -1 wood surface wtthouto!:>scuril19 the graIn..
Apenetrating 5"..3ln made I7y t-··· penetnti"9 stain
dissolving dye In awatervehicle. A staIn that per..etrates awood sumce,
leaving avery thin film on the surface.
spirit min
Apenetrating stain maae I7y
dissolving dyeIn an alcohol or spirit
mlc~ ~
Astain made I1y dissolving dye or An 011 stain corrt.lnlng plflments c.opable of
onmin. J
....pigmented stolin
suspending pigment In adryIng 011 or o~5Curing the graIn and texture ofawood
011 varnish vehicle. surface. Also called opa'lue stain.
copal _________...!o) varn~h
Ahard. lustrous resin ol7t3lned from A!'quid preparation consIsting of aresin
various troplc<ll trees. used chiefly In dissolved In an 011 (olt varnish) 01' In
makIng varnIshes. alcohol (spirit varnish). that when spread
and allowed to dry forms aliard, lustrous.
'par vam~h usually transparent coating.
Adura~le. weather·rtSlstant varnish
made from dUI7IUle resins and hnseed
or tul19 011. Also called nurfne vamlsh.
polyuretUne vam~h
An exceptionally hard. abraSion·
reSistant. anachemlcal·reslstant
varnish made from apl3stlc resin of
the same name.
~c ---------...!o) shellac
Aresinous secretion of the female of Aspirit varnish made I1y dissolving
the I3c Insect. used In makIng shellac. purified lac flakes I" denatured
alcohol. Also called shellac varnish.
Chlne,e lacquer
Anatural varnish outalnea from an
Asian sumac. used to produce ahighly
polished. lustrous surface on wood.
Also called Japanese lac,uer.
lacquer
Any ofvarious clear or colored synthetic
coatings conSisting of nItrocellulose or
other cellulose derivative dlssolveJ In a
solvent that dries by evaporation to
form ahigh-gloss film.
187
184.
PLASTER
Acompositfon ofgypsum orlime.
W4iW, sand,.and sornet;imes hair or
other fWtr. appUed in ap~ form
to the surfaces ofwalls orceilings
In .a plasticstate andallowed to
h3rden and dry.
gypsum p~5ter
AI7asecoat plaster 1T13~ ofC4 !cir.ea
gypsum mixed with S3nd. ~4.2rJ
various aaattivesto control :;5 sev,j~.g
and wafting 1U3I1tleS.
calcined gypsum
Gypsum heated to drive off ~()st ofi';s
chemically com!7lnea waw.
plaster of Paris
Calcined gypsum In white. p""'OeryfC17',
containing no addltIves to c..:r.t.rol the
set.u~a$a u.seforgyp5'i:r! pla~~i.
as an addltlve In "me pl3st.tr. 2nd as 3
matertll for makl~ arname:':"tJl casts.
three-C03t p~sUr ------------,
P;Isterwori:: applle.::f In three sucasslve
coats,a scr.atch ccatfollo~ I1ya
brown C04t and aflnlsh coat.
gauged~ur
AflnlsJl coat In plastering. conslstlll!J
oflimeputtyto wfllch gaugl~ plaster
Is ~ to control the set1:lng time
anacou~shrfn~
g.1~lng pbstel'
Aspectal!y~round gypsum plasterfor
mixing I'I'ftIt Rrne putty. fonnubted to
provide c:Ithera'uIcl:-setoraslow-
set fora.flnIsh coat ofplaster.
~rdfini5h
AftnJs.h ~t of lime ~ and ~n.e·s
~orf3~I~ plaster, troweled
toasmoot11. elense finish.
lime JXItty
Quicklime slaked with sufficient water
to fOt'll atj,1ck plI5te. Also caled
pb5Urer't pvtty.
Keene'5~
Tr3demart for amndOfwhite
anhydrous ~um plaster~
prodtasanexceyUonally~
&en~ cract-resl5b~ flnIsh.
~nhy~
Havf~ .. .merofCl)'staBiutlon
removed.
whltecog
Aflnlsh coat of lime putty and white
ga~lng pbstel', troweled to a
smooth, &ense finish.
finish coat
Theftnal coat of p!3ster. ~~
eitheras aflnrshed surface C)' n
a!r.Isefor decoration.
slclmcoat
Athin levenng or finish coat;f
plaster.
veneer~ter ~-.--.-.-..-.-..------.........
Aready-mlxed gypsum pbst.erapplled
as avery thin. one· or two-co~flnlSh
overaveneer I7ast. Also callea thln-
coat pta.sttr.
acou~1 plaster
AIow·~ plastercontatn.ing
vermiculite orother porous nuterlal
toenhanu Itslll7llJtytoa~50und.
188
gypsum
;.. soft mineral hydrated calcium sulfate.
~ as iI retarkr In portland cement
And ~ :'~e mal:1~ ofgypsum plaster.
.L1~.15ter
Afir.e!y ~ranularfonn of pure ~sum.
*~ white and translucent, used for
orn31T'.ental oPjects and wort.
.. .• two-coat p~5ttr
~~ lIPp!lea In two coats, a
lra~t fol1owea !1yaflnlsh COlIt.
brown coat
Aroug~ ftnts}~ leveling coat of
pl.a:sUr. ~ ~ second coat In
th~ p!ast.erorthe base C03t
In t~ p!ast.erapplied over
gyp$iit:1 bth or 1TI35Onry. Also called
f.o~ c.aat.
Iimepbster
AmlxtlJ~ of lime. sand. and sometlmes
aflPer. used as a~3secoat plaSkt'.
cementtempu
The addltlon of portland cement to Orne
p/4ster to Improve Its strength and
dura!7lltty.
~asecoat
Arry plastercoat applied ~efore the
finish caat.
~rmhcoat
1Mfirst coat In thru-coat plaster.
which Is scrat.ched to provk:le aDetter
rond for the second or In-own coat.
IurawaD
Alr3seroat of ntat gypsum plaster.
nutp~ster
Agypsum u.sec.oatplaster having no
admixture except hairar otherftkr.
used for on-the·Job mixing with
agg~3tes.
wood-fibered pla'ter
AI:'IIfI-ml.xedgypsum Insecoat pl3~...er
containing coarse ceDu~ fI~ers for
gre4W InJIk. strength. anaflre
reslst3nee, used nator mixed with
~rJ to obt3ln alr.lsecoat ofsu~r'.or
hardness.
pond pU5Ur
A~um Insecoatplaster containing
asma" amountof nme and chemical
~ to Improve ~ bondof
succudlng coats f.o &en~. ncnporoos
su~
9Y!"um-perllte plasur
A~um ir.lseccatpbstercontaining
periJteas an aggl'e9te to reduce Its
~t and l:Ic~se Its therm31 and
ftre resistance.
gyp5um-vermlcullte pb5ur
,.. ~um baseccatplastercontaining
vermiculite as an aggregate to reduce
Its weight ana Incre;ase Its thennallina
fire resistance.
ready-mixed pla~ter
Plaster that Is formubted and dry-
mIxed !1y the manufacturer. requiring
on~ tile addttlon ofwaterat theJoD
site.
f
I
I
I
[
I
rr
185.
renderi09 C03t
The firstco;rtof plaster on A
Nsonry dAIso C31!eJ rough
coat.
5"...~rdasb ._....- ....................+_..+.._...#" .. -1.
Awet. rich ..of port13nd cement
anasan.d thrown ontoasmooth brick
orconc~ surf3Ce and .Itcwed to
h3rden to prcrt'IJe a~ for afirst
~t of pbster.
key
Agrooving orrou.:Jhness appl1e.d to a
surf.;c.e to lItprove tts roM with
.notr.erSiJrbce.
me!di"9 plJ:ster
Apl.aster llsc:d In ornamental worl
conslstfng offlndy ground gypsum and
hydrmJ hire.
running nw&d _..._....................
Ash~·~1 tcnplate cut to the
deslred~. !lacked With wood. and
pUS~;lon.§ l>etween temperary
grour.ds or Mes to form 3 plaster
rnokfl~ A~ the .ngle ~twU!l awall
anaullIr-1- &,0 cartea ~ meld.
hoNe
The l'I~ support for tr~ sheet·
1"r1et31 tem~ ofarunning maid.
pargeti"9
Fine or:'.3fT1e1rtJ1 plasterrrorl:. esp
extd.cr p{3sterrlorl: be3r.n~ designs In
low relid. Also. parget
PLASTER
, .._............. 5tue<:O
l Acoa~ plaster composedof portlana
Of" masonry cement. sand. and
hydrated lim~. mixed with water and
applied In aplastic state to form a
!tard covering for exterior walls.
portiand cement stUcc<)
Stucco made with masonry cement or
with portland cement mixed with less
than 50~ by volume of lime.
-portland cement-lime stucco
Portland cement stucco to which hrr.e.
Is added In an amount greater than 50~
by volume to Improve the plasticity of
the mix.
.Ibarium
Astucco used In anc~ times. 1113,u
from powdered marble and lime mortar
and often pol1shed.
intonaco
Afinish ccat of plaster made with whfte
I113rble dust to reulve afresco..
$C3gliola
Plasterwork Imitating granite or marole.
sand-flcatfinish
Atextured flnlsh ccat of plaster containing
sand. leveled and smoothed with a&nf
....• &atfinlsh
,:,•.::.~.;,~:.:::.::.;; ::-':;·,··,.:·~·!~'...i,:·;'.:;':l Afine-textured stucco finish produud by
K'.:,::}I.~':.;.::~~.~:::.:~~;;})":::f.:~;..: smoothl~ with aC3rpetor rul:rPer·f.ae&:l
float.
dau17lng
The process of giving awan arough flnlsh
by throwing plaster agaInst It.
....... pePpledash
An exterior wall finish produced by
throwing ana pressing small peb~s Into
unset stucco.
_..... roughca5t
An exterior wall finish composed of a
stucco mixed with fine pebVles and dashed.
against awall. Also called spaturdash.
189
186.
p~AmR
L1ih
Anyofanumber ofsulbb'e surfaces
forreceMng pbsterwort as gypsum
lath, metal lath, wood lath. masonljl,
or brlc~wort.
wood IJth •_______.__. _. ______________________...________ i-_-
•._-
__
-.-..~--::-----....r- pl.1!ter~l'td
The ulhe$lon ofpIJster to its Pa5e
producea ~ mech..nlc3l or chemical means.
metalbtls
Aplaster Pasefal1nc.W d exp3Mea
metal orofm fabric. palnteJor
Athin, ~ITOW strip of wood used with
otherstrips to form latticework. aUac~lng
for plasteror stucco. or asupport for
slates orother rooflng material
furring ~._..____...__._._.____.. ---- --~- ..,
The attaching of wood strips or metal
channels to awall orother surf.1ce. as to
provide an e'l'e:1 Ua5e for lath or afinish
material. or to provide an air space
between aW3n ana afinish material.
galvanlzeMorcorroslon resistance. , ' . ' ,;
::$r'=~~1=:--~.!
stiff networtwith diamond-shaped
.~~ - . .
n1rlath ~--------------------------------I!I.~~
An expanaea-met;1I bth h2v1ng V-5haped
ribs to provide greater stfffness and
ptnnlt widerspacing ofthe supportlng
fr3m
Ing IT1eft1bers.
5e1f-ce~ lath
Aril1lath usea (}It( stuljolsts 35
fonnwori: rorconcme s/aj,s, oras lathing
In ~ plaster partttlon~
5eJf..furril1'!f~ ------------------------
~Mea-~l welJed-wl~, or woven-
m ~th M Isdimpledto Sp:iCe ltse!f
from the supporting surfac.e, c~tlng a
spacefor die keying of plasterorstucco_
.. wfrebtJa --------------------------~
W~- orwoven-wire faurlc, usually with
apape!'17act1ng. usedas aUase for
pI4ster or~.
paper-l7aaed~ ... ------.-----.
up;aMea-met.1lor wire lath having a
~I~ of perforated or in:lkilng paper,
usedas ansefor pbsUrorstucco.
C<lrnet' bth .------- --.- ----- --.. ---- ....-. --------- ----.
Astripofexpanded-metallath !lent to
form a900
angle. use.dat an Intern31
con'oerto ~ent crulsIII plastering_
Also called comerrdnforc.ement.
!tripbth .-.........-.------.--.---. ---·----'r'I'.W-MrW
Anarrowstrip ofexpan&ed·rnetallath for
reinforclngjdnts In gypsum lath or
Junaures betweenctiferenttypes of
pbster 1r.1ses.
5Cnm
Coarse cotton, flberglass, or metal mesh,
~ for ~11!g and reinforcing aJoint or
as aInseforplastering or painting.
gyp,umbth .-..------------- ..-.. -------.-.
Gypsum roard having an alr-entnlned
corebceJ withaj,sorWn-t paper, used as
a !r.Jsefor plaster. Also called rock bth_
perforated9YP'um bth
Gypsum lath punched wIUt small holes to
provloull1eChanlcal keyfor plastu..
in,ulltlng gyp!um lrth
Gypsum lath having an aluminum foil
Uacklng that serves as avapor retaroer
and ref1ecUve thennallnsulator.
venurl:ta5e
Gypsum lath having a spulal paper facing
for receiving veneer plastu.
190
.'..:
mechJnleaIJ,onJ
The physlc3l keyln~ of aplaster coat to a
plaster Pa~ or with another plaster coat
rougheMd Py scoring.
ponaing ..gent
Achemlc315u~tance applied to asuitable
sul>strate to impreves Its !?ond with a
sucettding layer.
s~n
The aDsorption of water from afinish coat
of plaster by the ~seco3t or gypsum 14th.
resulting In abetter Dond.
:: r··J-..-ground
.- .-_. ,..-/ '.', Ast,;p of wood or ametal pead used at
>
..:..-..,-.. an a~lng as a~ulde for plastering to a
.' given thJc1::ness and as a stop for the
p~
~reed
Astrip of wood. plaster. or metalappNed
to asurf.1u to ~ plaS'tt:red to serve as 3
gUide for making atrue surface and
plastering to agiven th1cl:ness.
----------- ---------.-.--.--. "a5e screed
Apreformed metal screed for separatln~
i,;~m.=,=~~n;;::~
AptrforaW metal screed for venting a
conceaW space behind a plastered
~~~c.Lu.:;:wn......
Aprefom-te.d met.1 screed applied (]m
Jolnts In gypsum 13th to co:ttrolcl'3Cklng.
.;.~.~:~:~:;·:.::~:J.&f;~;-···.:F---· ~=~"!etaIStrlpInstalled to
. . rel1eve shrinbge. tempernu~, or
1. structural strts-ses wtthln a large
plastered or stuccoed area.
·---Au_u"nuu·s~~%=~
A
asafroundanato~and
protect an external angle In plasterwori:
ora g:ypsum board surface. "Iso called
.I~Ie~
~
. --'I1uIl~~rner~
. . . __.______~_.._._. ::h:::~7aroUnded~~
A~ cormr~ forfannlng and
reInforcing the curved portlon ofan
3rchedopening.
.<,--" ~!Ing ~d
.,/ Apreformed metalstrip ~n9 an -
• expanded or perforat.e~Hla~e and·
variously shaped ends. useJ asagrOuna
and kl5kengthel! 2!".d re!llforce the
edges of pl3st.erwori: or " gypsum Dema
surface.
L
I
J
j
J
I
1
I
L
b
187.
rounded edge
tong~ &groove
.....::;.:.:;i) (d..:;/~'." ':":" :.;.;
}5'::.:..::,/},":;:~ t~;l/;:;..-.:......:. '.:.:':':
-·.·.··:·../-.:,:,..·-~·::;<d)y(~,·k.::·;::·::· '.'; ::.::
joint compoulkf ~...........-.-.............-.
Apastycompound for embeddlngJoInt
bpe. fltnng k1kntatlons, anaflnlshlng
thejoints In a~um'board surface.
jointtape - ................-.-.- ..----......---,
Astrip ~ paper, paper-faced cotten, or "
plas;lc mesh used withJaint compound
to w;er th~Jolrits ~etween sheets of
gypsum board.
PLASTER
wallpoard
Any of V3rlous sheet matertlls used In
co;erin~ awall or celling as asuVsmu~ for
pl3s~ror paneling.
..- gypsum poard
Asheet rruterlal having agypsum core
faced with paperon each side, used for
coverin~ walls or as 13th. Also called
drj'Wall. plasterboard.
Sheetrock
Trademan: for a~r3nd ofgypsum roard.
.....,.... type-X gyr-ium uoard
Agypsum boord havfng acore
containing additives for InGreased ftre
reslsta nee.
......--- backing "oard
An Inexpensive gypsum board usee! as
the lr.Jse layer In amultilayer assemPty
for Incl'e3sed rigidity, sound Insulation,
and ftre resistance.
'-'" card-oard
Agypsum boord I-In. (25.4 mm) thick.
used as a!?ase In solid gypsum-mrd
partitions and for hnlng shafts.
-.--- prefinish.ed gyp~m poard
Agypsum boardlt3;t1ng adeco;.atlve
vinyl or prinW papersurface.
r-----····--·--··--·- foil-l7acked gyp,um "oard
: . Gypsum Po<ird having an aluminum foil
backing that serves as avapor ~rder
and as artfIectlve ~llnsul3tar
when the foil n..iesa3/;, In. (19 mm)
minimum air space.
. ~=~ -.---..- gyp,um ,nutblng
. Agypsum board havfn~ aflre-resl$bnt
core and faced with a water-repellent
paper, used as exterlor sheathing.
191
188.
PLASTIC
Any ofnumerous synthetlcor
n.1tur21 organic materialsthat are
mostlythtrmop~st1c or
thermosetting polymers ofh~h
molecuw- weightand ~t can ~e
mokltd. extruded, ordrawn Into
objects,films, orfitament6.
casting •..-.....-..---------........... -
Amethodof shapingapbstlcoPject by
pouring the mmnallnto amoldand
allowing Itto harden ~ the use of
pres$U~
!now molal,,! - ...-..-...-----...................--...-.....- ...-...........-~......
Amethodofforming hollow W<ll'e by
=.~~:=::~:~~ @t.:.:.:.~~~~:M£ ]
wplng the Jltltenal wfthln amold. . : '. '.':. .... .~ . '
=~:~~;:-- ::t,'"~··~:D·
rendering Itflukf In 3 ~tlng cham!1eran d :
then forcing It under h~ pressure Into a •
closed mold.
Q)mpre,,u,n moldi19 •.............- .....'
Amethodofforming *nnosettlng
pbsUc l!y~ a maY CII J1;, forming the
Nterlalily hQt and pressure.
tr~~ermotding .
Amethodofforinlri *nnosettlng
p/2sUc l!ysoftening It in one cham!1er
kfon, It Is forced Intc an Jc:fjacent mold
where It Iscured under ~ aM pressure..
thermoforming
Amethodof sh3pl~ a~rmoplastlc sheet
~ heatli19 and forcing It against the
contours ofa mold ~ he:at anapressure.
~,ure forming -.---.......-...-....
Amahodof thennofoml"9 aplastic sheet
~ forcing It against the contours ofamold
with compressedair.
vacuum forming - ...........................
A mahod of thermoforming aplastic sheet
Vy evacuatl"9 ~e space f,etwun the sheet
and the contours ofa mold.
192
resin ( ...-..................................... acrylic rt,i/'I
ArtyofnumeroLlS salla or semlsolk:l . Anyofacbss of thermopl3stlc resIns
organic substances prep3red by u~ for C4stl~ or molding plastlc parts
polymerIzatlon ana u~ with fillers. that are except1on.. ~ transp:3re:1t. tough,
stal1illurs. and other components to and res.lstant to wmnerand chanlcats,
form plastics. or as the main In~rehnt In CD4~s.
filler adhesives. and cau!l:l"1 compouMs.
Are!at1vetyInert subsbnce added to Lucite
modlfythe Pulk. strength. he3t TI'3demarI:: for " m rJ of transprent
resistance, ele.ctrlcal resistance. or acrylic resin.
wori:lng properties-ofaresin.
,ta17f1izer
AsuVstanceadJed to prevent or retard
~e ~radatlon ofapb~1c when
exposeJ to the ultraviolet raalatlon or
other environmental conditions.
plasticizer
AnyofV2rious substances aaaea to a
resin to Increase Its wori:al1illty and
flexll1iUty.
cat.1ly,t
Asul:lstancethat causes oraccelerates
achemical reaction without Itself
undergoing apermanent change In
composition.
calendering
Amethodofproducing plastic film Or
sheeting ~ ~SSI"9 the mater/al
~n aseries of revoMng. heated
rollers.
,hettlng
A~In form ofplastic. having a
thickness very sma" In proportion to
Its length anawidth.
film
Sheeting navlng anominal thickness
not greater than 10 mils.
Plexiglas
Traae~rI:: fO(';a mnd of light.
transp-ent. we3ther·reslst3 nt acryHc
resin.
polycarWnaU
Atough. trans~rerrt thermopl.asUc
ch3~ ~ Its nlgh·fmp3Ct strength
and use.a for tlgbtl~ ~res. $4fety
glazlng. arJ h3rdw41 re.
Lex.an
Traaemali: for a!:onrid of ~h
poIycarro,..te used for sh~
windows.
poly~~
Atough.1I.;1rt. and iblble ~stlc
u5e<J esp. In the form cisheetlr.g .. nd fllm
for ~ I~ dampprooflng. and as a
vapor retarder. Also c.l1ea ~.
polyproprieM
AtoIJ4h. ~p!ast!c U1at Is ~!st..nt
to he;rt .. rJ chemlc.1ls and used for pipe
ftttings. ~allr'tSulatlon. ar.a
carpeting f1Pers.
po~ne
Ahard. toJgn. sta~ thennop!ast:<c that
Is easily coIoreJ .. rod moldeJ. expr~, or
rolleJ Inta ~.
~rylonitn1e-~i.ene-5tyre.r.e
Ath~sUc used for /T1;1Klng piastlc
pipes and hardware products tJ..3t a~
tough. rlgLd, and reststJnt to hat 1M
chemicals. AbW.;ASS
vinyl
Anyofn~ ~h. ftexJVIe ~s
I!1adefrotn ~ resln.
polyvinyl ~In
Anyofacl2ss of thmrcpIastlc res.71 s
fonned by ~i§ or~ng a
vinyf ~ AI5c c.Sed v1nyf resJn.
polyvinyl chloride
A'whlte. nter-Insciu~ th~
widely u56d In tM ~numture of1Jor
caverings. insulation, and piping. AZ?r-.:
PVC
polyvlny{ ~I ,
AthermoplasUc resin used ch~.s the
Interlayerof s.afety ~l;ass.
ny(on
Anyofa c!ass of thenr.oplastic5
cnar.IGtertud Py ex-
.....eme touqMes5.
strength. arJ elastldty and cap3~ of
!1elng extruJed Into flI3~T1ts. fI~.•na
shuts.
1
·..
"#.. :.~
... :
'-il
f
I
l
l
l
I
L
f
,
La
r
i
L;
189.
'1'
i . ~~
"::."~."..'.
~ . ~ ..~
wrmosettlng p~,tic
Apl3stlc M Pecomes ~nently rigid
~ heated and cannot De softened again.
Also called ~et.
polyl~
Arry of various t:hennoplastlc or
thermosetting resins used In flexl!7fe and
rigid fooms, elastomers. and resins for
salants. adIIcsNes, and C03tlngs.
polyester
Arry of agl"Ollp ofthermose«lng resins
used In the ~ure of plastics anJ
te:xtltefll:>ers..
,~ temperature
The maximum temper2ture at which a
pf3stlc can ~ continuously employed
without anotfcea!7le reduction In arry of
Its Inherent properties.
5Oft.enlng pcint
The temperature atwhich aplastic
changes from arigId to asoft; state:
fiPe:fgtas!-ttinfo~ pta5t~ .------.--- -
A~ reWlXUd with glass fJ!7ers
and useaII kansluunt roofs and
~hts, bc:lng:s for sandwfch panels.
,lid molded pkImi>lng flxtures.
Dacron
Tr3demari:: for amnd of strong. wrlnkle-
~t.ant po/'jesttrflDer.
Mybr
r~ri::fora mndofstrong. thin
~~fllln t15eJ In photography.
r:x.ardlng t3peS. and ee:ctrlc.of Insulation.
tpc1:Y resin
Arry of various ~ resins
cap3Ple offcmin.g tight Cl"C:Ss-nnked
~~cha~by
~-nness. ~ aaMslon. and high
wroslon anachembl ~nce. used
esp. In surface C03t1ngs and adhesives.
mdJmj~~in
I-.rry of aclass of ~~~ resins
f~ by ~ !n+.mctk1n of meLomlne
~,-.J fonn4lddr.i~ ana used for molded
products. adr~lves. and surface
cc;;tl~
phenolic ~
PLAmc
ruuber
Arruttrl31 m3de 7y chemically treating and
toughenIng natura! rubber. V31~ for Its .
el3stlclty. nonconductlon ofelectricity. and
resIstance to shod: and molsture.
J...-...................... n:rtur~1 ruul1er
• Ahighly elastic solid substance.
essentIally apolymerofIsoprene. o!;rtalned
7ycoagulatlng the milkyjuluof rubl>er
trees and pf3nt~ Also called India ruPM-.
fo~m rubber
Alight. spongy. cellularrubDer ItI3deby
foaming I3ttx before vulcantzaUon.,·
vulc~niution
The treatment of ruul>erwtth sulfurand
heatto Impartgre~terelastlclty.
stren~. and durability. .
' - ••".r..- •.,~ ............- :lynthetic ruuber
tamirate
Aproduct ITI3de by uniting two or more
byers ofIT13terial by an adheslveorother
rr.t417S. 35 plywood a'ld plastic /amInate.
'. plJ.5t1c bml~
AhJrd surfacing rrutertal consIsting of
~poerpo".,ec:f layers of paper Im~nated
wtth melamine and phencUc resins. fuse.::f
~ under ~t.and pressure.
An ef3stomer similar to natural rubber In
propet"tles and uses. produced-11y tM
poIymerlz3tlon ofan unsaturated '.
hydrocarPcn. as lnstyIeneorisoprene. or by
thecopolymerization ofhydr0c3rrons With
styrene orInJtadlene.
eI~,tomer
Any ofV3rlous polymers haVing the elastic
properties of natural ru~!;rer. as Irotyl
ru!7ber or neoprene.
butyl rubl7er
Asynthetic rubPer having exceptional
resistance to sunlightand unusually low
gaseous permeability. produced Py
polymerizing InJtylene and used In roofl~
meiOmnes and l'r.lterprooflng barrler3.
Butyt
TraJemari:: for 3 mnd ofbutyi ru!7!;rer.
neoprene
Asynthetic rubPercharacterized by
superior resIstance to oils and sunllglrt.
and used In paInts. roofing memmnes.
flashing. !!askets. and ~arlngs.
silicone rul1l1er
Arry of aclass of h4rd. he.t·reslstant
~~ resms formed by the
~~tblcf~ with
f~kleh)'de and used for IT'.okled
P"""Aucts. adhesives, ana sumce
~~ngs. AlsocalW ~st,
...-......... h~h·pr~'ure tamlrt4te ArubPer rrude from sllicone elastomers
and noted for Its retention offlexI17IBty.
resilience. and tensl~ strength (Ner awide
temperature ra"¥.
enerrte
T~ri:: for agi.ilnaof d4ri:: phenolic
I'e$ln. ~ by Dr. Ltc l3~land In
~-6. and ~ for ~hone reu!vers.
~.o C3~nets, eb:;trIc Insutators. ana
~ ~stlc I.3rdw.1re.
Ure.Horm..~ ~i"
Antof Y.1ricu:s ~n.g synthetic
re:Jn ltilde byc.ondenslng urea wIth
fO"W~ Jnd used In ap~nce
ho.i$lngs, ~I devices. #dheslves.
and ~rface ccgUngs.
,.
. Aplastic laminate molded and cured In
the i.iI~ ofpressures from 1.200 to
2oCOO psi (34 to !40 ~ per54cm). used
for wfaclng countmops anaca~netry.
....• Icw-p~,ure tam/ute
Aplastic laminate molded ar..:l cured with
aIT!3xlmum pressure of 400 psi (28 kg per
Soq. m). used In vmlc3lanJ low-wear
applications.
Form~~
TraJemari:: for a~rand of plastic laminate.
:- ~nlcone
i Anyof.a group ofpolymers contaInIng
1 .alternating sAlcon .and oxygen atoms,
: characterl:z.e& bythemial stability.
: chemical Inertness, and extreme W<Jter
1 repellence•.and used In adhesives.
; lul7r1cants. protectivecoatIngs. and
'1 synthetic rubPer.
193
190.
PLATE
Arigid, planar. us~1Iymonolithic
structure thatdisperses applied
Io.Ids In a multidirectional pattern,
with the loads generally following
the shorttst and stiffest routes
to the supports. .
plate action
The,manner In which an appllea load Is
transmitted to the supports of aplate
In amultidirectional pattern.
ApUtec;n reenvfsloneJ151 seriesof
upcart~strlpS~ .'
corrtJnuously;/ongtlreHmgths. _................'
AsmIppIIeJloadIs trlll5l1litteJto the
supp0rt.5 througlt ~ ofonebeam
st.1'. the Io3d15JIstrtvteJovertheentire
pImUywrtlcllsIseztnnsmittUfrom
theddftcttJstrlptoupurrt~ .................
The~ Ofone~~ilsoC3uses
t'M5tlng oftransverse5t:rip5. whose
torsIorulresl5t3nce 1na'ea5eS the overall
~ffne55 ofthepIm. T1Ierefore. whIfe
Pending;nJ sheartrlnsfer111 appfIeJload
in theJirutJon oftheloiJeJbe3m stnp.
sbarIlfatl+f5tl~ t:r.1n5fertheloadat
ridht1ngles to the101deJstrip. ..- ...........-
contlnuou, plate
Aplate extending as astructural unit
CHef thru or I1'1OI'e supports In 3 given
dlrt.Ct:lon. AcontlnlJOU$ plateIs subject
to lowerbendlng moments than 3 series
of dlscrete. simply supportea pla~s.
foldedpllU
Aplate structure composedof
thin. deepelementsjoined rigidly
along theirboundariesand forming
sharpangles to mceeach other
against later.al pucUng, The
resulting stiffnessofthe Cross
sectlon enaUles afolded p~ to
span relatlvefy long dlstanus.
194
.
EachplanePeh3Ves1s1 beamIn
thelongltudlnlldIrection. •..................
Vert/c;ldiaphragms orrigId frames stlfftn a
folJedplateagainstdeforTTl3tlon ofthe fold
profile.
Apl3te5houldPe sqUiirtorntarlysqU2rt
to (;f1SUrt thatIt ~h3re515a two-ny
5trocture. As1 platebecomesmort
rut1ngu16r th1n square. the tlIC~
actlon decreases lnd1~-way5ySt.trn
5p3nnlng the 5horterJlrtCtlondevelops
sitU tileshorter~ strips1restiffer
1nd~rryI gre3terportt.mofthe 10M.
~~~J~~;;~'~~;di"-~'
. :
curved nus which follow the . GiJ j
lsost4tlcs of'the structure. n _ ~
In the shortd/~n. the span15reduced
Uy~" foldlCtlng151rigid support.
1505tatlc,
u~ of principal stress Ir.dicatlng ~
flow ofI1endlng stresses 3M3 long which
torsional shear stresses are zero.
;.-Transverse strips ~have 1S1 ccnt/tIU0U5
bc4m supporteJ1t foldpoints.
I
.I
I
J
,
I
.1
I !
I
1
!
i I
1
l-
L
L
191.
I3mella roof
Avaulte4 roofcomposeJof lamellae
forml~ acrisscross pattem ofparallel
.rches skewed with res~ to t~
sk:lesofthec~ space. ----------------,-------- .'
13mella
One of the relatlYely short tlml1er.
mebl OI"rtlnfOlUd'concrete elements
formn4 abmelb roof.
InCfU5/T7g the be3riroq areJ ofthe 5IJpports
Incra5.ts the num:.erofmemf?t:rs Irrto which
5~r 15 trJnsfcrmlandreduce5 ch~ fcrcesln
tkrnem~.
~pa~fra~
Athrt¢-dlmensloll3l stnlcWral frame
Pa~ on the r'.gldlty of the triangle and
composed of I!r.earelements subject
only to ~131 teTtslofl or compresslon_
The simplest s~tbl untt of aspace
frame!s;;l twahedron having 4joints
and 6 strJCtur;l1 merT1Ws. As with
plate structures. the sUPfX'rtl~ Pay
for a5p<1ct fr4lme should ~ squ3ril or
nearly square to ensure th3t tt acts aL!l
atwo-l'r.1ystructure. Alsa called
space truss.
PLATE
grid~~ure
Aframework ofcrisscrossing beamS
connect.e.dat their Intersections by r191d
joints and dispersing an appl1ed load In
two dlrectlons according to the physical
propertles anadimensions ofthe ream
elements.
Anbe.1m tkmentspartlcfpmIn C3nyfng ;
load through; combination ofrending and
t¥tfstlng. Iftwo~1715;trightangfes to
each otherare /dMtlc1l. theyshare m .
;ppWloadequallyIn rendlng.1fthePt:a!ns
have difftrentlengths. h~ the shc.rter
~m C4rrlesmereoftheIo3dsInte the
stlffr.essof1 ~m isInverselyprr>pcrtlon;l
to the cv~ of/tslength an4aIo#dgmdy
follol'l5 thepthofIe3strt5I5bnu to
5IJppcrt5. Forex;mple.1ftwoPeaI715 h;vu
spm f7tkJ of1:2. theirstlffnesses wi hare1
ratio of1:8.Ccnsequently. theshorW-beam
ItfnC3ITy%oftheload. 1M torslcn31
reslst3ruof~5 ap/nst the t;r,fstfng
InducedI1ythe bmJlng ofa tnn~ be3m
/urt:;;ses the stiffnessofthegrid.
195
192.
PLUMBING
The system ofpipts,valves,
fixtures,and otherJlpparatus ofa
watersupply or ~ system.
wmr,upp!y
1MS4rpp1yd purlflea water~ a
eotmUIItty. usuallyIncIudln4bclhtles
for st«lng and dIs1:rI~ this water,
as reservoirs aMpipelines.
aq,uifet ---.....-..---......
A~lcal fornutlon con~lnlng or
conducting ¥QUndw31:er. esp.on~
~ of~ W2ter1a usal1le
,ua~ to s~ orwefts.
arte5bnwell
AweiIn which waterrises under
pre$Sijrcfrom apt:r1MIPIe stratum
OIerbid ~ Impennea~ rock.
waUrtawer
Atower Into which water Is pumped
to aheightsufficientto 1I131ntain a
desired ~rc fordlstriUutlo~ to
customtrs. orforflteflghtlng..
drawdown
Alowering oftht water surface level.
as In awellorthe d1~nce by which
the groundwater !eve/Islowered as a
result ofpumping.
il
o
.....__• corpol'2tion ,top
/ Avalve controlling theflow of water
•
,"" or gas from arrt.iln to ase~ p1~.
:' AlsocallM corporatfoncoct.
/1
waurm.1ln
AII13In pipe orcondultthrough
which aputnlGorcommunity
water system COITVey5 W2ter to
;;III seMce connections.
196
curp cock ~-.......................--.....:
Acontrol valvefor shuttlng offtM
water supply toa~Jldlng In case ofan
emtrgency.installta In awater service
pl~ and operated by mtans ofalong
key InStrtea through acurb Pox. Also
called curir step.
c/mm
AreStrVolror tank for storing or holding
waterorother liquid. as rainwater ~11ectecJ
from aroof. for use when reqUIred. •......... -..................-......~.: .:.:.;;:,.~....:·.;·::.,.;:;,:7.::.'~'·...;.·.:
wrt.er tre4tment
The act or process ofmaking water
more potalne oruseful as by purifying.
clartfylng. orsoftenIng.
.- cun,pox
! Avmlcal enclosure with aremova!1le
/ CIJItr providing access to acurbcoa.
I Also ~led Buffalobox.
~rvice pIpe ~.....
Apipe wnnecting a~Ildlng to awater
or gas main. usually Installed byor
under theJurisdiction of apu~11c utlnty.
~rvoir
Anatural or artlflclal pl3u where wa~r Is
coIJectea and storedfor use, esp. ~ for
supplyfng acommunlty.ln1gatlng 1ml. (X'
furnishing power.
raWWl"Ur
Water that reqyIres treatment
i:1efore It can bf"'used for .::lrinklng..
L
&hutoffvalve
Arrtvalve for shuttlng off the flow of
wateror gasfrom asupply pipe.
w.iUr meUr - ....
Adevice for rne3surlng and
recording the qUJntltyof water
that passes through apipe.
J
l
l
l
l
L
L
L
L
i
L
193.
gravity water system
Aw.wsupply and dlstributlO11 system
In which the water source Is set at a
height sufficient to maintain adequate
supply pressure throughout the water
dlstriMlon system. Also called
dowrrfud distriinstlon system.
€ he.ad .--_..._......__................................-..
The pressu~ at the lower of two given
points In allquIJ. expressed In terms of
the vert1ca1 d1st3nce between the points.
Also C311ed pt'Cssure head.
pJ"e$~re drop
Aloss of head orfluid pressure !?etween
two polnts of apipe or across ava Ive. due
to hydraullc friction.
fixture unit
Auntt fer ~surlng the pro!r.;!71e demand
for w;rter PyaplumPing fixture. or the
pnml7edJsch3rge of i1qutd waste from
the flxture. equivalent to 7'h gallons or
one cuM; foot perminute.
wata ~ner - ....-........1
An appai.itl.!s that removes calcium and
rna~rIt$Ium S<llts from hard water Py Ion
exchan~e In order to give the water more
efflc~nt sudslng ..Wllty wrth soap.
hardwaUr
W.ter COlTtalnlng dissolved saIts of
calclu~ or magnesium ana forming soap
lather ,..ith difficulty.
PLUMBING
waur5ystem
Asystem of pipes. valves. and fixtures for
dlstrl!7utlng andusing water In abulk:llng.
t--'----+-r------+---++--4lJ--C....-....:...,.~==nl_...... -.........-...... ltranch
Any memberofapiping system
other than amain. riser. orstack.
.._..._..._.......- riser
Avertical pipe. conduit. or duct In
autility system.
main
Aprincipal pipe. conduit. orduct In
autility system.
- - - . - ....-.--t-----!.-l--++..::..-..1.----l
".- - ...--..- ..................-............. expansion I1end
• An expanslonjolnt of pipe and plre
.._.....- waterheatu
An electric or ~..sappliJr,u for heating
water to ate1r.pef'3ture Detl'iun 120'1' and
loW'f (50't arj &O't) aM storing It for use.
fittings permlttl/19 thermal expanslon to
occurIna long run of hot·wmr piping.
Also called expansion loop.
..-......- .. hc,e lnl7l7·
./ Athrea&ed ext-erlcrfaucif.as for
attaching a garden hose. often .attached
to the stde ofahouse at arout the height
of a sill Also called hosecocl sillcock.
faucet
Adevice for controlll/19 the flow ofa1lqt:1d
from aplpe l7yopenlng orcioslry an orIflu.
Also called spfgot.tap.
flew pre&&ul'e c
The fluid pressure In .a supply pl~ at a
faucet orotheroutlet while the faucet or
outlet Is wtdeopen ana water Is ftowl/19.
expressed In psi (Nfm2).
mixing faucet
Afaucet having asingle outlet for water
from separately controlled hot-water and
cold·water taps. Also called mixer.
.... aerator
A sievelike device for mixing air w~h the
water flowing from the end of aspigot.
antl'~ald faucet
Afaucet haVing athermostatlc311y
controlled valvdor malntalnln9 the
desired water temperature re.q3 rdless of
pressure or flow.
197
194.
PLUMBING
PfumIn"9 fixture .
AIryofV3rio.;s rtUptacles for
receiving W4iW from a w~ system
and dlsch3~lng the liquid waste Into
adr:;lM3ge system.
~anit.11')' ware
!?all cock
Adevice for regulaUng the supply ofwater
In" flush tam: by means ofahollow floating
~n which by Its rise odan shuts oropens a
supply valve. Also called float valve.
Plumbing fixtures. as slnG and toilet
Pc~. mJde of vitreous china. porcelain
e:13me1. or e.1art'lded metal-l
!
~
reverse-trap
---....,.,='"'. Atoilet rowlslmllar to the Siphon-Jet. ~t
. having asmallerwater surface and trapway_
W3U-hu~ ______J
D~~ ned to ~ rtt3Creato
~ h~ from " wall
wrter h.1mmer
The corlCusslon and I13nglng noise that
resu/t5 whtn al'OIurneof m.ermoving
In apipe s~ stopsor loses
IT'()-malt.u m.
Jir-ch.1m~r
water ciaset
Afuture consisting of aceramic rowl with a
~haule. hinged seat ana lidand adevice
f~flushlng with wa~r. usedfor def'ecatlon
and urination. Also called tenet.
fl~homet.er valve
A",lve that supplies afixed Iuantltyof
W3ter tcflxtures for flushing purposes
when actU3ted Uy direct water pressure.
:--·-------------------l1ack~plash
/ Avertlcal panel of waterproof
_
...
----
.....
:/ material a"ttached to the wall uenlnd
acountertopor stovetop to protect
a~lnst splash~ Ilqulds_
Acomp3rtment In" ~ system 0
CO!ltalnlngaIrMeb5~1b' I:
2irg.1p
The ctarvertlc3l dlstanu
petloieen the spoutof afaucet or
otheroutlet ofa supply pipe and
the flood level of a receptacle_
COIl"'f'resses arJ ~Ids to ~u3llze I
~=~~~~:cu~~:~~ I
overflow
An Mlet. pipe. or receptacle for
exu:s5 liquid.
~kflow
Aflow of aliquid ~ to the usual
~ desired dlrecUon.
17~k-$jphcruge
Ii
I
I
flood level
The level at which water would
1 ::W:-~ rim ofaplumbing
jj,j.~.t:;"'I:cr"",----- -.-- .---- --. - - ~
~§
l?idet
AUaslnllke fixture des~ned to pe stnddled
for Uathlng the genlt3ls and posterior parts
ofthe 1Iody.
urinal
AflushaUfc fixture used by men for ~
urinatIng.
toilet partition
Apanel forming an enclosure around a
watercloset for privacy 1n apuullc lavatory.
l?athtul?
An oV!ong tub to Imhe In, esp_ one th2t !s a
permanentfixture In aUathroom_
~hower
AUatn In which water Is sprayed on the
I10dy from an overhead nozzleor
show~ead_
gra17l7ar
AParat"t3ched to 3 wall rwraUathtu!7or
showerto provk:lea hand gripfor a ~
who Is Imhln4-
receptor
The shallow P3se pan of astall shower.
lavatory .
Abowlor PiI$ln with running waterfor
washing th" face and hanas.
A~ of ~ orcont.a1nl1t3tea
lIt7Wfrom apIu~ fixture Into it
pl~ supplylr4 fOb~ W4iWaue to
~e p~~ In the pl~.
'-,------------------------ 51nk
~kwmrV2lve
A'r'lilve for ~~ flowing liquid. as
5eW3~. from ~erslng Its dtrectlon.
Also called pacl:flow valve.
flow rm -------------.-------------------------
The n~ of dtsc~rge from aplumbIng
fIxtu~. ~U31 to the tat.allltlmkl'of
galkxls dlscMar:l~ per 1r.1n~ dIvk:Ied
by 75 and expressed In fixture unlts_
198
trap .------;
AU-shapedor $-shaped section of
dnlnplpe In whloh Iltiuld remains
and forms aseal for preventing the
passageofsewer gas without
rifecUng the normal flow of waste
wateror sewage through ~_ Also
called air trap_
drum trap'
Acylindrical trap closed on the
l?ottom and having acover plate
for access. usually Installed on the
drain line from al?athtuu_
APastn, as In akitchen or laundry,
connected wfth awater supply and draln3¥
system for washing.
df'po'.1f
An electrical device In the anln of3 sink. for
grinding foOd wastes to be washed clown
the al"3ln. Also ~11ed disposer.
launary tr.:y
Adeep sink for washing clothes_
~rvk:e,lnk
Adeep sink used Injanltarl3l wort Also
called *pslnle.
Ll
I 1
I
!
.J
r I
I I
•
i !
! I
i I
I
l
f
L..
J
L
195.
roughing-In
Tht: ~ orprocess of Installing all
parts of aplumulng system that 1'1111
l3-'~r Pe conce31ed. usually to the
foct<Jre connecUons.
v;dve
Any devlce forcantroliing or stopping the
few of aliquid or93s by amovaDle part
tn..t Cpt:r1s. p3rtlallyobstructs. or shuts
3 paSS3¥. pipe. Inlet. or ootlet.
........ t···· plumUing wall
! AwallorpaMlon containing
! vertlc31 space for aplumulng
: st3ck. Also calleJ stuk
f partition.
J.~...closet bend
r A90°501/ fltting Instai1t:J
i di,ectly Deneatn ;; .....~..er close:.
developed length
The length ofaplpe!1r~ measc~
along the centeriir.~ cf the pI~
and pIpe flttlngs.
..• molded insuLrtlcn
Thmnallnsulatlon premokled to
fit aroond pipes arJ pipe fIttl~-:s.
PLUMBING
pipe
Ahollow cylinder ofmetal or plastic used
for the ~nveyance of water, steam, gas.or
otl1erfluld IT13terial.
t1 pipe fitting
Astandard part. as an el&ow, unlan, or tee,
for cannt:ctlng two or more pipes.
Pena, Alsocallt:J ell. el.
(""1 ./' drop elbow ,
~.
I An elrow hav!ng lugs for attachment t<> a
wall orjolst. Also called drop en. .
.--.----.-- 'weep fittill9
~
. A pipe fitting haVing alarge radius of
(
curvature.
. _ ...._. return pend
V
AWO·vendlna pipe.
j .--_..--- ~Shapt:Jplpeflttlng for making athree-
wayJolnt.
draptee -
Atee having lugs for attachment to awall
orJoist.
........--... sanitary tee
A tee having as~ht curve In the 90°
pipe In the direction of the main.
~nnet ~....- ........-..-.. --.-..- ...--.- ........-
~
t;ansltlon tochannel theflow from avranch
---- :0~shapt:Jpipe flttlng forjoining aln-anch
pipe wtth jI main, usuallyat a45°angfe.
fht part ofavalve casing through which
th~ stt:m passes and that forms aguide
3M se;;ll fortM stem.
~ •....- ...-........-.................-~
Th~ part orsurface of avalve on which the
s:.cm Is closea to stop flow completely.
glo~ VlIlve _._.--.--......--.--.--................. -....1
Avalve with agfa!rolar PDdy. closed Py a
at$ ~tlng on an o~nlng In an Intema:
......n.
¥U valve ~ ......-.......-..........-.......
Ashutoff valve closed Dy Iowerini,J a
'r"Age-shaped gate across the passage.
~n.gk v.alve
Aglo~ valvt: having an ooUet at aright ~
ar.gletothelnfet.•- ... _._...-............ ...• • •
al~nment valve
AK<lsherless v;llve opened by aligninCj
hde-s In adisk. cyllnkr. or Pall.
mixing valve
A.,..lvt: forcontrolnng the relatlve
a:T1O'Jntof hot and cold 'rV;l ter admitted
from separate hot-waterand coId'water
Rr.es.
check valve
A.,..lve permitting aliquid or gas to flow
In OI1e direction only. -:
o·~·--··-·--·····-~;]:::9fo<""kl'9'/0"'"",
-..- sanitary cross
ACI'O$S h~ving aslight curve In ea<;h ofthe
OO·transltlons to channel the flow from
mr.ch plpts In the direction of the IT13ln.
~
1? ~~::~pipe for bypassing anotherpipe.
m~le' ...' - -- ... . . .. .• nippk
M~ to fit Into • ~ Ashort length ofpipe with thrt:ads on t3ch
~~r.g op:1 :r ' 0, t:nd. used forjoining ccupllngs or other pipe
~ part. " ... fittings.
.0,0
fenute ... -..----.-,,'. ccupling
Hmog , ~ ?rt Ashol1length ofpipe having each end
Into whW;h jI ~~ng threaded on the Inside, used forjoInIng two
part fr..s.. pl~ ofthe same diameter.
[ [
' ~-.- incre.aser
-1
I
I
.
. Accupllng Increasing In diameterlit one
I end.
--- reduur
Acoupllng decreasing In diameterlit.one
end.
'-"'-"-'-'" union
pelf-and-'plgot ---..._. -.~
Apipejoint IT130e byfitting the lL----I-..-,
end (splgat) ofone pipe Into the
Acoupllng device for connt:ctlng two pipes
neitherof which can retu~, consisting'
of two Internallythreaded t:r1d pieces whleh
are tlghtent:J around the pipe ends to I:>e
joined, and an externally threaded center
i~t. ~~~~~~~::!":'odPI_
enlarged t:r1d (l1ell) of another
pipe and sealing with acaull:lng
compound or acompressluie ring.
gasket
ArUDDer or metal ring Insertt:J
petween two mating surfaces to
make theJOint watertight.
--- t-·
~ A. """.ally,h,..Je<I flttl'g fO"~5I'g
~.., ...._ .. :::endofaPlpt.
An Intemally threaded flttlng for enclosing
the end of apipe.
199
196.
PLUMBING '.
dl'2i~e~stem
A~ ofpipes.tr2ps. and other
~forCOOYeylng ~.
W2ste W3ter. or I'2mter to. puullc
~ or apriv4lte trea~ hclhty.
anin
Arty pipe orchanrel by w.b...lch a~uld 15
dI'3~:1 off.
vent 5y:;tem ~.• 5tack vent
Asystem of pipes supplying aflow of f The extension of asoli or waste stack
air to or from adl'3lnage system or j arovetile hlghtsthorizontal al'3ln
provldlng aclrcui3t1on ofair within the f connected to the stack. Also called
system to prot.ect trap seals from f: selt vent. wastt vent.
siphonage ana!;ad: pressure. : L..-.'
: r V."'-Grj
! ~ Agroup oftwo or more sImIlar ./
f :, plumping fixtures dIscharging Into a.,/'
I common waste or soil bl'3nch. .......
fixWr-e drain ---..-.--.............- ..............................~
/.r-" .-.......--
Aclr.Iln~frocn~tnpofa
pItsInPi~ flxture to .1junction wtth a
wa~or5Oil~
----.:..L..._.:..-.
k_.•~_..... .
vent
Apipe connectln~ a draIn near one or more
traps to avent staa or stack vent.
/'~ reliefvent
Avent th:ot provides circulation ofaIr
Petween aar3inaqe and aventing system b'j
connecting avent stJd to. horizontal
al'3ln !1etween the flrst fixture and the $Oil
or.waste stack.
...- loop vent
Acircuit vent that loops back anaconnects
with. stack vent Inste4d ofavent stack.
. common vent
Asingle vent servln9 two fIxtu~ drains
mnch drarn connected at the same level. Also called
Adr;aln con~ one or more ftxtures aU.11 vent.
to;a soil orwastest;acl ...·-_·-··········-·· .."......................•- •••i. - ...
~k . . ! .....,.~ev:::r~~ntInstalledj~~rllytoprovl~
Avtrt:lc.1 waste p!~or~ rpe I circulation of alrtoorfrom any partofa
~ HUrrWeroffuors. I dl'3lnage syste-m.
~ ~k ....-.• ~r.nch vent
A~I soil pipe. - .-.-'-" .-.- ., •....••-.--:.
••:--:..-::.~
..=-::
..::
..:--:.
..~--::
..=
..=
..::
..::.:-:t1==:tt:~:::::::i.=::::=t:::a--:-/~:":":'O"1 Avent connectl~ one or more Indtvtauai
~ pipe vents with aI'e1rt staci: or stack vent.
Any plpeca~ thedlscharge from ....... individtJ.11 vent
wata' c~tsor riulsto ~ ~lk::I1ng Avent connecting afixture draln.to a rnaln
draill or 1Iulldl"!l sewer. ..._.._.,- or mnch vent. AIsoc.1le.d revent.
wa5te stack- " -
A~I waste ptpe.
~upipe
Any ~ carT)4n§ ~ dlschar~ from -
plumPlr~ fixtures ~than ~
closets or urln4ls.
iMirect ¥Q5U pi~
AW4~ ~ M Is ~ cOnnec--..ea
dire..
"tJy wItJI • ~ 5)'5te!: ~t
~ Into It~rougha ~rly
trapped pIuIn~ ~re.
mnch~ _ .......-......-.............................
A~of5OilorlQStestad::
~~to.1~helgh'OM
neve- i!:ss than ~ fl. (2.4 m~ wt?1ln
which tile horlzont.;l mnch al'3:ns
from or.e fioor are connectea.
I
f.1B ---.-•.•.--.--.••.- -.•--.-.....- •.•- ••....•.•••.•..•.-"'--j
The downward sbpe ofa pipe.c.ondult. I
orc!u~~~asa I
~~orin Incfoes perfoot. I
wet~
J..n oversized ~ functlonlng Path as .
J so«orlf3Ste ~JMa vent.•._-.......- •._....•...•_.•.•.-
c1eanc-ut -....... _ ......-......"'" ..-......-.......................-.._.
Apipe ~ ~ armovaule ~ '-
gfvI~ acuss to. soIf or waste pipe
for Jns.pectIon orc~nlng.
sump pump --.-•.....•- .........................
Apump fix ~ the
accumulatlons of Iquldfrom ;a sump. T
,ump
Apit or rtScmOIr seMl14 .1S a arain or
reup~ for W2ta' orother I1qu-lds.
Invert -.........................- .................~
TheIol'o'ffi poln~ on the Interlor of
.1 dralrpi~ or 5eWef wf.c:re the
~uldis~t.
200
l1uiiding drain _.'--'
The lowest p2rt ofadl'3lnage
system that receives the discharge
from sell anaW2ste st.cks Inside
tM walls of .i7ulldlng and conv~s It
by gravity to tf.c: I7ulldtng sewer. Also
calleJ house draIn.
pullding trJp •.•__.••_._J
Atrap Inst.11ea In the 17u1k:fl"9 dl'3ln to
prevent the passageofsewer!faStS from
the pulkllng sewerto thearalnage
system ofaI7uJldlng. Not all plumull19
codes require aI7uIk:flng trap. Also called
house trap.
-..- circuitvent
Avent ~rvlng two or more tr.Ips ana
extending from III front of the ~ fixture
connection of afo.orizont4lmnch tothe
vent stack. .
....- b~k vent
Avent Installed on the sewer side of. trap.
...,. continuou, vent
Avertical vent fortT'led Dy acontinuation of
the drain nne to whk;h It connects.
,.- fre,h-Jlr Inlet
! Avent pipe ad~ fresh airInto tM
f dr2l04ge system ofj 17u~. connectea
! to the pu11dlng dnlln at or~ the
i l1ulldlng trap.
,",Raing &eWet
Adrain connealng iii i7ulldil14 drain to a
putnlc: sewerorprtvau treatmentbCIRty.
Also called hGUM MWet".....1
. ~er _..........-..-...-.....,.
ApIpe or otheJ:~lal conduit. usually
underground. for c.rTJ'lng offsewage and
otherliquid waste to atreatment plant
orother point of dIsposal
5anitary ~er
A sewerconveying only ~ sewage from
plumbing fixtures and excluding stonn
water.
~lIge
The IlqulcJ waste contaIning 3nlmal or
vegetJble matter In suspension or
solution that passes throu~h asewer.
L
,
I
L j
I
I
I
c~
I
I
...
I
j
, !
l '
I
•
l
l
l
L
L
L
197.
, l
~um ~-------------------------- -------- -- --- ------ -------- ---------,
Al3)'C1' of ~~ matter that rises ;
to the surbce of the sewage In a !
sep-tlC tallL ;,t
~m cle2r space - - -___
PLUMBING
sewage tr~tment pt3nt
Structures .ndappurtenances for
receiving the dIscharge ofasanttary
drainage system and reducing the org4nlc
and !1acterlalcontent ofthe waste so as to
rencler It less offensive ordangerotJS.
The dlstance retwten the vattorn of !
the l3yerof scum and the I1ottom of ~~f::::~;--..t~$2ZZz~~~~~X;~==::zgS1;g~~~~
tt~ outletIn aseptic tank,
sluage eftar space
The distance retween the top of the
s.l!:dge anJ tM I1ottom of the outlet in
3~tlc~~ -------__~.~~--~r_---------_±~-,H~r----------------~;j
stuage
Sed1ment th3t settles"out ofsewage,
font1l~ asemi-solid mass on the
t>ottom oh septlc tank. ..-------------------
C~5poot
Acovered pitfor receiving the sewage
from ahouse. having aperforated lining to
af1cw the liquid portion of the sewage to
!exh Into the ~round while the sludge Is
rrt1lneJ In the pit to undergo
decomposltlon_ Cesspools are no longer
;;.c.c.eptal1!e as ameans of sewage d1sposal
sup~epit
Apte that Is lined with aperforated
~~s-onryQ"concreteW311 to aHow effluent
cc&cteafrom aseptIC tank to seep or
Ie3ch Intothe surrounal"9 soil sometimes
septic tank -----j
Acovered watertight tank for recelvlng the
discharge from aInllkllng sewer. separatir.~
out the solid organic matterwhich Is
ducmposeJ anapurified I1yall3erovlc
l1a~rIa. ana allowing theclarlfled liquid to
discharge for final disposal ----------.--
u~ as asubstitutefor adralnfleld_ --------:
~n4 fitter
Afllterforcleanslng w.teror
purlfyf~ effluent. con51stlng of l41yers
of coarse stone. coarse gr:wel. and
$4 rod vecomlr~ finer toward the top,
r
I
sub-5urf.ace sana filter .-------------- ------ --. '-:_' - .; .-; :'-' -, " . 1"-' .•. " .
~~~~~: ~t~liI,
~Id~n
Asequtnee ofaPsorptlon trenches.
aD-sor-ptloo beds. or seepage plt6 so
amngt.d ~t the totaleffectlve
a~tlon area of one Is utilized
Defore effluent flows Into the next.
perco~tion u~t
Atest for determining the rate.t
whlch;l so~ wlllavsorv effluent. made
by IT1e3surl~ the rate at which the
water level drops afterahole Is dug In
the soli and filled with water.
i
j: .....s=r.~__
~-+--->--'.,..
i
dosing cham17er -1 effluent ,____J
Achamver ofaI3rgeseptIc tank employing
slphonlc action to automatically discharge
aIarge volume ofeffluent when a
predetermIned quantity h3s accumulated_
liqUId sewage that has ~een tre3W In a
septic tank or a sewage treatment plant.
-------1-
-{~-i- I
: I I : l
: : I : : !
.-.--- grease trap
. Atank Installed between akitchen sln~ and
ahouse 5etIer for retaining and rerr.cvlng
grease from waste water. Also cail.ed
grea5el~,
,--'" distri1ution box
, AVox through which th<: flow ofdf..rent
from asept.lC tank Isdlstrlvutea to the
dralll3ge tiles ofadra!rrfleld. Also o lid
diversion l:>ox.
_-.... dr.ainfield
An open area containing an arrang~of
al1sorptlon trenches throogh which seytlc.
tank effluent from a septlctank rttry seep
or leach Into the surroundlng soG.l.J:so
called al1sorption field. dlsp~r fi.dd.
I I I I I I
I : I l: ----;---~ avsorp-tiontrench
: I I I I . Anarrow trench 12to 36 In. (.305 to
I : : : : . ,._/ 914 mm) wide containing coarse ag:;re-
L.~
___
--L--___
..L--
__.....
___
.J,.
____4 g3te and;l dIstrll1utlon pipe through
i which the effluent from aseptic ~ri: Is
To cause water or other lI!uld to
percalate through something. so as to
dissolve out solul:7le constituents.
allowed to seep Into the sofl
3~rptlon~
Atrench wider than :30 In. (914 mm~
containing coarse ~gregate and two or
more dlstrlVutIon pIpes through ,,'hlch
tM effluent from aseptIC tank Ny seep
Into the surrounding solt Also callt-d
&Upage~eci
di~trl~utlcn pi~
Drain tileslakJ with openjolnt5 or
perforate<! pipe having sufflc~nt
openings for the dl5trlvutlon of the
effluentfrom aseptic tank. Also caf1aI
dlstrfWtlon line,
drain ti~
~. hollow tile bid end to end with o~
joints to disperse effluent In adra1rrfle1J.
or to drain water-saturated soil Also.
drainage till.
201
198.
REINFORCED CONCRETE
Concrete inwhich steel
reinforcement is embedded in such a
maMer that the two materials act
~gethtr in resistS~ forces. Also
caned l1hon Jrme.ferroconcreU.
reinforcement
Asystem of steel !ms. stnods. or
wires for al7sortrlng tcn~iie. shearing.
and sometimes t~ corr.::r-;::ssNe
stresses In aconcret<~ ~~<:;nDer or
structure.
rtinforcingpu -. _
..-............ ""'-"
Astttl Uarfor reln{:' ~;",.g c.oncrae.
U$U311y speclfltd Py : numPer
equ~lent to Its .f:·~ln eighths of
an Inch. AIsoC31le(; 't.~ar.
deformed bar' . - ...-....•.-.-.....~,.
Arelnforclng ~;,,::t-rokd with
sumcedeforrr:.. )!15 to develop 3
greater Pond¥-- ~.
/.!
./
plain concrete
Concrete havln9 no reinforcement.
or relnforcea only for drying
shrinkage or thermal stresses.
ferrocement
Constructed ofUmtnt-5ana mortar
overa wtre mesh thAt h4s l>een
preshaped (}Ief' amold.
I
f-
te",ion ;eir.: '-;emen1; ~--"--'-""'''''-'''''-.
Relnforceme< ,:~;5Ignea to 3DsorP ...•.•.•..,
tensile stre:: .
compre~t:,
Relnforcerr-
comprtSs,.
:'clnforument
,iesigned toaPsorV
"A-tSses.
!
i
ttnsion -_.......
!
f
....-_..__.-.... cracked ~n
....... Aconcrete section kslgred or analyz!.d
..•..•..... on the assumptlon th3t concrete h4s r.a
resistance to tensile stresses.
crackInglo~
J
i L rtSl5tIng couple
AIoad"tha~ c.uses the ~slle stress :,
aconcrete member to e:r:cud t~ tens;le
stren!)th of the concreu
i
i...__...._._ strtS54strlbution
L.._.__......-...._ 5traln Jlstn'Pution
202
effective are.1 ofcoxrm
The area of aconcrete section !1etw~
the compress.,n f;oce artd the w.tWJ
oft~ tension relnforce,.r~nt.
effectlveart4 ofreinforcement
The product of the ~ht Cl'O$5·sectior..;:
area ofreinforcement anJ the cosine of
the angle Paween Its d1rectlon and the
d1rectlon for wtllch Its effectlveness Is
~
~reinfo~
~ mIoofeff~a~ of
relnfo~ fc effectll'e ma of
concrete a-t arr; ~,Ion of3 reinforced
concrete memt>er. expressed as a
~~
fi~r-1"tjnforud concrete
Conc.~..t rel~ with dispersed.
rarukmly oriented fl!1ers ofglass or plastic.
gfrc
AP~~tlon for glass·flber·relnforced
cooc.~..t,
_... wtk!t.d-wi;e~mc
AgrJ of Iongltudlnal and tr"3nsverse
steel wires or bars welded together at
all p:;;nts of Intasectlon. usually
sped'oed ~ the $lze of the grid In Inches
and ~e wire g3u¥, Also called welded-
wiN! ~5h.
17alJr.ua se.ction
A~~ ~ In which the tension
reinfor-~ t-heoretlcally re4Ches Its
specif'oed yield strength as the concrete In
compresslon ~ Its assume.d
uft~~strafn.
ovtmfnforce.d ~n
Acor.crete section In which the concrete
In corrres.slon re4cnes Its assumed
uftt:r.z-~ strain Pdore the tcnslon
reinfor-..a1ent re3Ches Its spec!f'ledyield
stre:r* This Is" d3ngerous conaltlon
since ~ffure of the SoXtlon could occur
Inst.irltaneous!y w!thout W3mfn~
undeminforced ~on
Aco~~ ~n in which t~e ~n
relnf~.ent ~hes Its specified yield
st~ Defore the concrete In
comFresslon rexh~ Its assumea
uftimr~ strai!1. This Is adeslra!71e
cond'rt,.,lon since ~ilure of the sectkin would
De ~ po,. brg.e deformatlons. glvl"9
prior ....mlng oflln~"9 cofta~
ancnorage
Anyof~rlous I'r"ans..3S emPedment
len!)th Of' koo(ed Ir.ars. for deve!op~
tension or compression In a reinforcing
bar on exh side ofacritical sectlon In
order to prevent ronahllure or spnW"4-
criticJlS«tlon
The sectiao of aflexural concreU: member
at apoint of m.ax!mum stress. a point of
Infltctlcn. or. ?'lnt within the span
where ~ston !73rs are flO longer needed
to resist stress.
l-
L
L
199.
f
i
i
1 ;:~
we!? reinforcement
Reinfvrcernentconststl/11 of Pent Pars
or stlrrups, placed In aconcrete peam
to resIst dIa9Oft31 tenslen.
-'
tru5511ar
Alongitudinal Par Pent up ordown
at points of moment reversal In a
reinforced concrete peam.
..-·····-·····l1entbar
.' Alongitudinal ParPent to an angle of
5O"or more with the axis ofa
concrete ~eam, perpendicular to ana
Intersecting the Cl"3cklng tlut could
:,.------------------ occur from diagonal tenslen.
r--------,.L--~'--__. -, or!:~~,U-'h'peJ,,,",,"-klop
: :: pars placed perpendicular to the
, • ' longitudinal reinforcement of a
concrete peam to resist the vertlcal
component ofdiagonal ten51on.
diJgorul un5ion --;
The principle tensile stresSt:s acting at an
ar.qle to the longitudinal axls of abeam.
vertlcJll reinforcement
~itudln31 relnforument placed In a
W1Crete column to aDsorp compressive
stresses.resist bendl/11 stresses, and
~uu the effects ofcreep and shrinKage
fn the column. The effectlve cross-
sectlonal ar~ of vertical relnforcement
shO'JIJ not l>e less th3n 0.D1 nor more than
0.06 tlmtS the gross cross-sectional area
of the column,with 3 minimum of four #5
~rs for tied coIumr.s and aminimum of six
15 ~rs for spiral columns. .-.. . ........ ---.. .
~p5pliu
Aspl1ce for transferring tensile or
compresslve stresses from one
Ior-jlUJdlnal u.r to another. made !1y
bpplng their ends for a length
~if1eJln !r.lrc::l13meters_ ~ .....- ..
b1.Itt5ptice
~~r;::;::=t:~~or ~
~ltud1nal u.rto another. made!1y
~ttlng their ends together and
C011nectlng ~hem In apositive faShle~..._.-...
wdaed 'pllu _._..- - ----..../
Al>utt splice INQe by arc-weiJlng the
l>utted enas of ~wo reinforcing bars.
~O~[;~~~t~c~~~~~i~'~'~h~'----~
l>utted ends oftwo reinforcing pars
'11th 3meclunlcJl fastener. 3S 3
sbeclJmp. _
off~ l1end 0---·--"
At>c~d displacing asection of
longitudinal bar to 3posltlen parallel
to the orlglnaIPar. used esp. In the
,,~rtIc31 reinforcement of concrete
co1umns.
-.
p ~.
'. .~ '~.:;': ...~-
;. .~~"'-~ 4:'i~ .'
.... t.
~4 ..
.". · "
~
:
·'. ."
;..
;'4' ., "0
· .~
:. ..
4 ~ '.
.- I
I
tied column
Aconcrete column reinforced with
vertical Pars and InalviJuallateral
tieS. lateral ties shou!c::lluve a
diameterof at least % tn. (9.5 mm).
spaced apart not over 43 tie
diameters. 16 bar diameters. or the
least dimension of the column
sectlen. Each comerand ~tternate
lonflltudlnal bar should be laterally
supported !1y the bend ofatie having
an Included angle of not more than
135", with no bar being more than 6 In.
(152 mm) clear from such a
supported b3r.
top bar
A~ of the longitudinal Pars
serving as tenslon reinforcement In
the section of aconcrete !leamor
slapsubject to anegative moment.
l?ottom l1ar ~....~
A~ of the longitudinal !r.lrs
serving as tenslon reinforcement
In the sectlon ofaconcrete beam
or slab subject to apositive
moment.
REINFORCED CONCRETE
relnforcedconcreu ueJm
Aconcrert beam designed to act togetner
with Iongltudlr.al and wep reinforcement In
resisting applied forces.
,·Iongitudinal reinforument
ReInforcement essentially paraHel to the
horizontal surface-of aslaD or to the tong
axis of aconcrete beam orcolumn.
deepl7eam
Areinforced concrete pe3m havl/11 adepth.
to-span ratio greater than 2:5 for .
conttnuous spans, or4:5 for simple spans.
subject to nonhnear distribution of stress
and lateral buckling.
T-l7eam
Amonolithic relnforced concrete
construction In which aportloo of the sl3b
on each skie ofabeam acts as aflange In
reslsttng compressive stresses. and the
portion of the peam projecttng below the
slab serves as aweb or stem In reslstl/11
bending and shear stresses.
reinforced concrete column
Aconcretecolumn designed to act ~ether
with vertical ana lateral reinforcement In
reSisting applied forces. Relm"orua
concrete columns constltutlng the principal
sopportsfor afloor or roof shotild have a
minimum diameterofiO In. (254 mm). or If
rectangularIn section. 3 minimum thickness
of& In, (203 mm), and aminimum gross area
of 96 sq.ln. (61935 sq. mm). -
laural reinforcement
Spiral relnforcemtnt orlateral ties placed In
a concretecolumn to laterally ;estraln the
vertical reinforcement ana pre-.ent !?ucl:linl
LL..l..I.:=~::::rr"'"""T·l
.LJ.-~==:=r:::rr'-- d.;---...... -.. -.• 5pir.11 reinforcement
I L-:!:!:::::::::~==rr"'" _, lateral relnforcemtnt COi1slstl/11 ofan
~ evenly spaced COlltlnuO'Js spiral held flrmly
In piau by vertlcJI spacers. 5ptral
reinforcement shouiJ hJve ad14meter of at
least % In. (9.5 mm), with amJXlmum
center-to-centerspacing ~ spirals of
'16ofthe core diameter, and aclearspacing
retween spirals not to exce.ea 31n. (76 mm)
norl1e less than 1% In: (35 mm) or 11/2 t1rr1eS
the size ofthe coarse aggreg3te.
compound column
Astructural steel column erlC3sea In
concrete at least zVz In. (64 mm) thick.
reinforced with wire mesh.
__..........__ .. compo5fU column
Astructural steel column thorcuqhly
encasea In concrete reinforcedilith Doth
vertical ancl spiral reinforcement.
203
200.
REINFORCED CONCRETE
reinforuJ concretesbv
ArlgtJ plalUr 5tnIcture ofconc;rat
kslgned to act ~ wttfI principal
anaStGOn.:bry~In
reslstl~ .~forces.
()M-WZj sbb ~-----.------.--- ....-.---
A~ slap ri unlfonn thlci;ness
reinforced ., one dlrec1:lon anacast
~ra!ly lIttth parallel supporting
/:Ie3ms. ()r,e-way sbllsare suttal1Ls
onlyfor ~ ~ spans.
~m-Jnd-gfrder 5bb ____________._._._.
Ao~W1Y slap ~ by
second2ry!1ea~ wflich In tum are
supported Py pmry !7e3ms or
glrkrs.
principal re!rtforcemeltt •.-.--..-.--..-...... ··--·-····-·····1
Relnforcemetlt deslgneJ ta a(,sori1 the i
stresses from applied loads and moments. !
5hrink.agt reinforcement -----......- I
Relnforcement placed pt:rpen~ulartathe I
principal relnfOt"Ult1ent In aone-wayslab to .i
absorb the stresses resulting from .
shrinkage or changes In temperature. Also !
called umperature reinforcement.
i
n~~b .-------------.-..--.--------.--.
Areinf~ concrete sbpcast
~rally II'Ith .a seres ofclosely
spacedp!ru whldlln tum are
supported by ap.;ral'd set cj !Jc:ams.
~1~ slabs.re~ as aseries
of parallel T·~ms and econotnlcal for
lI'Iedum sp4rlS wtt~ ~M to lned!um !ive
baas. Also ~Iledjoist sbl7.
topping
Athin layerof hlgh-qualJty concrete
placed overaconcrrn base to form a
floor surf.ice.
bonding layer
Athin layerof mortar spread on a
moIstened and prepared exlstlng
concrete surface prior to laylfi1 a new
concrete 51317.
...--...----.--..-.--- ------. --.-. distribution rll7
,.•••-.. Aripformed pcrpendIcular ta thejoists
.' ofa rlW?ed sla~ ta dIst:rIl7uta ~
load concentratkms over ab~ area:
one r,ulred for spal15l7etween 20 and
:30 ft. 6 and 9 m). and two for spans
ov~r:30ft.
.----------------..---. ------. Joist l7and
A llroad. shallow supportIng ~m for a
rI~ slap th~ IseconomIc..Ito rorm
s~ Its depth Is tM same.as tim of
tr.ejoists.
;-.--..-.-.-.. pan
: AreuS3!?le metal orftl1erglass moIJ
n" use4 In forming a rl!roed sla~. avarbJUie
In stana.ra 20- and 3O-I~h (508- .na
762·mm) wlJthsana avariety of
~pths.
two-waysbb --.-----------------.---.----.--
Ac.oncm.estlpcj IlllIfonn ~ness
reinforud n twodreaJons ~ cast
l~rallyMth ~edf' ~ms
or be.1~ IQIIs on fair sides.Two-wzy
sla~ are ~ fa- N:iIum spans
~~~~IaaJs.
continuo~ ,ub
Areinforced ccncw~ 51.~ extending
as a structural unit CHef tnru or'more
supports In ag!Yen d!rectIon. A
conUnuous s./JpIs subjectto lower
~nd1ng /I'1O!I'1ents th4n a~ of
.dlscme. slll'lply supported slolk. ~_._..
o u
204
u o
paMi
Aportlon ofa refnforce& concrete sla~
rouMea on all sides ly the cente1ines
ofcolumns. beams. or walls.
I!J - . [ I n
;:::-_.J1L:--:i=.-=-=-::---i----.~= panel ~p
-=1f"--y------:-f---nr- Astrip running In eachdlrectlolTofa
:!: 1 1 Ii: two-wayslal7. within which moments
-"-~r-""-;--'-:'--'-"" -"--'-r--'--"'--"'I-" - perfoot are assumed ta !Ie constant.
1.1: : ,I, ..-., middle strip
!II l ; IiI Apanel Strip. one-half panel In width
Iii: : I·' and symmetrical arout the panel
~...ll......._.l..-.....--..-.........-i.........-..H:..- cenURlne.
II: l j Iii .-.-. column 5trlp
~-,*.rL:::.=.::.~
.. :::"-=--::'-:_::..:--==t=.L:--=::*.~._ Apanel stripoccupYfng the adJ3unt
I I quarter panels orl roth sides of a
I I I · : : III column centullne.
~
I
l
I
L
201.
:!, !~/~
punching shear
Thepotentially high-shearing stress
developed by the reactive force ofa
column 0113 reinforced concrete slau.
shearhe3&
The ovtm>tres5ed region ofa reinforced
concrete slab rt acolumn support.
drop panel ~-...--.-- ..--...--.- ----. ----j--
The portion of aflat slab thickened
around acolumn orcolumn caplt31 to
Increase theIts resistance to shear.
~,,~.
.-
column capit.11 ----- -.--.------.-...
The head ofacolumn supportfor aflat
sbb enbrgeJ to Increase the plate area
In sheoIr.
exteriorpMI
AFnel of aflat slab having at least one
e&ge which does not adjoin another panel. ---:
!nUrlor panel
Any panel of aflat slab that adjOins
othu panels along all four edges.
REINFORCED CONCRm
futpL1te
Aconcrete slab of uniform thw~
reinforced In two or more dlrectlorl:s ana
supported directly bycolumns I¥rtMut
~ms orgirders. Flat plates m su~~
for short to rneJlum sparlS with reb"tivel';(
Il:lht live loads. Since there are rIO column
capitals ordrop panels, sh~r gcva-ns the
thicl:ness of;l flat plate: •
futslal7
Aflat plate thlcl:ened at tts cotUll"'w'
supports with column caplt3Is ar.a drop
panels to increase Its shearstrer~ and
moment·reslstlng capacity. Fta-t sI;o~ are
suitable for heavily loaded spans.
mushroom construction
Fl3t slJb construction utHlzlng c...iumn
capitals ana drop P~"els.
w~slal7
Atwo-W3y concrete sIabrelnf~ ~ r*s
lt1 two dlrectlons. W3ffle St.DS m 3~ to
carry heavier loads and span ~
distances th3n flat sla~. Supportjrlg
~ms and drop panels can I;le ~ by
omtttlng dome forms In se!ecte.d 're4S.
dome
Asquare met31 or fI~glJS5 pan LI5e.d In
forming the rI~ ofaW1ffle slab. m!l:.aD!e In
stand3rd 19- and 3O-ln. (483- artJ 702·mm)
Widths and avariety of ~pth5.
205
202.
REINFORCED CONCRETE
pr~tr~ea concrete
Concretereinforced !Iypretenslonlng
or postta5lor.lz'!J hlgh-strength steel
tendons Withlll their elastk; limit to
actively resist a service road. The
tensf18 stress.eslll ~ ~s are
tr3nsfrnt<:! to theconcrete.. placing
the entireCl'OS5 section ofaflexural
memPerIn compression.The resultlng
compressNe ~ c:ounWactthe
Unsilt-~~ stressesfrom the
applied ~ en3~ the prtstrtssed
me1I'1Per to ~ less.C4rty agre.ter
load. orspan agT'C2terdistance ~h4na
conventionally remfurced memPerof
the same sht. proportion. and welght.
prt't~,
r0 Introduce ~I stresses to a
concrete ~Per In order to
counter3ct thest.resses thn will
~ f1"OI'1 an applltd ta.d.
preUn,lcn ................................
r0 pres~s aconcrete meml7er !Iy
tenslonl~ the mnrorclng tel'laons
11ef~ the concrete Is cast. The
tendons are first streUhe!:f petween
two alluw.ents untUapredetermlnea
tensl1e force Is ~ Concm" Is
then C4st In fonnwork ,roun4the
tenJons and fuJicured. ~ily. the
tendons arecut, ,ndthe tensile stress
In the tenJons are transferred to the
c.onaetetilI"OU9h bond stresses.
tendon
A hlgh·strength sted strandor !73~
for prestressing col'lCrt"~. •._.._.....:
stnnd
Acaine composed of hlgh-strengt:h
steel wires twisted aPout acore.
~ .......... "'" .......• aputment
. Astructure fer ;;r.chorlng the relr1forc:~-.l
o tendons In the pret.enslonlng of-a concrt".<:
lr.emDef.
;-._................ anchor
1 Amechanical devIu forlocllng a st~seJ
i tendon In position anadelivering the
p-es~sl~ force to the concret". ettJ'~
~ ! ~ per.n3nently Ir1 a~slontd me1t1Pt:rer
~A"ffl~~ =~duC:;;:~l':.~"Cd
casting l1ed
Along horizontal slap 00 which anum!1e1'of
pretenslo~ concrete memPers may pe
prestressed. fOl1T1ed. and cast
slmultar.eously.
;............ juking for~
~~t:t;l±t~.tt~:~~:~:;~
~ ~slle fcxu e::t..er1"...ed temporarily by 3
jaclln the prest<tssJng of acor.crete
Ir~mber.
j4ck
Ahydraul1c ~ for stretchIng and
St.res5I~ ~ In the prestressing of 4
concrete member.
initLll prestr~5
~ tc1sile: fcxu!n the reinforcing ~n~s
transferred to a concrete member at the
tlrr.e ofstress1"4
~ofp~'
A reductlon In Inttlal Pf'tStres5 resuftl~
from thecom~neJ effects ofcmp.
shrlr.&:a9t. ordast:lc s~nlng of the:
concm.e. re~tlon of the relnforcln~
ste.el friction losses resultl~ from the
curva-ture ofar.pea tenaons. arJ sllpp3oe
at PIe ancoor.f¥S.
firul pr~tre"
The ~lstres5 th3t exists m
a
p~ concrete mtn1Per.-fter all
losses k1 prestress luve occurred.
-effective pr~tr-ess
l?~~.~~: l+:~r
: :.....- comPIneJ5trt55~
The fl~1 prestress In aprestressed .
conc.rete ~mPer.lncludlng tM effect of
the weight of the: memPer ~ut exc!udlng the
effect ofarry supcrlmpo~d load.
p.ut-ul pre'tressi~
The prestressing of ACOI1cre~ member to ..
level of stress such tlu t IlOmlna! ~s1le
stresses exist at deslgn or serviu loads.
,. -. -- _ •• c••- •••.•••.•••••••• dead load strtsses ....................- live/oMstrtsses
206
l
l
l
L
L
L
L
L
I
L .•
203.
REINFORCED CONCRETE
...• po5ttensicn
Toprestress aconcrete mem!:>er Irt .
tensioning the reinforcing tendons after
the concrete has set. Unstressed tendons
are placed In sheaths before conc~ Is
cast In formwon: around the tuPes. After
the concrete has cured.the tendons are
clamped on one end andjacked against the
concrete on the other end until the
required force Is developed. The tendons
are then ancho~ on theJac~lng end and
thejack removed.
1?onded posttensioning
Posttenslonlng In which the reinforcing
tendons arePonded to the surrouitcllng
concrete !1y Injecting grout Intothe
annular spaces around the strands.
unbonded postten5roni~
Posttenstonlng In which th6 annular
spaces around the reinforcing tendons are
not grouted. allowing the tendons to move
relative to the surrounding concrete.
shuth
Atube for encasing tendons In a
posttenslonecl member to prevent their
bonding to the concrete during placement.
pre-posttensicn
To prestress aconcrete member!1y
pretenslonlng same of the tendons and
posttenslonlng others.
.-.......--..- concentric tendon
. Atendon luvfng a straight tr;;jectory
cofncldent with the centrokfalaxls ofa
prestressed concretememrer. Wh~
=t---.-.-.-.-.-~.3=
tenSioned, the tendon produces a
uniformlydlstril7uteclcompressive stress
across the section thn counteracts the
tensile stressfrom ben.::l1ng.
.-.........- .. eccentric tenacn
.: Atendon havlng astraight trajectory nat
colncldent wtth the centrold3laxls ofa
i ++I~ , =b.-.-.-.-.-.-~.+
prestressed concrete memrer. When
tensioned. the tendon produces an
eccentric prestres5ln~ foru th3t
reduces the compressive stre:;s across
W. section toth<lt produud by bencIlng
alone.
WJ ~;1lancfng
The concept ofprestressing aconcrete
R'Ie1r.~r with draptd tendons.
theoraic311y rt:Sultlng In astate ofzero
~n under2 given loading cone/ltlon.
/----.. dr<1ped tendon
: Aposttenslcnlng tendon having a
parabonc trajectory thn mirrors the
~ dlstribuW gravtty load. When tenSioned.
~
./ momentdlagramofaunlformly
t----·-·-·--·-·-·~·~<~ ~:r::~:;o:a:the
variation In applied pendlr.g moment along
the length ofthe member.
.....--..................- ......• depres~tendcn
Apretenstonlng tendon that
approximates the curve of adraped •
tendon with stl'3~htllne ~ments. used
In the pretenslonlng process since the
prestressing foru does not allow for
draplr.g the tendon.
.
'.........-........... harped tendon
One of aseries of depressed tendons
having '/arylng slopes.
207
204.
ROOF
The external uppercoveri~ pf
af,uitding.lndudingthe frame
for supporting the roofing.
flnroof
Aroof havl~ no ~. or OM ~ith only
aslight pltcls so as to drain rainwater.
pitchtd roof
Aroof havln! ooe or more slopes..
hip roof.•.__.. _..........._...............
Aroof having sloping ends ana sides
meeting ~an ~ned projecting angle.
Also. hipped roof.
curproof
Aroof dMded 011 each side of the ridge
IrTtc two ormore slopes. as agam!1re!
or mart53rd.
nta"'trd •......- ...._................_...
Aroof havI"9 en each sideasteeper
lower pmand, shallower upper part.
Also ~tIeJ ~rd roof.
I7utterfly roof ~.................,......................-: .
A roof having two slopes; each ~
descending Inward from the eaves.
~hed roof- ..............................._...............-
Aroof h2v1ng aslngle sk¥.
lean·to .:........................_......
Ashed roof with the higherend
al7uttlng awan or larger I7ulldlng.
penthou~
Ashed roofprqectlng from a waII or
the side of aI7ulla1n<j. as to shelter a
door. Also called Jppentlce. pent.
pentlce.
208
:.._......._.-...... pitch
/ The slope of aroof. commaniy
;' expressed In Inches of vertical rise per
/ c----------- ..----- ::01""_"1",,_
i i The measured height of asloping roof
from the eaves to the r'.aqe.
..t-.~~horizontal distance from the eaves
I to the rI~e ofasfopi"4 roof..
paviticn roof ...- ...
APY'"3mlJal hlp roof.
~~~~.......• hj~a gal7le
Aroof having ahipped eM
tru~tlng aga~ Also c.;11ed
Jerkinhud. shreadhai
.~...•..- ....... gaml7rel roof
./ A~eJ roof divided on t4Ch side Into
ashallower slope abo.re.ii steeper one.
..-._.........- cur"
Thearris retween an upperanaalower
slope on agam!1rel or ma~ard roof.
..•._....... '.-~ ralnl:oow roof
. A9!11e roofIn the form ofa Proad GothIc
arch. with gentfy sloping convex su~
,'- I:rarref roof
. Aroofor~mng havl"9 a
semlcyllndrlcal form.
... ,awtaoth roof
Aroof composed of aserlts of small pmrd
roofs of trlanguiarcross sectlon. u$U4ltf
asymmetrical wlth the shorter slope glnd
,J
r J
.J
.J
!
1
Il.J
.)
205.
,kyi~1tt
An ~nln~ InaroofOf' ceiling. glazed
with atr3nspamrtOf'transluunt
rnaterl3l for admitting daylight.
f3U
The IncUnea.llsually projecting edge of a slopln~
e~
monitor
Araised COfI5truction 5tr;idann~ the
ridge of aroof. having windows or lowers
for IIghtlng or ventllatl~ a17uilding. _.
The OI'erna~ loweredge of a roof. Also. eav~ ~........-""-.~.
As; 7 //1",
/ . ,
(, : /-'r
I ' /" I
1 Y I
,addle ~-......... -.:
A~e connectlng two higher
elevations of aroof.
cricket •._............................._..-
Asm.;a11 rooffor dlvrnlng r3lnwaw arounJ
aprcjectlon. IS achlm ney. on a slof'i~ roof.
Pox gutter
A gutter built Into the slope of a roc{
aDove the cornice. __...__.,._.-..
~rPoard
Aro..rd laid ~ to the gutter on a
sloping roofto~~ethe turned·up
eJge of the rnetJlllnlng. Also calteJ
layer l10arct
I I I
I 1 I
~
:l
. 1 I
/., ..•. 1
.-- 1
.. ~. I
I I
I 1
I I
1 ,.)
{.,//
a~ gutUr ~...-......- ..._.._.__...._...._.._~ b
A gutterhav~ aV-sh3~ section. ftxe.d W
to the eaves of:a I7ulidlng.
lunging gutUr
Agutter bstcned to the ends of r.oft.us
or to afuscl;uttne eaves of aroof. -.--.....- ..~
gutter ha"¥r
Arr.etal strap or bracket for 5U pportlnq
arJ seCUrl~;I gutter..
spike-arld-ferrule
AIonq·nat1·and·fonr.e.d·metal slee-,e for
fastening <I gutter to the eav~ of <I reef.
ROOF
............._.........., rkfge
Ahorizontal nneof Intersection at the
top l1etween two sloping planesofa roof.
............,.._..•valley
An Intersection of two Incllnea roof .
surfaces tovmd which rainwater flows.
..-........ hip
. The Inclined projecting angle formed I7y
th(:Junction of two adjacent slOping sides
ofa roof.
dormer
A projecting structure l7Uilt out from a
sloping roof. usually housing a vertical
window orventilating louver.
cheek
Either oftwo similar sides ofa
proJection. asadormer or17uttress.
shed dormer
Adormer h.-wIng ashed roof.
~~"-..- ..- ......- gaple dormer
Adormer having agable roof.
...............................···link dormer
Alarge donner that houses achimney
orJoins one part of aroof to another.
eyel7row
~ Alow aonnerhaving aroofthatlsan
~ upwardly curvtng contlnuatlon of the
main roof plane.
....... roofdrain
Adrain des~ned to recelve water
collecting on the surface ofaroof anato
discharge It. Into aleaderoraMwnspout.
.... ~upper
An opening In the SIde of 3 ~ulldlng. as
In apar3p~t. for draining off r3lnwater.
gutter
Achannel of metal orwood at theeaves
or on the roof ofaPulidlng. for carrying
off rainwater. Also called eaves trough.
..--...... leader head
The ~11ke head ofadownspout connected
to a scupper or gutter.
...'...... down,pout
... Avertical pipe for conveying ralnwat-er
down from:a rooforgutter to the ground.
Also called dralnspout.l-e.14er.
5hoe
The 17ase ofadownspout. curved
outward to direct the flow away from
the wall.
... 5plJ'h plock
Aprecast concrete Moc~ having a
.::--....... : depressed. splayed surface. placed at
.;,~:.' .,.~~,..~, the base of adownspout to disperse
_ '.>~ ",7""jj rainwater that woukl otherwise erode
----~ the soil.
209
206.
ROOF
douWerocf
Aroofil ~ Ior.g~~mem~••sa
~ beaII and purilns. m us.e.d.s
~ supportsfur common
ra&rs. ~ C4IW ~-frarud roof.
king pest _.-._.-............................-.......................'.
Avc:rtbl ~mPtr from tht arex ta tht .
rou.om~a of. plUhed truss. .'....
jo99le~
A~ pas;1t4v~ t?t.Ches or i.iiseJ are3S
for ~ ana supportlng the fet"t of
Inclined 5tt1rts. Also C4lbljoggl.e~.
jo~ .
.'-.-.-..-. purlin
:- AIongftudll13! meml1trof arooffrall1e for
supporting common rafters ~ the
ridge and the eaves. Also. purfll14S. Also
C3l1ed I1fndl~ ratul".
5ubpurUn
AlJ~ht structural memperfor C3rrylng
roofing I!13Ur13ls. supported!1y and
runnIng at right angles to pur/Ins.
---....----.., common raftu
Arafter extendIng from a wallplatc to ..
ri~el1a.ra or rldgebearn ana h3v1ng no
functlon other than to support sheathing
and cavenng of aroof.
..,. poleplm
A!;team perpendicular to the ends of t18
I1eams In • trussed roofand supporting
common rafttrs near theIr lowerends.
An enb~ are;;! of. postfor supportlng
theftm(/astrut or ma.
kingtru55
-~~~-~.-.----.--..----.• princlp31 rafter
ApItched truss havIng a~Ing post.
auxili3ry r3fter
Arafter relnforcl~ aprincipal rafter
stninil'f~----.-...--...-- ..-... -...-....-...........-....--.---,. /~::jJ::>, ::s:.ar,:~~~~~i~.
A~I t:le ~m uniting t~ taps of /~.. / '<>"
two~pcsts.AlsocaIW stninl~ ,,/ "
I7e.1m..
'I.ueeQ post ------------.--...---------.--.,c-"'..r,.-N-:>£---.-"'i
Elt:her(/~ ~~ ~ mem~
set~. Jl5t:.nus from th.e ap6c of•
piUhedtnIS5.
t1e~
AhorlzoWl tJmber for connectlng two
~ =-c:mbers to Uep them from
~ lp<lrt. as;;l ~m conn~ng the
feaof~ prit1clpal r7ft.ers In. roof truss.
mai~~ ./
ACQIn~ rnemM-~ng along ana r---...----.-----/
~~~ ~ ~m of aIuterl truss and
~r.I~ ~ feet of1:he ,ueen posts.
hammer po1t - .....-....-...-...."--'........"--"---'.
A~~setOCl th6lnner ~ of. ....
~ft1II'IerIa~;alund mud~ acorlar be4rn .
aOM ~s-pp:rlapo.Jr"'- '
h.1m~~m ~---.-.....-.---.......-.--...-,.
One ofP*(/si10rt ~I me:mt>trS ".
attacheJ~ die~ (/aplinclp2l i.ifter
~ UIeb-d of~ W41U pIN."seaIn ~
ofatic be;am.
ummer~ --.---------...----..-__
A~forsu~3h.mn:er~m- .----
~
ASI.I~ projecting h.xUontallyfrom a
IQd to bear the weight of. cantIlever or
to~.n.1ngk:.
pendant~ --------...--..--....--.-...
~~nttu's
Ap~hed truss having tw0'1ueet1
posts connected Dy astl'3lnlng piece.
Avertlcat tlmber supporteJ at ftslower
end (,ya~ and carT)'kl4 at Its upper
end ahallWler ~m or ~ ~II'L hammer'~e3m roof
Aroofsupported Dy hammer !:>eams.
210
Adiagonal mem!:>erof. roof principal
usually forming part of. truss ana
supporting the purllns on which common
rafters rest.
principal
AmemberIn aframt structure upon
which adjacent or similar members
depend for support or relnf~t.
arch hace
Acurved ~rau. usuallyused In pairs
to support aroof fume and give the
effect ofanarch.
cruck •.J
Oneof. palrof naturally curvea timbers.
forming one of several arched frames
supporting the roofof an old Enghsh-
cottage orfarm l1ulldlng.
l
l
l
L
207.
~ue.Jm
APam for supportingthe upper ends
of ~ at tilt riJ¥ ofa roof.
;
I
I
! [II! II iiIll! i
l_._..___~"
tap cut ------------- ..---.. ------.--------
Aplumpcut at the upper end of a rafter
where it !luttsagainst arldgeboard.
plumu
Vertlc.olor~f<;ularin direction.
stepping off ------- .--------.-------------- ----------------.----:/
A~ ofdetermining the length ofa
raf'"...er with aframing square.17y marXlng an
Increment ofangular length for each foot of
hortzontal rurt
Ioo~ut
ArelJtlvelyshort mcket orcantllever
for SJ.Jp~ the ovemang ofaroof.
Also "lied bffp!ue. ·-------1
fly~r
EIUIerof the en.:! rafters In
~ plrt ofag3 PIe roof tilat
~s~theg3ble
"",,11. -----.
Varge ~upk: L._____.... outrigger
Apalrof I'3fUrs supporting the part A!leam extendlng outward from amain
ofagal7le roof that projects !1eyond structure to support the projection of
the ~I7I.e W3l a floor or roof.
ROOF
riagel10ara
Ahorizontal timberat the ridge ofa
roof. to which the upper ends of the
rafters are fastened. Also called
ridgepole. ridgeprece.
roof framing
The act. prcx;es5. or manner of COnstructing
the structural frame of aroof.
couple
Apair ofrafters connected!;y acall3r ~m
or tie beam. Also calleJ couple-cic~.
/'--'- --------..-----.------....---.-: collar ~m
cellingjcist - ....!
AJoistfor carrying the finish
ceiling of a room.
knee wall
Ahorizontal tlm!1er unitlng t,.,.o Opposl%
common rafters at apoint t-.elow ;he ~.
usually mthe upper h3ffof the rafter
length. Also called collar tie.
r------·-··--· rafter
Any ofa~rles of SItl3I1. par311e1 beams for
supporting the sheathing a,..J covering ofa
pitched roof.
Ashort wall supporting ~rs at some
Intermediate posltlon along their length.
..-------- bird's mouth
./ Aright-angled notch cuton ~
...- underslkof arafter to fit Ofera
/ ..,. Iongltudirt31 memw. as awall pl3te.
seat cut
Ahorizontal cut at the lower end of a
rafter th3t allows it to rest 00 and !Ie
connecteJ to awall plate. Also called
foot cllt. pIaU cllt.
jack
Having 3 length or height less than that ~
most of the others In afrarr.e.d strurnre.
asaJad: raft;eror~ troS5.
J3ck r3ft".er
length of the roof slope. as lXle meetlng a
~
Any rafter th3t Is shorter t.1an the fun
~~ hlp or II va!ley.
~'=-- valleyjad
AJack rafter extenJlng from avalley rafter
to a ridge.
V4111ey I7fttr
-- Araft.e:r connecting the rld¥ to the W4R
plate atong avalley.
cripplejack
Arafterjolnlng ahlp to ava r~. Also C311ed
aouPkj..tck rafter.
~
hiPjaCk
AJack: rafterextendlngfrom; W411 plate to
ahlp rafter.
hiprafUr .
Arafter forming theJunctlotl of the sloping
sides of ahlp roof.
~ar¢'o~rd l1acKlng .-------------...-..---..--..------......-./
A!1<nrd. often carved. attached to A ~el given to the outerand upper edge
the pro¥:c~ end of aga!ne roof. of ahlp rafter In order to allow sheathing
Also called veTgePoard_ ---.------: to fit the top of the rafter without leaving
atrbngular space !1etween It and the Iow~r.-
sk:k of the roof covering. ..'
cheekcut ...----....-..--- ..---..
An oblique angular cut at the end of ajack
rafter ena!1l1ng It to fit tightly against ahlp
, ~'''''''Iley "I"" Alsocall<d sid< cut.
aragon beam
Ashort Pe3m receMng aM h&1ng the foot
of ahlp rafter to counteract tts thrust.
Also called dragon rue.
dragon tie
An angle brace for supporting one end of a
dragon ~::am.
211
208.
ROOF
rocfi~ r---------- ---sheathing
My of v;; r"oJs w.wrt$l5t.nt materlals.
~s sh~b, sbtts. or tlles. bid on aroof
to shea Cf dnln nlrooter.
$hj~te
Athin. u$UJ~ ~ ~ of wood.
~5P!U1t1c nt..erbl sbte. ~r. or
conaete. bid In Or'erlappi~ rows to cover
~~~~~~~;~~;~~~!~~Iii~i~~ Boards or structural p;;nels. as plyrYood.
fastentJ to the fra~ of awall or roof •s
~ Ua5e for cL-ufdlng or roof1ng_
panel clip
An H-5haptJ metal aevluforJolnl~
sluts of plywood roof sheathl~ at
unsupportedJolnts_ .-;
t.l,e roof • ~J walisof Puild1~ 5. ~- -.--.----.. -. - .---.. -. t==;r==il===:;;::==G:=:==;;;====='
UnIIrication
The over.J~ ofsh~~s or roofing tlles
with!n-e3i:,~ to fonn;a weathertlght
covering.
1I~lcjaint! ---.-----..------------------ ----.- --.---.....
The ;arr;a~ of PuIIJl~ units. as masonry. p=dJ:==r====:Jb==;;;===Jb==;r==:J
shlngles. or sldI~ to ensure that vertlcal
FiniS are root ccml1'lUO'J5 In adjacent
courses.. Also calleJ ~~ joints.
E± - .
--------------, underl.1yment
Aweather-reslsta nt material as roofl~
felt. for coveting and protecting aroof
deck Defore shIngles are appfled.
------------., t3V~ fbshlng
common lJp •. -.~-.--.--.-...-.-.-------...-~--~~===~===~===~===~==::::~
Amethod ci l;iying sh~~s by offsetting
An addltlonall3yer of underlayment
cemented to ~ roof ded to prevent
meltIng Ice and snow from Packing up
under the rooflng along the eaves.
alternate c..."'Jrses one-haIf the width of a
shln~~.
§5?2j::~£e~~~ '.
~~~;;~~;;h;;;~~i;;;;:.~A
Of' roofI~ ~ ~ expo!d to the weather _
..-.....
lIrf.en b~ iI ~ Also ~nea §-3~e. .
~
~p -------------._-_._-------------_......
Tl-.e dls~i'U ~ which ~ shlng~. slate. or
rocfI"'9 t:~ ~ps ano-"r.er In the second
COIJI"5e ~l
...... lt_
~~p . __._---_....._.
Acourse Q' ~of roofing materIaI
~?lt r-'~ of aroof.
~COII~ •.....-- ... -- ..-- .• --.-.
~ top c..Jt.)r$t of shlng1cs, states. or
rooflr.g ul.es ~ to arJ¥. cut to the
requlreJ ~<
.. .'
n)-l,on~ •.------.--------00-----.-···
One ofthe *..tr'IUUCO.lI'"SeS of shlngIes
Of slJte 12~ lWith $horte:' or longer
~re_
~~1'ed CCUrH .---.---------------------- -.--
Accurse cI ~ laid JII'lth the Putts
~Irtly a~ or ~ ~~ one adjacent.
6oupnng~
AaouPle ~ of$hlng~s Of' utes laId at
the foot of J roof slope Of' • vertical
stCtlon of s)I~hng.
,t,arti~ C-C'JNe
~ first ~rse of$hl~es. sldtes. or
u~ alo~ ~ e4Ves of • roof ~ore the
first ~ular WJr5e Is !dId.
212
drip edge· .--.-.------.---.-- -. --.:
A metal moldIng placed along the
eaves and rakes of aslopIng roof to
allow rainwater to drip free.
-r-r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:
1:':;
k~l'~
~~
~ :::~
~~ ~
j f- 1-----·_-------_· ~ ...
ice dam
AIrollaup of snow and Ice along the e3Ye
of a sloping roof.
Dutchbp
A method of laying shIngles or~ Py
~pplng each shingle over OM to the side
and one !?eiow.
sldelJp
The distance I;>y which ashingle. $bte. Of'
roofI~ tlle overlaps an adpcat~ oneabng
Its side ed¥.Also called endUp.
ccverage
The amount of weather protection provided
11)'the overlapping of shl~les orslates.
'iu:ue
Aunitfor measurIng roofl~ materials.
equal to 100 sq. ft. (9.3 54 mJofcove<¥
asp~lt shingle
Acomposition shingle h3vlng an aspkaft-
Impregnated felt trase. surfaced on the
weather side with colored mineraI granu~
em~ In ahot aspbltlc coatl~
fillergbs6 'h~!e
Acomposition shingle h3'(~g an Inor~nlc
fl~rgb55 :7a56. saturated with asphalt
and surfaced on the we3ther side with
colored wamic granules.
..-'-"~~~-4-- clo~ valley
Ava/ley for1n&:f 11)' overbpplng ~
ccursesof shingles In alternate d1rectlon:S.
Also called I.1ced val~. woven valley.
.....".~~;..:.r- open valley
Avalley at whIch shingles or slates are rm
laid to the !nte~lon. exPOS!!1g ann~ of
sheet metal or roll roofl~.
__ -. valJeyfushing
A wide strIp of sheet metal or rooflng felt
for linIng the va lIey of aroof.
I
. 1
I
. ~
i
r~
I I
~ i
....
l.
l.
209.
:-;.'
ROOF
plue L1PeI ----.-------------dime",icn shing~
Aprtmlum graJeof red ceclar shingle of
c~r, ~e-gralned heartwood.
red IJPeI
Art Intermedl3tegrade of red cedar
shingle Imlng aImltea amount of flat
_~raln and sapwood.
l1L1ck bDel
Autility grade of red cedar shingle.
o
undercou~
Arow of wood shingles laid along the rake of
a sloping roof wfth the Mts projecting
outward to give an Inward slope to the
surface shingles. Also caned under-cloak.
spaced sheathin9 ---------- ------- ---- ---------- J..-' .-
R.ooflng roards bid some distance apart to
provide ventllatlon for l'I'OO<f shingles and
sh3kes. Also caned open ~oardlng, skip
sheathlng_
f'ostcn hip -------.------------------------;-.------
The weaving of shingles at the hlp or ridge of
;i roof. Also called 5cstcn ridge_
weaving
Amethod of la~ shlng~ on adjoining
surfaces ofarooforwall $0 that shingles
on each face lap each other alternately.
fascia
Arry l1road, flat, norlzontalsurface. 35 the
ouUr edge of acornice or roof.
-...- fascia l70ard
~rni~ return ---~
The COfltlnU3tlonof 3cornice around
the g3~ end of.Oil house.
diagolU151Jtl~
Amethod of b)i114 roofing sIates with
the diagonal of~ tHe running
horizontally. AIsoC311ed drop-poInt
~.
hcneycomu flbting
Dbgo113Islatln~ In which the tails are
cut from the rooflng slates.
I10x cornice -------------~
Asl~htly projectit1g, hallow cornice of
!:>cards and moIdJ~, r03iW to rafters
and Iockouts_ Also called cfo cornlu.
Awide roard set vertlc.ally to cover the
lowerendsof raftc-s or theJoint recween
the top ofa wa" arid the projectlng eaves.
Wood shingles cut to auniform s1zt.
random shingles
Wood shlnglts of uniform length, Mof
random width.
--sha~
Athld shingle formeJ~ splltUng a
short log into .. numPer oftapered radial
sectlons_
tapersplit shake
Ahanaspnt snake tapered by reversing
the l11ed with each spilt. .
~ handsprrt-and-~awn shake
Ataperspllt sha~e hzvlng aspiltfau ana
asawn~
",-- straightsplit,luke
Ahanasplit shake of uniform th~.
''---- f,utt
The thid:. usually Io~ exposea eM of
awood shingle or shake_
;- sprocKet
:. Astrip of wood ftxed to each rafter at the
eaves I" oder to extenJ asloping roof Wfth
;:I flatter pitch. Also callea cocking pieu.
- rafUrt4n
The lower, sometllT1¢.5 exposed. end of
;; rafterthJtovem3ngS3 waiL
.-- tail cut
Asorr.etl~s orT13 mentaIcut at the
lower eM of 3 rafter tail
open~miu
An e3Ves overhJng exposing the ends of
rafters and the underside of the roof
sheathl~ Also carlea open eaves.
-------- sized 5~
RoofIng sb"tes of uniform width.
ranacm,uu,
RoofIng slates ofV3l)ing width, often
laid In dIminishIng ~. Also c;ar!ed
rUst«; ~us.
------- head
The up~ end of aroofing 51&.
open slating ·-·------------·--------·------'f'---F--",,;---=--=---=·-'~
....:=;=;====rr==r-l=
Amethod of~ roofing slates with
spaces ~ adjacent ules In a
course. Also called spaud slatJng.
/=.::!::::===.~---- tail
dimini~hing co~
One of ;:I number ofcour.x:s of rooflng
slates that dlmlnl$h In exposure, and
sometimes width, from the eaves to
the ridge.
The lower. ex~ portlon ofa
roofing slm.
t ... slating lUi!
Acopper nail haYIng allrge, flat head and
3 medium-dlamond-shapea point, u~
esp. for flxlng slates.
213
210.
ROOF
rocfi~tile
ArtyofVlIrious Ct.y orconcrete
tlles for coverI~ aroof.
field tile -------.. ---.-------------,
One of~ ~ tl1es covering ""-,_
the 11131" expanse oh roof. -
hipti~ ~--------.-.---.------',.
Aconvex rrofl~ tllefor .......
W>'eM~ the hlp ofa roof. ',,_,
Also oiled pon1rt tllt.
eaves cour~ _._____._.____ 1
Afirst courseof shingles. slates.
IY' tiles on aroof.
Var~cout~ --.-.--------.-....--
Arowofslates or tiles placedon ana
projecthlg OYer the mln~ ~s ofa
gal;le,
rUIge tile
Acanvex. 500".etimes decorated
roofing tI~ for caverlng the ridge
of aroof. Also oiled crown tife. ~-;
nuti1e --...-.-.-.--.---------,
A ~ We forT!1ed tocoverthe -.•..."'t:~~=======~===::=::::=::=
r3l:e ola sloping roof.
arri'5~1e
A., L-5haped rooflng tilefor COferlng
~~. hlp. or ,..keofaroof. Also
Q~'~'~~[--~
o·t1-canning
1l-.e s~ht wavfness of a
shea metal sumu.
co~rooflng - ....;
Aroof COo'erlng ofcorrugated sheets of
galvanlu.-J iron. ~t.ed steel. aluminum.
fi!:>ergbss. orreinforced plastic.
cop~r roofi"9
AroofCCfering ofcopper sheets.Jolned
by st3na1ng seams.
tinroofi"9
Aroof COtering of IbIPle tinplate or
ten'.qlate.
,-tarter tae --..------.------.
Arooflng Ule. usually shorter orplainer
th.'ln thefie1J utes. pl3ua underthe
~es course tc give It:i proper slope.
~roU
Arounded C4 pfor CC'erir.g
t.l"e ridge of:i roof.•.--~
nola-down cUp -------.........--.-
Ametal clip for securing ~gths of
shut rnet3t ,-
overcloak -.-----.----.-.---..-.,..-"
The part ofasheet of metal roofing
thzt fapsC'er asheet l1entath it at a .//
drip or Se4m.
ul4krcloak -----.-....-- -------.-. --/
~ k>wer ~ of metal rooflng at a
drip or seam.
,.---------- tile tie
Atwisted wire tie exter,alng from the e4ves
to the rid¥ of aroof, to which rooft~ tiles
are secured.
---. missIon tile
Atapered. semlcyllndrlcal roofing tile bid
convex side up to overlap flanking. similar
tlles laid concave side up. Also called
Spanish tlle.
---------. im~rex
Atapered. semlcylindrlcal rooflng t~ laid
convex side ~p.
----.--.-. Ugula
~.
. . . - -. Atapered.semlcylindrlcalrooflngtllebld
. . concave side up.
,,----'--- pantile
Arooflng tile having an 5-shaped cross
~n. bid 50 the downturn ofone
C'ertlps the upturn of the next In the same
course.
Cl2
-I ... pan-and-rolltiling
·J Asystem of roofing tiles consisting of
tapered. semlcyflnarlcal tiles C'er!applng
the flanges offfat unMrtlIes In the same
, course.
.£~~~~.-...-...---.--.-....--.-. interlockIng tile
"~- tilting fillet
Aflat. rectangular roofing tile having a
groove along one edge that fits rNer a
fu"4e In the next tile In the same course.
------.--. 'hingle tile
Afut. rectangul3r roofing tile laid In an
C'erlapplng pattem.
'.~---- ..-....- ~atten
Anorlzontal wood strip on which roofing
tiles or sl3tes are hung.
Awooden $trip of triangular section
usea to ~ise the edge ofaQoul>le
e4ves course and ensurethat the tail$
of the lowesttiles pea tlghtly on each
other. Also C<!llea arris fillet.
~
.......... .------. lock ~3m
.........., . . / AJolnt l>etween two pieces of sheet metal
, .... made by foWlng up the adjoining edges
.' against each other. folding them over. ana
futtenlng the Interlock.
-~.~~. .._...J.--. ,~naing ~m
••.•••• •..•..... Ajoint l?etween two pieces of sheet I1'Iet.il
-"'''' ... made byfoldln!! up the adjoining edges
••••••• . 3g3lnst each other. then folding their upper
" portion over In the SJIT1e direction a numPer
'. . oftJmes.
r--:"'-' l1atten ,eam
.."" : AjoInt 1?etween two p~ of sheet metal.
... : made by turning up the adjolnlng edges
against apatten and locking them In pI#ce
with ametal strip placed over the lr.Itten.
.......-...... roU,eam
Ajolnt ~wun two pieces of sheet met4lln
the directionof fall of acurved or sloping
roof. made Py turning up the adJoining-edges
against each other; then !:lending them
around to form acylindriC<!Iroll
.,·-17eaa
An edge of sheet met31 stiffened by pending
and futtenlng anarrow strip or rolling the
edge Into atu~ shapt:.
Mond metal c1ezt--···-- ..............-........-.........-.- -....-.-.-........ . --~-~
Tr3~mart for amndof an aJJoy
consisting mainly of nickel and copper.
214
Astrip of met41 Of' wood attached to a
surface to restrain or support an
e!e",ent or me1:';u.
L
JI
: I
~ I
-'
I
I
I
I
M
i
I
/..
l
I
L
I
L
211.
r
i
j
Hypalon
r"deman:for ahana ofchlorinated
polyethylene.
I
fluid-applied roo&g ~--.
Acontinuous coverl~ for roofs ofcomplex
geometry. conslstl~ ofan elastomerlc
material as neoprene, Hypaton. or butyl
rubrer, apple<J In multiple coats with a
roller or spray gun and curing to form a
contlnoous membr.lne.
structul'3lllt5ubting roofduk ~.:
Acement!tlcusInsubtlng ~oard of
Ilghtwe!gh~ agg~ate crwood fl~
ronded unJerpressure wtth portland
cement. having afactory-finished
underside for use on roofs with exposed
reams.
EPDM
Ethylene propYlene d1ene mOflomer. a
synthetlG rubl1er manufactured In sheets
ana used 35 arooflng memmne.
ROOF
.....-- -.----.--...-..-...--..--. single-ply roofing
•••-.... Ashut ofel3stomerlc llUteri3las
~,,/ ,"" necprene, EPDM. or PVC, fm1ng 5e3~S
:' fused by heat or a sof.'ent. ftxed to aroof
/ det;.k with adhesNe. rneciunlc3lfasttners.
! Or by the weight of a grave! ~11a st. Also
,.......".6.---.,....-..-..........,.......--.-..........~·_____.,.......rv called rustc~ric ~.
-=----;,/ elasUlmeric
I f
I
Having the elast~ qualltles of natural
ruL1>er.
'-...- gravel SUlp
Ametal strip with avertical runge for
retaining sumcI"4 a~~ and •
preverTtIng leaks :around the ~ ofa
I7uItt·up roof. .
r--- p~ membrane rocf
; Aslngle·ply rooflng mem~r.e p~
~liiDiiiillliiaa~ from sunlight ana extremes of
tempmture by alayerof r~iJ board
..i Insulation ana an aaaltlonal !ayerof gravel
~all.:lst.
."~-'-----'--------'---' selvage
.•."-;' The edge ofa sheet ofroU rooflng th..t is
..-- / ~ of granules anJ most of the aSpflaft
coaUng SO as to provide a~ter rond
with the lap of the next shut.
-------.-------...... roll roofing
: Aroofing m.oter131 consisting offe!t
saturated with 3:Sphaft artJ surfaced on
the weatherside with ahar~ asphJft
mlxeJ with mIneral orglass fl~rs. ana a
coretin9 of minerai gr3nules.
bitumen
Any of'r'3rious mixtures of irydrocarrons
occurrin9 natul"Jtly ordlsU~ from C04l or
petroleum. as asph31t or coal tar, used for
surfaCing roads. w.;terp~. and rooflnq.
Before appllcatlon. the semisol1d rrtit'".er
must redIssolved In .. sotve:rt. emulsif'.ed.
or heated to a liquid state.
asp1'13It
ADrcwnlsh-Dlad mIxture of ~mens
obtained from ~.Jtlve aeposr-..sor as a
petro!etJm by-product. used for paving.
waterprooflng. ; narocflng.
coal t.ar
Aviscous. bbcl: !lquldformed during the
dlstIlbtlon of co.l uSe.a for p-alnts.
waterprooftng. .na roofing_
~ ...- wearccu~
rigId bo3rdfnSul3tJon .-------. --. ------ ---- --- ---
Alayer ofgravel serving to protect a
rooflr~ memml'lefrom mech3 nleaf
aUr3son ana uptrftlng wind fof'ces.
cold-proceS5 roofing
Aroofcovering conslstlng of layers of
roofing felt or synthalc faDric bonded and
s.ealed with acold application of an asphalt
mastic orcement.
roofing bond
Aguar3ntee Uy asurety compa ny that a
roofing manufacturer 1'1111 repair aroof
m~mbrane orcovering under the conditions
listed In the bOtld1ng contract
.,----. cap shut
Ashut ofcoated. mIneral's~rfaud feft.
used as the top ply In al7uitt-up roof.
..-----._---- ..... l1a~ ,hut
l1uilt-up roofing -----._.
AcontInuous covering for flat or low·
pitched roofs. COMsIstl119 of altematln9
layers or piles of rooflng felt and heated
Dltumen. surfaced with acap sheet or a
lJyer ofgravel or slag In aheavy coat
em!1edded In bitumen_
Afeft Imp~nated with asp'.JltarC04I
tar for use as the first ply In th~ layInguf
a~Itt·up roof.
roofing felt
Amatted. fibrous m3terlal i~pr-e9nat;ed
with abltumlnoos material b- increased
tcughness and resistance to ·~ther_
Also called roofln9 paper
215
212.
ROOM
A portWn ofspau withina
l7Jlkfing. ~arJt&i by walls or
parW:i~ from other similar
spaces.
,nteroom
Art outer room ~ ~ toalarger,
~ ~nt room. often used as a
W3J1;l~art2. --.- .••----.-••--'....
~~orp3ssa~In ahotJSe, .,...." ••) .
11
hate!. orether bu~ A!so called haiL ....
corridor
AItilITOW passageway orgallery ?
...
c;oonectlng pzrtsof abuilding. esp. one ".
lnt-a which severalrooms orapa""..ments ;.. ~.
open. ~---' ..--._._~., "
5uiU
Aconnected series or ~roupof rooms
amln~ to be used together. --...._ ...-
open p~n
Afloor pbn fuvI~ no My el1(;losed
spaus or distinct rooms.
216
.-...... alcove
. Arecess or small room connected to
orfonning part ofa13rger room.
.- vestl"btllt
.... ASIr...nentrance h.R ~een the outer
. doer 3M the Interior of ahouse or uUIk:llng.
function.al groupin.g
A~ of fumlture p~ arranged
3CCO!'ding to funct.lo!1 anJ use.
~htfit
Aclose, often CO!TIp3Ct c.orrespondence
~ funct~1 voupl~s an.:! the
fonn orstructure ofthe enclosillf space.
A~rge room or Pulldlng for puullc
gatherings orentertainment.
.• ~Iltry
A~ rel3t1ve!y narrow room or lull,
esp. ont: for puU/1c use and having
architectural Importance throu~h Its
SC3le oraea)ratlve treatment.
enfiiaae
An axl3lamngement ofdoorways
connecting aseries of rooms sa as to
prov1.de avista down the entire length
of the suite.
Afre.e and unrestrained arrangement
offurniture groupfngs that does not
neusS3 rlly correspond to the form or
structure of the surrounding space.
;,
l1
1-
J-
1--
213.
1TJ~5
The physical volumeOf' ~ufk of asolid ~ody.
voia
An empty space conbJned within or
~Pyrnas5.
--.~.--------- .. -------
refuge
Ar'.Juaffording shelter. protection.
or SJfety from danger or distress.
r-e;i~
A ~JU of rest and tranquility
centu
Apoint or place upon wh'w;h Interest.
activity, or emotion focuses.
~Itf
- . - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
J11~
focus
Acentral point of attraction,
attention, oractivity.
ROOM
space
.The three-dimensional field In which o17jects
andevents occur and hav~ relative position
and direction, esp. aportlon of that fleld
set apart In a9lven Instance or for a
particular purpose.
Euclidean space
Ordinal)' two- or three-dlmenslonalspace In
which Euclid's definitions and axioms apply.
Also called CarUsian spau.
place
Aphysical environment having particular
characteristics or u-sed for apartlGular
purpose.
amInance
The mood, character, or atmosphereof an
environment or milieu. Also, amlrienu.
animated ~
Full of Ilfe, activity. moverr.ent. or spl~
outlook
Avlew from aparticular p!3ce. or the
place offering aview.
pro5pect
An outlook over a~Ion Of' In aparticular
dlrectloo, or the pl3ce that commaods
such aview.
217
214.
ROOM
Jdjacent !5pau,
Two spacesal7UtUng or contiguous
with each other. esp. when havln~ a
common :>ounaary or rorder.
linked spaces
Two spacesjolnea orconnected by
athird Intervenl~ space. .
interlockin9 space!5
Two spaces Interwoven or fl~ Into
each other50 as to form azone or
fIekf of shared spau.
em17eaJea spau
Aspace enveloped or IncorpOrateJ as
an essentl3l part of alar~er space.
DID
I ~ I
0
:···,:·'
··e····:
':." .'
: ..
• • 0 '
L,i;.:::.,
-
lineM organiut1cn
Spaces extended. amnged. or IIn~ed n'Q-n.n'Q.nn
along ahne. path. or gallery. ~ - X. .I - I.~
centralized organization _.
Spacesgathered aroutor coming
together at a large or dominant
central space.
rubIorganlutlon
Spaces arran~ fie 1'3d11 or rays
from a central spue orcore.
grkf organization
Spaus organized with reference to
arect3ngular system of lines and
coordinates.
clu~tered or9anization
~~ grouped. collected. orgathered
""=':1 toc3ether and relateJ by
proximity rather than geometry.
218
~/-- ........~ ..~.. ~.-~.
1~lJt:~~]
00000
D~DD
D~DD
DDDDD
DDDDD
[bDO
D~
··.'··.. D
.:" ~ :',
DO ':;::· 0
:.;.~ D
.,
D
,..- transitWn
Moyement. passage. orchanItA fro
one form sta"A ':1'" m
• I<C>. or place to aneth
r------- .. tT'.
... ~
Anne or 113 rrow part where an
area begins or ends.
:..__.. thrtshcld
~ce or pointofentering or
""'jlnnlng.
path
Arout.e orccurse along which
movementocc
h
UI'S. or the pattern of
SUC~.
l
I -
i
L<
215.
memirr;ane ,tre55eS
The compressive.tensile. and shear
stresses actln!J In t~ piane of the
surfau ofashell structure. Ashell can
sust3ln relatlvely large forces If uniformly
applW. Because of Its thinness. however.
ashell h3s little !lending resistance and
15 unsuitable forconcentrated loads.
l1am~lshell
Arigid cylindrical shell structureo
elliptlc paraboloid
Asurnu ¥nerated by sI4:llng avertical
pa",t,.ob with downward curvature alonfl
aperpend1cul3r pararola with downward
cumture.lts horizontal sections are
e!!1pses while Its vertical sections are
p3r3bolas.
Iftiltlengthof3 barrelsheDIs three orm~
times its trafl5llerse span. It ~hJves as3
deep Pe.m tWth 3 ()JrveJsectIcn 5p3fl111ng In
the IcngltuJWJafrectlcn. EJgesare
5tIffeneJwith Pe3mSoradjoiningsheDs.
--)
thin shell
Ashell StnJcture constructed cf
reinforced concrete.
IfItIsrt/3tI..-dysOOrt.Itexhibits archlib
action. TIe rods. tran5V~ rlglJ frzmes. or
thelikeare~ireJ tocourrtenctCM
OIltwara thrusts ofthearching action.
hyperbolic paral1olold
Asurfau ~r.trated hy sliding 3 parabola
with downward curvature along :iI parabola
j,;lth upward curvature. or ~ slldl~ a
smi9ht hne segment with Its ends on two
~ew lines. It can ~ considered to ~ both
atranslatlonal and aruled surf3Ce. Also
called hypar.
SHELL
Athin, curved plate structure,
shaped to transmit applied
forcesi7y compressive. tensile,
and shear stresses acting In
the plane of the surface.
translational surface
Asurface generated by s!ld1ng aplane
curve along astraight line or eNer another
plane curve.
cylindrical surface
Asurface generated ~ sItdlng astraight
line along " plane curve. orvice versa.
Depending on the curve. 2 cyflndr1c31
surfau may ~e circular. ellIptIc. or
pararollc. BecauseofIts strai9ht bne
geometry. " cylindrical surface c.an ~
regardea as being either atranslatlon3l
or aruled surface.
paral1oloid
Asurfau all of whose Intersections by
planes are either paraPolas:ilna elllrses or
pararo!35 and hyperbolas.
,addle surface
Asurfau having an upward curvature In
one dilUtion and adownward curvature In
••.............................. ~:~:I:~:~:ris~ructure.
I reglons of downward curvature exhiln-t
I archhke action.
··r····· while regions of upward curvature !7eh4ve
I as acable structure. If the edges of the
, surface are not supported. peam !7Mlar
may also Pe present.
anticlastic
Having opposite curvatures at agiven
point.
219
216.
SHELL
rvIetJ&umce
Asum~ gener.lted I1ythemotion ofa
~Ight line. ~use ofIts stra~ht hne
~. aruled surbuIs generally
I.'!<Islertoform andwn5tnJctth3na
robtlorul or translatlonalsurf.ice.
.....'.
conoid ...._._.//./
Aruled surfacegene:rated I1ysliding a
~ht hne with OM endon astraight "lie
se.gment2nd the otheron a plan"curve.
Depetldlng on the culYe. a~ may !?e
circular.einptlc. orparaPolIc. -
roUtlon.1 ~rbce
Asum", generated I1y rotating a
pbneculYe aboutan axis.
sphe~1 ,urface
Arot3t-i0n31 surface ~nerated I7y the
revolution of acirculararc auouta
v~laxJ5....
eUiptbl ,Ul'bu
A~nal surface generated I7y the
revolution of ahalfellipse a~ a
!
hyP...IooIoLl •........_...1
Asulfa", havl~ afinite centerwitJ1
certain pia"" sectlons thnare
hypetVoiasandothers ~ are
circles orenJpses.
syncla,tlc
Having similarcurvatures atagiven point.
vertical axiS.........................................___-4-_-
parapollc ,urface
Arotoltlonal surface genelOlted I7y the
revolutlon ofapar.ilrola arout a
vertlcal2xls. ...................... .
2.20
j
U,ru, .........................1
Adoughnut·shaped surface generated I7y
the revolution 012 circle about an e;xterior
hne lying In Its plane.
one",hM hyperl7olold
Aruled surface ~ted Py slldlng
~n Inchned nne se.gmen-t on two
horlzonbl clrcfes.Itsvert1c31
sections are hyperl1ol3s.
j
I !
I !
I j
I
1
l
1I
217.
encroachmetrt
The uruuthorlztd extensionofa
l>ulldlng.or partthertcf.on the
propertyor ~In of.nother.
set~act --_.--....---.......-.--..--.-.-
The mlnlll1um required distance from
evtry structure to the property nnes
of alot. e:stal1lshed by azonln9
ordinance to providefor air. light.
solaracuss. and privacy.
curll cut --'---'---'-'-'-'-.
Adepression ill acurP provkll"9 "'"
vehicularuce:sofrom astreet to a
driveway on prtnte property.
wntraa limit
Aperimeter _ est;J1:7Rshed on the
drawl~ Of'~ In the contract
documents ~I~ the Poundaries of
the site <lV31bb!e to the contractor
for constructlon purposes.
overvuraen
W
3Ste e;arth .naroo:;k Oo'erf:ting <I
useful mIneraideposlt.l7edrock. or a
deposit of SJnd. 9ravel. or rock neeaea
for constructlon. Also called l:7urden.
te,t it
Asmaftpit a~to examine the
exlstlng sonccnaltkms and determine
the depth of ~ W3ter tJb1e at a
propased l>ulldlng slte.
shori"9
Asystem of shores for bracln9 or
supportl"9 • l'I3l1 orather structure.
shore
Atemporary supporting strut. esp. one
placed ovllqueyagainst the slde ofan
excavatlon. furmwoO:. or structure.
SITEWORI<
Work done at asij;e in
preparatlon for a construction
p:oject. as excavation, sheeting.
~
-- -- -- ---n
I --. r-············-····-··········-·-·-·----·- ..----! . :
'---'--"'-: ,··--··..·············1 I {.-..-L--..-;-...-site
" I lThe geographic location ofa
shoring. and grading.
-".
,
,.-. I
I . tonstructlon p. roject. usually deflned
I t>y 1eg3lboundarles.
I I'
I --.. property me
I lOne of the legally deflned ana recorded
14;, H
Doundarfes of aparcel of land. Also
called lotline.
I :
.•._...._ j L___ ,-'-- ~~:a~~theld t>y spectfled persons
--"'-""..-.-...........-..-.. :JJ' or the public to make IImltea use ofthe
_ _ - . - . - -........... j I land cf another. as aright-of-way.
------ I
patter poard ~..--..//
One of• numPerof bc.aras set
horizontally with vertlcal stakes to
support the strln9S outlining the
foundation plan of3 prop05ed
l:7ulk:ll"9.
~ . - . - - - - --.- - _ •• 0 " " - - - ' " - -
-------
-- .. -0 _ ...
..-·groundbruking
The <lCt orceremonyof preaklng 9round
for a newconstruction project.
e3r'thwork
The excavation and emlr.inkment of.
earth In connection with an engineering
opmtlon.
exc3V7tion
The Q!4gln9 and removal of e3rth from
Its natural position.orthe cavity
resu~ng from such removal.
tieback
As-t..eel rod or tendon attached toa
deadrun or a rock or soilanchorto
prevetTt lateral l71O'Iement ofa retaining
W<lfl orformwart
raker -.-.-------------- ..--------- -----------....-
--_.__...... shut pfle
Any cf 3 num1:7er of timber. steel or
precast concrete planks driven
v~lfy side t>y slde to retJln earth or
preve:1t water from seeping Into an
exc3't7t1on. Also called shath pile.
An IncRneJ short: for supporting awall.
Also cal1eJ r.KIng shore.
flying ,hore .
AhorlzontaIstrot fixed ~ween and
supportlng two walts aDove ground
level.
ccfferbm .----.--- -...--._/
AwatertIg~t enclosureconstructed
unaerw2tuorln W2ter-~e:lrlng soil
anapu~ dry to.IIow access for
constructlol1 or repairs.
dewater
--~#....
~ing .
AtUJm~r of boardsJoined together
side b:i side to retain the face ofan
exC3Y7tlon.
1~~~~~~~2~~~~~~·---soldier pile
~ As~ H-sectlon driven vertlcaily Into
the ground to support horizontal
sh~ng or Iaggl"9. Also called soldle..
p~m.
I
L·-tremie
To remOt'e W3terfrom an excmtedJoO
site. uSli4lly bydrainfng or pumping. ~- existing w;ter tJble
-t+- .+----1 - - ----
Afunnellike device wIth a pipe or tu!:>e
for deposttlng concrete unaerwa~r.
boil
An unwanted flow of water and solid
matter Into <In excavation. due to
excesslve outside W3 ter pressure. Also "
calted UIow.
APys,jnian well
AperforneJ p!pt: driven Into the
ground for pU1l1pln1 oot collected
ground water.
--------
~------ '-.... /-
/ ~..- water tJble afterpumping ....'.
wellpoint
Aperforated tube driven Into the ground
to collect water from the surroundi"9
area so tt can be pumped away. as to
lower 3 water table or to pre-..e~t an
excaV3 tion from fi:ling with grc~~d'''J t.er
slurry wall
Accr.cre-te waf! cast In a trench to
serve 3S sheeting and often as a
penn3nent foundation waf!.
constructed t>yexcavating 3 trench In
short lengths. ft"ln91t with aslurry of
Denton~ and waterto preVent the
slkw3f!s from co"apslng. setting
reirrfOlUTrlent. ana placing C011CreU: In
the trench with atremie to dlspl3ce
the slurry.
221
218.
SITEWORK
fill
To I'2lse anexisting grne with earth.,
~ orother materla~ or the ,
~Iltltyof rnat.erbl useaIn Pullalng ~--..----.-- --.-------. ------.---'..
up the Ieve! ofan area.! ".
~4rouna
GI'OJI1J authas ~n ralseJ to 3
higher level !:y fjlb~ with hard ruDPIe.
is stone or mien prick. Also called
rrt.1<k-up grooM.
Pcrrowpit
Ap~ from which sand. gravel orother
canstructloo mzterl3lIs ~ktn for use
as fill In anot1'ter location.
cut.3M fill
An excmtl~ operation In which the
exc.a~ m~11s lTlOVea to
another rutlon ana used as fill
~------------------ ------------~
g~ ~.------::-....- ..- ....-....-.-.--.---.-.-----.----...--.....-------'.,.-
The ~r'OJnd elevation at.3rfi specific .....
point on acon5tnIctlon Site. esp. where
the ~ r()IJ nd IMtetS the foundation of a
Pv~ />Jsc cal1ed §rad4 U~. ,..."
~~g gn~ -.-.-.-...... j .
The elevatlon of the orIglnaIground
$umu~ ~Ion orgrading
~ Also ~Ile.d nrlura'vaa~
~ grade .-........- .....---.-..--- .
The ~at~ of drlv~. w;ols.lawns. or
ather~ SIIt'faus ~
~ ofcons~ orgraalng
opomtions. Al:so. finished grade. ,
J,.elowgraae -.-..---.---- ··-··..···--..·--l----
Occurring or situated!:>elow the 1
"m«of"" ! "",oJ. I
I
underpinning
.r·-------·. rough grading
,. : The cutting. filling. ana sh3plng of earth
In p~eparatlon for finish gradlng.
---.---. fine grading
The precise graal"i! ofan area ailer
rough graQing to prepare for paving.
seeaJng. or planting.
grade nake
Astake man:lng the amount ofcut or flll
required to ~rlng the ground to a
specified level.
.controlledfill ,
All material that Is placed In laye.rs.
compacted. and testedafter each
compaction for moisture corrtent, depth
of 11ft. and Pearlng capacity ~~
additional layers are placed.
vertkal curve
Asmooth paral10llc curve In the
vertlcal plane for conMCtlng two
grades of different slope In order to
avok:! an aprupt transition.
Ptnch Ur"1'aCe
An eml73n~mentconstructed
across sloping ground with asteep
drop on the downside.
------..-...-...-.-----...• ~ackfill
j 0 reflll an eXcavation with earth. stene.
orother material. esp. the space around
exterior founaatlon walls.
eu1lgraM
Th~ prep;a~earth surface upon which 2
p2vement. concrete slab. orfoundation Is
~11t. Asu~grak should bostai;lkt. anln
well arid ~ relatively free offrost action.
-"-'''-'''' needle
Ashort Peam pas~ through awan35
a temporary support while the
found3tion or part ~eath Is repalre-d.
altered. or strengthend Also called
nudr~ 17e.1m.
...... ~d&horcs
i An uprighttlml1erfor supporting a
J dead load during the structural
; alteration of2i;lUIJalng. esp. one of
Asystem of SlJpports that enaDles an
exlstlng fO<Jn.btlon to !:>e r'ePullt.
strengthened. or detpened. esp. the
~fUl SlJP?XtrequIred wben anew
exumIon III adJdnlng property is
~pet' than t.~ existIng found3tlon.
I two supports for aneedle.
___________J
222
;
I
-oJ
.J
I
...,
I
.. .oj
!
I
.."
,..
219.
SITEWORI<
,wale ----------------...--...-. -.-------..--------------------~runoff site arain3g8
Ashallow depression formed by the . Somethil14 that drains cr flows off,.s The surface and sullsurface drainage of
l!1t.ersection of two ground slopes,
often designed to direct or divert the
flows off the !Jna In streams. asite In oraer'to prevent the ccllectlon
runoff of sumu water_
+l' 1'1 1 r-
~£~;:;:n.';'':~::~;ofth, ~j'/':P:f5Wit;';~I~
springs, ccnslstl~ brgely of surface : j :. i .-; .T::'r
::~::t~~_~_~~~~...__.____..__...;l___~ .. i-' ;-j:
The process by which groundwaterI s ! '. - ~ '.. : - _. I':
absarbtdlntothewatertal:rie- 1j'~': -1 : i
'" .... .... ..............
;:~:::~~~~~~~~~~h------.- r~2~7T~~-.:-;::::;~~~;~'~~'.~~
which the earth Is saturated wtth " .'__ .: - --. ">:-.~
water. . . , .-'-' .:
perched w4TUrta~1e It . . ,
AW3terta~ofUmIWarea,held' I
above the noot13l watertal:rie by an
ImpeTYlouS byer.
culvert
Adrain or c~nnel p3sslng under a
rwdorskbral:. ~------- --------'.
box culvert ..·.....A~,-
Artlnforcea concrete culvert having ~ _ "- ... -', _.
a fectangul3r cross section. 7/-"", -. ~
hea~1I -----~----------.--..----../..-. (" "". ..: "
Acorn;rete OI"II13S0nry retaining 1';311 ' ...' ......
3Uhe Inlet of a drain orcufvert:. "" ...
e:1od'l'!all -----.......-------..-.----......-...;---.-:-- ..----: /-..····l,-..-:...--.......r
Aconcrete OI"lI1asonry retaining wall I . >/
;otthe outletofa drain or culvert. l,://
building ,term ar3in --....:
Abuilding drain forconveylng
rainwater, groundwater, or Similar
dlscharge to aPuftdlng storm
sewer or acomPlned sewer. Also
called hou~ 6tom1 drain.
hnding ,term 5~er -.
Adrain conr.tC;.Jng a~ui!dil"~ storm
drain to astorm 5e'l't'er. "'m~ned
sewer, or otl-.er point of d'~31.
Also called M.c-Jse storm ~U.
;
I
"'"
of excess surface water or -
gl'OtJnawater_ .
surface arainage
The grading and sumclng of asite In
order to divert rain ana other surface
water Into natural drainage pattems
or astorm sewer system_
cutcff
Awall orother structure Intenaea to
elIminate or reauce percolation through
porous strata.
•..a~-~:..-...---.+..- curtain drain
Adrain placed l1etween the sauru of
I
water and the area to l1e protected.
Also callea Int.erceptlng drain.
L ....._____ .. _. ____ .. - unaerdrain
L_._ _ _ _ _ _~ Aperforatea pipe Installed In porous fill
to draw off groundwater.
.............. Frencharain
Adralr!3ge trench filled to ground level
with loose stones or rock fragments.
subsurface drainage
An underground network of piping for
conveying groundwater to apolnt of
disposal, 35 a storm sewer system.
Excess groundwater reduces the bad-
carrying capacity ofafoundatlon soil
and Increases the hydrost3tlc
pressure on a l1ulfdlng foundation.
-"-'- ..- ........-- areJ araln
Adrain for collecting surface water or
rainwater-from a I1asement floor or
paveaare3.
-......--....-..-..... "'" arywell
Adralr!3ge ptt linea with gravel or
ru!1!71e to reulve suriau water and
allow It to percol3te away to
.UsorPentearth underground. Also
called,11~~ wetl.
---- manhole
Acovered h<l!e through which aperson
may enterasewerordrain.
...j...... catch ~a,jn
~--.-. .'.i Areceptacle for the runoffof surnu
,: i water, h3VIng al1asln which retains
I
l
:- sterm~r
Asewer for conveying rainfall
aralned from roofs and paved
5uri.uS. A'rso called storm drain.
~m~ined sewer
Asewer cor.veylng !loth sewage and
rainfall dra~:",e.1 from roofs ana
pv'ed sur'~as.
heavy se.d1ment refore tt can pass
Into an underground drainpipe.
223
220.
SOil
The top layerof the earth's surface,
consisting ofdisinttgrated rock and
decayed organic mattersui'ta!1le for
the growth of plant life.
~p~1I -.-.......--.----...--.......-...--..-.
The fertile surface layer of soil as
d1stlnct from the suPsolI.
,ub~oil ~--...- ..--....-------.----...- ...--.
The ~ or la)-er ofearth
immediately l1eneath the surf.lce
sart. •
permafrost
f'erennlally froun subsoil In arctic
or SUDarctlc regions. Alsa called
~rgelr~1.
soil analysi5
Aprocess for determIning the particle-
size dlstrfl1utlon In an aggrega~. 5011, or
sedIment.
r~----··---···---···- organic scil
r-::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~'::;:;:~:::::! Soli containing alarge amount of organic
)..- matter. usually very compressll7le and
having poor load-sustaining propertIes.
~jl profile
Ad!3gram of a- vertwl section of soil from
the ground surface to the underlyfng
material snowlng 3 succession ofhorizons
developed I1y weathering. deposition. or
roth.
laye~ of soli or Its underlying materiJ/
J
-----~~~;series of relatively dIstinct
m'7"""r:-rr77""f7-rr.r-:777?'7""Tn7i found In avertical section of 13nd.
.' ·d.. o·~:
.. " . ~ .
.,
o "." ".0
·0 ",. ~
".. - .
. d,' D
,unum
Asingle red or layerof sedimentary
earth or rock having the same
composition throughout. lyIng l1etween
l1eds of another kInd.
~1cb~----------------------------------------------~
Anumerlc.1I cl3sslflcatlcn of soli Dy
texture. used bythe U..s.i?ep2rtment of
Agriculture: (l) gravel (2) sana. (3) clay,
(4) loam. (5) loam with some sana. (6) sUt-
loam, and (7) clay-loam.
boulder
Alarge. natur:ally rounkd roct.ly!ng on
tM surface ofthe ground or partially
em!:ledded Iii It.
col:rPfe
Anaturally rounded stone. smaller than a
!:ootrlderand brger than apeb~. usedfor
rough paving. walls. and foundrtlons. Also
called col:rf,festoM.
224
grave!
Sman peDVles arJ stones. ora mixture of
these witIt sand, fol1!'oed either nzturally
or I1y crushing rock. esp. such m~1
that will pass ~.3-In. (76 mm) *'~ ana be
retained on aNo. <4 (4-" 111m) sleve.
cru,hed gravel
Gr:avel luivlng one or more fractured faces
produced by mecnanbl crushing. 6
crul5hed ,tone ~
Stone having well-defined edges
produced Dythe rruhanlcaf crushIng of
rocks or Doulders. Nso called Cf1.IsM.d
rock.
pea gravel
Asmall-d1ameter, natural gravel. usually
If4 to 3fe In. (6.4 to 95 mm) In slzt.
screened to speciftcatbn.
pepple
Asma". rounded stane, especl311y one
worn smooth I1y the acUon of W3~.
'-1r.a
Aloose, gr:anul3r mate:r!31 resulting from
tJ1e d1s1~l7tbn of rxks. conslstlng of
graIns smaller tJ1~n grnel Putcoarser
tJ1an $lit.
S.1MCt.y
Awdl·g~ naturallycuurrlng sand
often used as a 7ase orsul1Dase ma~riJl,
having arout 101 clay orJust enough to
make the mixture ~lnJ tightly when
compacted.
silt
loose sed1mentary material consisting of
flne minerai particles l1e"tween 0.002 mm
~nd 0.05 mm In diameter.
cby
Anatural. e3rthy matertJl that Is plastic
when IMOIst M hara when flred and Is
used for Mlng I1r~t tilt:. ana potte.')'.
composed I113lnly of floe particles of
hydrous aluminum sl/k;a~ less than
0.D02 mm 1n diameter.
cL1yloam
Solicootalnlng m to 40t clay and 2O'.t
to~tsand.
I1entonite
Aclay formed I1y the decomposition of
volcanic ash. having the a!111lty to al;>sorl1
I3rgeamounts ofwaterand to expand to
several tl~ Its natural volume.
loam
Arich soil contaIning" rdatlve/y equal
mIxture of sa rJ and silt ~nd asm,lIler
proportion of clay ilnd organic ma~r.
loess
An unstratlfle.d. cohesive. loamy deposit
deposIted I1y wind.
l-
I
I
....
I
l..:ool
221.
'.
Atu~Umit5
The levasof watercontent defining the
PoJndJ~ ~UI1 the different states
of con~ncy ofaplastic or cohesive soli.
lIS ~ !1y standard tests,
I~uid lait ...................-..-...-.-....-.---
The wa~conttnt. expressed as ;,I
~~ofIry ~Irt.at which asoli
p2~ fmn , pbs~ to aliquid state.
p~5ticlt.y Indd -.-..----.--------..--......--.
The nurnen:.1d1ffertn<:e I1etween the
/!quid hllitand the plastic limit ofasoli.
pWtlclinit -------------.---.---.:------.--
The W3tercontent. expressed as a
~rcetTb¥ ofdry weight. at which asoli
lcses Itspbstlclty and l7eglns to l7ehave
as;,l sol1J..
pl.a5tlc soil
A soil M can ~ rolled Irtta '/8 In.- (32-
mm) diameter thre3ds wtthout cruml7l1ng_
shrin~limit ---------- ----- --..----....----
The W3~corrtent. expressed as a
~runb¥of Iry ~Ight. at which a
rtJuctloII mW3ter content win natcause a
further dt:cre3se In the volume of asoli
nuss.
• -'.0
l-
l- I-
l-
l- I-
I-
~ I-
I-
f- l-
I-
f- II-
III--III
~ II-
lil-lI/
i--[J I-
I/~
I'- I--
~ I--
I'- I--
~ l-
I'- I--
~ l-
f- l-
f- l-
l- f-
illf- III I-
1-1 f- II
1111-III 10-
'-I i-- II
!1If-til f-
II ~IIII-- 1 i--! 1 (
~rln~r.r~1
AIry §rnd.S3nd.0- sUt that exhibits ~o
cohesiv~ 01' plastlclty_
~p.rfty
The propc:rty of aporous nuteri31 that
ail.uwsa 95 01' lIqula to pass through Its
pere sp3CtS.
p~u, ~n --------------------------- ..------
;..rry ~nrabie SOil true allows the :.' , •
r'!la ttvefy free morelT1em of wakr,
impervlo~ seil ---- --- -- ..-----.-------------
Arry flr<:-g~1ned soli, as clay, h3Ylng pores
t.:xJ small to permit w3ter to pass except
b-j slow ca~ry aGt'C'1
geotechnical
OforpertainIng to the practical
applications ofgeologica/science In civil
engineering.
foundatIon investigation
The Investigation and classification of a
foundation solfl7ased on observation and
tests of material dlsclosea by l7or1ngs or
excavations to obt3ln the Information
necessaryfor the deslgn ofafoundation
system. Includln9 the shearing strength.
compressluUlty. cohesion. expansiveness.
permeal7l1tty. ana molswre ccnterrt ofthe
soil. the elevation ofthe water ta!lle. and
the antlclpated total and differential
settlement. Also called su17surface
Investlg3tfon.
SOIL
~iI mectunlc,
The I7ranch ofeMI englneerlng that deals
with the mechanical f,ehavlorof so~ wnen
compressed or sheared. or when water
flows through It.
soil stnJcture
The arrangement and aggregation of soil
particles In asoli mass.
core
An undlstur17ed. cylinarical sample of
earth or I'OCk otrtalnea by means of ~ core
drill and used for analySis ana testln9 of
l1earlng capaclty. Also called poring.
-- -- cohesive soil
Soli that has conslderaPte strength when
unconfined and air-dried. anaSignificant
cohesion when SU!:I!T1ergd
--cohesionle" soli
Soil that has little or no strength when
unconfined and air-dried. and littleor no
cohesIon when sulnnerg.ed.
.r-------------~ compaction
The consolidation ofse.dlment by the
~Irt ofcmrl:tlng aeposlts.01' asimilar
compression ofsoil aggregate. Or
cemerrtltlous material by roiling. tamping.
or503;Jng. '
optimum moisture conUnt
The watercontent ofaSOt1at which
maximum densltycan ~ attalMd through
compaction.
penetration ~
Atestfor measuring the density of
granularsoils ana tMconsi5tencyof some
clays at tM rottom ofaMI!o~.
recordIng the numberofPlows reqUired by
ahamrnerto advance ast4ndard sod
sampler.
~netrztlon ~l,-unu
The unit load reqUIred to produce a
speclfled penetration Irrto asoli at a
specified rate ofpenetration.
shearing sU'en~
The pro~rty ofaso" that enaPteslts
particles ~ resist displacement with
respect to one another when an external
force Is applW. d~ largely to the
coml7lned effects ofcohesion and Internal
friction. Alsocalled shu~ resistance.
225
222.
SOLAR ENERGY
~br COMtoInt_.--_................... '-'-""-'
Tnt ave:rage rate at which radiant ener~
from the sun 15 receIv~ by theearth, equal
.ltitude
The angulareievatlon ofa
celestial roaya!love the
horizon. _..- .....
...,.....
:~--..--- ~Iar path diagram
/ Agraphic deplctlon of the path of t~ Sun
/ withIn the sky vault projected onto a
: horlzon~1 pl3ne.
summer ~I,tice
Thetl",,", ofyear, on onDoutJune 21, wMn
the sun reaches Its northernmost point on
the celestlalsphtre. rruri::lng the beglnnl~
ofsummer In the northern hemisphere.
f equinox
! Eitherofthe two times during thayear
! when the sun crosses the ~ne oftht
; celestial equator and ~ the ~ of
d3yand night are evetjWhm appi-ox!mate~
~uat oc.;urring aPout March 21 (vernal
equinox or spri~ equinox).ana
SepUm[,er 21 (autumnal equinox).
- ...- ..----...-----...- winter ~15ttce
Thetl",,", ofye:ar. on or aPout Decembet21,
when the sun re3ches Its scuthernn-.:;.st
pointon the celestial sp~re, marking the
~Inn!ng ofwinter In the northern
hemisphere.
_.-._.._..---.....- latitude
~ 430 6tu perhr. perSIt.ft. (1.94cal per
min. persq. em), used In calculating the f--1:......r-+--I---+--+-'-l~-H. ~ angulardistance north or south from
effectsof solar rad1atlon on lroiIJlngs.
~brho~
Ahouse ~ned to morvand store
sobr hat III order to supplementor
replace conYC11tlonal heating methods.
~laHatl"i ,y,tern
A~ system u~ solar ener~.as
the prWrtal7i source of he3t.
~ ~br-he~ting 5y5tem
AsoIa/'"hQtJng system iJslng mechanical
tne2ns, as solarcollectors,t.1nS. or pumps.
to collect, store, anddlstrll7!1te solar
~!y.
~ or1ent.atlon
The pbcIng ofa building In relation to the
path of the sun, either to niaxlmlze the
amount of heat gained from Solar rad13tlon
cfur1~ the widest months. or to minimize
the alr()Unt of heat gained In the wannest
months.
226
,oL-ir collector
Adev1ce orsystem deslgned to use solar
radlatlon to heat an al1sorPer through
which atransportlns medium, as airor
water, Is circulated. Alsocalled ccI1ector.....
the tl<uator ofapoint on the e.rth's
surface. IMe.3syrea In degrees along the
rnerldI.an pa55l~ through the point.
meridian
Agre3t circle on the e;;rth's surface
passing through Doth ~hyslc.af poles.
.,,-_.-...._--..- Io~ltude
The angulardlstance e3st or weston ~
earth's surface, me4surea from the prime
",,",nabn at Gtunwlch. England. to the
meridian of aglvtn point arid expressed
either Indegrees or a correspondtng
difference In tlrr.e.
, I
I
~
l
l
1-
~~
~.
~
b
L
L
223.
~ ----------_.. ---
A~nkof t<lrth placed against one or
~e:xterlorwal1sof abUIlding as
~n ~alnst extremes In
tem~ture.
drumwall --------- ----------
Ast.rl of blJck. wa~filled drurr.s
pl3ced on the Insldtof awindow wall to
a~ sol3rM3t and then release tt
slowly Into the Interior of auul1dI~.
~ccntrof ----------------.---. -',
A..~of~rIous~rdevk:esfor I '"
~utatt~ tM amount of solar ht3t ,.--- -,- -.,-
and su~ht tha-t ~rs 41 window. -:
coo5lstl~ of II1OV3U!e horlzontaIor
~.lc4l fins controfb:l manually or
~ OIutomatlc3lly wtth time or
~controIs.
~Itt.e1' ~Hnd -'-'--'" --.--------- --
A!f"3nually or electrlcaIly
controlled exterior Vet1et13npHnd
for protectln~ ab-ultdlnq Interior
from solar gain and ~lare.
SOLAR ENERGY
passive 5CL1r-heating.
Asolar-heating system using aInJlldlng's
design and construction and the M4ltunl
flow ofheat to collect. store. and
dlstrluute solar energy. with minimal use
of fans or pumps.
-----------.-.--..---------.---..~ Trompe wall
Aglass-fronted exterior masonry waif
that ausorUs solar heat for radiation Into
the InteriorofaInJlldlng. us~11y after a
tI~-lag ofseveraIhours.
5OIo3rlum
Aglass-enc~ porch. room. or gallery
used for sunuathlng or for therapeutic
exposure to sunlight. .~
,unroom
Agl3s5-enc~ porch or room oriented to
admtt large amounts of sunlight. Also called
sun parlor. sun parch_
i---"'--'~ ,un deck
1 Aroof. balcony, or terT;lce that I:s exposed
~~~~'U:'~----==----~._-41 to the sun and used for sunbathing.
--------.---------.:;---.-. ,un,~ae
.. Any ofvarious exteriordevices c~slstl"9
offixed horizontal or vertical fins angled to
shield awindow from direct sunllght_
W- ......---.---+--. 1ni~.5Clell
Ascreen. usually oflouvers, placed on th~
outside ofalnJlldlng to shield the windows
from direct sunlight.
-··--t·-·-···I···..-·--=:r:.,...."'·-t-·~ 5OIo3r ureen
Apanel of miniature external louvers for
shading awindow from dtreGt sunllght and
glare while allowing ahigh Mgru of
vlsltnllty. d3yllghtlng. ventilatIOn. visual
daytime privacy. and Insect protection.
227
224.
SOUND
The senSAtion stimulatedin the
organs of he3ri~ I7y mechanical
r3al3nt energy transmitUd as
longitudinal pressure waves through
the .airorother medium.
&0unawave
A IongltuJlnal pressure wave In air or an
elastic medium. esp. one producing an
audlUle senS3tion.
wave
Adlstumnce or oscllbtlon that transfers
energyprogressively from point to point In
2 medltim 01' space withoutadv3nce I7y the
p<?lnts thtmselves. as In the transmission
ofsourul or ~ht.
waveform
A graphic representation of the shape of a
wave, ol1talned by plotting deviation at a
fIxeJ point versus tllI18.
.'
w.1Velength -.-.........-.............,...
Thed1sbnce.lI18asu~ In the direction of
propagatlorl ofa wave, from arry one point
to the next pointofcorresponding phase.
pha~
A particularpoint or sta¥ In a periodic
~Ie or process.
.'
.'
.'
.'
amplitlJde
The maxlmum aevl3tlon of awave
or alt:enutlng current from Its
average value.
fffituency -.-....
The numbtrofcycles per unit tlll18 ofa
mve orosclllatlon.
hertz
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
/
/'
""-y/
/
/
wavefrorrt
I
/
;'
The 51 unit off~uency, eGualto one
cycle persecond. AVln-.: Hz
fundamenbl ~n. . _ . ' _ " _ ' " ' ' • • • • m . __ . . . . . , ~~ pitch
Thelowest~uencyat which avlln'atlng ! ',,----__________-------/ 1 The preaomlnantfre.quencyofa souna
~r¢ orsystem wlU freely oscUlate. 1 1-+:as percelved !1ythe human ear.
Asurface of apropagating YdVe
composed at arry Instant of an points
having klentlcal phase; usually
pt:rpenalcular to the dlrectlo" of
propagation.
Also called futkUmentaf I-"uency. : :
.. ~ : . : octave
harmonIc ....-.......-...................... ,.. ! _-----_ ; Thelnteml ~ween twofrequenctes
Avfmtlon h3vlng afrequency that ~ having aI"3tlo of 2:1.
Is an 1fTte4ra1 mu!tlpleofthat of the : '---------' i
fundall18ntal ~ :
l1ai1d
A1'2"¥of W3velengths orfrequencies
between two defined limits.
....../.r...._
....t::::j>
.p«<lohound i / ~-----~>
The velocityof sourul traveling / r ~
throU9h watapproxhnate!y 1087 ft. --.........! ..,/
(0.3 km) persecond at sealevel. /' a
throU9h WlIWat approximately 4500 ft. - - . - - j ' . / f------------
(1.~ km) persecond. ....,•..
Dopplereff~
An apparent shift In frtquency occ;u~
when an acousU: source an4 listenerare In
motion relative to e3ch other. the
frequencY Incre4slng'when the source aM
Iistene~ approach e3ch ather and
aecreaslng when they move apart.
--------.;
throU9h wooaatapproxlmate-/y 11.700 ft........-..-
~!~~~mate-ly~ooo~--.-...-.-.-..n~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(5.5 km) per second. ~ V
228
.1
1
L~
: I
I
l.-
I
Itt-
I
lr
L
L
L
L
L
225.
~
~
§
'e
~
~
~
"'-
t!
~
.s
~
VI
~
.s
""
§
~
10-2
10-4
10--0
1(J-6
10-10
10-12
10-14
10-16
157
loudness
AsU17jeCtNe response tosouM
Indlcatlng the ~n~ of the
auditory 5efls3t1oo produced I7:i the
amp~ of asound wave.
phon
Aunit for measurln~ the apparent
loudness of.a sound. equal In number to
the deci17el5 of al000·Hz reference
soundjudgea 11y Oil group of listeners to
17eequal in Iouaness to the gIven 5OUnd.
501le •.".,.".,.,................- ..........._..,
Aunit for IMt.3surl~ the apparent .
loudness ofOil sounJ.~ 11y Oil group
of Ilste:ws to ~ equal to the loudness
ofal000-Hzreference 50lJnd having an
Intensityof40 deci~
deci!1el····.·-·.··.·····.··....····.·..····.·.······:
Aunit for expressing the rel3tlve I
pressure orIntensityof sounas on a i
uniform scale from 0 for the Ieoist :
perceptl171e 50UnatoabouH30 for the 1
avera~ threshold ofpain. Autn-.: d6 1
OecibelmasiJmntnt/s ~oo.a
logarithmicSC31eSInceInmments of
5O!JTIJ;ris5ll~ or/nt.mstty.a~perceived
.as ~I wilen ther.atJo Mween
suuesslYech3nges InIntensityrem3in
c0nst3nt. 1M~ImIs of~ sound
5OlJf'Ce5, therefore. C3f1notbe.aJdtd
~ny:
e.g.• eo18 +eodB =63dB. ntJt t20 dB.
I
!
V
--~--~r-~~I40
SOUND
hearing
The sense by which soundIs percelvM.
Involving the entire mechanism ofthe
Internal. mldale. aildexternal e3rand
Including the nervous and cerebral
operations that translate the physical
operations Into meaningful signals.
; ........• threshold of pain
equal loudness contour
Acurve representl~ the sound
pressure level at which sounds of +---+--+--I---!---+-='::::.-.-!-~-+--= 120 The level of sound Intensity high en0U9h
to produce the sensation of pain In the
human ear. usually around 00 d6.
different frequencies arejudged 11y a
group of Ust.eners to ~ equally foud.
31.3 62.5 125 250 5a) 1000 2000 4000 XOO
~ln cyclesp!T ~nJ(Hz)
audio frequency
A m.ge offrequencies from 15 Hz to 20,000 Hz
audiPl.e to the ~I human e3r.
16.0c0 32.000
I
auaitory btigue
Physical or mental weariness caused Py
prolonged exposureto loud noises.
hearing 1055
An Increase In the threshold of
audl!lllity. at speclflc frequencies.
caused by nannal agll19. dl5e3se. or
Injuryto the hearing org3n5.
threshold of hearing
The minimum sound pressu~ capa171e
of stimulating an audltory sensation.
usually 20 rnlcropascals orzero dB.
50una inU""rty .~'o----------- &cund p~5Urt ~(-------- &cuna powe1'
~ rate 1t which acoustc ~'!:i flows The dlfferenu ~n the actu31 The amount of4ICOUstIc energy
through aIM::Ilum. expressed In W3tts per pressure at arry poliTt In the fleId of a radiated Py aSOIJIU per unit time.
square ~. sound wave and the static pressure at eXpressedIn watts.
~_..........__ 50una inUn5rty level that polnt. expressed In pa$Ca!s. &cuna power level
Sound Intensity measured on the decll7el 50und p~5urt level The accustlc power-ofasource.
scale. eqll3l to 10 times the common Sound pressure me.asured on the de<;lbef measuredon tM decibel scale.equal to
Io~arlthm of the ratlo of the sound scale. eq1l31 to 10 times the common 10 tlrnes the common logarithm ofthe
Intensity to arefmra intensity. usually logarithm Gf the r:atlo of the sound ratio ofthe acoustic power to a
10-12 watts fl'!T' square I'I'teter (10""16 watts pressure to areference pressure, usually referenu power. usually 10-12 watts.
per sqll3re centl~:-.) 20 mlcropascals.
logarithm
The exponent lnd1caUn~ ~ power
to which at>356 numPer must 17e
raised to arrive at agtve:1 numl7er.
common lagamhm
Alogarithm h:wlng a7.156 of 10.
mlctopa5C3i
Ont-mlltlonth (10-6) part of apascal.
SymrocJ.iP.a
&cund level meter
An electrical Instrumentfor rne3SU ring
sound pressure levels.r0 compensate
for the way we percewethe relatlve
loudness ofdifferentfreque~s of
sound. there are three Mtwon:s: A. 6.
and C. These networi:s weight the
recordings for different frequenGles
and coml7lnc the results In asingle
reading. The A·netwon: scale. In dElA
units. Is most comrnonly used since It
discriminates 3g3lnst the lower
frequencies. 35 does the human ear at
moderate sound levels.
229
226.
SOUND
JC.OusW
The mnclt ofphysicsM ~Is ~,
~ ~W1trol tnnsmlssicn.
~.anddfern of sound.
room~5
The 'U2Wesorwracterlstlcs of <I
room. ~tn, orconcert haD *.4t
ktermlnetMaudlPiI1ty of speech C1"
fldeIlty of II'1l1slcal sounds In tt.
~undjr.g~ard
Astruct.u~ r:Ntr or behlnd ;and
aPove;a~or~to
reflect the sou"" ~rd the
audlenu. -" ...
~ng5urfau
AnonabsorptIYesurface,from which
Incident sourJ Is refIecW. uSea esp. to
red1rect sourJ In aspace. r0 I1e effective.
artfIectlng surface should have aleast
dimension equal to orgreater than the
wavelength of the lowestfrequency of the
soond being refkted.
acoustical c!cud
, One ofanum~ ofacoustlc panels
Installe.:J near~ celling of aconcert
hall to reflect 50Und for Improving the
acoustic ,uattty of music. --:
_.-....._-...-
acou~ticJi analysis
Aaetalle.:J study of the use ofabulldll1!3.
the Iocztlon and orientation of Its spaces,
posslUle sources of noise. anathe deslraL>le
acoustical environment In edch usable area,
acous~1 de~lgn
The planning. shaping. finishing. and
furnishing ofan encloseJ space to estaDllsh
the acoustical envlronlT'.ent neuss.ryfor
distinct hearing,
acoustic.11 treatment
The application ofabsorrent or refIect.lng
materials to the walls. celll~. and floor of
an enclosed space to aIter or Impro'ie Its
acoustlc properUes. '
---.~-.-
--._...-.- d~ sound
~rWrne~M
Soun.:f ~te4 directly ~ ana
'tr3n~ through tM;alr.
Iivs
H~hfy~ntorresanant.as
;an audit.orlum orccncert ~IL
dud
~ re:scaance. as aroomfret
from echoes aM n:v~t1on.
!OQndproof
Imperrb15 to ,udllk sound.
~runce
The In~tIon and prOO"93tlon of
sound produud Py sym~thetlc vim :ion.
'J'1!1P~ vfVrmon
A~ lnductJ In one body Py tl-~
~ ofe:octfy the same perW
In a n~h~ Pody.
direct ",una _...._..1
Alri?ornt scund traveling directlyfrom a
source to the listener. In aroom. the
hUlTI3n 63t' a~ hears direct sou/lJ
I1efore tt ~rs ~ sound. As direct
souna loses intensity. the Importance of
refecttd scunaIl1Greases.
reverl?eratian
The persistence ofasound wtthln
anenGIos&:I space.caused !1y
muttlple refIectlon ofthe sound
100 ~ Its source h<as stopped.
~
.s 60
........ decayrm
attenuzt.Wn
Adecrease In ener~ or pressure per
unitarea of;a sound W2ve. occurring as
the dls~1'IU from the source Increases
as aresultofal?sorptlon. SC3tterf~. or
spreading In three dimensions.
]
loa
~ 4(}
§
The rate ofdecrease of sound pressure
~ 20
, level after Its source has stappea. usually
expressed In decibels per second.
o ~----~-----+----4-----~---4-----+----~
230
r"eVerPtrn.wn time
The time In ~nds requlreJ for;a
sounaITI3k 1n an enclosed space to
diminish Py 60 decibels.
Airborne sound waves bent by
dtffr.Ictlon arouna an <*stxle
In their path.
..-.- rdIected sound
The retum of una~roe.d alrrome
sound after strl~lng 3surface. at an
angle equal to the angle of Incidence.
~
::~'.-'.'
~...
~':.~:.,,""
, ......:::..... 0·······
". '.......••..••:::. ......" ..
echo
The repetition of asound produced by
the reflection of sound waves from an
c»structlng surface. loud enough ana
received late enough to be perceived 45
dlstlnct from the source.
flutter
A rapid sucus$lon ofechoes C3u5e4:llly
thenrlIectlon ofsound waves Ir.Icl: arid
forth'Paween two paralld surf.aces.
wtth suff1clent tl~ between each
reflection to cause the ~er to j,e
awareofseparate. discrete signals.
focusing
The convergence of souna waves rtflected
from aconc3Ve surface.
L
L
t-
l.
L
227.
~
~
.so
]
{
~
.so
~
;:,
~
90
MJ
10
60
50
40
30
2f)
10
j
/
/
i
1000. 2CXXJ
octavehnJcenterfr.-4'etlcies Infa
;-.............-.. noise crittria curve
. One of aseries of curves representing the
sound pressure level across the frequency
spectrum for 17ackgrouna noise that should
not ~ ~ In various e11vlronments.
Higher noise !eYels are permittedat ~
lowerfrequencies sincethe human e4lrIs
less 5alsltlve to sounds In this frequency
region. Also called He curves.
SOUND
nol~
Any sound that Is unwanted, annoying.
ord1scor&3nt, or that Interferes with
one's hearl"!! ofsornethlng.
:-- nol,,~ redllC'tWn
; The perceived difference In sound
: pressure levels Petween two enclosed
spaces. due to the sound-lsolatlni
qualttles of the separatlng barrieras well
as the al1sorptlon presentIn tM receIvIn~
room: expressed In kclbels. .
-_.'"' _ .._....----.. -~ ___ i __ ----..----- -----i~...:·
.moJtr7tdynolsy
background no~ ltiel -j
3fPr'OllJITI3te thres/loIJofh~rir~ for~ nol5e
The level ofamble.nt sound normally
presentIn a$~. aPave which speech,
music, orother sound5 must be
presented to be he3rd.
,tandil19W3Yt
Awave In which the amplitude of the
resultarrtof atnnsmttW and a reflected
wwe Is flxed In tlme and ranges from zero /.
at the nodes to 3 maximum at the
antlnoaes. ;
Interference _"'_'_._........_.._..........._............. j
The pMT1OIreI'Cn In which two or more Ilght
or souna W3'I'eS of the same frtqlJtncy
wmbine to re!m'orceor cancel each other.
the amp~ ofthe resultl"!! W3ve relng
equal to the algemlc or vectorsum of the
amplltudes of the combining waves.
..P5CrptioII ccef&lent
Ameasureof the effk:lencyof a
ma~NIIn aPsorVlng sound at a
speclfled~. equal to the
fractional partof ~ Incident sound
energyat Mfreq~cy a~ ~
the lTt3Wbl .....--..- ......................- .._..
nol~ reduction coefficient
Ameasureof the souna-al:1so"vlng
efficiencyofalI1~al. equal to the
average ofthe a~n coefficients
of the lTt3ter!4l comptl~ to the
nearest 0.05 Jt four frequencies:
250. 5OO.lOOO. and 2000 Hz.
'.00
.90
M
.70
.60
.50
.40
.J()
.20
.10 /
125
/
/
/
./y
250
white I!Cj~ f- .....-...........--.---................. 17ackground no~
An Ur!V3')'i~. unoVtn.lslve sound havfng the The sound "9""311ypresent In an
same intensity for an freql.le1lCles of a~lven environment, usu311yacompostte of
Uand. ~ to rrt3s( oroVI1ter3te unwarrtea soundsfrom both exterlor and interior
sound. Also called wnru SOuM. sources. none ~ which are-distinctly
ldentffial7le ~ the hstener. Also C41led
~mJ:,fent sound.
".r--
~ -r-
1000 2000
---
4000
..~rption
The Interception and conversion ofsound
energy Into heat orotherform ofenergy
~ the struCtureof amaterl3l.lMIsurtd
In salrins oral1sorptlon units.
~l7tn
Aunitofsound al1sorptlon. equal to
~ sq.ft. (0.D9 54 m) ofaperiect!y
al1s:orPtIv" surface.
metric~17ln
Aunitofsound al1sorptlon. eqU21 to 1
square meterof ~rfectly al1scrptlve
surface. Also calleJ ,~rptlcn unit.
frt<j{jtr~y in C}cks r~r $(Cord (Hz)
231
228.
SOUND
~und I:5cbtlon
The usedPu~ 1I3~1s and
c.on~~de~neato .
reJ.u~ ~ ofalrPoc-neana
structure-rome SCAlna from one room to
~ccfrotn ~~ to~ interior
of J ~1'dn4- Alsoc.IW SCUM ~~on.
fUn~i~p.th
Apath for the transmission of sound
other than through afloor, wall, orceiling
assemPly, as along such InterconneGtlng
~res as ductworl: or piping.
•irPol'M ~nd traI$mis,jon -.............-..-.- '" ...-f--}-f--+-"-+-+-i-t-+--t-"'-!-~F-1
SounatnnsmlUed wheft a surfoau 15 set
Into v~ bythe ittrn.:iItI"4 air
~ of~SCtJnJ waves.
~11orne~tr.I~i5slon ------...:-~.
SounJtransmittedthroogh the sana . .
~ ofJ ~'s stndurc as aresult
01dIreapf1ysIc3lcontact or Impact. as
~ ~ ~Ip~ or footsteps.
tr.Ift$m~ion loss
AJne3SGre ofthe perfom3nceof a ~Ildlng
~or~ assembfyln
~ thetransmls5lcn ofairborne
souM..'to the ~ In soona
~as" passes~h the Nterlal
ex' ~seri+j wfIeft tested1taRone-third
~e l:rand ~lesfrom 125 to
4OOOHz:~ln~AUPr.:n .
T7ww fM;t.ors enlunce tJJe 1l rJtIn§ of3
~ ~JItIS5, seprztton Intc
b)ers..,;~~.
~tra~m~~I0~
A~mber~oJth~
~eof aPulkIIng ~I ex
~ assembfyln prev~ the
tnn5ll'lls5bn ofa~ sound. eqU41 to
the~ ofIts11 V3~ at nine test
frequencies.
aceustlc; mass
ResJst.nce to the transmIssion of sound
C3usea by the Inertia and elasticity of the
transmlttln9 ~um.ln general. the
ram.namore densea 11ody, the greater
Its ~nce to sound transmission.
~50 r-;--+~~+-~-+--r-+-~-+~~~~~~
~
.s
~40 r-~-+~--+-~-+--~~4r-+~~+-~-+~
r~-"''''
,-lQ
: ~.;o r--t--+--rl--7-oC..f-~'-'rl~f--t---+---+--+--1--+--i
is
~ ~ 20 1---:;i-"7"-+-~+-",*=---+--+--~-+--+--;--+--+---+---I
: ::.
• 11'1
. "
~tn~I!I~,ioneta" •._..._ ........! ~ to jL--+--+---f--+--+--+--!---+--+--J.._I--+--+--+~
Asln~!e-flcmP,;, mll'lg ri the perform3nce
oJJ l7U~ ~teri31 ex ccn:structlon
~ In preventll'lg the transmission of
~ sauna.&erivea ~ rompa~ the
bbcraforyn ~ curvefex' the mzteTtIl or
~toastalWra~uerv::ycurve.
APW.:5TC
plenum barrier
An acoustic Darner erected In aplenum
(Net' a p3rtltlon to reduce sound
transmission I:>etween adjoining rooms.
vlbmion Isolator __.i
Aresilient I73se for mech3nlcal
equipment. Installed to reauce the
transmission ofvl!n-aton and noise
~the ~pport1~ strocture. Also
called Isolation mount.
inertL1l7locK
Ahe.l't')'concrete Ir.lse for vmtlng
mechanical equipment. used In conjunction
WIth vfl",rtlon Isolators to Increase the
mass ofthe equipment and decre4se the
potentiaIfor vfbratory IT1OVement.
di5<:Ontinuou5 c;onstructWn
Arryof several constructlon ~hoas,4Is
the use of s~ggered studs or reslllent
mountings. for breaKing the continuity ofa
path th~h which structure-~ sound
II't1y !Ietr3nsmitted from one space to
another.
Tbe IHfhertieSTC17tJr.I. ~ ,.ezt<rtile
5CUJJ-IscIztky• qffief'IUt:erUIcr
~ Mopetr JJxn4y~1I1 SfC
~ of1O; I'IOf'fTi3fconstructton bsSfC
I7tiIfSfl'CIIff YJ ~ 6O;!p«bI~ Is
~&STCr1tIng5~ 60.
- - - , - - - - -0 ~ered~tud p,rtitlon
~~
Stnscturt-borne scund ~ted by
~ ,,"~, as ~ footsteps orthe
~ offurniture.
Impact Jrt,ubtIon c;~
A~1c-tIu~ rnl~ oftJle performance
of• floor-ul~ constnlctlon In pre'fflTtlng
the transmlsslon of ltnp<Ict noise. Am-.: IIC
The "'4hertlleocrztJn§. the mex-e dftCtJy~ Is
tlIe~kI~i1lf'3ct~ The
ncrltinf repbas the~ IJ5dImfnct
~ ~ (HR) XIdIs WOXfm3td;·~
to the I«t7tJng +51J6 for; gMtr
const.roctJon.
232
" ",----,-"/~
' .... -..:.._--,.
75
~ 65
.s
l
~55
11'1
11'1
t 45
~
~
~ 35·
~.
25
It')
~
~ c--,
<::)
~
It)
·35
45
55~
..!!
)
t:
~
G5~
~
-S
75~
t
~5
~ <::) ~
~
<::) ~
~ ~
'" ~
one·t!-.irdoctJ'It EndurrUr frequency (H.zj
: A partition for reducing souna
transmIssion Pe'twetm rooms. frarneJ with
two separa~ rows of stllds arranged In
zigzag fa5h1on and supportl"9 opposite
Qces of the partItIon. sometlrnes with a
flPerglass bbnl::a ~.
~illent mounting
Asystem offlexlVle attachments or
supports th4t pennIts room surfaces to
vfmt.e nornully witholIttransmtttlng the
vfmtor)' motions and assocuted noIse to
the supportl"9 structure.
.---- -. ~lIlentc;h.1nnel
Ametal channel for the resilient mounting
of wallboard to studs orjoists, used In
sound-lsoIatlng construction to reauce
the transmission of vllmtlons and noise.
~lIIentcHp
A flexible met31 device for the reSilient
mounting of wallPo3rd or me~llath to
studs orJoists. used In sounc/·lsol3Ung
constructron to reduce the transmission
of vibrations and noise.
,.
r
l
229.
handrail
A raIl providingahandhold and
-----------------'L servlngasa support at the side
-.....!!!a stair or platform. -:
'. :
" 1
,,
" !
hi1droom --------------------- ------------.---- ---
The clear vertlcal space from the nosing
" ;
'i.,.
:,
: ,
of astair tre:aJ to any overhead
ol>struct1on. usually required by Utilldlng
codes to ~ at least 7810. (2 m).
st.Jirhead
The top or tap lanalog ofa stairway.
ri~ .-----...--.- ..------.-
The measured height of a stair
SUp oraft~ht of steps.
. ,
: ,,,,
" ,,
"
"'1
L ____
,------.----.-.- tr~ad
STAIR
One ofa fl~ht or series
of steps for gol~ from
one level to another, as
In a~ullding.
i The horizontal upper surface ofastep
In Ii stair. on whIch the foot 15 placed.
:---.- nosing
: The usually rou"jed edge ofa stair
tread that extends over the riser.
_.' riser
The vertlcal face of a stair step.
~
raking rl5er ~.-.-.---'>
Ariser that Is Inclined Inward to permit
mare footroom on the tread I1efow.
+---+----- stairway
A passageway from one level ofa
~JiLding to anather 7y aflight of staIrs.
~~+---------------------------F==========~I fI~ht
stairwell
A vertical shaft oropening
COfltalr.lng a stair1'f3Y.
I3dder
Astructure of wood. metal. or rope.
u~llyconslstlng of two sklepieces
Joinedat sutta~1e Intervals by t:rars or
rungs. forming Ii means ofc!1mbing up
ordown at an angle of pitch Wtween
7Soand 90". ----.-. "- .---- -- ... -- .-. -- -- ...-.
nJng -------.-.-..---.
One of the crosspieces,
usually round&!. forming the
steps of alaader.
ship'sladaer
Afixed stepl3Jder having an angle
of pitch Petwurl 55'and 70'. -
usually equipped with handrails.
run ~__._____..J
The horizontal distance ~tween
successive risers or l7etween the first
and last risers ofaflight of steps.
---
AconUnuous series of 5tepsl7etween one
f.oo1' or landlog of a Uulkllng and the next.
.-------- ..----.-.-------------.. crfticalangle
:" The angle of pitch abore which 3 5t3ir
is consldered to l7e uncomfortal7le or
unsafe. usually 50~
ri~r;tread ratio
The preferred ratio ~ween the riser and
tread ofa stalrstep. specified by either of
two formulas:
R+ZT =24 to 25;
RxT= 72 to 75.
·i----·--·· prrlerredangle
: For aft4Jht of stairs. any angle of pitch
; ~een 25°and 36~ Ot'. for aramp. an
. angle ofpitch less than 5~
;-' nmp
! Asloping floor, walk. or roadway
! coonectlng two levels.
!
'upped ramp
Aseries of ramps conne:cted by SUps.
.--"'--'-.. -_.- helicline
Acurved ramp.
233
230.
STAIR
5traight-run ~~Ir _....-..---.--.
AstairexttMI"4from one level to
,notherwtt:hout turns or winders.
fllet
~ ofthe steps In , straIght
flight cl5taIrs. •- ...-.---...- .....- ..--...--.-.....
,~rUr-Rm stair .----........--.-....-.,
AsblrM~ a ~ht-angled tum. !
ronslstln§ of~ straight flights ;
connected (,yan IntemnIng IandI~ or !
, ~ ofwInkrs. AlsocaRed Lstair. :
~~~~~~~~~,
pace
~tralght fl~ht
Aflight ofstairs having no
turns or winders.
I3nding
ApIa~orm Petween flights of
staIrs orthefloor at the foot
or head of, flight ofstairs.
.//,---+1--'-~';.;;;""'" ,uarterspace landing
! AsquartIandlngwnneGtlng
t two flIghts of.. staIr. Also,
/luarterpau landing.
--- ---
walking nne
Ahne 18 In. (457 mm) In from the
centerllneof"' handrall. along
which the run of awinder Is the
same as aflier. Also called Une
oftraveL
'::.-....- halfspau landing
.... Alanding ronnectlng two
i'''''' winder
'1 Amore or less we.dqe-shapeJ staIr
1 step for changIng dlrectlon.
i kitt winder
The central of three stair winders
1I13~lng :a 9O"turn. -I
--------
Ar.l1std step or platform. esp.one
5eIYlng as abinding or resting place at
the endofa~ flight of steps. Also
cal1ea foatpu. r------,-.,---"[1r--rr-l....--,rr-n-'-:n flights ofahalf-tum stair.
: Also, ~Ifpau landing.
~1f..tml5b1r ~-H--I+---H-+----#-~~: ...
AstW~tums l8O·ortnl"OlJgh two
ri9ht anglesatan Intervening bndlng.
dcf~~ir
Ahalf-return stalrconslstlr~ oftwo
stral§ht flights immediately s1de by
side and c:ormect-ed by an Intervening
bnJIng.
dcul7le-l5taIt
Ahalf-tum stair hMr-9 two
I~te landings, each offering
.. 90'"ch211¥ ofdirection. --...- ...........-.
three-,uarter-tvm 5~lr .-.---..--.---..---..-.--.--.....-...........-.........-
Ast.aJr Mulring a three-qtl3rter tum
for contlnuedascentor ~
winding mlr
My stairccnstructed chld1y with
~ as ageometrical or spiral stair.
circubr5blr ...........,.•
AwfndIn~ stair having acircular plan.
fptr"'Sbir ______._..._.___.._..t..:.........__...._
Adrcubrstair having ~-s-haped
~ wincing around and su~
po,. auntral post.
newel .._......................................c:::
..;;;;.::=.==:;;3
Acentralpost from which the winders
of, spiral staIr radbte.
234
I
I
dou17e-retum 5~ir ---
Astair havlnf one wfde flight
from ~ mainfloor to an
ntel'1T1ed1ate landing. and two
s4k flights from that lanalng
to the floor a~ove.
~---~
// . /7f~---W
// /.:
/ I I
I ,~+-_____
~
I" .
I ,------'.__.,._....-------
l~===rrt....~
"-...
17al3ncea step ~...i
Arry of aseries ofwlrJers so
amngeJ that th~ 2"e nearly.s
wIde at the Inside of the stair as ~
adjacent fliers. Also C3f1ea dancing
sUp. d.1nclng winder.
elliptlwll &tair
AwIndingstair h3ving an eWptIC3l1y
shapeJwel.
geometrl~1 stall'
Awlnalng stafrccnstructed aroun4 a
Circular orelliptical well without the
use of newels ana often no landings
~etwun floors.
. ... , ......... r .. -·· .. ~ wre.1the
....."..... ACUlVed section of handraIl.
, "
l ..-.-...~.--- wrt.1the piece
: I AcUlVea section of astaircase strirl4
I
I
l
231.
STAIR
landing tread .......................-....- .............".
Al10ard dlrectly over the uppermost riser In ...
string 5talrc25e
One ofthe sloping roards running
alongside astalrc:.1se to support or
COlt< ~ ends of~e treads and risers.
Also oiled 5~Poard. stringer.
.3 flight of stairs. having an ~ II13tchlng
that ofthe noslngs 011 the stair treads.
w.1l 'tring -.-.--.--..- ...-.-...-......-.-.............,.
Astair string setagainst awall. ",
usually notched or housed.
c.arrilge ~'-'---" .-.....---.................-.--.-
An InchneJ PeaIn for supporting
the ~ of ;J stJlr. Also called
hors.!. rough ~er.
~x5tair
Astair having ahoused string on
both stdes SO tbt It may vemore or
less completelyfklJshed Vefore velng
set In Itsfln.lloc3tlon.
hcu~'tring
II staIr string reaMng the enas of
risers ana treads In aseries of
housings. Also ~ ct05e4 .."'''~.'---l'_tt-_Hl~::__--7<;:__~~~~_+_""''I.
;apron ~ ..--..·.--.-....-..- ..-.I-.N&<.:.::.>!.r.o..,~-·"":::I..J~~
Ahe3der receM~ the ends of stair
ca~. strings. and thejoists of
bn.dlngs. Also calb:l pitching pl~e.
kickpl~ -r---··..·····..·....···-..·
A plate for anchoring and
aDsorVing the thrust of an Inclined
~Der. as a stalrcarri.lge.
niling
A ~rrlercompoc...eJ ofone or more
horlzontal ralls ~pport.ed by spaced
Uprightsor !:>alusters.
,
,t..1nchion ~......- ..--......-......- .....
An upright postor support. as In a
wiMow or raflln~
p.lltStl'3de
Araill~~ with
balu5ter ~-.-..- ..-.-..-.-....--..........
Arry of anumrer ofclosely spaced
SJpports for;l rJ~. Also called
~Jnlsw.
newel drop •.._._...._..._..._ ......._ ...,i
An ~mental. doI'fnward projection of
;I r!eWel post. oft.e:rt through asoffit..
S-rletynoerng - ...-...........................--.•...-
Anaslng havIng an alms1ve. nonslip
Atread h3vlng a roughened surface to
prevent slippIng.
wai5t
The least thickness of areinforced·
COI1crete stair slap,
r;amp
Ashort concave slopeor bend. as
OM cannectlng the higherand lower
parts of a stair railing ata landlng:--
AfI~htorserle$of~htsofstalrs.
Includl~ Its supporting mmework,
casIng. and h3ndralls.
open-string st3lr
Astair it3vlng an open string on oneor
roth sides.
.......~ open string
Astal~ string having Its upper
t:dge cut to the profile of the treads
and risers. Alsocalled cutstring.
:ltalrro" face string
Ametal rod for holding astair
carpetIn place against the .
.Iwttom ofariser. ---1
Theouttr string ofastaircase. usually
of better materl31 orfinish than the
carrl3ge which Itcovers. Also called
finIsh string.
bracket .-..
retum
Acontinuation of the rounded nosing
ofatre;ad I1eyonJ the face ofan open
string.
..-.-- cut-;and~miUred 5tring
An ornamental plea: filling the angle
Petween ariser and the overhanging
edge ofIts tread.
An open strI"9 having the vert:cal
edges of the notches mitered with the
ends of the stair risers.
.-.......- ....... curt.iJ
Ahoriz.ontal spIral tennllt3tlon to the
lower end ofastafr rail. Also calbf
volilU.
.--.---.-...-. curbit step
Astarting step having ascroll
termlnatlon to one or Path enas of the
tread.
...~- MWet~p
Theterm11131 fe;ature ofa newel post.
often moldeJ or turned In 2 decoratlve
runner.
..-...-.--.....-.- newet
Apostsupporting one end ofa hanaraU
at the top orbottom ofa flight of
stairs. Alsocalled newd post.
open-rtur~Ir
Astair havl"9 open spaus Pet~n
sucuss1ve treads. alloWing lightto
pass from a!xlve.
............. ...................... open ~
.,/ An o~n space I1etween two
successive treads.
.. pan tread
Asteel pan rw:Mng aconcrete fill and
s.t:rvlng as atrt:3d or as acomDlne.:J
tread and riser.
235
232.
STONE
Rock or2 pieuof rock ,U3rrled 3nd
woried into aspulfic size and slupe
for aparticularpurpose.
rock
5otkI1I'1Ine:ra11N~. naturallyformeci
by the aalon of bQt orW3terant.!
occ~ In fragments orlar¥ II13sses.
&ed~ry rock ------------...-..;
Aclassof n::d fonned by the
~ ofstDlrnent.as bmestone.
s.ndstone or shale.
Ii~
AsedIt1e:ntalj' roct funned chiefly by the
accumubt10n oforpnlc renulns. as shells
N caaI.conslsUng It13lnlyofcalcium
~. ana used as abul~ stone and
ill the IIGfImcture of lbne.
tnvertine
Ara~ of bmestcne deposited Py sprin~
W4ters. esp. hot springs. soIJ as nurtie In
tM~~
dolomite
AIItnesfone rich In m~neslum carPoMate.
ooliU
. ADmestone comp0se4 ofsmal round.
~Icerous grains rcsemPling fIs& roe. Alsa
c.Iec:I11M stone.
UndstoM
A~I)' roc;l: cooslsttn§ of sand.
usuallyCuartz. cemented ~r by
various suPsf.anctS. assilica. clay. or
~lcfumc.arWnm
bfues1:oM
Aden~ flne-gramea. argillaceous
sandstoRe thatsplitseasilyabng bedd1~
planes tofonn thin slaPs.
mWMtcM
Aredd:sII-Prown s.ndstone quarried and
used extensively as aI7ultdlng II13terlaL
~ap~ne
A~ssNe. soft rock contJlnlf14 ahigh
proportlon of tJlc. used as dimension stOM
for hea1hs. tJPIc tops. anJcarvea
ornaments. Also called stutlU.
236
metamorphic rock ----
Aclass of rock that has uMergone a
change In structure. texture. or
compostUon due to natural OIge:1cles. as
~ and pressure. esp. when the rock
becomes harderand Il1Ol'8 crystamne.
ItUrble
Ametamorphic rock ofcl)'stJllIud
hmestone.ccnsl5tlng 1I'.alnlyofc.alclte or
dolomite. capal7le oftal:lng ahigh pohsh.
and usedesp.ln architec1;ure and sculp?J~ ,
The presenceand dlstrlWtlon ofnumerous
minerals account for the d1stlnctwe
varleg3ted appearance that many marl1les
have. Thecommercial tenn Includes many
dense hmestones and SOI!lC: coarse-grained
dolomites.
verda~ue
Adari:-grten. mottled serpentIne that
takes ahigh polish and Is sold 3S amarple.
Also. verdeantktue.
,bU
Aknse. fll1(7-gralned metamorphic rock
fortned l>y the compression ofvarious
sediments.3S clayorshale. having good
cleavagealon9 parallel planes.
,uartziU
Acompact.granular metamorphic rod:
consisting essentially ofttuartz, krived
from sandstone.
gne~
A~nded orfohated·metamprphlc rock
comsponaing in composition to granite. In
which the minerats are arranged In layers.
IgMOUS rock ~-..!
Acbss of rod: formed by the
clj'St4IrlZ3tlon of molten ma~ma.
as ~ranrte.
g,..n~
Avery hJrd. ccarse-gr3Jr.ecJ lqneolls roct
com~ maJ:11y of quartz.. feldspar. and
mlcJ I)( other colored mlnen!.s.
o~ldr.n
AvoIc.anlc 9~S siml~r in composltion W
gra~. USU3ty H3ci: with a bright luster.
and tr.iInsparent In thin p1eces.
nu~ite
A~ to ne4r+j bbci: mlner3l wpper
c.a~.U5ed ~ ahighly poIIshetI veneer
ana for Nk!~ om3 mental artlc!es.
~rrtJne
AII'IIr«.11 or rod: COIlslstlng of hydrous
nug~um s!lIc4te. usually green In color
and ~" ~ appe;annce.
l
l-
l-
L-
L
L
L
233.
grain
The granu13r ~ureor appearance of a
stone.
,
vedding pllne .-.-........-..........-.....:i;;.-~~~~~
The surfau that sep"rates one
str.ltum or bye-of strat1f1ed rock
from ;lOOtMr-.
cle.w3¥ plane _ ....---....._...-.....-
A~ smooth surface along whleh
~In rocks l'rII tend to sp!lt.
e;plit-hua
Nott~ a~h stone finish produced
by splitting to ~ the Peddlng
planes..
m~tcne
Arry f'tne-~ralr.ed stone, as hmestone or
S3~, ~C3n ~ ,uarr!eJ or
wortt.d~. esp. one thatcuts well In
all directlons.
carved werk .- ..... _. -....-....-..-.....
Han.d-cut oma~t31 features In bid
or st.one masonry.
ca5tstoM
Ah4r~ mix rI concrete wtth a
fine storie ~~te. havlng a
surfx.e ~una. ponshed. or molded
to slmulate rut.lral stone.
Iwnedfinish •... - ......_........
Asrnocth stor.e finish having little
or no gloss. obtak1ed by ru bblng with
an abraslYe.
poljs~ work ~ ..
A stone fx.e of Cf)'StJ1line texture. as
of m3r.k or grJnlte. grourtJ and buffed
to form J g!4/ssl1ke surf3Ce. Also caned
glassed surface.
~~~.{~"~x,'·"' '1
,~tl~0~~,')~~~~
STONE
building ston~
Any stone suItable for use In
Pulldlng construction, as limestone,
IT13rMe, orgranite.
.....' fieldstone
Loose, unflnlshed.stone found 0f1 the
surface or In the soli, esp. when used for
building. as In ell)' masonry.
...-. dimension stone
Quarrtea anasquared stone 2ft. (€itO mm)
or mare In le"9th anawidth and of ~
speclfled thickness.
dressed stone
Stone worked to desired shape and
smoothed on theface.
:......._.. _.-... pitch-faced
~ Noting astone having all arrlses cut In the
...------------t---, same plane and thefaces roughly dressed
wtthaplek.
draft
Aline or borderchlseleJ at the edge ofa
~tone to guide the stonecutter In leveling
the surfaces.
L._ drafted margin
Asmooth, uniform IT13rgln i'!on:ea around a
:..:.~.:.""'} !7'."!~"'??T') stone face.
L._ sunk draft
Amargin of astone set below the rest of
the face.
... - boasted &umau
Astone flnlsh obtained bychiseling
roughly parallel grooves across the face.
--. batted ,urface
Ascored stone surface made with a
mason's chisel after the surface has
been rub17ea smooth. Also called
tooled surface.
237
234.
STRUCTURE
Ast.Ple ~s5e/'i1bly ofstnJctural
elementsdestgntd ana canstructed
to function as awhole in supporting
and transmitting appntd loads
SJfeIy to the grouna without
exueding the allowable stresses
in the members.
linear ~tructur., ,
Astructural member ~vln9 alength that ~
domll13t.es Its othertwo dimensions.
~id
Ofor pert3lnl~ to astructure or . ~m
stroctur.al memDeI' h~ ashape t~t
~ notc~r~eapprcc!aDlyunkrt~ /
::.:;:=or~~~~~~.~~//
AS'tnlCture or 5tructlIr.almtmber that
~ external focus prIm3lily
~l'OU!1h the ~II:: and ~ulty of Its
material as aDe:im or column. frame
'eCt<)r-actNe structure ----------------------------.
Astructu~ th3t red1rect5~mal
forces prinurlly through the composition
of tension and compression memDer'S. as
.a truss.
~KtNe rtructu""
AS'tnJGt.u~ that realrectsexternal
forces prilT'4rily abrlg the contlnulty of
41 surface. as ap!.ateor shell _._.__,-_.......__.._________:-____ ---__.__ .-.....-.-....,-.•.- ...---. -.--.---- "-
~r1I~mDer
One oftntconst:ltue:1t parts Into which a
~re m:zy ~ rtSOlved I1yanalysis.
hH.ng .a unlt4ry c~mter and exhlDltl~
J unique loeh3vlor unk!- an appl1ed load.
.238
,
compre~lon memller
Astructural memberSUDJect prfmartly
to compressiveforces. --tt-=·CI:::r:::I::CI::r:::r::~~_
~tnrt
Astructur.al memDerdes~ned prtmarfly
to resist IongltuJlnalcompression.
uMlon meml1er
Astructural membersubject primarily
to tensile forces. J.~____-.--.--r--'--.--r-"'--'---A~'
tie
,umce~tructure
Astructural member having alength ana
width that dominates Its thlcl:ntss.
f
i
_._J
OM-way
Of orpert.lnlng to a structure or
struaural member havl~ aIoaa·cjrrylng
mechanIsm thatacts In one direction only.
twO-way
Of orpertaining to astructure or
structural memrer havIng a Ioaa·carrylng
mechanIsm that acts I" two or more
dll'e(;tlons.
~
rJ
rJ
I
.J
I
,..I
I
1...1
l."
V
I
lr
I
!
l,
J
I
M
235.
,tl'""
,/ i .""-.
/.
. .
/ "'-. .
" . :
,tructural unit
Ad1scrett struG"Wre oras~mbly of
structur.il members formlng;1 spatial
volume.
......~..~.~ .'1//
'. j: ./ ~ay
: . ! Amajor spatial division. usually one of;1
: sues, marltd or part!tloned off by ~
principal vertlcal supports of astructure.
t.-ansition structure
II s~ture meJi3Ung Detfleen two cr
r.-.c~ drffererrt stnJCtural patterns
!Structural grid
Agrid defining the princIpal points or niles
of supportfor a structural system.
regubrgrid
Astructur.il grid havlng regularly
rtpenlng Pays In two dlrectlon.s.
cfou~legrid
A5truCtural pattern consisting of t....o
gridsoffset from each otheranacreatlng
Interstltl3l spaus ~en tM bays.
inU~1
Irregubr grid
Astructural grid havl~ Irregularly
Sh3~ !lays In one or more directions.
!Slipped grid
Astructural grid h'-lYing points or lines
of supports spaced uniformly In one
dlrtctlon Put val)ing In the other.
STRUCTURE
~
J _I ,
: :1 :
1 i
I
&tructuralpattern
The arrangement ofprinCIpal vertlcal
supports for astructure, whlGh
Influences the see:ctlon ofan approprtrte
sp;annJn~ sys~ a"" esbPllshes the
possllnhtles for the ordering ofspaces
ana functions.
236.
STRUCTURE
structural des~n
T'he preussofali3ngl~ InterconntC~ng.
slzln4. and proporUonlrl4 the members of a
~I system In ordertc safely C3rT'j
agiven set ofIoac.ls without exceed1rl4 the
a~ stresses of the materbIs
emp~. DDDDDDO
.a1Icw..I7~ stress k~~n
AmOOd fi:lr sizing arJ proportJonlng a
structllral r<:mper ~ on the
2SSUmpU::Ja that the savice load will not
skts5 *.e I'I3teriaI ~ Its allowable
st.resse:s. AI:sc ailed ~t«; dtslgn.
~ design. woroni 5~S de~lgn.
~nkW
Aklad used In structural
kslgn computations.
i .'
DL=P;L=@
----=~- ..
atlowa17Ie Ioaa
Aklad Ind~ the alloW3!?le
st.~ at acrltlc3l StCtlon
of astructu~1 metT1Per.
uftJ.mm rtrength ~lgn
Arna/IodftJr sizing arJ proportioning a
s~rat nanpt:(' D.~ on the
~;.I.~ta~wdwillnot
~ the natt:ial ~ Its ufUlT13te
~. A'6o ~tIed fxtored load
~ Iaad-bctcr kslgn.
Iimit~ig1l
Struct..lral does!;n ~ on arry
chose-n nm!;of 1..'Sefu1r.ess. as el3stlc
ftmlt, pl3st(; nmit. or ~ue limit.
DL =FL =®.:X FS
,.
,.
r'
strvfu load
The IT13Xlmum load a~..ructure may!:>e
~son3!1ly r~ulred to support during Its
usefuillfe.. BuIlding codes specify minimum
service loads forvaric1JS uses. occupancles.
types ofconstructlon. and environmental
conditions. Also C31~ wari:lng load.
~ ~.
bctoredlo~ ..........., ......, hcto'D".rety
A~ load ~ual to the sel"YU T'I1e ratio ofthe maxlrnum stress t~ta
load ~ by.. f3ctcr of S4fety. structural memberC3l1l'1'1thstandUl the
!.JsoC2IIec:f uft.Imat.e load. maximum stress ts~ for ItIn the
usefor which itIs kslgned. Alsoc.ol!ea
5.1fetybctor.
,tructunlf;anure
Any cond!tb1. AS fnctwing.11ucI:nng. or
pl3stlc ddormatlon. ~ renders a
struct.Jral a.s~PIy. ~ orplnt
lnca~ofSIJstJinIn~ ~ 1oad-C2rry1ng
functloo forll'f1lch it W15 ~ned..
240
structural analy5~
The process ofdeterminIng the 3blllty of a
structure oranyof its constltuent
memrers to safely carrya given set of
loads wtthout material distress or
exceSSivedeformatlon. given the
arrangement. shape, and dimensions of
the members. the tyPeS ofconne:ctlons
and supports utilized. and the allow3l7!e
stresses of the materials employeJ. For
an exIstIng structure, thIs ~ure Is
also known as str-Jctul'al ratl~.
'j
. J
~ I
J
Il1
I.
L,
I~J
I~
r
t
f
I.
237.
load trace -------
Theprocess of modeling how astructure
collects. channels. and redirects the loads
resulting from exterrtill forces through the
hierarchyofIts memrersto the foundation
and underlying solt Tnt ar13~ USU311y
starts at the roof level wtth the smallest
metnPers actually picking up the loading ana
proceeds bytracing the loads through each
collecting memPer. Tnt re3CtIons of each
memrerto Its loading Pecomes forces 011
the metnPer$ supportl~ It. Also called
load flow.
trivut.1ry are3 ------'------~~~___::;~'
The portion of~ structure contriputlng to
the lou! 011 astructural t!ement or
memPer. Also called ccntrWutcryarea.
ttibut.1ry
Channeling Into somtthlng mare Inclusive.
STRUCTURE
~
. .
!.'~~~!
. . .
i .
. .
. : : .
tril7lrtaIj' lead
The load on astructural element o~
memDer coUe<;teJ from Its tripubry area.
r--- load strip -----------+l+-~::__~~ff!__'
The triPl1t3ry area ~r unit Itngth ofa
supportlng structural memrer.
~..- ...-.......~ primary mem17e1"
• Astructural mem~ ~serTtlal to the
staplllty of astructural whole. Also
called rn.1ln mempeT.
/'._........ ve3ring
- Apoint. surface. or mass th3t supports
weight. ~p. the area of C011tJct t>etween a
Dearing memt>er. as:l t>eam or truss. and a
column. wall. or other uMe~ing support.
ve3r1ng 'tr~'
The stress deveJopea t>etween a~earlng
memPer and an underlying support. equal to
the quotleT1tof the magnttuk of the forces
transmitted and the area ofcontact
~etween the two eI.ements.
I
I I
241
238.
STRUCTURE
'upportcoMition
The Nnner Inwhich as~14I1
rne:mber Is ~pportea and connected to
other mem~. affecting the nature of
the rtactIYe forces devebped on the
Io.dtJm~.
pointohttpport
Apoint Oft astructur.11 memberat which
Its reactIoft to aload Is tr2l1$111ltted as a
forutoa supporting rnetn!1er. ~--''''''-''''''
~-..--..- ...-....-.. unre5trafned ~mber
fixed-end connection -.-.......
Arigldjoint connectln~ the endof a
stnJctur.11 memw to a support.
242
Astructul'3l meml1er permitted to rot3te
freely aroutapolntolsupport.
plnjoint
Astructural connection that allows
. rotation but resists translation In arry
direction. Also called hlngtjoint.
pinned ccnnectlpn.
pin
Aslender rod driven th~h holes In
adjacent parts to !upthe parts
together or topermit them to mcve In
one plane relative to each other.
rtgtajoint
Astructural connection that Nln'talns
theangular relationship ~ tM
joined elements. restrains rotation and
tr2nslatlon In any direction. and pr'OVk:Ies
both force and moment reststance. Also
calteafixed connectlon.fixedjoint.
rigid connection.
roller 5UppOrt
AstructlJl'3I support th"t allows rot.;tIon
rot resists translatlon In adlrectlon
ptrpendlcul3rInto or iW4Y from Its bee.
Also canea rollerjoint.
C<1ble ~upport
AcalXeanchorage tit<lt allows rotat1on
rotreststs tr3n$latlon only In the
dlrectlon ofthe cable.
anchorage
Ame3ns for Pndlng a st.roctur.11 rretrJ,.er
to another or to Its founaztlon. often to
resist upllfU,~ and hori.w1t31 folUS.
~-.
I
l
! I
I .
U
u
L
L
L
L
L
L
239.
STRUCTURE
,t3bility
Th~ abilityof astructure.when dlstUm:a
from acondition ofequili~riu mby an appfled
load. to develop Internal fcrces or moments
••~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~) ~grestore~eor~~I~~~.
lrteralst3pmty
The ability of astructure to resist
I3teral forces without sliding.
o.'ertumlng.l1uckllng. or collapSing.
In-aced frame ",
Astructural frame of linear"
lIot:mbers maJe rigid Py ;1 system
of dlagor13Imembers.
diaphragm
Arel3t1vely thin. rigl.d structural
member capal1le of withstanding
shear when loaded In adlrectlon
para!let to Its pl3ne.
~=~:~~~:~'=::-----~i: ~.I ] -- ~=~£::.~,~~:"
111 fJ down underanapplied k:l3d without a
......~~~~~~~..... ch3"ge In length ofarty lna.vidu31 member.
".
IaUral17raclng
l ~
St3!nllzlng astructural ~...em ag31nst
~1--------_____=~IO""'SI>y"""of~"'I""""S
_~_ Astructural element for posltlonlnq,
supporting, stre~thenlr~. or restraIning
I
I-
the members ofa struct1.:nl frame..
al3gOnall7racing
Asystem of Inclined memWs for mclng
the angles between the rrenbers ofa
structural frame and ensuring the ~I
stabilltyofthe whole.
5W3y17race
Adlagonal memberfor mc:r.g ;1 st.rtJcture
~alnst I3teral forces.
. -_._- cro'517rulng
Apalroftransvcrse bra~ for st.ob;:tzlng a
structural frame ag.olnst ~...eral~,
When using cables. two are ~lj'to
St3!7i1tze the structure a~Ir!5t 1a~1
forces from eitherdlrectiorL For ~h
c:flrectk:m. one cal1le wUl opmteeffectlvely
In tension while the other w01.:ld simply
tnJclde. Ifrigid braces are u~ acertain
degree of reaund3ncy Is lrT'y'oIYed situ a
slng~ meml1er Is capal1le of ~bH1zj~ the
stn.Jcture. Also. X-l7radrtg.
~.- ...__ ....... horizontal diaphragm
. ArigId floor or roof plane act:!~ as a
~In. deep beam In transferring lateral
forces to vertical shear .,....rtS.11raud
frames. or rigid frames.
....._......- ... 5he.1rwall
Avertical diaphragm acUr14 35 athin.
~p cantilever Deam In tra:'lSferri~
i3uralloads to the ground f"'Jnd3~n.
243
240.
STRUCTURE
regul.u 5tructure
Astructuralsystem c~ract:ertze.dDy the
symmttrIcaIconflguratlon ofmass ana
later.Iforce·reslstl~ ~nts and
having no significant d1scontlnuttfts of
stiffness or st.rength. The effects of
1ater.1 forces on regular structures may
!?Cdetmnlned Dy static Inethods.
~ring wall ~y5um
Astructural system ~tlng of
vertlcal planare!ements for supporting
grnity loadsana shear wans or lmleed
frames for r:eslstlng lateralforces.
~ul2r Wucture
Astructural system charac;t.crizeJ Dy arry
of ~rIous plan Of' ve~ Irreguiaritles, 35
asoftOf' d story. adscontlnuous
shearwattordlaphragm, or the "
asymrnetrIc:allayout ofInaSS Of' lateral·
force reslstlng elements. Irregular
structures ¥ner.l11y rettulre dynamic
al14l~ In orderto determine the
torsional effects oflattnIforces.
tor~lon..3llrregu~rity -----------....-.-..
The a~1 by<Mof m3SS Of' lateral
f01U-reslstlng elements. resultlng In
noncolncldent centers of mass ana
rests'bnu and C3uslng ~e story drift at
one end of the structure to ~ more th4n
the a~ ofthe story drifts at roth
ends.
frame 5ysum
Astructural system ccnslstlng ofa
tnree-d1melJ?lonaI array of
Interconnected linearmembers that
functions as acomplete. s.eIf-
contained u·nttln supporting gravity
loads ana she.ar walls or meed frames
for resisting lateral forces.
centerofresi5tance
moment'1'e5~tjng frame
Aframe system designed to resist
lateral fOfUS primarily by flexure In
the mem~ andJOints.
Thecentroid of thevertlcaIelements of a
lateral force-resisting system, through
which the she3r reaction to lateral forus
acts. Also called centerofrigidity.
reentr.lrrtcorner ----..-.....- .................-.._-...
DOD
DOD
DOD
ODD
DOD
DOD
DOD
The plan com'Iguratlor. ofastructure and
Its latml force-~ ~mb.avlng
p~ beyondacomer slgnlftc3nt1y
!rcaterthan the plan c2bnensIon In the
SiYen OIrectlon. Areentn/1t comer tends
to produce &Ifl'erentlal h.7tIons ~tween
differentportions of the structure, "
rcsuftlng In beal stress concentrations at
tM COt'TIeI'. Solutlons IncIuGie provldlng a
seismicjointto separa~ the Irolld1ng !nto
simpler wpes, tying the Irolidlng together
II"oOre s~1y at the comer, or splaying
the corner.
~{5mic joint •.._..-....- ........_- .............-...
Ajoint th4t physically separates two
adjacent 1ro1ld1t1g masses so that fru
vlln-atory movement In each can occur
Independentfy of the other.
244
r-dUJI system
Astructural syst.e~ fer reslsUng lateral
forces, combining t-I.,e ducUllty of 3
moment'res!stJrtg mrr.e wtth the" rigidity
of ashear wan.
"......• ecurrtric ~raci~
Astructural ~ for reslsU~
~ter.ll forces. COO'~,1l'.3 the ducUlity
ofa moment·rtSlst:.~ frarre wtth the
~Idtty of a brn.ea fr3 :ne.
y
I
. j
F
I
I
I
'"
I
&'''
l-
I
l~'
I
t
It
~.
I
I
t!
I
G
241.
ptrionted s~1I WPe~----"'-----'-'--'--"--
Atu~ structure h3ving perimeter shear
JIr.i ils lrith less thAn301 of the surface
:om ~orateJ by openings.
h:o~tuPe------------------~~~~--~~
AtJJbe structure having clo$ely 5paced '""'-' l~rt.i">1
~~ ccWlnn5 ~ld1y conn~ted by
~ ~reI reams.
~tuPe ---------------.----------.-.-
Aframed tu~ structure tled together by
• 5)'$ta1 of dbgonal mus.
tr~s.ed tuPe c.--------b*;::~t:t:'r_-__t:~nH3
A~ tu~ structure h3ving trussea
wag fnres of widely 5p3ced columns tied
t.,~ by dbgon3/ or cross /mlcl"4
~~5~be------------~~~~--~~~~~--~~~
A~ tu~ structure having perl~r
frarr.esof closely spaced c/1agonals with no
....
~column5.
P-unaled~ ---.------------------------------.-.---.----,_
An ~~ of narrow tuDes tied d1rect1y .•••
to exl! atI'er to fonn 3 lnOdular stniCtUre
that bd13ves lie a mu/"tlcellular roxgirder
C4~ngoutofthegrounJ. Mort
tu~ are som.etlrnes prorlded In the lower
~ of :0 t;lR structure wh~re greater
~~Ifo.-u resistance Is needeJ.
t.u~ilt-tube struct1.lre •. ----------.-- ....
Atu~ w-JCUJre hAvu19 an inner praced
t.u ~ a4.:W to th~ ~r tuo~ to
l!r.pror'e Its she3r5tlffness In resisting
~.er31 foru:s..
b-ract4ccre ~-------- --.--------- --,.'
1-.:1 :n~ sm-ice core br.3ced to prcvlde
~rtbl4l stiffness In reststlng latenl
f~.
ilrt.erM damping
T.".e ~~ th3t II41tur.li1y occurs 65:0
p...~ ~ ~stlc or plastlc
~n. ~ from the InternJl fr1ctlan
cf:O~m3terbl~s
~~). from the friction l1aw~n two
~ parts (frictlonal ~mpln~), ~-- - --- -- -.
or from the ~ resistance ofafluid
5-'xn 3s:olr (mcou5 dampln~).
~ro~mic dampi~
TI-.e shApInq of. tall ~ulki1ng to create
t-:rt-Jk:nc.e which g~nerates cross-wind 11ft
tc oppose cross-wind dd1ectlons during
"'~ wlnJs.
ttl,b1Jknee
1;-~Jl3r Il1ct.icn of che 3crn05phere
CCj,'""Jctat:::J by ur'-and·c!own current5
.
,-,.--It""""
,..---- ~
~~
r--:-~
H Ir-
~~
r--+-"~
STRUCTURE
tupe~cture
A high-rise structure having perimeter.
I3teraI foru-reslstln!! systems Inter11311y
braced fly rlgldfloor diaphragms. Atube
structure acts as acantilevered ~ Peam
In resIstIng lateral forces.
,bmp
To cause adecrease In amphtuk of
successive oscillations or W3V~s.
d~mping mech3nism
Any of various viS<:Oelastlc aevices
typically Installed at structuralJolnts to
3bsorU the etlerrJ generated by wind or
earthquak~ forces, pt'O!Jre5Slvely dlmlnlsh
, or ~lJmlll3te vl17mory oroscllbtory
rnotIons, ana prevent destructl'r'e
resonances from occurring,
L_______________ --..--.-.....• tuned ma~~ damper
A heavy mass moonte4 on rollers and
att3ched to the upper portlon of~ bll
pulfdlng with spring dampIng mechAnisms,
havi~ an Inertial tendeMGy to n::rruln at
rest ana thus counteracting ana
dissipatIng arry ~Ikllng movements.
pa5ei,oLttlon
Isol3tlng the I13se ofa l1ulldlng from the
ground with dJmplng mechanisms to allow
the superstructure tofloat 3S a~Id l10dy
and alter the natural period of vll1r.3tion of
the structur~ 50 that It Is dlff~rent from
that of the grouna. thus preventing
destructlve resonances from occurrinq
245
242.
SURVEY
To atUrmlne theex.1ctform,
boundaries, extent,ana position of
J tract of land by Unear anaangular
measurements and the apF"Catlon·
oftM principles ofgeometry and
t.r~onometrjl.
true north _-..- - -........-..J
The direction of the north pole from
1I given polnt.
..//'
//
nugnetic north ----------..-----~
North liS ~ Py the north-
~I~ pole of the magnetic needle
In 1I compllss. .
~~'d1~~-exp~;dI~ /
/'
rnet.e, 3na l70unas
. The property hnes or boundarIes ofa
parcel of bne.
plane ,urvey
Asurvey In which curvature of the e4r?l's
surf.lce Is Ignored. and all distances ~rJ
horIz.ontal angles are assumed to Pc
projectea onto a horizontal pI4Moo
~na survey
Asurvey made to estaPIlsh the length
and Dearing of roundary nnesana the
are3 of the tract bounded l>y these tr.cs.
cad.a5tn1 survey
Asurvey showIng rouna..rles and
p~ nnes, USU311Y ln4aeto.CI'e4te
land units suitaDle for transferof ~
~utts anal70unds
A!egaIterm for the 170unaary Ilnes of II
parcel of laM as used In deeds and ~
~retS ~ or westofatrue or /
",~"netlc north or south direction. / ,r....-. m~Jnd-l7ounas survey
.. -:I ; / Asystem oflana survey In which the
pLat
Apianor II't3pof land In acity, tawn.
section, or subdlvlslon.lnJlc;atlng the
location ana boundaries of Individual
properties.
n:lmuth __________.________________.i ~:./ cour5eaMlengthofeach boundary Une of
The angleof horizontaldeviation. _____•• " ./. aparcel oflandare called out startln~ at
measurea clockwise.of3 Pealing r·· "'( aknown refmnce point and woti::lng
from astandard dlrectlon.as from '"" around tM periphery ofthe plat until
;;~~~~:~-------. I A
~=~~~p.:oc~lnnl~-
,urvey plat
Aie9al documentdescrl~ the 1oc3t:C:
boundaries. ana dimensions ofatract IX
parcel of land.lnclud1~ zoning and
plannl~ commission approvals•.
easements and restrictions. and. for a
subdlvlslon. the dMdI~ tlnes of stred.,
blocks, and lots. aM the numbering arJ
almenslons ofeach lot.
Intersection are recorded 5l'3phlcally, / ' The compass dlrectlon from one reference
on aNp and liS dau Ina ub!tt ~ poIlrttothe nextfor each ~ofa~'
p~of~fnmng ·----··----c..---··-------· ...- I" and-roundssurvey.staW In degrees.
~ ~ pointfor ametes-aM- . mlnuUs. and seconds as an angular
rounds"'''''Y- ~'~",st......,oc0", no.<II or
legal de$crfption
Awrttten description of the Ioc3tlon ..rJ
boundaries ofaspecific parcelof Iand.
!:rasedon a~'and-Pounds surveyIX.
rectangular system ofsu~. or made
with reference to arecorde.d plat.
rect.angu~r system
Asystem of land survey !:rased on a
rno.:1i&4 9rid of north-south principal
me.rldlans and e;ast·west baselines.
Also C1lIed government system.
~n.ge .
On.s ofaseries ofaMsions numberedeast
or ~ from aguide II'1eI"IdI2n In the
rect.ongub,.~ ofSIJtYftjana
consistlng ofa rowoftownshipsthatare
IWlT1Pered north or south from a!:rase~ne........
=l~"j_;;;~~~~~~~.._
...'._.......
sysUIn d~. approxbl1atefy 6 54 mL
(932 ~ m) conta~ 36 sections.
&«t!cn
One ofthe:36 num~ subdiviSions ofa
township. ~h approximately One square
mite (2.59 S<tkm or 640 acres) and further
suPdlvded Into flJlves. CU3rters. and
CU3rter'1lUrters. ----1
1
"-.......
246
.-....
..............
._.._..._ ....._
.., princip;1 meridian
In the rcct3n~ular system of survey, a
north~h reference nne estaPllsred
at a~~tant:1allandmari: for alarge
area of land.
....---.. -----.-....• guide merid~n
In the rcct3ngular system of ~rvey.a
north-south ref~ hne ~
~ com:ctlon hnes at 24-mlle
Intm'3fs to the eas;and l'I'eSt of
princIpal ~ns_
•........~-...........-I-;-....----.-..- ... -.- l7a~li~
--+---+---1---+'--+---' The princlpal e;aS;.west reference nl18
for an are3 In UIt rectangular system C1f
survey.
t··-..·-..--··..·-····-- correa.lcn 11M
: An east-west reference bne Ioc.teaat
24-mlle nt.erv;aIs to the north and south
ofa!:rasel1ne In the rectangular system
ofsurvey. estaPllshea to correct for the
convergence of meridians and equalize
east·westdistances.
-........-....- .......... -..--. range line
In the rcct3ngular system ofsurvey, a
north·south reference line locaW at
6-mlle lITtervals between guide
meridIans.
j
l
l
l
l
l
I
...
243.
bel
Adevice for~Inl~ truehorlzorrt.1
or ~I dlrectlons by the centerl~ of
aP-.JWte In a~htly rowedglass tu~
filled with alcohol orether. Also called
spirlt.level --.----...----.-.-."'-'-
.artffi,ci.·d herizon
A~ 3S asurf:Jce of mercury.
5tJIdia --......-..-.----... -'-..---.,-...-.. -:
A~.od of surveying In whJ.;n dlstar;c.es 1,
are re;ad l7y noUng t~ In~1 on a
gr<1dUJte4 rod Intercepted by two
karizcn~1 cross hairs mounted In the
:::::::~:~_~_I_~~:~n~_.~. ~
Ared ;;nd white dJsl: on alevdin~ rod Uut,
f3C~~S the s1ghtln~ and reading of tr~
rod.
rod -_.-.-...-.._- ..... "'-"'_'-"
Astr..:ght pole or ~r. conspicuously
marU.d wtth grnuatlons.;;fJ used In
rne;;su~ the ~al d1s~na Petwec1 a
point 011 the ground .n.:! the tine of sight of
a~'s level Also called levelll9 rod.
sWi.JroJ.
cturn
Ad1st4 ;x:.e-measurlng devIu conslstl~
of 100 rr.rul nrn:sof~1J3lletgth.
Guntde cluln
Ad1st4na-me;;surlng devlu conslstl~
of 100 Malllnks and atataIle11gth of
66 ft. (20 m). Also called WN~cr'S
ctuln.
en.ginut"9 cluln
Ad1st4na-lTIasurlng devIu conslsUng
of 100 Irlet3ll1nks and atot3i fe11gth of
100 ft. (30 m).
. ~
datum ~_.._...i turning point .-..
./
./
./
Arty kYd surface. line, or point used
as 3 refmncdrom which reratlons
are lT1C3surea.
Apoint tempomlly located and marked in
order to estaUllsh the elevation or posit~
of asurveying Instrument at anew station.
l'
~~
-----------
,
,
SURVEY
trllauration
A methodfor determIning the relative
posltlons of three or more points by
treating these points as vertices ofa
triangle or triangles of which the sides and
angles can be measured,
tr~ngulation
A trigonometric methO<l for determining
the position ofapoInt by takIng rearlngs
from the end poInts of a1r.lsellne of known
I or measuraule length.
, I
.....··----····-r-····-····- ba$eline
/ Aline ofknown length and posItion from
/ which points or other lines may be '
-__ f estaWlshed.asacornerofa!1ullding
---~ structure ora property line.
oJ-
"
r---'-~-., "
transit
Asurveying Instrument. as atheodolite.
having atelescope that can Pe reversed
by turning In avertical plane. used for
measuring horizontal and sometimes
vertical angles.
thecdolr:e
A precision Instrument having a
telescopic sight for estaUllshlng
hortz.ontal and sometimes vertical
angles.
a1Id.1de
The entire upper part ofatransit or
theodolite. Including the telescope. its
supports. spirit level. horizontal cIrcle.
levell~ devices. and the spindle.
',~--.-- .... horiz.o~1 circle
~~~n __.. _ ...1
Apreclsel:i kx3te.d reference point
(N~ which a5'J:r~ng Instrument Is
cenured. Also C3lled Instrument
st.ttlot1. ut'1J p.
Acircular plate, graduated In degrees.
minutes. and seconds. and flxed to the
baseof atransit for measuring
horizotttaIangIes.
. -...- o~1 plummet
.
Adevice for centering atnnslt or
theodolite over areference point. used
In place of aplumu rouIn astrong wind.
leveling
A procedure for determlnl~ the
difference In elevation Uetween two
points by means ofalevel or transit and
a rod. Also c.111ed dffferentl.allevellll4.
e~r.rtJon
The vertical distance aUoVe or uelow a
datum.
~pot elevation
The elevation ofacertain point relative
to aspeclfled datum.
profile
Avertlc3l section of the ground surface
taken parallel to asurvey hne.
L'bench nurk
A marked point ofknown or assumed
elevatIon. usually on aperT!13nent
ouject. from which other elevations
may be estaUllshed,
247
244.
TEMPLE
An eaifict orplace dedicated ta the
worship or presenu ofa deity.
,acrea
Ofor~Inlng fa re«glousoUjll(;ts, rites,
or practices,2S opposed to the StCul3r or
pr0f3ne.
~uL1r
Ofor ~Inlng fa the temporal or worldly
rather~n the sacrea or spiritual. Also,
profane.
:~ ,!
menhir . ~'!~~'j,
:'t ..,·1
Aprehistoric monurnentconsisting of an 1f~'."
upright megahth. usually standing alone uut f' ~,:
sometlmes allgnea with ers. .-...................... r~~:1..
meg4l'rth ':1 ~ .
Avery brge ston used as found or ~hly .. i!:' .
d~esp.1 ancient construction wori:. 1·:~t~1.~
monolith J~,j,.'l'll .
Asingle Plock of stone ofCOI1slderal?le S1ze.~~~~:;~~-
often In the form of an ol>elisl: orcolumn. . . .
... zl~ur;rt
Atemple-tower in Sumerian and Assyrian
archlteGWre, l7uitt In dlmlnlshlng stages of
mud bnd: with M t<essea wans faud with
l?umt ~rlct culmfn..,--tl~ In a 5<Jmmtt shrine
or temp~ reached ~ aseries of ramps;
th~ht to ~e of StJmerI3n origin. dating
from the end of the ~d rnHlennlum B.C. Alsa
zillirat. .
Tower of BaDcl
Atemple·tower preSiJmed to be the
great~ur.1tat Babylon, which no
Ion~ survtves, ~h tt was seen and
clescMuea by the Gr--A h!stori3n,
Herodotus. In the 5th century 6.c.:
°ArJ thq SJIJ to oro! ~Mther. Letus mate
britt iII1Jburn It t/lawghly. And they h3d
brld: for5tone, zr,J sime forrnor1:Jr. AM
tMySlIJ, LetusJ;:r.;!J 1 citymh ~
~ t;(>p m1Y~ IJt'ItQ heiwen;3Mlet
usnuU1 rume.1est webe5CZttt:rtJ
z/:IroUuponthe bCt ofthe wfrofe earth.•
~1I.'4
uma'5U
The monument31 SkX1e sculptures of
hurrun-he3deJ. W1T1~ Irolls or nons that
guarded tMerTtr;;rus to
Mesopotamian pC.us and temp~s.
cairn --'---....:-...--.-.... dolmen
Ahe2p of stones pnea'up as amonument,
tom~toM. orbndrT13rt. Also, cam.
pa'~grave
Amtg3llthic toml7 of the Neolithic and early
Bronze A¥Sfauna In the 6ritlsh Islesand
Europe, cans/sUng ofaroofea I7urlal
cham~ ~d narrow entrance p4ssage,
covered by atumulus: relievea to have !leen .
usedfor successive f3mily orcl3n l?urials
spln"~ a numrerof ¥neratlons. Also
C4~ chanWer!lrave.
shiligrave
Atom~ of the Aegea ncIvlhzatlons
cOf1slstlng of adeep rIl(;tJngular cut
Into sloping rock and aroofof timber
Of'stone.
248
17eehive tamp L....................... dromos
A stone-~ullt su!7terranean tomu of the Along. &up passageway Into an
Mycenaean clvllizatlon consisting ofa ancient 5<J~rr.lnean tom~.
circular chamuerCOIered by a cor!1eled
dome and entered by awailea passage
through ahillside. Also callea thows.
Aprehistoric rronument conslst1/t9 of two
or more fa rge u~ stones supportl/t9 a
horlzont415to1'ie $l:.ol1, found esp.ln 6rft3ln
and Franuand lI$U3fly regarded as atom~.
t.n1ithon
Two u~ht mega~tr.s supporting a
horizontJl st..ol1e. ~ called trlIlth.
5tcnehenge
ArnegaRthlG monumen~ erecud In ~he
early Bronze Age cZ700 6.C. on S31ls~ury
Plain, Wlttshlre, ~~rId. conslstll'o4 of
four concentrlc ri~ of trllithons ana
menhirs untered 3rOlma an altarstone:
!?elleved to have Peen used by asun cutt
or for astronomlc31 oDsemtlonS.
l .
I
I
L'"
I I
! I
!
I
11
I
u
245.
~
An ~ ~ntomb m3de of mud
!1rlGk. ~larln plan wtth aflat roof
Jlnd slopl~ ~ from which ashaft
le3ds to cmdergroond ~ur!aland offering
elum~. --------------_________________ _
~d.a17
ASm3" ehamPer Inside amastaDa
containing" statue of the deceased. ------
ur.teU5
The ~ure of;he S3Cred asp, depleted on
the ~of ancle11t Egyptlan rulers
and kttIes as an em!?lem of supreme power.
pluraoh
Arry of the rulers ofanclerTt ~ who
were ~ to ~dlvl/'l('; and had
al;>solute power.
roU-cuttomb
Atamp hewn out of 113~ red,
~ only an arc~ral front
WIth dolrt In"terl:lrcham~, of which
~~a~su~!7ymasses
of stone left In the form of sollJ pHl3rs. ._
_/
~",.,..
ol:rd~k ..------------/
Abit, fo~ sh3ftof5tcnethat
bpers as tt ~ to af"iT'lmldal point,
o~IT13t1n41n ancient Egypt as;l sacred
symPol ofthe $lin-god Rland usually
standing In pairs ~ temple
entr.lrlCeS_
OsirL.Jn cofumn
An ;lncltnt ~n column
lnco~ the sculptured ~ure
of Oslrls. the ~an ~oa of de3th
and resurrectlon_
necropolis -_.-_.--_:-
Ah1storic Irortal ground, esp.
a13rge, eI3bor.rte one ofan
ancient city.
cav~ ~
Accncave molding having an
outbl'le that approxlm3tes a
quarter clrele.
r- cavetto cornice
i Aeltaracteristlc cornice of Egyptian
; Irolldl~s, con.."-lstlng ofa I3rge cavetto
. decc~ with vertlcal Ie;ues anda
roll molJlng !;elow. Also called
gor~.
pyIon-..-j
AInOfIUmen-c.f gateway to anancient
Egyptian temple. conslstlng eitherof a
pairof tall tru~ J'YI'3mlds and a
doorway Detween them orofone such
masonry mass p~n:;ed wteh adoorway.
often ~te.d with painted reliefs.
propYton
AfreestarJ<llng gateway having the form
ofapYlon and precedIng the main gateway
to an ancient Egyptian temple or sacred
enclosure_
H3thor-headed .--------------------- -----------
Notlng an anc~nt Egyptl3n column having
astes capital the head of Hathor. the
Egypt!an godckss of love and happiness.
often represented with the head or horns
of 3 cow_ Also. Hathoric
TEMPLE
pyramid
Amassive m3sonry structure havIng a
rectangular lr.Iseand four smooth. steeply
slopIng sides facing thecardinal pointsand
meetlng at an apex. used In ancient Egypt
as atom~ to contaIn the Irorlal chamPer
and the mummy ofthe pharaoh. The
pyramid was usually partof" complex of
uulldlngs within awalled enclosure. IncludIng
mastaDas for memuers of the royal family.
an offering c~pel and a mortuary temple. A
raised causeway led from the enclosure
down to avalley templ:on the Nile. wh~e
purlflcatlon rites and mummlflcatlon were
performed.
syrinx
Anarrow rocl:·cut corridorIn an
ancient EgyptIan temu.
-----. cau~W3y
A~ure ofan Imaginarycreature having
the DoJy ofahon andthe head of;l man,
ram. or hawk. COtI!monly pl3ceJalong
1Venues leadIng to ancient Egyptlan
temples or toml1s.
hypostyfeh311
Alarge hall having manycolumns In rows
supportl"9 aflat roof, and sometImes a
cltrestory. prevalentIn ancient Egyptian
anaAchaemenkf architecture.
,.......
Araised pass~eway ceremonially
connecting the valley temple with an
ancient Egyptian pYramid.
cultumple
An ancient Egyptian temple for the
worship ofadetty, as distInguIshed from a
mortuAry temple_
mortu~ry temple
An ancient Egyptian temple for offerings
and worship of adeceased person. usually a
deffied 1:1"9. In the Ne,., f:Jngdom. cult and
funerary umplts had manyfatAJres In
common: an aven~ of sphlnxeslQdlng to a
tall portal guarded !7y;l towering pylon, an
axial plan with :.1 colonnaded foruourt 3na 3
hyposty!ehall set before adark./lJrTOW
sanctuary In which stood astatue ofthe
detty. ;lnd walls laVishly decorated wtth
pictographic Qrr1ngs In low or sunkml relief.
Marry of the ITt3jortemples grew Uy
accretion due to the pious amu!tlonsof
successive pharaohs. who ~hevea In the
afterlife and were determined te create an
endurl"9 reput4tlon through theIr uuUdlngs.
New Kfngaom
The period In the history ofancient Egypt,
cl550-1200 6£.. comprfslng the lath te
~ dyna$tles: ch3racterfzed!7y the
dominance of Its capital at Theues.
'-''---- palm capital
,-J-----. An ancIent Egyptian capital shaped
IIl:e of the crown ofapalm tree_
--- low, capital
An ancient Egyptian capital having
the sha~ ofalotus 17ud.
249
246.
lnelProti
A!lulkillfor seml-I~r.derrt unItof a
ltulldll1j.~1Iy ha~ ~ rectangular
princlpal~ with a~ he3rth
and ap«dt.o(t.,n ofcolumns In antis:
~ In Greece since ~ean
times..believed to Pe the alUSt« of
theDcric~
Greelctala*
Atem~ ~Ikas a shrine fa the ancient
Greek fOIlor~ to wnom Itwas
~ Since the temple was not
1nt:enJedfor IIrtenuI worship. It was ~ullt
wtth 5p'da1 rt'9d for ~I effect. It
stooJ 01 a~Ir.rte ofthree or mOf'l7
steps.Mthacella,containing the stoatue
ofthe ~ aadfront and re3r porticoes.
the whole ~ surmounted Pyalow
~~ roofof~ber. coverea In terra-
cotta orltarble tiles.
albr
An eIevaW pba orstructure upon
which sacrIflces areoffered orInctnse
~~ ill worship. orbefore which
relglous ritesare performed.
cetb ---------------....--.----
Thcs prlIIdpal clt.mberorencbs.ed part of
acbssbl teI1p/e. where the cultImage
was I:ept.Also called MOS.
'-Tc/£;'
..-....
..--.......... agora
:/ Arrt3rtetplace or pu!7llc squa~ In an ancl¢m
/' G~d: city. usually surrounded with pu~
·f· i.. IxIlldlngs and PO~5 and com~~ used
/..... --..... as ap~ce for populJror polltbl as.sem~.
/ ~ ~ ,toa
An ancient GruI: portico. usually detached
and ofconsidera171e length. used as a
promenade or meeting pl3ce arourld pubi1c
places.
(J
....... pronaos
An open vestibule l1efore the cella ofa
. classbl temple. Also calb:! antlcum.
roo- acrourlum
! Apedestalfor. sculpture or
I
temeno5
In ancient Greece. jI piece of ~r:otmd
speclal~ reserved and enclosed as a
sacred piau.
5tela .
An upright stone slal1 or pillar with 3 c.rvc4
orinscribed su~. usedas aInOrnlrnent
orINM. orasJ commemorative t.(,~ ill
the f3ce ofa ~ildJng. Also. 5te~.
~mcnt .
Awide.~hed gal1le surmounting 3
i ornament atthe apex orat each of
~~~~~:::;=~~~A i tilelowercomersof3pedlment.
Also calledJeroUrion.
t..._ acropolis
Th6fortlfleJ high area or citadel of an
anclerrt Gred: city.
~orJmaJorJlvlslonof~~de. _....--.-...........
S?f;.~E:=··J···~··~···~··§'~··~~··~:~~~···~···~···~~~i~~~~~~~~~
~~
etyfobU
Acourse«N5OI1ryfonni1g ~
f~ boa rowOfcolumns. esp. the
outennostcdonnadeofacb$slciltemple.•.._,
~ ....__...- ...._......_.-.
Asolid IIi1S5 rI NSOI1ry ~ ~Povt7
¥OUnd breiaIseMlIf as~ fourWtlon
- 6tla,
Asculptured ~'J~ of a!TUn used as
acolumn. Also calltd Ubmon.
ofa~tsp.~~fonnlngtM[2.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
ftoor alldsa~ ofJ c!ass~1
tempk AlsoC3I1ed~. podium. .
...- caryatid
Asculptured female flgUn5 used as a
column. /<Jso cartea ~nephora.
b~erucle
fu porbP4esanctu3ry In which the
HebrnsC3f'Tied the art ofthe covenant
ttl~ 1ieJesert untl1 the !lulldlng of
theTmpIcofJerusa~ bySolomon.
holycn~ ~---.-.--...-....--........
The In~ chamberIn the 171!7flca1
Ta~ aad therempleIn Jerusalem
where tfIe artofthe COVCIUnt w.5.kept.
Also ~ Nnctum 5.1nctcnlm.
Art oftM Ccwenant
The chestc.owlnillf two stone b!nets
InscrlOeJ ~ the ren Ulmmandments.
carried by ~ Heln-ews during their
ck:sut wanJerlngs after the Exodus.
250
Temple of50lomon
Theflr5tTemple ofJerusalem. completed
c950 6.C. by Ph~nlclan artisans under
the direction offJng Solomon and
des~ by NePuch3Jnezzar II In 586
6.C. Basedon CanaanIte and Phoenician
prototypes. It was oblong In shape. and
consIsted ofthree maIn parts: an outer
hall (u~m). the main sanctuary (hekhal).
and the holy ofholies (deVlr). all
decoratea with massive carvlngs In Ivory.
gokl. and cedar.
5ynago~ut
Altulldlng or place of asseml1ly for
Jewish worship and reI1glous
Instruction.
I1lmah
The platform In asynagogue from wfirch
services a~ conducteJ. Also called
.almemar. vem.a.
Holy Ark
The calrlnet In asynagogue In which the
scrolls of the Tor.Ih a~ kept. set Into
or against the wall that faces toward
Jerusalem.
I
1
l
l
L
247.
~
=-
;...
l'
r ~
~
I ~
;:.
'{
*
~
....
Jt
PJ,mca
Al;irgec*long!nJ1~ ~asa hall of
~ anapuUl1c ~ plJce In
~nclent ~. typ~ h4Yin~ ah~h
untnl space Ilt I7y aclerestory and
COt'erta bytlmPer trusses. and aI'lIlsea
~l5ln a semicircularapse fOf'the
triPunal The Roman lnslb servea as a
II'1OdeIforearlyChrl~n ~slllcas. -----~~~-
tn1>unal __.._._._._..........._..__..._......_,
AI'lIIsed platform In an Ar.clent RomAn
~sllb fOf' the seatsof ln31Istrates.
AIsa.tri11une.
:triump~1 arch
A lI'1011umental mt1T1Ort.l ~rch uxted
astride the line of mmh of avictorious
army durl~ Its triu~ procession.
.trch order
The en~ge& columns aM entablature
mlnl~ an arch. as In 3 t.-11,1mphal arch.
clithl'3l
Of orperblnlng to a cbss~1 temple
~~ Is roofed over.
hypethr31
Of or publnlng to acl6ssol temple
that Is II'f1cOy or ~~. ~ to the sry.
Also. hyputhral
~perf~1'31 ~. __._...___........
H2Vr.g ~aged columtlS 1t the skks..
• II
~I
.!
~I
[] ~I
· . .;:
· . .Ii
· . jl
e:
II
~i
.!
Ii
.'"
•I
•I
..I
tj
I
•• ••
I
..
TEMPLE
forlm
The public square or man:etplace ofan
.nclent Ro~ ncity. the centerofJud1c1a1
and Iroslness afulrs•• naaplace of
asseml7/y for ~ people. usually Including
al7aslllca anaatemple.
pantheon
Atemp~ ded1cited to qll the gods ofa
people.
cenotaph
Amonumenterected In memory of. .
deceased person whose remains are Irorled
elsewhere.
.-...-.- mcnopteron
Aclrcubr Iroltdln~ having asingle row of
columns surrounding acentral stl'UCture
oracourtyard. Also. moncpteros.
B
--------·-dj~yteIn Inti,
H3v1ng two cc1umns In from: between antae.
.• '.. ../"-._...._- ~~ngu!ar pier or pllasterfo~ by
thlcl:enlng t~ e~d ofaprojecting waiL
-.-.-.-.--.- ........--.- pro$tyle
Havfng apor>..lcoJn the front only.
J pte....I
WIthout;] colonnade along the sides.
"- ~mphlpro,tyfe
Prostyle on roth fronts.
- ....-~ perfpteral
H3v1n~ asingle row ofcolumns on all
sides.
.-....- ptero~
Acolonnade p3rallel td:' but apart from
the cella.
_
.......... pteroma
The passage retween the pteron and
the cella.
251
248.
TEMPLE
mo~ac:
AM~ l-J~ orpbceofpup{1c
worshf.}Js<Jcalled NSJId. mU5Jk1.
m.aarasah .
AMuslll ~Icaf schoolarranged
around J cou~d and attache<l to a
I!1OSqUt. bindfrom the 11thcenturyon
In ~ AIt4tc113. and Persia. Also.
~
~idu
The Ia~open~U4Ire of acity. used 3S
a rna~ orparaae ground. esp.ln
huJla ~ mdtbn. m~n.
~
Acourtor serlesofcoorts serving to
. sheIura~ from Immedlate
contaaII'ItIt secularkli1d1ngs.
mlmbar
Apul~ i2 • mosque. recalUng the three
s~fn::c1 which Muh.mmad addressed
his folklwers........-_........•...........- .....-
t~~·~·~;~;;i,~;h;~ih·~t;~--·
set.~ ~ Mecc2. Also. 'l11Tlah.
khb.l:tUh.
mlhrn ~..__..__.._...__._.._....._
....._
A nicheor ~lAtJye p30d In amosque
tks~r.g the oJPIa.
MecCJ
Actty.. Saudi Ar3!?!a. ~rt.!1plac.c of
Mult,l!W'IJJ and splritu31 centerof Islam.
~'h
ASM3I.~~I stone ~ilc:l!ng In the
cou~ ofthe Grea1: ~ue at Mecca
cont4l1*14 asacred I7Iact stene and
~r«4 byMuslims as the House of God.
W objective of their pilgrimages. and the
poIrrt ~rd whick they turn In praying.
J.Js<J. ~·a~a. ~·~.1h.
~
I
::
~ .
~ ~
t W
~ ~
I ~
~ ~
~ r
i-.•
t:.;~
~ ~i
~
~
CJr~ry ............_..- ..........._...._....-..
An Inn .. t~ Neatust for the overnight
~tlon ofC3ravans. usually having
alargeCQUt'tyard enclosed by asolkJ waII
.nd~ through an Imposing gateway.
Also.~l
pyraaid
A IT13SOCW'y NSS hiilVlng arectangular I1ase
.nd fow ~ and s~ faces
culml~ In a~Ie apex. used In ancient
EgyptJnd pre-CoIumblan Central America
as a torb oraplatform for atemple.
252
..- minaret -_. iw3n
Islam
The religious faith ofMuslims. ~ased on
the teachings ofthe prophet Muh4ll1mad,
the central themes of which are retlef In
the one God. Allah. the existence of
Pa,-,d1se and Hell. and the unIvers. I
Judgment Day to corne. Also called
Muh.Jmm.Wanisll1.
M~lIm
Ofor pertaining to the law. religion. or
clvillz3tlon of Islam; a believerIn Islam.
Also. Moslem. Muslem.
Muh.1mma&
Ar3~ prophet and founaer of Islam. AD.
570-632. Also. Molumm&l.
'-........ Alofty. slen~er toweratt6c~~ Alarge vaulted portal opening
'~" ~~ to amosque. having stairs onto thec.cntral courtyard of
Koran
. leading up to one or II'1Ore amosa,ue. Alsa. Ivan. liwan.
The S4lCr-ea text of Islam, revered as ~
revebtions made I1y Allah to MuhamnW
through the angel Ga~rleland acupted 3S
the foundation of islamic law. religion.
culture. and polltlcs.
projecting Inlconles from whi:h
the muezzin C3nS the Musn~
peopleto prayer.
..··..····..·_·····sahn
Thec.cntralcourtyard of amosque.
-. ......._.......... riw~
An 3rc3ded hall of 3 mosa.ue.
melon dome
Al1u11?ous ri~Dea dome. found esp.ln
islamic architecture.
.......- 5bl3ct:lU worle
Asystem of decoratlon In Islamic
architecture. formed by the Intricate
corVellng of Imcl:ets. squluhes. ana
Inverted pyr,amlds; SOIT1etltnes wrought In
stone M moreoften In pb5ter. Also
called ~ wort. m~
pendenttVe &racketlng
~ having the gener.al fonn of 4
~.commonlyfounJ In MoorIsh
archItecture.
m:hocr:h
An openwort screen or partftlon enclosl~
an area for prayeror3 tomb In • mosque.
tal1lero
Arectangular. strongly fumed pane! tha~
overh3"9Satalud. An orI9lnal contrit?utlon
ofrecUhuacan an;hIUcUire. this taUlero-
talud com~natlon waslnWduCed cAD. 150
to dlffmntlau the ~ ofstepped
pyramids and altar platforms. It Is widely
..... copied throughout Mesoamerica. WIth
regional variations.
'.~--. t.1lud
In Mesoamerican archtteGture. an outer
waR that slopts Inward as It rises. The
talud first appeared cM)()'6.c. at VieOlrne:c
site of La Venta.ln Ta!1asco st3u, Mexico.
L·
L·
L
L
L,
L
L
249.
Hinauism
The domlltant religionof Indl3.l:rased upon
the relJ910n of the original Aryan settlers as
expoundeaanaevolved I~ theVed3s. having
J diverse bodyofphIlosOphy and cultural
~manypopularcults. anaalarge
pantheoo symbollzlng a supreme pelng of
lnany foms and natures. Buddhism Is
outslde the HIndu tradition but Is regarded
as arelated religion.
pantheon
The of&blly recognized gods ofapeople.
Vedas
The aides; s.acrtd wrttlngs of Hlnaulsm.
composed I1etween 1500 and 000 B.C.
Incorporating four coIlectIans hymns.
prayers. and hturglcal formulas: RIg-Veda.
YaJur-Ved3. 5ama-Veda, and Ath;ma-Veda.
~m17a
Afreestanding memorial pillar In
Indlan archlW;ture. ~rlng carvea
inscriptIOns. religious emblems, or a
S"...a~ !4so. ttamWla.
lit
Amonolithic st3mPa, as distinguished
from one built up ofstonecourses.
vihara
A8uddhlst 1nOII35tefj' In Indl3n
areI!tt:ecture oftenexcavated from sond
roc(, consisting ofacentral pillared
chamPer surrounaea Uyaver.indah onto
l'I'fllch open snull sleeping cells. Adjacent
to this cloisterwas acourtyard
contalnl~ the main stupa.
c:h.dtya
A6uddhlS; shrine In Indl3, usually carved
out of solid rod: on ahillside, having the
form ofan alsled Paslnca with;l stupa at
one end. _.-..._......__...- ..
wat
ABuddhist monastery or temple In
Thailand or Cambodia.
Khmer
A peaple ofCampoala who estaPlished an
empire In the 5th century A.D. and
d.oml~teJ mostof Indochina from the
9th to the 12th centuries.
tTt3ndira
AHindu temple.
-l ...- ..
rath ~---.!
•
TEMPLE
AHindu temple cutoutof solid rock to
resemble acharlot. Also. rath.1.
viman.
The sanctU3ry ofaHindu temple In which a
Oelty Is enshrined.
.:--.-..----------........- ....--...-------...............---.... a~l.abl
tee
Aflnl3lln the form ofa
conventionalized umbrella, used
on stupas. topes, and pagodas.
,Uteri
An umbrella-shaped flnl3l
symrollzlng dignity. composed of .
astone dIsk on avertical pole. """
toraIU
An elaborately carved, ceremonial
gateway In lndi3n 8uddh~ and
Hindu an;hltecture. h3vlng twoor
~''''''''
three lintels between two posts. ~:.. ---""
veaika
Arailing enclosIng asacred area.
3S astupa. ..-··..·.._·_-_·_·_··..·..-1
rf?i
~
t
The pulrous stone finial of3slkh3ra.
............_.- ~ikhlra
Atowerof41 Hindu temple. usually tapered
convexly and capped by an amalab. Also.
sikra. .
mand3p3
Alarge. porchlike hall leading to aHindu
temple and used for religious dancing and
music.
L..._.__._...__._.• gopuram
Amonumental. usuallyOM13te gateway
tower to aHindu temple enclosure. esp. In
southern India. Afso, gopura.
.....- Dtupa
ABuddhist memorial mound erected to
enshrlr.e arelic ofBuddha and to
commemJr.ite some event Or m3rt: asacred
s~. Modeled on afunerzry tumulus.1t
conSists of an artificial dome-shaped
mound ral~ on aplatform, surrounaed by
an outer a:nPulatory with astone vedlb
and four toral13s, and crowned by achattrl.
The 113 me for the stupa In Ceylon Is d.19C17a,
;lnd In nPet lind Nepal. chorten. Also called
to~.
Buddhl~m
Are11glon Uasedon the Four Noble Troths,
originated In 1ndi3 pyGautama 8uddha and
later spreadlll9 toChll13. 8urrna.J2pan.
nPe't, ana parts ofSoutheast AsI3.
Four Nol7leTruths
The doctrIMs of 8uddha: allltfe Is 5lIffering;
the cause ofsuffering Is deslr~ ceS53tlon
ofsuffering I:s possi11e through Nlrvan3 -
t.ie extlnctfon ofcravfng; Nirvana can lie
reached through rnental3nd moral self-
purific3tIon.
Buddha
Tttle ofGautama 5lddhartha c56.}-c48.3
B.C.• lndl3n philosopher. religious leader. and
founder of Buddhism. Also called Gautarrt3
Buddha.
253
I
S~;<:
cfC't
CT'C'
250.
TEMPLE
pag()(b
A6uddhlsttemple In Uleform ofasquare
or po~ towerwith roofs projectlng
from each«Itsmany st«Ies. erected as a
metT1OI'tIlorto hoY relics. From the stupa.
thelndlan prototype. thepa90da ~radU4tl:i
changed nform to rc:sem171e U1e traaltkNl
multlstoried watchtowt:ras Itspreaa with
~dc:ltlsm toChina a!1CA Japan. Pa~odas
were InIUally oftllni?er. 1IItfrom the 6d1
Ct:Ittu'Y0II.1¥ert: II'IOI"e frc:quently of ~rld or
s~ possiblydue to Indtan Influence.
paitou
Amonumental gateway In Chines"
architecture. h3VI~ atra!1eatea fonT1 of
stone or wOOfconstructlon with one.
thru, orfive openl~s anaoften !loki
projecting roofs, erected as arnemori31 at
Ule entranceto apalace.tom~, or sacrea
place: rebuJ to the indIan tor;lnas ana
U1e Japa~ tori!. Also. panoo.
zhonglcu
Abell tower or pavllion In Chinese
architecture, located at the right s~ of
acitygate. palace entrance, or forecourt
ofatemp~
gulou
Alarge drum tower or pavilion in Chinese
archltecture.locatea at the left slk of a
Iingd40
The spirit way th..t ~ from the south
g3te to aroyal torr.i1 ci the T..ng~sty.
Itntd wlth stone pi~rs ana sculptured
anlrT'l3lana hurrun figures.
lang
Adynasty tn China. AD. 613-007.lttlrUa
by temtorl31 exparcslo1. the Invent-Ion of
printlng. prosperoliS trade. ana the
development of pW..ry. Also. "a~.
Yunga"9
Alarge Buadhlst rnmstlc center 1'
roorthwestChlna. De.gt.n In A.D.%<). where
there are numerous Qve temples. e;uh
having a shallow. Mkhaped Inta-1.or wtth
a~sslve cent.r31 ~ of Buddha f'wrUd
b-j two smaller B~ ~ c.onc.ept of
carv1~ into cliffs Is bdleved to have ~me
to China from Indla /-Js(). Yun-~
of, umpl', 'i
city gate, ~Ia~entrance.orforecourt --!!~ellll~~~i;~~~~~~~~~i~~;;~
c:Iougot1f _.-.....---.......................... -...."'-'--"
Almackefsystem used In traditional ....,
ChineseCXIIStnIctIon to sup~ roof .....
~ms. ~ tM eavesoutward, and .
support~Inferiorceding.The
ab~ rAa triallfular1:2etJframe In
chir.eso -.:t.~wre ~ ~
necessaryto multlplytho numl7er of
suppor1O Dftderthe ~.In order to
reJuce thenunWerof pillars ttlIs woula
normally require, thcl area ofsupport
affon:Jed~ each pillar was Incrc:ased
IrjUle ~ Also. tou-kung.
41rtg .----...---.....- .....- ....~.•
A leverann In traditional Chinese '.
construab1, pIaceJ parallel to the
rafters aM r2bI at an an~1e to
cou~nce the fCll"US applJea Py the
InneranJ outerpurlins. The ang supports
the OI/tennos~ purlln Py me.ns ofa
In-ack~ orcross'~am and Is pinned at
the Innerend 39lnst apurlln.
254
_..-'-' gong
.' A cantilevered Dradet!n tr3dIVor.21
Chinese construction. Also. k~.
...•
.......-.. i ..-.-.- c:lou
......_...- ..-...... A Vtarl~ Dlod In traaIUon3IChll1e-:;~
construction. Also. tcu.
l
l
l
l
l
L
l
I
L
,
I
!
L
251.
•
TEMPLE
Ut!Il.IOgl--......- ....- ....-.........--............_...........~.............._........._ ..........
The short woodetIlrlllets placed at ~ht . ;
Shinto
3~b to the rM¥ of 3 Shinto shrine. ;
.~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1
ch19I ....··---·····-·--.--.-..- .....-.-..,.....·· -
The Indigenous religion ofJapan, rn..rked .
by acultle devotion to aelt1es of rt3tural
forces, ancestor worship. and venmtlon
of the emperoras adesundant of the
Sun·Goddess, Amaterasu.
The c~ ftnIal fonned by the projecting.
lr3rge Poards 2t each encl of the ridge of a
Shinto shrine.
~hlra ~--... - ......----.....- ........- ...•....•.-....-.-f-f=~
ASXrta po5t in Shinto architecture.
sh3~ by hl.lln3n hands.
N3.g.lN:"Zukuri _...-_._-._..-.........~
A~ ofShlrrtoshrine, based on the
lse prototype. M with the front slope
of the roofextending to form acanopY
0V'et';he ~ staIr; this space r!±:::=!~:::1i::::U::==:U==:1.8;l
evaltuaDy ~ Into 3 pl'3yer
room fOf' 't'I<l1"Shipers.
~-zubri
Astyte of Sh~ shrine. characterized
lry a hipped roof(;Xtendlng from the
maIn roof, (Her acentrally placed
erttnnu stairat one ga!ne end.
iuiden
The h3n of wors.iip of3 Shinto shrine.
u5U4I1ly In frcm of the honJen.•..-.........../
hcn.den /
____-.-...::....of_3_S_hl_nto ShrlM:.//
l......_._.... biro
~nt appro~ •....................i
An .pproach ~h two gateways that
are r>Ot al~ned. 50 that It Is nec.essal)' to
ITtJke ~ sharp eurn to pass from the first
thr"CJ1h the~. used for privacy In
h<XI~ or~mJks. orfor security In
fortffic3tlons.
terii
Amonumental, freestanding gateway on
the approach to a Shinto shrine. consisting
of two plllars connected at the top by a
norlzontal crosspl~e and alintel al>ove It.
usually curving upward.
The covered !lallery surrounding
aprecinct ofaJapanese temple
or shrine.
.-,.
Shimmet·zukurl
Astyle of ShInto shrine eTI1l>odyfng the
original style ofJapanese l>ulld1ng. before
theIntroduction ofBuddhism. It consIsts
essentially ofa small unpainted
rectangular structure raised 3Pove
ground level on post5lll5ef'ted directly
Irrto the earth. Arailed veranda '
surrounds the structure at floor leVel. a
freestandln!j post ~ each gable end
supports tM ridge, and the bargel:103rds
extencl outward from the thickly
thatch~ roof. fonnlng chlgl at each end.
....~ kada
An assem~1y half for mon~s In .. Japanese
Buddhist temple. In which sacred texts are
~d.
to
AJapanese pag0d3 enshrfnlng Buddhist
holy rtI1cs.
s-orin
The crowning spire on aJapanese pag0d3.
Golden Hal~ the sanctuary where th¢ main
I~ofworshlpls keptIn aJapanese
Buddhist temple. The Jodo. Shlnshu. ancl
Nlchelren sects of Buddhism use the term
hondo for this sanctuary. the Shlngon ana
Tend3l sects use chudo. and the Zen ~
uses Msuden.
rund.1lmon
. _____ The principal SOt!th gateway to aJapanese
temple orshrine.
..........- chumon
The Innergateway to the precl~ of a
J~panese Buddhist temple.
,noro
AstnJcture from which the temple PeR Is
hu~. as oneofapairofsmatl,1dentIca1.
symmetrfG.oi1y plaud pavl~ns In a
J"panest Buddhist temple.
l1ut5u
Arepresentation of Buddha.
d.1i~ut~u
AI1rge representation of Buddha.
255
252.
THEATER
A~iU.fing. ~rt ofalnJilding, or a~
outdoor area for housing dramatic
present.1tJons. stage entertainment,
or motlon-picture shows.
Greek~
An opeII-w t&e.ter, usu.11y hollo~ out of
the sbpeof.. hillside~ atiered seating
are2 around and facl"4 aclrcular orchestra
lneW bythe stene, a~~ for the
actors'lISe.
orchenra _ .._-_._....-.--.---~.
fu clrcubrspace In frorrtofthe stage In
the anclcmGreet~, reserved for
the cI1orus.
choru
The groupd actors III ancientGreece
M ~ as Jn3jorpartlclpants In or
romnentatorson the min actlon of the
drama.
,une ___..____..._.___._._._.
Astructure ~g the audience In an
ancle:r;Gre.et: Ple3ta".forming tht:
Inckground Pefore which perl'ormances
~gIvtn.
!
p~ium _____ .____________.____.._
..!
fu front part of the stageof an anclent
Gru:k or-RDman theater upon which the
actors perfonned.
Jfb.
gradill
One 0( iii StrIes of steps ortlered seats.
as In an ampl1tthe3te1'. Also. gradlM____ -:
Jmphithater
An Gv.iIlor round l1ulldlng with tlers
of seatsaround acentral arena. as
those IISed In ~lent Ro~ for
gladiatorial ~tests and
s~les.
256
podium ______
Araised platform enCircling
the arena ofan ancient
Roman amphitheater. havl~
on It the seats of prlvl~ed
spectators.
•
.._.___... ___.... ______.~ parodo5
• One ofthe two side passageways to an
ancient Greek theater. !1etween the
st~e and the seatJng area. thro~h
which the chorus enterea the orchestra.
.'____._____.___ parascenium
,--- velari:.lm
Eitherof two wings flanking and
projecting forward from the skene of an
anclentGreek theater. containing
apartments for the actors.
----.---. dlazoma
AIl aisle Petween the lowerlind upper
tiers ofseats In an ancient Greek
theater,concentric wtth the orchestra
and the outerwall and communicating
with the radial aIsles.
····.-_cerci'
Awedge-shaped sectlon of seats
recween two stepped passageways in
an ancient Greek theater.
Roman the.rt.er
An open·alrtheater modeled upon
that of the ancient Greeks. 1M; often
~11t on level grountl WIth colonnaded
g311er1es. a semicircular orchestra.
and .a raised stage I7acl:ed I7yan
e!at>orate arChitectural structure:.
---_ orchestra
Asemicircular space In the front of
the stage ofan anclent Roman
theater. reserved for senators and
other dlstl~ulshed spectators.
Acanvas 2Wf1lng dr.iWl1 over an
ancientRoman amphitheater to
protecttilt audience from rain orsun.
---_... _-_.._.-...-_....__..
vomftcry
Alarge opening. as In an ancient Roman
amphitheater or stadium. permitting
large numVers ofMIe to enter or
leave. Also. vomftorlum..
5upercclumnlrtlon
The placl~ ofone orderofcolumns
a!1ove ano1(her. !Jsualfy with the more
ela!xJrate orders at the top.
1
I
L 1
t,
l.
l.
253.
I
I
~ting
The arra~ement ofseatsIn a theater,
st3alum, orather place of ;assem~ly.
c.ontinerrbl seating
Atheater sating pfan In which there Is
no center;alste, Putwith wkIe spacing
~each row of se3ts to permit
proscenium stage
Astage that Is framed ~ aproscenium
arch.
proscenium arch
The arch that separates the stage from
the auditorium. Also called pros~nlum.
..
..
e:JSe of passage. ------ --.--- ------- ---- ---- --. - ------ --~Hl'IHH.I_+H
THEATER
".
~urround theater
Atheateror concert hall In which the
seatlng Is arranged around or on all four
sides ofacentral stage.
Jt.·m'-~Ilitii areru theater
Atheater with seats arranged 01'1 it least
three sides around acentral stage.Also
2~~-----·--.--.---.---.--------~~~~~~~+
AW3~ ~ween or along sectlons of
seats In;l the3ter. ;ludltorlum. church, or
ather p1aceofassem~ly.
l7lin& row ~.---_____...__.. _____________.....___"./'
Arow of seats having Its first seat at a
side aIsle and Its last seat at aside wall.
5tageho~
..-
I ~ called thUUf'-fn-the-round.
i ,II thru,t stage
~ tttttttttttttttlrttt--~t-!:-1- Astage that extends ~eyona the
~~ proscenium arch and Is usually surrounded
f"~~II·..-====:Ili; on t~_reesides l>y seats.
J! .,
The part of;I theater 00 the stage side
of the proscenlum,lncludlng the stage. ;----------. spotlight houselights'
wings, and storage area. ~- .. --.. --------- -- ---- ----- ------1
~
. Astrong. focuf>ed ;>eam of light for
calling attention to an o~ject. person,
orgroup on astage. Also called spot.
The I3mps pl'OYldlng IllumInation of
an auditorium or the seating area
ofatheater.
gridiron --- ----....--- ----. --- ------ ----------..---
Astell ~re arove the stage of a
thaW.from which hung scenery and
equipment are manlpulate<:!_ Also called
grid.
flies ~-----------------------.----------- ..-- :.
The space aAA-e the stage used chiefly
for storing aM tunglng scenery and
equIpment. Also called fly loft. '
I fire curtain
Acurtain ofaSDestos orotherflreproof
rnaterl3l that can veloweredjust Inside
the proscenium arch In case offlre.
sealing off the Uackstage are3 from the
aualtorlulT1. Also called safety curbIn.
::,'.,
Inoidge -------------------------------.--- -~ .'----:
Ag3flery or pbtform that C3n ~ raised ~,.
: :------------------------------------ barkr
te-clmlcbns and sta¢tands. : ~.
AIt3rrow curtain orstrip of painted
canvas hung above the stage to mask the
flies and form the top of the stage set.
or ~over;l sbge ar..d Is used l>y Ji ..-
~ :
~~:i$E~:·~~~ .i. ~~
lighting units. Also carted pipe 1?.rtten. / /1
-.- ..------.-----..-----.-------.--. teJ6er
Adraperyor flat piece hung .cross the
top of the ~Iumarc;h to mast: the
flles and. tcgether with the tormentors,
frame the stageopenl~.
fLit ..--------.--------------------------------.. / ...../
Apiece of scenery conslstlng ofa wooden / ; ..".-,
frame. usually rectangular, cevered with ". / ....//
Ilghtweight Dcard or faD
ric. -""" ( ' / /
I .
orchenn ,hell ....--------------------------.---.-- .---....--- '-"- 1 /
Asound~g structure that I I
closesoffthe files ;Ina wfngs ofastage I j
to form aperforming are3 for music. I /
LII
5tage -----------------------------------------
1M pl3tfonn. usually raised, 00 which
~;lctors perform In a theater. Also.
the pl3tform ~ all the parts of a
theater Uacl: of the prosce.,lum.
drop stage ~-- -- ----- --
Astage floor that mOles vertically on an
ekvator. u~11y so that one set can quickly
replace another.Also called flft stage.
..-
----------_.. ----.----._./
.---.---.---.-.----..------.--------. tormentor
AcurtaIn orfrarnec.f structure used
dlrectl-j Pehlnd ~ proscenklm at each
side ofthe stage to screen the wings ana
sidelights from the ;ludlence.
--.---. ------ ------.----------....--.---. aacurbln
Acurtain for closlnfJ the proscenIum
opening Petween acts orscenes. Also
called ..ct drop, house cu~fn.
____b ______.orche,tr;a pit
The space reserved for mUSicians.
usually the front part of the maIn
floor, sometimes wholly or partly
under the forward part of the stage.
apron .---.: ---------------- .oo.---, footlights
The part of astage floor In The row oflights on thefront ofastage.
front of the curtain line. usually set In atrou9h. nearly 011;1 level
wIth the fut of the performers.
257
254.
THEATER
opeu house
Atheaterdevoted chIeflyto the
puPlIc performanee ofoperas.
front ofthe house
The partsofatheater that are on the
audience side ofthe flre wall
wing balcony
The part ofa~alcony that extends along
::""waIl5of," auditorium. -'!:.:
AprivateseatIng area fora
small group ofspectators In I
a theateroropera house'--'~l_+__--:..--4_
palcony
A~11er.i UlJt projects orer the main
floor ofatheater to accommodate
additional pecple.
gallel)'
An upper fi.cc1" projecting or~ the
main floor of atheattr or hall.
.- ....--.-..----.....-. peanut gallery
The rearmost and cheapest section
of seats In the uppermost l'>alcony of
atheater.
, ..,;._.... ,IghtliM
.- Anyofthe lines of s~ht between the
spectators and the stage or Playln9
area ofatheater or stadium.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.--.-b~5cl~~
Acurved orcircular division of seats
In atheater. o~ra houSe. or the like.
usually the flrst gallery, originallyset
apartfor spectators In evening dress.
backstage
Thearea l7ehlnd the proscenium In
a theater, esp.ln the wl~s and
dressing rooms.
(
d~5lng room .:..,i
A room for use Ingating dressed. esp.
one for performers f;.!d:sta¥ In a
~ter or television studio.
greenroom
Alounge In atheater. concert hall. or
Pr03dcastlng studio,for use Py
perfonners when t./Ieyare not0" stage.
258
i
j
o~hestra _.j
The enUre main-floor space for
spectators In atheater orauditorlum.
:"parterre
The rt3r ~icn ofSt3ts. ana
sometimes a!so the s~ ~Ions, of the
main floor of atht3ter, opera house, or
concerthaL Also C3lled f'M'luet cfrcl~
r....-····-·....··--·-..·· ........ auditorium
; The space set apart for the audience
In atheate:- Cl' meetlng han.
"'--. mezzanine
The lowest l>a!cony or fooma part of
such al>alcony In atheater.
grand tier
The first U~r of boxes Immediately
3Po.'t the parterre In a large opera
house or theater.
tier
One of 3 numperof9a1lerles, as In a
tht3ter.
.. .a:~
.-----------a - ...........--.-.-.-.----.---- !coPy
;
1 A11311 se:-.1~ as aP3S5J¥r'f.iy or
i._ wing
The platform or space to the right or
leftof the stage proper.
runway
Anarrow platform or ramp extending
from a stage Intothe orchestrll pit
or Into an aisleof an auditorIum.
• S:J waiting roomator Ile3rthe entr.ince to
• atheater. hotel. or apartment house..
::I I Also called foyer.
lounge
Alarge puPlIc waltl~ room. as In a
theater, hotel, orair terminal. often
havIng adjoinIng washrooms.
~xoffiu
The office ofatheater or stadium .t
which tickets are sold.
m3r'lUU
Atall roofll~e projection aWie atheater
entrance. uSU4lly cootalnlng the name
of acurrentlyfeatured play or film ana
Its stars.
I I
.~
,it.
j I
!
,
j i
I
U
I ,i
I
b
I
l
I
1
255.
p.1nel •.. ---- ----- --. -- .-- ----------
The space wttnln ~ wet> of atruss ""
~~ any two pa~ points on a ""
chord and acornspondln~ pair of "'.,
joints Of asinglejointon an opposite ...•
c~i ~
panel point
Ajolnt uetween two or more memt>ers
ofatruss. Atruss must be loaded only
at Its p1nd points IfIts members OIre
to be su~ on~ to axial tension or
compresslo11_}.Jsa C3lb:l node. --._- '-'-'--"'''''
pJnellengtb . ".
The space 00 ~ chord ofatruss
~;lnytwoa~jolnts maae
Py principal ~ m~ with ~
chord.
i
UTO-foru mem~ ..-;
heel
The lower. supported ttId ofan up~nt
timber. r*"..er. ortrus5.
Atruss 1MTlP-erttutU1eoretlc31ly
carries ~ dlrect loa.d and wh~
omlsslan would not alter the stability of
~ truss ~uratlof1.
~u"ing ":,
Astructure formed Dy trusses. While rigid r
,., Its own pbne. ;I truss must be In-aced In '-'
• perpenJlcubr dlrectlon to prevent
fa ter31 Pucl:nng.
IocallnJ.cknn~
The 17ucl::n~ ofa thin compressed dement
of a structural rr.emkr, leading to failure
of the ,.,hole.
r··-·-----··---· chord
Either of the two prlnclpaImembers of
atruss extenaing from end to end and
connectecl by web members.
web
The lrTte9ral system ofmem~ers
connecting t~e upper and lower chords
of atruss. ~"',
i
shoe
i
i
Arearing plate for supporting and
resisting the thrust ofatruss or girder.
TRUSS
A structural frame based on the
geometric rigidity of the triangle and
composed of linear mem&ers subject
only to axial tension or compression.
planetru55
Atruss an of whose members lie In asingle
plane.
trussing
The rigid members forming a truss.·
5U!1ject to axial forces proportional to
the rise of the truss. 6uGkl1n~ gen~rally
governs the size ofcompression .-
meml7ers. while tensile stresses at the
weakest points. usually at the
connections. control the size of tension
members.
-----..----.....-..-..'. panel load
I
I
/
I
I
I
I
" I
I / I
, I I I /
',II 1 ,,/
(!
Aconcentrated load applied to apanel
point ofatruss..To prevent seconaary
stresses from developing. the centrok:lal
axes of truss meml7ers;lna the load at a
joint should pass through acommon point.
direct ~tre55
The tensile or compressive stress th.-lt Is
constant through the depth of a
structural membtr su~ject to axial
tension orcomprtSslon.
~Olkbry5~~
AdditIOnal ~endlng and ~he<lr tresses In 2
truss meml1er rtSultlng from an eccentric
conrteCtlon or3joint flxed ag.alnst rebtlve
rotation. While trusses are assumed to
have Ideal!zed pin connections. truss
connections In reality may be rotted.
welded. orriveted. Imparting adegree of
rigfdIty to thejoInts.
. 5tre:5~ rever5.11
Achange!n the force of3 truss member
from tension to compression or vice versa
caused !7yachange In the loading pattern.
.....-.:~'-- .• counterPrace
Atruss member sul7ject to tension or
compression unaervaryfng load conditions.
funicular tru"
Atruss havIng an overall shape derived .
from thefualcular shape far aparticular
set of loads. The Interior mem~ers of a
funicular truss are zero-force mem~rs
which serve only to ~race compression
members ~ut they will carry forces If any
changes occur In the pattern or
magnItude of the loads.
259
256.
TRUSS
,
A~~for
e:tt.entilfc,r-".lS N
~Is~
~ fDlIow:JPjtM
~oIfM;e
~ for tiJernar:m-
forc.=s3t~jonts.
260
Since tko~11yonlyzxiJl
forcts Zf'e tr.lnsm/tt.eJ from
onemembertoar.otUrzt
thejoItTts, the d~ I1f
memberforces C*tI beInI+f1
p3l"36dto the truss
m~. Worting from tf'rI?
I:~points. athinlpoIrrtof
~n C3n beW1Jtld by
projectSJg force lines of
~ JJrectJon.
f
metha-d of5utlons
A~ for del:e:r.ninrng.memberforces
In atruS5 by con~ng thUquili!?rlum of
any porrunofthe t-r'JSS assem!?IJ·.
M.1xwefi di2gr2m
AgraphIe method for determlnIng the
Ngnit-ude and ch.r.acterof the 5tre5~
In the rr.emrers of a~JSS.
C;pIt111~ JesIg.-.4U panel5p3Ces.
wMe~se f~ desfgn3te mas
ofthe ~ vectors.
Ikmber fI:>rcts arePr'trSely
proporttonito the r:seofatross.
method ofjoints
Amethodfor determlnl~ memver forces
In atruss I7y con5lJering the equlnvrium of
the variousjOints Ic:Ie3llzea as points In
free-!1oQy diagrams.
~---------9--------~~------~~ G
R, Bowt5 notation
The ~oc:I ofla!1ellng the spaces
betw~n forces or their linesofutlon
with letters, each force !;IeIng IdentlfleJ
I7y the two lettersIn the aaJ~
spaces when proceec:llng In aclcx:t:wise
IT13nneraround ajoint.
i I
'~
.
I')
I'
·-1 ,
l
I/.
lI
t,
lI
l'}
l
L
l~
257.
J!~~.
r piUhed truss
Atrusshaving InclIned top choras.
TRUSS
flattru'5
Atruss having parallel tap anabottom
chords. Flat trusses are gene..l~ not as
efficientas pitched or I10wstrlng trussts.
Also called paralltl-dwrd truss.
lS1S1SJSJZVVI7I .
tru~ rafter
A IIg~ht wood truss used In fram
aroof. usu.1Iyprmlnicated
of2x45 anJ b6sjOO1ed I'll n
toothedpbte
connectors.
crown pest
Arry v~1 mem~ In apitched
truss. esp. aking post.
Pratt ""--__________-.ll
OforpertainIng to • JUt orpitched truss
having vertlc31 web memDers In compression
and dl3gonal we!7 memPers!ll tension.
~-------- Howe I
Oforpertaining to aJUt or pitched truss
havln~vertlcal web rnem~rs fn tension and
di3gonal web mem~ In compression.
•
tr1I,sedJoist
A I19htwelght. flat wood truss used In
framl"9 afloor, usually prefabricated
of 2x4s and 2x6sJoined wtth toothed
plateconnectors.
.
~'f;e~ian '---y------. Warren
di3gorut
An IncnneJ web lMT1!7erJoining the
top and bottom chords of atruss.
Of or pertaining to apitched truss
having Orily Indned web memDer5.
:--- 5u~dL19orul
An lncnned we!:> memDerJoining a
. chord wtth amain d~OO3l
~fl1lk~'
Atruss h3v1ng more than two web
Ir.trtlbers raJlatlng from a common point
on the rottom chord.
I
A~~n truss having ~ba13gonals to
~uce the length of com~sslon wcl7
~rs toward the calurilne of the 'part
r.a~~hora~5 L ~'<''''~5
Atruss ~ abottom chord
r3!sed ~1Iy a!7ove the level
of the ~ports.
Apitched truss hav!rtg tension
~ exterIdlrtg from thefoot of
exh top chord to .an IrrterInedlate
poUrt on the opposite top CMrd.
""''t )~
~
tru,~ ~m _____--'1
Atlmw!;am stlfferd boy a
c.omlnl'.3tlon of ~al truss rods
ii nd eltha compression struts or
susper.sl.on rods.
9u~ ~.-- ..----.--.---------.------
Aplate for unlt!ng struct.Jral
members meet1r,q In asl~~ pla~.
Also called gusset pl3t,e
Ofor pertaining to af13t or Dowstrlng .
truss having Inchned we~ mem!1ersformll19
aseries ofequllater3Itrl3ngles.Vertical
web mem~ a~ sometimes Introduced
to redUC6 the panel lengths ofthe tcp
chord which Is In compression.
,-I----< l7ow~tri"9 tru"
Atruss havfng 3 curved top chord meeting
astraight rottom chord at each end.
5elfa~t truss
AtlmDerrowstrlng truss.
cre~nt trus,
Atruss h.vIng rothtop and I1ottom chords
curvl"9 upward from acommon pointat
each side. Also called camelback truss.
r--- trus,rod
! A metal tie rod serving as atension
memPerIn atruss ortrussed !leam.
composlU trus5 •
Atruss h3v1ng Umber compression
members and steel tension mem!lers.
261
258.
VAULT
An arched 5uuctureof stone. urick. or
reinforced COf1~. formi~ a uiling
or roofOV~ a hall. room. oroth~
whoityor parti311y enclostd space.
;...- ..-.-......-...--.......-...._.-.... key course
: Awurse of keystones In the crown of
262
5~ -,.........-..;
AdlstJnct. slenkr. vertical masonry
fe;ltIJre engaged In awan or pier and
supporting orfelgnlng tD support an
arch ora rll1bed vault.
2 masonlj'vault.
,.....---....--------... vaulting ccurst:
Ahorizontalcourse forming the
aDutments orspringers ofamasonry
: vault.
L_____._..~ transverse arch
An arch for stiffening a Darrel vault or
supporting 2 groin vault. '
r--'-- ~try
1 .APay ~ two transverse arches
~_j I", vaulted structure.
5InceItbehmsasanarch extendedIn athird
Jlmenslcn, theIong/tudlna/supportlng walls
must~ bvttrts5edt(1 younter3Ct the thrusts
ofthearchIngactIon.
I
1---...... i?uttres,
I
An external support built tD stabilize a
struGturs by opposing Itsoutwara thrusts.
esp. a p~lng support builtInto (lr
I against theoutside ofamasonry wall
.;--- -.--- flying 1?uttre"
/ An Inclinea barofm3sonlj'carried on a
/ segmentalarch anatransmitting an
./ outwardana downward thrust from aroof
.: or vault to asolid buttress that through
Its mass transforms thethrust Intoa
vaultlng 5hili
vertical one. A~ ~allea ~rc-!1outant. --
pjnlWlc~ ••---•.-.......-.......-.....- .....
Asubordlnau vertlc3l structure
Unninztlllf In apyramid orspire,
. usedesp. In Gothic archltecturs to
add welght to a buttress pier.
~5 pier --_............-......
The partofapler that rises to take
the thrust ofaflying buttress.
Jmcrttument h .."-",_,,,,,,,,,,,,
Asloping topon a1uttress or ..
projtctlng plerto shea rainwater.
no51ng
Aprojecting ed¥ofa buttress.
Ashaft that leaas tD the springerofa
rluorgroup ofriPs. either rising from tht:
grouna orfrom acarVel at agreater
height In theface ofthe nuSOMIj'.
corbel vault
Avault canstructed ~ carbehng caurses
of stone masonry. The resulting stepped
surfacecan Pe smoothed orcurvea. but
no arch action Is Incurred.
•
, I
l
l
l
L
259.
~. J
,'lx
:.
I ~;Irrel v.ult
AVAult havl~ asemicircular cross
section. Also caRed cradle vault.
wtlMl vault, ¥Qgon vault.
groin
. conical vault
Avault havln~ acircular cross section
that Is largerat one end than the other.
rampant vault
Avault sprlngln~ from an abutment
higher at one side than at the other.
VAULT
annular vault
A barrel vault hJving acircular plan In
the shape of aring.
One of the curvea lines oredges alo~
which two Intersectl~ vaults meet.
~
-..-..' tripartite vault .
: Acompouna vault for covering a
" : triangular sp3u, formed by the
groin vault
Acompound vault formed by the
pe~nd1cu~r Intersection of two vautts.
forml~ arched ~aniscs ca!ltd
groins. Also catted~ V3u1;.
weD
A su:fau framtd Py the
ribs ofa ri~d V<lutt.-',
hn vault
.At Y3 wit com posedof ;a numbu of concave
cC1'1C1da1 sections, usually four, springing
from the corners of the vaulting
ccmpartmerrt.~~tedwlth ribs
rut radla~ from the springing like the
fr;;mewon: of. fan.
}--.- Intersectlon of three barrel vautts.
underpiUh vault
Acompound V3lJlt having acentral
vault Intersected Py vaults of lower
pitch. Also caned Welsh vault.
rwvault
Ava ult supporte.:f by or clecorated with
arched dlagonal ribs. Also. ribPed Yauft-.
...... q,uadrlpartrte vault
Arluvault divided Into four parts by
Intersectl~ dIagonal ribs.
sexpartite vault
A rll7vault divided Into six compartme:r.:s
by two d13gonal ribs and three tranSv'er:e
ribs.
rip
///
stilted vault
Acompound vault having ana~
transve~ vault springing from a
higher ~el SO that the rk:Iges are at
the same height.
key
The l:eystone at the crown ofan arch
orat the intersection of two or more
vaultl~ rips.•'"
/:
Arry of several archlike members suppor;ing
a vault at the groins. deflnlng tts distinct
surfaces ordlvtdlng these 5Urfaces Into
panels. ." ,
arc dou17~u --_.._..__...__.._.........•/
ArIl7 sp3nnlng the Iongltualnal axis of arib /
vault and dMdln~ ttInto !rays or . ........ '---,
compartments. Also called transver~ np, /:.....
tierceron •........_._..__.........-.__../
Arll7 springing from apoint of support on
either side of theoglves ortransverse rik
ofa rib vault. Alsocalle.::l IlTtermedlau np. ..~.//
fo~ret --.--.-.........--.-......-.....~/
Arib a~alnst a wall parallel to the
longitudinal axis of aribvault. Also calied
wall ril1.
cloister vault
Acompound vault formed IIyfour caves
meetlng along diagonal vertIcal planes.
Also called coved vault.
:---- rU:lge rib
Ahorizontal riP marking the crown
of avaufUng compartment.
.. ogive .
AriP crosslng acompartment ofarib
vault on adla¥nal. Also called
d~gon31 nb. 9ro1n riP.
-.,..
!
~'5
~..-.~",-.-':~ lieme
An ort13mental. knoblike projection.
as acarvea keystone at th~
Intersection ofogfve5.
pendant
A sculptured omam~nt suspended
from a roof truss. vault. or cemrTg.
Also calltd drop.
~
,tar vault
Avault having ribs. !Jemes, or
tlercerons arranged In astar·shaped
pattern. Also callea su/lar vauft-.
An ornamental vaulting rib other than
one springing from apier or a rldqe rib.
263
260.
VISION
5~ht: the;let orpowerof
sen5ing with the eyes.
&ee
r0 pac.elve with the eyes. The actof
seei"41s a~mlc and creativeprocess.
It 15 capaP-leof &ellveringa s~~. three-
dimensIOnal perctptlon of the II1OfIng.
changing 1m3¥swhich make upourvlsual
world.There are three steps In the swift
and sophls~ processing which
"'su~s In,t. ""'g"we see. --1
I
t.......-~ reuptlon: 0tJr eyes~ ~ergy .......,-...~ ~ ~ visu3Ifmures _
.................~ Irtferenu: on the b1sIstlftheseextracted
klputIn t.~~ form ofl!glrt. . a~ ~ from thisInput. fe3ture5. Infcmlces a~ made3boutourKOrld.
l1inocularmicn .-.._ ......- .....-.
The thru-dimenslonal stereoscopic
vision resuftl~ from ~ use of both
eyes at the ~~ tllM.
" ' ...
~:;;~~~~~~-;,-;,.;~.--.-....... - ........ -.--... ~ ""
Inwara tcfocus on .. ~&i point. ....."
.....
4~mmo~n .....,
The ~5 ~ which the hUlTl3n ~
changes focus for.ol1ects at various
dlstanus. im'01v1"4ch<a"¥5 In the
shape of the Cl"'jstalnoe lens. 1
h.':~_~:=~ng.'n-·---·--·---~
dlrectlon ofan ooserveaoljeaC<lusea !7y
achange In the position of the oUserver
that provides anewhoe ofsight.
m~rt1a1
Pertalnl~ to ~ of the spatial
relationships a:nong oop;tswft:hln the
fleklofv1slon. ~ -_._-_.._.-.....-.... ...............--_._..•
orientltfon
The ability to Wxm oneself In one's
environment .nth referenu tc time.
pbce.ana~
Yi5U4t literacy
The a~ to apprehend and
~ pictures. dl'2wfngs. or
ot~~IINges.
eye
AppreciativeordISCriminating VISU31
perception.
optical iII~icn - ..........- .........----f----r----<
Aperuptlon civisualsUmuh that
rep~t5 what Is perctlved In away
differentfrom tM way It Is In re3tlty.
264
,.
,,/
./
/0
,. '.
,. '.
,. ..
./ ..
fitld of vision _..
,.
,./
,.
The etltJre fe!a enalmt'3ssed ~ the
hum.an ~ wh~ It Is tnlnea In arry
par-xulirdirection. Also caned visual
fletd.
vi~~1 angle
The 3~lethat3n oPjector~1I
sulrtenas at*'epoint ofoI1semtlon.
USU3~ lI'IeasureJln mlnuteschrc.
visual cortex
The portion of the ure!n-al cortex of
the In-aln that recdves and processes
Impulses from the optic nerves.
visu.;12CUIty
Acuteness of v15Ion 25 determined
by 2 comparison wfth the nonnal
abillty to ~ certain ~ at a
g!Yen dlst.anee. IlSUaIly20 ft. (6 m).
df~m!nztJon
The a17i1ity or power tc see or m3ke
fine distinctions.
.1,pect
Appeal'3nce tc the human eyeor
mind.
j
, t
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
l
L
b
L
~
L
L
L
L
_J
261.
carr.oufu¥
The ~~ ofaform or ~ure that
occurs when Its ~pe. pattern.
texture, orcoIor.Itlon Is slmllarto that
of Its SlJrTOundlng field or l1ackground.
pro~n
APl""Cf"!rty of perception In which the "
mind's ~ ~rches for meaning Irj •
Imagining .naprojectlng known or
familt3r l1T13geS onto the seemingly
4I~sshapesofa pattern until It
flnd.s 3 m3tch whIch rrt3l:es sense. This
atte:r1pt to COOIplete an Incomplete
paturn. or find ameaningful pattern
emp.-..-dkJ fn a largerone. Is In
4Iccord;;}nu with ~t we alre3dy know
or Ct-r'"'tCt to see.Once seen and
ur.derst<xJ. it IsdlfficuIt to not see
the~~.
tlimil4rity ~"""-'-"---'--'----'-""'-"-1
Aprcymyof perctptlon In which there
Is 3 wokncytogroup things which
h;we $O~.e visual ch3racterlstlc In
com."roCl""l.4IS aslml13rtty of shape. slz.e.
color. or'..etTtJtIon ordet3ll
•••••
•••••
.:....
•• •••••
•••••
.0.0.
.0•.0.
.oeo.
eoeoe
•••••
~~~Z:=~~::~hi~;;······1
m c~ tc¥ther.to the exclusion of _ . • e _
those which are further away.
ectrt.inurty • • • • •
A~ ofperception In which there
Is a~to group*~nts which
ccm:n~ a~ the same line or In the
same directlon. This 5e3rch for
contlr.:;ity of line and dIrection can also
lead to O<Jr pc:rceptlon of the simpler.
~~ft~~~·-····~··-·-····-··-······"··-I
thl~. f"t4irdless of how dIstant they
are. bJ1ng to the ~ptlon of aclass
ofo~ as Imlng uniform slz.e ana
constJ rrt colorand textureo
cto~ur-e
Ap~rtyof perception In which there
Is 3 t.enkncy for an open or Incomplete
fig ure to ~ seen as If It were aclosed
orcomplet.e and staVle form.
•. : -./
.' .I_,S
~;
• e
+
successive contrast
Aphenomenon of visual perception In
which Intense exposure to one color or
value leads to the sensation of Its
complement. which Is proJ~ted as an
afterimage on another color or surface
viewed Immedl3tely thereafter.
afterirrt3ge
Avisual sensation
that persists after
the stimulus that
caused tt Is no Io"¥r
operative or present.
VISION
perctption
The act or faculty of.pprehendlng by
means of the senses or of tr,., mind.
visual perception
An awareness derived Irj the visual
system In response to .on extern..ol
stimulus.
_..• figure-ground
Aproperty of perceptloo In which
there Is atendency to see parts of a
visual field 35 solid. welh:leflnea .
otjects standln9 out against.. less ~
distinct l7ackground. .
figure
Ashape or form. as determlnea t.y
OtItlllltS or exterior surf.lces.
ground
The rececl1n£j part ofavisual f1ekl
agaJhst which a~ure Is perceived.
Also called background.
!imultaneou! conU-a~
Aphenomenon ofvlSlUI perception In
which the stlmulatlon ofone coloror
value leads to the sen~n of Its
complement. which Is projected
Instanta~sly on ..Juxtaposed color
Of' value. Simultaneous contrast
Intenslfle5 camp1ementary colors"ana
shifts an..logous colors tcw3ra each
other's complementary hue. esp. when
theJuxtaposed colors are Similar In
value.When two colors ofcontrasting
value areJuxtaposed. the Itgfrtercolor
will deepen the darker War while the
darker color will lighten the lighterooe.
265
262.
WALL
Any of vari0tJ5upright coostructions ~(~-::
presenting ... continuous surfau ana /~J~
serving to enclose, asvide, or protect / I I
an area. ~
/' ~"
vearing wall .
Awall capal7le ofsupporting an Imposed
load. ~ from afloor orroofofaInJIWlng.
Also called load-bearinf wall •..- ...--.........-.:
nonl?eari~ wall
Awalt 5Up~ no load otherthan Its
own weight. Also called non-toad-
l1earf~ W31l-......~
carrtc11 •...~
Api!a~orslmltar
feature pro~ng from a
cornerof a Pulta!ng.
pil4s-ur .-........-.....-
A~Ilow rectangular fmurt projecting
from, w;lll ~ng aC3~ ana a !7ase
and arch~11y ~W as acolumn.
!
~edcolumn .-....-.--.-..........................
Acolumn l1uilt SO as to ~ truly or
see~1y ronJed to the)¥;ln before which
tts~nds.
retum wan _--.-o. _ • • • • • • • • • • • _ • • • • • • • • • - - •• - • • • • - . . . . . . . . . 0.· - ••••.••• ,
Ashort w;l1 perpendictJbr to the end of
aIongerwaL
pier
Avertlcals~ng structure. as a
seaIon of wad between two openIngsorone
supporting theendofan arch or hntel
~_____- ----0---- __________:
~';:r~'~a=~a~~~·~,·'·-·-·~·i-~--~-II;;~ir---
member to relieve Its load. AlsoC311ed E
rellevfn9 If'dt.
lirrtd ~...--........--.........--...-.... -.-..
A~msupportlng the ~h~abovea :
door or window openIng.
umpl1te
Ahorizontal timberor st.one set In 3 wall
to receive anddistribute the pressure of
agIrder orbam. as (Ner an opening.
Also. tempkt.
266
,-... -.........- .............~ exUricr wail
Awall formIng p3rt of the envelope ofa
InJlldIng. havl"9 one face exposed to the
w~theror to earth. Also c.11ed
exUmatwali.
,1"-"'." .•• Interior wall
.,/ Any wall withIn aInJlJalng. entirely
......./ surrounded by exterlor W4i 115.
0/ partition
An Irrt:erlor wall dlvldlng aroom or part of 3
Pulldlng Into separate areas.
~eari~ partition
An interior wall carrying ast-ructuralload.
Also called lo.1d-bearing partition.
non~ri~ partition
An Interior wall supporting no Ioaa other
t~n Its own weight. Also called non-load·
~nf p.1rtJtSon.
$creen
Amovap~ orfixed device. esp. a
framed COI15trtJctlon. deslgne4 to
divide. conce;al. or pror
- movaple partition
Apartltlcn cap;a17le of I1eIng moveato
different loC3tlons. Also called
demountaPla partttfon.
coping
I " Aflni5hlng or protective C<lp orCOUr56 to
i 3n exterfor W4lfl. usually sloped orcurved
....... to5heJ~.
........, ..- - spla~ copIng
i .0-.--: .... ~addlecoping
; Acoping that slopes to either sideof a
>..~ ./' :~~~ge. Also called ~ld1acked
...............-......... par..pet
Alow. protecUve walla~ the edge of.a
term.e, balcony, or roof. esp. th4t part
ofan exterior w;l1I, fire w.all orparty wall
that rises arove the roof.
..-.-.--..-..-,...--...• gal?1e W3U
- -.. AwaH ~rlng orcrowned byagal1ie,
--.'.-.. '.............-... pa~ment wan
party wall --.-...:
Awall ~Jointly ~ ccnt1guous
structures, ~ upon aline dlvIalng
two parcels ofI3nd. ~h ofwhich Is a
separate rt31 estate entity.
-- .. ---.-------~
Afoundatlon- wan tha"t encloses a
usaPle areaunderal7ui1dln~.
plinawall
Awan having no WIndows. doorways,
orother openInqs.
I
l
l
l
l
L
L
L
f
L~
263.
-~ ,I...;.·f
't
11
l~
t~
m~hause
Ahouse constructeawith askeletaI
framework of t1mrer. usually sheathed
wtth siding or shingles.
corner I7race _._...;
Adl3gonal bracelet Into studding to
reinforce the corner of aframe
structure.
let In
i 0 Insert Into the surface of a stud.
wall Of:,the tn:e as apermanent
addftlon.
comer post .....-.•--.--------------- .----..
An ;asseml7ly of two orthru studs
splW togetherat the Intersection
of two frarnecl walls to provide a
nailing sumu for flnlsh materials.
~cklng
AnJrTOW wood strip flxed to the
cornerof afrarnecl paMlon to
provlk anallln~ surface for flnlsh
materials.
firestcp -------.-----.--------------'.
ArlUterial or member !roUt Into a
tlvlldl~ fl.lme to I1lbcl: aCOTlce31ed .
hollow space through which aflre ".
might sp~ from one part of the
!ro11.d1M§ to another.
ledgerWip
Apleu attached to the face of a
Deam at the bottom as a support
for the ends ofjoists.
M17Pon ~_ ..________._ ------.---.----. -.__.J'-
Athin. h~ I;Io3rd let Into
studdlng to carry the ends of
joists. Also called ledger. rippand.
rIPPon strip.
balloon frame ..-- --...-..--'-' _
.....
Awooden !rolldl"4 frame having studs
that rise the fun height of the frame
from the sIR pl3te to the roof piate_
wlthjolsts nailed to the studs and
supported by sills or by ribbons let
Into the studs.
plate 1110cking
Any ofvarious hOrizontal tlml:>ers laid
flat across the headsofstudding or
upon floors to supportJOists. rafters.
or studs at or near their ends.
wall plate
Anumberofsmall wood pieces
Inserted to space.join. or reinforce
memrers of a!rolldlng frame. fill the
spaces between them. or provrac a
nailing surface for finish materials.
Ahorizontal member built Into or laid
along the top ofa wall to support and
distribute the load fromjoists or
rafters. Also called raising plate.
top plate ~- ....---.....-.......-....-.-.......------
The uppermost horizontal meml:>erofa
framed wall on whichjoists orrafters
rest.
/'
anchorbolt •... --.--...~.. ~~~~~~
Any of various rods or rolts "..•..• E
;'L:··:·
~. ."
. ,.
~. ..".'
. -'
.. ·4:
embedded In masonry or concrete
to hold. secure. or support a
structural member.
sill sealer ......-..-.-..-.....-......-.-.-.--;-~~.~
Areslhent, ftln-ous material placea J
~etween asliland afoundation wall /f"'.
to reduce alrlnflltratlon. ,/
termfU shield~···-···..·-·······./
Sheet metallnstal1ed atop a
foundation wall or around pipes to
prevent the passage of termites
.~ .
- b '_.
WALL
~-......_.. stud wall
Awan 01' partition fr.lmeJ wtth stuas
and factd wtth sheathing. siding.
wallboard, or plasterworX. Also caW
stud partition.
.'" stud
Any of aseriesof slender. upright
memrers ofwood or tne't31 fonnlng the
structural frame of awall or p-artltlon.
-... cripple
Any framing member chat Is shorter
chan usual. as astud above adoor
opening or relow awindow sill
.-- center--to-center €
From the centerlineof one eIe:r.ent.
member. orpart to the centerline of
the next. Also callta on CCT'tu.
.... $OkpLtu
The :>attom htficntJImemper of a
ftamed wall upon which arow of studs
Is erected. Also called shoe. sole.
soIeplece.
platform frame
Awooden !rolldlng fr.lIne h3vir..J studs
only one story high. rt-gardless of the
stories ~ullt. each story restl~ on the
top plates of the st.ory ~Iow or on the
sill plates of the four-dation waft Also
called wc:sUrn frame.
....-.-...... ponyw~1I
Adwarf wall for sUPr«t1"9 fIo?,.joists.
dw~rfwall
Awall less than afullstor)' In hd.3ht.
5111
The lowest horizontal mem~ of a
frame struGture. resting on ana
anchored to afourWtlon wart. Also
called mudsill. sill ptru.
.-.....• l1ox,iII
AslH for atlvlldlng frame. composeJ of
aplate resting on afoundation l'f311 and
ajoist or header at the outertd¥of
the pl3te. as well as 3 soleplm for
studs resting either dlrectly on :he
joists or on the rOu.,Jh flooring.
l,fII
Aslll for atlvllcllng fr.lme. composed of
aplate resting on afoundatlo:! ""nand
a10lst or header at the outer~ of
the plate
267
264.
WALL
!Siding
Awe3tMrproof material asshingles.
boards. or units of sheet ~l used
for sarf.ulng theexteriorwalls of•
mme!7ulldlng.
comer 1?oard
Aroard against which siding Is fIt1;ed at
rake
AbOard or molding placed along the
sloping sides ofagal7le to cover the
ends of the siding.......''-:..
5huthing
Arough covering of Poards. plywood. or
other panel materials appW to aframe
structure to serv~ as abase for siding.
flooring. or roofing.
.- 5tructur21&huthlng
the comerofafr3me structure. ~............._....;.
Sheathing capal7le of bracing the plane of
aframed wall or roof.
~att.en
ASlmfll70ard orstripofwood used for
varloos uulldlng purposes. as tocover
joints ~ mrds. support shingles or
rooflng tiles. Of' provide _Da5e for 13~!ng.
l10ard 3nd l1atten
Siding consisting ofwkie boards or
pljwood sheets set vertically wtth Putt
joints covered by u.ttens.
colonbl ~ing
5JdJil! composed of plain. square-edged
twrds bld horlzontaRy so that the
uppero.'erlaps the one PeIow.
PJ~
Aseries ofpancls•.esp. decorative wood
panels.joIned In acontinuous surface.
surround
t
I·
. I '.1' i
..... di~onaI5he3thjng
Asheathing of Doards applied diagonally
for lateral strength.
i10arding
Astructure ofboards. asforsheath~
or su!riloorlng.
.... ~uifdjng paper
Artyofvarious papers. felts. or slmlbr
sheet material used In construction to
prevent the pass3g6 of airor motsture.
vertica "QI"9 ~..._...l
Siding consisting of matched
roards applied vertically.
i ' OO
cl3pboard
! Along. thin board with one ed~e thlcl::erthan
the other.laki horizontallyas bevel slJ1ng.
shiplap
Aflush. overiapplngJolnt.as aral7ret.
Petween two boardsJoined edgeto~.
Also. the boardingjoined wtth such
O'IerlapplngJolnts. "
bevel siding
Siding composed of taperea Ltoards. as
clapboards. laid horizontally with the
thicker loweredge ofeach board
O'Ierlappln!1 the thinnerupperedge ofthe
Deard uelow It. Alsocalled lap skiing.
flLl5h panel
Apanel having 3 surface In tht same
plane as tfie surrounding frame.
o
Dolly Y2rden siding
Bevel staln~ r30reted a~ng the lower
edge to recelve the upperedge of the
board relow It.
r.I~paMI
AF'nel h3vlng acenter portion thlcl:er
than theedges or projecting above the
surrounding fume. Also called fielded
pa~l.
)/
drop siding
Siding composed of boards narrowed 3 long
the upperedges to fit Into ral*ets or
grooves In ~ lower ~s.lald
horizontally with their uacks flat 3g3lnst
the sheathing or studs ofthe w;;r/t Also
called novelty sklln~. I"UstJc skiing.
sunkpaMI
Apanel h3v1ng asumce recessed Pelow
the surrounding frame Of'surface.
An enclrclklg bo de
areaOf' r r.~.............. ~.;.. I
portion. Section. ordfvlslon
.. mlnscot.celbng orc:Ioor. esp.
S41rfacesunk beloworI'2tsea
the surrounding area. or
panel
A~
ohwa
ofaff'J
a~
~Iosed byam~ or rorder. -_..........
atwood paneling. esp. when
NJln$COt
~ facin4
:overing
vall.
the lowerportion ofan Interior
.....
...-
n ~ ......- ..........................
"ullio
, vertical memberdividing the panels In
-a11l5COt~.
lYe/'?'rtIon ofan Interior wall
ado
1elo
ilenfa
,eupper
'3ilpa
ced ortre3ted dlfferenttyfrom
section. as with paneling or
~.
R'''-'-
I .
I
I
!
.....'1".. - ...... -
.-'
.'
..-'
~
=
',-
~ID
--
. . J
me1
r..·_·..-..·....·_....·......• flU5h ~
a~ APe3dhavlngltsoutersurfaceatt:hc
same level as the adjoining sumces.
1" ... - ........................ cock~a
1 Abead that projects aDove or Deyond the
; adjoining surfaces.
i ;0...._................. Culrk .
• Agcoov.....cot<,ng~""kling' !><1J ...
ffifu X~ :::alng from adJmnfng'members or
:..................... Polutlon
./ Araised molding for framing apanel.
Oooli'r'ay. orfireplace. esp. when the
mutlng surfaces are at different levels.
Also.lrilectlcn.
j
..
I
Il;
L
L
L
I
L
L
I
u
265.
3r1Chor -' _...;'
Arryof V3rlous rret.ll ~ used In
curt.;aln wan constructlon to secure a
fr.1~ Of' pane! to ~ bultdlng structureo
usually aflo~ for 3dJustlT'.ent In three
dlmenslons. ~'-".
ttnltsystem
AClf't.4ln Iv.ifi system conslsUng of
pre3sserrWW. fr3~ wan units
.....hlch IT!3'j be pregf3zed or glazed
3f+..er InstJlI.aUon.
pand system .-._ ............._
..........' ...................../
A cu-rt..ln waH system conslstlng of
pm'Dr1'I1td met.t cut stone, precast
con.cme. or p3ndluJ t>rlck wall units.
l'rhIch rt13Y be preglned or gl.azeJ after
fn~
...1tatlon.
column·ccver-ana-spandrel system1
II curtJln w311 systaTlln which vlSlon·glass !
lls~m~les liM 5~Mrd units are
5wpporUd l7y 5f13nJrel beams between
~~ columns cI.Jd with caver sections
WALL
.-"-" curtain wall
..- ,. An exterfor wall supported wholly by
-r---
l
g
-
irt
--,.-.,.-.-......,.,..,......,..··.,.".:.
..,...,
...',.-..:.,....-~,
......,.,:-T:~.:~-.:.,..:...,...:.J,...:...:~:"""
".,·'M~""'··.-r
..·~·P'!';rr~'I!V' t-) ~~~ht~;:;I0:;~~~~~;~:~ .
Ahortzontal member spanning welg t ana wlna aaS.
retween exteriorcolumns to support t----7
wall sheathing or cla-dd1ng. •.._..........'-"-'.
mng ~..~.....................................--.-........-_
Anoncombustl~ material placed In an . -.
opening to p~t the p3SS3ge offlre, .... t--}
~m. ~
r---~~--.~.~,,~.~
.. :~.-:~.;.~
...~:;7~.~
..~
..•
~
..~{~~:~
..~~-~a~'~~~~~.~~~
3S uetween acurtain wanand aspandrel • ~ 1
__._;. ~~ JIll
~p:ea":r:~:n~~ b~~~i~·~~·....-..····· ~ ............~ ~~~~:I~~area In a multlstor:t frame
and supporting tneotIter edge ofa lnJlidlng. between the sill of" window on
floor or roof. one level and the head ofawlnaow
backup wall Immediately below. Also, spandril.
An assemlny of materials used behlna
acurtain wall to provkle the r~ulr'ed
~ree offire-resistance.••.•..- .._-...........--~ ~
~
stlck s)"tem
Acurtain wan system In which tuuuf3r
metal mullions and ralls are assembled
pJeci by pleuon-site to frame VIsion
glass and spandrel units.
.--.......... spandrelgl1s5
An opaque glass for conceahng the
structuralelements In curtain wall
ccnstnJCtlon. proJucea byfusJrIgaceramic
frIt tothe Intenorsurf2Ce oftempered or
heat·strengthened glass.
unlt-3nd-mulllon synem
Acurtain wan system In which one-or
two·stor)'·hlgh mullionsare Installed
l7efore pre3s5emblea wall units are
lowered Into placebehind the mullions.
The framed wall units may Pe preglazed
or glazed after Installation.
269
266.
WALL
ret.1lning W311
Aw.noftre3t.e.a tlml1er.I!i3S0flr)'. or
~ for holdlng In place a1n35S of
earth. Arebln~ w.1I C211 f.l1I by
overtumlng. s/Ia'In~ orseuRng. Also
C411ea ~5t waR.
5urc!lJrge
An addltlooal or excessive load or
Irorden. 35 that ofthe earth above the
b<el ofthe top of aretalnflo.g wall....._- .______.
toe··---·"!'
Theforwa ra. lower tip of the base ofa
footing orretaining wall extended to give
!?roader Pealing and greaUr
-......
----~
~rrtiJever W3n ----------------',
Art't4lnlng ~ of reinforced conc~ -.._------.
"''''...
or re!rrforcea ~ masonry.
C4ntlievmd from ana securely tied to 3
spre3d footing th3t Is shaped to resist
overturning aM sl1J1ng.
cn17Uing -.-...___ .._.___________ .__ .__......
A system of Cli~ for ret.1lnlng earth or
sora ~..lld1ng ~ng lT1CY'edorhavlng Its
;c·Hldatlon rdnJltt. Also C41ieJ
c.r.bworl
;n'b
, cellulJrn.~of.red
:':mbers.or s~ orconcrete rnemPer5
;;f $Imlbrform.. asseml:>led In laj'ers at
...;~ht angles. often filled wtth earth or
stones ;rod used In theconstroctlon of
'':lI.maatlons .nd retaining walls.
.3~ion ---......;
p Ivanlud wire b.sl:et filled with
.0f1es and used In coostructlng an
Jt ment or retaining structure.
o
de3dm.1n
A log. concret.e Plock. or similar mass
uurled In ~ ground as an al1Ghor.
rlprap
A layer of ~en stones thrown
together Irregularlyon an emban~ment
slope to pm-cnt erosion.
revet
fo face asloping surface or
emuankment wIth stone or other
material.
revetment
A facing of masonry orother sultaple
material for protecting an
empankment against erosion.
.r---__.• ccunterfort
...- Atriangular-shaped cross waU tying a
concrete ret.olnlng '(311 to Its Dase at
regular Intervals. built on the s~ of
the I!13terial to be retained In Of~r to
stiffen the vertical slap and add weight
to the Dase.
i7atter
Al:r.ichard s~ of the face
ofa wall as It rises.
!
gfMty wall .-------j
ANsonryorconcret" retaining waH
that resists overturning and sI1dl~ ~
the sheer weight ana YOlume offts ctilss.
'--.--.--.-...-.• ~inwali
Atype of gravity retaining wall for.r.ed
loy stJcklng modular. interlocking
prec.ast concrete units and filling the
voids with crushed stone or gravel.
Also called cellular wall
- - - ------------ ---~- ---. t.1rth tle17ack wall
- - - - - - - Aretaining waif consfstl~ of precast
- - - - - -- concrete panels fastened to long
_ _ _____ gatvanlzed steel str.lps extending Into
a compacted soil UacHlll
~-
-
~==::::=::::=------ --j
c~lhe~ht
The maxImum height at which 3
vertlcal cut In 3 cohesive soil will
sbna wlU,CtJt shoring.
;-------
I
/
/ The maximum sIop6. rne3surea In
/
/
/
. . &eg~ from the horizontal. at whk;J,
[
Jngleufre~
/ .......
/
',___ • soli binder
Aplant that prevents or Inhlplts
erosion Dy providing aground cover
and forming adense network of
roots that hold the soil.
. _--.--' loose solid mate~1 wll remain In
..•.•-- place without slidlnq. .
angle of ,ride
The minimum slope. measured In
deg~ from the horlzont.1l at wh!ch
loose solid material will begin to silk
orflow.
soil5ta17i1iur
Achemical admixture for
malnt3lnlng or Increasing the
St3!1lnty of a soli mass.
I
iI
J
,
j
l
l
l
l
L
L
L
L
L
267.
•
window IUIit
AlI'taC!8bctureJassem17ti ofamme.
S.ilsh. ~ and necessary hardware.
~toftta wlndowopenlng. "',,_
sa5h
The fhe.d or I1OV3~ mmeworX
ofa ~ordoorln which
panes 01 ~l2ss are set. -----".
---
~ick .,kI~ ---...:.
',,-.
Awood ~ COt'eriIlg the g.3p
~ a~rne or wlnao,.; f,..me
;and th6 msonry reveal Into which the
m~ Is set. Also c;alled staff peaa.
~d~~
The ~ CNer. window ~n~ Of" a
window frame
The fixed mmeofaWindow. consisting
oftwoJam17s.• head. and asill.---'1
.....
.,.....
~ Jna In3sonrywalL ----..--------- ---.-------
drip ~-----T'-----,,;::-,v---rr-----rr
Arry of vr.ious t:b1ces for sr.eddl~
,..fnwrtef so as to teep It from running
down aIf3ll orhlllng onto the slfl of an
~l~
drip ~ ~-----.------- --'.--...---- -'-'-' .. -.. .,~
A~ ~ CNer an exterior
dooror~opcnl~ forc3tchl~ and
~ t7lnwater.
~a~ ..---.----.-.... -------------.--... ---
A~ $UfTOUnd1~ the tnm at the
top arJ skksof adcor or window.
wi~ll __..__....u _ u _____ . . _______ -·····-·~
The hor!zx;m.ai mtn1Per at the 173se of a - __
~
_ _=::.._ _ _li.I-..L...<::.~
winDow ~ning. esp. the edqe for-mea Py -
Sl.Ch a mnboer.
~h
~ ~ SlJrf.ceof a!1ulldlng memrer.
as a~ orcoplng. slopeJ to shed
r.afnWlter. AJsoC2lea we.tthering.•-----.-----.--.----- .. -... ---..---. -'_.
chuk~
A~rtXYe M or fonned on the ur.derslJe
ofa slior otherextulor horizontJf r-_L,""'___
rr.ember to prevent the C3plllary flow of I
rJlnwaterto 3 wall ~.---.------. -'---..-...- .---. ----..... -.......-. _t/
>,
~up.,ilI--..----.-.---------·--·--'--···--·-"--·-"···-·---· .-.-.-_.' '1
An ~lslU fttttd to 3 window
fnme to oUSt r.J1nw;rter to drip farther
3W1'j m::.n.. w;iR surface. Also C3lled sill
drip maldif1~.
WIND,OW
dressing
The ornamental detail ofa Dulldlng.
esp. the molded framework around
door and wIndow openlngs_
An opening in the wall ofapuflding
for admitting light and air.usually
fitted with aframe In which are
set operapIe sashes containing
panes of glass.
pane ~-..~
One of the divisions of awindowordoor.
conSistIng of asingle unit of glass set In
aframe_
muntin
A raDDetea It!emDerfor holding the ~es
of windowpanes within a sash. Also called
glazing l1ar. sash bar. '1
omOOE]
/
-~ mullion
Avertical rnemDer 17~een the lights
ofa window.
~-- ..--..-~ light
Amediumfor admItting light. as one·
compartment of. window or window
sash. Also called day_
slip sill
A5111 cut to fit !1e-tween tMJam17s ofa
w:ndow ordoor opening.
.r:---------------. lug sill
./ A. sill extend)n!! !1eyond awindowcrdcor
./ openln!! and Irollt Into theJaml7s.
r--"-"---' horn
/ That part of apmb extending a!1ove the
.' head of adooror window frame. or the
horizontal extension of awlndowslll
~nd theJamD.
-- - ---.-...--------------. 5"Wol
The Interior 5111 of a window.
'--....... -.-- ----- .. -- -. apron
Aflat piece of trim Immediately Deneath
the stool of awindow. Also called skirt.
b4lck
The area of Interior wall. usually paneled.
between a windowsill and the floor.
271
268.
WINDOW
doub~hunt wi~w
Awfn&ow hMtftwovertically sl1t.f1ng
~. ~ .. sepal'2te grooves or,trads
anaclosll4J ciffererrt'part of the wfndow.
hung sash ...- ......•.•.- ..- ......... _........ .
AvertlcalJ:t std1~ window S3Sh balanced
by :iI cou~ht orapretenslonea
spring on ~ side 50 ~ ~ c.n Pt
raised ex Icwertd wtt:h reb~ Itttfe
~ort. Alsocalled lralancea 5.1s-h.
meett~ raI-.....- ..-.--..-.--..-
The r.:11 ofeadI s.sIt In:il dou~hu~
wlnaowM ~ n t1Ie I'2Ifofthe
other whe-a ~ window ~closed.
~fm
Afastening 011 the II1eetIng 1"211 ofone
sash which swings .cross to the meetlng
I
. - ..
1
.- .-..
___J
r
rail ofancPlersash and engages with a
spuronIt.AIsoc.lledsashb~.~······-····-····-···-~~__
checl: ran
Ameeting raM. esp.one closl~ lIgJlnsta
~ rad wtth ad1agon31 or
ra~ overlap....--•.----...•..........
pl.1in ran
Ameetl~ ral equal In thJ§:ness to the
other mem~ of the frame.
r------.-
I I
Pcx-~dwindow - ..................... ,....~
Adoutne-h~ window constructed with a I I
pocket In ~ he3d.1rTf.o which oneor both
:;.;shes caR 1'355 to Increase the opening i
iNallaPlefor ~tlbtlon.
OJ
I
drop window - ..•-......- ........- ..........---1
Awindow c.oastructeJ with apoclet I I
llelow the sJl.lnto Mitch asash can slide L _______.J
t.? Increase ~open~ ..vallable for
venUbtlon.
horizo~ny eUd~ window
Awindow M1n~ too or InOrC 53shes. of
whlch at ~ one sI1Jes along horizontal
gl'OO'l'CS(X tracks.
,ltaing ,a~ ........._
....._.c .................... _
A52sh thit opens Pi' movIl1!J horizontally
alo"9 gl"OOr'cs or tncl:s at the top and
rottom of ~ wlndow fram~
H2
--7
-
'"
/
i
r·....·..·..--_... yoke
rT'>....-r----f-,..,. AhorlzontJl p~ fonnl~ the t.?p of a
frame for adouble·hung window.
,top
Astrip of molding along the InslM of
wlndow frame for holdlll!J .1 sl1dl~ 52sh. or
~alnst which ;1 sash cioStS. Also called
sash step. window step.
.._..... ~top bead
Astrip of molding along the Inslde of a
window fl"3me for hoki1~ aslld1n!J sash.
~.. - .._..... parting ~
Astrip of molding u~ on euh side of.ll
frame ofadou~hu~ window to keep tM
upperand lower sashes .11lr-1rt when raised
or Iowere4 Also c.lled p~rtJ~ strip.
-..-- Wind ca~l~
The ro~h casl~ ofaI10x frame to which
trim Is secured.
.--.-. Pox frame
Awlnaow frame h3vlng hollow'pmbs or
mull10ns for S3sh weights.
.... hanging ~tIle
Astile In 3 window frame against which a
wlndow sash sl1d~, Also called pulley
stk.
..- ~a,h weight
Acylindrical c.;sl~ of Iron (X Ie3J used 35 3
coonterwelgfit to balaneea vertlcafly s~
window sash.
""hline
Arope (~sh cord) orch.ln (sash awn)
forconnectl~ avertically snalng wlndow
sash with 3 counterweight.
~a~h rii7Pon
Astrip Of~I or aluminum alloj used In
place ofasash cord to connect .. vertlcally
sliding window sash with acounterweight.
pocketpleu
Aremovable part of a113"91"9 stile
permlttl~ aCUS5 to Insert.ll sash weight
or to re~ace the sash I1ne.
~ingle-hung window
Aw1naow havin9 two 52shes. of whlen
onlyonelslT'oOV3~
vertJcally sliding window
Awlndow havltlf one or more sasl;es
which move vertlc.11yand.are held In
various open positions by means of
friction or 3 ratchet &M;e Inste3a of
by 5.11sh 17alancesorcounterweights.
ea'hi7alanu
Aspring·loat.feJ device used In place of
sash weights to cou~lance 3
vertically slldl~ window sash. Also
cal~ spring l1atanu.
I I
I
1
t
l
L
l
l
L
L
f
t~
269.
~.-
,:
extension ~ent hinge
A~e for an outward·swlnglng
C35tment wlnam.located to allow
ck:anl~ froD1 the Insrde when the
wlnaowlsopen.
~ent~
AV3rfor hoId1~ acastment In arry of
sevml ~n positions.
~ver oper;ator
Agearless device for operatlng a
ca5tment and hokllng It In an open
~
~m handles ~--..-..- ......-.....-.-.
Ah;an& th<at Iocl::s 3 hinged sash In a
closeJ posftlon by wedging It against a
keeper pl3~ Also called lockIng
~n.k.
l"O'too~r ....---...-.-....-./
ACr3nk·drlYtn worm drive for opening
and c~~ awning windows. casement
windows. 3nd,lJlousles.
• ;~4"
wicket scr-een _._.._.-........_ ....."'''-'''.
Asman slla'l~ or hinged portion of a
13rg~ SC/Ull providing access for
operstl"9 awlnJew sash.
pivoted wind<>w
' I
/
' /
' I
I
" I
/'-
I '
I '
/ '
I '
I '
A~ hJving a sash that rotates 90°
Of ~"arouta vertlc31 or horizontal axis
at or ~r Its center, used In air·
condltloned multistory or h41h·rI$e
!lu1tdl~s and operaW onlyforc!eanlng.
FI1Jin~ar.ce. or emergency ventll3tlon.
J.a~ie window
Awindow h~ horizontal glass or wood
louvers which pivot simultaneously In a
co:nl!"lOf1 mire.useaprlmarily In mild
cnmate5 to control ventllatton and to cut
off visibility from the ootslde.
J;alcu5~
A ~Ind or shutter having horizontal slats
that can ~ 6dJusted to admit l41ht and
air ~t excluck sun and r3ln.
shielding ~~Ie --....--
The angle Pd.ow which something can be
sten when viewed through alouver.
o
WINDOW
0
······-···-·-··········----··-1 ~~~h!sashofawlnJowthatdoesnot
op~n for ventll3Uoo. Also called fixed sash.
~-...- ..-.~ oper;a;oe window
~ AwlrJow having asash that rruy ~ opened
: for vtMtllatlol1.
V
-----................-....----.-..-.--. ca~ment window
I
/
/ ,
'
,
,-
/
,
/
/
/
/
/
I
/
/
~-
-
I
!/
/1
/
- IL_1J
i.
t
ti tj
Awlndcw with at ~st one casement, often
used In comblnatlon wtth flxecll41hts.
:-..- CJ~ment
. Awindow sash opening on hinges gener311y
attached to "the up~ht sik of Its frame.
folding casement
Apairof casements with r3bbeted meeting
Stles, hung In aframe having roO multlon.
1--- "'~ing stile
The stlIe ofawln.:low frame from which a
C3sementIs hung.
~...- meeti"9 stne
Oneofthrr"03 stiles In ap3lrof
castrr.en~
..--.-..~ French winaow
.. Ap3/r ofca~nt windows extending to
the fC()r and strVing as adoorway, esp.
from aroom to ~n outside porch or temlce.
cremeI'M ~tt
Avmlcall10tt used on aFrench window or
the tit, consls~ of two rods moved by at
abob mechanism and extending Into
pocUts In the head and sill of theopening
to prcv1Je asecure fastening. Also,
cremone bolt.
...-_....- l:Ia!conet
Ar3inng or!7alvstrade projecting slightly
~ the pla~ ofawindow and reaching
to the fuor. having the appe3r.l nee ofa
!7alcony whe.n the window Is fully open. Also.
l>a~.
I ,
II
'
'
/
I
/
I
I
hopptr window
Awlndcw having one or mort sashes
swl~lng Inward on hinges genmlly
att.c~ on the rottom. Also called
hospft.al window.
...-..~ hcppt1' light
Awindow fl9ht hir1¥d on the bottom and
swinging Inward. Also called hospital
light.
.- ......, hopper
One of the triangular draft lrarrlers on
each side of ahqpu light.
273
270.
WINDOW
~
'.::~::.:":'......
-"'-:"~:/'.::~...!..
',. ~ ~.' :,', .,
:. ......::.J .
picture window .
It ~rge. usually ftxta slngie-pane window.
p~ toframe an aUQctlve exterior view.
~aywindow
It wlrWw or series ofwlnJows projectl~
OIJ'tWardfrom the main ¥;inofa building
anQ forming aPayor alcove Inaroom
within. esp. one iuvlng Its ownfoundation;
windowseat - ...-.......-......_.._ ......,
It se.7t built Into arecess ofawindow
::;~:---~
~nt ~ay window
It bay window having canted sides.
~wfndow
It Ir.1ywindow havl~ a roundea projection.
DBDD
DOli
DCd5;J~~ if~':' ~~~
DODBBB=
DOOOO' -
window wall
Anonbearlng waR composed primarily of
vertical and ho~nt.1 framing members
containing acomPination offlxeJ lights
and operating sashes.
dormer window ~.- ....-.........-..............- .. ,.
Avertblwlndow In a projection Pulit out
from aslopl~ roof. Also called I~m.
~Iao~r --_._......-.......
Avertlc41 wIndow set Dele... the line of a
slopea roof.
luc.ame
A~ Window In aroof or spire.
oxeye _....c................_ ....... _ ............_ ... .
AGCmparaUvely 5m3"rounaoroval
window. as In ~ frieze ordormer. AlSo
called odl-de-Poeuf.
hocdmold
Aproject1ng moldl~ overthe arch
of ~ window or&ocr. esp. In Intero!'
wort. Also. hood mokJi"f.
P~"adi.1n motif
AwIndow or door-way In the form of a
round·headed archwayfbnke& on either
sk:le by narrowercomp3rtments. the side
compartments Peing ~ppeQ with
ent4PIatures on which the arch of the
centnl compartment rests. Also calkJ
5~j.an motlf. Venttlan motlf.
274
I
!
t· I...J;! I
riLWn window
Ahorizontal b-and of wlnaaws,
seraraW only Py mullions.
V-
I t
clere5tory
Aportion of211 Interior risl~ above
adjacent rooftops and having Windows
admitting d;iyIlght to the Interior; Also.
cIe.1rstcr:t.
.r- ~ Porrowed I~ht
Awtnaow ~nlng In an Interior part-mon
allowing Ilgh1 to De transmltted from one
space to another.
.- .... pa5'-thr-o~h
Awlnaowill:e opening In awall or partition
through which ~I~s may be passed.'as
Petween 3 kitchen and adining room.
-_...... 9a~1e wir.dow
Awlnaow In C(' under 3 !pine.
'-"-1'---' oriel
~~~~. A!?ay window supporteJ from klow
awnin.g
A~ COfer ofC3r1V3S or other materiaI
exterI.11~ In front of a&oorvay or window.
or0Vet' adecl:. to pror1de ~ from
the~" or rain.
Pyco,wls or ~r;;ckets.
me,hrePu-jeh
An orielse~ Py lanluwort.
through which the air rr.zy araw freely
while the Inter'«Is COI1Ce3Iea from view.
found along tr., streets ofCaIro3nd
othertowns ofUIe Levant. Also,
""sh~.lNsh~h.
IychM5COpe
A51114111 window sa low In the W311 ofII
rntdIeval church. pm11tt1"'9 the Interior
to ~ seen fmn theoutska Also callea
~ewlr.dcw.
!~-... - ... -.- 5Gretn
. Aframe hoIdi~ aflne ~h of Mal
or fiberglass. pbcedIn aWindow or
L window pox
A!;.ox ksi.3nea to hold sol! for grtWlng
plants at or on 3Windowsill.
&oorway. orarouna apon;h to admit.
aIr ~ut excluk l!Isects.
'" storm window
Asupplementary sash pl3cea OIJts1ae
an existIng window as additional
protection a!pinst severe weather.
Alsocalled st.cnn u5h.
com~nat!on window
. Awindow equl~ with'
InUrchange3rte serun and grass
sections for summer ana wlnter u~.
1
L
L
; !
I
iLl
L
L
L
L·
L
L
L
L
I
i
271.
I.
I
plate tr~cery
EJrly Gothictracery funned of
pierud slobs of stone set on ~e.
the des~n ~"9ln the shape and
dlsp<l$1'tlcn of theopenings. Also
carted pafor3Udtracery.
par tracery ...-_...._--.-...........................
Gothic meet)' tlutsucceeded plate
mcery. conslstl~ of mok!ea stone
mul110ns that divide Into various branching
emnts which flU the wIndow head.
ret.icuL1td tr~ry •.-.--.-_............-
Gothic tracery conslstlng mainly of a
nttlii:e arra~ement of rtpt:ated
~~metric31 ~ures. AlsG called net
tracery.
g~metric tracery
Gothic tracery characterized by apattern
of geometric sJ,apes. as circles 3nd foils.
fon ~--- .------------------.-----.- ----.,,--..--,
Arry of several arcs orI'Oilncled spaces' '"
aMdtd by cusps and bngent to the Interior
ofalargerarc.;;Is ofan arch or circle.
foliatlon
OrTt41rnentatlon ofan archway. Window. or
otheropening wtth foils or representations
offol13ge.
cu,p ~ .. ---- ...... ---- ..---- ....... ---
ApoInteJ p~ecUon formed by two
IntersectIng arcs. used esp. to vary the
Mhnes of ~ or to form foils.
cu'pkUtlon
Decoratlo11 wIth cusps
trefoil
An amngement of three foils
dIvided by cusps and radIating
from acommon center.
ITWUc~ ~
Adaggerllkt motH'found esp. In
Gothic mcery. forrnea by elliptical
and agee curves. .
an~ellight .•- ..--.---------_.
Atrlangu13r 119htIn a
Goth1c window.fOl"11'1ed by
the arch of the Window. an
arch ofa!ewer tier of
mctr)'. ana 3 mullloo of
an upper tier of tracery.
perpendiculartracery
Predomirt3ntly vertlwl
Gothic tracery havfng
mullions rising to ~
curve of the arch. crossed
at Intervals by horizontal
transolT1:S. Also caled
rectni~~ury.
q,uatrefoil
An orn3rr.ent com~ of four foils.
divided by cusps and radIating from a
comlT1Ol1 center.
WINDOW
tracery
Om31T'.eRtalwoti: of branchllke lines,
esp. the lacyopenwork In the upper
part of aGothic window.
cu,..,,1in~r tncery
Gothic tracery charactertzea by a
p-attem ofilTegular,l1cldlycurved
forms. Also called flowing tracery.
cina.udoil
Adesl<:Jn composed of five foils. clivlkd i;;t
cusps and radiating from acommon ce~~.
rnutufoil
HaYi,19 more than five foils.
275
272.
WOOD
The tc~h. fil7rouscellular
su~tance th.-t makes up most
ofthe sUms anal?l'3nches of
trees ~eneath tU ~rt
~.ilr1: .-..------.-------.-----..--.-- -'--"'-'--'--'-'.
The to~h extemal coverl~ ofawoody '.
sttm.l7ranch. or root. composed ofa nvlng
In~ layer caltea phloem and an outer Dan:
ofcorty. dead tIssue.
.-~:h":f'll~~~ ~ --------"-------------.---.----.-.-.--..-
A~oftls5ue th3t C3rr1eS food from U,e
~ to the growing parts ofatree. Also .
calW InMrpark.
~m9jum
A_t;hln ~ of reproductive tlssue ~
~~~: '..4,:..:1 ~ phloem aM xylem. which produces new .
~i£"It;g ph~ on the outslJe and newxylem on the
In~ ofstems.l7ranches. anaroots..
~wood ~---- ---:------ --- --------.~-.•:',..•;.-••-
The wood from .; can!fer. The term Is not
JescrfptlYeof the actual softr.ess of the
wood.
conifer
Anyof various predomlnantry evergreen.
~-17ear.~ trees. as pine. fir. hemlock.
ana spruce.
t:VeT3~
Having fol!a¥ that remains grun and
functtonal throughout the ye:Jr or
th~h mort: than one 9ro~ ~son.
crown •.--.-...-------.-.-------...--_..!
The ~ves and living
Pranchesofatree.
tnmk
The main stem ofatree
apartfrom Its mnches
and roots. ~
hardwood ....----------------.---.--
The wood from a Imnd·le3vea f.owerlng
~ee, as cherry, maple, or oak. The term Is
t".ot descrl~ of the actual h4rdness of
tilewooQ.
kckfuolf:J
Shedding lt2ves annU4/ly orn the end of a
~rowlng season. The term Is descriptive of
most hardwoods and afew sof':woods.
276
resin duct .---- .--.-.....-.-------
Atu!xtlar.lntercellular space In a
woody stem that secretes reslns.
esp. In contfers. Also called resin
. canal. .
resin
Aviscous. clear to tr3nslucent.
organic sul1stance ex~ by
certain pines. used In rnakl"9
vamlshes. adhesives, and plastics.
pith
The sof';. central core aDout
which frst growth t3l:es piau
in anel't)'fonned stem.
r--···· xylem
.... The WoMy tissue of ;I tree th4t pro;ldes
support ,lI1J conducts water;lna minerai
nutrients upward from the roots.
lignin
An organic subst~"u that. wtth cenulose.
forms the woody cell ~ 115 of plants ;I nd
thecementln:3 m3terull7etween u,em.
cellulose
An inert C4rt>ohydta~ that Is the chief
con~ ofthe cell lI2Rs ofpl2nts and
ofdried woods.jute. hemp•.;andCDtt9n.
used In the rnanuflctu~ of .; wide variety
ofsynthetlc burt&~ rnat:emIs. .
sapwood
Theyou~. ~. llv!~ portion of wood
~ ~ camrom and htartwood,
com~~Ple In st-re:ngth to htartw:lod but
usually lighter In color, mo~ pertne;lPte.
and less durable. Also called allXlrnum.
'..---.---- -..----. he3rtwocd
The older. k3rder. n3Ctlve core ofatree.
usuallyd.arUr.de~•.and moredural7!e
than the surroundin.g sapwood. Also calrea
duramen.
r- annual~
........._""'--.::""111~~::i -de.. AccncerTt<ic layer of wood produceJ during
~11!5;~ a single Jle3r's growth ofatemperate tree.
, Also called frowth "lli.
,
springwooa
;,
The softer. more porous portion of an
annual ring that.:kYelops e3rly In tl:,e
growlr1§ sasoo. cha~rlzed bybrge.
thin-wailed cells. A!sc called earfy wood.
~.----..--. summerwooa
.", "
..... '.
The harder. dJri:er.le-ss F,s portion of
an annual ring that de.-eiOpS late In the
growing sasoo. char-;tC'terized by compact,
thld:-walied cells. Also caltea r...te wood.
~-.., tracheid
.i One of the d.or43W. S<Jpporting and
conductive cells il1 woody tissue. luvlng
taperl~ c!oseJ ends Vla ~nlfied walls
oriented pmlid to ~ axis of astem or
branch.
vessel
Atubur.lr st<ucture of wooJy tissue for
conducting W7ter ana ifJlneral nutnerrts.
formed by the fusion a:1d loss of end W".i rts In
a~ of connected ceils.
'~--.-, ray
.' ,:' One oftht vertlcal!:73nds of tr.Insvers6
! cells that rui!.ate ~ ptth and 17ari: for
; the storage and hortzon-tal conduction of
: nutrients.
-----. pore
One of the relatively ~ge verticai celis for
conducting 54 p. esp. It nardwood trees.
,ap
The vital fluL::l of 'ater. nftiogen. and c
mineraI nUtr¢1ts thn circulates through;;
plant.
fiber
One of the sct1der. thW:i-walled cens whlcn
together ~e to st<et1gtnen plant tlssue.
I
l
l
L
r
L
L
L
L
f
.~.
~
273.
.,. r
1
<·1'·'
.'
II
I
I
I
equilibrium rrk)isturecontent
The moisture content at which wood
ne!tMrgains nor10ses moisture when
surrounded f;y air3t .. g),15.n
~perature2~ relatlve humidity.
rough lumper
Luml1er that Is sawn. edged and
trimmed. but not surfaced.
fWe~saturation point
The stage In the d~ng or wetting of
wooclat which the cell walls arefully .
saturated butthe cell cavitiesare void of
water. ranging from a.molsture content
of25% W 32% for commonly used species.
Further drying results In shrinkage and
generallygreater strength. stfffness. and
density ofthe wood. ~"--1
dressed lumber
Lumber that Is surfaced with a
planing machine to attain asmooth
surface and uniform size.
surfacedgreen
Oforpertaining todresseclluml1er
having amoisture content exceeding
19% at the time of manufacture.
surfaced dry
Of or pertaining todressecllumber
having at amoisturecontentof19% or
less atthe time ofmanufacture.
WOOD
luml7er
The timber product manufactured ~
sawing. resawlng. passing length~
through aptanl":1 machine. cross-cutting to
length. aM grading.
seasoned
Ofor pertaining Wlumber that has
been dried to reduce Its molsture
content and Improve Its servICe3uiltiy.
kiln·dried
Ofor pertaining W lum!1erseasoneaI,n a
kiln uMercontrolled conditions of heat.
.alr clrculaUon. and humidity.
air-dried
Ofor pertaining to lumperseasoned lrj
exposure to the atmosphere.
oven·dry
Of or pertaining to lumberdried to apoint
at which no molsture can be extracted
when exposed In akiln to atemperaturoe of
2Wto Z21"F (101~to 105"C~
~~t~~co~ ----------------------------Q-------~----~r_--------------------~
The amount of wat.ercontalned In a wood
piece. expressed as aperunt3{Je of the
~gnt of the wood when oven-dry.
werking
The ii~ swel~ and shrinkage of
sasoned wood occurring with changes In
~t.ure coote1Tt C3Used I1y ch3n~es In
rei3tNe humtdlty of the surrounding air.
J.CC{jmatae
To s~re wood products. as mlllwori: and
f'oorlng,1n an Interior space until the
:n4~1s ~pt to the motsture ccntent
~nJ temper;rture of the new environment.
l10ard foot
A unit ofquantity for lumper equal to
the volume of apiece whose nominal
dlmenslons are 12 In. (304.8 mm)
square and lin. (25.4 mm) thick.
l10ard me3sure
Lumber measurement In board feet.
t1
e
f . j
1 ;f.--- shrinkage
~1'~1
i .'-:" The dimensional corrtractlon of 3 wood
I ., piece occurring when Its moisture
content falls Pelow the flffl.saturatloo
point. Shrlnl:age Is very slight a!ong the
grain, but slgnlflcarrt across the grain.
-----...--------. ta"gentialshrinbge
Wood shrlrn:3!]e In adlrectlon ta"4ent to
the ~rowth rings. about clouu~ that of
radial shrlnbge.
-- ----. ~i31 shrinbge
Wood shrlnk3!]e perpendicular to the
grain. iiCross the growth rings.
Iongltuc::linzl ~hrinlc.1ge
Wood shrlrbge parallel to the grain.
auout 21 of racf1al shrin~
nominal dimension
:--- ---.. -- -- -----. The dimension of lum!1erbefore d~ng and
• surfacl"4. useafor convenienceIn
defining size and computing, quantity.
Nominal dimensions are always written
I 1 wlthootlnch """',. Alsocalled nominal
slu.
L- , dressed size
I' . -.--...... Thedlmenslonoflum!1eraftersalsonlng
I ~
• •
I ~#i~;~I~;¥';S~;~
dimension.
277
274.
WOOD
gr2in
The dlrectlon. size,alTllngement. and
appearance ofthe fibers In a piece of
dressed wood.
~g,...in
Wood grain resulting from quartersawlng,
hav/n4 ~ annual rings forming an angle of
45°Of' more wiUI the In'oad faces ofapiece.
Also called v~1 grain.
ltUrUrsaw
To ~w ~rtered logsapproxllt13tefy at
~ht angles to the annual rings.
warp
Any kvlatlon from aplane ortrue surface
ofa bo4rdorpanel usua/lyc3used Uy
uneven dryi/14 durl~ the se.asonlng process
or by ~ cha~e In moisturecorrtent.
cup •. -....._._...................•..-..-....._....
ACUM~re 3C1'OS5 the width orface of a
wood p~, rne3surea atthe pointof
flat grain
Wood grain resulting from plaln·sawlng.
having the annual rings forming an angle
of less th.an45°wtth the In-oadfaus of
apiece.
plaln-saw
r0 53W asquarealog Into !loards with
evenly spaced parallel cuts. A!:c C4f1ed
pasbra-saw.
greatest deviation from a straight fine '-'"
drawn from edge to edge of the piece. -....... .
..~
Pow _......_..__..........-..-..........._.....................,. . .~
A~ ;/Iong the length ofawood
pleu. ~surtJat the point ofgreatest ~
devbtlon from astraight hne drawn from
end to endofthe plece.
=~~~;~~,~:!~~;;~ -C-:=:=+--
aevbtlon from astraight fine drawn from
end to end ofthe piece.
twi5t --..---....- ..................- .....................-/
.. warp resulting from the turning of the
~es ofawood pleee In opposite
JlrectIons.
:;hake ~....- ..........- ......- ..........."
.. septiratlon along the grain ofawood ".
pleu. uSlUllly betwten the annual rings.
caused ~ stresses on atree while standing
ordul"fn4fe/bng.
pitch pocket ......_ .......-......._.._ ....,.....
,J.., weft-defined opening ~een the annual -
~ngs ofasoftwood, containing or having
;"U contained solid or liquid pttch.
;heck ~.-...- ......................................
mIudgr.in
Arry coml?!natlon of edge'gralned
and ftat·gralne.::l luml>er.
end 9r2in
Wood gr;;ln resulting from
actIt across the graIn.
crosscut
Acut made across the
grain of'r'lood.
--------'i~111 > di.1gon.a1 gr2in
Wood grain having the annual rings at
.an angle to the length ofa plec6.
resultlng from sawing at an angle to
the axJs of aog.
era" grain
Wood grain havlng the cells and fibers
running transversely ord13gonafly to
the length of ap~ as aresult of
sawfng. orlrregulJrly as aresult of a
growth ch3r3Cterlstlc.
c~91'J1n
Wooa grain characterized l1y 1t31T'C'r',
Inconspicuous annual rings with ~
dlffmnce In pore size Petween
sprlngwood alld summer wood.
€> cc.ar'Se grain
np •___u _ n _ _ _ ~ ~_~.~.
. . . . :;;~~~~~rl~.9Sw~wlde.
To S3W IYOOd In the ..•-,..... "'~~ - COr~ ..VJ(:; contrast In pore slze
direction of~ grain. . '~ . l7etween sprlngwood and sumlTlCrWo:.i
Also ca~ ripsaw. . cc.a~ texture
~
--...... WooJ grain havi"4l;uge pores. Also
knot called open graIn.
The meof awoody mnch fine Uxture
tIlcloseJ b-j asubsequent Wood grain having small, close~' s=-r~..I
growth of wood In the stem' '1 r-""""
from wl1k:h It rises. In the portS.
struct.ur;;1 gr;;dlng ofawood ral~ grain
piece.knots are restricted Adressed wood surface having the
Dy sfu arJ location.....; denser sum~rwood rising aDove t!;e
softer sprl~wood.
live knot
A~not having annual rlngslntergrown
with those ofthe surroundlr.g wood.
live knots are allcwal7le In 5tructvral
tlm~r within CUbln size "mlts. Also
called inta-gl"OWl1 knot.
SCUM knot
Aknot th3t Is solid across Its face. at
least as hard as the surrounding wood.
and unJecayeJ.
ttghtknot
Aknot held firmly In pI.xe l1ygrowth or
position.
~'i'H+-I+-l'fiH-- deaa knot
Aknot having ~nnual rings not
Intergr'OWn with those of the
surrounJln; wood. ~merrt TI12Y ~
pal11alorcomp~. rut adead knot Is
consI&ere<J to be .3 defeasinceItC3!1
easily loosen or Pc knocked out. }Jsc
cafk:d ~s&f Icnct, ~ knot.
~
Thekcomposltlon of wood l1y fungI ~nd
other microorganisms, resu/tlng In
soft.enl/14. iossof strength and w~ht.
anti often 2 ch;!rl~ of~wn:: iiid
color.
tengthwl~ separation of wooaacross the
lflnual rings, caused Iry uneven or rapId
;i1rlnkage dUrl/14 the seasoning process.
Jo/it ~......-.. ~...................................
..!;-.. ,kip
_
:::~):i? An area on t~ surface of aroard or panel
i~~~ missed Dy aplaning machIne.
L_._... dry rot
Adec3yofseaso~ tlm!lercaustd Dy
fungi t~t conSume the cellulose
leavIng asoft. ~ttIe skeleton readily
re.::luced ta powder.
,'cncd; th3t ~nd5 completely throu~h a
"Jard Or wood veneer. Also called through
h(!ck.
'~ne - .......-.........-. -..................-
.h(! presenu of ~art or a!7sence of wood at
corner or along an eaqe of apleee.
78".
m.3chiM ~urn .
Asurface charring caused Dy overheating
of the cuttl~ !1lades or abr;;slve lleIts
during shapl~g or flnlshlng of amaterial.
peeky
Having Isolated spots of IncIpient
decay from fungi, 3S pcdy cypress or
pecky cedar.
l
L
u
L
L
L
L
L
275.
I,
I
I
board,
Yard lumber lessthan 21n. (51 mm)
thld and 21n. or more Wide.
yard lumber - - - -___-+-_" dimension lumffl - - - - - i
Softwood wmw In~nded for generaI Yard lumperfrom 2to41n.
bulldlng purposes. Including roards. (51 to 102 mm) thick and 21n.
dimension lumber. and timbers. or more wide.
fa~r:t lumber -------j
lumber S4wn or selected primarilyfor
further Il13nufacture. graJecl accordlng
to the amount of usable wood that will
produce clIttlngs of aspecH'led size
and quality. AI$O called shop lumver.
structural lumber
Dimension lumber and tlmWs
graded e~her Pyvlsuallnspectlon
ormechanlc4l11yon the basis of
strength and IIrtenJed use. Also
called framln§ lumpeI".
timbers
Yard lumper 51n. (127 mm) or more
In the least dimension.
nutched lumber
lumper having edqes dressed and
shaped to form atongue-and-
groovejoint when bid edge to edge
or end toend.
patterned lumber
lumberdressed ana shaped to a
pattern or molded form.
appearance lumber
lumber sawn or selected prltn3rily for
useas afinish mater131 ratherth3n for
strel19th. graded according to natural
characteristics and manufacturing
Imperfections.
joist5 and planks
Structural lumberof rectangularcross
section. from 2 to 4 In. (51 to 102mm) thick
and more than 41n. wide. gradecl prImarily
w~h respect to I7endlng strength when
Ioaaea e~her on the narrowface as ajoist
or on the wide face as aplank.
I~ht framing
Dimension IUl)1per 2to 4 In. (51 to 102 mm)
thick and 2 to 41n. wlde.lntendecl for use
where high strength V3lues are not
reqUired.
decki"9
Dimension luinper 2 to4ln. (51 to 102 mm)
thick and 41n. or more Wide. graded
primarily with respect to pending strength
when loaded on the wide face.
be4lms and stringers
strocturallumberofrectangularcross
section. at least5 In. (127 mm) thick and a
wk:Ith morethan 2 In. (51 mm) greater
tn:m the thickneSs. graded prlmarlly with
respect to bending strength when loaded "
on the narrow face.
posts and timbers
Structural lumberofsquare or
approxlmate/y sq~ar:e cross section,
5x5ln.or I3rgerand awidth not more
than 2In. (51 mm) greaterthan the
thickness, graded primarily for use as
columns carrying an axial load.
WOOD
11
·_··facewiath
The width of the face ofapiece of
dressed and matched or shlpupped
" lumber. excluding the tongue or bp.
.~:~~
279
276.
WOOD
vi$ual gnding
The visualc:xamlnatlon arJ grading of
structural lumber bytrained Inspectors
accordI"4 to ,U3l1ty-reduclng
ch3mt:m;t1cs ~hat affect strength,
appe3raru, aural7l1lty. orutliity.
nuchine rating
The 9~ ofstructural lumber by a
machine that flexes atest specimen.
measures Its resls14na to l7endlng.
calculates Its modulusofelasticity. and
eIectronbI1ycomputts the approprt;te
stress ~ tal:lng Into lICCOUnt such
bctors as the effectsof knots. slope of
graIn. growth rate, density,ana molstllre
content. Alsocalled machine stress-
rat./n4.
9rademari:
Astampayptteato each pieceoftumDel-
Indlcatl~ the asslgned stress grade. mill
oforIgIn,l1OIsture content at time of
manubaure. species or species group.
and the ~ authority.
$ lopeofgrain
1Mangle ofgrain relative to aline
parallef to ~ length ofawood piece.
~wocd
Wood that hasl:oeen coated or impregnated
wlUI chemlc4ls to Improve Its resIstance to
decay. Insect infestation. orfire.
~$are-~ wood
Wood Imp~~ted with chemicals appl~
unaer ~re to reduu Its reslstanu to
&eczy aM InsectInfestation.
non-pre$surt-~ wood
Wood coated. dlppea. or Impregnated with a
presavative underatmospheric pressure.
fire-retartbnt wood
WOO<J tm~ wlUl minerai salts
Impregna~ unkr" pressure to reduce
fummablllty orcaml1ustll7llity. The salts
react chemically at temperaturesl7elow
the '9n~ point of wood. causlng the
coml7ustlp./e vapors normally generated
In the wood to ~k &own Into water
and C3Mn aloxIM.
280
stress grade
Arry ofthe grades ofstructural
lumberfor which aset of l7ase
values andcorresponalng
modulus ofelasticity Is
estal7l1shed for aspecieS or
group of species by agrading
~ency.
design value
Any of the allowable unit
stresses for aspecies and grade
ofstructural lumberol7talned by
moatfylng the base value by
factors related to size and
conditions of use.
MACHINE RATED
rW) 12 ~
~®·S·-OR,( ~
1650 Fb 1.SE
r:
11
full-cell pr~s
=
Aprocessfor pressure-treating wood In
which avacuum Is first drawn to remove
air from the wood firersand allow the
preservative to be a~ bythe cell
walls. after which pressure Isapplied to
force additional preservative Intothe cell
cavities.1Mfull-cell process leaves the
maximum amount of preservatlve In the
wood.
empty-cell proc~9
Aprocess for pressure-treatIng I'IO<:ld In
which the pressure oftheeitterlng
preservative tntr.psairIn the wood
ft!1ers. which e:xpanas when the prc5sure 15
released to expel excess preservativefrom
theullcavities. The empty-uO process
yields adrier product wh~ ensuring deep.
uniform penetration ofthe preservative.
vacuum prou"
Anon-pressure treatmentIn which a
vacuum orpartlaIvacuum exhausts air
from the cells 3nd pores ofthe wood
while atmospheric pressure forces
preservative Into the wood.
o
size-adjustedvalue
AInse valuefor aspecIes or group
of speciesofstructural lumber.
adjusted for cr05s-sectlonalsize.
base value
. Any ofthe allowable unit stresses
for rending. compression
perpendicularand parallel to grain.
tension parallel to grain. horizontal
she;ar. arJcorresporJlng modulus
of e/3stlclty,established bya
grading agencyfor various Species
and gradesofstructuralluml7er.
6a.sevalues must be adJustedfirst
for sizearJ then for conditions of
use.
I
If-
x
siufactor
Acoefficient for modffylng the base values
of aspecies and graMof lumber accardlng
to the cross-sectlonalslz.e of the pIece.
repetitive meml;ter factor
AcM1lclent for InCre<lslng the slze-
adjusted values of repetitive meml7ers.
since the sharln~ ofthe load bythe pieces
enhances the strength of the entire
assem!1iy.
repetitive member
Any ofa.series of three Of mOre light
framing members. asJoists or rafters.
spaced not more than 24 In. (6lO·mm) on
center3ndjoined by sheathing. deckl~.
or other load-alstrIMI/19 members.
durJtWn of load Deter
AcM1lclentfor Increasing the size-
adjust&! values ofawood membersul1ject
to ashort-term load. since wood hasthe
propertyofcarrying su!?stantlally greater
maximum loadsfor short durations than
for long durations of Ioadl"4
Iwrlzontal5hearfactor
Acoefflclent for Incre<lslng the slze-
adJu~ horizontal she.ir value ofa wood
mem!ler h3v1ng shal:es. checls. or splits
when their length Is ~nown and any
Increase in length Is not anticipated.
fln U5e factor
Acoefficient for Increasing the 5Ize-
adjust&! pendlng value for plankIng h3v1n~
aface ~th of4In. (102 mm) ormore.
wet U~ factor
Acoefficient for decre3slng the slze-
adjusted values for wood mempers when
their moisture content will hkelyexceed
191m use.
waur-porne pre~rvatNe
An Inorg.anlc. w3Ur-solu!1e compound, as
ammoniacal copperarsentte (.AtA) or
chromatedcopperarsentte (CCA). used as
awood preservative. ACA and CCA 3fftx
chtmlcally tothe wood ull wans ana Is
resistant to leaching. The copper acts as a
fungicide while the arsenate Is toxic to
wood-destroying Insects. Wood tre4ted
with ACA andCCA Is odorless and
p3lntaPie.
olt-bort14!: pr~rvative
An organic chemlc3'dlssolvea In a
petroleum 011 c3rr1er. ~ pentachlorophenol
orcoppernaphthenate. tI~ as ~ wood
prescrr.rt.'vc. ren~chloropheool. the Ii"105t
commonly used oil-Dome preservattve. h3s
a persistentodor,ls In50IuPieIn water. arid
Is highlytoxic not only to fungi and Jnsects
Putalso to humans aM pbnts.
creo~
An oily liquidofaromatic hydm:;arWns
obtained ~ the distillation ofcool tar.
u~ as awood preservatlYe for marine
Installatlonsodor severe exposures to
wood-des~lng fungIand Insects.
Creosote and creosote solutions have a
penetratlng odor and render wood
unpalnta!7le.
l
l
l
L
L
L
l
L
L
277.
· ;.
~
femie --_._.pracket load ~oxcolumn
A~~I ring or C4p plxed
around ~ end ofawooden
post or h3nd1e to preve:nt
$~-7
j
I
I
sefid coIu.mn
Awood column ~ng of• ~Ie
pI«.eof soII&-~WII Of" ~ luecI-bmin3ted
tlmw.I.'SU311y squareor rect3i1<jular
In cross sectlon.
~ilt-up~m
Avmlcally I3mirutd wood Pe3m rtt3ae
by t.a~1n!! together two or II'lCre
smaller Jne#1~ wtth bolts. ~ screws.
or ~ equal In strength to th.e: sum
of the strengths of the Jnd1vldu41 pieces
If none cfthe 13rnIrt;rt:lons are spIlc&L
An eccentric load apple.d at some point
below the upperend ofatimber column.
the static effect ~ which Is assumed to
be equlv3lent to the same load applied
axially plus an addltlonal side load
3ppl1edat mld~ht_
"'-'--t--------j.--/'l
"~-- polster
Abuilt-up column having a
hollow. square or rectangul3r
cross section. --"'"'....
Ahorizon"tal timber on a
postforenlarging the
rearing area and reducing
the free span ofabeam.
tapered column
Awood column having across section that
diminishes alongIts length. In determining
the slenderness r.rtlo fora"tapered column.
the leastdlmenslon Is taken as the sum of
the minimum dlaineterorleast dimension
and one-third the difference ~ the
minimum and ITt3Xlmum diameters or lesser
3na greaterdimensions.
pox beam
Abeam having ahollow. rec"tangul3r cross
section. ln3aeby glUI"9 two or more
plywood or oriented str.lnc:lPoard we17s to
5Jwn orI3mlnated veneer lumber flanges.
puilt-up column
Awood column formed Pyfastening or
gluing ceverpl3tes to two or more parallel
pianics. or ooxlng planksaround asoIld core.
APullt-up column 15 never equal In strength
to asolkl column ofcomparable material
and overall dimensions.
Heam
Abeam made by gluing sawn or
laminated veneer /umuerfbnges along
the top and Pottom edges ofaSI"9le
plywood ororiented strandooard wel7.
Alsocalled I-~Ist.
WOOD
II
r~
- 'H ~--
r-
5paced column
Awood column consisting of twoor more
parallel members separated at their ends
and midpoints 17yPlocklng. andJolned at the
ends by tlml?er connectors capaUle of
developing the reqUired shearresistance.
flitchplite
Asteel plate for
reinforcing aflitch ueam./
'
flitch ~e.am
Avertically I1i'nlnated beam consisting
of tlmuers set on ~ and rotted slk
Py side to steel plates or sections. Also
called fUtch tl~. 5.1ndwfch l1eam.
glued-Iamln.tted timl1er
Astructuralluml?er product made 17y
laminating strtss-gr.ade lumuer with
adhesive undercentro/led conditions.
usually with the gr.aln ofanpiles being
parallel. The advantages ofglued-
laminated timberoverdimension lumber
are generally hIgherallowable unit .
stres5es.lmproveJ appear.ance. ana
3Val1auillty of various sectional shapes.
Glue-1amlnated tlml1ers may l?eend-joined
with scarf or flnger.JoInts to any desired
length. oredge-glueJ for greater width or
depth. Also called glulam.
appearanu grac:k
One of three grades of glue·lamlnated
timber - premium. architectural. and
Industrlal- based on surface appearance
as affected I7y growth enaracterlstlGs,
wooa fillers, ana aresslng operations.
281
278.
WOOD
exterior~
Aplywood F~ con~of C·grade
vt:1UrS or ~~. ron«4with afully
l'r.lterprooft.Jellnefor ~nen~
expo'".xJre to ~th(;(orll'lOlsture.
interior pf:Jwcod
Ap~ood p;.-.d lnade with D-grade,
vt:1UrS or ~~. ron«4 wfth an
exterbr. ~~te. orln~rior
~
hig~MNy ......-;
All exterior.ood ~ 1tM~ aresln~Per
overlayOft k7t:J, sldes provIdl~ asmooth.
lura. abrasIcn-resIst4nt surbce. used for
concre-t.e fur:-.s. C31r1nru. artd countertops.
Auk:~
~-~overby
lv,extuior ....xJ pand having a~oHc or
meb~ resln oreNy011 one or both sides
~ asnxth lr.lsefOr Fiintl"4.
AUbr.:MDO
'pecblty pJMi
AnyofV2MouS I'I'CIOd panelproducts. as
groovedor ro~41-S4wn l*Jwood.ln~nded
for use as $ldir"! or ~
Uxture1--1<J ..........._..._........................-
Iv1 exUrfor ~~ pand havl"4 grooves
'I,.In. (6.41rt1T1) ~paM% In. (9.5mm)
wide. spaced 4 IX 8 In. (102 or 203 mrrt) on
unter.
282
r.-·...·-·. group number
.-l Anumber identifying one of flve groups cf
~;~~~~~~~~t-:;~S~~~ species used for the face ana Uac~ vene,..,--s
®0~~~~11._.'
"!i_'~_ of a plywood panel. the species ~ng
~~~ ~:':':~"~ classified on the I7asls of rending s~..h
~~~~~~~'S.~"¥&~ and stiffness. with Group 1contalnlf1 tr.e
. / : stiffest species artd Group 5 the least stff.
L..._.._.....j
span rating - ....--.---..-..-.--........---
Anumber specifying ~he maxImum
recommenclea center-to-centerspacing In
Inches of the supports fora structural
wood panel spanning with Its long dimension
;!Cross three 01' more supports. ,_..,
, ..",";.
exposure duralrility --_.,.
Aclassiflcatlon of al'OOci panel product e
according to Itsabilityto wlthstar.a
exposure toweatherormoisture without
weakenIng or warping.
extericr
An exposure dural7i11tyclassification for
s'tnJctural wood panels manufacturea with
awaterproofgluehne for use as siding or
other continuously exposed apphcatlor:ts.
exposure 1
An exposure durabilityclassification for
structural wood panels rrt4f1ufactured with
an exterior9luelJne for use In protected
construction sul7ject to repeated wetting.
exposure 2
An exposure durabilltyclassification for
structural wood panels ITUnufacturea with
an In~rrned1ate glue/lne for use In fully
protectedconstruction subject toa
minimum of wettl~.
"M'"
RATED·:SH!ATHfHG--
2/'16· 15/32 INCH
SIZED FOR SPACING
..,~ EXPOSURE 1
1 - - - - - OOO-~
NRB· foa
grade~mp ~...__..I
Atr3atman: ofthe American Plywood
Assoc~tlon (APA). stamped on the bac~ of
astructural wooJ panel productto
identifythe panel grade. thicl:nes5. span
rating. exposure duraUitltyclassIfICation.
mill numf,er. and NatIonal Research Board
(NRB) report number.
('.
I .
!
..• panel grade
The graae of awood panel product
identified by the face and back veneer
grades or l1yIts Intended use.
engineered grade
The grade of astructural wood panel
based on Its I~ded use as shtathl~.
su!7flooring. or In the fa~rIcatlon ofI:1ox
l7eams lind stressed-skin panels.
I
I
I
l
l
L
279.
premium grade
The highest~rade of hardwood veneer.
pennlttlng only afew small burls. pin
knots. and Inconspicuous patches.
good grade
Agnde of hardwood veneer similar to
premium ~rade except that matching of
vencerfaces Is not requlreJ.
5-Ound grade
Asound. smooth hardwood veneer free of
opal defects but containing strea(s.
dlscolontlon. patches. and small sound
tlght knots.
utility grade
Ahardwood vencerpennltting
dlSGclol'3tlon. strt3ks. patches. tight
knots. sma" knotholes and splits.
~acking grade
Agrade of hardwood veneer similar to
utliity gl'3de but permitting larger
defects notaffecting the strength or
durability of the panel.
mauhlng
Arranging shuts of veours so as to
emphasize the wlor and figure of the wood.
book matching •............................
Arran~lng veneers from the same ft~h
alternately face up and face down to
produce symmetric4l mirror IlT13ges about
the.JoInts Petl'ieen adjacent sheets.
herringloone ITt3tching ,......................
Book matching In which the figures
In adjacent shuts slope In opposlte
dlrectluns.
,lip matching •............... - ..............
Arranging adjacent sheets of veneer
from the same fl1tch side by side without
turning so as to re~t the flgure.
di41mond m.rtchfng - ......................
Arranging four dl3gonally cut
sh~ts of aveneer to form ~
diamond pattem about acenter.
random matching .........................
Arranging veneers to Intentionally create
acasual, unmatched appearance
WOOD
decarative plywood
Hardwood-f3ced plywood manufactured
for use as paneling or In cabinetry and
fumlture.
-:;;~~~~~~
..-..• veneer
Athin shectofwood rotary cut. sliced. or
s~wn from alog or flitchand used as a
superlar facing to Inferior wood or bonded
~ether to form plywood.
fi9ure
The natural p3ttem on asawed wood
surfaceproduced ~ the Intersectlon
of annU31 rings. knots. ~ur!s. rays. and
othergrowth characteristics.
)
I
r
cro"uand
A~er of veneer Immediately adJacent to
and at ~ht angles to the face piles Ip a
plyNood paneL
core
The centerofaplywood panel conslstl"!) of
veneers. sawn lumber. or composition board..
bandi~
The solid wood stock extending around the
sides of aveneered pane!. concealln!l the
COf'e and faclflt3tln9 the shaping of the
p3nel edges.
rotary cutting
The rotatl"!) ofalog against the cuttl"!l
ed:1eof aknife In alathe. producing a
continuous veneer with abold. variegated
ripple figure.
fbt slicing
The longitudinal slicing ofahalf-log parallel
to afine through Its center, producing a
veneer having avariegated wavy flgure.
Also called plain slicing.
~u.1rter &licing
The Iongltudlll3l slicing ofaquarter log
~ndlcufar to the annU31 rings.
producing aseries of stra19ht orval'leJ
stripes In theveneer.
half-round ,Ilcl~
The slicing ofaflitch mounted off-center In
the lathe. sl19ht~ across the annU3( rings.
proauclng characteristics of both rotary
ctMlng and flat sllcln~
flitch
Alongitudinal section of alog to becutInto
veneers.
rift cutting
The sllcln9 ofoak ana similar species
perpendicular to the conspicUOUS. ndlatlng
rays SO as to minImize their appearance.
283
280.
WOOD
oriented strandPo.1ra OP---'-'---'--"--'---',_
AnonYe~wood panel product "
co:nmonly tl:Sedfor ~thlng and as
scbf1ooring. maae ~ bonding thru odlve
~ of ~ thin wood stranas under
kzt3napressure using 3 waterproof
~Jve. n-~ surface strands are aligned
pmlllel ta the long axis oHIle panel. making
the panel stro~er along Its length.
Am-~OS6
w.fe~rd .--.---._.--...._- ..----.-...----'-',
A~nveneered panel product composed of '.
b'¥. thin WOO<:Ifla~ Ponded under heat
ar.apressure wtth aw;;!;erproof adhesive.
The planes ofthe W6fers are generally
~ted pmllel to the plane ofthe panel
Put thelr~nin directions are random.
INking the p-anelapproxlmatefy equal In
strength anastiffness In all directions In
::;=~;:~~.--.-----------.--------."-.- ~:~~~~~~~il~i~~
Awooc:l par.el productconsisting oftwo '--
face v~ Ponded ta a reconstituted
wooJw-e.
partlcle!1oo.ua ~- ...-----.-.--.-- .-----.--- ....'..
Arcnven~..d wood panel product IT13M .....
by Ponding $ln3n wood particles under heat '.
and pres~, commonly used 35 3 core
m1teri3f for ~ratlve panels and
w~wort. 3na 3S uMer!ayment for
floors. Also c;; neacbipboard.
parallel stnInd lum~ .-----.-----
Astructunlluml1er product made I1y
Pondlng ~ ~rrowMXld strands
~r ur~ hrn;ldpressure using a
l'r7terproof~t5Ive. Pa,..llel strand lumDer
15 aproprle'"
...ry product m3rketed under
the tf3~ri::. Par.abm. used as :Ieams
and columns in post-ana-Pea",
constructlcn 3nd for ~ms. headers, and
Iltr"..ds In IIgh~ fl'3~ construction.
Alrbr~ PSt
ur.;in.aua ~neer wml1er _.-....-.-- ...--.- '--'.
A stru~!4i1 lumDer product made I1y
ronding Iaye:-s of wood veneers together
~ he3t ....apressure using awaterproof
~e. H..-'il'~ the!r2ln of311 veneers run
lsi the S41ne ~dNl direction results In
a~M 15 s~ when~ loaded
as J beam or00 Ioadedasa plank.
umblaW~ lumber15 marteted under
V4 rloIIS mnd rg meso 3S MIQ'Olam.and
used as heade:rs and ~ms Of' as flanges
for prtf;aln-bt.ed wood I-joists. ADbr.: LYL
fiP,em,ard
A~ng m...~' Irtac:ieofwood orother
pl.ant ftf,ers ~ with alnnder Into
~ldsheets.
h.1rdPoard
Avery dense, compresse.d wood flPerWard.
-umpered Iurdl10ara ~ ..---- --- ----- --.,. --. -.-- ...... .
A Jurlhoard tmpregnated with 3 drying
oil orotherc.da'lzlng resin 3na Daked to
Impt"Ol'e Its hardness and moisture
res1st.1nce..
M.1""nite
Tr-akm3rk for. Dranaof tempered
~rdr03rd.
Pt.9-~ard
T~rk for 4 Drand of tempered
h4r~rd havir~ regul3rly spaced
.~oratlons W..o which I-rooI::s may Pe
In~r'"..ed for t.!-~ st0r3~ or display
of arrcles.
284
L
I
, J
1
J
I
J
J
1
I I
I
! ,
I
..
I
l.
I
l.
281.
~ f
,'ll,:,,':,.'
::...
,.(-
i
o
I>
I
I
I
Aa
A3ron's rod185
aliacus 180
Amm'slaw 44
amslon resistance 165
ams1cn-reslstance Index 165
a~1ssa 108
al>solute humkllty 120
a~ute scale 117
a~ute temperature 117
a~ute zero 117
a!7scrt>er 124
absortnng well 223
al?sorptance 143
aDsorption 18,160,165.231
absorptlan Ded 201
absorptlon coefflclent 231
a!7s0rptlan fleld 201
aDsorptlon refrl¥ratlan 124
absorptlan trench 201
al>sorpt1cn untt 231
al>stract 52. 59
al>stra:t expressionism 135
ADulb 144
abutment 13,206
Ab:isslnian well 221
acanthus 181
accelerated agIng 165
accelerated weathering 165
acceleratlan ofgravity 167
acceterator 43
ClccerTt tIghtlng 148
access 57
accessfloorl~ system 93
accklerTt 59
accnmatlu m
accommodatlon 264-
accordlon door 62
accouplement 179
achromatIc 39
acorn nut 84
acoostlcalana(ysIs 230
aCOlJstlcal cellI~ 31
acoostlcal cloud 230
aC01Jstlcal design 230
acoustlcal door 65
aC01Jstlcal plaster 188
ac01JStical tile 3I
aC01Jstlcal treatment 230
acoostlc clecklng 93
INDEX
acoustic mass 232
acoustIcs 230
acre 166
f_~250
acroterlum 250
acroterlon 250
acrylic resIn 192 0
acrylonttrlle-(;utadlene-styre~ 192
act curtain 257
actdrop 257
actlnk; ray 187
action 58
active earth pressure 100
active leaf 62
active 5Olar-heatlng system 226
acute 109
acute angle 108
adaptation 148
additive 43,52
additive calor 38
address 59
adhered veneer 156
adiabatic cooling 120
adIabatic heatlng 120
adjacent spaces 218
adjustable doorfra me 65
adJustable tie 156
admixture 43
adobe 34
3d50rptkln 165
advancing color 39
aerator 197
aerial perspective 72
aerodynamk; damplng 245
aerodynamIc oscillatlon ,154
aesthetics 10
A-frame 104
aggregate 43
agitator truck 46
agora 250
A-grade 282
agreement 54
alrrome sound 230
air cha"'!.Der 198
air change 127
air conditioner 124
air condltlanlng 124
air curtain 62
air cushion 198
air-dried 2Tl
285
NDEX
1
t
rllngwd 240
,-
rllng stress164- l
)f':lng 5tressdesl9n 240
)f': pbne 149
f'
7t'enC3~ 95
)len valley 212 L
l'r'en-wire f.iUr!c 202
-eathe 184.234
I
-eathe piece 234
"Ought Iron flO L
-sha~ f72
Ie 199
I'
{the 55
L
(
axis 108
I
mclng 243
coordinate 108
L
i 12a
!em 2:76
I
y
Ing-shao 128
lJ
ra 166
, I
rdlum~ Z79
axis 107 r
:;.ooralll3te 107 11
~ point 102, 164
I
~kJ Sf'.rell§th 164-
, 128
I:e 45.Z72 U
u~'s modulus 162
ngang 254-
I
~t:36
U
z:
po~ architecture 130
~lkl 137
Ixis 108 i
i.J
~r 172 i
:oordlnate 10~ i
: T72 i
11th 150
b
'O-foru mem~r 259
~Iou 2S4
I
)U 129
~ur;Jt 248
~17l U
ilda 252
IaIC3Vfty r.ethod 149
L
~ 126
ln9 or&ntaru 51
horus 100
~ 133 ,
l.
I
U
II I
I
li
l
313.
I
Architecture Is anartfor.h to learn pecause all are concerned with It. -John Ruskin • Architecture depenas on
Order. Arrangement. Eurythmy. Symmetry. Propriety. ana Economy. All of these must l:>e pullt with due reference to
duraplhty. convenience. and Peauty. Duraplhty wllll>e assured when four.datlons are c.rrled down to the solid ground
and materials wisely and liberally selected: COfwenlence. when the arrangement of the apartments Is faultless and
presents no hindrance to use. andwhen each classofbuilding Is assigned toItssultableandapproprl3teexposure: and
beauty. when the appearance of the wort Is pleasing artd In good taste, and when Its meml:>ers are In due proportion
according tocorrectprinciplesofsymmetry.-VItruvlus • Archtucture is themasterly.correctand m~ntflcentplay
ofmasses !7roughttogetherIn light.-leCorilusler • Arryoneentering an the studyofarchlUcture must und~rstand
that even though aplan mdy have abstract beauty on paper. the four f3C3deS may seem wel~ balanced and the total
volume well proportioned. the pulldlng Itselfmay tum out to l:>e poorarchttecture.1rrtemalspace. that space which
cannot ;Ie completely represented In'any form. which c.n De grasped ana felt only through direct experience. Is the
protagonistofarchitecture.rograsp space.toknow howtoseeIt.Is thekeytotheunderstandingofpulldlng. -Bruno
levi • Architecture. painting. and sculptureareC3l!edtheflne arts.They ap'peal to theeye as music doesto the ear.
Butarchitecture Is notjudged byvisuaf appeal alone. Buildings affect.1I ofthe hult13n senses - sound. smeR. touch.
taste.•ndvlslon. -Forrest WIlson • It b¢::ame apparent to us thatarchructure Isgenerally3S5umedto~ ahighly
speclal1:zed system with aset of prescribed technical goals ratherth3n asensual sccl3lart responsive toreal human
deslres.ndf~ngs.This hmltatlon IsmastfrlghtenlnglyIt13nlfested In the relianceon two-dlmenslonaldl3granns that
laymarestressonthequantlfulDiefeatures ofIrolldingorganization run on thepolychromatlcandthree-dimensional
quahtlesofthe whole architectural.experience. -Kent Bloomer&Charles Moore • The only wayyoucan pulld. theonfy
way you can get th~ buUdlng Into being. Is through the rneasural7le. You must follow the laws of natu~ ana use
quantftlesofPrick. methods ofconstruction.andengineering. But In the e:'1d. when the Dulldl"9 ~mes p3rtof living.
tt ~ unmeasura!11e qualltles. and the spirit of Its existence takes or'er. -louis Kahn • Built environments hlYe
various p1Jrposes: to sher-..er peaple ana their 0ICt1v1tles and possesslor.s from the elements. from human and animal
enemies. and from supematural powers; to estaDllsh place; to cr~ ;; humantzed. s3fe area In a profane and
potenttillfydangerous world; to stresssocialk:lentltyandIndlc.testatJJs; and soan.Thus thearlglnsofardIlUcture
a~ ;lest un.derstood Ifone t31:~ awlde~view.nd considers sociocultural factors. In the In-oaQest sense. to !;Ie rr.ore
Important th3n climate. technolcgy. materials. and economy. In arry stt.uatIon. It Is the Interplay of all these f.Jctors
thatl>est ~lalns thefonn of buildings. Nosingle explanatlon willsufflc.e. M:3useDulldlng.s - even apparerrtly huml:>le
dwelhngs - artrno~than material09jectsorstructu~s.They.rtInstttutk:>ns.pasJc cultural phenomena.Peoplethink
envil'O!'lmerTts !lefore they l7ultd them. Thought orders space. tlme. actMty. status. roles. and Pdl3V1or. But gMng
physicalexpression toIdeas Isva1U3Die.Encoding ideas ma~s them usefuImnemanlcs; Ideashelp behavlarbyreminding
peopleofhowto act. how to ~ave. and what Isexpectedofthem. ItIs 1mportant tostress thataD builtenvironments
-i:lulldings. settlements. and landscapes - are one way ofordering the world I:Iy making ordering systems vIsIi:lle. The
essentbl step. therefort.1s the ordering or organizing of the envlronment.-Arnos Rapaport • Ruskin sald:'~
nations writetheir.uto!1lographlesIn three manuscripts. the l7ookofthelraeeas.the 0001.:aftheirwords and the Pock
of their .rt. Not one of these Pocks C3n pe understood unless we read the two others. Put of the th~ the only
trustworthy one Is the last.'On the whale Ithink this Is true. If Ihad to say which was telling the truth about society.
aspeech by aministerofhousingortheactualbUildingsputup In his time. Ishould Pellev~ the I7ultdlngs. -KennethClart
• We requlr~ of any building. chat It act well. and do the things It was IntertJed to do In the Pest way: that It speak well.
and say the thl~gs It waslnte1'lded to sayIn the best words; that It lool: well. and please us I1y Its presence. wnatevu
It has to do or say. -John Ruskin' Architecture also exists without r.ue5sary assistance from an architect; and
architects sometimes cre-a~ buildings which are nat architecture. -Norval White' Architecture Is produced by
ordinary people. for ordinary people: therefore It should be easily comprehensible to all. -Steen Eller R3smussen
319